• Home
  • About
  • Current Investigations
  • Commentary
  • Previous Reporting
  • In the News
  • Contact

Investigative MEDIA

  • Flin Flon Flim Flam
  • Yarnell Hill Fire
  • Rosemont Mine
  • National Parks News
  • Strayhound Chronicles

Yarnell Hill Fire Investigation Ignored Major Mistakes by the State

October 17, 2013 By John Dougherty 1,038 Comments

Share
The following story and videos were produced and reported by InvestigativeMEDIA and appeared in the Phoenix New Times.
By John Dougherty
Published Wed., Oct. 16 2013 at 12:00 PM
Phoenix New Times
Yarnell-Cover-10.17.13.jpg
Illustration by Justin Renteria.

Former Yarnell Fire Chief Peter Andersen sat under a tree in his front yard having his morning coffee on Sunday, June 30, when the Granite Mountain Hotshots drove past his Glen Ilah home.

“At 8:03, [their] two buggies went by,” Andersen says. “Right after they went by, the leaves started to blow. I shook my head. [The state] didn’t listen to me.”

Andersen, who resigned as Yarnell chief in 2011 after 12 years of service, was aggravated because he had warned an Arizona Forestry Division fire manager the night before that it was crucial to attack the steadily expanding fire in the hills above Yarnell at dawn, before prevailing southwesterly winds picked up about 8 in the morning.

 

Yarnell-Feature1-2-10.17.13.jpg
Courtesy of Joy Collura
Hikers took this photo of the Granite Mountain Hotshots marching up a trail at 9:18 a.m. on June 30.

“I said, this being summertime, it will give you three hours . . . without wind at your backs to be able to get this thing under control,” Andersen says he told a fire manager.

Seeing the hotshots roll past so late on Sunday morning was yet another signal to Andersen that the Forestry Division was failing to aggressively attack a wildfire that started two days earlier.

See Also: Yarnell Hill Fire: Investigating the Deaths of 19 Granite Mountain Hotshots

All the ingredients for fire disaster were present: It was peak summer-burning season, the area had just sustained record-high temperatures, and the landscape was overgrown with chaparral, creating a tinderbox poised to explode.

Andersen says the lack of urgency to put out the fire caused him to wonder whether the state was content to let it burn through the dense chaparral that choked the gaps between massive granite boulders strewn across the Weaver Mountains that flank Yarnell to the west. The east slope of the mountains hadn’t experienced a wildfire since 1966.

As the two white Granite Mountain vans drove on a narrow road that led to the base of the mountains, Andersen thought that fire managers were “doing a sloppy job” handling what he and other firefighters knew was a “volatile” situation.

The state’s underwhelming effort to control the wildfire collapsed late Sunday afternoon when the prevailing southwesterly winds were replaced by powerful downdrafts from a thunderstorm approaching from the northeast. Weather forecasters issued a warning about the approaching storm to fire managers at 3:26 p.m. The warning was relayed to the Granite Mountain crew.

The 50 mile-per-hour downdrafts from the thunderstorm blew up a fire that had burned about 4,000 acres by 3 p.m. into an 8,000-acre conflagration a few hours later.

The three key environmental factors affecting wildfire behavior fell into perfect alignment: wind, fuel, and topography. The drought-stricken desert scrub, combined with the thunderstorm’s powerful winds, generated a wall of flame that surged across relatively flat ground at about 12 miles per hour — extraordinarily fast for a fire.

The powerful wind bent the 80-foot-high flames nearly parallel to the ground as the fire approached the base of the Weavers. The intensity and speed of the fire accelerated as it entered several box canyons that served as funnels, further amplifying its fury.

For reasons that remain unknown, the Granite Mountain Hotshots left their safe spot in a burned-over area on a ridge sometime after 4 p.m. and dropped down the side of the mountain. About 4:40 p.m., they hiked through dense chaparral at the base of one of the canyons, apparently attempting to reach Boulder Springs Ranch, which had been designated as a safety zone because the owners had cleared a wide swath of vegetation from around the property.

Suddenly, the fire swept around the northern flank of the canyon’s wall and surged toward the 19 men, covering the last 100 yards in 19 seconds. The crew had less than two minutes to react to the 2,000-degree firestorm that quickly engulfed their position. There was no chance of survival.

Like tens of thousands of people who’ve closely examined the circumstances leading up to the hotshots’ deaths, Anderson doesn’t understand why the crew was in the box canyon in the first place, much less at a time of day when wildfires typically display their greatest intensity and when thunderstorm warnings had been issued.

“Anybody who has ever taken a wild-lands class is warned about box canyons,” Andersen says. “You might as well be standing in a fireplace with the flue open.”

The question of why the men were there haunts Andersen. And, he says, the lack of substantive conclusions in a report issued September 28 after a state-commissioned investigation into their deaths has left him unsatisfied.

“I think it’s a big cover-up, a big snow job,” he says. “It tries to take any semblance of blame off anybody.”

Andersen evacuated from his home about the same time that the Granite Mountain crew deployed their fire shelters designed to withstand temperatures of about 300 degrees.
“The heat was so intense that it was choking me,” Andersen says. “I could see [the fire] coming over the ridge . . . and you couldn’t see the top of the column of smoke. And it was starting to slowly spin . . . like a slow tornado, throwing embers everywhere.”

***

 

Yarnell-Feature1-3-10.17.13.jpg
Photo by John Dougherty
Expert Doug Campbell says, “They knew the rules were against them when they were going downhill in the green.”

Three days after the disaster, the Arizona Forestry Division commissioned a “Serious Accident Investigation Team” to review events leading up to the fatal entrapment that inflicted the worst blow to an Interagency Hotshot Crew since such forest-firefighting units were formed nationally in the 1940s.

When the investigation team, headed by Florida State Forester Jim Karels, released its report to the public three weeks ago, the 116-page document’s astonishing conclusion was that everybody involved in the Yarnell Hill Fire did everything right — despite the incineration of the 19 hotshots by flames so hellish that granite boulders fractured.

 

Yarnell-Feature1-4-10.17.13.jpg
Courtesy Photo
The Forestry Division’s Russ Shumate.

“The judgments and decisions of the incident management organizations managing this fire were reasonable,” the report states. “Firefighters performed within their scope of duty, as defined by their respective organizations. The Team found no indication of negligence, reckless actions, or violations of policy or protocol.”

The report concludes that, because of a lack of communication between the Granite Mountain crew and fire managers and other firefighters in the 30 minutes leading up to the hotshots’ entrapment, it’s impossible to determine why the crew decided to leave the safe burned-over area and descend into the chaparral-choked box canyon — an action that violated numerous firefighting safety protocols.

“We cannot fully know how they made their decisions prior to their entrapment and fire shelter deployment,” the report states. “No crewmembers from the deployment site survived to tell why the crew took the actions they took.”

The state Forestry Division’s Roy Hall, incident commander in charge of the fire at the time the hotshots perished, praised the report for finding “no smoking gun,” according to published news reports.

The inherent contradictions in a report that assigns no blame for the deaths of so many young men reveal what murky standards wild-land firefighters must work under.

On one hand, the National Interagency Fire Center website instructs them always to obey the 10 “Standard Fire Orders” and 18 “Watch Out” situations developed to protect firefighters in the field. Indeed, the center states that the rules are to be strictly followed: “We don’t bend them, we don’t break them.”

On the other, the same agency adopted a policy earlier this year that states the “10 and the 18” are merely “guidelines” that should be incorporated into decision making by experienced wildfire leaders making split-second judgments in an environment with many variables that could change suddenly.

The result is a system that makes it virtually impossible to hold anyone accountable for fatal accidents, that leaves firefighters with no clear directives about how to operate in the field.

“Everybody’s lawyering up … That’s why the report’s written that way.” — Doug Campbell, a retired Forest Service fire-management officer who’s widely respected for developing a wildfire-prediction system used in more than 20 European countries.

“There appears to be a kinder, gentler, and softer approach” to enforcing the 10 Standard Fire Orders, says Dick Mangan, a retired wildfire accident investigator who has participated in many high-profile, wildfire-fatality reviews — including ones concerning the 1990 Dude Fire near Payson that killed six firefighters and the 1994 South Canyon fire in Colorado that claimed 14 lives.

“I have a hard time understanding that everybody did everything right, and 19 people died,” he says.

Regardless of whether the Granite Mountain crew violated orders/guidelines, leading wildfire experts say the state-commissioned investigation report primarily is a diversionary tactic to protect the Forestry Division and other government entities, including the city of Prescott. They say the report seeks to innoculate wildfire managers overseeing Yarnell Hill operations from potential liability from lawsuits and possible criminal charges.

“Everybody’s lawyering up,” says Doug Campbell, a retired Forest Service fire-management officer who’s widely respected for developing a wildfire-prediction system used in more than 20 European countries but not formally adopted in the United States. “That’s why the report’s written that way.”

Mangan, who had hoped before the report was released that it would “let the chips fall where they may,” says the Yarnell Hill investigation fails to deliver clear lessons that could be used to prevent future fatal accidents. The report, he says, didn’t analyze adequately the state’s management of a complex series of events leading to the fatal incident to determine factors that contributed to it.

“There’s usually a chain of events — things that happened that shouldn’t have happened” — that contribute to fatal wildfire incidents, he says. “If you break the chain of events, then the accident doesn’t happen.”

Wildfire experts interviewed for this story identified key inadequately analyzed factors in the investigation that may have contributed to the tragedy, including:

• The state’s failed initial attack on the fire created a situation that later placed hundreds of firefighters at risk to put out a fire that could’ve been controlled easily.

• Once the initial attack failed, the state dispatched a skeleton management team to direct firefighting operations, but the team didn’t have sufficient resources to adequately fight the blaze. When it assumed control, the state’s “Type 2 Short” incident-management team lacked “safety officers” and “division supervisors” whose absence may have contributed to a breakdown in communications during the crucial 30 minutes before the hotshots died.

• The investigation report didn’t thoroughly examine the mental and physical condition of the Granite Mountain crew on the day it was dispatched to Yarnell — its scheduled day off and the 28th day it had worked in June.

Wildfire experts say it’s essential that firefighters and fire-management teams have an acute understanding of environmental forces that can affect the intensity, rate of growth, and direction of wildfires. Failure to understand and recognize these forces, they stress, can lead to catastrophic results. Among the most important factors are topography, fuel temperature, and wind speed and direction.

The art of understanding how a wildfire behaves and predicting what environmental factors can cause it to change suddenly is defined by professionals as “situational awareness.”

Experts, including Doug Campbell, say a woeful lack of basic training in wildfire behavior has led to a lack of such awareness among firefighters on the front lines, as well as among managers directing operations.

“If firefighters can make accurate predictions as to the specific time and place where fire-behavior changes will occur, then no attack should fail — no firefighter should lose [his] life or be injured by fire,” Campbell states in his book The Campbell Prediction System.

The Yarnell Hill investigation report, Campbell and other experts say, fails to adequately address what was a clear lack of situational awareness by the state management team from the start of the fire. Instead, it focuses almost exclusively on dead firefighters whose actions and decisions cannot be explained.

The report “is a shell game in so many ways that it does a disservice to what we know about fire management,” says Paul Orozco, a retired U.S. Forest Service fire-management officer who participated in the investigation into the deaths of four firefighters in the 2001 Thirtymile Fire near Winthrop, Washington.

***

There still was more than two hours of daylight after the fire first was reported at 5:41 p.m. on Friday, June 28 — more than enough time for a quick strike by firefighters before nightfall, wildfire experts say.

Former Yarnell Fire Chief Andersen is convinced that the fire could’ve been extinguished the evening it started if the Yarnell Hill Fire Department and the state had quickly responded.

“There’s a jeep road that goes up there to it,” he says. “There’s no reason for that [fire] not to have been put out.”

But Yarnell had only two firefighters, including a volunteer more than 70 years old, on duty that evening. Dispatch records suggest that the department gave no serious consideration to going up the mountain to fight the fire. No one even answered a state dispatcher’s 6:09 p.m. phone call to the Yarnell department.

Yarnell’s fire chief at the time, Jim Koile, isn’t a Yarnell resident and wasn’t in town the night the fire started. Koile resigned October 8 under mounting pressure from outraged residents who believe the department could’ve done far more to protect their community.
Firefighters from the nearby community of Congress were poised to at least attempt to engage the fire with Yarnell’s department but were directed by state officials not to respond.

“They basically told us they were working on it,” Congress Fire Chief Virgil Suitor says of state Forestry Division representatives. “They told us to stand down because it was up on the rock pile.”

There were substantial firefighting resources available nearby in the Prescott National Forest, where the Doce Fire that burned more than 6,800 acres northwest of Prescott was nearly contained. The Granite Mountain crew worked on the Doce Fire from June 18 to 25 and on the West Spruce Fire, near the Doce burn, on June 28 and 29.

A helicopter with a water bucket and handful of firefighters flown to the ridge top could’ve knocked down the then-half-acre Yarnell Hill Fire on Friday evening, experienced wild-land firefighters and former hotshot crew leaders say.

The investigation report doesn’t address why the state didn’t ask Prescott National Forest officials or other federal agencies with substantial firefighter resources for immediate assistance to put out the fire.

The Arizona Dispatch Center alerted state Forestry Division assistant fire management officer Russ Shumate about the lightning-caused fire at 5:45 p.m. Shumate has worked in central Arizona since 1995 and is familiar with the Weaver Mountains.

The report doesn’t mention Shumate’s lackadaisical response to the start of the fire, even though state dispatchers seemed prepared to ramp up the attack immediately.

“Do we need to order additional resources?” the state dispatcher asked Shumate after notifying him about the fire.

“Negative. We might get a crew in there tomorrow,” Shumate responded.

Ten minutes later, a Prescott wildfire dispatcher contacted the Arizona Dispatch Center and asked whether the state was “sending any air resources to Yarnell.”

“Negative,” replied the state dispatcher. Instead, the state requested that an “air-attack” plane still working on the Doce Fire fly over Yarnell and provide an assessment. Air-attack aircraft serve as airborne command centers.

At 6:03 p.m., Arizona dispatch notified Shumate that the Congress Fire Department had been advised to “stand by.” Shumate, for the second time, responded that the state “may have a couple of crew(s) ordered for tomorrow.”

Nearly an hour after the fire was first reported, a crew member aboard a federal Bureau of Land Management fire engine notified state dispatch that his crew was in contact with a local Yarnell rancher who saw the lightning strike, and “we are going to follow him up to where it is.”

The state dispatch log, however, provided no additional information on what happened to the BLM fire engine, stating that radio contact was lost.

There was no other mention of the BLM engine in state dispatch logs until 9:35 p.m., when Shumate stated that it was returning to its base near Wickenburg.

The Yarnell investigation report doesn’t provide information on the failed attempt by the BLM engine to reach the fire. Instead, it focuses on a dispatch from the air-attack plane’s fire officer, who flew over the fire and reported that it was in a boulder field with no vehicular access and showing little smoke.

According to the investigation report and dispatch logs, Shumate, after talking to the air-attack plane, determined it was “less than a half-acre in size, 80 percent out, active only in one corner with low spread potential and no structures or people at risk.”

Shumate told Arizona dispatchers at 7:19 p.m. that the fire was “inactive, not much of a threat” and that he was “not taking action tonight.” Shumate also told state dispatch that he was “at [his Prescott] office until further notice.”

Shumate, the investigative report states, didn’t dispatch firefighters to the scene because he was concerned for their safety moving at night across rugged terrain, where they could be exposed to lightning strikes.

It’s unclear how Shumate came to his assessment on Friday evening. State dispatch logs mention that Shumate didn’t arrive “on scene” in Yarnell until 6:51 a.m. on Saturday, June 29.

State Forestry Division public information officer Carrie Dennett didn’t respond to e-mails sent on October 9 and 12 and to voice messages on October 10 and 12 asking about Shumate’s location on June 28.

It would constitute a serious management failure if Shumate wasn’t on scene to personally assess the fire on the night it started and then made decisions on how and when to deploy resources, says wildfire expert Paul Orozco.

“It [would be] negligent not to physically see the fire and make a call on it,” Orozco says. “This isn’t about guessing . . . If you don’t get it right, it could kill people.”

***

Once Friday slipped away, former Yarnell Fire Chief Andersen says, the state had another opportunity to put out the fire early Saturday morning — by deploying effective firefighters and air tankers to drop fire retardant immediately after sunrise.

But that didn’t happen, either.

Rather than hitting the fire at dawn (5:20 a.m.), Shumate didn’t arrive in Yarnell until shortly before 7 a.m. His late arrival was a precursor to a series of mistakes, mechanical failures, weather changes, and other delays that would plague firefighting efforts throughout the day.

The investigation report lays out many of the problems as a series of isolated events. It never mentions the state’s failure to quickly apply adequate resources to control what initially was a very small blaze.

More than 17 hours passed from the initial lightning strike before the state had firefighters helicoptered to within a quarter-mile of the fire at 10:48 a.m. on Saturday, June 29. By this time, the fire was reported at eight acres. Its size was reduced to about two acres shortly after noon.

Not only was the state slow to respond, it sent in an ill-equipped, six-man crew from Lewis State Prison that wasn’t trained to handle initial attacks on wildfires (such crews generally are used for mop-up operations), wildfire experts say. But dispatching $1-an-hour-per-man prison crews rather than deploying more experienced firefighters, such as hotshot crews — which cost about $800 an hour — is a way for the state to save money fighting forest fires.

Shumate’s first mistake was failing to place an order for an air-attack-command plane until 8:33 a.m. A little later, the aircraft broke down before takeoff. A replacement was ordered at 9:26 a.m. The second air-attack plane operated only until noon, when it developed an oil leak and was taken out of service. The plane was repaired a couple of hours later, but Shumate released it from the Yarnell Hill Fire.

In addition to the air-attack plane, Shumate ordered two single-engine air tankers at 8:33 a.m., but they were hundreds of miles away. One of the planes, holding 450 gallons of retardant, took off from the Marana Regional Airport at 9:24 a.m. and another, with 750 gallons of retardant, departed from Wilcox at 9:43 a.m.

The long flight time to Yarnell limited the state’s ability to apply retardant on and around the fire early in the morning. The planes each made two drops of retardant near the fire before noon and then landed in Prescott to refuel and for the crew to have lunch. The planes remained on the ground in Prescott for another three hours before flying to an airfield in Wickenburg just after 3 p.m.

Shumate had planned for these planes to use the reloading base in Wickenburg, 41 miles closer than the Prescott base. This would’ve allowed the state to apply more retardant at quicker intervals at less expense. But the Wickenburg retardant-reloading base wasn’t operational until after 3 p.m.

Without the air-attack plane, which Shumate earlier had released from the fire, to report on conditions, he decided to remove two fire-engine crews at 3:40 p.m.

After these reductions in resources deployed to the fire, Shumate then reversed tactics at 4 p.m. and recalled the air-attack plane to do reconnaissance. The plane, however, had flown out of the area and wasn’t available for another 40 minutes.

At this point, conditions on the ground were deteriorating rapidly.

Shumate notified state dispatch at 4:15 p.m. that ground crews were “still having trouble catching” the fire, by then estimated at two to four acres with “creeping factors.” The recalled air-attack plane, meanwhile, still was more than 30 minutes out — which meant that a detailed aerial assessment of the blaze couldn’t yet be made and that the single-engine air tankers, standing by in Wickenburg, couldn’t yet be told where to drop retardant.

Minutes after the air-attack plane finally arrived over the fire, Shumate requested at 4:55 p.m. that a helicopter tanker be sent to Yarnell. This was an indication that ground crews were having serious trouble controlling the fire.

But the order for the “heli-tanker” wasn’t immediately processed because of “confusion” between the Arizona dispatcher, Shumate, and the federal regional dispatch center in Albuquerque, the investigation report states.

The state’s window of opportunity to put out the Yarnell Hill Fire was closing rapidly.

With each passing minute, the fire gained ground, as wildfires tend to do in the late afternoon. The fire gained energy as it steadily backed down the mountain and moved into a location where topography, available fuels, and favorable winds increased its intensity.

The fire got the upper hand at 5:18 p.m. when it jumped a two-track road that served as a firebreak on the eastern flank and quickly spread over two acres. “That should’ve never happened,” says a former Arizona hotshot crew superintendent who continues to work with federal wildfire crews and asked not to be named.

Shumate knew this meant trouble. At 5:38 p.m., he alerted Arizona dispatch that the fire now posed a threat to Yarnell and Peeples Valley in the next 24 to 48 hours.

Shumate’s problems continued to mount. At 5:42 p.m., he learned that the heli-tanker and a large airplane tanker had turned down requests to fly to Yarnell because of dangerous weather conditions.

Three minutes later, Shumate was faced with a crucial decision.

Federal dispatchers offered Shumate the services of one of only two Very Large Air Tankers in the United States. The converted DC-10s are capable of carrying up to 11,400 gallons of retardant. The aircraft, however, are very expensive to operate, costing $12,500 an hour for a full load of retardant. The plane would take off from Albuquerque and would require about two hours of flight time.

The fire’s location on a high ridge was an “ideal” target for the big jet because it could’ve avoided dangerous maneuvers in the mountainous area, says a wildfire air-operations supervisor who asked not to be identified. The big plane could’ve provided the chance to knock down the fire or at least given ground crews an opportunity to contain the rapidly growing blaze.

Shumate turned down the opportunity to call in the big DC-10 tanker at 5:50 p.m. The investigation report states that he made the decision based on “fire conditions.”

Instead of calling in the big jet, Shumate continued to use the single-engine planes, whose effectiveness diminishes as winds pick up. The smaller planes dropped another 5,400 gallons of retardant by the time they were grounded by darkness at 8 p.m.
Shumate estimated in his daily “Incident Status Summary” that the state spent about $20,000 on June 29 in its failed initial attack on the Yarnell Hill Fire. After Shumate lost control of the fire, his Forestry Division bosses called in more than a dozen fire-management specialists as part of a “Type 2 Short” team to take over fire operations the next day.

But wildfire experts say this unit was woefully inadequate to handle the explosive situation it soon would face. One state firefighter derisively called these state fire managers the “B” team.

“It just didn’t have the horses,” wildfire expert Orozco says of the Type 2 Short squad.

***

 

Yarnell-Feature-Collage-10.17.13.jpg
Left: Ex-Fire Chief Peter Andersen says the state’s response was extremely slow. Right: Florida State Forester Jim Karels, whose investigators found that nobody was at fault in the hotshots’ deaths.

Some members of the state’s Type 2 Short team arrived in Yarnell on Sunday, June 30, in time for a 7 a.m. briefing. The fire had grown to an estimated 300 to 500 acres overnight. The team didn’t include all the division supervisors needed to oversee specific geographic areas of the fire — or safety officers.

Shumate met with incoming incident commander Roy Hall about 9:30 a.m. to discuss fire conditions. Transitions of management teams ideally take about a day, wildfire experts say. But, in this case, Hall formally took over operation of the fire from Shumate at 10:22 a.m., less than an hour after their briefing began.

The transition was so rushed that the state didn’t prepare a written “Incident Action Plan” or accompanying fire maps for the June 30 operations period. These are federal requirements for a Type 2 fire.

The clumsy transition, experts say, left little time for the new team to understand the complexities of the rapidly changing fire. The fire investigation report ignored the shortcomings of the state’s Type 2 Short team and the uneven transition.

Less than an hour after taking over, Hall discussed bringing in a full Type 2 team with state Fire Management Officer David Geyer. At 1 p.m., the state belatedly finished a “fire complexity analysis,” a critical report that should’ve been completed immediately after the state’s initial attack failed the previous afternoon, Orozco says.

The state then requested a federally managed full Type 2 team. An hour later, it scrapped the plan and requested a federal Type 1 team, the highest-level incident-management unit used for the most complex and dangerous fires. But that team couldn’t be on the ground until late the next day.

It was up to Hall’s understaffed Type 2 Short team to handle a fire that was rapidly overwhelming available resources. “They were behind the curve,” says expert Doug Campbell.

The state’s scramble for personnel required it to make a crucial decision that directly affected the Granite Mountain Hotshots.

The lack of sufficient management personnel forced the state to assign Granite Mountain Superintendent Eric Marsh as division supervisor for the southwest flank of the fire. Granite Mountain Captain Jesse Steed assumed immediate command of the crew.

Wildfire accident-investigation expert Mangan believes this was a pivotal mistake that weakened fire managers’ control and understanding of the hotshots’ actions. Marsh, Mangan says, still was in direct charge of the crew as the Division A supervisor and wouldn’t need to report to an independent division supervisor who may have challenged his decisions.

“You have taken one link out of the chain of command,” Mangan says.

This later would prove critical to when the Granite Mountain crew descended from the safe, burned-over area on top of the mountain into the box canyon filled with live fuel. The crew apparently was headed to the Boulder Springs Ranch, which had been designated during a morning briefing as a safety zone.

During the frantic moments leading up to the crew’s entrapment, fire managers were overwhelmed. They were making split-second decisions deploying aircraft, evacuating Yarnell, and calling off firefighters and equipment as the firestorm rapidly intensified. Granite Mountain’s location, the investigation report states, wasn’t a primary concern because managers believed the crew was in the safe, charred-black area near the top of the mountain.

About 4 p.m., an aircraft crew member got worried after hearing a comment on the plane’s radio referencing a crew and a safety zone. The fire officer on the plane asked an operations chief whether radio traffic should be suspended to determine what was happening. The operations chief stated that Granite Mountain was the crew mentioned and that “they’re in a good place.”

The investigation report states that, soon after, Marsh announced on the radio, “We’re going down our escape route to our safety zone.”

The airborne fire manager asked, “Is everything okay?” Marsh replied, “Yes, we’re just moving.”

This was an important moment in the sequence of events that would claim 19 lives. No one from the state’s management team followed up on Marsh’s comment about moving the crew, according to the investigation report.

There are at least two possible reasons for the lack of response from fire managers: Marsh didn’t need to report to a division supervisor since he had assumed that role. And it’s uncertain whether a safety officer was on duty at this critical moment, state dispatch records show.

A state dispatcher contacted Marty Cole at 2:24 p.m. and requested that he report to the fire as a safety officer. Cole lives in Chino Valley and faced at least an hourlong drive to reach the incident command center in Peeples Valley.

As with New Times’ other request of her, Forestry Division public information officer Dennett didn’t respond to e-mails and voicemails requesting information on when Cole and two other safety officers, also requested on the afternoon of June 30, arrived and assumed duties in Yarnell.

Safety officers are principal advisers to incident commanders in fire-management operations.

Among safety officers’ primary concerns are extreme fire behavior, escape routes, and safe zones — the exact issues that Granite Mountain discussed but operational chiefs ignored or misunderstood.

It’s vital to note that a safety officer has authority to override chain of command when an immediate threat to life or risk of serious injury is evident.

Expert Mangan, who offers training courses for safety officers, says Marsh’s announcement that Granite Mountain was moving from its safe zone in the charred area should’ve prompted a safety officer, if one was present, to request that Marsh provide more information and possibly stop the crew from moving off the ridge.

“The more people you have involved in a decision like that, the better chance you are going to come up with a better decision,” Mangan says.

The intensity and speed of the wildfire as it stormed toward Yarnell stunned the state’s management team: “The fire way-outperformed our expectations and surpassed any thoughts we had about our trigger points,” one of the two operations chiefs told investigators.

Granite Mountain also didn’t predict the fire’s eventual path. The hotshots had parked their two vans at the base of the mountain in an area that turned out to be directly in front of the fire after the thunderstorm reversed the inferno’s direction 180 degrees. It’s possible that the crew’s decision to leave its safety zone atop the mountain was related to the threat on their vehicles.

The investigation report states that at 3:50 p.m., an air-attack officer notified Marsh that the fire had reversed direction, was heading quickly toward Yarnell, and could arrive in one to two hours. The air-attack officer also told Marsh that the crew’s vehicles may be in the path of the fire.

Marsh told this officer that he had a plan to address the issue. The investigation report, however, doesn’t elaborate on what Marsh’s plan was. The air-attack plane then left the area because the pilot was approaching the limit of hours he could fly legally in one day.

The exchange between the air-attack officer and Marsh was another opportunity where a safety officer or an independent division supervisor could’ve played a key role by clarifying Marsh’s intentions and advising him to keep the crew in the charred zone.

That Granite Mountain parked its vehicles on ground that later burned and the operations chief’s admission that the fire “outperformed our expectations” show that Arizona’ wildfire managers failed to anticipate the Yarnell fire’s potential intensity and direction during a time of year when monsoon storms are frequent, critics believe.

Basic “situational awareness” of wildfire behavior, Orozco says, didn’t occur in regard to the Yarnell Hill Fire.

***

Sonny “Tex” Gilligan and Joy Collura began their hike up the Weaver Mountains at 4 a.m. on Sunday, June 30. The avid hikers and part-time cave dwellers wanted to get a close look at the fire atop the mountain. They knew the backcountry inside out and were very familiar with the difficulty of hiking through dense desert shrubs.

On their way up the mountain, they bushwhacked through the box canyon where the Granite Mountain crew later perished. The hikers already were at the top of the mountain when they saw the Granite Mountain Hotshots coming up a two-track trail about 9:18 a.m.
Gilligan, an experienced outdoorsman and former cowboy and miner, was shocked at the hotshot crew’s condition.

“What I saw was a group of men [who] were totally spent. They looked like they were tired. They weren’t somebody you would want to fight a fire,” Gilligan says. “They needed rest.”

The hikers stayed on the mountain until about 2 p.m. with temperatures hovering about 103 degrees. They observed the crew from time to time throughout the day. The crew, they said, didn’t appear to be doing much active work.

Gilligan says their inactivity led him to believe that the fire was a “controlled burn.” It appeared “they were actually trying to let it go, and they just wanted to clear this brush off this mountain,” he says.

Gilligan and Collura saw the fire take off about 12:30 p.m. as it swept over a hill below the mountain in about 14 minutes. Gilligan estimates that it covered about 300 acres in just a few minutes.

“We were looking at . . . rolls of fire, fire jumping up 40, 50 feet in the air,” Gilligan recalls. “No way are we were going to hang around there.”

Throughout the morning, the hikers watched thunderstorms building to the northeast, near Prescott. Gilligan knew the storms could affect the fire. “When there’s a thunderstorm in an area like this, that wind can change quickly, and it can change fast,” Gilligan says. “That’s where the danger is.”

The investigation report doesn’t mention what Gilligan and Collura observed about the fire’s behavior or about the crew’s condition, even though the hikers were the last people to see the Granite Mountain Hotshots alive. Nor does the report provide any details of the crew’s workload the previous month, mention that June 30 was the crew’s scheduled day off, and that the crew had worked 28 days in June.

“We don’t know the condition of the crew [from the report],” says wildfire expert Campbell, noting that this is a crucial missing element in the investigation.

Lead investigator Jim Karels, in an interview after releasing the report, dismissed a statement by federal dispatchers at the Southwest Coordination Center in Albuquerque that the only Hotshot crew available on June 30 initially was the Blue Ridge Hotshots (who indeed were deployed to Yarnell).

Karels insisted that the SWCC never stated that only one crew would be available. “No, absolutely not,” he said. (The SWCC has declined to comment.)

The state Forestry Division’s dispatch log, however, shows that an Arizona dispatcher requested at 6:21 p.m. on June 29 that the SWCC send two hotshot crews to Yarnell by 6 a.m. the next day. A SWCC dispatcher responded four minutes later, stating, “I can fill one with Blue Ridge. That will be the only [hotshot crew] I have for tomorrow, though.”

Karels says the SWCC never turned down a request for Granite Mountain to be sent to the fire, but instead the SWCC “kicked it back” to the state and instructed the state to fill it “internally” with Granite Mountain.

Yet no such exchange between the SWCC and the state Forestry Division appears in Arizona dispatch logs.

Former hotshot supervisors suggest that one reason the SWCC initially stated that only Blue Ridge was available was because Granite Mountain would be working its 13th consecutive day on its scheduled day off. By doing this, the crew would’ve been unavailable later in the week for an assignment out of the area.

In any case, there’s no question that Granite Mountain had only two days off in June and that the Yarnell Hill fire was its 26th day in the month on a fire line. The hotshots spent two days working at the crew station or on “fuels reduction.” The crew often worked 16-hour shifts, SWCC records state.

Campbell believes fatigue may have been a major factor in the crew’s decision to come off the mountain rather than remain in “the black.” Campbell suggests that Marsh and Steed knew that the crew was tired, hungry, and low on water. The option of staying on the mountain all night wasn’t appealing, nor was following the long trail down to Yarnell that the two hikers had taken safely a few hours earlier.

Campbell believes the Granite Mountain crew concluded that its best course of action — one that would allow members to rest and be ready to re-engage the fire the next day — was to get off the mountain as soon as possible by hiking through the box canyon to the ranch safety zone.

“They knew the rules were against them when they were going downhill in the green,” Campbell believes.

But, he says, rules don’t always stop hotshots from attempting to accomplish a mission.
“The culture of a hotshot crew is a problem,” Campbell says. “They aren’t one to hold back. They are braver than they ought to be.”

© Copyright 2013 John Dougherty, All rights Reserved. Written For: Investigative MEDIA

Filed Under: Current Investigations, Featured, Previous Reporting, Yarnell Hill Fire

Comments

  1. Joy A. Collura says

    June 15, 2015 at 2:03 pm

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kSQdVAAIlYI
    clap, clap, clap….
    right on Jesús Morcillo i Julià

    Reply
  2. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    December 10, 2013 at 7:56 pm

    Reply to calvin post on December 8, 2013 at 10:54 am

    >> calvin said
    >> P 15 AOSHA Worksheets for Proposed Citation……
    >> At approximately 1630, Marsh spoke with ASM B33 (also identified as ASM2)
    >> and reported that they were going down their escape route to the safety zone.
    >> B33 asks if everything is ok. marsh responds that everything is ok they are
    >> just heading to the Safety Zone.
    >> If these accounts are all accurate, ASM2 was advised about GM position
    >> location and starting at 1545 had three other discussions with OPS1 and
    >> DIVA concerning their movements. ASM2 had one hour AFTER being
    >> asked to check on GM before the entrapment. ASM2 was aware GM was
    >> moving. ASM2 did not know the location of GM even after DIV A actually
    >> says “That is where we want the retardant.”
    >>
    >> There is a lot of new information ( in the ADOSH and WAFR ) to be
    >> dissected and analyzed.
    >>
    >> It should also be noted that ( in addition to Blue Ridge Hotshots)
    >> ASM2 (Thomas French and John Burfiend) were not allowed to
    >> be interviewed ( by ADOSH ) either.

    Not true… if the WFAR is to be believed.

    On page 15 of the Wildland Fire Associates Report ( WAFR ) it has a
    brief discussion of when ASM2 was requesting the ‘timeout’ to verify
    where Granite Mountain really was and OPS1 ( Abel ) blew him off
    and just said “they’re in good black.”

    There is a ‘footnote (6)’ on the ASM2 references in the WAFR and
    footnote (6) on page 15 says…

    (6) ADOSH Interview with ASM2.

    So if you are right about ADOSH being denied access to ASM2 as
    well as the Blue Ridge Hotshots… then that footnote in the WAFR is a total lie.

    Reply
  3. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    December 10, 2013 at 3:32 am

    Reply to calvin post on December 8, 2013 at 9:22 am

    >> calvin wrote…
    >> Any comments about the photo on page 13 Of Wildlands Fire
    >> Associates Report (WFAR?) How does this picture fit in with
    >> the rest of Mackenzie photos?
    >> Is this from Mackenzie phone or camera?

    No. It is NOT! This is NEW… and from a previously UNKNOWN source.

    Look closely. That is Christopher MacKenzie himself on the RIGHT hand side
    of this photo taking his picture IMG_0888 which would eventually become the
    photo on page 23 of the SAIR, and the one where the SAIT willy-nilly dialed
    back the actual TIME the photo was taken by 11-12 minutes just to suit
    their made-up narrative.

    THIS photo, on page 13 of the WFA report, was taken by whoever was standing
    just to the LEFT of Christopher MacKenzie just as he took his own IMG_0888.

    THIS photo ( in the WFA ) was actually taken only 3-5 seconds AFTER
    Christopher ( on the right ) took his own IMG_0888. There are only just a few
    seconds of separation between the two… but the WFA photo is definitely
    just (immediately) AFTER Chrstopher’s IMG_0888.

    How can you tell?… easy. Look at the SMOKE in both photos. At the far right
    of the smoke cloud… there is a large swirl that, at that moment, looks just
    like the letter ‘C’.

    It is present in BOTH photographs… and has only advanced just slightly in
    relation to the ground as seen in Christopher’s IMG_0888.

    Now look at the smoke plume just above the edge of where the orange fireline
    on the ground stops as it tracks east.

    In the WFA photo… it has ‘puffed out’ only slightly from the way it is seen in
    Christopher’s IMG_0888.

    So who the hell took this WFA page 13 photo?

    WFA photo caption only says…

    “Figure 4. Photo taken by a GMIHC Crew member on two-track
    road on June 30, 2013.”

    Great. Thanks for nuthin’, fellas.

    These are NEW photos ( Previously unknown to even exist ).

    WHAT ‘device’ is this?
    WHOSE ‘device’ is this?

    Is this actually from one of the ACTIC ( Arizona Counter Terrorism Information
    Center ) data recovery dumps from one of the iPhones or Androids
    recovered at the deployment site and properly entered into evidence…

    …or is it from another ‘digital camera’ that ( like Christopher’s
    Canon Powershot ) was recovered from the bodies but never actually
    entered into evidence by the YCSO police investigators?

    How many MORE photos are there from ‘this device’?

    Taken at WHAT times??

    Where are the originals and/or copies? WHO has them now?

    Inquiring minds WANT TO KNOW.

    ** MORE WRIST WATCHES DISCOVERED IN THIS WFA PHOTO

    We now discover at least TWO more wrist watches. Christopher MacKenzie
    himself ( that’s his left arm in the WFA photo ) has a big one. Looks DIGITAL
    to me but the resolution is so good I think I may be able to actually identify the
    exact make/model of watch. Stay tuned.

    It also has the kind of ‘plastic band’ that would have melted during the burnover
    so this may be the ‘loose watch’ that was discovered in a shelter that ultimately
    didn’t even have a firefighter in it ( as per the YCSO police report ).

    Now look at Steed’s RIGHT arm. He is also now confirmed to be wearing a wrist
    watch that day… and his looks to be ANALOG. That means there’s a good
    chance Steed’s own watch could (finally) confirm the exact time of burnover,
    unless the analog parts kept running when the flames hit.

    Reply
  4. Gary Olson says

    December 8, 2013 at 7:18 pm

    I am reposting my comment from above here because it got so hard to read up above. One thing I should have added is that IF any employee who ignores that kind of order of their agency, there is no doubt in my mind they would be fired immediately. You might be asking some young men to pay a very, very, heavy price price for everyone’s else’s, screw ups, lies, and deceit. Good luck getting another job in any similar field (firefighting) after being FIRED by the USFS. See my previous comment, They ARE THE 800 POUND GORRILLA IN THE NATION!

    In addition, and I am very, very fuzzy on this, I think there might be some federal law that applies specifically to the USDA, that the USFS is part of, that was enacted after the 30-Mile Fire, that does not apply to the USDI, of which the BLM is part of, that has to do with employees and actions and lawyers and really bad stuff (don’t quote me on that) in situations like this.

    So, here is my advice again…do not read to much into the Blue Ridge Hotshots refusing to cooperate with anyone…these decisions are being made at a table like I described in my very lengthy post above at GS pay grades way, way, way, above not only the heads of the Blue Ridge Hotshots, but their bosses at the District level, Forest level, Regional level and probably even the Washington level (of the USFS) Those decisions are being made at the Departmental level and maybe the Washington level at the Department of Justice.

    So…if any Blue Ridge Hotshots are following any of this…PLEASE DO NOT SAY ANYTHING TO ANYBODY ABOUT ANYTHING YOU MIGHT KNOW OR THINK YOU KNOW…EVEN IN CONFICENCE…THEY WILL BURN YOU IN A HEARTBEAT, and everything you have worked for will END.

    And even if a state judge orders something, it will most likely be moved into federal court by a motion and then the federal judge will dismiss it. There is a really, really, long list of people here who need to do the right thing, and even if you know something, you are way, way, down that list. Please.

    Reply
    • Sonny says

      December 13, 2015 at 9:58 am

      You are right on that Gary about the 888 pound Gorilla. We have met one of those ordered not to tell what they know and that person is afraid of his job, retirement, etc. Someone holds a sledge hammer and intends to use it if people talk. But what if that Gorilla or group of Gorillas are found out to be withholding evidence that would show negligence toward causing the deaths of those 19. Would that not be criminal on the gorilla’s part?

      Reply
  5. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    December 8, 2013 at 3:14 pm

    **
    ** DISCUSSION CONTINUES ON NEW POST-ADOSH THREAD

    >> TTWARE wrote…
    >> A quick note for any of those of you who may be ‘refreshing’ these
    >> comments and not re-entering the IM site, due to web issues,
    >> Investigative Media has requested this discussion be moved to the
    >> comments section attached to the article on the ADOSH report.
    >> See that request on the ‘Home’ page.

    Roger that. Just confirming here myself. Mr. Dougherty has requested
    we simply ‘continue’ this discussion under his other article thread
    about the new ADOSH report… which is at this URL…

    http://www.investigativemedia.com/state-forestry-divison-fined-nearly-560000-for-mistakes-in-managing-yarnell-hill-fire-that-killed-19-hotshots/

    That’s a ‘logical’ break and just makes this thread the Pre-ADOSH
    release discussion ( mostly focused on SAIR ) and all further discussions
    on the new thread are the Post-ADOSH release comments and include
    BOTH the SAIR and the ADOSH information and ongoing ‘questions’.

    Reply
  6. calvin says

    December 8, 2013 at 10:54 am

    P14 WFAR…. At 1545, the SPGS1 met up with Field OSC. The Field OSC called
    ASM2, indicating that the winds were getting erratic and
    requested that ASM2 check on the GMIHC when they got a
    chance.
    P27 SAIR ….. At approximately 1600, ASM2 overhears a comment on the radio referencing a crew and a safety zone. ASM2 calls OPS1 and clarifies, “I heard a crew in a safety zone, do we need to call a time out?” OPS1 replies, “No, they’re in a good place. They’re safe and it’s Granite Mountain.” They talk about flying over to check on the crew, but for now, they think the crew is safe in the black.
    P100 SAIR…..At approximately 1615, ASM2 heard radio traffic between Division Supervisor A (DIVS A, which included Granite Mountain Hotshots) and Operations about Granite Mountain going down their escape route to a safety zone. ASM2 asked Operations if they should check on the crew in the safety zone. After Operations stated that Granite Mountain was ”in a good place” and safe,
    P 15 AOSHA Worksheets for Proposed Citation…… At approximately 1630, Marsh spoke with ASM B33 (also identified as ASM2) and reported that they were going down their escape route to the safety zone. B33 asks if everything is ok. marsh responds that everything is ok they are just heading to the Safety Zone.
    If these accounts are all accurate, ASM2 was advised about GM position location and starting at 1545 had three other discussions with OPS1 and DIVA concerning their movements. ASM2 had one hour AFTER being asked to check on GM before the entrapment. ASM2 was aware GM was moving. ASM2 did not know the location of GM even after DIV A actually says “That is where we want the retardant.”
    There is a lot of new information to be dissected and analyzed. The discussion about BR involvement is valid. But with the latest information, it seems BR was stuck filling DIV Z position and really didn’t know what their assignment was. I am also still thinking their assignment change from the grader location to Shrine Road was secondary to Arroyo not showing up.
    It should also be noted that ASM2 (Thomas French and John Burfiend) were not allowed to be interviewed either.

    Reply
    • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

      December 8, 2013 at 11:24 am

      A quick note for any of those of you who may be ‘refreshing’ these comments and not re-entering the IM site, due to web issues, Investigative Media has requested this discussion be moved to the comments section attached to the article on the ADOSH report. See that request on the ‘Home’ page.

      A quick note a Calvin’s comment above, I believe it was Air Attack over the fire communicating, until they abruptly left at approximately 1600 without passing on to ASM certain important details of what they knew. Although ASM should have known the DIV A and GM location, It was OPS1 who was directly responsible for them, and who knew they had been on the move, with their location, routing, and destination unknown to him. At the time of the timeout request, those questions could have been answered.

      Reply
  7. The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

    December 8, 2013 at 10:02 am

    There have been a few tid-bits revealed in the ADOSH report that had up until then, never seen the ‘public’ light of day. One thing you all may have noticed, but I don’t think I have seen mentioned here yet, is that OPS1 Musser actually stated in his interview that he knew that GM was on the move during the critical time leading up to entrapment.

    ADOSH inspection narrative, page 19, 1601 hrs, just after the description of the Marsh and Steed conversation captured on video:

    “Following this conversation, GMIHC and Marsh decided to move from their position. According to BRIHC unit logs, Eric (Marsh) says, “I copy fire is progressed to the buggies, also going to make our way through out escape route”. Brian (Frisby) asks, ‘Are you in good black?” Eric says “picking our way through the black to the rd in the bottom out towards the ranch.” Brian thinks he meant toward the two-track. To confirm Brian says, “the rd we came on w/ the ranger……affirm.”

    AND NOW THIS:

    “Musser heard the radio transmission, but didn’t recall the exact words. Abel and Musser reportedly were not aware of the location of Marsh’s reported predetermined route.

    So at the moment ASM asked for a time-out and OPS1 said GM was safe in the black, OPS1 actually knew they had been on the move, and DIDN’T know their location, routing or their destination.

    This bit of information has led me to something that has been starring me in the face for along time, but that I couldn’t see.

    This fire had two Operation Section Chiefs operating at the same time. Granted, one was SUPPOSED to be a ‘Planning Ops’ and one was supposed to be a ‘Field Ops’, but during the day they were BOTH giving direction to, and making requests of the field troops. It is obvious from the various reports, that often the right hand didn’t know what the left hand was doing. This must have created additional confusion to field supervisors in trying to recognize who their real OPS Supervisor was.

    I’m sure that OPS was structured this way because there was yet no Planning Section Chief on the fire and they wanted to try and address that need, but PSCs don’t get on the radio and direct or make requests of the troops in the field. As might be apparent by the lack of planning evident in the reports, the planning aspect seemed to get neglected as both OPS evolved into a ‘field’ capacity.

    Perhaps if there had truly been only one OPS on the radio that day for ‘his’ subordinates to report to, the confusion level would have come down enough to have saved some lives. Just speculating………….;….

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 8, 2013 at 2:20 pm

      Reply to TTTWARE
      post December 8, 2013 at 10:02

      Good points, all!

      I also don’t think there’s any question that this is where the
      ‘missing’ Safety Officer ( who was SUPPOSED to be on
      duty at this time ) would have come into play.

      I would imagine that ANY traffic about people way out in
      the boondock saying they are now ‘moving’… when the
      fire is blowing up like a bomb… would have been something
      he would be required to be ‘all over’.

      If the Safety Officer had been on duty… I could imagine that
      confusing exchange between Marsh and Frisby would/should
      have immediately been followed with him breaking in
      the radio saying…

      “DIVS A / Granite Mountain… this is SFO1… please explain.
      Last transmit confusing. EXACTLY where are you NOW,
      EXACTLY where are you GOING… and EXACTLY HOW
      do you plan on getting there? Come back. Over.”

      I can imagine any OPSx saying “They’re big boys. They’re
      supposed to know what they are doing.”…

      …but what other job would a Safety Officer have that would
      be more important than to make sure hot, tired men aren’t
      making a ‘bad decision’ and a ‘bad move’ at a ‘bad time’?

      Reply
      • Dave says

        February 25, 2014 at 9:46 am

        you have no idea what you are talking about

        Reply
  8. calvin says

    December 8, 2013 at 9:22 am

    Any comments about the photo on page 13 Of Wildlands Fire Associates Report (WFAR?) How does this picture fit in with the rest of Mackenzie photos? Is this from Mackenzie phone or camera?

    Reply
  9. Elizabeth N. says

    December 7, 2013 at 9:51 pm

    The OSHA report writers clearly were pointing the finger at Rory (?) Collins. Tell me why.
    If I am understanding correctly, the report writers want us to know that Collins (a) dropped retardant in a way that RUINED the backfire/burnout, (b) tried to get Marsh/Frisby(?) to change their strategies, (c) left without warning or notice or a proper air-support back-up at exactly the time GMIHC was in trouble, and (d) refused to speak with the investigators to explain himself. WHY? What does OSHA want us to infer? How can all of this possibly be Collins’s fault?

    Also, the OSHA report writers also wanted us to know that Divs Z totally walked away, too. He locked horns with Marsh to a degree, and then he left – went back to safety and did not come out to the fire again. The report writers made clear (in my view) their disgust with Divs Z leaving. What does that tell us? Are we supposed to be blaming Divs Z? (I am using the word “blame” loosely. I am not looking to blame anyone. I suppose the better parlance is “point the finger at”….)

    Reply
  10. Robert the Second says

    December 7, 2013 at 12:11 pm

    WTKTT,

    “I think we can say for certain now that the Blue Ridge Hotshots had a lot more to do with what happened than anyone previously thought, albeit, in an indirect manner.”

    Not following here, so would you please give me some more insight where you’re going with this one?

    BR HS was already doing what OPS had asked GM HS about. BR HS was in their own Division doing their own thing, what they were assigned to do. They had their hands full with structure protection, houses burning, spot fires, propane tanks blowing up, dragging-ass citizens, Engine strike teams and Task Forces that didn’t have good accountability with their peope, and much more. BR HS Supt. was acting in a sort of quasi-Task Force Leader mode and possibly even covering for DIVS Z now that we know DIVS Z abandoned his post at 1330.

    “I could now be totally wrong. Maybe they WERE ‘asked’… said “NO”, and that led to the greatest blunder in the history of wildland firefighting as the only other group of Hotshots on the job site that day was then trying to do what they refused to do.”

    Need some clarification here too please. Are saying that the GM HS took the assignment that BR HS MAY have been given by OPS and THEY turned it down? This is something that’s done often by the Overhead. They will ask a Resource to perform an assignment. That Resource either accepts it or refuses and offers another option. If they refuse it, then the Overhead just goes to another Resource. And according to the Turn Down Proptocol, they are to inform that Resource that it’s been turned down, refused by another. So, I disagree with the “blunder’ assertion at least as it relates to the BR HS. GM HS “blunder” what they did and died because of it, yes.

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      December 7, 2013 at 12:40 pm

      I believe you are right here I would also say that they may have said some things that were in the first interview that we were not privy to and these might in some way put the FS in a bad light with the State. I would assume the State did not get the interviews done by the SAIR. They could of had to do there own interviews.

      Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 7, 2013 at 1:34 pm

      RTS: Re: Your post: December 7, 2013 at 12:11 pm

      >> RTS asked…
      >> Not following here, so would you please give me some
      >> more insight where you’re going with this one?

      The ADOSH contains information that SHOULD have
      been in the SAIR about additional ‘communications’
      with Marsh/Steed right around the crticial ‘discussing
      their options’ moment(s). We only now learn that OPS2
      ( Musser ) asked if they could ‘spare resources’ down
      in Yarnell to help with evacuations ( already in progress ).

      Marsh/Steed say NO. They are ‘committed to the black’
      They tell Musser to ‘ask Blue Ridge if they can help’.

      So that was their ‘Turn Down’ and ‘alternate option’.

      Ok. Fine. Whatever. We SHOULD have known about this
      a LOOOONG time ago ( Sic: SAIR report )… but here’s
      what we still do NOT know…

      1) EXACTLY what Musser asked them. Was it a SPECIFIC
      request such as ‘we need help in Glen Ilah”?… or just a
      general “we sure could use you guys down here.”

      2) Did Musser ONLY ask them to ‘come down’ because
      ( as you say ) Blue Ridge was ALREADY busy and Musser
      knew that?… or was Musser just as clueless about what
      BR was actually doing as he was about a lot of other
      things that day?

      3) Did Musser ALREADY ask Blue Ridge to do whatever it
      was he wanted GM to do BEFORE calling Marsh/Steed?
      If so… did BR turn him down and that’s the only reason
      he was now calling GM?

      4) Did Musser do what Marsh/Steed said and call BR for
      some ‘specific’ (new) assignment AFTER he got off the
      horn with Marsh/Steed? If so… what did BR say then and
      also… did Musser call Marsh/Steed back AGAIN and tell
      THEM what BR said?

      5) Is this ( now documented ) ‘Musser asking for help’ moment
      the sole reason for the mysterious ‘comfort level’ discussion
      references in the MacKenzie video… or is there even more
      about that we still don’t know?

      The ‘where I am going with this’ should be obvious.

      We know a LITTLE bit more now about what factors might
      have been involved in the Marsh/Steed ‘discussing their
      options’ and ‘comfort level’ discussions… and that
      ‘little bit more’ now involves Blue Ridge in a way that
      no one had thought of before. Did Musser ask Marsh/Steed
      to ‘change their plans’ up there because of something
      Blue Ridge was refusing to do?…. or was it because they
      were already too busy and Musser knew that. If Musser
      knew that… then why didn’t the ADOSH say… “Musser
      calls Marsh/Steed to ask if they could spare resources
      for Yarnell… because the other hotshot team named
      Blue Ridge was already very busy at that time.”

      Either way… Blue Ridge is now intricately ‘involved’ ( as
      I said, indirectly ) in the mysterious decision 19 men made
      to march to their deaths.

      That’s what the ADOSH is saying, and that’s probably what
      Blue Ridge’s lawyers have also realized from a ‘litigation /
      liability’ standpoint… hence… BR was being ‘unusually
      uncooperative’ with ADOSH.

      >> RTS also wrote…
      >> So, I disagree with the “blunder’ assertion at least as it
      >> relates to the BR HS. GM HS “blunder” what they did
      >> and died because of it, yes.

      I didn’t say BR ‘blundered’.
      I only said GM did.

      I don’t know how else you would characterize 19 (supposedly)
      trained, professional firefighters breaking almost every rule
      in their ‘own book’ and walking straight into a box canyon
      full of unburned fuel and an advancing wall of flames in
      BROAD DAYLIGHT… and no one knowing where there
      were to even TRY and help them live.

      ‘One of ( if not THE ) greatest blunders in the history of
      wildland firefighting’ describes it pretty well, I think.

      Reply
      • Robert the Second says

        December 7, 2013 at 2:02 pm

        WTKTT,

        Got it. Fair enough. Thanks

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          December 7, 2013 at 2:28 pm

          One other thing… I hear what you are saying above… but I don’t think there is any direct evidence that Blue Ridge was doing any ‘civilian evacuation’ help that day. I still think Frisby was ‘heroic’ when he went BACK into the Shrine area to make sure all the FIREFIGHTERS were all getting out… but as far as the photographic evidence from that day goes… as soon as all the FIREFIGHTERS were out… that’s when the Blue Ridge guys are seen just standing around in parking lots doing nothing… even at a time when ‘evacuations’ were still takinig place.

          So somewhere in here it comes to whether the request from Musser ( to either/or BR / GM ) had to do with helping with civilian evacuations or structure protection. Blue Ridge might have said “We don’t do either of those things”… but GM has a different history. This may still all come down to the different mentality between wildland firefighters and ‘regular’ fireman. As far as I know… BR was ‘the pure drop’. They only do wildland stuff. GM… not so much… they were this new ‘hybrid’ group being run by a Municipal Fire Department.

          Reply
          • Robert the Second says

            December 7, 2013 at 4:20 pm

            Reply to WTKTT Dec. 7 at 2:28 post,

            There may not be any “direct evidence that Blue Ridge was doing any ‘civilian evacuation’ help that day” in any ‘official record” but it is well known amongst those that were there that BR HS, and in particular the Supt and Foreman, made numerous forays into Yarnell doing their best to hustle those ‘dragging-ass civilians’ to get out of there, first in a hurry, and later “get out now.”

            So I still say that Frisby and his Crew were ‘heroic’ in Yarnell AND when they ALSO went BACK into the Shrine area to get the ‘dragging-ass’ Engine Crews, Strike Team, Task Force to get out og there after ignoring warnings from the fire behavior itself and from BR HS as the column stood up, then bent over Yarness, then came swooping down into Yarnell with a vengeance.

            So, I also agree with J. Stout that the BR HS were doing just what needed to be done; refuse the assignment. They were already do it in a sense. Regarding the ADOSH investigation finding about the State Forestry slacking in their duties, as J. Stout puts it, BR HS was “adhering to the very policies that this latest investigation states were absent on the part of state fire officials.”

            Reply
            • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

              December 7, 2013 at 5:28 pm

              Reply to RTS
              December 7, 2013 at 4:20 post

              >> RTS said…
              >> There may not be any “direct
              >> evidence that Blue Ridge was
              >> doing any ‘civilian evacuation’
              >> help that day” in any ‘official
              >> record” but it is well known
              >> amongst those that were there

              Like who?

              >> that BR HS, and in particular
              >> the Supt and Foreman, made
              >> numerous forays into Yarnell
              >> doing their best to hustle those
              >> ‘dragging-ass civilians’ to get
              >> out of there, first in a hurry, and
              >> later “get out now.”

              There is nothing in any officially
              published timeline now ( both
              SAIR and ADOSH included )
              that supports that claim.

              The timeframe was VERY tight
              from 1555 to 1615 when BR was
              simply ‘evacuating themselves’
              from the Shrine area and then
              photographed at both the staging
              area on Hwy 89 ( The Tom Story
              photo ) and moments later down
              at the cafe’ ( Michelle Lee photos,
              Russ Reason video, etc. ).

              The SAIR itself documents ONE
              ‘extra’ trip where BR Supt ( and
              BR Capt? ) went back to make
              sure ALL ‘firefighters’ were getting
              out… but no mention of any specific
              civilian evacuation involvement.

              Sure… they may have been
              ‘shouting out the windows’ at
              people… but that’s all that any
              of the documented timelines
              would have allowed them to do.

              Regardless… if they WERE doing
              that sort of thing… and it was
              NOT ‘officially their job’ at that
              point… the question remains.

              Was it NOT their ‘official’ job to
              be helping with that because no
              one even asked them to… or
              because they HAD been asked,
              had already turned Musser down,
              and that’s why he was calling out
              to Marsh/Steed for some help?

              Important question(s) now, after
              the ADOSH report.

              Reply
              • Robert the Second says

                December 7, 2013 at 6:23 pm

                WTKTT,

                There were BR HS and other local Prescott area municipal and wildland firefighters, including photos and video clips.

                And they were doing much more than merely ‘shouting out windows.’ They were engaged in doing what needed to be done at those times to get these peoples’ attention and get them moving.

                They were doing all this because that’s what these guys do. They see what neeeds to be done and they just do it. Mostly because they’re Hot Shots (and/or former HS).

                And as far as them ‘hanging out’ at the restauaunt or store or wherever is a moot point. So what? What were they supposed to be doing ?? besides finding somewhere safe to be at that point.

                Reply
                • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

                  December 7, 2013 at 7:47 pm

                  Repy to RTS post
                  Dec 7, 2013 at 6:23 pm

                  >> RTS wrote…
                  >> What were they
                  >> supposed to be
                  >> doing ??

                  I don’t know… but
                  we’ve got 19 dead
                  guys who (apparently)
                  thought SOMETHING
                  was important to be
                  done right around the
                  time they are standing
                  there doing nothing.

                  Can you not see the
                  connection?

                  One team of Hotshots
                  already in a place
                  where it’s all hitting
                  the fan… and they
                  are doing NOTHING
                  at the same time
                  another group of
                  Hotshots think they
                  are ‘needed’ in the
                  same exact location.

                  If it was no longer
                  important for Hotshots
                  to be doing ANYTHING,
                  then why didn’t
                  someone ‘call off GM’
                  and they would still
                  be with us today?

                  Something still makes
                  absolutely no sense
                  at all here.

                  besides finding somewhere safe to be at that point.

                  Reply
                  • Robert the Second says

                    December 7, 2013 at 8:10 pm

                    Reply to WTKTT 12/7 7:47 post:

                    “Can you not see the connection?”

                    I cannot see the connection.

                    “And they are doing NOTHING
                    at the same time
                    another group of
                    Hotshots think they are ‘needed’ in the same exact location.”
                    And the GM HS was where they were doing what they were doing BECAUSE THEY CHOSE TO GO DOWN THERE INTO THE UNBURNED AND THE DEATH BOWL AGAINST ALL THEIR TRAINING!

                    “If it was no longer important for Hotshots to be doing ANYTHING,
                    then why didn’t
                    someone ‘call off GM’”

                    Don’t know. Marsh was being disengenuous about the whole matter and nobody really knew where they were or what they were doing other than they were ‘safe in the black.’ It’s up to the FF on the ground, at the time to be responsible for their safety.

                    Reply
            • mike says

              December 7, 2013 at 5:42 pm

              One problem is that the ADOSH report is not a substitute for a decent SAIR. ADOSH was only concerned with determining if there was an unsafe “workplace”, not really with finding out all that went on. Details of the Musser request were not important to ADOSH, but may well be vital to understanding the motivation of the GMHS. So the specifics of the request, whether Musser heard back from Marsh, what motivated the request etc were not important to ADOSH, but should have been critical to the SAIR. Unfortunately the SAIT either did not know about it (did they interview Musser? did he tell ADOSH but not the SAIT?) or they buried it. If the latter, it is absolutely appalling.

              Reply
            • J. Stout says

              December 7, 2013 at 5:58 pm

              Reply to RtS re Blue Ridge HS:

              Would like to add the following in regards to the last paragraph of my previous post (concerning the actions of the Federal attorneys, and what is business as usual for them).

              There is absolutely nothing surprising about one employer of FF’s being reluctant (or refusing) to provide ammunition (in the form of testimony and evidence) to be used against another employer of FF’s. ADOSH knows this game. By putting their criticism of this reluctance/refusal in their report, they were simply — and very publicly — making the feds and their attorneys pay a price for it.

              Whether that was a good thing, or not, is something I am unable to say at this point. But what I am currently seeing in this forum for discussion is just how much it is the Blue Ridge HS who are now being made to pay a price. And that is unfortunate.

              Reply
              • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

                December 7, 2013 at 7:34 pm

                If Blue Ridge is going to end
                up ‘paying a price’ for being
                ‘uncooperative’ with ADOSH,
                then that is a path THEY have
                decided to walk.

                They ( collectively ) could have
                told the lawyers to go pound
                sand and just been fully
                cooperative. They didn’t.

                What comes next… comes
                next.

                Reply
                • Robert the Second says

                  December 7, 2013 at 9:21 pm

                  WTKTT,

                  BR HS is NOT being uncooperative. They’ve been directed to do so by their Agency.

                  See: Gary Olson on December 5, 2013 at 10:48 pm said:
                  “FYI – The Office of the Solicitor General has to approve an employee testifying or being interviewed in civil case. All departments have a Solicitor General such as USDA Solicitor General, USDI Solicitor General etc. It is very, very, very hard, if not impossible to challenge or fight the federal government in court. It is standard operating procedure and it is an automatic defensive action, so don’t read too much into that particular aspect, just like any attorney advises their client not to talk to the other side. It is not about right and wrong even with our own government, it is about protecting your clients and doing what is best for THEM not what the general public thinks is RIGHT.”

                  Reply
                  • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

                    December 7, 2013 at 11:55 pm

                    RTS… I’m not going to push this line of consideration with you. I have too much respect for YOUR contributions to this effort here to find out what really happened that day and YOUR willingness to talk about in public (lawyers be damned). I also understand that you know these guys so you have a ‘dog in the hunt’ here. I don’t. I just want to know what REALLY happened.

                    Reply
                    • Gary Olson says

                      December 8, 2013 at 7:01 pm

                      One thing I should have added that is any employee ignores that kind of order of their agency, there is no doubt they would be fired immediately. You might be asking some young men to pay a very, very, heavy price price for everyone’s else’s, screw up, lies, and deceit. Good luck getting another job in any similar field after being FIRED by the USFS. See my previous comment, They ARE THE 800 POUND GORRILLA IN THE NATION!

      • Gary Olson says

        December 7, 2013 at 6:21 pm

        The history of wildland firefighting agrees with you, this was without a doubt, THE greatest error in history of wildland firefighting…and I don’t think that there is any possible combination of anything, anybody could or can say for any reason that will ever in any way implicate the Blue Ridge Hotshots in doing anything wrong by any interpretation that anybody could even possibly make up or think up…unless they held guns to the heads of the Granite Mountain Hotshots and forced them down that chute. So…if their attorneys are worried, I think they can stand down, in my opinion.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          December 7, 2013 at 7:30 pm

          Reply to Gary Olson
          Re: December 7, 2013 at 6:21 post

          Exactly, Gary. That what seems inexplicable here.
          NO ONE ( not even me ) is ACCUSING Blue Ridge
          of having done anything wrong… but like it or not…
          ADOSH has confirmed they might simply be
          involved in the decision making process that
          took place up on that high ridge more than anyone
          previously suspected.

          ADOSH now says Marsh/Steed basically issued
          an official ‘Turn down with alternate option’… and
          that ‘alternate option’ was Blue Ridge.

          So what happened then?

          Was there another ‘Turn down with alternate’
          on Blue Ridge’s part? Like “No thanks… we
          aren’t trained to do structure protection… why
          don’t you call Granite Mountain?”

          If they were a ‘pure drop’ IHC crew… with no
          background in structure protection… than that
          is EXACTLY what they SHOULD have told
          Musser if he asked them to get involved.

          There is nothing WRONG with that.

          So it’s inexplicable why Blue Ridge is all
          ‘lawyered up’, refusing to cooperate with
          ADOSH and supplying nothing but 80 percent
          ‘redacted’ documents and claiming the
          ‘sensitive information’ excuse.

          It simply puts them back in the ‘what are you
          trying to hide?’ category. That’s just sad.

          Reply
          • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

            December 7, 2013 at 8:21 pm

            WTKTT, I think almost eveyone in this forum including yourself had agreed in prior comments that the BR Sup deserves a medal for his actions that day, and any turn-down or lack thereof, doesn’t negate that. A turn-down by one crew does not have any bearing on the safe performance of another crew. That other crew is totally responsible for their own safety.

            I know you agree with that, but your recent comments seem to have alluded to some ‘potential’ cupability in GMs decision because of what BR did or did not do.

            When crews and personel were being pulled off the fire for safety, staging at the cafe was a proper action.

            Other’s on here with prior HS experience can relate whether or not they were trained in evacuation procedures and it that was something that was expected of them.

            Bottom line, BR was at the cafe keeping their crew safe, which is the one thing I know we all wish everyone had done that day.

            Reply
            • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

              December 7, 2013 at 8:33 pm

              Reply to TTWARE
              December 7, 2013 at 8:21 pm post.

              I just checked all my typing up above
              and it is, in fact, in English… so I’ve
              got nothing else to add at this point.

              No one is ‘getting it’… and all I am
              hearing is that ‘SLAMMING’ noise
              of minds closing… so I’m going
              to let this one ride for now.

              I’ll come back it later, though,
              because I may have just found
              something that will make the
              closed doors open again.

              Hint: Read the WHOLE ADOSH.
              Carefully.

              Reply
              • Gary Olson says

                December 8, 2013 at 7:22 pm

                Did you really just say that? You really do have an attitude.

                Reply
  11. Elizabeth N. says

    December 7, 2013 at 11:27 am

    FYI, on the Wildfire.com website, there is a good comment thread on which some informed input is being exchanged. It would be VERY useful if the exchange was on only *ONE* thread, but I suppose that that is impossible. One thread there is:
    http://wildfiretoday.com/2013/12/04/state-analysis-of-yarnell-hill-fire-fatalities-proposes-559000-fine-for-arizona-state-forestry-division/#comment-20548

    Reply
  12. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    December 7, 2013 at 3:20 am

    Gary Olson: Re: Your long post yesterday.

    Great stuff, Gary. Thanks for taking that time to help us all understand
    an entire ‘world/culture’ that some of us are only now learning about, or
    even knew existed.

    I think the ADOSH presentation ( narrative and photos ), while certainly
    not without its own flaws, new inconsistencies, and not being everything
    that was desired… has also provided some ‘new’ important information.

    We might actually be close to understanding what really happened,
    or, at least, a lot closer to knowing WHO DOES.

    I think we can say for certain now that the Blue Ridge Hotshots had
    a lot more to do with what happened than anyone previously thought,
    albeit, in an indirect manner.

    Why on earth would Musser ask Marsh for help unless he had
    ALREADY asked Frisby and he had already said “No… we don’t
    do that sort of thing.”?

    ADOSH expresses specific frustration at the ‘useless’ information
    provided by Blue Ridge and also about how they were allowed to
    interview certain command level people… but NOT ask certain
    questions.

    ADOSH says that most of what was ‘redacted’ in the only documents
    Blue Ridge did supply was all struck out because it was (quote)
    “information of a sensitive nature’.

    WTF? What would constitute that kind of ‘sensitive information’ in
    simple job logs? Did someone write down in the logs that they
    were having an affair with someone else’s wife, or something?

    What would be your guess on what would be so ‘sensitive’ in
    some fire job logs that it would all need to be ‘redacted’?

    Actual evidence of wrongdoing or negligence, or something?

    The reason we don’t really know if Musser even asked Blue Ridge if
    they could help out either BEFORE or AFTER Musser put the
    question to Marsh/Steed might be because ADOSH was allowed
    to interview Musser… but Musser was RESTRICTED from saying
    anything or answering any questions that had anything to do
    with Blue Ridge. The lawyers might have locked all that down.

    So all we hear from Musser and his ADOSH interview is what the
    lawyers WILL let him talk about… and that is what he may or
    may not have said to GM, and what they may have said in return.

    But as for whether he (Musser) even ASKED Blue Ridge to help?

    Their lawyers might be forbidding that line of ‘questioning’.

    I have been the one who has always wondered why we have all this
    photographic / video evidence of the Blue Ridge Hotshots standing
    around doing nothing at all at a time when everyone was wondering
    why ANOTHER Hotshot crew might be trying to get there to help.

    I was the one who was always adding the phrase “because no one
    asked them to.” That was always just a ‘guess’ on my part.

    I could now be totally wrong. Maybe they WERE ‘asked’… said “NO”,
    and that led to the greatest blunder in the history of wildland firefighting
    as the only other group of Hotshots on the job site that day was then
    trying to do what they refused to do.

    There are still people alive who know this part of the story.

    We shall see what else we can learn.

    Reply
    • J. Stout says

      December 7, 2013 at 1:54 pm

      WTKTT: Regarding some of your comments about Blue Ridge HS.

      Am having a bit of difficulty with your portrayal of BR concerning speculation that “maybe they WERE ‘asked’ … said “NO” and that led to the greatest blunder in the history of wildland firefighting as the only other group of Hotshots on the job site that day was then trying to do what they refused to do.”

      Has it been so promptly forgotten here that a fine of nearly $560,000 has been imposed due in large part because state fire officials knowingly put protection of property ahead of safety?

      So . . . in the event that BR “might” have been asked and “might” have said no . . . they would have actually been, in that case, adhering to the very policies that this latest investigation states were absent on the part of state fire officials. And for which a fine was imposed as a result of it.

      So, good on BR for saying no — if that’s what actually happened. (Emphasis on the word “if” here.)

      Attempting to link BR into some kind of chain-of-blame for the decision made on the part of GM and DIVS A to leave the black is just plain wrong.

      (And, what seems to be overlooked lately is how the request on the part of Musser (according to ADOSH) was whether GM could “spare resources.” That does not sound like Musser was asking for an entire HS crew plus a Division Supervisor.)

      Lastly, there may be any number of people here who wish to jump on the band wagon to paint a portrait of suspicion and/or question of liability regarding BR for what the Federal attorneys have been doing (aka business as usual in these kinds of matters) — but you can count me out on that one, too.

      Reply
      • Gary Olson says

        December 7, 2013 at 6:10 pm

        You are, I. right 2. right 3. right 4. right. infinity…right

        Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        December 7, 2013 at 8:59 pm

        Reply to J. Stout
        Re: December 7, 2013 at 1:54 pm post

        I think I responded to this down below under RTS’s
        similar ‘reaction’.

        Maybe I am going to lose you here… but there is a
        distinct difference between ‘blame’ and ‘causation’.

        We are NOT trying to discover WHY one group of
        Hotshots might have been totally within ‘protocols’
        and ‘procedures’ that day.

        We are trying to discover WHY another group of
        Hotshots was (obviously) NOT.

        What ADOSH has just told us, however, is that there
        might be a ‘causation’ factor here between the two.

        I don’t know how else to phrase that.

        You either understand what I am talking about there,
        or you don’t.

        ADOSH has told us there is another ‘story’ here that
        has to be told… and the ones who can tell it the best
        ( who are, thankfully, all still very much alive ) have
        chose to be totally ‘uncooperative’. Bad choice, I think.

        Reply
  13. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    December 6, 2013 at 8:15 pm

    TTWARE: Re: Some of your recent commentary ‘missing’

    >> TTWARE wrote…
    >> Somehow, some of my new commentary didn’t come through
    >> when I copied and pasted the older commentary. After the
    >> sentence ending ‘the fire going absolutely apeshit’, I had typed
    >> in sentences that said, “As far as the second elephant in the room
    >> goes, I am with WTKTT on that, in that I don’t think they knew of any
    >> other route to get to the ranch.”

    I see what the ‘problem’ was there.
    It has to do with using a ‘LESS THAN’ bracket.
    With this forum software… it is AOK to use a ‘GREATER THAN’ bracket
    but you should NEVER type a ‘LESS THAN’ bracket into one of your
    posts… or you might lose a number of sentences or paragraphs after that.

    Why?… because this software is doing what is called PARSING when
    you hit ‘Post Comment’… and it is looking for certain HTML statements.

    HTML statements embedded in text BEGIN with ‘LESS THAN’ symbols
    and CLOSE with ‘GREATER THAN’ symbols.

    So what happens there is that if the text parser sees a ‘LESS THAN’
    symbol appearing the text… it thinks that’s the beginning of you
    trying to embed HTML into your text and it tries to ‘interpret’ the
    commands/words that follow it… instead of just printing them.

    That’s why you can ‘lose some sentences’ following the ‘LESS THAN’
    symbol. They aren’t really valid HTML commands so they get ‘tossed out’
    until the parser reaches a certain line length limit… and then it starts
    printing the text again.

    You can freely use the ‘GREATER THAN’ symbol because that is the
    CLOSING signal for an embedded HTML command and if there was
    no ‘LESS THAN’ symbol preceding it… that ‘CLOSING’ signal just
    gets ignored and it prints the ‘GREATER THAN’ symbol just as you
    typed it with no ‘loss of commentary’.

    More than you wanted to know, I’m sure… but bottom line is…

    If you ‘cut and paste’ stuff into your post…. do NOT add any ‘LESS THAN’
    bracket characters anywhere in the text or you will LOST some of it after
    you click ‘Post Comment’.

    Reply
    • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

      December 7, 2013 at 7:40 pm

      WTKTT, thanks for the info. I’ve been trying different ways to cut and paste and so far, it seems I’ve gone bust on all of them, but I’ll keep trying. Again, thanks.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        December 8, 2013 at 3:25 am

        Reply to TTWARE
        December 7, 2013 at 7:40 PM post

        Well… things seem to be showing up in the right places
        again today. ( This should. I’ve been responding to others
        below regarding the new role ADOSH says Blue Ridge
        might play in the ‘the story’ here, and everything was
        appearing there just fine. )

        One other thing I noticed… if something you post
        doesn’t ‘show up’ in the right place… you might want
        to ‘clear your browser cache’ ( especially cookies ).

        This forum is using ‘cookies’ to try and ‘remember’
        which message you were on last time you visited
        and it might get confused if you have been here a
        lot without clearing your cache. That seemed to
        help with me, anyway.

        Reply
  14. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    December 6, 2013 at 1:54 pm

    >> calvin wrote…
    >>
    >> P24 of SAIR
    >> Marsh states that he believes the fire is almost as far as the GM vehicles.
    >> Lets compare this with the audio from Mackenzie video.
    >> Steed says The fire is almost as far as the two track we walked in on.
    >> According to the fire progression map, these two statements were
    >> made at different times.
    >> Steed’s statement, identified to occur shortly after 1600, describes
    >> what the fire progression map shows. The fire is almost at the
    >> two track, near the grader.
    >> The statement made by Marsh, identifying the fire “almost at the
    >> GM vehicles”, must have occurred a few minutes later (according
    >> to the fire progression map.)
    >> The fire arrived at the GM vehicle parking area at approximately 1622.

    calvin… have you seen the PHOTOGRAPHS that were released
    along with the ADOSH report?

    There are TWO photographs in there we have never seen before and
    didn’t even know existed.

    They are ADOSH photos number 27 and 28.

    They were taken by Brendan McDonough HIMSELF right there where
    the GM vehicles were parked just AFTER he got ‘dropped off’ there
    by Brian Frisby ( BR Supt ).

    Brendan stood on the gunwale of the passenger side of the GM
    Supervisor truck to elevate himself a little and took those two
    pictures facing directly north, looking at the approaching fireline.

    The TIME on BOTH of the pictures McDonough took is exactly 1549.
    We are going to have to trust ADOSH on that… but I get the feeling
    the ADOSH guys actually DO know about JPEG EXIF metadata
    and that’s where they got the timestamps for these photos.

    John Dougherty has ‘safe’ copies of these ADOSH photos here…

    http://www.investigativemedia.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/SupportingPhotosMaps-ASFD.pdf

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> Marsh obviously made the statement BEFORE the GM vehicles
    >> were moved. Time unknown. According to the fire progression chart,
    >> the fire made a huge push toward the vehicles starting at 1615.

    See the ADOSH photos above taken at 1549.

    Looks to me like the fire was ‘almost there’ even at 1549.

    >> calvin also wrote
    >> This would put the time BR moves the 2 GM buggies closer to 1615.
    >> This would also support WTKTT times of when Marsh actually lost
    >> view of the middle bowl, GM parking area.

    Again… hard to say now that we have the 2 new ADOSH photos.

    I would now say that if the GM vehicles had still been where they were
    as late as 1615 then the tires would have been fully melted by then
    and they would be quite a shade darker than white at that point.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 6, 2013 at 2:03 pm

      Followup: This ‘when did things really happen’ merry-go-round
      actually just got much worse because of this ADOSH thing.

      See my post above.

      They have published their OWN ‘photographic evidence’ that
      no one knew about and they are supplying their OWN
      timestamps that we have to trust they made every effort
      to verify as accurate…

      …but welcome to the ‘SAIR syndrome’ again.

      ADOSH’s own ‘photographic evidence’ does NOT MATCH
      their own damn ‘narrative’… just like the SAIR fiasco.

      They are absolutely saying that Brendan McDonough took
      their ‘evidence’ pictures 27 and 28 from the spot where he
      just got dropped off by Brian Frisby at exactly 1549.

      Whoops!

      The ADOSH narrative also unequivocally states now that
      Brendan McDonough abandoned his lookout post at 1550.

      There goes Einstein out the window again.

      1550 is one minute AFTER they also say he had somehow
      already gotten ‘dropped off’ at the GM vehicles and took
      the two pictures they are publishing.

      No frickin’ way.

      It was even at least a 4-5 ride on an ATV from the ‘old-grader’
      spot where Frisby even picked Brendan up before you would
      arrive back at where the GM vehicles were parked.

      The SAIR says Brendan left his lookout post at 1555
      The ADOSH says he did that at 1550
      The ADOSH also says Brendan took 2 pics back where
      the GM vehicles were parked at 1549.

      Fer cryin’ out loud.

      Reply
  15. Bob Powers says

    December 6, 2013 at 1:45 pm

    I have been out of the reply section for 5 days now and checking to see if I am back

    Reply
  16. The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

    December 6, 2013 at 10:41 am

    Two things that have been discussed quite a bit on this forum, have been for the most part, confirmed by the release of the AZ OSHA report. They are (1), some of the management and tactics used over the course of the incident, turned it into a giant cluster@#$%, and (2), the subsequent SAIR was a whitewash.

    I would have bet a bunch of money (and lost), that the AZ OSHA would not be critical of another state agency. In fact, I thought their report would be a worse product than the SAIR.

    As things slowly begin to come full circle, the two questions that have always been the two BIG elephants in the room were, why did they leave the black, and why did they step off the two-track and head down into that bowl.

    As to why they left the black, the answer to that question is starting to become a little clearer now, as we have only just recently learned that OPS1 ‘asked’ GM if they were able move to Yarnell to help (a detail that was convieniently left out of the SAIR). I would like to revisit a couple of comments I made quite a while back as to what may have impacted their thought processes at that time:

    >Let me throw this out there for the sake of discussion. Without BR Supt being in a location that allowed him to take immediate action, GM would have probably have lost their vehicles and equipment, probably somewhere to the tune of $100,000-$200,000. Not a good thing for a group that prides themselves with good decision-making skills. Knowing this, it must have rocked their world in a bad way.Was knowing that they’d already left their vehicles in a bad spot and being unable to rescue them themselves, and having their world rocked by that thought, and then facing the possiblity of sitting in the black, out of the fight most of the night while all the rest of the folks on the fire worked at saving Yarnell too much to stomach? Even if they already knew their vehicles had been rescued. sitting around the black stewing about that earlier decision probably wasn’t very appealing, at a time when the fire was going absolutely ape-shit.A very interesting theory, and very plausible I might add.If they didn’t actually know where the road went, there would have been no decision made regarding WHICH way they wanted to proceed to the ranch, because at that point at the top of the bowl, they would have only been able to visualize and consider one route, BUSHWACKING.Again, your theory provides an answer the the question of why they would have chosen an absolutely horrible route over one that was 1000 times safer. The answer: they didn’t! They chose the only one they could visualize.
    Left with only that one option, their only considerations in completing their assigned travel would be, where’s the fire at, what’s it doing and what do we expect it to do, what’s the wind doing and what do we expect it to do, and do we have plenty of time to get through that vegetation to the ranch. When they stepped off the road, all those considerations seemed to be in their favor.<

    I honestly believe things looked good to them when they headed down, and in no way, shape or form, did they believe it was a 'race' to get there.

    Even if these two scenarios turned out to be what actually occured, the search for the truth must continue, through cell phone records, further interviews with those who 'know' the facts, and any other means possible. We owe that search for the truth to the 19 and all other firefighters, current and future.

    Reply
    • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

      December 6, 2013 at 10:56 am

      Somehow, some of my new commentary didn’t come through when I copied and pasted the older commentary. After the sentence ending ‘the fire going absolutely apeshit’, I had typed in sentences that said, “As far as the second elephant in the room goes, I am with WTKTT on that, in that I don’t think they knew of any other route to get to the ranch.” And then, I reflected back to my prior commentary on his theory, starting with “A very interesting theory….”

      Hopefully, one of these days I’ll have the copy and paste thing down so as to not screw up my postings.

      Reply
    • Gary Olson says

      December 6, 2013 at 1:10 pm

      FYI – I agree with the plausibility of everything you said…but I think you are way off on how much they stood to lose in equipment, I would guess it would be well north of $200,000, maybe more like $400,000, although there are lots of people out there who know that figure a lot better than I do.

      The status and “loss of pride” would have been incalculable, especially for a hotshot crew other crews refused to accept or respect.

      Reply
      • Gary Olson says

        December 6, 2013 at 1:14 pm

        I think it would be worth everyone’s time to either read or re-read THE COLLAPSE OF DECISIONMAKING AND ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE ON STORM KING MOUNTAIN byTed Putnam, Ph.D. USDA Forest Service
        Missoula Technology and Development Center February 1995, which states in part,

        “Studies also show that our linear thinking tends to underestimate hazards, particularly if the hazard is increasing at a logarithmic or exponential rate as can happen on the fireline. An example would be estimating rates of fire spread. A computer would give the better decision in a heartbeat. People would tend to underestimate the rate of spread and have difficulty deciding on an appropriate course of action. And so it is important to understand the limits of how we process information and common types of errors that can occur.”

        Reply
        • Yavapai Co. Residents says

          December 7, 2013 at 9:24 am

          Good information, Gary.

          You, Gary, might appreciate the following since you live in Flag now and know our area well.

          The 30th of June, the monsoon storm that hit Prescott was more “freaky” than usual in terms of the lightning, wind, and rain.

          We saw the t-heads north of us an hour before it hit, but when it did, it shook up even “hardened” AZ monsoon storm people; the storm was (pardon the trite phrase) “fast and furious”.

          You know this area…you know P Hill/Mountain across Hwy 69 from the Yavapai-Prescott resort and above Frontier Village? There were multiple lightning bolts my family watched that struck our ridges starting from Glassford Hill, all across the Yavapai Hills HOA ridges, continuing across … and a bolt hit P Mt. and set it on fire. The Prescott NF crews were dispatched to it, but mother nature put it out by dumping torrential rains on it. Two PNF crew members spent the night by the burn area (a resident confirmed this to me) just in case, while the others left in their buggies.

          Saying all this due to the first sentence in the Putnam quote:

          “Studies also show that our linear thinking tends to underestimate hazards, particularly if the hazard is increasing at a logarithmic or exponential rate as can happen on the fireline. An example would be estimating rates of fire spread.”

          If we want to call that t-storm that hit our area a “hazard”, we could. But it did increase at a rapid rate. We all know what summer t-storms are like in the SW, wicked, but this one was particularly quick, fierce, and wicked.

          For Gary: (I recommend turning off the audio; the resident is pretty freaked out. With the audio off one can watch the flames grow with fewer distractions.) His hands are shaking and his camera isn’t held still, but one can still see that the flames grew very quickly due to the winds. The approximate time is around 3:30 pm-ish.

          https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GeAqKVs05Eo&feature=c4-overview&list=UU019CkT9cSeki3Zm8fh-pMg

          In summary, thanks for the Putnam quote. Very appropriate for June 30th’s weather IMHO due to what our family watched and experienced that afternoon. (Widespread power outages in downtown Prescott, trees blown down…etc.)

          Reply
          • Gary Olson says

            December 7, 2013 at 6:07 pm

            Thank you for the link, and yes, that fire grows very quickly.

            Reply
        • Elizabeth N. says

          December 7, 2013 at 11:05 am

          The key follow-up point regarding groupthink and Putnam’s work is this: The ONLY way to avoid tragedies of groupthink (e.g. a leader leading his group into the path of an oncoming train that everyone can see) is to INSIST on a workplace that DEMANDS second-guessing. The workplace culture must DEMAND second-guessing. It must be viewed as part of your JOB as a good wildfire fighter to SECOND-GUESS your boss. Your boss himself must PRAISE you publicly when you SECOND-GUESS him on matters of safety. That is the ONLY way to get around groupthink. The *only* way.
          (… says the woman who was trained as a lawyer, who cut her teeth doing behavioral research, and who has participated or reviewed as an expert far too many crappy, whitewashed “internal investigations”)

          Reply
  17. Gary Olson says

    December 6, 2013 at 5:49 am

    OK…here is my best shot of cleaning up and clarifying at least some of what I have said in some of my previous statements and comments since this process first began. The process of trying to figure out why 19 Granite Mountain Hotshots, almost an entire hotshot crew; something that has never before in the history of wildland firefighting, died on the Yarnell Hill Fire.
    And one more attempt by me to TRY and share some insight into the wildland firefighting culture to those who are working so hard on this very difficult and intricate problem. All of this is because the Serious Accident Investigation Team (SAIT) took a pass on their publicly stated core assignment and opted instead to protect the agencies and the managers who were responsible for this catastrophe from civil liability rather than disclose the truth which most assuredly, was their publicly unstated core assignment.
    I guess I really can’t blame them, they have invested a lot of years of their life, their energy and lots of very hard work in getting to where they are at now. And telling the truth would have definitely ended their careers and lives (and those of their families) as they know them.
    Why am I writing all of this other than to try and clean up some of my past comments? I am writing this because there are a lot of very smart people trying to figure out exactly what happened and what went horribly wrong on the Yarnell Hill Fire, and they are doing a great job of it, except they sometimes go off on tangents because they do not understand the wildland firefighting culture, and all of the nuanced differences between the sub-groups of wildland firefighters.
    That’s where somebody like me comes in, and that’s why I hope I can contribute something worthwhile to this endeavor as a result of my insider knowledge. Regardless of how dated my insider knowledge is. I just hope this won’t turn into a quasi-dissertation, but I am afraid it might, this is a complicated subject and the particulars are very nuanced.
    As I have repeatedly said, there has never been this level of interest in wildland firefighting in well…the history of wildland firefighting. So…I feel a little history lesson coming on. I don’t think all of you very smart people who are trying to figure this out, can do so without knowing more about wildland firefighting.
    Of course you have the advantage of either not even reading what I have to say or even if you do read it, you can choose not to believe any of it. I always tell people who don’t like my long answers to quit asking me any questions.
    Am I the best one to talk about this subject. No! But I am at least willing to put myself out there and try. Being willing to put yourself out there as a Subject Matter Expert (SME) is 90% of the battle. Publicly offering your take on events as an SME or as pundit, doesn’t really work if you aren’t willing to put your real name on your comments. The core ingredient to being an SME is to state who you are, what your background is, and what experience you bring to the table.
    I for one, would love to hear from others who are more qualified than I am in addressing wildland firefighting issues. Almost everyone who I worked with the last 18 years of my career would be even more shocked than wildland firefighters that I have anything to say which could possibly be even remotely relevant to wildland firefighting since that was not what my focus was, or what I was getting paid for, other than the occasional wildfire investigation.
    My only caveat is that you have to be willing to put your real name on your comments, and be willing to state your background and experiences. I don’t think any of these anonymous or fictitious cyber online names work for an SME. Putting your real name on your beliefs and throwing them into the public arena is a very hard to do as all of you who have done it know. You really open yourself up for criticism and attacks on you as a person. If you don’t believe me, just try it.
    The U.S. Forest Service (USFS) and the wildland firefighting culture changes about as slowly as molasses runs down a snow packed slope in the winter time anyway. Which is to say of course, the culture changes very slowly, if at all, which makes my dated insider knowledge rather topical, wouldn’t you agree? The USFS makes the U.S. military establishment look like a downright progressive organization that is willing to embrace change and try new and different things.
    I say the USFS because they are the proverbial 800 pound gorilla in the living room. Just think of the wildland firefighting community as a family of primates. And among the Great Apes, the USFS are the mountain gorillas. The BLM, NPS, BIA, USFWS, are the orangutans, the chimpanzees and the bonobos, whatever those are, but I’m sure you get the point I’m trying to make. As the USFS goes, so goes the wildland firefighting community.
    Is the USFS perfect? Nope, not even close…but they are the best at what they do, fighting wildland fires, and they always have been, hands down.
    Then there are the various state and county fire organizations, and don’t get me wrong…some of those are really, really, big and pretty damn important…CAL Fire and Orange County Fire for example. These are the “others.” The lesser apes in other words, “any of a group of primates of the family Hylobatidae, consisting of gibbons.”
    Hey…don’t get mad at me, it’s just an analogy, and I am talking to some people who are very smart and highly motivated, but ignorant in the ways of the very complicated wildland firefighting culture. And I do have a point to make here.
    And here is the point I am trying to make. Your guess is as good as mine as to where the hell the City of Prescott and the Prescott Fire Department fits into this family of primates…but it is probably somewhere on the family tree where you would find a pygmy marmoset, which thanks to the internet, I happen to know is the smallest monkey in the world.
    I’m sure you noticed that Mr. Mike Dudley, Team Deputy Lead Director, State and Private Forestry, USFS Intermountain Region/Northern Region was the big dog and main player for the Yarnell Hill Fire SAIT when they released their Serious Accident Investigative Report (SAIR).
    That was no accident, no pun intended. Mr. Dudley took most of the questions and took control of their news conference when they released the SAIR because the others on the team which included Jim Karels, deferred to him so often.
    That is not to say that Jim Karels, Team Lead State Forester, Florida Forest Service, was a shrinking violet or was not a supremely confident, take-charge, results driven type A personality, and a hard as nails, experienced wildland firefighter, kind-of-a-guy, because he definitely was, he just can’t ever be a Silverback Mountain Gorilla…he works for the Florida Forest Service.
    You probably also could not help but notice that Prescott Fire Department, Wildlands Division Chief Darrell Willis and former Prescott Fire Department Chief Dan Fraijo might as well have been deaf mutes on the panel at the news conference. Although they did make nice window dressing and gave an air of importance what with their very nice dress blue structural fireman uniforms and all their gold braid, gold chevrons showing their years of service, their shiny medals and all of the other impressive looking shit adorning their fancy dress blues.
    You also probably noticed Chief Fraijo was only there to occasionally say, “Hallelujah, can I get an amen!” And Chief Willis was only there to say, “Amen”, but I think that he got the opportunity to actually say “Amen” only once. These poor men were obviously completely clueless in even trying to explain what happened and looked more like fish-out-of water than primates from the family tree. It was very clear to me that these men should never have had wildland firefighters under their command. What did you think?
    Which is OK…I guess…I can’t even pretend to pontificate about what structural firefighters do…I just resent the fact that structural firefighters ever pretended to be wildland firefighters, even for a relatively short period of time. Unfortunately, and that is the understatement of the year, they got 19 good men killed in the process.
    Wildland firefighters who had every right to grow old with all of those who loved them after living long and full lives…just like almost every other hotshot has been able to do since the USFS first created hotshot crews in southern California in the late 1940’s.
    When did I really lose it, you might ask? When I saw Chief Darrell Willis down on the Prescott High School Football field before a game soaking up the applause and cheers from a grateful community. The man should have been at home staring at the walls in a semi-catatonic state and mumbling to himself. That’s where I would have been in his place, not down on the football field smiling and waving at the crowd.
    Darrell Willis and the Prescott Fire Department had just experienced the worst loss in life in wildland firefighting since the Idaho Fires of 1910 for God’s sake! And since those were the Dark Ages of wildland firefighting when the local USFS Forest Ranger used to empty out the bars and recruit all of the local farmers with their shovels and loggers with their axes to go fight the forest fire, the Idaho Fires of 1910 don’t really count, or should at least have an asterisk beside them.
    Which makes this incident the worst disaster in the entire history of wildland firefighting as far as I’m concerned. It was way too early to roll in it. I don’t really think they even understood what had just happened or had a handle on the enormity of the situation. I hope they do now.
    Do I have a problem with structural firemen? Yes…I have learned to have one. Which of course begs the question, who am I going to call if my house catches on fire or I have a heart attack while walking my little dog? Therefore, I do want to take this opportunity to personally thank each and every structural fireman for your service to your communities.
    Just like Vice-President Joe Biden said, “There’s an old saying: All men are created equal, and then a few became firefighters,” Biden said. “Thank God for you all.” Vice President Biden went on to say, “I don’t have the privilege of knowing any of these heroes personally, but I know them. I know them because they saved the lives of my two sons,” Biden told the crowd. He also said firefighters rushed him to a hospital after he suffered an aneurysm in 1998. And he credited firefighters with saving his wife Jill after lightning once struck their home.
    I don’t think Vice President Biden even knew he was speaking at a memorial service for WILDLAND FIREFIGHTERS, but I can’t blame him, with all of the funny round hats, bagpipes, kilts and big red fire trucks, I wouldn’t have known it either if I hadn’t been one for 15 years.
    The only thing missing from that memorial service was a pack of black and white spotted Dalmatians, but they might have been there, it was hard to tell with all of the pomp, pageantry and ceremony galore. Although don’t get me wrong, I cried along with almost everyone else when the bagpipes belted out “Amazing Grace”, it was all so very damn impressive.
    If I sound bitter, it’s because I am, I think everyone who spoke at the Granite Mountain Hotshot Memorial Service should have had to sign a written pledge they at least knew what a wildland firefighter was, much less a hotshot. What a gaggle of IGNORANT structural FIREMEN and politicians.
    Do you know what kind of recognition or memorials were held when 9 Prineville Hotshots, an entire squad, from a FEDERAL hotshot crew were killed on the South Canyon Fire on Storm King Mountain in 1994. Nothing. Or least nothing outside of their own very small community of Prineville, Oregon, I suppose. At least nothing I was aware of…and I follow these kind of events, VERY CLOSELY.
    I’m pretty sure there was exactly ZERO raised for the families of those hotshots. I think the only thing those families got was a form letter along with a one-time death disbursement check from the federal Office of Personnel Management. And nobody complained that I am aware of, that’s all that has ever been done for dead federal wildland firefighters for decades. Even if I am bitter, maybe it’s something you should at least be aware of, even if you don’t think any more about it or really even care.
    I retired in 2006 as a Supervisory Criminal Investigator (Sr. Special Agent, GS-1811) while working in Phoenix, Arizona, for the BLM Washington Office of Law Enforcement & Security. I now have a very full and busy retirement life. I build and maintain a road trip travel website and an off-road Jeeping web site. Don’t ask me how I made the transition form a GS-464-Forestry Technician, to a GS-1811-Criminal Investigator, it’s a long and convoluted story.
    And since I collect or make almost all of my own digital material (videos, photographs, maps) to fuel these web sites, I stay very busy going Jeeping, taking road trips and editing the book I have written about my experiences as a wildland firefighter and my role in the Battlement Creek Fire Disaster. I, along with my partner and fellow crew sawyer, ignited the backfire that killed the Mormon Lake Hotshots. That is part of who I am, and what motivates me on this subject.
    Part of my job as a criminal investigator was to conduct internal investigations, which is just one more reason why I have such skepticism, distrust and dislike of most managers in general. Special managers are collectively known as “Fire Gods” in the colloquial vernacular of wildland firefighters.
    Based on my 18 years of experience as a GS-1811-Criminal Investigator, whenever there was an internal problem and often even an external problem, all I had to do was look under the nearest rock and odds were pretty good that I would find the manager who created the problem hiding there from the sunlight.
    My book may never be published, but that fact doesn’t matter, I wrote the damn thing, that’s all that matters to me. And at the risk of being accused of blatant, unethical, and selfish personal promotion, you can download a free copy of the first chapter of my book, “Betrayed By Our Fire Gods” for free at http://www.ourfiregods.com.
    Spoiler Alert…the first chapter of my book pretty much tells the whole Battlement Creek Fire Disaster story…everything else is mostly filler and blah…blah…blah, I went to this fire and then I went to that fire.
    The advantage for you in downloading it and reading it is that when you are done you will know a lot more about wildland firefighting and the wildland firefighting culture without me retyping all of it in this format.
    The advantage for me if you download the free chapter is that I will get your email address so I can send you a notification IF I ever get my book published, which as I said, is a long shot at this point in time, since I don’t want to self-publish it and I am not willing to pay someone to do it for me.
    Those activities, in addition to all of the naps I take keep me busier than I want to be, because I definitely need more nap time. I don’t need this controversy to have something to do, but I feel emotionally connected to wildland firefighters and hotshot crews in particular, since those were the best years of my career, which can tell you how much being a Special Agent for the BLM sucked, except for the money I made and the perks I got, which pretty much makes me a whore.
    Which by the way, I am perfectly fine with…just as long as Uncle Sugar sends me my 30 pieces of silver on the first of every month. And I have nothing to complain about, they rode me hard and put me away wet more than a few times, but in the end they did put me out to pasture with the promised feed bag, which makes me luckier than most. Although I have noticed that the harder I fish, the luckier I get.
    No…I am not comparing working for the BLM to betraying Jesus Christ. But, I did betray myself, my core values and beliefs more than a few times. How else do you think I got to be an insider? I had a seat at the table where those kinds of decisions were made. It’s very simple really. There is no black and white, there are only shades of grey, that is what the SAIT and SAIR are really saying.
    There is no such thing as the absolute truth, the truth is only SITUATIONAL. Once you accept that premise, everything else falls into place, and it all becomes inescapably obvious. No one did anything wrong, everything everyone did was reasonable. End of story.
    Why am I telling you this…who cares? It’s very simple, MOTIVATION goes to establishing everyone’s credibility on any given subject or controversy. Whenever anyone (which is actually everyone, as you know, that’s what people do, what we do DEFINES us, it is WHO WE ARE) asks me what I do, and I will say that I am a retired wildland firefighter. Special Agents and Wildland Firefighters are in the same retirement system, which is called “Public Safety.”
    FYI…I’m sorry for the CAPs, but as anyone knows who has contributed to this discussion in writing, that is the only emphasis the program allows for, so no underlining, or bold font to EMPHASZE A POINT.
    You don’t have to be a current or former wildland firefighter (but if helps) to be interested or participate in this on-line discussion (my first) WTKTT proves that point. By the way, “Wants To Know The Truth”, you are without a doubt, the SMARTEST GUY IN THE ROOM.
    And you are in fact, the leader of our GROUP. Congratulations! Yes, we have a group, your recent taking someone to task for using the WE was uncalled for. Just like when you took someone to task for saying Branden instead of Brendan (or whichever it was, who cares?).
    We all knew who he was talking about. You are like the computer geek who everybody needs…but everybody wants to smack up beside their head sometimes because they know they are smarter than everyone else and sometimes they enjoy making others feel dumb. BUT…you ARE the smartest guy in the room, we need you…thank you for taking the time out of whatever busy schedule you have, doing whatever the hell it is that you do for a day job to lead this discussion and analyze so much stuff that it makes my head hurt just trying to follow it.
    Although I do strongly agree with the others that you should lay off the “wannabe hero’s” and references to suicidal actions, BUT…I write that off to your ignorance of the wildland firefighting culture, which is why I’m here, and you have expressed a willingness to learn about it, which is more than most can say. I am also thankful for all of the others who have more recent fire line experience than I do who are contributing here and everyone else who are giving so much of their time to this effort.
    Therefore, I am formerly announcing the creation of the informal Yarnell Hill Fire Alternative Serious Accident Investigation Team (ASAIT) and I am appointing all of you (you know who you are) who have been contributing to the furtherance of this discussion as members in good standing of the ASAIT. Furthermore, I am officially appointing, by the Power Vested In Me By The Internet, Wants To Know The Truth as the ASAIT Team Lead.
    Eric Marsh and Jesse Steed and the rest of the Granite Mountain Hotshots are certified heroes, and that was true even before they died on the Yarnell Hill Fire. Dying on the Yarnell Hill Fire didn’t make them true American Heroes…everything they did as men, husbands, sons, brothers, fathers and wildland firefighters made them heroes before June 30, 2013. But…they did die on the Yarnell Hill Fire and we owe it to their families and each other to try and figure out…WHY!
    So…if I am so busy and happy in retirement…why am I participating in this discussion, you might ask? What is my motivation? Why do I care someone may still ask? You did not know any of the Granite Mountain Hotshots. None of your loved ones died horrible deaths on the Yarnell Hill Fire. Is it because I am now irrelevant and I need this to roll in my GLORY DAYS as a former wildland firefighter and my need to feel relevant and important again as at least one critic has suggested. YES…most definitely!
    I’m just kidding…I hope. I hope I’m trying to contribute here because I care about wildland firefighter safety and I identify with the Granite Mountain Hotshots because of my lifelong connection to Prescott, Arizona. Truthfully though, it might be in part because I still have some PTSD from the Battement Creek Fire of 1976.
    We didn’t know anything about PTSD back then, not even the term, and if the USFS did, they didn’t tell us, or give a **** about wasting time or money on bullshit, like talking about how you are feeling for Christ’s sake, what is wrong with you for cryin’ out loud, saddle up, we are going to give you the opportunity to hit the fire line again. We like it, we love it, we want more of it.
    Speaking of PTSD, I haven’t heard anything for a long time about the Arizona DPS EMT who jumped out of that helicopter and ran up that box canyon through the heat and smoke hoping to save at least some firefighters. My God. I can’t even imagine the horror you came face to face with.
    You ran up there praying to find seriously injured but live firefighters. You heard the voices coming from the radios underneath the fire shelters. You believed you might have actually found life for a few moments, and then the shock and horror of the reality must have hit you like a ton of bricks. You faced all of that horror alone. How were you able to continue to function? How are you doing now? I never could have done what you did. Thank you for your service.
    Things WERE done differently back in the good ole days. We were mopping up the fire next to the bright plastic flagging that was fluttering in the breeze that marked were the burned bodies of our dead friends and comrades had laid on the charred and blackened slope of Battlement Mesa only the day before. Grief counseling? No. I never even heard of grief counseling until after the South Canyon Fire Disaster, which I guess makes the 1990’s the Age of Enlightenment in wildland firefighting.
    We covered our grief and hid our pain from each other by joking about “crispy critters”, wildland firefighters who die by being burned alive or when superheated gasses collapse their lungs before the wildfire burns the flesh from their bones. We were a culture that was heavily influenced by the numerically few Vietnam combat veterans in our midst at the time, but who were almost always the older, more worldly, and more influential members of our crew.
    The Mormon Lake Hotshots were one of the sister crews of the Happy Jack Hotshots, my crew, from our home Forest, the Coconino National Forest. Mormon Lake is only 12 miles from Happy Jack. We were simply taken into a dark conference room for a “talking to” at the Forest Supervisor’s Office in Flagstaff, Arizona, after we finished mopping up the Battlement Creek Fire, and returned home.
    We were ordered not to even TALK about the fire amongst ourselves in that dark room a long time ago. And we didn’t…we were loyal to Our Fire Gods, who were not very loyal to us in return…and in fact, they betrayed us and themselves in the end.
    Just like the Fire Gods of today have betrayed the Granite Mountain Hotshots to protect the reputations and careers of the managers of today, AND…of course to protect the responsible agencies and their corresponding managers from civil liabilities and the consequences of their actions and/or non-actions.
    So…back to my motivation. I spoke out because I have an quick temper and an aggressive personality (which of course, is a bad combination, it was touch and go for a few decades when I hoped I might end up at the top of pile, but I was afraid I would end up out of a job, but things worked out OK in the end, and I managed not to accomplish either one) and I got really…really…angry at all of the clueless structural firemen and ignorant politicians who were suddenly, and out-of-the-blue speaking for all WILDLAND FIREFIGHTERS.
    Before June 30, 2013, the average person was only vaguely aware there even were wildland firefighters, and generally completely clueless about hotshots in particular. After June 30, 2013, we had the Prescott Fire Department speaking on behalf of wildland firefighters everywhere.
    I had to care what everybody thought about everything for a few decades, and now I don’t really care what anybody thinks about anything. But…if I can help, I would like to do that.
    This is the house that WE built. YOU (structural firefighters in general and the Prescott Fire Department in particular) are nothing more than Johnny-come-latelies, and an unfortunate by-product from the creation of the Incident Command System (ICS).
    The ICS was designed to allow the wildland firefighting community to operate more “efficiently”…kind of a force multiplier. To do more with less. Does that sound familiar? But most importantly, YOU, the creators of ICS intended it to be all things to all people…a hybrid system by design and definition didn’t you? Hotshot crews cleaning up after Hurricane Andrew, wildfire overhead coordinating debris clean up at Ground Zero after the World Trade Centers were destroyed.
    Translation? Gut the professional wildland firefighting organization and the Command and Control organizational structure that supported them, the Large Fire Organization. Eliminate thousands of federal full time, temporary, seasonal, and summer (the little tricks the federal government uses to get out of paying benefits to wildland firefighters is almost endless) wildland firefighters (almost all of them from the USFS) to save the taxpayer money.
    The same taxpayers who now cry on the nightly news on a regular basis because their little slice of heaven…otherwise known as the Wildland Urban Interface Paradox, I added the word paradox, and sometimes their whole community is burnt to the ground by a raging wildfire.
    USFS ICS Implementation Plan (circa 1982)
    Step 1. Identify every Local Yokel Fire Department in the country by combing through the local telephone books.
    Step 2. Give every Tom, Dick, Harry, and Sally from said Local Yokel Fire Department 8 hours of ICS training.
    Step 3. Eliminate a large percentage of the USFS professional wildland firefighting force that took decades to build up.
    Step 4. Buy the Local Yokel Fire Department of bunch of new stuff to play with, using some of the money you saved by eliminating a large percentage of the USFS professional wildland firefighting force.
    Step 5. Sign Interagency Memorandums Of Understanding wherein the USFS agrees to reimburse the Local Yokel Fire (LYFD) Department for wages and other expenditures they incur when going to federal wildland fires.
    Side Note: This means the LYFD can hire extra people or save money on the existing people they already have. The LYFD can also acquire a lot of really useful, and sometimes just really neat stuff they couldn’t otherwise afford because the feds are paying for it and writing it off to wildland firefighting expenditure cost codes, which are essentially blank checks issued by the U.S. Treasury Department whenever a wildfire is going to hell in a hand basket.
    Step 6. Call it good, and hope for the best.

    Do you want to know the truth? YOU CAN’T HANDLE THE TRUTH!

    End result? Chief Darrell Willis waved a magic wand the USFS sent in a box marked Local Yokel Fire Department ICS Starter Kit and created a Category 1 (or is it Type I now? I have been out for a while, and I do get lost sometimes) Hotshot Crew from the Prescott Fire Department Brush Disposal Crew, sprinkle some magic dust from the same ICS starter kit over the head of the guy who happens to be running said brush disposal crew at the time, and call him a Hotshot Crew Superintendent.
    Falsify a bunch of paperwork you send to the dumb feds, they won’t know the difference anyway, cut corners whenever and wherever possible, and Wallah! The Good Citizens of Prescott get an almost free brush disposal crew (for pennies on the dollar) and the Prescott Fire Department gets the bragging rights for having the only Interagency Hotshot Crew sponsored by a city fire department in the nation.
    Former Prescott Fire Department Chief Darrell Willis then retires, and gets rehired by the same department at more than $90,000 a year to double-dip and order free stuff for the crew from a big book the USFS sent him. And drive around in a new 4×4 extended cab pickup truck the feds bought him with some of the money they saved by eliminating a large percentage of their professional wildland firefighting force.
    Almost everybody is happy…everybody except for all of those who loved the Granite Mountain Hotshots that is. I’m sorry Eric Marsh…I tried to keep my mouth shut. But a certain clarity can come with age, and enough time to think things through. All of the lies and deception can slowly sneak up on you like an insidious mist, but the truth can come like a flash bang grenade going off inside your head (which, literally speaking…would make a REAL MESS). What is the moral to this story? Sometimes actions have consequences, and sometimes those consequences can be decades in the making.
    Yes, I am conflicted about Eric Marsh. As I have also repeatedly stated, “By all accounts he was a squared away crew boss.” But…almost his entire crew is dead because of where he led them. So…that might not, and I say might not, have been the best way to select the crew boss for the Granite Mountain Hotshots. Which established, experienced hotshot crew boss did Eric Marsh learn how to be a hotshot crew boss under. Which hotshot crew did Eric Marsh learn how to be a hotshot on.
    Who taught Eric Marsh his values, that his crew always comes first, no matter what? Was it Darrell Willis, with his obsession on running into buildings that are on fire? I honestly don’t know, and maybe these are unfair questions, but I think they need to be asked. Almost an entire hotshot crew is dead. And I repeat, yes…I am conflicted.
    A lot of people took offense and got mad at me when I said a major contributing factor in the deaths of the Granite Mountain Hotshots was the fact that they were a hybrid crew. Well…that is only a very small piece off the overall picture. THE ENTIRE ICS IS A HYBRID SYSTEM. It was intended to be that way, BY DESIGN, ON PURPOSE. The ICS is also responsible for the deaths of the 5 engine crewmen on the Esperanza Fire.
    Do you think all of those who are involved in investigating this catastrophe are not political? Do you really think Jim Karels is an INDEPENDENT INVESTIGATOR? Mr. Karels is a POLITICAL APPONTEE of a Republican Governor. Mr. Karels was conducting the investigation for another POLTICAL APPOINTEE OF ANOTHER Republican Governor. Do you think that was an accident, or by design? On the other hand, the state OHSA team is a state agency and it looks like they just stuck it to the State Forestry Division. I don’t know?
    Speaking of clueless and ignorant…how about the majority of the media who have reported on this story. Everyone except for John Dougherty that is. Did he get everything exactly right every time? No. But he did try hard and he make corrections whenever it was warranted. As far as the rest of the talking heads and “journalists,” they just repeated the same wrong and oversimplified information and news filler.
    The same reporters who have reported for decades that every crew heading up the mountain to fight a wildfire is a hotshot crew because they don’t know anything about wildland firefighting, what all the other crews are called, which just happens to be the vast majority of wildland firefighting crews, and whatever they are called, it doesn’t sound as “CATCHY” as “HOTSHOTS”, and they are either too busy or too lazy to bother to find out the differences.
    This reporting is done to a general public who is generally completely clueless about wildland firefighting and who have always thought that the term “elite firefighter” is synonymous with “SMOKEJUMPER”, just because almost nothing looks neater than a wildland firefighter jumping out of airplane with nothing but a parachute, a bag of tools and a bag of food to go and fight a WILDFIRE.
    Plus smokejumpers just look very cool on the nightly news and it is fun for the reporters to cover them every year. And of course smokejumpers have had great press for decades now, the Mann Gulch Fire, the book “Young Men and Fire”, and the movie “Red Skies Over Montana”, just for openers, have really gone a long way in creating their almost mystical and enviable reputations as being “Elite Wildland Firefighters.”
    The truth is that the average smokejumper IS more elite than the average hotshot, but not all smokejumpers are more elite than the average hotshot, and most importantly, the best hotshots can easily keep pace hiking up the mountain with heavy loads or cutting hot line with the best smokejumpers. Most smokejumpers are ex-hotshots. Smokejumpers generally go on very small fires, in very small units.
    Often in a unit as small as two people and they stay on those very small fires for days at a time until there is no heat left in their little fire and then they pack up their tools and supplies and often have a very long and lonely hike out of the backcountry. Individualism is a very important characteristic trait for a smokejumper. Reliance on one’s self and maybe one other person is key to ones survival. In the case of a hotshot, think about exactly the opposite.
    Smokejumpers are used to working alone or with one other person, who will probably be a different person the next time they jump on a very small fire in the middle of nowhere, and who may even be from a different jump base than the smokejumper in question is, and they may not even know them or have ever worked with them, or they may just be somebody who knows somebody or they may be known by reputation alone, although it is a very small community.
    Smokejumpers are sent on very small fires in the middle of nowhere, a long ways from anything else, in very rugged terrain, because if there was a road close by, they would send an engine with an engine crew, if it wasn’t a long ways, and in located in very rugged terrain, they would send a helicopter with a helitack crew.
    But…helicopters fly slower than a jump plane, have smaller flying radius’, and they can’t land everywhere (although the advent of helicopter rappelling closed some of that gap) smokejumpers can…so smokejumpers are very useful to keep small fires from becoming big fires.
    Plus, smokejumpers have the added value of looking really cool in their jumpsuits and helmets with the wire mesh to protect their faces when they land in trees or while laying around getting really bronze on the airport runway tarmac or working out while waiting for the siren to go off while the hotshots are humping it up the mountain in a crew line. But…they are a limited resource and very expensive to use, so they are only used on small specific types of fires, generally speaking.
    Everything I am saying here is “GENERALLY SPEAKING”, there are lots of exceptions to everything I have said or will say. However, whenever smokejumpers lose the little fires, or don’t get there in time or about a million other variables come into play, well then…it’s Katie bar the door, it’s too late to send a helicopter with just a helitack crew and we are fixin’ to get real western and have ourselves an out-of-control wildfire.
    And engines with engine crews can’t do the job alone, so they need hand crews, and when the wildfire becomes a MONSTER, well…then it’s time to send in the “Best of the Best”…the hotshots, the grunts, the ground pounders, and maybe some other people included as well, maybe even the occasional smokejumper thrown in acting as a single resource for some fire line assignment (usually in management or in an “overhead” position) that does not require a parachute or being as bronze and as sculpted as a Greek God or Goddess.
    Are you picking up on some bitter rivalry here? Good…it’s a normal and healthy interaction in any relationship between smokejumpers and hotshots. Even hypothetical smokejumpers and a old washed up ex-hotshot. All of the above comments about how smokejumpers operate is pretty much the exact opposite of how hotshots operate.
    With hotshot crews, individualism can be a quick career or even a job ender. It’s almost never about the individual, it’s almost always about the unit, the team, the crew. Twenty hotshots perform on the fire line like a single unit, 40 legs, 40 arms, 20 heads, but only one brain…the Superintendents.
    Now of course that is an exaggeration, but I hope you understand my overall point. And of course hotshot crews are capable of being broken into smaller units or modules, either by squads or teams, such as a burnout or backfire team with as few 2 members, but that is beside the point. The sum of a hotshot crew is greater than the sum of its parts. That’s why it works. That’s how ordinary people are able to do an extraordinary job.
    Now that you have the back story, I can finally make my primary point. I am going to finally have to give up on my argument that we can’t blame the firefighter. There is just too much evidence that indicates we have to blame the firefighter, but…we can add caveats. That is the best outcome we can hope for at this point.
    They are dead, that fact alone is prima facie evidence they screwed up…now we need to know why.
    In an earlier comment in this forum I said, “If the USFS Fire Management Officer who made me a hotshot crew boss would have told me it was Easter, I would have immediately started looking for Easter Eggs, regardless of what the actual date was. That was how much I respected and trusted that man. He was a father figure to me. I believe Eric Marsh and Darrel Willis had a similar relationship.
    That is how the wildland firefighting culture works, it always has, and it always will. That is how ordinary people do extraordinary work. That is why “the whole of a wildland firefighting crew (not just hotshot crews) is greater than the sum of its parts”, to paraphrase an old saying. If a hotshot crew boss tells his or her (San Juan Hotshots) crew that its Easter…well, you know the rest.”
    BUT…HERE COMES THE REALLY, REALLY, IMPORTANT PART OF THAT LITTLE SAYING…it only works if…against all odds, common sense, logic and the rules of the universe…it really is somehow Easter…even though the calendar say’s it’s not…and if the person calling out, “Today is Easter”, gets it wrong, well then…people die really, really, horrible deaths.
    On a side note, here is my thought on newer and better Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) that includes the fire shelters carried by the Granite Mountain Hotshots. Wildland firefighters don’t need better PPE, e.g., HEAVIER, and BULKIER fire shelters to hump up and down the mountains with all of the other crap they have to carry.
    Wildland firefighters need to stop working above or at the head of uncontrolled wildfires. I don’t want to cry anymore when I watch the evening news because any more wildland firefighters have been burned to death or died when superheated gasses collapsed their lungs. The point of a fire shelter, is that they are never, never, ever, supposed to be used.
    My generation of wildland firefighters did not believe in fire shelters…so we did a lot better job of staying out of the path of an uncontrolled wildfire. This…compared to the new generation of wildland firefighters who have been taught to believe in fire shelters, and therefore there has been a much greater increase in the incident rate of fire shelter deployments over the past few years. Thankfully, almost all of them have been successful. This is a similar phenomenon to those who quit using seat belts after they got a car that had air bags.
    A lot of really bad stuff came with creation and widespread use of social media on the internet. But, some good things also came, it is now much easier to keep them “honest.” And everybody can have an opinion about everything and have a forum to express that opinion to everyone. Which can be a bad thing because a lot of people don’t have the slightest idea what they are talking about. In my case however, it is a really good thing because I think everyone should listen to me and follow my advice. I just can’t find anybody to agree with me, so now at least I have a bigger audience to try and appeal to.
    One thing that has been proved over the centuries to be a fact when it comes to institutions investigating themselves. IT DOESN’T WORK. And I think this is now extra true for wildland firefighting ever since the Lessons Learned from the 30-Mile Fire truly sank into wildland firefighters. You can now be indicted if you REALLY SCREW UP.
    “No court has ever held that the rights guaranteed under our Constitution are different for public employees than for other citizens. As public servants, however, they can, and should, be accountable to the public for the performance of their public duties. When that accountability clashes with their individual Constitutional rights, the courts must strike a balance. Such was the case decided by the Supreme Court in Garrity v. New Jersey, when police officers accused of being involved in a ticket-fixing scheme were ordered by their department to give testimony about their conduct, or be fired if they refused. Their testimony was used to convict them in the scheme. Finding that the testimony obtained under threat of job loss was “compelled” testimony prohibited by the Fifth Amendment against self-incrimination, the court held the statements were immune from use in the criminal prosecution, and reversed their convictions.
    So the Supreme Court said that a public agency can’t force employees to give statements to an investigator by threatening them with loss of their jobs and then still expect to use those statements to criminally prosecute the employee. If investigators do that, then it would have the same effect as if a prosecutor granted the employee, what we call, “use immunity”, that is, a guarantee that the statement, or any information gained as a result of their statement, cannot be used to prosecute them for a crime.
    Well, let me see if I understand this, then. If I am an OIG or an internal affairs investigator, the employees I interview are, in effect, compelled to answer my questions. But under Garrity, what they would tell me can’t be used to prosecute them. Isn’t it possible to interview them and use their statements to prosecute them?
    Not as long as they are truly compelled, it would violate their Fifth Amendment right. However, if the compulsion was removed, say by removing the threat to their employment for choosing to invoke their Fifth Amendment right, then any statements they’d give would be voluntary and could be used against them in a criminal prosecution against them. The Department of Justice has issued guidance that recommends use of a Garrity warning to accomplish just that.”
    All of this is according to http://www.fletc.gov/training/programs/legal-division/podcasts/fletc-legal-division-self-incrimination-roadmap-podcasts/self-incrimination-roadmap-podcasts-transcripts/self-incrimination-interrogating-government-employees-podcast-transcript.html
    Why does it matter that I was a Supervisory Criminal Investigator (Sr. Special Agent GS-1811) with a seat at the table where these kinds of decisions were made. Well…it goes to my credibility as a SME on this subject. I was trained at the Federal Law Enforcement Training Center (FLETC), the BEST in the World (according to them) on how to conduct investigations.
    The way all fire investigations have always been conducted up until now, is THE WRONG WAY TO CONDUCT AN INVESTIGATION. FYI…I learned right off the bat as an investigator that I do not have to as smart as WTKTT to conduct a really thorough investigation, all I have to do is find a cadre of people like him (highly technically and competent in specific tasks) if that is what is called for, and put them to work while I oversee their work. The same is true for Fire Behavior Analysts, experts in Fire Command and Control, the Dispatch System and everything else you can think of, an investigator doesn’t have to know everything about everything, he or she only needs to know how to find those people and put them to work.
    So…finally and most importantly, I’m formerly calling for all future fire investigations to be conducted by professionals, you know…teams of people who have been trained in HOW TO CONDUCT AN INVESTIGATION, GS-1811’s that work for somebody, the USDI, and the USDA, augmented by investigators from the State Attorney General’s Office, and Sheriff’s Office, etc., as need be, with a representative or liaison from the agency’s management who were responsible for the fire assigned to the team.
    A cadre or core group of these individuals and/or a combination of these investigators need to be identified and receive further training in wildland firefighting organization, terminology, culture, etc. at FLETC. All of these individuals need to be certified as Wildland Fire Investigators by FLETC (as I was) for starters. Oh…and one more thing…they also need a big briefcase full of Garrity warnings.

    Reply
    • Gary Olson says

      December 6, 2013 at 7:59 am

      P.S., To all Wildland Firefighters;

      FYI – The worst of the wildfires today are not the wildfires my generation fought. They burn hotter, they move faster, and they are far more deadly. Therefore, there is less forgiveness for making mistakes. And the mistakes you do make, can be far more deadly.

      Reply
    • Robert (Bob) Powers says

      December 6, 2013 at 8:11 am

      My God what else can be said THANK YOU GARY.

      Reply
    • Rocksteady says

      December 6, 2013 at 9:40 am

      Amen Gary.. Open, honest, transparent, frank, real….

      Too bad you were not the lead of the SAIT!!!

      Reply
      • mike says

        December 6, 2013 at 11:03 am

        Gary,

        I was one of those who had never of the term “hotshots” prior to 6/30/13. I am easily old enough to remember Storm King but do not recall the national media using that term then. When I started posting about this event (and it took a couple of months for me to do so), I felt really inadequate to offer an opinion, still do. When it first took place, the tragedy of it was what grabbed me. I too thought it was an act of God, a sad and unavoidable occurrence. But I came to learn that the story portrayed in the national (and most of the Arizona) media and the actual reality were like 2 completely separate events.

        I do not know why finding the truth of what happened that day matters so much to me, it just does. I do not have the personal connection that so many here do. It just seems that those involved in an official capacity just want to check the box and move on – do an investigation and close it because that is what you do in these events. Who cares if it is the truth. Well, dammit, it does matter. These were good and decent men and we owe it to their memories. There are so many survivors left behind whose lives will be changed forever. I pray that a merciful God in time is able comfort them.

        Reply
        • Gary Olson says

          December 6, 2013 at 1:03 pm

          You are right that is all “they” want. On behalf of the ASAIT, thanks for participating.

          Reply
          • Gary Olson says

            December 6, 2013 at 1:26 pm

            The national news media did not use the term “hotshot” very much in connection with the South Canyon Fire, which what it was officially called, but most people referred to it as the fire on Storm King Mountain.

            This is because it was a real cross section of firefighters who were killed, which included smokejumpers and who were the ones the news media talked about the most, although there were a lot more hotshots killed.

            I highly recommend reading
            Fire on the Mountain: The True Story of the South Canyon Fire, by John N. Maclean, if you are interested in wildland firefighter safety and just how screwed up things can get.

            Reply
    • Yavapai Co. Residents says

      December 7, 2013 at 9:52 am

      Thank you for taking the time to write, Gary.

      We’ve lived near wildlands for most of our lives, but did not choose to live in/within a WUI until Prescott.

      All our lives, we never took for granted what FFs and WFFs do for us each season. We took for granted that they wouldn’t come home to their loved ones. That’s a kudos for jobs well done each season, despite limited funding, resources, changes in policy, etc.

      For us, the legacy of the fallen 19 is that we grieve; we’d see them in stores shopping, see their buggies around town, etc. The legacy of the 19 for us is we have finally spent time (this past summer) researching and learning as much about what WFFs (in all agencies) actually do, the details, that we now have a profound, very deep, respect for what these young men and women do for the U.S. each season.

      Here come the tears, again, so I’m going to post.

      Reply
  18. calvin says

    December 6, 2013 at 4:11 am

    The mystery of 19 young, smart, strong men all laying down waiting for certain death deserves as much attention as the decision to leave a known safety zone.
    Lets put aside all the mistakes that were made that brought all 19 of these men into harms, way for a moment. The leadership on the fire that day failed all 19 GM Hotshots and that is a fact! I will accept the theory that 17 of the 19 were strictly following orders up to a point. 17 of these men were led into this death trap without a vote. When they saw the fire that was about to take their lives, they must have felt serious anger, disappointment and most importantly FEAR. All of their trust in Marsh and Steed was completely destroyed at this moment. These 2 men led 17 men to their deaths and that cannot be denied. Not one man even tried to make a run for it, WHY? Gary and other firemen here have made the point that the deployment site was not survivable. According to the SAIR, Marsh TOLD ASM2, THAT IS EXACTLY WHERE WE WANT THE RETARDANT, two minutes later they were preparing to deploy. They were told at that point. OK, we are bringing you the VLAT. It has been pointed out how busy the radio traffic was at this after 4pm June 30. Why would Marsh come on the radio (seemingly out of nowhere) to tell ASM2: THAT IS EXACTLY WHERE WE WANT THE RETARDANT if he wasn’t expecting it? The assumption that he was calling for a drop to protect the town of Yarnell has been disproven as the smoke would have prevented any view of that area. I am sticking with my previous thoughts. Someone was SUPPOSED to be LOOKING OUT for them! Someone told them the VLAT would give them a buffer. I believe Mcdonough and WIllis know exactly who that person is

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 6, 2013 at 1:13 pm

      calvin… great summary. I have ALWAYS been with you on your
      idea that the reason they didn’t run because Marsh could have
      very well been screaming over the wind and roaring sound of
      the approaching fire… “Don’t RUN!… DON’T RUN!!!… the
      VLAT is COMING!”

      He was told that is WAS coming.

      As for “That’s where we want the retardant”… that’s still a
      mystery to me. I have guessed it was because Marsh was
      still just walking merrily along playing ‘DIVS A’ like he had
      been doing all day and thought he was helping ‘fire command’
      just like up another drop… but that is all that is… a guess.

      I have also pretty much disproven my OWN guess there
      that if now both the SAIR and the ADOSH are correct…
      there is no way Marsh could have SEEN that line-up
      flight from down on the floor of the box canyon.

      Did he just HEAR the damn thing going over ‘to the north’
      and just said “that’s where we want retardant” like some
      dumb robot who thought that was still his job?

      Dunno.

      So I still really don’t know what to think about that.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        December 6, 2013 at 1:22 pm

        Also… am I the only one who thinks it’s a little weird that
        ASM2 would tell these poor men “We are bringing you
        the VLAT” even BEFORE he even bothers to try to
        find out where the heck they WERE?

        The FINAL (known?) transmission is him finally trying
        to find out WHERE they should ‘bring the VLAT’…

        …and ASM2 and Marsh even manage to screw that up.

        All ASM2 asks is “So you’re on the south side of the
        fire then?”

        Marsh replies ( probably WHILE he was trying to
        get into his shelter, which he never fully completed )…

        “Affirm!”

        That’s a pretty piss-poor radio exchange between
        someone who is trying to find men on the ground
        before they die and the man (men) who is about
        to die and NEEDS to be found RIGHT NOW.

        “EXACTLY WHERE ARE YOU?”
        would have been the better question.

        “600 YARDS DUE WEST OF BOULDER SPRINGS RANCH” would have been the better answer.

        No. All we get is some stupid “Affirm”.

        Screw-ups right until even the FINAL moment(s).

        Reply
  19. calvin says

    December 6, 2013 at 3:16 am

    The following information was found at Military.com July 24 by Cpl. Chelsea Anderson, Marine Veterans among 19 firefighters killed

    With the Hotshots safety uncertain, Willis’ crew met its own challenges — a significant advancement of the fire at their location made him shift his focus to his own crew. While dealing with his own oncoming blaze, Willis received a phone call alerting his attention back to the Granite Mountain crew. Willis’ crew was in a tight spot, but he knew the Granite Mountain Hotshots were up against even more. He handed over command of his division to his subordinate and moved around to the other side of the fire where the operations chief for the Granite Mountain crew was located.
    Once there, Willis made multiple unsuccessful calls to the Hotshots. His thoughts began to run wild. He had full confidence in the leadership of crew captain Jesse Steed and the rest of the 20-man team, but his calls remained unanswered.

    So it appears that DIV Z was not the only one abandoning their assignment on June 30. Or was Chief Willis actually Div Z?

    Reply
  20. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    December 6, 2013 at 12:23 am

    >> From Arizona Central article about family members
    >> reactions to the ADOSH report…
    >>
    >> Ashcraft said she wasn’t ready to discuss whether she would bring
    >> legal action in her husband’s death, but she said it might be a way
    >> to get officials to talk.
    >>
    >> “Unfortunately, sometimes, those answers only come about once an
    >> issue is litigated,” she said. “Because otherwise, you can’t get the
    >> truth until you get those people (to talk) under penalty of perjury.”

    Spot on.

    You GO, girl.

    Reply
  21. Gary Olson says

    December 5, 2013 at 10:48 pm

    FYI – The Office of the Solicitor General has to approve an employee testifying or being interviewed in civil case. All departments have a Solicitor General such as USDA Solicitor General, USDI Solicitor General etc. It is very, very, very hard, if not impossible to challenge or fight the federal government in court. It is standard operating procedure and it is an automatic defensive action, so don’t read too much into that particular aspect, just like any attorney advises their client not to talk to the other side. It is not about right and wrong even with our own government, it is about protecting your clients and doing what is best for THEM not what the general public thinks is RIGHT.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 6, 2013 at 12:36 am

      Poor Blue Ridge Hotshots.

      They just went from the only people who seemed like
      they knew what they were doing that day…

      …to the people who now seem to have the most to HIDE.

      As far as I’m concerned… they are ALL ‘fair game’ now.

      From IHC’s own (public) website…

      Blue Ridge IHC
      Coconino NF
      Mogollon District
      8738 Ranger Road
      Happy Jack, AZ 86024

      Duty location for crew: Happy Jack, AZ

      Brian Frisby, Superintendent
      Email: [email protected]
      (928) 477-5023

      Rogers Trueheart Brown, Assistant Superintendent
      Email: [email protected]
      (928) 477-5024

      Travis Fuller, Squad Boss
      Email: [email protected]
      (928) 477-5027

      Michael Gordon, Squad Boss
      Email: [email protected]
      ( 928) 477-5027

      Cory Ball, Squad Boss
      (928) 477-5022
      Email: [email protected]

      Blue Ridge Hotshots FAX number…
      (928) 477-5057 (Fax)

      Reply
    • Gary Olson says

      December 6, 2013 at 7:14 am

      P.S., the “client” is not the employee. The federal government and their attorneys will support and protect the employee only as long as it is in the best interests of their real client to do so, the “agency” who is involved.

      Once their interests diverge, the attorneys for the government cut the employees throat and they leave them for dead on the trail. Nobody ever said it is supposed to be fun to be a federal employee.

      That is why so many federal employees, all of those who are smart and have something to lose, carry their own liability insurance. Life is not fair.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        December 6, 2013 at 1:35 pm

        Gary… you are right… but this was no bus accident.

        This was the greatest single-day loss of firefighters
        since some lucky idiots knocked down the World
        Trade Center(s)… and the most historic and tragic
        blunder in the entire history of the Federal Wildland
        Firefighting program.

        It’s HISTORIC.

        I think ‘all bets might be off’ for this one.

        The only ‘bus accidents’ here are going to be the
        people the Feds and the Arizona Forestry Commission
        and the City of Prescott start throwing UNDER said
        ‘buses’ in the very near future.

        Reply
  22. Robert the Second says

    December 5, 2013 at 8:13 pm

    Regarding DIVS Z Rance Marquez –

    Did you all notice that at 1030 he ABANDONED his position due to issues with fire behavior, fuels, etc. being “problemtatic?” And that he never returned to his post, nor did the IMT replace him to fulfill DIVS Z duties, responibilities, supervision, and oversight?

    WTF is up with that? The ones that worked for/with him on the Doce Fire made comments like he was way out of his league, beyond his comfort level, and the like.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 5, 2013 at 8:55 pm

      This Marquez guy is, apparently, some piece of work.

      Doesn’t even get there until after 1:00 PM… starts arguing with
      everyone ( Marsh included ), abandons his job, then
      what?… off to the Ranch House Restaurant for a burger?

      I’d love to see his INVOICE for that day.
      Do you think he even had the ‘sand’ to submit one?

      Reply
  23. Robert the Second says

    December 5, 2013 at 8:06 pm

    Mike,

    So what do you think changed his (Marsh) mind from when he told OPS at 1600 that he could/would not assist with Yarnell to whenever he decided to leave the SZ and head into the death bowl? The structure fire mentality of saving structures, the fact that thye were just hunkering and not really doing anything productive in their minds, … what do you think?

    Reply
    • mike says

      December 5, 2013 at 8:20 pm

      I think he thought about it, nothing more than that.
      After all we are talking about a couple of minutes time here, no more than that. The MacKenzie video is part of the discussion or “reconsideration” process. His first reaction (the correct one) was to say no, but then he gave in to the urge to help. I do not think it is any more complicated than that. He talked to Steed about it and they decided to go.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        December 5, 2013 at 8:43 pm

        Then there would be some kind of documented radio
        call BACK to ‘Musser’ saying… “We talked it over again
        and we will be there”.

        Why in the HELL would they ‘change their minds’ and
        not let the person who even put the idea into their
        heads know they were now ‘on the way’?

        NONE of this makes any sense.

        There is also still the possibility that Musser was
        standing right next to Willis… told Willis that Marsh
        said “They’re not coming… Marsh said they are
        committed to the black for now”…

        …and Willis turned away, muttered to himself…
        “the hell they are”, and still got on his cell phone,
        called Marsh and said…

        “Eric… this is your BOSS, Willis. I think you can make
        it… and we really need you down here. Catch my
        drift? Move out.”

        It’s still possible.

        Cell phone records are just as important to have
        as they have been since day one here.

        Reply
        • mike says

          December 5, 2013 at 9:43 pm

          If you are interviewing Musser and he tells you of the inquiry at 1600 and the fact he was told no, and you know at 1604 the GMHS are on their way, is not the first question you ask “Did Marsh communicate back with you?”. The report is dead silent about this question, which surely had to be asked. So did he or did he not? I don’t know. We are left hanging.

          All this “head-shaking” about him changing his mind does not change the fact that he did, and in less than 4 minutes! Maybe Willis called him, I don’t know. Not much can happen in 4 minutes. I do think it is apparent the the GMHS headed to Yarnell to provide some form of assistance following a discussion with OPS2.

          Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            December 5, 2013 at 10:47 pm

            It was more than 4 minutes.

            More like 15 minutes… with a LOT
            happening in those 15 minutes.

            The ADOSH says the ‘request’ came from
            OPS2 ( Musser ) at ‘shortly after 1545’.

            If it was even 4 minutes ‘shortly after’ ( I
            wouldn’t call 4 minutes ‘shortly after’ in
            this kind of tight timeframe but maybe
            they think it is )… then that was STILL
            1 minute BEFORE the ADOSH says
            McDonough was going to abandon his
            lookout post. ( SAIR says this happened
            at 1555 but now ADOSH puts it 5
            minutes earlier at 1550 ).

            So all of the following things happened
            between the time OPS2 let them know
            they were needed in town… and they
            actually decided to leave ‘good black’.

            – Brendan abandoned his lookout spot.

            – Brendan got picked up by Frisby.

            – Frisby told Marsh he had Brendan and
            they would move vehicles.

            – GM moved from one ‘boulder pile’ as
            shown in the MacKenzie 1553 photo
            set… to the next boulder pile as per
            the MacKenzie 1600 – 1602 photos and
            video.

            – The ‘comfort level’ conversation took place
            between Marsh/Steed… and a still
            unidentified ‘third voice’ saying “You bet”
            back to Eric Marsh.

            – Air Attack says that fire will reach town
            in 1-2 hours.

            – 1604 – Wade Parker sends final text
            to his mother saying ‘jus starting to evac’.

            – 1605 – They are moving south now.

            That’s a lot of ‘stuff’ happening between
            the time ADOSH says Musser asked
            them to ‘come join the party down here’
            and them actually deciding to ‘change
            their minds’.

            I still think ( perhaps ) the report from
            Air Attack that the fire was still 1-2
            HOURS away from town even at
            the 1555 – 1600 timeframe may have
            had a BIG influence on their decison.

            I think it’s possible they trusted that guy
            in that airplane too much… and ended
            up paying for that misplaced trust with
            their lives.

            There’s more to come here, folks.
            You can count on that.

            The ADOSH report is pretty much just
            another piece of brown-stuff showing up
            in this ongoing crapfest.

            Reply
    • Gary Olson says

      December 5, 2013 at 11:01 pm

      I think everybody already knows what I think, so I won’t be annoying and repeat it once more.

      Reply
      • Gary Olson says

        December 5, 2013 at 11:09 pm

        We have discussed the wildland fire culture quite a bit, but there is at least one difference with the military. I think It is very, very, rare for someone to say, “I order you to do such and such.” I think “orders” are given more like ordinary people would do in a conversation, a lot like WTKTT say’s above, so Marsh and Steed would hear a request, “Hey can you guy’s get down here ASAP to help us here?” That would be more like how an order is given, more like a request to do what the requester thinks is right. And of course I think they would not have a problem telling just anybody “no” but would have a problem telling somebody special “no”.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          December 5, 2013 at 11:31 pm

          Yes… I suppose the ‘military’ style stuff only really
          shines through in training and ‘behind closed
          doors’ such as when every time a new recruit
          would step on one of the black tiles that spell
          ‘Granite Mountain’ that Marsh inlaid himself into
          the floor of their ‘ready room’… Marsh would
          say “Drop and give me 50” ( Pushups ).

          In most ‘normal’ work environments ( even ones
          that do, in fact, require order and discipline )
          stepping on a certain color tile is no big deal.

          Here… in this culture… it’s “Give me 50”.

          There is another ‘moment’ in the SAIR that
          has gone unanswered now in the ADOSH
          that backs up what you are saying.

          There is something else that someone
          ‘asked Marsh nicely’ to do ( instead of just
          telling him to do it )… and Marsh even felt
          ‘un-military’ enough to just say… “I’d like
          to pass on that”. Very civil. Very democratic.

          Problem is… we still have no idea what the
          hell he was ‘passing’ on… so nice and politely.

          Page 24 of the SAIR

          :: As BR Supt is en route to pick up drivers to
          :: move the Granite Mountain crew carriers,
          :: SPGS1 contacts him to ask if they still have
          :: the option to burn out from the dozer line.
          :: BR Supt tells him no. DIVS A, hearing the
          :: transmission, agrees and says he believes
          :: the fire is almost as far as the Granite Mountain
          :: vehicles.
          ::
          :: A moment later, DIVS A says, “I want to pass on
          :: that we’re going to make our way to our
          :: escape route.”

          PASS on WHAT?

          The SAIR doesn’t say.

          ADOSH now describes this same moment
          but doesn’t even mention Marsh saying
          “I want to pass on that”.

          What did someone ASK him to do ( nicely? )
          at THAT point?

          Reply
          • mike says

            December 6, 2013 at 12:01 am

            I think he is just saying “I want to tell you” which is the same as “I want to pass on”. To “pass on” information means to relay it.

            Reply
            • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

              December 6, 2013 at 2:22 am

              I stand corrected. You are right.
              There is NO ‘period’ there in that
              sentence from the SAIR. I was
              reading it as two statements instead
              of just one.

              It really is a shame that Blue Ridge
              was late that day and missed all
              the briefings. Otherwise… he would
              have known exactly what Marsh
              meant and at least SOMEONE
              would have known exactly where
              they were headed.

              Maybe this is why BR is all
              lawyered up now and refusing to
              talk about anything. Their lawyers
              are seeing some liability here.

              Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            December 6, 2013 at 2:14 am

            Correction for above.

            I was wrong.

            It wasn’t “Drop and give me 50”.
            It was “Drop and give me 100”.

            From the Kyle Dickman article…
            and his interview with Brendan
            McDonough…

            :: After rolling out of his sleeping bag
            :: that Sunday morning, Eric headed to
            :: the parking lot, crossing the black
            :: tiles he’d helped install in the white
            :: floor to spell out “GMIHC—Granite
            :: Mountain Interagency Hotshot Crew.”
            :: When rookies stepped on the black
            :: tiles, they owed the veterans
            :: 100 push-ups.
            ::
            :: He pulled out his JetBoil stove and a
            :: Nalgene full of Bisbee’s specialty
            :: coffee grounds—both of which he
            :: always carried in his fire-line gear—
            :: and brewed up a pot of coffee. Eric
            :: had been sober for 13 years.
            :: Coffee was his only drug (now), and
            :: he took it black.

            Reply
          • calvin says

            December 6, 2013 at 3:39 am

            As above p24. Marsh states that he believes the fire is almost as far as the GM vehicles.

            Lets compare this with the audio from Mackenzie video.
            Steed says The fire is almost as far as the two track we walked in on.
            According to the fire progression map, these two statements were made at different times.
            Steed’s statement, identified to occur shortly after 1600, describes what the fire progression map shows. The fire is almost at the two track, near the grader.
            The statement made by Marsh, identifying the fire “almost at the GM vehicles”, must have occurred a few minutes later (according to the fire progression map.)
            The fire arrived at the GM vehicle parking area at approximately 1622. Marsh obviously made the statement BEFORE the GM vehicles were moved. Time unknown. According to the fire progression chart, the fire made a huge push toward the vehicles starting at 1615.This would put the time BR moves the 2 GM buggies closer to 1615. This would also support WTKTT times of when Marsh actually lost view of the middle bowl, GM parking area.

            Reply
  24. Robert the Second says

    December 5, 2013 at 4:22 pm

    WTKTT,

    The way I read the AZ OSHA report is that OPS Musser did NOT ask GM HS to DO anything. He was merely inquiring of Marsh and/or GM HS “if they COULD assist at Yarnell.” So, he did NOT “ask them to leave there.” Therefore, this was NOT a direct request nor was it an order or any direction to go there, but merely seeking information from them to see IF they were able to. The report stated that “either Marsh or GMHS Captain Steed replied that they could not,” so they deferred and suggested contacting BR HS. Which makes sense because that was the Division BR HS was already working in.

    Reply
    • mike says

      December 5, 2013 at 6:40 pm

      But you do not ask in those circumstances unless you want the answer to be yes. I think it is perfectly believable that he just inquired. And I think it is perfectly believable that Marsh wanted to help out if at all possible. So, yes, the onus of the decision to go was on Marsh, he made the call. And I think that is a believable scenario for why the GMHS were headed where they were.

      Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 5, 2013 at 8:34 pm

      OPTION 1
      Musser: Hey Eric… is there any chance you guys could get here?
      Marsh: I don’t know. Why don’t you ask Frisby. He’s already down
      there and then get back to me. In the meantime I’ll ask Steed
      what his ‘comfort level’ is.

      OPTION 2
      Musser: Hey Eric… can you guys please get down here?
      Marsh: I don’t know. Why don’t you ask Frisby. He’s already down
      there and then get back to me. In the meantime I’ll ask Steed
      what his ‘comfort level’ is.

      What’s the difference?

      It doesn’t matter how Musser would have PHRASED a
      question like that at a time like that.

      As mike says above… Marsh/Steed would have HEARD the
      same thing no matter what.

      “We are needed down there.”

      How do we know there wasn’t ANOTHER conversation right
      after that one that went something like this…

      Musser: Eric… I talked to Frisby. He said “We don’t do hero
      stuff”. Can I count on you guys?

      Marsh: I talked to Steed. His comfort level isn’t that high but
      Air Attack just said it will take 1-2 hours before the fire reaches
      town so he thinks we can make it… so yea… we’ll be THERE.
      We’ll be coming in from the west through that bomb-proof
      ranch thing… but don’t tell OPS1 we’re coming or he might
      have a cow.

      Musser: Roger that. Thanks. See ya soon.

      ** Let’s look at EXACTLY what the ADOSH report says…

      Page 18 of ADOSH Narrative….

      :: Shortly thereafter ( 1545 ) Operations Section Chief II Musser
      :: radioed GMIHC and asked if they could spare resources
      :: to assist in Yarnell. Either Marsh or GMIHC Captain Steed
      :: responded that they were committed to the black and
      :: that Musser should contact BRIHC working in the valley
      :: ( during his interview Musser stated that he wasn’t sure
      :: who he was talking with ).

      God… I hate this ‘narrative’ crap.

      So we do not KNOW ( even now ) what Mr. Musser even
      actually ‘said’ to these guys. This is just some ADOSH
      person writing more ‘narrative’ crap and not giving us
      EXACT QUOTES.

      We can, however, be certain ( if even Musser wasn’t ) that he
      was talking to Marsh. Not Steed.

      If I understand ‘the culture’ as described by RTS, Gary Olson,
      Mr. Powers and others… there is NO WAY that ‘Captain Steed’
      would have made that kind of authoritative statement back
      to Musser without ‘checking with Eric first’.

      So if the person Musser was speaking to did, in fact, make
      that snap ‘no’ decision right away… then it had to be Marsh.

      Was that it for Musser’s interview?

      Did he stop and go to the bathroom after telling the ADOSH
      folks about this conversation… and then never came back?

      What happened NEXT?

      What did Blue Ridge SAY to Musser’s request?
      Did Musser even ASK them?
      If Frisby said “We don’t do hero stuff, sorry.”… did Musser
      then call Marsh/Steed back and tell them BR said “NO”?.

      Fer cryin’ out loud. Throw us a bone here.

      This is all IMPORTANT!

      Reply
  25. Rocksteady says

    December 5, 2013 at 1:55 pm

    Juliannn Ashcraft looked tired in the video conference.. Poor lady

    Reply
  26. Robert the Second says

    December 5, 2013 at 1:46 pm

    WTKTT,

    “They MUST have thought they had the time to do what they were asked to do that afternoon.” Yes, they clearly underestimated the ROS in that fuel type under those weather conditions that day. It’s as if Watch Out Number 4 applied to them in their own turf – ‘Unfamiliar with local factors influencing weather and fire behavior.’

    “But I still want to know why they were even there in that ‘wrong place at the wrong time’.” Either they were directed to go there by one of the OPS or else Marsh and Steed decided on their own or together to do it. They could have and should have refused the first one and given an option, like ‘let it pulse and we’ll go down afterwards’ or ‘we’ll walk through the black from here.’ The second one has strong indications of prior bad decsions with good outcomes. In other words, they’ve done it before and gotten away with it, so let’s try it again.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 5, 2013 at 2:31 pm

      The ‘new’ theory here… that it was OPS2 ( Musser ) and not
      OPS1 ( Abel ) that might have ‘asked them to leave there’
      might actually explain a few other ongoing mysteries.

      Fulfilling a direct request from OPS2 ( Musser ) might have been
      the reason they either didn’t CARE… or didn’t WANT OPS1 ( Abel )
      to know where they really were or what their ‘mission’ was.

      In other words… OPS2 asked them to ‘come be heroes’.
      They (GM) decided they were going to do that.
      If they tried to clear it with OPS1… he might have said “NO!”.

      So they just took off… trusting what Air Attack said about
      having 1-2 hours before the fire reached town and that
      that was plenty of time to ‘do this’.

      Air Attack was wrong. WAY wrong… and they paid for
      trusting that 1-2 hour prediction with their lives.

      Reply
  27. Robert the Second says

    December 5, 2013 at 10:41 am

    WTKTT,

    Okay, so lemmings was a poor metaphor but it was late when I posted.

    We did our best to prevent Groupthink and encouraged the same with other Crews and workshops and trainings. And there were a lot of good firefighters on the GMHS that had ‘the sand’ to say ‘WTF are we doing and why are we doing this?” It is taught and encouraged on a Crew-by-Crew basis I suppose. But like I said in another post, there were guys on the GMHS that knew or should’ve known better and would have and/or should have spoken up. If they did, it’s obvious to me that nobody listened to change their actions.

    As far as the quasi-military stance, it MUST be that way. It’s not a democracy. You don’t get to vote, unless it’s where you all want to eat maybe.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 5, 2013 at 1:21 pm

      I still think they ALL simply thought they had the time to do what
      was being asked of them ( by Paul Musser… OPS2? ).

      I still think Marsh/Steed were relying on the last report they
      got from Air Attack before they set off on this missions.
      Air Attack said it wouldb 1-2 hours before the fire reached
      Yarnell.

      I think they trusted the guy in the airplane to know what he
      was talking about… and they just didn’t think much about
      the possibility he could have been TOTALLY wrong.

      I’ve done a lot of research on these fellas.

      I have scoured the Internet looking for other pictures taken
      by Christopher MacKenzie just in the hopes of finding an
      original from his Canon Sureshot so I could extract
      JPEG EXIF data and identify the exact model of camera.

      This guy was a wildland firefighter, a snowboarder,
      a punk rocker, he had just helped his mother through a
      terrible health issue.

      This guy had ‘sand’… no doubt.

      They ALL have similar stories.

      They MUST have thought they had the time to do what they
      were asked to do that afternoon.

      But I still want to know why they were even there in
      that ‘wrong place at the wrong time’.

      Reply
  28. Yavapai Co. Residents says

    December 5, 2013 at 10:26 am

    (Typo.) Why isn’t BRIHC talking?, not BHIHC.

    Reply
  29. Yavapai Co. Residents says

    December 5, 2013 at 10:23 am

    WTKTT, yes, well said that the financial consequences are very real for whoever is involved.

    Thank you for clarifying the “subcontractor” status of the GMIHC on the Yarnell Hill Fire incident. My source was in error re: the process the ASFD follows. I have my own business and often work within two statuses, even simultaneously: 1099 and W-2 subcontractor.

    The latter, W-2 subcontractor, the name of my employer changes to the business entity I’m under contract with rather than my own business as the employer entity for 1099 status.

    I had forgotten that the initial request was not fulfilled through normal channels, and that’s a critical point/issue, particularly on the legal front as you suggested. Is it still true that SWCC continued to deny ASD’s request for GMIHC? If yes, then “that is huge”.

    Yes, I did read Marcia McKee’s “Notice of Claim” in its entirety when it first was published online in PDF file format.

    It’s so sad that a mother, grieving over the loss of her only child, has to resort to this “Notice of Claim” and the stated dollar amounts to try and obtain the truth from the government entities. I wonder if all of this we now see is a result of a cummulation of “hiding the truth” from previous WFF fatal incidents, especially the Thirtymile Fire of 2001? (We have read all of John N. Maclean’s books plus his father’s on the Mann Gulch fire. But, the Thirtymile Fire seems to have been a “big game changer”.)

    We, too, like the WFF family, only want to know the truth about what happened to save WFFs’ lives. We miss our GMIHC very much, and we equally appreciate our Prescott NF IHC and want them to stay safe and always come home after an incident.

    (FYI only: I also know that there is at least one member of the COP City Counsel who cares very deeply about keeping WFFs and our area FFs safe, and who does care if they live or die on the line. That person is also a proponent of continuing to create defensible space in our community. That City Counsel member asked Fraijo and Willis for data to support bringing back an active GMIHC, which they provided. I watched that City Counsel meeting on our local public access channel and heard the data/numbers from Fraijo and Willis.)

    But, yes, I understand you writing that “…it really is all about ‘the money’ at this point (unfortunately).”, and I agree with you that it’s so sad that a grieving family member feels she needs to go down that road in order to get the truth.

    And, speaking of wanting to get the truth…what about the USDOA Forestry Service, now that the BRIHC members are under a “gag order”?

    Why isn’t BHIHC talking?

    Maybe the “Notice of Claim” needs to be amended to add the USFS?

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      December 5, 2013 at 11:42 am

      Your last sentence is why they are under a gag order, there trying to keep separated from the State.

      Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 5, 2013 at 2:18 pm

      There was a picture taken by reporter Michelle Lee of the
      Arizona Republic of the Blue Ridge Hotshots all in a ‘huddle’
      ( like a fooball team ) at the Ranch House Restaurant at
      precisely 5:48 PM that afternoon. ( See a post WAY above
      about the Tom Story and Michelle Lee photos from that day ).

      Ranger 58 ( The DPS Helicopter ) had already been in
      the air looking for Granite Mountain for a half-hour or
      so ( since 5:16 PM ).

      It would not be until 6:35 PM that the DPS medic would
      confirm 19 fatalities over the radio.

      So this ‘moment’ captured by Michelle Lee could not have
      been the moment when Blue Ridge actually learned the
      real fate of Granite Mountain… but 5:48 would have
      represented a full ONE HOUR since they all heard about
      the deployment… and I am given to understand that in
      WFF circles… if you don’t hear from anyone for an hour
      after they said they are ‘deploying’… you can pretty
      much assume the worst.

      So I think the Michelle Lee photo actually DOES capture
      the moment when the Blue Ridge Hotshots were
      ‘assuming the worst’.

      I have always thought it was a little ‘odd’, though.

      There just wasn’t something quite right about that ‘huddle’.

      Like there was ‘something more to it’ than just those men
      ‘huddling’ together to share their grief.

      It almost looks like SOMETHING is being intently DISCUSSED.

      Even the Blue Ridge Hotshot in the foreground has his
      hand to his ear to make sure he is hearing EVERY WORD
      that the ‘quarterback’ in this huddle ( Frisby? ) is saying.

      Could this be the moment when all of these Blue Ridge
      Hotshots are actually being told “Do NOT talk about what
      has just happened here today with ANYONE.”?

      The photo I am talking about is here…

      https://twitter.com/myhlee/status/351502588614672384/photo/1

      It was ‘tweeted’ by Michelle Lee from the parking lot of
      the Ranch House Restaurant at 5:48 PM, June 30, 2013…

      Reply
    • Gary Olson says

      December 5, 2013 at 10:54 pm

      FYI – see my new post and answer below.

      Reply
  30. Bob Powers says

    December 5, 2013 at 9:23 am

    Checking to see if I am back and connected.

    Reply
  31. mike says

    December 5, 2013 at 6:51 am

    Random thoughts this AM.

    First, it makes sense OPS1 asked BR first, they were closer. IF they did and were turned down, imagine the level of grief added to what we thought the BR super was already feeling – how absolutely horrible.

    Second, did the SAIT know about this Musser request? If not, why not? If so, and they left it out, the SAIT is exposed as a fraud and these guys should never be near a fire investigation for eternity.

    Third, note the Musser request would have occurred after the “hunker down and be safe” instruction.

    Fourth, maybe Brendan McDonough knows all of this and feels they did the “right” thing. And that is why he says he will never second guess or say anything negative. Also “I know what happened and others do too” (paraphrased).

    Finally I always said there were 2 questions. 1) Why were they there? and 2) Why did they underestimate the risk? I think the answer to #1 is coming into focus. Getting a good answer for #2 may be harder.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 5, 2013 at 1:10 pm

      mike… totally agree. Finding an answer to #1 is NEVER really
      going to make sense of #2. They were professionals. Even
      if they were ORDERED to get to Glen Ilah… somewhere
      along that hike south… or right at the point where they
      thought the only way to get to the ranch was to drop into
      a fuel-filled box canyon that was in front of an advancing fire…

      …they SHOULD have done a ‘full stop’… gotten on the radio…
      and told someone… “Sorry… no can do.”

      But I still want the answer to #1.
      I think the families of these men deserve to know.

      Reply
  32. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    December 5, 2013 at 2:51 am

    >> mike asked…
    >>
    >> Has anyone been able to decipher exactly what Steed says the last time
    >> he speaks in the MacKenzie video? I think I hear the word “walk”, but
    >> have a feeling what he says might be important and I am not sure
    >> what that is.

    The last thing Steed says is…

    “I copy.. and it’s almost made it that two track road that we walked in on.”

    There is no more ‘audio’ after that ( none that I can hear, anyway ).

    I think the new information today about OPS2 ( Paul Musser ) definitely being
    a part of that mysterious ‘discussing their options’ conversation puts
    new light on who that mysterious ‘third voice’ is heard in the video.

    Eric Marsh had a habit of ending his sentences with ‘ya know’.

    We hear it once when he is talking directly to Steed about his
    ‘comfort level’ in the first 9 second clip in the video… and then we
    hear him say ‘…ya know’ again when he is just finishing another
    ‘statement’ as the second 9 clip video BEGINS… but that ‘ya know’
    was NOT directed at Steed. What we hear there is Marsh finishing
    a sentence that was directed at SOMEONE ELSE who was on
    that radio channel at that moment… and that SOMEONE ELSE
    ( Not Steed ) replies to Eric with “You bet” ( over the radio, with
    modulation ).

    Could that be Musser saying “You bet.”?

    Here’s the skinny on that part of the video from a previous post I made…

    ** THE MYSTERIOUS ‘THIRD VOICE’ HEARD IN MACKENZIE VIDEO

    At the EDIT point where the manual ‘fade’ has been ‘insterted’ ( by some still
    unknown person ) we hear the very tail end of a sentence that Marsh is
    finishing which appears to be this…

    “…need, ya know”

    Then ( still on the radio with modulation ), SOMEONE
    ( Not Steed ) says “You bet”.

    Then we hear the transmission end with the distinct sound of radio modulation
    ‘cutting off’… and only THEN do we hear Steed say ( without any radio
    modulation because the video recorder was capturing his voice in real time
    close to the camera )…

    “I copy.. and it’s almost made it that two track road that we walked in on.”

    The key here is that moment when the radio modulation ceases. Whoever said
    “You bet” in response to Marsh’s “…need, ya know” was saying it OVER THE
    RADIO… and Steed only chimed in AFTER the modulation cut off.

    So whoever said “You bet” was the person Marsh was actually directing his
    “…need, ya know” statement to and whoever said “You bet” in response was
    ON THE RADIO AS WELL ( and it was NOT Steed ).

    Did we just find out (today) that the ‘third voice’ there is Paul Musser…
    and that he was a full participant in that mysterious ‘discussing their options’
    conversation?

    Reply
    • Yavapai Co. Residents says

      December 5, 2013 at 10:30 am

      Wow.

      Keep it up, everyone, the research, that is.

      Reply
  33. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    December 5, 2013 at 12:51 am

    Kudos to Rocksteady, RTS, calvin, others for that great work on the ROS
    ( Rate Of Spread ) numbers.

    I can’t really add to that obviously expert work, but I did get a chance to come
    up to speed on this actual ‘WindWizard’ product that was used to produce the
    ‘Wind Flow’ chart on page 79 of the SAIR.

    The WindWizard product has, in fact, been ‘obsolete’ for quite some time…
    even before the SAIT used it.

    The Missoula Fire Sciences Lab has long since moved on to a new software
    product called ‘WindNinja’.

    WindWizard was only available, before its demise, to people willing to pay
    thousands of dollars in licensing fees.

    WindNinja is much the same product, is greatly improved, but is still considered
    ‘experimental’ and is only in what they call BETA in software terms. That means
    the authors believe it DOES work… but they are looking for actual ‘field use’ and
    ‘testing’ and feedback from users. Bugs are still expected to be found.

    As such… that means it’s available for free ( for now ).

    So I just downloaded it and installed it myself from the following location…

    ** WindNInja

    Missoula Fire Lab
    WindNinja download
    for Win32 or Win64
    38 megabyte self-contained installation program.
    WindNinja version 2.2.0 for Windows® Installation Program
    WindNinja-2.2.0-win32-install.exe (32-bit) OR
    WindNinja-2.2.0-win64-install.exe (64-bit)
    Download it for FREE here…
    http://www.firemodels.org/index.php/windninja-software/windninja-downloads

    WindNinja is, for all intents and purposes, the same WindWizard core software
    with improvements and new features. The same actual ‘modeling’ algorithms
    that were/are in WindWizard have just been ‘ported’ over to WindNinja.

    In other words… WindNinja has the same ‘brain’ as WindWizard and
    will model the winds the exact same way WindWizard did/does.

    The OUTPUT from WindNinja is also identical to what WindWizard produces.
    You get a 3D terrain image in Google Earth KML ( Keyword Markup Language )
    format that is immediately viewable in Google Earth.

    This is exactly what the SAIR team used for their ‘Wind Speed’ chart on page
    79 of the SAIR, after doing a ‘run’ with some input data. It is just a computer
    screen capture of a Google Earth display of the KML output file from a
    WindWizard modeling run.

    That ‘input data’ is what the mystery would still be.
    The SAIR doesn’t say what numbers they used to generate that chart.
    They just show us ‘the results’.

    As they say in my part of the world… using this software is not exactly ‘rocket
    surgery’. It is DESIGNED to be ‘easy to use’ and only requires some very basic
    input to produce some pretty detailed results.

    About the only complicated thing is actually obtaining the right topographical
    maps to be used to generate the final terrain maps for Google Earth.

    That was much more complicated with WindWizard than it is now for WindNinja.
    The new software allows you to go direct to download sites for just about any
    topographical data for any location ( in the USA, anyway ).

    All you do is select the right location in the USA… draw a box around the exact
    place you want to measure ‘wind speeds’, and click a DOWNLOAD MAP
    DATA button.

    Everything is automatic after that.

    You can immediately just start putting wind information in and get pretty
    Google Earth 3D charts back out that look just like page 79 of the SAIR.

    In just a few minutes… I was able to produce a ‘wind speed’ chart for the
    same box canyon in Yarnell that looks ALMOST identical to what appears
    on page 79 of the SAIR.

    When I say ALMOST… that’s the rub.

    The wind speeds over the ‘mounds’ and the ‘ridges’ are easily duplicated
    just as they are seen in the SAIR… but the wind behavior in the box canyon
    itself is not.

    As near as I can tell… the ONLY way the SAIT could have achieved the kind of
    ‘multiple diurnal’ wind speed rates that they are showing for the floor of that
    box canyon using this particular software was to use a special MODE in either
    WindWizard or WindNinja that is called “Point Initialization”.

    What that means is that you have to pretty much already know what the
    information is for certain ‘points’ on the map before WindWizard or WindNinja
    can just show you the graphical representation of those (specific) areas.

    ‘Point Initialization’ mode was meant to supplement the ‘domain averaging’
    mode in the software and allow users to enter actual information coming
    from actual weather stations at certain points in the area being ‘modeled’.

    You CAN, however, just ‘make up’ your own weather station information for any
    specific point and just ‘pretend’ that there was an actual weather station there
    giving you good readings for that ‘point’. The software then just ‘trusts you’
    that this ‘point information’ is accurate and it ‘works it into’ the wind results
    along with the computed ‘domain averaging’ stuff.

    I could be wrong… but I believe this is the only way the SAIT could have used
    the actual WindWizard software product to achieve the actual graphic results
    shown on page 79 of the SAIR.

    That chart appears to be a combination of ‘Domain Averaging’ and this special
    use of the ‘Point Initialization’ mode.

    So it’s not exactly a GIGO situation ( Garbage In, Garbage Out ).
    It’s more like a FDIERO ( Fixed Data In, Expected Results Out ).

    They MAY have simply ‘decided’ what the wind speed chart for the canyon was
    SUPPOSED to look like… and then just created their own ‘Point Initialization’ files
    for various spots in the canyon and fiddled with them until the graphic output
    showed them what they already expected to see.

    In other words… as good as the modeling algorithms in WindSpeed and
    WindNinja really are ( it’s actually good work )… they are not AS smart as
    the figure on page 79 of the SAIR would have us believe. There appears to
    have been some ‘forced results’ included in that ‘modeling run’ we can see.

    That would pretty much fit in with the whole approach of the SAIR itself.
    Arrive at a conclusion FIRST… then present only evidence that supports it.

    I could be wrong ( but I don’t think I am ).

    If they had only published the exact ‘modeling’ input data and ‘prediction run’
    settings that they actually used to generate that chart on page 79 ( WITHOUT
    using any special or custom ‘Point Intialization’ files or data )…

    …then it would be easy to prove the software actually did come up with all that
    complicated canyon wind flow all by itself.

    Any other run of WindWizard or WindNinja with the same ‘input’ should
    then produce the SAME results.

    It it does not… then they MUST have been using some ‘made up’ Point
    Initialization files to achieve the results they already knew they wanted to
    see/publish.

    By the way… here is the exact ‘modeling run’ setup and wind input information
    I have already used to produce a chart that is ALMOST identical to page 79
    of the SAIR, except for the complicated canyon floor wind behavior they
    are showing right around the deployment site.

    This would be the kind of ‘what did YOU use?’ data that I would have loved for
    them to have published along with THEIR modeling run on page 79, so we
    could see if it could be duplicated without ‘interference’ or ‘manipulation
    of the data’.

    ** WindNinja Modeling Run
    ** Box Canyon west of Glen Ilah
    ** Identical area to page 79 of the SAIR report.

    Input parameters…

    Elevation Input File: Yarnell-Arizona.tif
    Vegetaion: Brush
    Mesh Resolution: Fine
    Time Zone: America/Phoenix

    Surface Input…

    Use Elevation Input File? ( YES )
    Use Diurnal Input? ( YES )

    Wind input…

    Domain Average Wind
    Use Custom Point Initialization Files?: NO
    Wind height: Custom 6 feet
    Wind speed: 30 mph
    Wind direction ( from ): 20 degrees
    NOTE: 0 = From true North, 270 = From due West )

    Output options…

    Output Height: Custom – 6 feet
    Format for: Google Earth ( KML output file )
    Line Width 1.0
    [ YES ] Legend – Uniform Range
    Resolution: [ YES ] Use Mesh Resolution ( 274.56 Meters )

    Reply
    • Rocksteady says

      December 5, 2013 at 9:53 am

      In teh world of fire behaviour work it is very common to do “point initialization, like WindNinja” for weather information. We call them “Cyber stations”. With weather stations being a significant distance apart at varying elevations and aspects, we will blend most accurate info from each station, representitive of the fire and create a blended Cyber Station. It is not 100% accurate, of course, but dependant on the location of the weather stations you are using, it can be relatively accurate for your fire location.

      For example, where I live, we have a weaterh station at the airport (1000 ft ASL), but within 10 miles we have peaks of over 9000′. We also have weather stations at over 5000′. By using the Airport and 5000′ station, you pick which weather attributes are most “accurate” based on field intel.

      It is more of the art of fire behaviour coming into play, rather than the science. On a large, expanded attack fire that we know is going to go on for a significant period of time, we will install a quick deploy weather station on hte fire site to give accurate weather info, to be analyzed and used to make fire behaviour predictions, including fire behaviour forecasts/advisories.

      So, in conclusion, it is not unheard of to massage data to attempt to improve accuracy..

      Reply
      • Yavapai Co. Residents says

        December 5, 2013 at 10:49 am

        Two days ago, I learned through MesoWest that February 2013, a new cooperative observer Wx station was acquired.

        It is in Peeples Valley and is E2144 (or sometimes EW2144).

        The SAIT use, I think, the cooperative observer Wx in Stanton, which is well below Yarnell Hill and is close to Congress. I don’t have a page number on me, but I did see the Stanton station in the SAIR as well as in the Wildfire Associates report that came out yesterday.

        However, when I showed the June 29 – June 30 data from the Peeples Valley Wx station to a friend who is a retired WFF and a consultant on WFF fatality incidents, that friend felt the Peeples Valley data was not accurate.

        You can go to this URL I saved to search for a see the Wx data I saw from the Peeples Valley station:

        http://mesowest.utah.edu/cgi-bin/droman/mesomap.cgi?state=AZ&rawsflag=3

        Then find #47 on the map, and click the black dot to the right of #47. The result will be a popup window.

        Then, at the bottom of the popup window, click “Additional Tabular and Graphical Displays”.

        When that page displays, on the left side and down a bit you will see a link called “Change Date/Time”, click that link.

        On the “Change Date/Time” page, I selected 30 June 2013, and a time of 1700. The below URL is the data result:

        http://mesowest.utah.edu/cgi-bin/droman/meso_base.cgi?product=&past=1&stn=E2144&unit=0&time=LOCAL&day1=30&month1=06&year1=2013&hour1=17

        (You fire science experts on these Comments may already know about this; I posted for other, fellow lay people who are like me…trying to find out what happened to GMIHC.)

        Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        December 5, 2013 at 3:09 pm

        >> Rocksteady wrote…
        >>
        >> So, in conclusion, it is not unheard of to massage
        >> data to attempt to improve accuracy.

        Exactly. My point above was that, apparently, with these
        WindWizard and WindNinja products coming out of
        the Missoula Fire Science Labs…

        …you pretty much HAVE to do that in order to achieve
        graphic results that would look anything like what the
        SAIR published on page 79.

        The software just isn’t ‘smart enough’ to have come up
        with that ‘Wind Chart’ on page 79 of the SAIR.

        The impression, I think, for most people is that they
        somehow type in some wind speed and direction
        information, pushed a button, and Volia!… out comes
        that complicated graphic showing how the canyon
        turned into a chimney that day.

        That is absolutely NOT the case here.

        Their HAD to have been some pretty specific, detailed
        ‘point’ information added to the modeling run.

        So it’s more of a ‘telling the software what we want it
        to show’ situation than ‘let the software tell us what
        we don’t know’ situation.

        The Wind Chart on page 79 MIGHT be a good
        representation of ‘what happened that day’.

        Then again… it might NOT be.

        It all depends what data they typed in, and where
        that data came from.

        Reply
        • rocksteady says

          December 5, 2013 at 7:37 pm

          Windninja and WindWizard work along the same process. They take weather readings at certain location and using algorithms (which may or may not be accurate) then it uses these algorithms to predict what the wind MAY be doing at certain locations at a certain time. The results are predicted by the algorithms as to how terrain and valley features would influence the wind.

          I know they are working on Ninja to confirm its accurracy…Right now its just a draft, work in progress. Is the wind they are predicting at ground level, 100′ above ground level or 500′ above ground level??? In the world of firefighting it makes all the difference.

          A lot also depends on the accuracy of the weather station information. Is the station a constant reading station (like an airport) or does it record data once or twice an hour? Is the stations anemometer accurate and calibrated?

          Then, of course, there could be algorithm issues that we can’t even see. When you hit the “run” button, how do we know that the correct calculations are even being done.

          It’s a tool, to be taken with a large grain of salt. Personally, I am skeptical until it is fully tested and validated..

          Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            December 6, 2013 at 12:03 am

            >> Rocksteady wrote…
            >>
            >> Is the wind they are predicting at ground
            >> level, 100′ above ground level or 500′
            >> above ground level??? In the world of
            >> firefighting it makes all the difference.

            See my own ‘sample input data’ up above
            for the run I did that pretty much matches
            that ‘Wind Chart’ published in the SAIR.

            The software lets YOU decide what
            ‘heights above the ground’ to chart.

            I believe the default is about 100 feet, but
            those modeling runs beared no
            resemblance to the SAIR ‘Wind Chart’.

            So I started ‘reducing’ the altitude in
            10 foot increments. When I got down
            to 10 feet it started to look more like
            what the SAIR diagram shows.

            Turns out that at 6 feet above ground
            is when the modeling run started to look
            like a ‘perfect match’ for the SAIR chart.

            So I guess the SAIT wanted to show
            wind behavior at man-height level that
            day… and that’s the ‘modeling scenario’
            we see on page 79 of the SAIR.

            They still had to ‘make up’ some weather
            station ‘Point input’ for around the
            deployment site… but that input was
            probably typed in for the ‘man-height’
            level as well.

            Reply
  34. mike says

    December 5, 2013 at 12:20 am

    I think the ADOSH report highlights something that just has not been emphasized in press reports – the degree to which fire command lost control of the situation that afternoon. When it blew up faster and more extreme than they thought, everything went south. I think they thought they were going to lose citizens. I also think they thought they might lose firefighters, just not the ones they did. There have been hints at the panic at the command level (the Republic article on the Glen Ilah evacuations) that afternoon, but this report shows what a mess that afternoon was more so than before. They were behind the curve during this entire fire, and their resulting panic contributed to 19 hotshots messing up.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 5, 2013 at 1:24 am

      I know that Joy Collura has pointed this out a number of times…
      ( and she still wants some answers from someone ) but the
      more I look at ALL of the photographs she took that
      morning… I now share her ‘bewilderment’ how the fire that
      she saw up close ( and lived to talk about it ) and that she
      photographed in detail that MORNING could have possibly
      turned into the fire being photographed with news helicopters
      later that afternoon eating the town of Yarnell, AND killing
      firefighters.

      When you look at ALL of Joy Collura’s photographs collectively
      from ‘early in the day’ it just doesn’t even seem POSSIBLE
      that it’s the same fire just some hours later ‘moonscaping’
      everything in its path.

      There were air drops going on ALL day… but all we hear now
      is how ‘frustrated’ Eric Marsh himself was with them ( and
      others, too ).

      It just seems like they kept dropping the red ‘retardant’ stuff
      all day in places where they ‘thought’ it might be headed ( which
      eventually didn’t seem to do much good that day at all ) instead
      of anyone making any kind of effort to actually put the damn
      thing OUT on ANY front… head or tail.

      I know that fighting a fire is all about ‘anchor points’ ( GM’s
      assignment ) and ‘preventing spread’ ( VLATS with red stuff )…

      …but shouldn’t all that also be accompanied by SOME effort
      to actually put the damn FLAMES that are already there OUT?.

      If you are spending $12,000 per hour for two DC10’s… can’t
      you order up one with the red stuff… and one that actually
      has some WATER in it?

      When wind changes are ‘expected’ for later in the day… it
      doesn’t take a genius to know that the ‘tail’ of the thing is
      going to become the ‘head’ later on.

      Why wasn’t there any big effort to get that ‘tail’ line PUT OUT
      early in the day… so that when the wind shifted later on
      all you would be left with is the old ‘head’ becoming the
      new ‘tail’… but it’s got nothing to burn but previous ‘black’.

      LOTS of questions still need to be answered here.

      Even if no one had died that day… this entire ‘Yarnell Hill Fire’
      thing might still be going down in the history books as…

      “How NOT to fight a fire”.

      Reply
      • Rocksteady says

        December 5, 2013 at 1:36 pm

        WTKTT

        Retardant is more effective than plain water.
        It not only stays wet longer than water, not evaporating as fast, but also the chemical composition, as it is reached by the flame front. Google Fire Retardant, it will explain the complex process.

        No matter what you toss out of an airplane onto a fire (Water/Water and Foam/Retardant/Water and Gel) it only knocks down the fire. The fire is not OUT, until the ground pounders come along and put it out. Whether that be by using pumps and hose, creating a fuel free line and letting it naturally consume everything, or by lighting it up and burning off….

        The old Chevy pickup truck commercial used to drive me nuts… “Fier is changing direction, threatening a crew, in comes air tanker, drops load on the fire… Final radio traffic “FIRE’s OUT, AND THE TRUCKS CLEAN”…..

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          December 6, 2013 at 12:13 am

          I think the new ADOSH report makes it pretty
          clear that there simply WAS no real ‘plan’ that
          day at all… so it’s really not worth any more
          guessing about ‘why didn’t they do this’ or
          ‘why didn’t they do that’.

          From what I can tell now after reading the
          ADOSH detail… my grandmother would have
          done a better job handling that fire that day.

          NONE of these people involved with the
          Yarnell Hill Fire should actually ever be allowed
          to have a radio in their hands EVER again.

          Joy Collura has photographed all KINDS of
          aircraft over both the head and the tail of that
          fire that day.

          It sounds now like the fire would have been less
          of a monster by 4:30 PM if they had just let the
          air guys make up their own minds how to fight
          it and they had just issued a ‘drop at will’ order
          around 1:00 PM instead of 4:04 PM.

          Reply
  35. Robert the Second says

    December 4, 2013 at 11:30 pm

    WTKTT,

    Fairly accurate conclusion regarding the legal morass that is in the offing Mr. WTKTT.

    Except that I take umbrage with this statement: “… and 17 of them were obliged to just ‘obey the orders’ of the 2 who were leading them.” They were NOT obliged to ‘obey the orders’ or any other oders if they were unsafe, illegal, immoral, or unethical.’ And in this case their orders were clearly unsafe.

    There were several men on that Crew that knew better or should have known better and disobeyed the order based on our Turn Down protocol without fear of losing their jobs. That’s why I keep suggesting Groupthink. Otherwise, it appears they went down into the bowl like lemmings.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 4, 2013 at 11:46 pm

      I think the whole TD ( Turn Down ) ‘protocol’ itself is going to be
      at the heart of any actual legal proceedings over this.

      In this more-than-quasi military culture there IS a ‘difference’
      being established between what a normal ’employee’ should
      be able to do and what these guys were ‘expected’ to do.

      Anyone can always just say ‘f**k you’ to anyone… but you
      should also expect to lose your job.

      In this culture… I get the feeling everyone always lives in
      fear of either the ‘f**k you” moment… or having to invoke the
      TD protocol… because of some kind of culture-ingrained
      fear that you would giving up your ‘career’ instead of just
      some stupid job.

      That all needs to be examined in the light of day.

      It’s a dangerous JOB. I get it…

      …but it’s still just a JOB.

      It is NOT ‘the military’, no matter how hard the people in it
      like to pretend that it is.

      Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 4, 2013 at 11:54 pm

      >> RTS
      >> Otherwise, it appears they went down into
      >> the bowl like lemmings.

      Well.. they pretty much DID… didn’t they?

      Except for one critical difference…

      …even lemmings KNOW they are going to die
      as they approach the cliff.

      It would be the whole ‘lemming’ and ‘Groupthink’ thing that
      needs to come under the microscope here… if people
      really ARE interested in saving lives in the future.

      I still think this incident calls for review of the ENTIRE
      WFF ‘culture’… before more ‘Groupthinkers’ walk
      off any more cliffs and leave any more widows and
      fatherless children.

      Order and discipline are one thing. Gotta be there.

      Knowing how to say “Are you out of your f**king MIND?”
      is something else altogether… and needs to be TAUGHT
      if someone doesn’t have the built-in sand for it.

      Reply
      • Yavapai Co. Residents says

        December 5, 2013 at 12:09 pm

        “Emotions run high as relatives of firefighters react to report”

        http://www.azcentral.com/news/arizona/articles/20131204emotions-run-high-relatives-firefighters-react-report.html

        “Dan Parker, a captain with the Chino Valley Fire District who lost his son Wade Parker in the fire, said it surprised him that there seemed to be so many operational missteps: safety and planning officers not showing up when expected, maps not given to firefighters, communications crossed.”

        “I get the impression sort of like our guys were out there on their own,” he said after the meeting. “When they realized that something needed to be done and they did it, it was too late.”

        Ashcraft put her hand to her head in disbelief when Krotenberg said he was blocked from speaking with one firefighting crew that was present on the scene and was restricted in questions he could ask a supervisor on the fire.

        “Why is it that someone could tell OSHA you can’t speak to them and you can’t ask them those things?” she said, sitting in the auditorium after the hearing ended.

        “I would have thought they would at least be able to reach the people we’ve not been able to or get the answers we’ve not been able to.”

        Ashcraft said she wasn’t ready to discuss whether she would bring legal action in her husband’s death, but she said it might be a way to get officials to talk.

        “Unfortunately, sometimes, those answers only come about once an issue is litigated,” she said. “Because otherwise, you can’t get the truth until you get those people (to talk) under penalty of perjury.”

        Again, why isn’t BRIHC talking?

        Anyone? Please, take a stab at my question, speculate, guess.

        Why isn’t BRIHC talking?

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          December 6, 2013 at 12:40 am

          Why don’t we all just start ASKING them?

          Poor Blue Ridge Hotshots.

          They just went from the only people who
          seemed like they knew what they were doing
          that day…

          …to the people who now seem to have the
          most to HIDE.

          As far as I’m concerned… they are ALL
          ‘fair game’ now following their documented
          behavior with regards to the ADOSH
          investigation.

          From IHC’s own (public) website…

          Blue Ridge IHC
          Coconino NF
          Mogollon District
          8738 Ranger Road
          Happy Jack, AZ 86024

          Duty location for crew: Happy Jack, AZ

          Brian Frisby, Superintendent
          Email: [email protected]
          (928) 477-5023

          Rogers Trueheart Brown, Assistant Superintendent
          Email: [email protected]
          (928) 477-5024

          Travis Fuller, Squad Boss
          Email: [email protected]
          (928) 477-5027

          Michael Gordon, Squad Boss
          Email: [email protected]
          ( 928) 477-5027

          Cory Ball, Squad Boss
          (928) 477-5022
          Email: [email protected]

          Blue Ridge Hotshots FAX number…
          (928) 477-5057 (Fax)

          Reply
  36. Yavapai Co. Residents says

    December 4, 2013 at 11:20 pm

    My apologies…Sue Burger is the Training Specialist I referenced above.

    Reply
  37. Yavapai Co. Residents says

    December 4, 2013 at 11:19 pm

    WTKTT, thank you again. Yesterday, I discovered that even the COP FFs and the GMIHC have to have their wildland fire task books approved and signed off by the ASFD.

    Specifically, by the Arizona State Wildfire Qualification Review Committee. Sue xx is the Training Specialist who oversees the task book process.

    The Committee’s URL is:
    http://www.azsf.az.gov/site-page/wildfire-qualifications-committee

    On that page are PDFs of Committee Meeting Minutes. I read a few last night, and they include long lists of names of FFs throughout Arizona, the specific task book each is working on, and their status in the process.

    So, again, it sounds like the state of AZ is on the hook for this as well, and not the City of Prescott.

    I do have many years of Human Resources experience. When the GMIHC were contracted by ASFD to work the Yarnell Hill Fire under a cooperative agreement, they became “employees” of the state of Arizona for that incident, hence the ADOSH investigation into “wrongful death”, and stating how GMIHC’s “employer”, the ASFD, failed to provide that safe work environment.

    For that, the City of Prescott is not liable.

    The City of Prescott has lots of other issues, but they were not the official, contractual incident managers of the GMIHC on 6/30. ASFD, and only ASFD, was.

    I need to log off and get some sleep now.

    However, I have enjoyed your previous thread above about the BRIHC, and believe that is a thread to dig into deeper.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 4, 2013 at 11:37 pm

      YCR… as you have just pointed out… things get VERY
      complicated, legally speaking… but the financial consequences
      are VERY real for WHOEVER is involved here.

      We lost 19 of some of the best and brightest among us, for
      what appears to be no damn good ( or even sane ) reason…
      and the families not only deserve to know what REALLY
      happened… they deserve to be fully compensated for
      their (preventable) loss(es).

      I will correct you on one thing, though.

      The initial request for GM IHC was NOT fulfilled through
      ‘normal’ channels. It took a ‘special request’ ( some phone
      calls and some emails ) to get them ‘contracted’ for the
      fire the next day. That, itself, is unusual and will come into
      play for any legal proceedings.

      That being said… these men did not ‘technically’ become
      ’employees’ for the State of Arizona the next day.

      They became ‘subcontractors’.

      There is, in fact, a difference… legally speaking.

      They were still ’employed’ by the City of Prescott.
      That’s the name that appears on their paychecks at all times.
      The 17 young men who were led to their deaths by the
      other 2 who they were obliged to ‘obey’ were most
      certainly still ‘working for the City of Prescott’ that day.

      The City of Prescott, the prime ‘subcontractor’, submits
      ‘billable hours’ for them and then the City Manager of
      Prescott gets the ‘check’ from the State of Arizona.

      Very complicated, legally speaking.

      But yes… go and read the first ‘wrongful death’ suit claim
      that has been filed.

      It names a lot of people as ‘defendants’… but the BIG THREE are…

      State of Arizona
      Yavapai County ( YOUR County, I assume )
      City of Prescott

      The ‘claim’ is seeking at least $12 million in damages from
      EACH of these main defendants ( $36 million total ).

      If the attorneys representing ALL the ‘defendants’ opt to
      take the ‘sum certain’ exit route… then the plaintiff has
      agreed to just a ‘single sum’ of 12 million.

      That could come from the State of Arizona ( and probably
      would ) since even just 12 million is a pretty big hit on either
      a City Municipal or even a County budget.

      So it really is all about ‘the money’ at this point ( unfortunately ).

      The WFF community just wants to know EXACTLY what
      happened in order to try and save lives in the future.

      The people who might have to ‘pay up’ don’t have that
      same goal. They could care less who dies in the future so
      long as they don’t have to pay a lot of money THIS time.

      Reply
  38. Yavapai Co. Residents says

    December 4, 2013 at 9:30 pm

    WTKTT, thank you for your thoughtful and concise reply. We’re just area residents who care, and after we read what the ADOSH report stated about BRIHC, well, the first thing that came to mind was: “What are they, BRIHC, hiding?” And, we felt sad to think that because we respect and honor all WFFs in all agencies for the hard work they do in our communities.

    I don’t have a legal background, and I do very much appreciate your clear explanation above.

    However, BRIHC’s reticence to assist any investigation (encouraged by their attorneys?) creates the appearance to the general public that they have something to hide.

    If they don’t have anything to hide, why not discuss the events of that day with ADOSH to help with the Lessons Learned needed by their fellow WFF brothers and sisters?

    Robert the Second replied that it’s a “typical ‘gag order’ maneuver by the feds”.

    Is that true?

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 4, 2013 at 11:02 pm

      YCR… for the ‘powers that be’ here…

      …it’s simply about the money.

      They HAVE to let the ‘lawyers’ control ‘the story’ here ( for now ).
      They can’t afford NOT to.

      Planes just don’t fall out of the sky.
      Trains just don’t run off tracks.
      19 (supposedly) trained firefighters just don’t walk into a wall of
      flames in broad daylight and die.

      Something went terribly wrong for men in an Arizona State
      and City of Prescott Municipal sponsored (salaried) workplace
      environment.

      This was an ’employment’ related incident.

      There are ’employers’ involved here, and regardless of any
      normally ever-present danger in the nature of the work
      itself… if any loss of life can be attributed to misconduct,
      negligence, improperly implemented safety procedures,
      falsified paperwork, incompetence or even just plain stupidity…

      That’s called ( in legal circles ) ‘wrongful death’.

      The situation is unique in that the Granite Mountain Hotshots
      were the ONLY Type 1 IHC Hotshot Crew in the country
      that was ‘wholly owned and operated’ by a simple City Municipal
      Fire Department ( The City of Prescott Fire Department ).

      The men who died were simply EMPLOYED by the City
      of Prescott. If there were any ‘training’ issues, or proof of
      falsified certification documents ( that seems to be true
      already ), or proof of incompetence on the part of squad
      bosses or leaders that day who were charged with the
      safety of 17 other men… then the financial burden could rest
      solely on the City of Prescott.

      The first ‘wrongful death’ claim for this incident has already
      been filed. It is (for the next 60 days, anyway) what is called
      a ‘sum-certain claim’. That means for 60 days… they can just
      pay the fixed sum of $12 million to this family of just one of
      the 19 firefighters ‘make it go away’… or then it goes to court
      ( and ALL the evidence from that day finally comes out ) and
      the damages awarded could be astronomically higher than that.

      If they just pay the $12 million to ‘make this one suit go away’,
      OR anyone actually ADMITS what the ‘real’ cause of the
      accident was and it turns out to not be pretty…
      then here come the other 18 sum-certain claims right away…
      probably for the same amount(s), if not more.

      All those men died together… and 17 of them were obliged
      to just ‘obey the orders’ of the 2 who were leading them.

      They all died TOGETHER… under the same circumstances.

      If fault is found for just ONE of the deaths… then that fault
      automatically applies to every single other death.

      The entire estimated financial resources available to the city of
      Prescott, Arizona for the year 2014 is $230,161,910.

      19 ‘wrongful death’ sum-certain claims settled out of court at
      $12 million each is $228,000,000.

      That will leave them only $2 million to run the entire city.

      They will have to ‘turn the lights out’ in Prescott.

      If they do NOT ‘settle out of court’… and the damage awards
      go higher than 12 million per family ( and they easily could )…

      Prescott, Arizona, will simply be ‘up for sale’ on Ebay.

      Reply
  39. Robert the Second says

    December 4, 2013 at 9:00 pm

    Yavapai Co. Residents,

    Most likely, the BRHS were told NOT to participate by their Agency, a fairly typical ‘gag order’ manuever by the Feds. They were not even allowed copies of their own statements by the SAIT.

    WTKTT,

    I agree with you that it was fairly common knowledge because of all the radios there and that’s what they were scanning and talking about as well, not to mention phone calls and texts and all. They could see it all from their SZ in the good black. And the AZ OSHA report revealed that one of the OPS queried GMHS if they had anyone available to assist in that endeavor.

    Hot Shots especially don’t use the evacuation term much because it’s strictly law enforcement that enforces it. I’m sure

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 4, 2013 at 9:23 pm

      The radio channels were all starting to pack up with chatter
      circa 1600 as everyone realized it was time to get out of
      dodge… so I’m not saying that Wade’s message to his
      mother about ‘jus startin to evac’ came SPECIFICALLY from
      some ‘secret’ radio communication that might be what was
      ‘cut out’ of the MacKenzie video…

      …but then again…

      …maybe it DID.

      Something is bad wrong when here it is, MONTHS later, and
      we still don’t have a full recounting of who even MIGHT have
      been on the radio with other people at certain times… or NOT.

      Reply
  40. Yavapai Co. Residents says

    December 4, 2013 at 8:42 pm

    WantsToKnowTheTruth, thank you for keeping the questions coming. I have been lurking here, and am coming into the light today to ask you/everyone a sincere question: What do you all think about the USDA Forestry Service and the Blue Ridge IHC refusing to cooperate with the ADOSH investigation, even with federal OSHA’s Phoenix office assistance? Instead the told ADOSH to “file a Touhy request”. And referring ADOSH to federal General Counsel? And, that what materials BRIHC did provide to ADOSH were so redacted that ADOS said they were “useless” (could not use)?

    Thoughts anyone?

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 4, 2013 at 9:14 pm

      I think they have good lawyers… and that they have been letting
      them run the show since the day after the incident.

      It’s actually a very touchy ‘jurisdictional’ issue with any OSHA
      agency when they try to investigate anything. Any OSHA body
      is not what lawyers would call a ‘prosecutory authority’, so
      lawyers can always advise their clients that as long as you
      stay just short of any ‘impeding an investigation’ charges…
      you can treat them like the ‘press’ and try and pick and
      choose what they have the ‘right to know’.

      OSHA can’t file any criminal charges. They can only investigate
      a workplace related incident and deliver findings, and impose
      some tightly restricted fines or remedies.

      So it’s not like being interviewed by the District Attorney, or
      some other ‘prosecutory authority’. You can still just ‘play
      the game’, so to speak, and walk that fine line between
      actually HELPING them discover the truth ( which is their
      job ) but not be accused of ‘impeding a state/federal
      investigation’, which COULD carry some actual jail time.

      People who feel they have something to hide are usually
      very good at hiding it… and lawyers are even better than they
      are at it when that’s what you pay them do do.

      That’s just a fact.

      I think it would be better, at this point, for everyone to just come
      out and tell “the whole truth, nothing but the truth, so help
      them God.” It could save lives in the future, which is what
      I think everyone SHOULD want here.

      This whole “Oh what a tangled web we weave when first we
      practice to deceive” thing just ain’t workin’ out for ’em.

      Reply
  41. John Dougherty says

    December 4, 2013 at 8:13 pm

    This sentence jumped out at me:

    “At approximately 1600, Operations Section Chief Paul Musser radioed Granite Mountain IHC to ask if they could assist at Yarnell. Either Marsh or Granite Mountain IHC Captain Jesse Steed replied they could not and suggested he contact Blue Ridge IHC.” Page 15 “Worksheets for Proposed Citations”

    Second key point is that the DIV Z Supervisor (most likely Rance Marquez) abandoned his position.
    Thoughts?

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 4, 2013 at 8:34 pm

      See just above. At least this might explain Wade Parker’s text to
      his mother when he told her ‘jus starting to evac’ ( Yarnell ).

      Maybe this is the (previously) undocumented conversation
      between fire command and Marsh/Steed during the
      mysterious ‘discussing their options’ conversation at
      the same time ( 1600 ish ).

      Might even be the still-mysterious ‘third voice’ that can
      be heard saying “You bet” over the radio in the MacKenzie
      video(s).

      None of those men up on that ridge at 1600 could SEE
      Yarnell ‘jus starting to evac’, as Wade Parker told his mother
      at 1604 ( 4:04 PM ).

      Someone had to be on the radio TELLING them that was now
      happening down there.

      So Wade Parker heard that… and that’s what he passed on
      to his mother.

      Brendan McDonough would have also heard ALL of this,
      and he is still very much alive to clear all this up, if he
      would only choose to do so.

      Reply
    • mike says

      December 4, 2013 at 10:22 pm

      Wow, I missed that. The “discussing their options” conversation was at 1602 I thought. So could they be reconsidering helping OPS1 out in that conversation – “I’ve known this was coming all day”. I guess the SAIT thought this little detail was irrelevant. I have come to believe that the initiating event was a request and not an order. I think they the fire command was overwhelmed and was trying to round up help where they could. Did he also ask BR and the BR super turn him down, hence all the BR guys in the parking lot. But the BR super did decide to help himself (but not risk his men). Just some random thoughts.

      Has anyone been able to decipher exactly what Steed says the last time he speaks in the MacKenzie video? I think I hear the word “walk”, but have a feeling what he says might be important and I am not sure what that is.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        December 5, 2013 at 1:50 am

        mike… here’s a ‘continuation of your thought’…

        Why in the heck would even OPS1 think to ask
        GM if they could help… when all we are told over and
        over is that “he had put them out of his mind because
        he knew they were safe way out west in the black and
        he had much more important things to worry about.”

        Where in the world would this guy even get the idea
        that, with plenty of other professional firefighters right
        there on Shrine road and Highway 89… he would
        need to even ask some fellas out in the boondocks if
        they could get all the way back to town ( 2 miles ).

        Here comes the OMG moment…

        What if OPS1 had ALREADY asked Blue Ridge… and
        Brian Frisby said “Nope. That’s not what we do.”?

        Maybe OPS1 really felt like some ‘Hotshots’ would help,
        but the ones that were right there in town and from
        4:00 PM onward would only be photographed multiple
        times just standing around ‘doing nothing’ had
        ALREADY ‘turned him down’.

        Here’s the other clincher…

        What if THAT is why the ‘Blue Ridge Hotshots’ are
        all ‘lawyered up’ and have (apparently) been refusing
        to fully cooperate with the investigation(s)?

        Maybe they are just following their own lawyer’s advice
        and trying to stay out of ‘liability’ land just like everyone
        else involved with this fiasco seems to be doing.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          December 5, 2013 at 2:14 am

          Just a quick followup to my own post just above.

          Report says…

          :: At approximately 1600, Operations Section
          :: Chief Paul Musser radioed Granite Mountain
          :: IHC to ask if they could assist at Yarnell.
          :: Either Marsh or Granite Mountain IHC Captain
          :: Jesse Steed replied they could not and
          :: suggested he contact Blue Ridge IHC.

          Notice that it doesn’t say ANYTHING about
          whether Musser had ALREADY ‘contacted
          Blue Ridge’ before even making that request.

          That was either Marsh’s or Steed’s natural
          reaction to the request… but maybe Musser
          didn’t mention he had ALREADY tried that
          before even ‘asking’ them.

          Is there still a missing part to that conversation?

          Was the next thing Musser said something
          like this…

          “Eric… ( and/or Jesse )… I already tried that.
          Frisby said ‘that’s not what we do’ and won’t
          help with the evacuations… so that’s why
          I was wondering if there’s any chance you
          guys could at least get over to Glen Ilah and
          maybe help out.”

          Then here comes the ‘comfort level’ discussion
          partially captured on the MacKenzie video… and
          then the death march.

          Had they (Marsh/Steed) already been informed
          that the ‘other’ Hotshots weren’t going to lift a
          finger, even after being asked… and that just
          amplified their own reluctance to (also) say “No”?

          Quick question for firefighters ( and current or
          former Hotshots ) then…

          What would the repercussions be like in the
          WFF business if it became common knowledge
          that a Hotshot crew was ASKED to “go try and
          help save people”… and they actually said
          “Nope… that’s not what we do?”.

          Would they start finding women’s underwear
          attached to the side-mirrors of their Crew
          Carriers at the next fire they showed up on,
          or something equally crass/juvenile?

          I would think that would be something that
          that crew would NEVER want to become
          ‘public knowledge’…

          …and I am talking about BOTH ‘Blue Ridge’
          AND ‘Granite Mountain’ here. Maybe Brian
          Frisby didn’t give a crap what anyone was
          going to think… but maybe the only Hotshot
          Crew run by a Municipal Fire Department that
          had already been ‘harassed’ at previous fires
          cared very much what ‘people might think’.

          Reply
    • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

      December 5, 2013 at 8:08 am

      This this the first bit of information to be found anywhere, that indicates ‘someone’ was in contact with GM in regards to their possibly moving to Yarnell to help out. With the time frame reported, this sure fits with the documented decision making with-in the crew that was going on at that time, making it appear that they finally relented from their initial refusal, and moved toward town.

      Pushing that decision, in the back of their minds was the knowledge that they had already made apparently bad decisions in parking their vehicles and placing their look-out, so they were probably motived to help in Yarnell and try and end their day on a good note.

      That one sentence in the OSHA report may finally answer the question as to ‘WHY’.

      Reply
      • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

        December 6, 2013 at 6:53 am

        This this the first bit of information to be found anywhere, that indicates ‘someone’ was in contact with GM in regards to their possibly moving to Yarnell to help out. With the time frame reported, this sure fits with the documented decision making with-in the crew that was going on at that time, making it appear that they finally relented from their initial refusal, and moved toward town.

        Pushing that decision, in the back of their minds was the knowledge that they had already made apparently bad decisions in parking their vehicles and placing their look-out, so they were probably motived to help in Yarnell and try and end their day on a good note.

        That one sentence in the OSHA report may finally answer the question as to ‘WHY’.

        Reply
        • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

          December 6, 2013 at 7:26 am

          My above comment was one that was stuck in moderation for a while, and which I originally tried to post under John Dougherty’s comment about the ‘new’ info provided in the OSHA report regarding OPs asking GM if they could get over to Yarnell to help.

          Reply
        • calvin says

          December 6, 2013 at 1:57 pm

          Darrell Willis said “We heard they were headed in a southerly direction.” They were not moving to Yarnell. Basically, only to Boulder Springs Ranch

          Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          December 6, 2013 at 2:19 pm

          The ADOSH now tells us that Granite Mountain’s FAILURES
          continued throughout most of the day. ADOSH supplies much
          more detail about what they were ACTUALLY doing out there
          that day, about Marsh’s frustration with the drops… and how
          that frustration actually caused GM to have to ‘change plans’
          at least once.

          The ADOSH also now points out another particularly BAD
          failure on their part later in the afternoon.

          If there was any ‘plan’ for what they were doing at all up
          there that day… we now learn that it was to supposedly
          ‘tie in’ that anchor point with a burnoff back to the
          two-track they walked in on… and eventually with a major
          burn-off of the ‘dozer line’ to provide a massive fire break
          all the way from Sesame and on up to ridge.

          They were asked late in the day when they would be
          finished doing their part of that… and Steed said they
          were still an hour away from being near done with that.

          That was a failure point, again.

          They needed to have been done by THEN, or there
          was no time left and no way to even perform the original plan.

          The ‘burnoff of the dozer line out to anchor point’ never
          happened. The plan was abandoned circa 1555.

          So there they sat ‘in the black’… looking at nothing but
          failures and poor decision making on their part for pretty
          much the entire day.

          So you are right… maybe all these cumulative ‘failures’
          and ‘screw ups’ that day influenced their decision making.

          Maybe saying ‘no’ to the request from OPS2 ( Musser )
          just started to stick in their craw and they didn’t want
          even that failure to be able to help to be the final
          failure of the day for them.

          Remember… this is a crew that has been known to be
          ‘made fun of’ by other members of the WFF community
          at other fires. They had a ‘chip on their shoulder’ already.

          Maybe they were really worried about all their failures that
          day being the only ‘story’ of GM involvement with the
          Yarnell Hill Fire.

          They saw a chance to ‘redeem themselves’ and not get
          made fun of again.

          It’s possible.

          Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            December 6, 2013 at 2:21 pm

            NOTE: This was meant to be a ‘Reply’ to TTWARE’s original
            mainline comment just above… but showed up here as a new
            thread post instead.

            Reply
            • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

              December 6, 2013 at 2:24 pm

              Hmmm… something a little weird going on with the forum software.
              I have tried to leave two ‘Replies’ now and even though the input
              boxes appear normally where they should… the posting comes
              out as a ‘new’ comment on the mainline thread.

              Maybe we have just exceeded the software limits!

              Reply
              • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

                December 6, 2013 at 3:54 pm

                WTKTT, On a technical note, how do you copy and paste on here without it getting all screwed up?

                Reply
                • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

                  December 6, 2013 at 3:58 pm

                  WTKTT, I see what you mean about the reply buttons, as my previous ‘query’ to you was as a reply under your comment, and it too, came out as a ‘new’ comment.

                  Reply
                  • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

                    December 6, 2013 at 4:16 pm

                    TTWARE… this is supposed to be a simple ‘Reply’ to your “I see what you mean” message above. The ‘Reply’ input box is appearing right now as I type in the right place. We will see if it actually shows up in the right place a ‘Reply’ should… or whether it just appears as a new mainline thread message instead.

                    There MIGHT be what is called a ‘nesting level’ limit for this software and the number of ‘Replies’ on this thread might have pushed it over that limit. If that’s the case… then I guess my only advice would be for everyone to be SURE and just say, at the start of your replies, WHO you are replying TO… and just a quick reference to the message being replied to.

                    Something like…

                    TTWARE: Re: Your message about Replies…

                    Reply
                  • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

                    December 6, 2013 at 4:24 pm

                    TTWARE: Re: Your message about ‘cutting and pasting’

                    >> TTWARE wrote…
                    >> WTKTT, On a technical note, how do you copy and paste
                    >> on here without it getting all screwed up?

                    Well… not sure what you mean. Works OK most of the time
                    for me… just be sure not to include the top DATE banner
                    of a message in your ‘cut and paste’. It has some HTML
                    formatting characters in it that you can’t see.

                    In general… just remember that these input boxes are what
                    are called HTML ‘textareas’. That means the RETURN (Enter)
                    key still works fine… and will NOT ‘send’ the message when
                    you hit it. It will, in fact, put a Carriage Return / Line Feed into
                    the text exactly where you want it… so you can freely ‘format’
                    the cut-and-pastes exactly the way you want to.

                    The ONLY time your input will END and the post is actually
                    send will be by clicking the ‘Post Comment’ button down
                    there on the bottom right of the input area.

                    So fee free to use manual RETURN (Enter) key to help you
                    format your post(s).

                    Reply
  42. Robert the Second says

    December 4, 2013 at 8:09 pm

    Check out Human Factors specialist Ted Putnam’s paper titled ‘Up In Smoke’ regarding all the cover-ups and whitewashes.

    Search for “Ted Putnam Human Factors Up In Smoke”

    Everytime I try and post the link it disappears into cyberspace.

    Reply
  43. mike says

    December 4, 2013 at 7:41 pm

    Remember Jerry Payne, from the Forestry Service, when he came out and pointed the finger directly at Eric Marsh. He was lamblasted then, mainly for jumping the gun on the investigation. That sort of public talk was quickly quieted. Now that the Forestry Service is facing getting this hung around their necks, I suspect there will be more public pushback, including a willingness to criticize the actions of the GMHS. I do not know where this will lead, but the days of “nobody did anything wrong” are long gone.

    Reply
  44. Robert the Second says

    December 4, 2013 at 7:26 pm

    WTKTT and Mike,

    When Wade Parker texted his mother that “This thing is running straight for yarnel. jus starting to evac you can see fire on the left town on right. …” he is referring to the EVACUTATION OF YARNELL and other commmunities, NOT the GMHS. Crews don’t ‘evacuate’ their positions. We always used the phrase ‘moving out’ and other Crews would’ve used something like that. Structures and towns deal are evacuated, not Hot Shot Crews..

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 4, 2013 at 8:26 pm

      Fair enough. I buy that. I actually forgot to ask that crucial
      question in my previous post.

      How often do Hotshots even use the word ‘evacuate’?
      Apparently, not much… so that puts much more weight
      into your interpretation of Wade’s remark than mine.

      But even your interpretation TELLS us something.

      It tells us that Wade ( and everyone else listening to the
      radio around that time, including McDonough ) DID hear
      everything that was being said between Steed, Marsh,
      and whoever else participated in that conversation.

      You could not SEE Yarnell ‘jus starting to evac’ from
      where Wade was standing.

      That means he was just passing information along to his
      mother that he just heard over the radio.

      Someone participated in that ‘discussing their options’
      conversation who KNEW the evacuations were ‘just
      starting’… passed that on to Steed and Marsh over
      the radio… and Parker heard it and passed that fact
      on to his mother.

      Was that Willis? ( Structure Protection Coordinator that day ),
      or is there still some undocumented radio conversation
      between OPS1 and Marsh/Steed around that time?

      Someone TOLD them the evacuations were ‘jus starting’.

      I wonder who that was… and how long they stayed on the
      radio for the REST of the mysterious ‘discussing their
      options’ conversation?

      Reply
  45. mike says

    December 4, 2013 at 1:55 pm

    The GMHS were in the black – they did not need to evacuate did they? They needed to stay put.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 4, 2013 at 6:34 pm

      Speaking of ‘evacuations’…

      At 4:04 p.m., Wade Parker ‘texted’ his mother that photograph
      from the same location as the MacKenzie photos / videos.
      That’s the photograph that was used as Figure 9 on page 24
      of the SAIR.

      He also sent a text message along with it that has been widely
      reported by the media…

      He ( Parker ) said…

      “This thing is running straight for yarnel. jus starting to evac.
      you can see fire on the left town on right. DO NOT POST THIS
      ON FACEBOOK OR ANY OTHER SOCIAL MEDIA DEAL!!!!”

      I suppose he just didn’t want that photo to get out ‘ahead’
      of the fire command’s job that day and start a ‘panic’.

      However… I don’t think enough has been made of the small
      piece of insight that Wade accidentally provided in his
      text message.

      He said…

      “…jus starting to evac.”

      He did NOT say…

      “We’re going to go protect a ranch”
      OR
      “We’re going to go protect Glen Ilah”
      OR
      “Somebody ordered us back to town.”

      All he says is…

      “We are EVACUATING now”.

      We can hear in the MacKenzie videos that the mysterious
      “discussing their options” and “comfort level” discussion
      that took place between Steed and Marsh circa 4:00 PM
      happened over the RADIO… and Steed was not ‘off in some
      corner’ with the radio turned down for that.

      EVERYONE on that crew heard EVERYTHING that was
      discussed during that radio conversation ( including Brendan
      McDonough ).

      So it’s not like Steed removed himself from their hearing while
      some ‘secret plan’ was devised over the open radio channel…
      and then management turned to the troops and LIED to them
      about why they needed to ‘move out’.

      If Parker used the word ‘evac’ ( Evacuation ), then that MUST
      be what he heard and what he thought the reasoning was for
      the move and why he chose to use that word in his text to
      his mother.

      So did Granite Mountain really not BELIEVE they were
      ‘safe’ up there in the black? Did Steed and Marsh REALLY
      believe they NEEDED to ‘evacuate’… that they somehow would
      not have been ‘safe’ if the fire charged their current position…
      and that’s all there was to it?

      MANY firefighters have now seen the pictures of that ‘good black’
      up on that ridge and the massive SIZE of it at the time… and
      all seem to agree there was no question that was ‘good black’…

      …but this whole ‘mystery’ isn’t about what anyone still alive
      believes. It’s about what two dead men may have
      believed ( Steed and Marsh ).

      All of the mysteries still remain about them acting like some
      kind of ‘Black-Ops’ team skulking around in the back country
      and not WANTING anyone to know exactly where they were…

      …but perhaps the MOTIVATION was exactly what Wade
      Parker texted to his mother.

      They thought they were performing a warranted ‘evacuation’
      from an ‘unsafe area’.

      Brendan McDonough knows the answer here.
      He’s just not saying.

      Reply
      • mike says

        December 4, 2013 at 7:10 pm

        I thought he was referring to the town evacuating, which would mean something entirely different as far as motivation. Hard to know which I suppose. Anybody see any reason that Marsh would have thought the position in the black was not safe?

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          December 4, 2013 at 8:41 pm

          See below. I think you and RTS are much more right
          about this than I am.

          We also are now learning, from information just
          coming out today, that there was, apparently,
          some participation by OPS1 ( Paul Musser? )
          in this mysterious ‘discussing their options’
          conversation circa 1600 ( 4:00 ) PM.

          Then maybe HE was the one ‘informing’ these
          men on the ridge that Yarnell was now
          ‘jus starting to evac’, as Wade Parker told his
          mother just 4 minutes later ( 1604 – 4:04 PM ).

          Maybe Musser is also that mysterious ‘third voice’
          saying “You bet!” over the radio channel in the
          MacKenzie video.

          Maybe what they were doing by ‘editing’ the
          MacKenzie video was simply trying to wipe out
          all audio evidence that OPS1 was a participant
          in that ‘discussing their options’ conversation…
          but they simply missed him saying “You bet!”
          in the video clips they DID allow to surface.

          Reply
  46. mike says

    December 4, 2013 at 1:48 pm

    Write-up in the Az Republic now. Places significant blame on fire command (failure to evacuate firefighters from dangerous situation in a timely fashion). I will have to leave it to the firefighters here to give their opinion on whether this is a justified finding. How would this affect battling wildfires in the future?

    Reply
  47. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    December 4, 2013 at 1:41 pm

    **
    ** NEW VIDEO
    **
    ** EYE-LEVEL TRAIL WALK FROM LUNCH SPOT TO DESCENT POINT

    I have uploaded another video to a public YouTube account that contains a
    Google Earth 3D ‘eye-level’ walk along the high ridge two-track road that
    GM hiked from the ‘Lunch Spot’ to the ‘Descent Point’.

    The ‘high terrain resolution’ feature of Google Earth 3D was used for all the
    eye-level views in the video.

    The journey begins at 4:04 PM at what the SAIR has established as the
    ‘Lunch Spot’ and continues on to the point where the SAIR says they
    descended into the box canyon at 4:20 PM.

    For each MINUTE of the walk south… the video has a ‘time marker’ on the
    trail to show approximately where they must have been each minute
    along the way that afternoon.

    At each of those MINUTE markers… the ‘camera’ turns to the east for a
    moment to show the exact eye-level view of the ‘middle bowl’ that they would
    have had at each point along the way. This is a pretty good way to just
    ‘see what they saw’ all along that hike that afternoon.

    NOTE: It’s pretty much been established that the MacKenzie photos/videos
    circa 4:02 PM and the final Wade Parker photo taken at 4:04 PM were NOT
    shot at the exact point that the SAIR has established as the ‘Lunch Spot’…
    but since that is the point they ( the SAIT ) apparently used to establish
    the ‘times’ they have published in their report… I stuck with their choice for
    the ‘Lunch Spot’, anyway, as the starting point for this ‘trail walk’.

    The video actually has TWO parts.

    The FIRST part is more of a ‘fly-over’ ( not at eye-level ) of the trail
    marked with the time stamps. It also ‘flies’ down into the canyon
    and on to the deployment site. The first part then ‘reverses’, flies
    back up the canyon and over the time-stamped trail again… and
    back to the ‘Lunch Spot’.

    The SECOND part is the ‘eye-level trail walk’. It starts at about 3:15.
    The ‘camera’ shows the trail right in front of you as you walk along
    to each of the ‘minute’ markers… and then turns to the east at each
    and every marker to see what the eye-level ‘view’ out towards the fire
    would have been like at that point.

    Here is the link to the video…

    Video Title: Fly-through with time markers then eye-level trail walk

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jbhDpH4l9JE

    NOTE: At about 7:53 in the video, when you finally reached the 4:20 PM
    ‘Descent Point’, the eye-level camera turns south and you can clearly see
    that there would have been NO WAY for them to tell, at ground level, that the
    road they were on would eventually turn east and take them to the Boulder
    Springs Ranch. There was a large hill just due south of the ‘Descent Point’
    that was blocking their view of where that road actually went. If they did not
    already have the ‘situational awareness’ to KNOW that the road would
    eventually take them to the ranch, then there was no way to obtain that
    knowledge just by ‘looking around’ at the 4:20 PM ‘Descent Point’.

    ** DID THEY HAVE ‘EYES ON THE FIRE’ WHILE WALKING SOUTH?

    The big question that this video tries to address…

    Did they have good ‘eyes on the fire’ down in that ‘middle bowl’ at various
    times on their hike south from the ‘Lunch Spot’ to the ‘Descent Point’?

    Here would be my ‘votes’ ( your mileage may vary )…

    4:04 PM: Yes
    4:05 PM: Yes
    4:06 PM: Yes
    4:07 PM: Yes
    4:08 PM: Yes
    4:09 PM: Yes
    4:10 PM: Yes
    4:11 PM: Yes
    4:12 PM: Yes
    4:13 PM: Yes
    4:14 PM: Yes
    4:15 PM: Yes
    4:16 PM: Yes
    4:17 PM: Yes
    4:18 PM: Yes
    4:19 PM: No
    4:20 PM: No

    So, as far as I can tell from here ( and with this ground level walk of the
    two-track ) they should really have not lost pretty good ‘eyes on the fire’
    until 4:19 PM, just before they reached the point where they descended
    into the box canyon.

    Caveat: There is a large ‘mound’ off in the distance right in the center of
    what the SAIR is choosing to call the ‘middle bowl’. It is hard to tell how that
    ‘mound’ may have ALSO been obstructing their view of the advancing
    fireline. I am now going to overlay the actual ‘fire line’ advancement times
    and positions ( according to the SAIR ) onto the floor of the middle bowl and
    that should provide some more clues about what they may or may not have
    been able to see ‘out there’ as they walked south.

    Please ( anyone ) feel free to disagree with me on any of this.

    That’s the point of this exercise… to determine whether a Google Earth
    3D reproduction of this walk they took, and the views they might have had,
    is in any way ‘accurate’.

    Here is the ‘About’ information that was also uploaded with the VIDEO…

    About:

    This is a fly-through of the hike the Granite Mountain Hotshots
    took from the ‘Lunch Spot’ reported in the SAIR to the point where
    they descended into the box canyon on June 30, 2013. There are
    time markers for their approximate location at each minute along the
    route, starting at 4:04 PM until they reached the descent point
    at 4:20 PM ( according to the SAIR ). The video then flies ‘down and
    back’ to the deployment site for a moment, then back to the
    ‘Lunch Spot’ again. The second half of the video ( starting at
    about 3:15 ) is an actual eye-level walk along the same ridge trail.
    The ‘camera’ turns to the east at each 1 minute interval along the
    way to show the view that anyone walking that two-track road would
    have actually had that day all during the hike south. The satellite
    terrain data used for this video was obtained on April 9, 2013, just
    82 days before the Yarnell incident.

    Reply
  48. Rocksteady says

    December 4, 2013 at 11:37 am

    I have my fingers crossed that this report will blow the whole whitewash wide open… Doubt it, but still hoping, for the sake of the families of the lost. They deserve to know WHY!!!

    Reply
  49. mike says

    December 3, 2013 at 9:19 pm

    Multiple sources reporting citations/penalties recommended against the state forestry service. No further details. Could be significant or not. Sounds like someone is going to be taken to task, but whether it will shed light on what happened is not yet known. I’m pessimistic that a government regulatory agency will do the job of getting to the bottom of this. More faith in certain media or law enforcement.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 4, 2013 at 12:10 am

      This is all about saving lives in the future. Every little citation,
      penalty, or (hopefully) new piece of truth about what REALLY
      happened that day… will help do that.

      Reply
      • mike says

        December 4, 2013 at 8:47 am

        You are right. Even addressing issues that were not the primary causal factor that day might save lives. But from initial reports, it sounds like there will be no insight into the sentinel issue. I agree with Sonny and Joy. Somebody knows something, and someday they won’t be able to live with it anymore.

        Reply
  50. mike says

    December 3, 2013 at 6:16 pm

    According to Arizona media, OSHA investigators to present report to commissioners on Wednesday. Do not know if will be made public then. I have a sinking feeling this will be more of the same.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 3, 2013 at 8:58 pm

      Arizona’s OSHA board is managed totally by the ICA
      ( Industrial Commission of Arizona ).

      Normally… all business conducted at an ICA ( Industrial
      Commission of Arizona ) commission meeting is SUPPOSED
      to be ‘public’…

      …but the ICA commissioners have the right to request that any
      item on their agenda be discussed in ‘private’ or ‘executive’
      session. If a certain number of commissioners agree… then
      the public minutes will be silent about that part of the meeting
      and no one gets to hear what was said.

      I’ve read a lot of the ‘minutes’ from previous meetings and
      the ‘private session’ is usually reserved for personnel or
      financial matters… but they can actually vote to go into
      and out of ‘private’ or ‘executive’ session just about any time
      during any meeting for just about anything they want.

      I wonder if they will just do that, this time.

      The main (official) web page for AOSHA is here…

      http://www.ica.state.az.us/adosh/adosh_main.aspx

      Their meetings are public, and take place 2.-3 times per month.

      You can see what their own discussion of their own
      investigator’s report to ‘the commission’ will look like by
      reading any of the prior ‘minutes’ of any meeting.

      Investigators present report(s) on any particular incident,
      then commissioners then discuss recommended ‘actions’
      like sanctions or fines.

      On the menu on the left side of the page at the site
      above… just pick this sequence…

      Second option from the top of menu…

      Commission Meetings

      Then pick either ‘Agendas’ or ‘Minutes’.

      Each copy of the minutes of the last commission meeting
      always ends with reminding the commissioners exactly
      when the NEXT (public) meeting takes place.

      I don’t see how they could possibly NOT find that A LOT of
      things were SERIOUSLY wrong with this ‘workplace environment’
      that day… and the handling of this entire fire in general… but I
      guess we shall see.

      Reply
  51. The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

    December 3, 2013 at 4:32 pm

    WTKTT, I’m playing a bit of catch-up in reading these posts. I have a comment regarding a supposition you made 2-3 weeks ago, and I’m posting it here so it won’t get lost under long-ago posts. You made a reference to a positive id of Darrell Willis’ white pick-up at the cafe. Without yet reading all the posts between that one and this one, in the one’s prior, I was unable to ascertain how and when that positive id was made. I would just caution you that the Prescott Fire Department has several of those white trucks, some of them seemingly identical. It could have belonged to another PFD employee assigned to the fire.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 3, 2013 at 5:21 pm

      TTWARE… You are right… PFD has MORE than just one
      of those all-white extended cabs. If you go into ‘Street View’
      using Google and look down the driveway at the back
      parking lot of the Prescott Fire Station… there are at
      least ( only? ) TWO sitting there by the dumpster.

      When I made what I thought was the ‘definite ID’ on Willis’
      truck there at that Ranch House Restaurant ( in the Russ
      Reason interview video ) I thought that Willis was the ONLY
      one ( Other than GM itself ) from PFD ‘assigned’ to the
      fire that day. You are right. We have since learned there were
      all kinds of people from PFD there that day ( but we still don’t
      know exactly WHO? ).

      Regardless… I still think that is actually Willis’ pickup there at
      the cafe with the flashers going in the ‘Russ Reason’ video.

      The license plate number is clearly visible.

      ATE4515

      NOTE: It is POSSIBLE that the ’4′ is simply some kind of small
      Arizona logo which would make the actual plate number
      just “ATE 515″.

      Here is that original post from way up above describing how
      I arrived at the conclusion in the first place…

      ** POSITIVE ID ON DARRELL WILLIS VEHICLE IN VIDEO

      I have been working to identify previously unidentified
      vehicles in that last video I found and I have one done.

      That is definitely Darrell Willis’ all-white truck that is parked
      between the two cafe’ driveway entrances and has its
      flashers on.

      Here is how I verified that…

      Darell Willis has been personally named in the first legal claim
      filed on the Yarnell incident.

      An address is published in the first claim filed 11/15/13
      associated with Willis….

      Darrell Willis Wildlands Division Chief
      Granite Mountain IHS Crew
      1700 Iron Springs Road, Prescott, Arizona 86305

      This is NOT his home address. It is simply the street address
      of the Prescott Fire Station… but that turned out to be
      all I needed to ID his vehicle.

      If you simply drop this address line into the search bar
      of Google maps…

      1700 Iron Springs Road, Prescott, Arizona 86305

      …you are now looking at the Prescott Fire Station
      on a nice, bright sunny day.

      You will see a number of ‘all-white’ vehicles parked outside
      the station in the rear parking lot.

      Position your Google Maps ‘Street View’ to look right down the
      station driveway on the north side, then zoom in on the all-white
      extended cab pickup sitting in the rear of the lot between the
      dumpster and the other black pickup with the over-size tires.

      This all-white extended-cab pickup is an EXACT match for
      the all-white extended-cab pickup seen in the video… right
      down to the wheel fender cowlings and the actual tire rims.

      In the video… the flashers are running but if you look at the
      tailgate of the vehicle in front you can also clearly see that the
      headlights are ON and shining onto that tailgate of the vehicle
      in front of it. This most probably means the engine is running
      and whoever is sitting in THIS vehicle is also using their
      high-amp on-board radio and the engine is running so as not
      to run down the battery.

      In the VERY first part of the video… the driver’s side door
      of this all-white pickup is open and if you squint… I think
      you can see someone’s legs sticking out of the car like
      they are sitting sideways in the driver’s seat with their feet
      on the ground outside of the pickup.

      I would guess that is Willis… just listening to the radio.

      The actual LICENSE PLATE number of this all-white extended
      cab pickup truck in the video with its flashers on is…

      ATE4515

      NOTE: It is POSSIBLE that the ’4′ is simply some kind of small
      Arizona logo which would make the actual plate number
      just “ATE 515″.

      Reply
  52. Robert the Second says

    December 3, 2013 at 1:34 pm

    Rocksteady,

    Here are some Live Fuel Moisture readings from the Verde Ranger District for June 2013.

    On June 24th – the OAK brush was somewhat high at 95.89, the MANZANITA was 81.29, and the JUNIPER was 88.96. The FMO noted that since May 28th, the OAK FM had sharply trended down 22 points from its May 28th moisture.

    So, even with somewhat high FM in the oak brush, just the sheer volume, density, and a 45-50 year old decadent stand would account for the observed fire behavior and rates of spread.

    Reply
    • Rocksteady says

      December 4, 2013 at 11:29 am

      Rerunning (fine tuning the numbers)

      Chapparal fuel type, 1hr fuel 10% (assumed), 10 hr. 2% (confirmed), 100 hr 3% (Confirmed), Herbaceous and woody fuel moisture Averaged 90% (confirmed by RTS), slope 0%,

      Winds of 20 mph = 6.3 mph growth, 46 ft high flame front
      30 = 11.2 mph, with a 60 ft flame height

      winds of 40 = 17 mph, with 72 ft flame front.

      The actual wind from the weather station shows at 15:00 SW winds at 13 gusting 22, at 16:00 NNE at 26 gusting 41.

      So, in all reality, the above noted rates of spread are in the ballpark (as far as a computer generated prediction goes.)

      If I were writing a FB Advisory on this fire, I would be sure to include these in the document… Most people start to roll their eyes when you start babbling about fuel moistures and all that, but you tell them… 6 mph and 46 ft tall, they get the hint..

      I suspect, but can’t validate that teh windspeeds may have actually been higher than those recorded, right at the fire itself due to convection and indrafts. I did a burn off operation in a spruce/pine type in Northern Alberta that had an East wind of 8 mph, but once I got convection, the wind came from all directions, up to 50 mph…. This was measured on a Kestrel at least a mile away from my operation.

      Unfortunately my modelling software will not allow for a windspeed higher than 40 mph.

      Reply
  53. Robert the Second says

    December 3, 2013 at 10:05 am

    Rocksteady,

    I provided you with some OBSERVED FM readings from select sites above, and working on getting the live herbaceous FM.

    Reply
  54. Rocksteady says

    December 3, 2013 at 10:01 am

    Here goes, I had to make some assumptions, but I will specify them..

    KNown data. 10 hr fuels 2%, 100 hr 3%, flat ground (slope 0f 1%),

    assumptions – 1 hr fuels, Live Herbacious, Live woody

    Using a 1 hr fuel of 15%, with 100% Herb moisture, 100% Woody moisture
    at 20 mph wind = 5 mi/h spread 38 ft flame height
    at 30= 9 mi/h with 50 ft
    at 40 = 13 mi/h with 60 ft

    When I change the 1 hr to 10%, same live&herb
    at 20 = 6 mph, 44 ft
    at 30 = 10.5 with 57
    at 40 = 16 with 69 ft

    When I only change the herb and live to 30% (minimum score on this program) Could be accurate if extended drought, as documented.
    At 20 = 12 mph with 66 ft
    at 30 = 21 mph, with 86 ft
    at 40 = 32 mph, with 104 ft.

    I have never worked in chaparral, so have no clue if my 1 hr fuels (10 or 15%) are within real values. As well, I do not know if my fuel moisture for live herbacious and live woody are realistic (30% and 100%).

    If someone on here can provide me better anecdotal evidence as to what these numbers SHOULD be, I can rerun the numbers.

    Reply
  55. calvin says

    December 3, 2013 at 4:34 am

    I think the fact that Mcdonough and BRIHC parked at the Ranch House is simply explained. They parked there waiting for the word that GM and Marsh had arrived at Boulder Springs. If they had driven out to Boulder Springs prematurely, they could have been trapped there. So they were just waiting. Note they didn’t drive North where Frisby thought they were going. And Mcdonough told them (GM Supt and Capt) “I’ll see em soon.”
    So if Mcdonough didn’t go “help” BR do anything after he got in Marsh’s truck ( and only traversed Sesame on his way to the Ranch House) ; what WAS he doing in this 30 plus minute time period? Helping SPGS1? Continuing his lookout duties?
    WTKTT… I also noticed that Mcdonough just sort of fell off the map (or the SAIR) after being picked up by Frisby. p63 of SAIR Sequence of events 0700-1622 does not mention DIV A (Marsh) once. At 0700 it simply says SPGS1 drives out to the fire with GMIHC. No mention of DIV A. 1153-1239 BR Supt and Capt drive UTV to anchor point and meet GMIHC there. No mention of DIV A. I do not know what this means except the SAIT did a horrible job with this report!

    p.ii map with landmarks…… According to this map Mcdonough is sitting in his lookout position approximately 1/4 mile from the retardant line. My observation from overlaying the fire progression map onto p.ii is that the retardant line was compromised near the grader position first and that occurred around 1530, or about the same time figure 8 (on p23 of SAIR) was taken

    Reply
  56. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    December 3, 2013 at 2:02 am

    >> calvin asked…
    >>
    >> Once Mcdonough was dropped off at Eric’s truck. Frisby ( BR Supt )
    >> went to get other drivers to move GM buggies. Did Mcdonough head
    >> on over to the Ranch House then?

    >> Joy A Collura and Tex (Sonny) Harold Eldon Gilligan responded…
    >>
    >> Buford of Yarnell states the man Jim next to Helm’s saw Brendan drive
    >> out and that is not off the Shrine area but over near Sesame area—he
    >> stated the look Brendan had is worth you all reaching Jim to go over
    >> his testimony of that moment.

    Whoa. Full stop.

    If that is true… that someone saw Brendan EXIT the Sesame area that day
    (alone in the GM Supervisor truck) back through Glen Ilah… and that he had
    some kind of horrific or worried look on his face… and did NOT go over to
    the Shrine area at all…

    …then that makes mincemeat of BOTH the SAIR report AND Brendan’s
    own public statements about this timeframe and about his participation
    in ‘moving the GM vehicles’.

    First let’s revisit what the SAIR says about this… and then we will revisit
    what Brendan himself has said about this in his public video interview.

    ** What the SAIR has to say about Brendan’s involvement
    ** ( or lack thereof? ) in moving the GM vehicles…

    Page 24 of the SAIR says…

    :: BR Supt drops GM Lookout off at the Granite Mountain IHC Supt truck
    :: at about 1555 and then heads around the corner to get some of his
    :: crew to help move the Granite Mountain crew carriers. On the Granite
    :: Mountain intra-crew frequency, GM Lookout hears DIVS A and GM
    :: Capt talking about their options, whether to stay in the black or to
    :: come up with a plan to move.

    NOTE: There it is again. The SAIR states, unequivocally, that Brendan
    McDonough heard every word of the mysterious (and crucial) ‘discussing
    their options’ and ‘comfort level’ discussions between Marsh and Steed…
    but does not supply one iota of additional text that would then explain
    everything that was going to happen the rest of the day and that we are
    all still simply ‘guessing’ about.

    ALSO NOTE: The SAIR says Brendan was dropped off SPECIFICALLY
    at the ‘GM Supervisor Truck’ and then, at that point, BR Supt was only
    fetching crew to move the Carriers themselves. This MAY suggest that
    Brendan was, in fact, ‘on his own’ at that point with the GM Supervisor
    truck and never participated in helping BR move the Carriers at all.

    ALSO NOTE: After this little blurb in the SAIR about Brendan being ‘dropped
    off at the GM Supervisor truck’… ‘GM Lookout’ ( Brendan McDonough ) is
    NEVER MENTIONED AGAIN in the entire SAIR report. As far as the
    SAIR is concerned… Brendan just ‘disappears from history’ at that moment.

    That is… unless you count the ‘timeline’ at the end of the SAIR document.
    There ( on page 63 ), the SAIR suddenly seems to assert that Brendan DID
    go over to the Shrine Area with the BR fellas…

    Page 63 of the SAIR ( Event Timeline )…

    1555 ( 4:55 PM ): Granite Mountain Lookout and Blue Ridge IHC start
    moving Granite Mountain IHC trucks to Shrine area

    The SAIR continues at this point with more detail about the moving
    of the GM Crew Carriers… but with NO MENTION of McDonough now…

    Page 25 of the SAIR says…

    :: Fire reaches SPGS1’s first trigger point, and he requests YCSO to order
    :: an immediate resident evacuation for Yarnell. ( 1600 / 4:00 PM according
    :: to SAIR event timeline, page 63 ). Around this time, drivers arrive at the
    :: Shrine area with the Granite Mountain crew carriers, and soon they are
    :: loading the Blue Ridge crewmembers and leaving the area.

    NOTE: This section does NOT say that McDonough was actually WITH
    the ‘drivers that arrive at the Shrine area’. McDonough was driving Eric
    Marsh’s Superintendent truck. The SAIR only says that the ‘Crew
    Carriers’ arrived over at the Shrine circa 1600 ( 4:00 PM ). This is now
    a full page AFTER Brendan had been mentioned being specifically
    dropped off by the ‘GM Superintendent truck’ and would then ‘disappear
    from history’ and never be mentioned again the report.

    ** That’s it for the SAIR’s description of Brendan’s involvement ( or lack
    ** thereof ? ) in moving the GM vehicles.
    **
    ** Now let’s revist what Brendan himself had to say ( in public ) about that…

    Brendan in his own words about this ‘moving the vehicles’ activity
    from his public video interview with the Daily Courier…

    :: So at that point ( when BR Supt picked me up by the old grader ) I loaded
    :: my stuff up… and… as I’m loading my stuff up… I hand my radio to the…
    :: the sup off of the other hotshot crew and… he’s relaying information to
    :: my superintendent and captain about where our vehicles are parked, that
    :: they’re gonna move ‘em for us, that they have me with them… and it’s
    :: safer for me to go out with him, back to the vehicles, back to the main
    :: road in Yarnell than to try and meet up with them ( my own crew )…
    :: and he relayed information on what the fire’s doing and kinda what
    :: their goal was.. and… just giving them as much information as he
    :: could… on what was goin’ on… and… at that point.. um… I was already
    :: in the ATV and we’re on our way and I’m just… on the radio… I tell…
    :: uh… my superintendent and captain that if they need anything, give
    :: me a call, and that I’ll see ‘em soon.
    ::
    :: We ( BR Supt and I ) had arrived at the vehicles… and Blue Ridge
    :: hotshot crew… they helped us ( Me and BR Supt? ) bump those
    :: vehicles around to a different side of the fire, in a safer area… um…
    :: for them to be in… and at that point… I was pretty much with them…
    :: and… I mean… in this job you’re supposed to always remain flexible…
    :: and… uh… when I had left… my position was compromised… and my
    :: safety… and my crew understood… and they were comfortable with
    :: me leaving knowing that they could see the fire… and… um…
    ::
    :: I mean… as any… any crew member they always wish they could
    :: be with their crew… those are the guys ya love and ya wanna work
    :: with… and… when I was with Blue Ridge I felt very comfortable,
    :: ya know. It was.. It was almost like being… ya know… with a…
    :: it was at home. Good feeling… um… but our goal was to prep a
    :: dozer line which means to get ready to burn it… possibly… so we
    :: were gonna clear out a lot of the fuels that’s on this line that a
    :: dozer has pushed… heavy equipment has pushed… and within
    :: minutes of getting there… uh… the fire activity was just picking up
    :: and keep picking up from when I had left… and… around that time…
    :: this had to been around 4… 4:15, 4:30 ish… I’m guessing…
    :: my times on that day are really hazy… um… we ended up going…
    :: they kinda pulled the resources off and the divisions and… jus cus
    :: of what was goin’ on and people on their own were doing it jus…
    :: wasn’t… uh… safe area… cus at that point when we had moved we
    :: were even closer to the fire… and… we pulled off, we parked at
    :: a cafe’, and during the time, ya know, told my superintendent and
    :: captain that we had the vehicles in a safe area… and… once
    :: again… if they needed anything just give me a call and I’ll see
    :: ‘em soon… and that’s the last time that I talked to ‘em.

    WTF?

    Forget the fact that Brendan’s story doesn’t even hold water within
    the same two paragraphs… because the SAIR says BR Supt told
    SPGS1 ( Willis? ) they were NOT going to ‘burn that dozer’ line
    ( there was no longer time ) while he was simply on his way to get
    some BR fellas to go back and help Brendan.

    Page 24 of SAIR says…

    :: As BR Supt is en route to pick up drivers to move the Granite Mountain
    :: crew carriers, SPGS1 contacts him to ask if they still have the option
    :: to burn out from the dozer line. BR Supt tells him no.

    That means Brendan’s story about “our goal (he and BR now) was to
    prep a dozer line” is nonsense. That ‘plan’ was abandoned before
    Brian Frisby ( BR Supt ) ever even got back to the Shrine area to
    even begin to tell some other BR guys to go back to where the GM
    Crew Carriers ( and Brendan, supposedly? ) was.

    So yea… forget the inconsistencies in Brendan’s own story
    even from sentence to sentence…

    If, as a WITNESS now claims, Brendan really did just EXIT Sesame street
    by himself ( driving the GM Supervisor truck ) the way GM came in that
    morning… out Lakewood drive through Glen Ilah and directly to the Ranch
    House Restaurant…

    …and ONLY the GM Crew Carriers got ‘humped’ over to the Shrine area
    by some of the BR fellas…

    …then BOTH the SAIR report AND Brendan’s public statements
    are complete fiction.

    I suppose this could all be EASILY verified by ANY of the Blue Ridge
    Mountain Hotshots and not just Brian Frisby ( BR Supt. )

    Was Brendan McDonough ( in the GM Supervisor Truck ) EVER really
    ‘over with them now’ in the Shrine area after he left his lookout
    position… or did he simply ‘disappear’ that afternoon after getting dropped
    off at the truck by Brian Frisby?

    Did he just head right over the Ranch House Restaurant and order
    a burger, or something?

    NOTE: The SAIR event timeline also says this about the firefighters
    leaving the Shrine area, going out to the ‘staging’ area where
    Shrine road meets Hwy 89, and then everyone proceeding directly
    down to the Ranch House Restaurant ( the cafe’ )…

    1640 ( 4:40 PM )
    Last firefighters leave the northern subdivision of Yarnell and reach Hwy 89
    ( staging area where Shrine road meets Hwy 89 – The Tom Story photograph? )

    1643 ( 4:43 PM )
    Fire resources regroup at the Ranch House Restaurant in southern Yarnell.

    Not possible, if Brendan’s story is to be believed.

    He said that when he arrived at the cafe’ with everyone else… he then called
    his ‘cap and sup’ a SECOND time to tell them the vehicles were now safe
    at the cafe’ and if they needed anything… ‘just give him a call’.

    If the SAIR is right about the TIME when everyone actually arrived at the
    cafe’… then Brendan was talking to men that were already in their shelters
    and just about to die ( or already gone ).

    SAIR says Marsh’s final “Affirm!” radio message came at 1642 ( 4:42 PM ).

    That’s 1 minute BEFORE Brendan ( according to him ) would have called
    his ‘cap and sup’ just to chit-chat about the vehicles and tell them
    they were now “safe at the cafe’ “.

    No wonder even Brendan doesn’t give any hint what Steed or Marsh’s
    response to that second ‘see ya soon’ call from him that day might
    have been.

    There WAS no response…because ( according to the SAIR timeline )
    they were both already dead.

    Reply
    • Sonny says

      December 3, 2013 at 11:09 am

      http://bufordsworkshop.com/ is the contact page for Buford just so you know and I am short on online time so that is all I can do so you can find out the man next to Helm’s place who saw that face he described to us- a look of worry is what Buford was told- WORTH looking into especially OSHA and investigators but it seems you all are more invested in this and I hope to have some down time soon to sit and really READ the comment wall but we just have a lot going on to spend the time but we are giving you all pure information and sources—

      Reply
    • Joy A Collura says

      December 3, 2013 at 11:14 am

      That means Brendan’s story about “our goal (he and BR now) was to
      prep a dozer line” is nonsense. That ‘plan’ was abandoned before
      Brian Frisby ( BR Supt ) ever even got back to the Shrine area to
      even begin to tell some other BR guys to go back to where the GM
      Crew Carriers ( and Brendan, supposedly? ) was.ACTUALLY I HAVE AN EXCELLENT MEMORY AND I SAW THE UTV AND SAW THE BLACK HAT AND BLUE HAT AND YELLOW JACKET AND INDEED I DO NOT KNOW WHO THE BLACK HELMET PERSON WAS OR THE BLUE HAT OR THE YELLOW JACKET BUT I SAW THEM OVER BY SESAME AREA DOING LIVE ACTION OF BULLDOZER SO THAT BULLDOZER WAS ACTIVE THAT DAY BUT BY WHO I DO NOT KNOW BUT I SAW WHAT I SAW BUT I DO NOT KNOW A FACE TO THE HATS AND JACKET BUT YES BULLDOOZER ACTION WAS DONE.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        December 3, 2013 at 5:08 pm

        Joy… on that particular day… BLUE helmets were being
        worn by Blue Ridge Hotshots… and BLACK helmets
        were being worn by Granite Mountain Hotshots.

        Early in the day… there WAS work being done to ‘prepare
        that dozer line’ just in CASE it might need to be
        ‘burned off’ later in the day as a kind of ‘fires break’ to try
        and keep the fire from getting to Yarnell.

        One of the Blue Ridge Hotshots was assigned to the
        actual ‘heavy equipment’ (dozer) crew early in the day
        as well… so that’s probably who you saw and what
        they were doing.

        However… as the day went on… the likelihood of
        actually ‘burning off’ that ‘prepared’ dozer line became
        less and less… and by the time BR Supt was asked
        by SPGS1 ( around 3:55, just after BR Supt dropped
        Brendan off at the GM Supervisor truck ) if ‘burning
        that dozer line’ was still a viable option…

        Brian Frisby ( BR Supt ) said NO.
        It was too late for that to do any good.

        The fire had already changed directions and had very
        quicky crossed trigger points for the evacuation of
        Yarnell… and the focus shifted to that, instead.

        Eric Marsh heard that radio conversation and also
        AGREED with BR Supt that it would no longer
        serve a useful purpose to ‘burn that dozer line’ at that
        point. If Eric Marsh heard that cancelling of that plan
        on the radio… then so did Brendan McDonough.

        Brendan still says ‘helping the prep the dozer line in
        case it might need to be burned off’ became his job
        AFTER he abandoned his lookout post and ( supposedly )
        was re-assigned to the Blue Ridge crew…

        …but just moments after Brendan was dropped off at
        the GM Supervisor truck by BR Supt… that is when
        BR Supt cancelled the whole plan to burn that
        dozer line.

        So Brendan could NOT have had that ‘as his job’
        after joining Blue Ridge. It wasn’t ‘a job’ anymore.
        They weren’t even going to bother doing that and the
        focus was now on ‘evacuating the Shrine area’.

        So where did Brendan really go after BR Supt dropped
        him off at the GM Supervisor Truck around 3:55 PM?

        Apparently… we are back to ‘not knowing’.

        It doesn’t appear that the story being told by the SAIR
        report OR the story told by Brendan in his own
        public video interview is accurate.

        More needs to be learned about what Brendan was
        really doing ( and where he really went ) after BR Supt
        dropped him off at the GM Supervisor Truck… other
        than just simply sitting or driving around in the GM
        truck and hearing EVERYTHING that was being said
        over the truck’s onboard radio that afternoon… which
        we already KNOW he was doing.

        Reply
  57. Robert the Second says

    December 3, 2013 at 12:12 am

    RockSteady,

    This is what I could find for the Fuel Moisture data you asked for. Not a lot really.

    The Wild Fire Assessment System (WFAS) Archive had OBSERVED Fuel Moistures (FM) for the following sites for June 30, 2013:

    Verde (3100′) – 100 hr FM = 4% and 10 hr FM = 2%
    Goodwin Mesa (4209′) – 100 hr FM = 3% and 10 hr FM = 2%.
    Cherry (5174′) – 100 hr FM = 3% and 10 hr FM = 2%

    Stanton (the one the SAIT used) was not included in the WFAS data.

    So, it looks like Verde is your best bet for both elevation and comparable fuel model compared to Yarnell. Next best would probably be Goodwin Mesa.

    Seasonal Fire WX Outlook for June 2013 and beyond but NO actual fuel mositures (FM), except for a 1000 hr. FM map.
    http://www.bnl.gov/envsci/ARM/bbop/docs/monthly_seasonal_outlook.pdf

    That’s the best I could do for now.

    Reply
  58. Joy A Collura and Tex (Sonny) Harold Eldon Gilligan says

    December 2, 2013 at 5:52 pm

    wants to know the truth- I am ready to walk it online- can you repost the process- I am ready to see what you saw and since I have hiked it hundreds of times before and hundreds times after the fire and I can share how accurate it is—tell me your point a is the helispot than walk it to the deployment spot?
    your videos were excellent. sad too. I am weeping for the many children without their father and wives without their husbands and etc. and I think of the Yarnell community and their losses and my loss of my desert pals- the wildlife and that unique terrain. It is hard to watch the box canyon video. Thank you for making it. I want my family to see it. much gratitude.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 4, 2013 at 7:02 pm

      Joy… see a longer post just below ( made on December 4 )
      where I have posted a link to a new public video that is my
      ‘eye-level trail walk’ created using Google Earth 3D and
      NAVSAT satellite imagery dated April 9, 2013 ( Just 82 days
      before the tragedy ).

      I used what the SAIR has called the ‘Lunch Spot’ for the start
      of their walk to the south up on that ridge… but that is fairly
      close to the ‘helispot’ that you refer to and is also marked
      on a map in the SAIR.

      The important part of the video is that it STOPS at every
      minute along the way… and the ‘camera’ then turns to the
      east at each of those points to see exactly what an eye-level
      view out into the ‘middle bowl’ should have looked like.

      My best guess here is that they really did not lose the ability
      to see the ‘advancing fireline’ until about 4:18 or 4:19 PM,
      as they approached the spot where Tex found the roll of
      pink tape and they decided to drop into the canyon.

      There MAY be a few other moments along the hike when
      it would have been hard to see the ‘middle bowl’ ( like
      around the 4:09 or 4:10 PM mark? ) but I believe they
      would have then regained any momentary loss of the
      middle bowl again in the 4:11 to 4:18 timerange.

      Anyway… watch the video and see what YOU think.
      I would love to know.

      Here some of what I posted below along with a link
      to the new video…

      ** NEW VIDEO
      **
      ** EYE-LEVEL TRAIL WALK FROM LUNCH SPOT
      ** TO DESCENT POINT

      I have uploaded another video to a public YouTube account
      that contains a Google Earth 3D ‘eye-level’ walk along the
      high ridge two-track road that GM hiked from the ‘Lunch Spot’
      to the ‘Descent Point’.

      The ‘high terrain resolution’ feature of Google Earth 3D was
      used for all the eye-level views in the video.

      The journey begins at 4:04 PM at what the SAIR has established
      as the ‘Lunch Spot’ and continues on to the point where the
      SAIR says they descended into the box canyon at 4:20 PM.

      For each MINUTE of the walk south… the video has a ‘time
      marker’ on the trail to show approximately where they must
      have been each minute along the way that afternoon.

      At each of those MINUTE markers… the ‘camera’ turns to the
      east for a moment to show the exact eye-level view of the
      ‘middle bowl’ that they would have had at each point along
      the way. This is a pretty good way to just ‘see what they saw’
      all along that hike that afternoon.

      The video actually has TWO parts.

      The FIRST part is more of a ‘fly-over’ ( not at eye-level ) of the
      trail marked with the time stamps. It also ‘flies’ down into the
      canyon and on to the deployment site. The first part then
      ‘reverses’, flies back up the canyon and over the time-stamped
      trail again… and back to the ‘Lunch Spot’.

      The SECOND part is the ‘eye-level trail walk’. It starts at
      about 3:15. The ‘camera’ shows the trail right in front of you
      as you walk along to each of the ‘minute’ markers… and then
      turns to the east at each and every marker to see what the
      eye-level ‘view’ out towards the fire would have been like at
      that point.

      Here is the link to the video…

      Video Title: Fly-through with time markers then eye-level trail walk

      https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jbhDpH4l9JE

      NOTE: This video is an experiment. I believe it tells me that
      they had pretty good ‘eyes on the fire’ for a LOT of that
      hike to the south that day… until they lost sight of it around
      4:18 or 4:19 PM… but I would love to know what anyone
      else who has ‘been there’ thinks at to the accuracy of
      the Google Earth imagery.

      Reply
  59. Joy A Collura and Tex (Sonny) Harold Eldon Gilligan says

    December 2, 2013 at 5:38 pm

    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HhN2wNNS2no
    we looked at your video- it is eery to see it from above but we have hiked with many many people and many fire/wind experts and the wonderful video you created is the way Joy wanted to go down 6-30-13 and Tex stated on 6-30-13 that was WORSE than the area the 19 went down and fire/wind experts we hiked with agreed with Tex so that video was well made to recreate the way Joy wanted to go that very day—and was told by Tex and fire experts I would of perished. Thank you for making a video- please keep it up. I want my family to see this video. Thank you.

    Reply
  60. Joy A Collura and Tex (Sonny) Harold Eldon Gilligan says

    December 2, 2013 at 3:01 pm

    can anyone tell me because there is sun on my laptop-“glare”
    24seconds mark of 2min24seconds—where is this photo in Yarnell taken at???
    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xIiy354r0a0

    Reply
  61. Joy A Collura and Tex (Sonny) Harold Eldon Gilligan says

    December 2, 2013 at 2:39 pm

    We were out on Black Friday—not my normal style—we were looking for game trail deals and such. When we were sitting in traffic waiting than waiting in long lines almost like when one visits an amusement park ride line; dragged out long lines everywhere. Than I thought how Thanksgiving went- waiting for the yummy food to be done and gathering around with loved ones waiting to eat that traditional meal. With Christmas ahead and the waiting to open a gift—all this “waiting” reminded me of things outside the Holiday traditions and that is waiting for someone’s next interview where they say “you remember that report for Yarnell Hill Fire we put out and I kept sticking up for it—-I am now ready to share and admit it was due to my professional position that I stated that publicly a lot—I felt if you all heard it again from me you would believe it or maybe I would start believing it if I kept saying it. I know you all waited in silence as the world rushed by waiting for me to say here I am—I am now ready to go beyond my profession…beyond my position…and give you the details that lacked in the report because I know every bit of information is needed in hopes to never have this happen again. I had experts work on this report so I felt it was done sufficient. Yet I will tell you now I really could not sleep at night with ease knowing nineteen men died and I had more information to share to the report but I had to figure out how to piece the report together to avoid ligations and such.”

    (maybe see this interview will come out this Holiday Season or I was dreaming myself or I was doing one of those “what if” moments I see on this comment area to guess what happened and how a man sleeps at night.)

    EVERYONE- We hope you have a warm and loving Holiday Season—maybe this Holiday Season will bring much grace and blessings that we see publicly more details unfold to this tragic weekend where nineteen men died and a community that was affected by it. We toast our glasses to you all—

    “Salute- may the truth prevail…may one who walks with integrity keep honoring God and may He guide your path with a clear direction.”

    Reply
  62. calvin says

    December 2, 2013 at 4:30 am

    Any way you slice it, According to the fire progression map, the ROS from the closest point of the fire line to the deployment was only one mile from the deployment site at 1600. This makes the ROS claim made by the SAIR, or the WIND WIZARD completely false. The fire progression map shows the fire was moving less than 2mph in the final 40 minutes of the GMIHC lives. This changes my perception of all the events that unfolded that afternoon. It also brings me back to the point I made earlier about the GM and Marsh waiting on the VLAT drop. Just my thoughts!

    Reply
  63. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    December 2, 2013 at 1:16 am

    **
    ** PUBLIC VIDEO: BOX CANYON FLY-THROUGH

    I have uploaded another video to a public YouTube page.

    This one is a ‘down and back’ fly-through of the box canyon itself from
    the point where the roll of pink tape was found on the high ridge
    two-track road, down the slope and over the deployment site… then
    on to the Ranch and the long driveway that leads to it, then it
    turns around and comes back the other way… all the way back
    over the deployment site and up to the same starting point on the ridge.

    It is using the ‘high terrain resolution’ feature of Google Earth and
    is a fly-through at about 100 feet of altitude ( not eye-level ).

    There is no suggested exact ‘route’ for the GM Hotshots because I don’t
    believe that has ever actually been determined. The hikers Gilligan and
    Collura have reported that some ‘cuttings’ have been found somewhere
    outside the deployment site itself… but there is no information on exactly
    where those might be or if they are evidence of the exact path that GM
    might have taken for their descent that afternoon.

    The video does, however, show the series of ‘clearings’ that all line up
    to the west of the deployment site. Again… there is no real evidence
    whether the GM crew were either aware of these ‘clearings’ or used
    them to aid with their descent.

    Here is the link to the video…

    Video title: Box Canyon Fly-through

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tUiv3TC-RrY

    Here is the ‘About’ information published along with the video…

    A down and back fly-through of the box canyon at about 100 feet of altitude.
    It continues on past the deployment site to the Boulder Springs Ranch, the
    driveway that leads to it, and then back across the ranch and the box canyon
    again from east to west. The NAVSAT satellite terrain data used in these
    images was dated April 9, 2013, just 82 days before the incident on
    June 30, 2013. The video also shows the series of small clearings that
    were just west of the deployment site.

    Reply
    • Gary Olson says

      December 3, 2013 at 4:41 pm

      Wow, great job!

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        December 3, 2013 at 9:16 pm

        The reason I included the overfly of that LOOONG
        driveway that actually leads from Glen Ilah out to
        the ranch itself is to just give everyone an idea of
        how FAR they would still have had to go, even if
        they HAD reached the ranch, before they would have
        been able to do any point or structure protection,
        if that was even part of the sad equation that day.

        If if they had reached the ranch without dying… they
        would still have needed another 20-25 minutes to
        get all the way down that driveway to where they
        even MIGHT have been any good to anybody.

        They just didn’t have that kind of time.
        They MUST have known that.

        I’m still not sure I buy just about any ‘they were going
        to save people’ scenarios based on the obvious
        realities of that journey… and how they MUST have
        known there just was no time that afternoon for a
        ‘mission’ like that. 3:30 PM? Maybe. 4:00 PM? No way.

        Maybe, in the end, it will just turn out they didn’t
        want to spend the damn night up there, and didn’t
        really give a crap about protecting anything or
        anyone.

        Also… I still think those ‘clearings’ that obviously
        line up to the west of the deployment site COULD
        have helped with a ‘drop packs and haul ass’
        scenario. Yes… there was tangled brush connecting
        the clearings… but there would have been the
        opportunity for at least some ‘clear field running’
        on the way back up.

        Would ALL 19 have made it?

        Nope. Don’t think so.

        Would 1 or 2 of the youngest, healthiest ones have
        gotten back up that ridge… if they had not wasted
        even ONE SECOND preparing their own death site?

        I still think so.

        Reply
  64. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    December 1, 2013 at 3:32 pm

    >> Gary Olson wrote…
    >> The Granite Mountain Hotshots were on the move in the middle of a very
    >> dynamic situation with the fire going to hell in a hand basket. They did a
    >> lot of talking between themselves, especially since they were probably
    >> not standing next to each other during most or all of the time.
    >>
    >> I hate to point the finger at McDonough, that young man has had nothing
    >> in his life to prepare him for what he is and will be going through in the near
    >> future. But…neither did the rest of his crew and that fact didn’t help them
    >> on June 30, 2013.
    >>
    >> If he can keep his mouth shut he will probably have a long and happy career
    >> as a Prescott City Fireman and remain a home town hero. If he talks about
    >> what he knows, he will be unemployed and have to leave town. Tough
    >> choice for a young man with at least one dependent (a daughter I think)
    >> to make.

    Brendan McDonough has already stated (in public) that he has no intentions
    of ‘keeping his mouth shut’… but he wants it all to be on HIS terms.

    In his second ( of two ) public video interviews with the Prescott Daily
    Courier he said…

    :: I’ll make a statement that I’ll always stand behind my 19 brothers
    :: and support them, and I’ll make it known that there was no bad
    :: decision made… That no one’s at fault for what happened.
    :: I’ll make it known that I was there and I know what happened…
    :: (and) there was a lot of other people that were there and knew
    :: what happened.

    The Courier article that accompanied the release of his video
    statements also went on to say…

    :: Brendan was ill on Friday and Saturday, June 28-29, but returned
    :: to work with his crew in time for the Yarnell Hill wildfire assignment
    :: early on the morning of June 30.
    :: There were some things he (Brendan) didn’t want to discuss about
    :: that day with The Daily Courier.

    Like what? ( or, at least, WHY not? )
    Who else ‘knows what he knows’? ( as he clearly states they do ).

    So in the same breath he says he will always “make it known what
    happened that day… because I was there”… and then says there
    are things he “won’t talk about”.

    Surely this young man has to realize what a sense of ‘mystery’ he,
    himself, is adding to this whole thing with statements like that.

    When he is called to testify in court as one of the only living witnesses to a
    terrible ( and now historic ) accident…

    He won’t be able to take the 5th… and he won’t be able to pick and
    choose what to say like you can with a reporter.

    I hope he’s ready… ‘cus it’s a-comin’.

    Reply
  65. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    December 1, 2013 at 2:29 pm

    >> calvin wrote…
    >> Pii of SAIR shows the Granite Mountain
    >> Crew Carriers approximately 0.8 miles from
    >> deployment site!!!! WTKTT…. Can you
    >> confirm this distance via Google Earth?

    calvin… the answer is up above where you first posted the information.
    You were close. It’s more like 0.7 miles, a little closer than you thought….

    …but this just a general ‘Public Service Announcement’ for anyone
    who is wondering about ‘distance measurements’ and such.

    You do NOT need ‘Google Earth’ to simply measure exact distances.

    Plain old ‘Google Maps’ can do that for you.

    At the bottom of the left-hand pane of ‘Google Maps’ is a series
    of small clickable links that looks like this…

    “Report a problem – Maps Labs – Help”

    Just click the ‘Maps Labs’ link and you are presented with some TOOLS
    that Google Maps can immediately use on the maps you are looking at.

    The first one on the list that appears is the ‘Distance Measurement Tool’.

    Just click the ‘Enable’ button on that, then click the ‘Save Changes’
    button at the bottom of the panel… and when you return to your map
    you will now have a new little ICON in the lower left corner of the map.

    When you click that ICON… you are now in ‘Distance Measuring Mode’.

    Just click one point anywhere on the map… then click another point
    anywhere on the map… and the exact DISTANCE between those
    points will print over in the left-hand panel. You can switch between
    meters or feet. The ‘Delete last point’ and ‘Reset’ buttons over there
    also do exactly what you would think.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 1, 2013 at 2:33 pm

      Followup… you can use the plain old ‘Google Maps’ distance
      measuring tool to do some pretty complicated ‘path’ measuring.

      Once you click a point… and then another point… the distance
      appears in the left pane…

      …but if you KEEP CLICKING ‘more points’… the TOTAL
      distance from your FIRST point will continue to accumulate.

      So it isn’t’ just for ‘as the bird flies’ distance measuring.

      You can zoom down on a road or a path or a trail… and
      then just keep following it along and ‘clicking’ on more
      points… and you can quickly compute the total distance
      for things that don’t even follow straight lines like rural
      roads or hiking trails.

      Reply
  66. RJ says

    December 1, 2013 at 11:22 am

    Rates or spread (ROS) are averaged for the entire flaming front of the fire. As the fire burns through different fuel beds or on different aspects, the ROS may change. I suspect the ROS in that box canyon may have been very fast, bordering on area ignition as it preheated and ignited.

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      December 1, 2013 at 12:37 pm

      Thanks RJ I think if WTKTT would go back and look at the picture of the different wind directions and velocities in the box canyon that was in the report that might help. Rate of spread changes with fuel type, wind speed and direction, topography as the fire front advances. The rate of spreads were slower out on the flats and changed drastically in the canyons.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        December 1, 2013 at 2:06 pm

        Page 78 of the SAIR ( the page just before the wind
        speed diagram ) states the following as a FACT…

        :: The drainage was also parallel with modeled wind
        :: vectors that would have resulted in increased rates
        :: of spread. The fire accelerated a second time as
        :: it entered the deployment bowl and winds aligned
        :: with the drainage, funneling to increase velocities
        :: (Figure 20). The estimated time between the sighting
        :: of the fire front from the deployment site to the time
        :: the fire reached the deployment site was less than
        :: two minutes.

        Not possible…

        …unless their documented event line is wrong.

        The SAIR also documents at least ( if not more )
        than THREE minutes between the time Captain Steed
        first ‘saw the flaming front’ ( 16:39 4:39 PM ) and
        the final “Affirm!” message from Marsh ( 16:42 4:32 PM ).
        Marsh was not ‘fully deployed’ in his shelter… but he
        did have time to get it out, try to get in it, and his
        feet were found sticking through the separated
        end cap of the shelter. That means he may have
        had only 25 seconds or so after the “Affirm!”
        message but 25 seconds is 25 seconds… so that
        could be added to the 3 minute documented event
        timeline making the total documented time there 3:25.

        They can’t have it both ways.

        Either there were LESS than TWO minutes
        ( and their documented event timeline is wrong ).

        OR

        There were THREE ( or a little more ) minutes.
        ( and their ROS and fire travel times are wrong ).

        Which is it, I wonder?

        Re: Figure 20 ( Estimated winds in the canyon ).

        WindWizard is a software product that originated
        at the Missoula Fire Sciences Laboratory. The SAIT
        relied heavily on resources from Missoula including
        even just ‘members of the Missoula Fire Department’.

        Figure 20 ( the wind chart ) specifically says it was
        generated using this ‘WindWizard’ product.

        At the actual Missoula Fire Sciences Laboratory
        website there is this disclaimer that the software
        isn’t even supported anymore…

        :: WindWizard is no longer supported by the
        :: Missoula Fire Sciences Lab as the underlying
        :: software is not readily available. Much of the
        :: Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) modeling
        :: within the WindWizard framework will be added
        :: to WindNinja within the next two years.

        At http://www.firemodels.org, they also only list WindWizard
        as ‘Software that was under development’ and
        that it is ‘not supported anymore’.

        It actually lists these disclaimers about it…

        WindWizard
        – PC software under development.
        – No longer available.
        – Gridded wind model that reflects the effect of topography.
        – Not a forecast model.

        I am NOT saying they got it wrong… but you have to
        realize that we might be looking at the GIGO
        effect here. ( Garbage In / Garbage Out ).

        There is no detail about what information was GIVEN
        to this (experimental?) ‘WindWizard’ software in order
        to produce that chart. There is no actual TIME stamp
        on the figure itself… as if it represents any actual
        moment in time.

        There is NO DOUBT that the canyon acted like a
        ‘chimney’. Even the hiker Tex Gilligan with no fire
        classes under his belt knew that was going to happen
        as early as 1:00 PM that day… and certainly the
        ‘trained’ firefighters in the field that day should have
        known the same thing.

        I’m just saying that this very pretty ‘wind flow’ diagram in
        the SAIR produced with ‘experimental’ software might
        not be all it’s cracked up to be.

        Reply
        • Bob Powers says

          December 1, 2013 at 2:33 pm

          And we all may be right as it is all estimates based on radio info and spread info and what the fire may or may not have done. It’s a little hard to put into exact time with no time of burn over and death times etc. So we are still guessing. Having been thru a burn over on the Los Padres I can tell you what I saw and heard. Although not in a canyon we were in a cat built safety zone on a dirt road, mid slope. When the fire started to make its run you could see the top of the smoke column laying over us and the fire like a vacuum pulling the bottom of the smoke and oxygen back to the fire at a terrific rate. This was in 20 to 30 ft. brush. Just before the fire hit our location and went over us it was the sound of jets making a strafing run over us. In 10 min. that fire took out 10,000 ac and left only staubs.

          Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            December 1, 2013 at 2:43 pm

            So you are saying that there is also an
            ‘inflow’ moment that, for lack of a better
            comparison, is just like a rip-tide that
            reverses the flow and PULLS instead
            of PUSHES.

            Like being near an approaching
            vacuum cleaner and then suddenly
            ‘feeling the suction’.

            I have been close enough to a tornado
            to feel the same thing. One moment
            the wind is blasting you… then there
            is a ‘moment of silence’… then you
            feel the SUCTION.

            Reply
  67. Bob Powers says

    December 1, 2013 at 8:26 am

    I think Rock steady might be able to spread some light on this as FBA and how spread rates are calculated. I think it is a little different than what you are doing but I don’t have the reference material.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 1, 2013 at 1:12 pm

      I am by no means pretending to be an expert in this field… but
      we can’t throw out Einstein, either.

      If the SAIR is asserting that a man was talking on the radio
      saying he just now saw something was coming at him…
      and then also asserts that he did not retreat and he was still
      alive 3 minutes later…
      then the ‘something’ that he saw coming at him could NOT
      have been traveling at 12 MPH when he first saw it unless
      it was a fixed distance away.

      There would have to have been a distinct ‘ramp up’ in
      the speed AS it was approaching him… but even that
      can be figured out.

      If the 12 MPH at impact is still asserted… and so are the
      3 minutes… then the ‘ramp up’ could also be determined.

      It’s just math.

      Problem is that the ‘times’ and the ‘durations” ( like how much
      time they REALLY had between first MAYDAY and the actual
      burnover ) are still so wonky that nothing can be said ( or
      computed ) for sure ( yet ).

      Actual ‘time of burnover’ would help.

      Reply
    • Rocksteady says

      December 2, 2013 at 8:54 am

      If someone can provide me with some data from the nearest weather station, I should be able to run a rough model.

      I require the Fuel Model (I am thinking Fuel Model 4 – Chapparal), 1, 10 and 100 hr moisture, Live herbacious Moisture, Live woody moisture.

      I can mess around with variables of wind and slope.

      I checked into the archived IAP’s but did not note this info.

      If someone can gather this info, I will see what my computer will spit out.

      As a cursory glance, I DOUBT the alleged 12 mph for fire growth.

      12mph is 63360 ft per hour, 17 chains per minute???

      Reply
      • Rocksteady says

        December 2, 2013 at 12:42 pm

        Went back into all of the IAP’s for the incident, no real data that I can use to confirm rates of spread… Statements like “the entire fuel layer is very dry”???? What is very dry? 10%, 12%, 18%????

        The first few IAP’s just talk about temp, rh and winds..Its not til a few days later that they specify “25 to 40 chains/hr and flame height of 10-25ft”….

        Okay, but where is the orginal data (inputs) that create those outputs????

        Reply
      • calvin says

        December 2, 2013 at 5:30 pm

        From Wildfire Today:
        Robert Tissell on July 5, 2013 at 2:08 pm said:

        The RAWS station at Iron Springs, north near Prescott, has a more direct recording of the t-storm effects that afternoon. Look at the change from 1406 to 1506:
        QISA3 IRON SPRINGS 34.593611 -112.511389 5385 ft RAWS

        Data provided by: Bureau of Land Management & USDA Forest Service
        MesoWest Disclaimer

        English Units Variable Descriptions
        PARM = MON,DAY,YEAR,HR,MIN,TMZN,TMPF,RELH,SKNT,GUST,DRCT,QFLG,SOLR,TLKE,PREC,SINT,FT,FM,PEAK,PDIR,VOLT,DWPF

        6,30,2013, 0,06,MST, 80.0,27,6.0,11.0,261,2,0.0,,3.20,,,,11,270,12.40,50.8
        6,30,2013, 1,06,MST, 78.0,22,6.0,12.0,228,2,0.0,,3.20,,,,12,263,12.40,45.1
        6,30,2013, 2,06,MST, 71.0,32,3.0,8.0,187,2,0.0,,3.20,,,,8,228,12.40,46.6
        6,30,2013, 3,06,MST, 73.0,32,3.0,5.0,226,2,0.0,,3.20,,,,5,224,12.40,48.3
        6,30,2013, 4,06,MST, 69.0,37,2.0,5.0,204,2,0.0,,3.20,,,,5,255,12.40,47.8
        6,30,2013, 5,06,MST, 69.0,34,2.0,7.0,327,2,0.0,,3.20,,,,7,314,12.40,46.1
        6,30,2013, 6,06,MST, 69.0,35,2.0,8.0,187,2,21.0,,3.20,,,,8,309,12.40,46.7
        6,30,2013, 7,06,MST, 81.0,29,4.0,6.0,204,2,183.0,,3.20,,,,6,197,12.80,53.1
        6,30,2013, 8,06,MST, 89.0,22,6.0,10.0,253,2,322.0,,3.20,,,,10,243,13.10,53.9
        6,30,2013, 9,06,MST, 91.0,18,7.0,11.0,69,2,558.0,,3.20,,,,11,248,13.20,51.3
        6,30,2013, 10,06,MST, 95.0,17,8.0,12.0,243,2,736.0,,3.20,,,,12,244,13.20,53.2
        6,30,2013, 11,06,MST, 96.0,14,7.0,16.0,255,2,871.0,,3.20,,,,16,240,13.20,50.0
        6,30,2013, 12,06,MST, 99.0,13,7.0,27.0,138,2,954.0,,3.20,,,,27,172,13.30,50.7
        6,30,2013, 13,06,MST, 96.0,12,8.0,19.0,284,2,752.0,,3.20,,,,19,254,12.80,46.9
        6,30,2013, 14,06,MST, 96.0,14,10.0,22.0,228,2,730.0,,3.20,,,,22,251,12.80,50.0
        6,30,2013, 15,06,MST, 79.0,17,15.0,25.0,93,2,256.0,,3.25,,,,25,82,12.80,40.9
        6,30,2013, 16,06,MST, 68.0,47,7.0,29.0,250,2,8.0,,4.19,,,,29,57,12.60,51.7
        6,30,2013, 17,06,MST, 81.0,51,20.0,30.0,263,2,9.0,,4.19,,,,30,281,12.50,65.2
        6,30,2013, 18,06,MST, 80.0,33,14.0,30.0,271,2,50.0,,4.19,,,,30,268,12.50,54.9
        6,30,2013, 19,06,MST, 80.0,29,7.0,14.0,282,2,86.0,,4.19,,,,14,268,12.60,52.2
        6,30,2013, 20,06,MST, 77.0,33,4.0,10.0,329,1,13.0,,4.19,,,,10,336,12.50,52.3
        6,30,2013, 21,06,MST, 69.0,54,6.0,8.0,298,2,0.0,,4.19,,,,8,307,12.50,55.5
        6,30,2013, 22,06,MST, 67.0,60,2.0,8.0,206,2,0.0,,4.19,,,,8,308,12.40,55.9
        6,30,2013, 23,06,MST, 68.0,59,3.0,5.0,288,2,0.0,,4.19,,,,5,314,12.40,56.4

        Reply
        • Rocksteady says

          December 3, 2013 at 8:56 am

          I found all of that info, BUT, teh Behave 5.0 software asks for 1,10,100,1000 hr moisture as well as moisture content for live herbacious and live woody…

          Reply
          • calvin says

            December 3, 2013 at 3:23 pm

            Thanks for your time.

            Reply
  68. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    December 1, 2013 at 12:35 am

    >> calvin wrote…
    >> The approximate time the fire hit the deployment site being 1642
    >> (For the sake of easy math). IF this is accurate, The fire progressed
    >> 0.8 miles ( from where the carriers had been parked to the deployment site )
    >> in 20 minutes (1622-1642) or 3mph.
    >> BUT. P24 SAIR has DIV A saying the fire is almost as far as the GM
    >> vehicles at about 1555-1600. A full 20 plus minutes before the Fire
    >> progression chart indicates.
    >> At NO time during the day, ACCORDING TO MY INTERPRETATION of
    >> pii and P81 of SAIR does the fire move at a pace of 11mph.
    >> If I am wrong PLEASE TELL ME!

    I have been looking at this on and off myself and every time I do… the
    idea that the fire could have been moving at 10-12 mph at the time
    the Hotshots first saw it ( as the SAIR would have us believe ) is
    totally impossible.

    Let’s take a look at what 12 mph really means.

    For anything ( a fire included ) to travel…

    1 yard at 12 mph takes only 0.17 milliseconds.
    2 yards at 12 mph takes 0.34 ms
    3 yards @ 12 mph takes 0.51 ms
    4 yards @ 12 mph takes 0.68 ms
    5 yards @ 12 mph takes 0.85 ms
    6 yards @ 12 mph takes 1.02 seconds
    etc…

    The SAIR says that the first MAYDAY came in ( from Steed, but they don’t
    admit that ) at 1639 ( 4:39 PM )…

    Page 27 of the SAIR…

    :: an overmodulated and static-filled transmission comes over the
    :: air-to-ground frequency at 1639:
    :: “Breaking in on Arizona 16, Granite Mountain Hotshots, we are in
    :: front of the flaming front.” 9

    The SAIR goes on to detail more communications ( and time ) after
    this and is still vague about all that… but we then definitely have another
    timestamp to work with.

    The next one is on the very next page of the SAIR ( Page 28 )…

    :: ASM2: “Okay copy that. So you’re on the south side of the fire then?”
    :: At about 1642, DIVS A yells: “Affirm!”

    So the SAIR is documenting a THREE minute time period here between
    when they first saw the flames and when they were still alive to use the radio.
    ( First MAYDAY at 1639 and last known transmission at 1642 ).

    The SAIR then goes on to say in their ‘summary’ that they ‘had less than
    two minutes to prepare the deployment site’. They don’t say whether that
    is an ADDITIONAL two minutes following Marsh’s final “Affirm!” transmission,
    or whether they are including that ‘less than two minutes’ timeframe in the
    already documented 3 minute time sequence including radio traffic.

    So let’s forget the SAIRs ‘less than two minutes to prepare the site’
    statement for a moment ( since we don’t really know what they mean there ).

    Let’s just stick with the DOCUMENTED 3 minute time period from
    Steed’s first MAYDAY to Marsh’s final “Affirm!” message.

    That means when Steed first saw the ‘flaming front’ ( 1639 ) there MUST have
    been at least THREE MINUTES before the fire would reach them since
    Marsh was still alive to say “Affirm!” at 1642.

    If the fire was already running at 12 MPH, then, when Captain Steed first
    saw it coming… ( as the SAIR would like us to believe? ) then it must have
    been exactly THIS far away from him when he first ‘saw the flaming front’…

    1,056 yards ( 3,168 feet ) away.

    That’s impossible.

    That either puts the ‘flaming front’ that he just said he ‘saw’ at a point so
    far away from him to the northeast that it hadn’t even begun to swing into
    the canyon yet, and would have still been invisible to him from where he
    was standing….

    OR… it puts the flaming front so far away at a point due east of him that
    he would have been just standing there watching it already set the Boulder
    Springs Ranch on fire and not really anywhere near him.

    So sure… the fire was probably still ‘picking up speed’ when Steed first saw
    it and it probably continued to due so for the next half-hour as that canyon
    turned into a chimney and got ‘moonscaped’…

    …but to claim that it was already moving at 12 mph at the moment when
    Steed first ‘saw the flaming front’ is absolutely absurd.

    It certainly will be hard to nail all this down exactly… but since we know
    it was basically IMPOSSIBLE for it to be moving at 12 mph when they
    first saw it… every mile-per-hour we can get it down in speed from there
    at that ‘moment of awareness’ just increases the chances that they might
    have certainly survived if they simply had, in fact, taken off running the minute
    they realized how much trouble they were in…

    …instead of wasting all this time preparing a deployment site that had
    no chance of saving them at all.

    The top of the ridge was only 470 yards behind them.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      December 1, 2013 at 1:29 am

      Apologies… I was actually ‘under-stating’ where the fireline
      would have actually been when Steed first saw it if it
      was already moving at 12 MPH… yet he still had more than
      3 minutes before it would reach him.

      That would have to mean he was ‘seeing’ a ‘flaming front’
      that was still 1,056 yards ( 3,168 feet ) away from him.

      That’s 0.6 miles ( 6/10ths of a mile ) away.

      To the northeast…

      That distance would have put the fireline ALMOST all the way
      back where they had parked the GM Crew Carriers at the
      start of the day ( Just 547 feet short of that spot ) and
      NOWHERE near him or the box canyon yet.

      To the direct east…

      The Boulder Springs Ranch would have actually been fine.

      That distance due east of where Steed was standing would
      have actually put the fireline nearly all the way right smack in
      the middle of Glen Ilah itself at that point… burning all the
      houses while Steed just stood there watching.

      So… again… a fire speed of 12 MPH at the time Steed first saw
      the flaming front ( but would still ( according to the SAIR ) have
      3 minutes left to live ) is totally impossible.

      Reply
  69. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 30, 2013 at 9:56 pm

    **
    ** FLY-THROUGH OF ALTERNATE ESCAPE ROUTE

    I have uploaded a public video that represents a Google Earth 3D ‘fly-through’
    of what it would have been like if Granite Mountain had even been aware of the
    ‘alternate escape route’ that afternoon and had decided to ‘go that way instead’.

    The actual DATE for the NAVSAT satellite images used by Google Earth 3D
    for this ‘fly-through’ are dated April 9, 2013. That is just 82 days before the
    fateful day of June 30, 2013, not including the day itself.

    The video doesn’t show much, really, but it DOES certainly show what it really
    would have been like if Granite Mountan had ‘gone that way’, and the fact
    that even the alternate escape route was a ‘canyon’ or a ‘gorge’ of its own.

    If the fire had crested over the ridges to their left at any time along the eastern
    leg of that ‘alternate escape route’, they would still have been in deep trouble.

    This ‘fly-through’ is not at full ground/eye level. It’s at about 100 feet of altitude
    as if you are in a helicopter just above the ground and ‘flying’ the route.

    Here is the (public) video entitled…

    Fly-through of alternate route for GM Hotshots on 06/30/13

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HhN2wNNS2no

    NOTE: There is no marker on the road that purports to be the actual ‘Descent
    Point’ when GM left the two-track and dropped into the canyon, because I don’t
    believe that exact point has been definitely determined yet.

    There IS, however, a place-marker in the video for the exact point on that
    two-track trail where Mr. Tex Gilligan found the burned roll of pink tape.

    That point is actually about a hundred feet farther south on the trail where
    the SAIR diagrams seem to suggest that GM left the trail. So either someone
    went a hundred feet further south, dropped the pink tape, and then came
    BACK to the point the SAIR says they left the road… or the location where
    the pink tape was found is a more accurate point for where they ACTUALLY
    dropped off that two-track.

    Right about at that point, where the burned roll of tape was found, you can
    see the ‘hill’ that was directly ahead of them to the south that would have
    been obscuring their view of where that two-track actually went.

    Even if they had taken the time to ‘climb that hill’ and check it out… they would
    STILL not have been able to see that the two-track eventually stopped heading
    due south and turned due-east towards the ranch.

    The only way they would have known that was to have already had complete
    ‘situational awareness’ and have KNOWN that is where the two-track goes by
    having looked closely at maps of the area BEFORE they got to that point.

    There is still no evidence that ANY of these men had stopped at any time
    during the day to achieve that kind of ‘situational awareness’ and I don’t believe
    it ever happened during a ‘briefing’ or at any other time during the day.

    They were clueless.

    Unlike what the SAIR would have us believe… they thought they only had
    ONE way to get to the ranch that day… and that’s the way that they went.

    The SAIR would also have us believe that this ‘route’ to the ‘ranch’ was actually
    discussed with the hikers Tex Gilligan and Joy Collura but we also know now
    that WAS never the case at any time that day.

    As the ‘fly-though’ turns from following the two-track due south and then
    due-east, towards the ranch, even at the 100 foot altitude height it is easy
    to see how they would have still totally lost any ‘eyes on the fire’ out there
    to the northeast of them in either what the SAIR calls the ‘middle bowl’
    or the closer ‘entrapment bowl’.

    The visibility in that direction would have been practically ZERO at man-height
    level and just as bad, if not worse, than the loss of visibility over in the box
    canyon where they actually went.

    So there was nothing SAFE about even this ‘safe alternate escape route’ as
    the SAIR would have us believe.

    I still don’t think anyone involved with the SAIT and their investigation ACTUALLY
    walked this ‘alternate escape route’.

    If they had, they would not have described it the way they did in the SAIR report.

    You can also see clearly in the final seconds of the video how that the final
    stretch to the ranch would have been one ‘helluva’ ride for them. They would
    have had to turn due north and head right at the fire which would have probably
    been just reaching the northern perimeter of the ranch clearing itself.

    The path along the final 200 yards to the ranch is NOT well-defined. It
    would have been very confusing to them given all the smoke that they
    certainly would have had to contend with… and would have also involved a
    mad dash through some of the heaviest unburned fuel and manzanita in the
    whole area near the ranch. It might even have been ‘lighting up’ around them
    already due to spotting from the wind driven fireline coming right at them.

    They MIGHT have made it… but they would have STILL been breaking almost
    every rule in the book the whole time they were on this route even if they had
    chosen to go this way.

    No ‘eyes on the fire’, unburned fuel all around them the whole way, no one
    knowing where they are, etc. etc.

    No mention of this in the SAIR, of course.

    Reply
    • Gary Olson says

      December 3, 2013 at 4:46 pm

      Wow, another great job!

      Reply
  70. calvin says

    November 30, 2013 at 7:12 pm

    Jim Karels Said…”It would be real easy to say, ‘This is exactly what happened and these are why decisions were made and this is something to blame,'” Karels said. “But all 19 are gone. So we reconstructed an event based on the best knowledge we had.”
    Mr Karels, thanks for pointing out that all 19 of the dead Granite Mountain Hotshots are dead. Remember, there were 20 Granite Mountain Hotshots. One Granite Mountain Hotshot is alive, and so is the Wildland Division Chief, whom Granite Mountain Hotshots Superintendent Eric Marsh, reported to, DIRECTLY. And he WAS WORKING on the Yarnell Hill Fire JUNE 30 2013!

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 30, 2013 at 10:13 pm

      This is NOT the loss of ‘an entire crew of Hotshots’.

      One of them is still very much alive…

      …and he had nothing to do after leaving his lookout post but be
      driving the GM Supervisor truck and listening closely to the radio
      during the entire mysterious ‘discussing their options’ and
      ‘comfort level’ discussions.

      Reply
      • calvin says

        November 30, 2013 at 10:24 pm

        Another minor detail…. Once Mcdonough was dropped off at Eric’s truck. Frisby went to get other drivers to move GM buggies. Did Mcdonough head on over to the Ranch House then?

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 30, 2013 at 11:41 pm

          I doubt it. The Tom Story photograph shows both
          McDonough ( in the GM Supervisor truck ) and
          BOTH GM Crew Carriers 7A and 7B paused in
          the ‘staging area’ where the Shrine road meets
          Highway 89. Every vehicle in that photo would
          then momentarily leave there and head south
          on Highway 89 for the Ranch House Restaurant.

          That means that Brendan EXITED the area
          via the Shrine Road… which means he did,
          in fact, wait where the GM vehicles were parked
          out on Sesame for the GM crew members
          to return, and then they ALL drove over to the
          Shrine area together.

          Don’t forget… Brendan was clueless about the
          roads around there. That wasn’t his job in the
          morning and he had no idea it would BECOME
          his job to be moving all the vehicles by himself
          later in the day.

          The GM Crew Carriers got to their parking spot
          that morning by coming out Lakewood Drive
          in Glen Ilah and passing by Chief Andersen’s
          home at 8:03 AM.

          Brendan never saw the ‘cutover’ road that he
          would need to take later that day to get over
          to the Shrine area from where the GM vehicles
          were parked.

          So he MUST have waited for the BR guys to
          get back before moving the vehicles… and
          he followed them over to the Shrine area on
          that cutover road because otherwise, he would
          have had no idea how to get over there ( to
          the Shrine area ).

          Reply
          • Joy A Collura and Tex (Sonny) Harold Eldon Gilligan says

            December 1, 2013 at 12:26 pm

            Buford of Yarnell states the man Jim next to Helm’s saw Brendan drive out and that is not off the Shrine area but over near Sesame area—he stated the look Brendan had is worth you all reaching Jim to go over his testimony of that moment.

            Reply
  71. Robert the Second says

    November 30, 2013 at 2:51 pm

    The Blue Ribbon Fire (link below) of June 20, 2011 that Karels refers to is a STRAW MAN or RED HERRING fallacy as far as I’m concerned. There is no comparison here to the YHF. In that report the SAIT at least utilize the 10 and 18 as objective standards of comparison to what they should have done and died because they did and didn’t do.something required of them as wildland firemen.

    https://higherlogicdownload.s3.amazonaws.com/WILDFIRELESSONS/Blue_Ribbon_Final_Report.pdf?AWSAccessKeyId=AKIAJH5D4I4FWRALBOUA&Expires=1385851302&Signature=GE2a3fBNlovLHPiUYQ1l9AJ3Sj0%3D

    On page 28 of the Blue Ribbon Fire investigative report is the SAIT’s Letter of Direction; and they were directed to determine among other things, human factors. That was NOT done on the YHF.

    Reply
  72. Robert the Second says

    November 30, 2013 at 2:37 pm

    I just read the Wilfire Today piece and SAIT Team Leader Jim Karels suggests Groupthink with this statement, “the fact that all 19 firefighters died together while making decisions on their own and separately” is VERY similar to what Darrell Willis said at the news conference at the fatality site when he talked about this fire being ‘unique in that all 19 firefighters saw and felt the same way.’ That is Groupthink to me.

    And the SAIT NEVER allowed one of their SME’s (Subject Matter Expert), Dr.Jennifer Ziegler, one of the primier Human Factors specialists in the US, the opportunity to interview any of the witnesses! NONE OF THEM! That suggests to me that they DON’T WANT TO KNOW. I call it ‘selective interviews.’ Counter to satandard investigative procedures, they ‘establish a conclusion first, then ….’

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 30, 2013 at 3:19 pm

      I agree with the group think. Also I think we have all come to the conclusion that they had a conclusion and made or manipulated the evidence to justify it. Not using any thing that did not follow there scenario of events. In so doing they made a lot of errors in the evidence which dose not match on different parts of the investigation report. Even what Mr. Karels said in the interview is different from the report. If they did not tell the OPS1 where they were going why not just say that (because it assigns blame?) So we go off chasing rabbits (GPS tracking) and not open communications with your supervisor (OPS1). OPS1 holds some of the blame for no direct contact with each of his DIV’s to discuss their options, they report directly to him. Communications is both ways at that point and part of the job description.

      Reply
      • calvin says

        November 30, 2013 at 7:54 pm

        Mr Powers, Thanks for sharing your personal experience, you have more “skin in the game” than anyone here! Also thanks for acknowledging OPS1 had an obligation or some responsibility to know where and what his subordinates were doing. But lets move forward, Pii of SAIR shows the Granite Mountain Crew Carriers approximately 0.8 miles from deployment site!!!! WTKTT…. Can you confirm this distance via Google Earth? I am more of a map guy and I am going by this diagram and the attached scale at bottom of page. Now, if you overlay the landmarks from this diagram over the fire progression map (on p81 SAIR) it would appear the estimated time the fire line took over the GM crew carrier parking area was 1622. The approximate time the fire hit the deployment site being 1642 (For the sake of easy math.) IF this is accurate, The fire progressed 0.8 miles in 20 minutes (1622-1642) or 3mph.
        BUT. P24 SAIR has DIV A saying the fire is almost as far as the GM vehicles at about 1555-1600. A full 20 plus minutes before the Fire progression chart indicates.
        At NO time during the day, ACCORDING TO MY INTERPRETAION of pii and P81 of SAIR does the fire move at a pace of 11mph. If I am wrong PLEASE TELL ME!

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 30, 2013 at 11:31 pm

          >> calvin wrote…
          >> Pii of SAIR shows the Granite Mountain
          >> Crew Carriers approximately 0.8 miles from
          >> deployment site!!!! WTKTT…. Can you
          >> confirm this distance via Google Earth?

          0.8 miles is pretty close, calvin.

          ** PARKING LOCATION OF GM CARRIERS
          ** WHERE THEY LEFT THEM AND HIKED
          ** UP TO THE RIDGE THAT MORNING
          ** ACCORDING TO THE SAIR

          Parked in a clearing just to the south of about
          a 16 foot tree with two other small trees by it…

          34.227975, -112.769274

          Google Earth 3D view at this exact point is a
          match between this exact location and the
          Collura photo that shows the parked Carriers
          including the rock rock-piles to the east of where
          the Carriers are parked.

          ** CENTER OF DEPLOYMENT SITE
          ** ACCORDING TO THE SAIR

          Figure 3 on page 82 is the SAIR’s own Google
          Maps closeup of the actual deployment site.

          The exact center of the ‘little white box’ they
          have drawn on top of this photo of the ‘clearing’
          depicting the deployment area is…

          34.220469, -112.777613

          The exact linear distance ( as the bird flies )
          between these two points is…

          3715.81 feet
          1238.60 yards
          0.7037 mile(s)

          So it’s about 1/10 of a mile closer than you
          had it.. but that won’t change your calculations
          much.

          Keep in mind… they MAY have ended up with
          evidence that the fire around the deployment site
          was traveling at 12 mph AT SOME POINT…

          …but it is not possible for it to have been at
          this speed when Steed first saw it, called in
          the first MAYDAY, began preparing the
          deployment site, had their final transmissions,
          and then still had almost 2 minutes ( as the
          SAIR describes this timeframe ).

          If it had actually already been traveling at
          12 mph at the moment Steed said he first
          saw the flames through the smoke… it would
          have overtaken them in SECONDS and not
          MINUTES as the SAIR goes on to describe.

          Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          December 1, 2013 at 12:50 am

          calvin… see another longer post just below about
          whether the fireline could have been traveling at
          12 MPH when Steed first saw it.

          Basically impossible.

          If it had already been at 12 MPH when he first
          saw it then it would have still been 1,056 yards
          ( 3,168 feet ) away from him.

          That puts it at a point so far northeast of him
          that he couldn’t have possibly seen it from
          the deployment location… or at a point so far
          due east that it would have been setting the
          Boulder Springs Ranch itself on fire and
          still not have been anywhere near him.

          Reply
    • Tex (Sonny) Harold Eldon Gilligan and Joy A Collura says

      November 30, 2013 at 3:26 pm

      reply to Robert the Second on November 30, 2013 at 2:37 pm said:
      you are correct she did not interview us but the nations best and lead fire fatality expert Ted Putnam not only spent one day going over in person photos and speaking with us but he took the hike and he can give you the “human factor” for us the eye-witness to the Yarnell Fire and the fire itself- You are right no one from the 9-28-13 report sat with us in person and we did get a phone call from Tim Foley & Zimmerman & Richa Wilson & their meteorologist expert Brett- but no person was named as you state above ever met with us or spoke too us- Dr. Jennifer Ziegler. See Jim Karels- elements like this is the things I call the report vague.

      Reply
  73. Robert the Second says

    November 30, 2013 at 2:17 pm

    WTKKT,

    Have you time-lined the Matt Oss time-lapse video yet?

    Just re-watch that and you’ll see the smoke column(s) they saw. It would’ve been hard to miss those unless you were right down in a canyon. And it would’ve sounded like a ‘freight train’ or a bunch of jets taking off or landing.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 30, 2013 at 3:14 pm

      I’ve done a lot of work with the Matt Oss video, including the
      high-res version available on his own site.

      I’m not ready to publish any of my results yet because they
      conflict with what some ‘expert’ had to say in a well-read
      article about this video that has already been published
      over at WildFire today.

      I want to be really sure about anything I say about it before
      I present my results.

      I think BOTH the photos taken from that video published in
      the SAIR and a lot of what was said in the WildFire today
      article is not accurate.

      Has to do with TIMES, and locations in the distance where
      the fire is cresting the ridge(s) actually being the location(s)
      they say they are.

      Example: The location for where the video was shot as
      published in the WildFire today article is NOT where that
      video was actually taken. It was much farther west than
      where they say it was and that changes the perspective
      in the distance and the actual location of the fire points
      coming over the ridge(s).

      Reply
      • Bob Powers says

        November 30, 2013 at 3:25 pm

        What would we do without you. You are way beyond my capabilities. Hopefully some day you will tell us who you are and not shoot us.

        Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 30, 2013 at 4:20 pm

        Big caveat here… the WildFire Today article is not
        FUNDAMENTALLY wrong with their analysis of the
        Matt Oss video… especially about the ‘vortex’ analysis
        and the visible evidence of how that whole canyon
        turned into a ‘chimney’ that was ‘drafting’. There are
        just some details that might need refining.

        This is not a contest. We all want the same thing.
        More accuracy, less questions, more answers.
        More truth.

        Reply
  74. Robert the Second says

    November 30, 2013 at 11:17 am

    Yes, pretty blind. You hike from their lunch spot SZ along their handline to the midslope road and have a good view still of the basin below You then climb a slight hill, but once you bail off this and drop down from there into the small swales and saddles you loose sight of the basin below.

    They would have needed a Lookout, and even he would have had to ‘high point’ in order to see the fire as it rounded the bend before aligning with the bowl. On top of the rocky knob on their left would have accorded the best view. But that puts the Lookout in a peculiar place, in the unburned.

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 30, 2013 at 12:16 pm

      You might want to check the new article in wildfire today. The lead investigator was interviewed.

      Reply
      • Joy A Collura and Tex (Sonny) Harold Eldon Gilligan says

        November 30, 2013 at 1:33 pm

        Bob Powerson November 30, 2013 at 12:16 pm said:

        You might want to check the new article in wildfire today. The lead investigator was interviewed.

        our reply- how does Jim sleep at night? It is sad how someone can stand by the vague report in the manner he is…they put out a dangerous report by labeling people versus using real names and what did that do throw people who was not even on the fire that weekend under the bus and people dissected when they have no role in the Yarnell Hill Fire that weekend. This man; the LEAD man to the investigation never contacted us or any other eye-witness accounts for that weekend. He never walked to see what we saw. Yet he was okay to put out a photo-shop images to the report as they did. Someone on a hike told us they did not list all the vehicles and aircrafts that we have photos of and what their agenda was for the fire that weekend. He is okay to publicly state the people in charge of the fire “thought and assumed” yet have no documentation proof as my photos do show a lot even though it is boring to review- it reveals much to the weekend not from highway 89 views or residential views but right there at the fire edge. It is okay that this past May 2013 YCSO found civilian Joy on a health concern using her cell phone to locate her gps coordinates but when someone is yelling on the radio on a very serious fire and the gap in communication not one person that oversees these men that weekend thought to use YCSO gps locator system? No one. Oh yeah because they ASSUMED they were safe. Well, there is lessons in this—don’t think to assume—find out factually all is fine. That article disgusted us. Why come back out and state you support it again…

        Reply
    • Joy A Collura and Tex (Sonny) Harold Eldon Gilligan says

      November 30, 2013 at 12:28 pm

      Joy has hiked it hundreds and hundreds of times before and after the fire and agrees with this man’s view and Sonny hiked it a few times before and hundreds after and as well agrees with this man’s view. Once you go down the saddle- you are out of view of the fire hence why Sonny insisted we remain HIGH, drop to the Congress side for a bit and end up out by the dirt area behind Candie Cane Lane heading to Foothills where Sonny was parked. Sonny placed us in a longer steeper harder going less fuel terrain yet we are both to here to share to you about it and any fire expert that went the way Joy wanted to go down agreed Joy would of perished as well as the nineteen men. Indeed when we both saw no accountability on the part of the fire management team (safety officer(s)) for that fire that weekend 6-28 until the tragedy 6-30 on the 9-28-13 report we felt that if YCSO can get Joy’s gps coordinates from a cell in May 2013 coming from Prescott to Congress (health concern matter) than indeed the fire management or the safety officer could of done the same thing by having the YCSO get these elite mens’ gps location so they could either save them or drop retardant in that area. We are not at all comfortable with the vague report. Some say they did not think to use YCSO because they assumed the men were going to come out any second—well, maybe that is the lesson in it—do not assume. Be like Joy always; worst case scenario girl. As I hike and journey I always look at the worst case scenario. That day of the fire I did not foresee any worst case scenarios in the light like Sonny so even I can misjudge a day and that is because I never “experienced” terrain fire behavior like Sonny has to his life when he use to live in a canvas tent growing up in Lordsburg/Big Burro areas of New Mexico and they being his parents and his brother and two sisters all living in a canvas tent and after that phase to life they being his lovely wife and their four children in a canvas tent setting for many of years. His father was a miner/banjo player in a band/rock shop-trading post-gas station owner and his dad refused to blend into modern society just as Sonny has done the same for his own life and those two would fight lightning strike fires as he grew up so he knew it because he lived it and experienced it—Joy never did. So even thinking worst case scenarios—it takes life experience too. That is what makes us a good hiking duo. He knows things I do not and I know things he probably wishes I did not tell him like having to have a permit to even walk the areas where the nineteen died. He thinks he is grandfathered in to a lot to life and Joy has him legal all over the place just something mandatory Joy says if he is her long term hiking pal.

      Reply
  75. Robert the Second says

    November 30, 2013 at 9:28 am

    WTKTT,

    You said “in other words… for perhaps MORE THAN HALF of their trek south towards the canyon… they would have actually had a BETTER view of the fire out in the ‘middle bowl’ than they did from the spot where the video was taken.”

    Having been on the site hiking it twice and reviewing GE just now again, I will have to disagree with you. There was probably half of the time where you could NOT see the basin where the fire was once they left their good black SZ. You have the small rocky ridges and hills off your left shoulder blocking your view AND you drop down into small, subtle swales and saddles before you actually get to the drop off point above The Ranch. The main obstacles are the rocky ridge and knob off your left shoulder after the high point you refer to all the way to the drop off point.

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 30, 2013 at 11:07 am

      So they were blind and really not their own lookouts for most of there hike down the ridge as the SAIR suggests they were their own lookout, not a good situation why continue?

      Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 30, 2013 at 1:15 pm

      RTS… thank you. So… we are actually pretty much in agreement?
      I said ‘more’ than half the way. You are verifying ‘half the way’.

      So is it fair to say that for HALF the walk from where they started
      moving south at 4:05 PM ( according to the SAIR ) to the point
      where they dropped into the canyone ( at 4:20 PM according
      to the SAIR )… they would have had a ‘pretty good’ view of
      that middle basin where the fire was advancing south?

      If so… then we are actually talking about them losing real
      ‘eyes on the fire’ at 4:12 or 4:13 PM.

      I’ve been spending a lot of time with the SAIR’s own ‘fireline
      progression’ chart on page 81 of the report and transposing
      all their established fireline boundaries into Google Earth
      3D to see what they ( probably ) actually could see or not
      at what times from what places.

      As far as that goes… the SAIR itself seems to suggest that
      this fire started ‘taking off’ across that bowl at ever increasing
      speed in the actual 4:05 to 4:15 timeframe.

      So if they had ANY visibility on that middle bowl for ANY time
      after 4:05 PM… they actually SHOULD have been able to
      see it ‘picking up speed’ dramatically down in that middle
      bowl and they SHOULD have adjusted their plans accordingly.

      No.. they could NOT have seen it beginning to ‘curl around’
      and approach the mouth of the canyon they were going
      to try to get through… they would have lost ‘eyes on the fire’
      by that time because of the very features you mention…

      …but there SHOULD have at least been time for them to
      see how it was ‘picking up speed’ in a dramatic way down
      in that middle bowl… BEFORE they lost actual sight of it.

      More to come on this… stay tuned.

      Reply
  76. Bob Powers says

    November 30, 2013 at 9:07 am

    I had a dream last night that brought back old memories.
    What’s the difference between good green and bad green?
    Bad green is burning like hell all around you.
    There is never any good green between you and a fire.
    Hopefully that will answer the SAIR’s Question………..
    If you ask that question after 100 years of wild land fire fighting you don’t belong on a investigation team.

    Reply
  77. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 29, 2013 at 9:39 pm

    **
    ** WHEN WAS THE ACTUAL BURNOVER?

    The closest the SAIR comes to identifying the ACTUAL time of the
    burnover event is when they report Marsh’s final radio communication
    of ‘Affirm!’ at (about?) 1642 ( 4:42 PM ) and then they say that the men had
    ‘less than 2 minutes to finish preparing the deployment site’.

    Page 28 of the SAIR…

    :: ASM2: “Okay copy that. So you’re on the south side of the fire then?”
    :: At about 1642, DIVS A yells: “Affirm!”

    That was the final radio message from Marsh.

    Then on page 31 of the SAIR… in their summary… this is said…

    :: The crew had less than two minutes to improve a shelter deployment site by
    :: using chain saws and burning out. The crew was deploying their fire shelters
    :: close together in a small area when the fire overtook them.

    So… ‘overtook them’ WHEN? Exactly what TIME?

    How did the SAIR arrive at their own ‘less than two minutes’ timeframe?

    Do they have access to ‘time of death’ information that has never been
    published… and that is why they are sure of their ‘less than two minutes’
    assertion?

    It’s hard to say ( the SAIR doesn’t provide any sources for just about
    anything they are asserting ).

    The SAIR is establishing, then, that the burnonver was at 1644 ( 4:44 PM )…
    but other independent reports and some major media articles have put
    it as late as 4:55 PM ( A full 11 minutes after that ).

    As it turns out… the MacKenzie photographs and video from the 4:02
    timeframe now prove that at least two of the firefighters were actually
    wearing wrist watches. ( See post not too far above ).

    So… were any of these wrist watches recovered from the scene and
    entered into evidence?

    Answer is: YES… at least one of them.

    From page 9 of Detective J McDormett’s YCSO investigation summary…

    :: On 07/10/13 I went to evidence and I was told that the state investigators had
    :: removed some personal items from the shelters while they were inspecting
    :: them. The items were taken from the shelters that were collected at the
    :: scene on 7/3 and have not been associated with any fire fighter at this point.
    :: I assigned numbers to each item and photographed each item. I gave Lt.
    :: Boelts copies of the photos for possible identification purposes. A watch
    :: from shelter #304 was assigned #321. A knife from shelter 306 was
    :: assigned #323. From shelter #305 a cell phone (320) and a knife (322)
    :: were removed. It should be noted that we did not previously attempt to
    :: remove any items attached to the shelters as we left those items in place
    :: for the state investigators.

    So they DID recover at least one ‘watch’ from a shelter found at the
    scene that (apparently) didn’t have a firefighter in it so it became one
    of those empty shelters that was sent to the medical examiner’s
    office (empty) in a separate body bag.

    This firefighter wrist watch was entered into evidence as item #304.

    First big question about that would be…

    Was the watch digitial or analog?
    If digital… was it still functional and ‘stuck’ on a certain display time?
    If analog… were the hands frozen in place at a specific time?

    If the answer is ‘yes’ to either of those questions… than that would represent
    the ACTUAL burnonver moment and (probably) within a few seconds of
    the time of death for at least one of the firefighters.

    Second big question…

    How would a wristwatch have become separated from a firefighter
    in those final moments only to be found later, by itself, hiding in an
    empty shelter that didn’t even have a firefighter in it?

    I don’t have any idea. Anyone else want to try that one?

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 30, 2013 at 9:14 am

      That amount of heat with a plastic or rubber watch band could have melted off the wrist stuck to the shelter where the persons hand was holding the shelter down before the shelter was blown off and stayed stuck to the shelter.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 30, 2013 at 12:59 pm

        You are right. That’s probably the explanation.

        The YCSO report also said that ‘photographs were taken’
        of the actual items found in the shelters as they were
        entered into evidence.

        Even if the item was returned to a family once identified,
        I wonder if the ( close up? ) photographs would still
        show a TIME on the face of the watch.

        Still depends whether it was a digital or analog watch,
        I suppose.

        I would still like the EXACT time of the burnover to
        be established, somehow.

        Reply
        • Bob Powers says

          November 30, 2013 at 4:38 pm

          The items would have been returned to the family based on what I know. Sad but mementos, all my mom got was a belt buckle some change and an FS badge. Brought back a sad memory sorry. This fire has just done that to me.

          Reply
  78. Bob Powers says

    November 29, 2013 at 6:44 pm

    2 very interesting deniability statements
    Pg. 37 bottom of page
    What they likely knew
    They had attempted to communicate their movement to other resources on the fire……………….Where and when did they due that??

    Pg. 38 They contradicted them self’s on the actual wind change at 1620
    the wind was not blowing (south southeast) but had turned and was coming out of the north directly at the crew on the ridge as shown in their own maps at between 20 and 30 mph it would have been hard to miss that wind shift while they were on the ridge. also the fire growth between 1615 and 1630 was significant.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 29, 2013 at 9:55 pm

      ‘attempted’ is certainly not the same thing as ‘succeeded’.
      We all know that now.

      Is the SAIR, itself, just trying to describe the reality that any
      number of people on the command channel DID hear them
      say they were ‘moving’… but the most important who needed
      to know that ( OPS1 ) was clueless?

      Why didn’t they make sure they got a ‘Copy that’ from
      OPS1 himself? Clear violation of the ‘C’ in LCES?

      Re: The Wind.

      It is perfectly obvious where the wind was pushing the fire
      when you look at the 4:02 MacKenzie photos and video.
      You can SEE the smoke column changing from the
      vertical to the horizontal and starting to ‘lay down’ out
      there in that middle bowl.

      ALL of the firefighters in the video ( Steed included ) are
      doing nothing but staring right at the fire and the smoke
      starting to ‘lay down’. How could they possibly not have
      seen what we ourselves can now see from the exact
      same vantage point.

      >> the fire growth between 1615 and 1630 was significant.

      Yes, it was, and even though they WOULD lost ‘sight of it’
      at some point while heading south on that high ridge road,
      the truth is that there is a certain timeframe here during
      their trek south towards the canyon when they would
      NOT have lost ‘eyes on the fire’.

      From the spot where the 4:02 PM video was taken south
      towards the spot where they would leave the road and
      drop into the canyon… the trail actually goes UP in
      elevation as it curves around a large hill that was just
      south of where the video was shot.

      In other words… for perhaps MORE THAN HALF of their
      trek south towards the canyon… they would have actually
      had a BETTER view of the fire out in the ‘middle bowl’ than
      they did from the spot where the video was taken.

      So it’s ridiculous to say that at 4:05 PM, when the SAIR
      says they left the spot where the video was taken, they
      somehow immediately lost ‘eyes on the fire’ for the full
      15 minutes it would take them to get down to the point
      where they dropped into the canyon. ( SAIR says this
      descent happened at 4:20 PM ).

      Absolutely NOT the case.

      The only thing that is certain is that they lost ALL eyes
      on the fire when they dropped into the canyon.

      For the 15 minutes between 4:05 PM when they started
      south and 4:20 when they reached the descent point…

      …not so much. As far as I can tell ( more research needed
      on this )… the only way they could have not still been able
      to see what the fire was doing down in the middle bowl
      for almost the full 15 minutes they were walking south to
      the descent point is if they simply didn’t even bother to
      look over their left shoulders.

      Reply
    • mike says

      November 29, 2013 at 9:56 pm

      When I was looking at the report yesterday and saw that on page 37. I thought the same thing, when the heck did that occur?

      Reply
      • Bob Powers says

        November 30, 2013 at 12:24 pm

        Even though the report says that the lead investigator makes some remarks that no one knew where GM was and a tracking devise would have solved that. My point has always been communicate what you plan to do with your supervisor and adjoining foresees. The SAIR says one thing and then the lead investigator says something different when interviewed. Very strange or just the new way of no one is to blame.

        Reply
  79. Robert the Second says

    November 29, 2013 at 1:52 pm

    WTKTT,

    Thanks for clearing up the ‘second video’ thing for me and others I’m sure, because I certainly was wondering.

    WTKTT said “… the ‘removal’ of the chaps and the ‘stowing’ of them is more proof positive that Chrisopher MacKenzie’s 4:02 still photos and videos represent the moment(s) when they KNEW they were ‘done for the day’ out there… were ‘settling in’ to just watch the fire… and they really had no clue ‘what was coming next’.”

    Not so sure on the ‘proof positive.’ First off, he’s NOT removing them but only adjusting them. They are not buckled around his legs as they would be if he was cutting or swamping. As far as them moving or going anywhere based on his action, or settling in, it’s hard to tell. Sawyers/swampers often wore their chaps like that when not ‘working with the saws’ because it was more comfortable and it accorded them less time to buckle them up when it was time to use the saws.

    I don’t think that they think they’re ‘done for the day’, only that they are doing what they’re doing (kicking it) until further notice. Or as I used to say, “you’re here and this is where you are, doing whatever you’re doing,” which totally begs the question.

    As far as what’s coming next? Whoever had a radio or was near a radio to hear it, or a cell phone conversation would know the answer to that question. The missing “conversation overheard by the lookout on the intra-crew frequency between DIVS A and GM Captain discussing their options” conundrum and possible malfeasance by someone.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 29, 2013 at 2:05 pm

      Good points, Mr. Powers… especially the last one.

      There really never has been any doubt ( even though I think we
      have now proven it here over and over ) that Brendan McDonough
      heard EVERY WORD of both the mysterious ‘discussing their
      options’ and ‘comfort level’ discussions over the radio.

      The SAIR SAYS that HE DID!

      They just blow right past that and continue on with their
      confusing, perplexing narrative.

      Somewhere… there is a TRANSCRIPT of McDonough’s
      ACTUAL deposition / testimony to that official State of
      Arizona investigation.

      Reply
      • Bob Powers says

        November 29, 2013 at 2:23 pm

        They never released any of the statements or transcripts which are evidence and if the Media cant get them the attorneys will. Hopefully we will then get to see them.

        Reply
  80. J. Stout says

    November 29, 2013 at 1:07 pm

    Have a question that is outside the current topic but it is one that I have been wondering about for some time now: Has it ever come to be known whether or not any of the GM crew happened to have friends/relatives who were (are) home owners in either Yarnell or Glen Ilah?

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 29, 2013 at 1:30 pm

      It’s a good question. Was there, in fact, a PERSONAL
      component involved here in deciding to break almost
      every rule in the book?

      How friendly were Willis and Chief Andersen?

      I thought I read something about Andersen having TRAINED
      with or under Chief Darrell Willis, or something?

      Chief Andersen lived in Glen Ilah… right there on Lakewood Drive.

      His home was under direct threat circa the 3:50 to 4:00 PM
      timeframe ( when the decision to move south was made ) and
      Willis would have known this.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        December 1, 2013 at 1:54 am

        My own followup on this… I can find no evidence of any
        kind of close relationship between Chief Willis and
        Chief Andersen… but there is this quote directly
        above in the same article above by Mr. Dougherty that
        we are all actually still commenting on here…

        Chief Andersen evacuated from his home about the
        same time that the Granite Mountain crew deployed their
        fire shelters designed to withstand temperatures of
        about 300 degrees. “The heat was so intense that it
        was choking me,” Andersen says. “I could see [the fire]
        coming over the ridge . . . and you couldn’t see the top
        of the column of smoke. And it was starting to slowly
        spin . . . like a slow tornado, throwing embers
        everywhere.”

        Reply
    • Tex (Sonny) Harold Eldon Gilligan says

      November 29, 2013 at 10:12 pm

      yes. stop by the local Yarnell Bar THE PLACE when Barb is there- she can tell you.

      Reply
    • Tex (Sonny) Harold Eldon Gilligan says

      November 29, 2013 at 10:20 pm

      yes. stop by the local Yarnell Bar THE PLACE when Barb is there- she can tell you.
      reply to J. Stout on November 29, 2013 at 1:07 pm said

      Reply
    • calvin says

      November 30, 2013 at 8:05 pm

      J Stout, I have thought of this a lot also. I think any personal ties with the residents of this Glen Isla could be relevant. I also would like to have more information on the intrapersonal relationships between the crew members of GMIHC and the other staff on the fire that day.

      Reply
  81. Bob Powers says

    November 29, 2013 at 12:40 pm

    Can some one tell me where the second veido is located that your talking about? Thanks

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 29, 2013 at 1:22 pm

      Sorry, Mr. Powers… calvin and I started using terms like
      ‘first video’ and ‘second video’ in our discussion above when
      we really should have stuck with saying…

      The FIRST video clip in the (only) published MacKenzie video
      The SECOND video clip in the (only) published MacKenzie video.

      We are supposed to believe that Christopher ONLY took
      two separate 9 seconds videos at 4:02 that afternoon.

      The Prescott Daily Courier just used the YouTube online
      video editor to ‘paste those two videos together’ into just
      one single video when they ‘published’ it on the morning
      the SAIR report came out. ( Actually, an hour BEFORE
      the report came out ).

      I believe there is more video.
      I believe no one shoots just separate 9 second video
      clips when they have obviously decided to try and
      ‘capture a complete moment’ with video/audio.

      But there is still only ONE ‘video’ that has been published
      so far. It just contains the two separate 9 second clips
      sewn together with a ‘manual fade’ that was inserted
      by whoever was ‘editing’ that video.

      There are only maybe a dozen or two seconds of video
      that may have been ‘cut out’ between those two clips…
      but I believe just those 1-2 dozen of seconds of AUDIO
      would tell us what we need to know.

      WHY did they decide to leave there and go die?

      Reply
  82. calvin says

    November 29, 2013 at 11:24 am

    Correction to what I said yesterday. The red headed hotshot that is messing with his gloves ( and I questioned it being Zuppiger) is actually Deford according to the picture. Sorry I overlooked that. WTKTT… I see what you are saying, he is messing with gloves but maybe not securing them, dunno. Also, You refer to the hotshot standing to the far right of the second video as being Ashcraft. I think Ashcraft is actually sitting between Deford and Parker. I also think the hotshot that is down the hill and then moves back just to the left of Steed is Caldwell, thoughts? I think the hotshot on the left side of Parker in video #1 is Zuppiger? That leaves the two hotshots standing to Steeds right to be identified (Misner and Thurston?). Also the hotshot sitting alone below everyone, and the other guy standing off to the far left, alone hasn’t been identified. WTKTT… can you identify all of these guys and confirm my thoughts or show me otherwise.
    WTKTT… I have been looking at the other set of pictures from Mackenzie from the couple of weeks prior to the incident. I find it interesting that they are not time stamped at all, only dated. Otherwise the information is formatted the same.
    *Image 0388 or, the one from the SAIR* I think it sucks that we are having to accept the SAIR changed the time on this photo just to justify that it did in fact come from the camera. Why didn’t they change the time to 1553 (and leave it in the sequence)and save the anguish? What is your reasoning to believe this is actually the missing image 0388 from camera instead of from Mackenzie”s cell phone? You may have already explained this and I just cant find it, if so, sorry. The YSCO report details the evidence collection (or more accurately McDermett”s involvement) through July 10. The DVD with the camera pictures and video were given to Willis on July 13 according to the article. The YCSO report makes absolutely no mention of this camera. So lets say the camera was only discovered on July 11, and then image 0388 was REMOVED from the camera, given to the ME office who gives it to Mike Mackenzie (but continues to hold the cell phone), Then Mackenzie makes a copy onto a DVD, passes it to Willis, and Willis passes it to the SAIT and the SAIT CHANGE the time just to support the narrative . This is the sequence we are left to believe. Why would Mike Mackenzie give Willis a DVD copy, that will be turned over to investigators, and then give the originals to the Daily Courier?
    Maybe I am just chasing my tail but I think it is important to identify all the hotshots in this set of photos and videos. I think (not sure) the same hotshots seen in the final videos and photos are the same hotshots photographed earlier in the day.

    Reply
  83. Robert the Second says

    November 29, 2013 at 10:38 am

    WTKTT and Calvin,

    The red-head ff’s ‘bag’ that you refer to is actually a pair of chainsaw chaps that he’s adjusting, so he is either a sawyer or a swamper.

    The red helmet ff is mostly likely GMHS Captain Steed.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 29, 2013 at 1:13 pm

      RTS… thank you… so from what you are telling us… the ‘removal’
      of the chaps and the ‘stowing’ of them is more proof positive
      that Chrisopher MacKenzie’s 4:02 still photos and videos
      represent the moment(s) when they KNEW they were
      ‘done for the day’ out there… were ‘settling in’ to just watch
      the fire… and they really had no clue ‘what was coming next’.

      That means somewhere in these photos and video(s),
      Christopher captured the ‘decision to go somewhere else’
      moment.

      I still think it’s possible he DECIDED to start recording
      video ( and AUDIO ) the moment he started hearing
      that ‘comfort level’ discussion between Steed/Marsh,
      and Christopher just had a bad feeling about it and
      thought he BETTER record the ‘audio’ there.

      I still think there is more video/audio.

      If the SAIT would obviously just change times on critical
      photos by 12 minutes just to make one of their pages
      look good… ( Page 23 )… why would they hesitate to prevent
      some video segments from going public because it would
      blow ‘their story’?

      Answer: They would NOT. They would make sure the only
      information to ever be released is just stuff that completely
      backs up the story THEY decided to tell.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 29, 2013 at 1:39 pm

        SIDENOTE: It should be noted that while we now have
        photographic evidence of SOME of the ‘sawyers’
        removing and stowing their chaps at that ‘resting place’
        up in the black on the high ridge…

        …the SAIR report’s own section about the position of
        the shelters and the evidence found at the deployment
        site indicates that SOME of the firefighters were, in
        fact, still wearing their chaps during the burnover and
        that they were ‘charred’ in various places.

        So not all the sawyers thought they were ‘done for the
        day’ in the 4:02 timeframe… or maybe they all did
        but some didn’t bother taking their chaps off at that time.

        Reply
  84. Bob Powers says

    November 29, 2013 at 9:16 am

    Mike– We know that OPS1 told the crew to get in the black and hunker down.
    Every one thought that’s where they were, except Wills
    (we heard they were moving south) strange since he was not part of there chain of command and would have herd that only on inter crew or a local freq. as no one else has stated they heard that. A key piece of evidence. If he talked to OPS! on the fire freq. every one would have herd it. OPS1 would not have had their crew freq.. As he would not have BR’s crew freq.
    Willis would have had it on his portable and possibly his vehicle since he was there immediate supervisor. Key piece of evidence we need to find out I’m guessing he did. And here lies the unheard discussion except for McDonough, the other part of we?

    Reply
    • mike says

      November 29, 2013 at 12:10 pm

      So Willis would not have needed a cell phone to talk to the crew that day, I am not sure I understood that before. He says he did not (at least that afternoon). Only he and presumably McDonough are alive to know the truth. And no examination of cell phone records would help us if he did.

      Reply
      • Bob Powers says

        November 29, 2013 at 1:09 pm

        And you only have two people to tell you if the discussion took place on the inter crew radio. no one else would have copied it. BR had their own inter crew freq. and no one was copying it. Each hot shot crew has a different freq. assigned for their inter crew channel.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 29, 2013 at 1:46 pm

          Mr. Powers… I am with you that the WE that
          Willis slipped on in his public video presentation(s)
          to the media at the deployment site could most
          definitely just be referring to…

          Himself and Brendan McDonough.

          The only two people left alive whose radios would
          have been programmed that day with the actual
          GM intra-crew frequency.

          It’s possible Willis just ‘slipped’ in public and
          was recalling some private conversation he
          had with McDonough in the days following the
          incident when they were both recounting
          to each other what they both ACTUALLY heard.

          The BOTH heard this crucial ‘discussing their
          options’ conversation out on that ridge… and
          the entire ‘comfort level’ discussion that the
          SAIT has only given us a ‘hint’ of in the limited
          seconds of video they decided to release.

          So Darell’s WE means… “Me and McDonough”.

          Makes sense.

          Reply
          • Bob Powers says

            November 29, 2013 at 2:13 pm

            It would also make since that they sat and talked with each other about the day and the deaths, since they were the remaining members of the crew. They would have leaned on each other for support and possible protective information. In other words the senior would have coached the Jr. crewman. Possibly before they released any statements to the investigation. A lot of assumption with out evidence but plausible. Also the inter crew radio would have allowed Steed to have heard the conversation, which Marsh and Steed then commented on in the peace of video before they moved. The whole crew would have heard the conversation as well, including McDonough. This I believe would explain a lot more than a cell phone call.

            Reply
  85. mike says

    November 29, 2013 at 8:56 am

    Gary,
    Every bone in my body tells me you are right. But then I go back to the MacKenzie video, the most crucial piece of physical evidence to date as far as motivation. At 1602, they are sitting there, discussing future action. At 1604, they are on the move, headed to their deaths. No waiting around, no “get in line”, no “make sure you have everything”. Maybe the hurry was knowing they had to race the fire. Anyways, this crucial piece of evidence is altered. Certainly with the fade in the middle, also the start and the end could be missing. Why? By whom? When?. Maybe it means nothing, but for this to happen with this crucial evidence is a major red flag. What is in the missing part(s)? And for it to show up on the morning the SAIR was released is beyond odd – do not know what that means either. If I was an investigator who wanted to know the truth, I would be dying to find the original.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 29, 2013 at 1:57 pm

      Even the very existence of the MacKenzie evidence ( photos
      and video/audio ) was being hidden from the public for more
      than 2+ months.

      The release of ALL of this ‘evidence’ at the same time just
      makes it perfectly obvious that ALL of this was totally
      ‘orchestrated’ by the SAIT people.

      Keep in mind… the moment the MacKenzie material was
      published by the Prescott Daily Courier ( the only paper
      in the only city that has a LOT to lose here, financially )
      it already had filename ID stamps ( the photos with actual
      Canon Powershot image filename sequence names )
      and the ‘already edited’ video.

      The information was also released with some very detailed
      descriptions accompanying the photos including exact
      identifications of most of the firefighters in the photos.

      Only the SAIT ( or Willis or McDonough? ) could have supplied
      the Courier with a lot ( or all? ) of that detailed information that
      accompanied the release and that work didn’t happen
      overnight, either.

      Someone had been working closely with the Courier in
      the days/weeks prior to the ‘orchestrated’ release of both
      the SAIT and the previously unknown-to-the-public
      Christopher MacKenzie evidence.

      It was one gigantic, orchestrated, coordinated MEDIA DUMP.

      It was ( and has been ) all just one big dog-and-pony with
      a pre-determined story behind it whose only intent was to
      minimize ( or eliminate ) any legal liability for anyone that
      had anything to do with this.

      Reply
    • Gary Olson says

      November 29, 2013 at 3:48 pm

      Yes, you might be right, there are so many variables.

      Reply
  86. Rocksteady says

    November 29, 2013 at 8:45 am

    Not to detract from this discussion and all the good details we are seeing, as well as the probing questions the details are raising, but….

    Does anyone know how the OSHA investigation is progressing?

    Rumours, leaked info?

    Just wondering..

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 29, 2013 at 12:54 pm

      Arizona’s OSHA board is managed totally by the ICA
      ( Industrial Commission of Arizona ).

      The main (official) web page for AOSHA is here…

      http://www.ica.state.az.us/adosh/adosh_main.aspx

      Their meetings are public, and take place 2.-3 times per month.

      You can see what their own discussion of their own
      investigator’s report to ‘the commission’ will look like by
      reading any of the prior ‘minutes’ of any meeting.

      On the menu on the left side of the page at the site
      above… just pick this sequence…

      Second option from the top of menu…

      Commission Meetings

      Then pick either ‘Agendas’ or ‘Minutes’.

      Each copy of the minutes of the last commission meeting
      always ends with reminding the commissioners exactly
      when the NEXT (public) meeting takes place.

      I’ve been following the minutes of these meetings since
      the summer. They are NOT discussing the Yarnell
      incident at all… but that’s not really unusual.

      Once they fire up an investigation… they just wait until
      the investigators are done and then they have to present
      their findings to the commission in one of these
      publicly recorded meetings.

      If you read any of the other minutes you will find that these
      people actually deal with DEATH on a regular basis. MOST
      of the incidents they have to investigate involve one or
      more deaths… and sometimes in ways far more horrible
      than what happened in Yarnell.

      So these people are not going to flinch about finding fault.

      At least… their past history doesn’t indicate that they will.
      We shall see.

      Reply
  87. Gary Olson says

    November 29, 2013 at 7:18 am

    WTKTT said, Just ask yourself… “Who would even have the motivation to play with the photo timestamps to make them fit an agenda?”

    I think you have been watching too many movies. They are not that good or smart. Think “The Pink Panther”, not “Enemy Of The State”. They’re only plan is to generate a big enough smoke screen to make it impossible to see the truth.

    As I stated in an earlier comment. I warned them this was not going to be as easy as all of the past ones because of the explosion of social media. They either did not listen to me or care what I had to say.

    Thank you for your service, please keep up the good work!

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 29, 2013 at 12:43 pm

      Gary… I never said they were smart.

      I think it was really, really, simple.

      Whoever actually started typing up that PDF file was
      working from other documents they had already been
      given that represented ‘our story and we’re stickin’ with it’.

      They also just gave them some photographs to use.

      When whoever was typing up that document went to
      insert that photo on page 23… where the SAIT wanted
      it… they could have given a crap when it was REALLY
      taken. Page 23 was only discussing the 1550 timeframe,
      so that’s what the caption on the photo HAD to say
      in order to make page 23 look good.

      They didn’t think anyone would ever check.

      I still think the family of Christopher MacKenzie should be
      outraged at this disregard for accuracy as far as their
      own dead son’s pictures go. It’s more than disrespectful.

      It’s all that he has left us… and thank goodness he did…
      so for God’s sake… at least out of respect for the dead
      we should try to get things like times on photos CORRECT.

      Reply
      • Gary Olson says

        November 29, 2013 at 3:50 pm

        You know a lot more about how to do that stuff than I do.

        Reply
  88. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 29, 2013 at 1:57 am

    >> calvin wrote…
    >>
    >> WTKTT SAID…”There really is no doubt that the MacKenzie video was
    >> shot just AFTER these 3 still photos were taken”
    >>
    >> The three photos you are speaking of are P23 SAIR (or as you
    >> call it 0888), and 0889 and 0890. I disagree.

    Read everything below and while it might not change your mind,
    it at least explains why I am going to continue to maintain ( for now,
    anyway ) that the MacKenzie video(s) were shot just seconds AFTER
    the still photos IMG_0888, IMG_0889 and IMG_0890.

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> During the FIRST video, the red headed firefighter sitting
    >> closest to Mackenzie and the camera (Zuppiger?) is attaching
    >> his gloves to a carabineer .

    Yes. That is what he ‘appears’ to be doing… but see below.

    I now think they MIGHT have been ‘already attached’ and he was just
    ‘fooling with them’ or ‘touching them’ or just making SURE they were
    fully attached in the video. There is new evidence in the still images
    that pretty much proves this.

    It’s really not about the ‘gloves’ at all. Too close to call, really.

    It’s about the ‘bag’ ( or ‘pouch’ ) now.

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> The two pictures 0889 0890 show the gloves already fixed to the backpack.

    Yes. They do. No question.

    However… if we are still going to assume that IMG_0889 and IMG_0890
    were shot just seconds apart… in only the time it takes to turn the camera
    from landscape to portrait orientation and shoot the next picture… and that
    the landscape photo ( IMG_0889 ) really did come first ( and I still believe
    this is a valid assumption to make )…

    …then look at what the red headed firefighter is just starting to do in the
    second ( later ) of the two images. He is just starting to look DOWN sort
    of in the direction of the gloves and that ‘bag’ or ‘pouch’ thing… and it ALSO
    definitely appears that his left hand is just starting to grasp ‘the bag’ in
    order to MOVE it.

    ** SIDENOTE: Also look carefully at that exact moment and it appears
    that this red headed firefighter is definitely wearing a wristwatch on his
    now-exposed left-wrist. In the second video clip… there is a quick moment
    where it is also obvious that Ashcraft ( the firefighter who laughs in response
    to the other one’s comment ) is also wearing a wristwatch. That amounts to
    photographic evidence of at least two of those men wearing wristwatches
    that day… either ( or both ) of which might be used to determine the exact
    time of death if they ‘stopped’ during the burnover. I wonder if EITHER
    ( or BOTH ) of those wristwatches were entered into evidence by the
    YCSO police investigators either before or after they might have been
    removed from the bodies by the medical examiner’s office.

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> So without a doubt, the first video occurs before these two pictures.

    I still really don’t think so.

    Here’s more evidence why I believe the still photos came FIRST…

    Your observations and logic are sound… but ONLY if the ‘attaching gloves
    for the first time’ moment is actually true in the video clip.

    They MAY have been ‘already attached’ ( as definitely seen in IMG_0889 and
    IMG_0890 ) and he MAY only have been either ‘checking’ them or even
    ‘reattaching’ them in the first video clip.

    The more I look at it over-and-over… I have to say that I am inclined to believe
    now that he is NOT actually ‘attaching’ his gloves there for the first time
    in video clip 1… he appears to only just touch them for a moment to ‘check’
    them, or something like that.

    Regardless… basing the definite sequencing of these MacKenzie photos and
    the video clips ONLY on the gloves thing might simply be ‘too close to call’.

    So let’s see…what else do we have to work with, here?

    * THE SITTING BACK MOMENT

    In the second video clip… the red headed firefighter is done ‘fooling’ with his
    equipment. He then definitely readjusts himself on that boulder he is sitting on
    and ‘scoots himself back’ while also turning to his left a little. He accomplishes
    this with two separate little ‘hops’ backwards on the boulder.

    He then ends up much farther back on the boulder than he was when the
    video(s) started with his own left shoulder almost touching the right shoulder
    of the firefighter to his left, and he is now just looking off to the northeast
    like just about everyone else.

    In the VIDEO… it only takes him 4 seconds to make this move.
    He starts making this sitting adjustment at +12 seconds and he finishes
    ‘scooting back’ on the boulder at +16.

    Now look at IMG_0889 and IMG_0890.

    The red headed firefighter is still ‘forward’ on the boulder in these still images
    and has NOT tried to make this ‘readjustment’ to his sitting position or
    ‘lean back’ and get closer to the firefighter to his left quite yet.

    That would put the still photos being taken BEFORE the video clip(s).

    IMG_0889 – He is ‘leaning forward’ and not close to firefighter on his left yet.
    IMG_0890 – Ditto. He has not ‘readjusted’ himself back on the boulder yet.
    VIDEO CLIP 1 – He is still ‘leaning forward’ like the still photos.
    VIDEO CLIP 2 – Only now does he readjust on the boulder and ‘lean back’.

    Yes… he could have ‘leaned forward again’ after the end of the second video
    clip and put himself in the same position he was in at the start of the first
    video clip… but I am going to go with “I doubt it” on that one.

    ** THE BAG ( or POUCH )

    This ‘bag’ that you see him fooling with in front of him in the VIDEOS is
    NOT in front of him (yet) in IMG_0889 and IMG_0890.

    In IMG_0889 it is simply sitting on his leg and actually covering the
    bottom part of the white gloves.

    In IMG_0890, taken only 3 or 4 seconds after IMG_0889, we see him actually
    bowing his head towards the gloves and the bag, raising his left hand, and
    the fingers of his left hand are actually now ‘grabbing’ the small olive-green
    bag in this photo.

    What he is captured doing there is reaching across himself to actually GRAB
    this bag that we will then be seeing him ‘fooling with’ a few seconds later
    when the video(s) were shot.

    So that would be ( I believe ) more proof that the still photos were actually
    shot just before the video(s).

    Matter of fact… this moment itself could be used to put a pretty good time
    interval on how long it really was AFTER MacKenzie shot IMG_0890 and
    then decided to start shooting video.

    That interval would have been only as long as it might have taken for this red
    headed firefighter to move the olive-green bag off his leg, put it in front
    of him, and start ‘fooling with it’ like we see him doing just seconds after
    the video starts.

    What he actually did there between IMG_0890 and the start of the video(s) is
    move the bag, put it down in front of him. Then… as the video(s) start we
    see him then move his hands back to ‘check’ that his gloves were still
    attached, and THEN he reaches in front of him for the bag he just moved
    and opens it and starts fooling with it.

    This could actually be proof that MacKenzie started shooting video just a few
    seconds after IMG_0890 and between that still photo and the beginning of
    the video(s) we see the entire contiguous operation of this red headed
    firefighter moving his bag off his leg and putting it down in front of him,
    checking his gloves real quick, and then turning to his left and fooling with
    the bag again.

    NOTE: I’m with you. I can’t even really tell if that’s a ‘bag’ or not. It might be
    just a ‘chap’, or something. Regardless. Whatever that thing is there is no
    doubt that it’s the same thing that was sitting on his leg and covering the
    bottom of the white gloves in the still photo(s)… and the same thing he has
    moved off his leg and is now messing with in the videos.

    I think you can forget all the fireline and smoke observations between these
    photos trying to determine which came first. I have looked at all that over and
    over and I think it all also falls into the ‘too close to call’ category. Regardless
    of which came first ( IMG_0889 and IMG_0890 or the video(s) )… there are
    still only a small number of seconds of separation involved.

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> 1550 picture (0888?) p23 SAIR. In this picture Steed
    >> is already sitting as well as the other firefighter down by the cactus.

    I lost you a little here. I don’t believe that’s entirely accurate.

    Let me tell you what I think I am seeing here in this photo.

    NOTE: For the sake of argument… I am just going to refer to this photo on
    page 23 of the SAIR below as IMG_0888, from MacKenzie’s Canon
    Powershot, because that’s what I truly believe the source of it is.

    See the firefighter in the foreground with the RED helmet?
    ( I am assuming this is Steed because of the RED helmet ).

    This fellow is sitting on a boulder, with his hands grabbing his legs just below
    the knees… in EXACTLY the same spot where we are going to see him again
    in a few moments when the MacKenzie video pans right and shows the
    same ‘RED helmeted’ firefighter, still with his hands in the same exact place.

    He does NOT appear in IMG_0889 or IMG_0890 taken just a few moments after
    IMG_0888, because MacKenzie had repositioned between IMG_0888 and
    IMG_0889 and he wasn’t ‘framing’ those next 2 photos to actually capture this
    firefighter with the red helmet STILL sitting exactly where he is seen
    in IMG_0888.

    We will ONLY see him again ( still sitting exactly where IMG_0888 captured
    him ) until the MacKenzie video pans right and there he is… still sitting on
    the same boulder… and still with his left hand grabbing his leg at exactly the
    same spot just below his left knee as seen a few moments earlier in IMG_0888.

    What this means is that, when Christopher MacKenzie took IMG_0888 ( which
    would eventually become Figure 8 on page 23 of the SAIR and they would just
    willy-nilly DIAL BACK the time by almost 12 minutes )… he was standing
    pretty much where, in the upcoming video, the firefighter who makes the
    sarcastic remark and spits in response to Eric Marsh’s “I could just feel it,
    ya know” radio message was standing ( or perhaps even where we see
    Ashcraft standing in the video ) but he (Christopher) had moved just a few
    steps BACK and UP and to his LEFT before shooting IMG_0889, IMG_0890,
    and the videos themselves.

    He was standing where the guy who spits was ( or maybe even where
    we see Ashcraft standing in the video ) because the guy in the red helmet
    never moves throughout all of this and that’s why IMG_0888 only shows the
    top of his helmet and his hands grabbing his legs in Christopher’s IMG_0888.

    The slight alteration in Christopher’s position between IMG_0888 and the other
    still photos and video is also proved by just looking closely at the positioning of
    the boulders just beside and beyond the small cactus plant. IMG_0888 shows
    more of one of the boulders to the left of the cactus than will be seen in a
    moment in the other photos/videos because Christopher ‘stepped back’ for
    those and his line of sight changed slightly.

    The firefighter on the left side of the frame in IMG_0888 is definitely not ‘sitting
    down’ and is just ‘moving down’ towards the cactus to the spot where we will
    see him again in just a few seconds in IMG_0889 and IMG_0890 and in
    the video(s).

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> The hotshot standing, actually backs up the hill (after this picture)
    >> and is in pictures 0889 and 0890 as well as both videos
    >> (closest person on Steeds left).

    Totally agree. He becomes the firefighter standing just to the right of the
    red-haired firefighter in IMG_0889, IMG_0890 and the video(s).

    ( Just to be sure… you are talking about the firefighter with all the pink tape on
    his back, the bright red water bottle showing in his pack on his lower right
    side, the coiled black cable across his back, and the 16 inch Bendix/King
    radio extension antenna sticking out to the right, correct? )

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> Mackenzie (if he is actually the photographer in this) is standing almost
    >> behind Steed and not in the same position as in pictures 0889 0890
    >> and both videos. It appears he moves because two other firefighters
    >> move in behind Steed and Mackenzie is pushed to the left a few feet.

    See above. Correct… but I believe MacKenzie didn’t just move to his left
    slightly after taking IMG_0888… he also moved BACK and UP slightly
    because of the shifting perspective on the rocks around the cactus.

    Basically… I believe he WAS standing where we are going to see
    Ashcraft and the firefighter who spits in the videos standing when he
    took IMG_0888, then he moved slightly LEFT and UP and BACK for
    IMG_0889, IMG_0890 and the video(s).

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> Pictures 0889 and 0890 are taken from the same spot as both videos.

    Correct.

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> Video #1, as stated above, shows Zuppiger?, attaching his gloves and doing
    >> something else (not sure what), also the hotshot just behind Parker is in the
    >> process of sitting down and he has the same (for a lack of a better description
    >> “pouch” he is messing with as the other red bearded hotshot. Can anyone
    >> tell me what that is?

    See above. I’m with you. I can’t tell if it’s a ‘bag’ or a ‘pouch’ or maybe
    even just a ‘chap’ like the saw guys wear.

    All I know is that it is the thing that is sitting on his leg and covering
    the bottom of his white gloves in IMG_0889, the same thing he is
    actually grabbing with his left hand to move it in IMG_0890, and
    then the same thing again we see him ‘fooling with’ in the video(s)…

    …and, I believe, almost defacto proof that IMG_0889 and IMG_0890
    were taken BEFORE the video(s).

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> Video #2. Taken from the exact location as first video, but later. fire line
    >> advanced with a second line of fire on the mountain.

    That ‘second’ fire line is what used to be the head of the fire that
    afternoon but now, with the wind shift, has become the ‘tail’.

    It is actually there in BOTH video clips.

    Something sort of ‘blows a hole’ in the smoke between the clips and that’s
    why you can see it better in the second clip than in the first one.

    SIDENOTE: Look carefully at the start of the second video clip when
    this ‘hole’ has been blown in the smoke. You can see ( and they
    could have certainly seen, too ) the MASSIVE amount of ‘new black’
    that was now there and they could have easily walked back to Yarnell
    instead of going the way they did.

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> Can someone explain this second line?

    It pretty much matches what even the SAIR shows on its ‘fire progression’
    chart on page 81 for timeframe 1600 ( 4:00 PM ) as to both the northern
    ( now the tail ) and the southern ( now the head ) boundaries of the fire.

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> Is this what Mr Powers has described as the fire making
    >> three “runs” meaning light fuel medium fuel and heavy fuel?

    Dunno. He would have to answer that one.

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> So I have reservation about what I said yesterday. I said yesterday that
    >> it appears the first video was taken before the 1550 (0888) picture. I said
    >> this based on the visual fireline, but I did notice the position of the
    >> firefighter that was down the hill and then just to Steeds left in video #1.
    >> From video #1, The fire is just appearing over Zuppigers? head.
    >> No other fire visible.

    Yes. It is. You have to look REALLY close. Same fireline that is VERY visible
    in just a few moments in video 2 is already there in video 1 but obscured
    by the smoke.

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> We DO NOT know any exact times.

    No, we don’t. I still think there is JPEG EXIF metadata embedded in the
    original MacKenzie photos… because ALL Canon Powershots do that.

    Someone has that information, or could retrieve it from ALL the photos
    in just a few seconds.

    I also think there is similar metadata in the original (undedited) video(s).
    Same story. This could all be extracted in a heartbeat. It’s a no brainer
    if you have access to the originals.

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> I am just trying to get these pictures/ video in correct numerical order.

    Me too. Let’s keep refining it until we are sure.

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> One final thought. I believe (deeply) pictures 0885, 0886, and 0887
    >> are the last pictures taken before descent off the ridge. Now I just
    >> have to prove it.

    Go for it… but keep in mind that any theory of that kind is going to have
    to also explain how, if the Prescott Courier actually had access to the
    originals from MacKenzie’s Canon Powershot, and they were simply
    using the REAL/ACTUAL file system image filenames to
    stamp / identify / number the photos in their OWN article…

    ( Which I believe they were )

    …then it is NOT possible for the Canon Powershot itself to have gotten any
    of the IMG_XXXX filename stamps OUT OF ORDER (sequentially).

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 29, 2013 at 2:24 am

      Followup… we actually DO have reliable ‘times’ for all of these
      MacKenzie photos ( and the video )… but only if we are to
      assume that the Prescott Daily Courier got it right.

      Somehow… they were able to publish both the original Canon
      Powershot system filenames for the images and give time
      stamps for each photo they published.

      If they had access to the actual memory card… then the
      times they were publishing would have been the actual
      timestamps showing next to the filenames as recorded
      by the Canon Powershot itself.

      OR… they could have been smart enough to just check the
      JPEG EXIF metadata embedded in the photos themselves
      for the timestamps ( since they had the originals in front
      of them somehow ) and just used those timestamps instead
      of the system/filename time/date stamps.

      Someone also worked VERY closely with them when they
      published those photos ( on the morning the SAIR report
      came out ) and provided them with actual firefighter
      identifications in all of the photos.

      Was that Darrell Willis?

      If not… who else would have been familiar enough with these
      ALL of these men to put names to ALL the faces in the photos
      being published ( as well as descriptions of exactly what they
      were doing in each photo ) that very same morning the
      SAIR report came out?

      I think it pretty much had to be Darrell Willis.
      If not… was it McDonough?

      Reply
      • Tex (Sonny) Harold Eldon Gilligan and Joy A Collura says

        November 29, 2013 at 6:42 am

        Joanna Dodder Nellans of
        The Daily Courier wrote the article. She in July was the one who identified we had the last photos of the men that perished- the Granite Mountain Hotshots and her husband is or was a firefighter so she could of known all the men or had the resources to know so ask her that wrote the article. The statement made earlier about unsure if the time stamp is accurate- it makes sense as we saw it but also it could be a video taken or a photo taken earlier in the afternoon and the text went through later so was the caption to the photos the text time or photo taken time.

        Reply
  89. Robert the Second says

    November 28, 2013 at 3:56 pm

    Happy Thanksgivig everyone. Enjoy your time with family, friends, and loved ones.

    Reply
  90. Bob Powers says

    November 28, 2013 at 1:45 pm

    Calvin one thing to note is combustion of woody fuel starts at 400 deg. . If flames are laying close to the fuel they are drying the fuel ahead of combustion, also creating gasses, if the fuels are dry (fuel moisture content) then they ignite more readily. High temp’s and low humidity’s increase the flaming process. Where this fire was in the fuels it was in and the weather predicted any one who has been around wild land fire would have and should have been on high alert and not making any decisions with out a solid plan and a close safety zone. The whole scenario that afternoon was extreme fire behavior.

    Reply
  91. Bob Powers says

    November 28, 2013 at 12:48 pm

    We were always trained and referred to guide lines in the FS job descriptions of the following.
    From crew’s up thru the chain of command Sector boss and Division Boss, we were not to leave our line assignment until relieved by the replacement or told to do so by a superior. The very fact that Marsh left without notifying the Ops. sec. chief was an absolute breach of the chain of command. To have not done what the OPS1 told him to do was also a failure. Marsh then violated 2 separate and distinct job requirements. The SAIR found no failure to follow rules, protocol and you wonder why we are questioning the information and findings. The SAIR tried to cover up so much that they buried them selves in inconsistencies, lack of information, Times and strange adjustments in info.

    Reply
    • mike says

      November 28, 2013 at 2:19 pm

      So if it is common practice to alter/edit/leave out information. are we sure that Marsh did not notify OPS1? After all, the only way we know that I believe is what the SAIR says. I would think it would be hard to falsify radio transcripts when presumably recordings exist. but those can be tampered with as well (see what got presented as the MacKenzie video). If this kind of stuff goes on (and I am not saying it does – obviously I do not know) then the investigation system is simply hopeless and needs to be completely redone.

      At a more basic level, I wonder if the report was written to cover up a role in all of this by someone in fire command. Then, as a trade-off. could not bring itself to come down on the crew leadership for their mistakes. Hence, no one gets any blame.

      Reply
      • Robert the Second says

        November 28, 2013 at 2:38 pm

        Mike,

        The investigative process definitely needs revamping and it does work most times, except in fatalities I say. And it’s in a lot of places, just look at the Pat Tillman coverup in the Army. Again, the ‘normal’ SAIT works pretty good, it’s the FLA mentioned above that’s a complete joke. And it’s clear to me that there’s a perverse ‘blending’ of that in this case.

        Cover up at/for higher levels? Just look at the Pat Tillman covrerup. Maybe so here. The Type 3 IC was elated that the SAIR indicated ‘no violations.’ But from a very basic level, it is and always will be the firefighter and/or fireline supervisor on-the-ground t the time, on the fireline, or wherever that is responsible for their lives, and NOT someone at the Command and General Staff level.

        Know ‘The Rules’ and follow them. It’s that simple.

        The SAIR was clearly ‘weasal worded’ to avoid any chance for use in litigation.

        Reply
      • Gary Olson says

        November 28, 2013 at 9:44 pm

        I agree with your conclusion.

        Reply
  92. Tex (Sonny) Harold Eldon Gilligan and Joy A Collura says

    November 28, 2013 at 10:31 am

    we thought we read somewhere that someone knows our gps coordinates even though my camera is old school- was it on this area or possibly it was firefighter Holly Neill said it on a recent hike that figured the coordinates to most my photos- please share HOW- photo #349 I would like to go back to that spot.

    Reply
  93. Robert the Second says

    November 28, 2013 at 10:27 am

    “Did ANYONE actually realize the magnitude of what was GOING to happen that afternoon, when the outflows would hit it?”

    ABSOLUTELY! The BR HS was keenly aware of the situation and spent hours dealing with it in Yarnell and The Shrine areas watching the smoke column stand up and then bend over under the outflow influence, then burn downslope into Yarnell.

    To answer your questions and comments below, refer back to my Nov. 14th comments about the alleged ‘Factual Reports’ and the SAIT not following traditional investigative protocol by finding and following facts, but instead establishing a conclusion first …This is very common. AND this SAIT and the SAIR were heavily influenced by the process known as the FACILITATED LEARNING ANALYSIS (FLA) where they don’t want to know ‘the truth’ but only want you to ‘tell your story.’

    WTKTT said “I believe the SAIT couldn’t have cared less whether they were being accurate about the time on the photo or not, so long as it fit their purposes. The SAIT just played ‘fast and loose’ with the time on the MacKenzie photo.”

    CORRECT.

    “Some ‘investigation’ and report, huh?” ABSOLUTELY.

    Mike said “It is one thing for the SAIR not to seek out certain information because of fears of what it might show. It is a whole different level of deceit if known information was left out that would have changed conclusions, or if information was edited or even altered.” COMMON PRACTICE.

    Nov 14 RTS said “ALL fatality fire Investigation Reports all the way back to the 1939 Mann Gulch Fire have been cover-ups and whitewashes as far as I’m concerned. This one is no different. The other thing I have found is that these are not “Factual Reports” as they claim to be. Counter to classic investigative protocol, they often initially ‘establish a conclusion,” then find, build, etc. the quote-unquote-facts to fit that ‘conclusion.’”

    Reply
  94. calvin says

    November 28, 2013 at 5:48 am

    WTKTT SAID…There really is no doubt that the MacKenzie video was shot just AFTER these 3 still photos were taken, ( maybe 4:03 PM and not exactly 4:02 PM ) after the men had all descended down the Boulder pile and ‘settled in’ for ( what they thought ) might be a ‘long wait’
    The three photos you are speaking of are P23 SAIR (or as you call it 0888), and 0889 and 0890. I disagree. During the FIRST video, the red headed firefighter sitting closest to Mackenzie and the camera (Zuppiger?) is attaching his gloves to a carabineer . The two pictures 0889 0890 show the gloves already fixed to the backpack. So without a doubt, the first video occurs before these two pictures.
    1550 picture (0888?) p23 SAIR. In this picture Steed is already sitting as well as the other firefighter down by the cactus. The hotshot standing, actually backs up the hill (after this picture) and is in pictures 0889 and 0890 as well as both videos (closest person on Steeds left). Mackenzie (if he is actually the photographer in this) is standing almost behind Steed and not in the same position as in pictures 0889 0890 and both videos. It appears he moves because two other firefighters move in behind Steed and Mackenzie is pushed to the left a few feet. Pictures 0889 and 0890 are taken from the same spot as both videos.
    Video #1, as stated above, shows Zuppiger?, attaching his gloves and doing something else (not sure what), also the hotshot just behind Parker is in the process of sitting down and he has the same (for a lack of a better description “pouch” he is messing with as the other red bearded hotshot. Can anyone tell me what that is?
    Video #2. Taken from the exact location as first video, but later. fire line advanced with a second line of fire on the mountain. Can someone explain this second line? Is this what Mr Powers has described as the fire making three “runs” meaning light fuel medium fuel and heavy fuel? Thanks in advance for helping me understand this.
    So I have reservation about what I said yesterday. I said yesterday that it appears the first video was taken before the 1550 (0888) picture. I said this based on the visual fireline, but I did notice the position of the firefighter that was down the hill and then just to Steeds left in video #1.
    From video #1, The fire is just appearing over Zuppigers? head. No other fire visible. Wikipedia description of wildfire says: A wildfire front is the portion sustaining continuous flaming combustion, where unburned material meets active flames, or the smoldering transition between unburned and burned material.[43] As the front approaches, the fire heats both the surrounding air and woody material through convection and thermal radiation. First, wood is dried as water is vaporized at a temperature of 100 °C (212 °F). Next, the pyrolysis of wood at 230 °C (450 °F) releases flammable gases. Finally, wood can smoulder at 380 °C (720 °F) or, when heated sufficiently, ignite at 590 °C (1,000 °F).[44][45] Even before the flames of a wildfire arrive at a particular location, heat transfer from the wildfire front warms the air to 800 °C (1,470 °F), which pre-heats and dries flammable materials, causing materials to ignite faster and allowing the fire to spread faster.
    This seems to be what I am seeing in the First video. The fire is barely visible but definitely spreading to the right. I think the area just to the right of the flames are actually in the SMOULDERING process and about to ignite. So if my theory yesterday that first video came before P23 photo(0888) can be true, you would have to accept the firefighter to the left of Steed, First was beside Steed, Next moved down for a better look, And THEN came back to his original position. We DO NOT know any exact times. I am just trying to get these pictures/ video in correct numerical order.
    WTKTT said…I don’t trust ANY of it ( the SAIR ) anymore. Me EITHER! With that in mind, I think we should steer away from judging Marsh as being obtuse, disingenuous, or coy based on what the SAIR reports HE said. We have two audio segments with Marsh. And one with Steed. The first one of Marsh (by Globe) has him identifying himself as GRANITE MOUNTAIN. The second audio of Marsh (captured by Mackenzie?) is a deep and disturbing clip. I do not hear deceit, I do not hear a “charge” order asserting his power. I do hear concern, uncertainty, and possibly FEAR. Happy Thanksgiving to you all! Thanks for allowing me (a total outsider) to express my opinion, and ask questions.
    One final thought. I believe (deeply) pictures 0885, 0886, and 0887 are the last pictures taken before descent off the ridge. Now I just have to prove it…. STAY TUNED

    Reply
    • mike says

      November 28, 2013 at 6:39 am

      Calvin – I was about to ask a question along this line yesterday (when I was considering Marsh not notifying OPS1 of his plans), then I did not. It is one thing for the SAIR not to seek out certain information because of fears of what it might show. It is a whole different level of deceit if known information was left out that would have changed conclusions, or if information was edited or even altered. If the latter things are true, not only is the SAIR totally worthless, but it is time for a US district attorney to start investigating.

      Reply
  95. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 27, 2013 at 9:56 pm

    >> calvin wrote…
    >> The image used on p23 of SAIR by Chris
    >> Mackenzie does not match the Mackenzie photos in
    >> Daily Courier. Image 0889 and 0890 (from Daily Courier)
    >> are time stamped 4:02pm, and they show the exact
    >> same image as the image in the SAIR “taken” at 1550.

    That’s right.

    I believe I pointed this out previously that someone ( either the SAIR or the
    Courier ) are ‘wonky’ on their timestamps for these 3 MacKenzie pictures
    taken in numeric filename sequence that were obviously taken at the same
    general time, at the same location, and within seconds of each other
    ( and not a full 12 minutes apart as the SAIR would have us believe ).

    Remember… there is NO doubt now that the image on page 23 of the SAIR
    is, in fact, the ‘missing’ IMG_0888 sequence number from MacKenzie’s
    Canon Powershot and also the one photo missing from the set of MacKenzie
    June 30 photos published by the Daily Courier.

    The Daily Courier said there were only 14 photos recovered from MacKenzie’s
    Canon Powershot that were taken on the day of the tragedy itself. That is
    absolutely not true. There were ( at least ) 15. The Courier either did not have
    ( or chose not to publish ) the image with sequence number IMG_0888. This
    is the one that the SAIR kept for itself and would appear on page 23 of their
    report. Whether they deleted it from the actual MacKenzie memory card
    ( along with other things like more photos or more video? ) before handing
    that camera and/or memory card back to Mr. MacKenzie and/or the Prescott
    Daily Courier… that remains to be found out.

    So who is actually ‘wonky’ on the time(s) here?

    That’s easy ( I think ).

    Just ask yourself… “Who would even have the motivation to play with the
    photo timestamps to make them fit an agenda?”

    The Prescott Daily Courier? Don’t think so.

    The SAIT? Hmmmm….

    I believe the SAIR is wrong… and just willy-nilly adjusting the time on
    Christopher’s IMG_0888 back a full 12 minutes since they decided to shove
    that photo into their narrative on a page that was only discussing the 1550 timeframe.

    I believe the SAIT couldn’t have cared less whether they were being accurate
    about the time on the photo or not, so long as it fit their purposes.

    The SAIR put a caption on this photo that says…
    Figure 8. Page 23 of the SAIR
    Photo caption: Christopher MacKenzie took this photo
    at 1550 ( 4:50 PM ) on June 30, ( 2013 ).

    I think that is total fiction ( some would simply say ‘a lie’ ) and even disrespectful
    of poor Christopher MacKenzie himself to just play with his photos and their
    timestamps that way just to make something of his fit their own story.

    I would also think the family of Christopher MacKenzie would/should be
    outraged at even the possibility that their dead son’s photos and their
    associated timestamps might have been manipulated in this manner in
    an official State of Arizona sponsored report, but that’s just me.

    Quick review of when these photos were ACTUALLY taken ( and not
    when the SAIR says IMG_0888 was )…

    IMG_0888 – Page 23 of SAIR. Figure 8.
    SAIR says ( with no equivocation ) taken at 1550 ( 3:50 PM )
    This is complete fiction. That puts it at 2 minutes before even the
    PREVIOUS MacKenzie photo sequence at the PREVIOUS location.
    The men are ARRIVING at this new spot after a short hike ( see previous
    MacKenzie ‘moving out’ photos with people slinging saws and leaving their
    previous location at 3:52 PM ). The men are walking DOWN the Boulder pile
    at this NEW location where they will then settle in for a longer stay and the
    MacKenzie video will be shot at 4:02 ( or perhaps 4:03 ) PM.

    A few seconds ( or up to 1 minute ) later…

    IMG_0889 – Landscape orientation. Prescott Courier says ( also with no
    equivocation ) 4:02 PM. Shows the men at the exact same spot as
    IMG_0888 on page 23 of the SAIR… and only up to a maximum of about
    a few dozen seconds after IMG_0888… but more firefighters have entered
    the frame and the men have, generally, moved DOWN on the boulder
    pile closer to that small green cactus which is present in ALL of these photos.

    No more than 3 or 4 seconds later…

    IMG_0890 – Portrait orientation. Prescott Courier says ( also with no
    equivocation ) 4:02 PM. Same deal. Same location… just a few seconds
    after IMG_0889.

    I have said this before… but I think it is obvious that the time separation between
    IMG_0890 and IMG_0889 is only the 3 or 4 seconds it takes to turn your camera
    from landscape to portrait orientation, line up the next shot, and press the
    shutter button again.

    The firefighter with the red beard has barely had time to ‘look up’ between
    IMG_0889 and IMG_0890… and the firefighter nearest the cactus has not
    moved an inch. The only thing that has really changed between the two
    photos is the orientation of the camera.

    There really is no doubt that the MacKenzie video was shot just AFTER these 3
    still photos were taken, ( maybe 4:03 PM and not exactly 4:02 PM ) after the
    men had all descended down the Boulder pile and ‘settled in’ for ( what they
    thought ) might be a ‘long wait’.

    Their day was done. Anchor assignment was pointless now. They didn’t know
    what was coming next or how long they were going to be ‘stuck’ up there
    at this point.

    It wasn’t their job now to figure out how to get out of there.

    Management had screwed up and parked the Carriers in the wrong place
    at the start of the day and it was up to management to work out the evac.

    The critical ‘discussing their options’ and the mysterious ‘comfort level’
    discussions were all just moments away, and the decision to move
    somewhere else was also about to happen, unbeknownst to these men
    seen ‘settling in for a long wait’ in the photos and the video.

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> There are three images on Mackenzie
    >> photos #0885, 0886, and 0887 that are time
    >> stamped 3:52 but are taken from a different location.
    >> A DIFFERENT LOCATION! The landscape is totally
    >> different and the distance from the fire line is different.

    Right again… but I believe ALL of what you have just noticed is explained above
    by accepting the fact that the SAIT just played ‘fast and loose’ with the time on
    the MacKenzie photo they decided to use on page 22 of their report
    ( IMG_0888 ). The ‘narrative’ was focused on the 1550 timeframe on that page
    so when they decided to use that photo from Christopher’s ‘1602 4:02 PM’
    sequence… they just lied about when it was taken so it would make more
    sense on the page where they wanted to use it.

    They just ‘dialed back’ the time on Chris’ actual IMG_0888 to 2 minutes
    BEFORE even his 3:52 PM picture sequence… because it simply made
    their report look better on page 23.

    Some ‘investigation’ and report, huh?

    Again… I would think the family of Christopher MacKenzie should be outraged
    that their dead son’s image ( and the associated timestamp ) might have
    been blatantly manipulated like this.

    I don’t trust ANY of it ( the SAIR ) anymore.

    Reply
    • Tex (Sonny) Harold Eldon Gilligan and Joy A Collura says

      November 28, 2013 at 9:04 am

      one day if the missing sd card with a $5,000 reward appears—it will most likely show both the Courier and Report are not accurate on the time stamps of the photos. We usually lay low on accounts we cannot back up with some sort of document/source yet we at this point in time do not think either places reported exact times but appx. times from their own perspective-
      When we read the report long ago and we plan to reread it again yet we remembered the photo format was clouded in report with some kind of photo-shop layer. Why do that? This report needed to be from the start to finish clean, clear and 100% transparent from all areas; ground to air. If they were unsure of an area than they should of stated at the date of the deadline of this report we cannot answer this section or that but to try and blend it out like we read it and have the folks still stand by it- we question the report as well as the people who stand by it. It was clear to us since they never hiked it with us but did a phone interview that they did not really want an eye-witness account of those 3 days. It seems everyone names this the 6-30-13 Yarnell Hill Fire but reality is this is 6-28-13 fire with fatalities that happened on 6-30-13; all an avoidable situation. Also the photos taken by the men was in the black area with retardant laid and that is not that near the deployment area. Why leave the black to the most dehydrated dense maze-like area Joy states in the videos John Dougherty did. That is what needs to be figured out. We know some folks are nervous to come forward yet we hope that if this does not get brushed under a rug than those people will feel at ease to speak up. Yes, to be on a hike with us many have thought “unusual pair” yet we compliment areas of one another that one lacks- Joy as a young girl was left in a high up in tree fort back East as Phil/David set it afire with her in it. She almost died of smoke inhalation and yet she took her water and wet her hair and took her shirt off and wrapped it around her face and head as she slid down the tree and she quickly did all she could to put the fire to rest. As time went on in her life “fire” seem to follow…she spent time in the forest behind her aunt’s home with a girl name Dawn B. and the girl was smoking and offered Joy a cigarette and Joy refused and Dawn tossed it. As Joy entered her aunt’s home right behind her she saw fire- that tossed cigarette that Dawn did not put out burnt some of her aunt’s place and the forest. Joy has not liked fire her entire life. Joy is also an avoidable type organized person where Sonny is live in the moment man. Than there is mountain man Sonny who lives and breathes and cooks by cowboy campfire. He grew up living his life in the forest and his family lived in a canvas tent. His sister- a wealthy woman now- did not like her younger years of living such way so Joy embarked on an adventure to go see all the areas Sonny lived from a kid to now and Joy can say to live in the Big Burro Mountains in a canvas tent was not an easy life for the females of that miner-mentality family unit. Sonny and his father put out many of lightning fires. He knows not only the mountains but he knows fire behavior well. However, Joy has educated him to the modern laws of cooking by campfire that Sonny never knew about. When we were building a tipi in Vernon, Arizona in 2012 we bought land and cleared some areas to place the septic so you can pp in tipi “legally”…Sonny grew up old style way out in the mountains so my ways seem foreign to him but I shared the legalities of us and if we are embarked on a hiking adventure as a duo he has to respect that I live my life clean and respectful to the regulations/laws. I had a permit to burn the brush and Sonny strongly could not understand me getting a permit to burn brush on our paid in full property; our land. He did not understand the modern regulations. That is where we help one another on the hikes because on 6-30-13 Joy did not see the DANGER of that fire as it was in the distance but Sonny KNEW strongly it was horrific when it travelled up that mountain in the speed it did and he was very toned about it at that point as he said to Joy not only “let’s get the hell outta here” but he said “those men have air rescue up there and radios- we do not- let’s go kid. we are on our own.”
      We are so glad to see where Brendan was stationed because Joy saw him over by Sesame Street in the afternoon and do not ask what exact time- but it was before we got back to town and out of there. When Joy got to feel of it, she now can see he was there that day and he had his eyes on it all yet to Joy he was in more danger that day than the 19 for he had spotted fires all around him and he was low where the others were up high in the black near the helispot. We read a lot about Willis on here. I am not associated with the firefighter world and I do not know Willis nor ever met him yet when dissecting this event remember that DAY and who was in charge of WHO and so far from people who know him and people who investigated/interviewed him Willis showed his evidence that he was not a part of the area the GMHS took part that day in and Eric Marsh was appointed to oversee the flank area and we for sure saw that man conditioned and go up like a rabbit with such a passion and ease- he was not spent and he did not sweat and he was cordial and kind. I know it is like playing the game clue and figure who had the candlestick or the rope and all yet I think it was smart for the SAIR to not play the name game yet dangerous too. By labeling the way they did it left it up to others to figure out and in the meantime it leaves room to have people publicly and privately misguided to think ways about a situation that may not be accurate because the knowledge/facts lack and the report 9-28-13 in our opinion was vague and was not detailed enough especially with 19 men dead.
      Recently we heard in an email —
      “Just a lil heads up here. Some people are trying to belittle your thoughts on the helicopters fanning the flames. My best advice is to stick to your story, because it certainly seems to come from the heart, AND YOU WERE THERE!!!! No one in Arizona has a story like yours.”
      and we replied to that email—“I am simple gal- farm roots and I shared what I saw and Sonny is a mountain simple guy and we shared what we saw—not a story yet what we saw—discrediting or thinking whatever they want- please I encourage that yellow and white helicopter to come forward and educate me because not at all times did that copter go low with gear intent- indeed saw the copter hovering/observing yet I am all for someone educate me- and I will state like I did to the investigators we did not believe that area with 4 small bushes that the copter fanned because it was low—we did not ever say it was purposely doing it but it is the result we saw from it flying low- I questioned it immediately and Sonny said I reckon it went from a lightning fire to a controlled burn-

      The funny part – people can try and discredit yet I have a lived a pure good clean life and my husband has always been at my side with full support and what they can stir—the girl gets brain tumors and wants to live out what she always read in an old western novel/Ann Woodin’s Home is the Desert or watched as a kid PippiLongstocking/Shirley Temple and I always wanted to see can you even pioneer Arizona in this modern society? I am not doing anything wrong and even getting a man who thinks he is so old that he is grandfathered in to all the modern laws and even Sonny is legal with a permit to walk here in Arizona—how many out there even know of such laws—so let them talk—means they are not talking about someone else for the moment. Let them discredit but in the end people who have watched my giving heart since a tot will just smile because they know it will not bother me—people have to do what they do but when I pass on I went with a pure heart and you are right I have been sharing from the heart and pure. Happy Thanksgiving.”—-
      we are going to really sit down and read ALL you wrote and reply as time goes by—we were there as we hiked 3:48am until almost 3—when we returned to the cabin#15 of Oak Park Joy never imagined what she saw; the gates to hell- flames so high and smoke so thick and Sonny just looked at me like “told you so” so in the end you can have decades of firefighting experience but Sonny has life experience as an old miner/logger yet is also college educated (religion/geology/psychology) and when we began this hiking adventure back in 2011 I thought three days tops I could take of it but what keeps me going is his vast knowledge of the very thing I love—A R I Z O N A desert. It does break my heart as I walked that day and I share to you all that day and I know once lawsuits come about; discrediting and all the rodeo of bullshit will come to be but in the end it breaks my heart because Friday when I spoke to Ronda Carnes (my hiking pal/dear friend/Congress gas station cashier) she stated she hopes I was not in that area—lightning just struck the hill—we went to the radio towers and it was not in our visual—we went down the hill and saw it. We still need to see Congress photos from people who saw it and got it on film that night so that Sonny can take the photo and take us up to that very area to find the material that a lightning strike leaves behind- we still have not after ALL these hikes found the exact lightning strike spot and that is our goal in this- We told Ronda we would hike it Saturday and we did but after seeing the black bear and the heat and the blisters Joy had on her feet from the many miles already put on that week—the heat was main factor and we went in from wrong angle Sonny felt so Sunday we went out early—still dark out. Our condolences to all affected by that day and we feel your pain this Holiday—we hope everyone has a nice Thanksgiving.

      Reply
  96. Bob Powers says

    November 27, 2013 at 7:38 pm

    Short comment Marsh and Steed could talk to each other on the radio (inter crew) and would have at the point the crew dropped into the canyon. Steed may have marked the drop off point and told marsh to look for the tape. Pure and simple no surprises.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 27, 2013 at 8:07 pm

      See my response to Gary Olson above about this.
      If the culture pretty must dictates that this MUST
      have happened…

      …then Brendan McDonough must have heard
      every single word of it.

      He was sitting in the GM Supervisor Truck in the parking
      lot of the Ranch House Restaurant at this exact time
      with nothing to do but be listening to the radio.

      Reply
    • mike says

      November 27, 2013 at 8:41 pm

      The problem I see with Marsh underestimating the risk of their move, is that what he saw with his eyes was not what made the situation dangerous. It was knowing the combination of the weather that was present (unstable), the fuel present in the unburned areas (very flammable) and the fact that conditions had been so hot and dry. Those were the things that predicted further extreme fire behavoir, i.e. fire moving much faster than you would otherwise think. Relying on his eyes and not his head (along with ignoring the rules) I think messed him up.

      When you decide on a course of action, there is always a tendency to focus on reasons you can do it (best-case) versus not do it (worse-case).

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 27, 2013 at 10:20 pm

        There was a (supposedly) qualified FBAN ( Fire Behavior
        Analyst ) on duty on this fire during this entire timeframe.
        that day ( according to the SAIR, anyway ).

        His only job ( as I understand the paid position of FBAN )
        was to be watching out for ALL these things you mention
        and make SURE everyone was up to speed on all
        these ‘possibilities’.

        Apparently… even this guy ( the acting FBAN ) was
        totally out of his league that day and was unable to
        predict what was going to happen.

        This fire went off like an ATOM BOMB.
        It was unusual. The ‘perfect fire’, if you will.

        Did ANYONE actually realize the magnitude of what
        was GOING to happen that afternoon, when the
        outflows would hit it?

        Apparently not…

        …but SOMEONE should have.

        I still say maybe someone should have made the
        hiker Tex Gilligan IC that day when the fire
        management transitioned.

        He seemed to know exactly what was going to go
        down that afternoon as early as 1:00 PM when
        he took one look at the sky, the fire starting to run,
        and told his hiking companion… “We need to get
        the HELL out of here… RIGHT NOW”…

        …and he doesn’t even call himself a fire expert.

        Reply
        • mike says

          November 27, 2013 at 11:10 pm

          Sight is a very crucial sense in how we perceive things. I almost wonder if seeing the fire from the ridge was a disadvantage, strange as that may seem. Seeing the fire over time could lead to assumptions about how it is going to behave, what direction it is moving etc, overriding the knowledge that the conditions were ripe for drastic changes in the fire. We can rely too much on what we see and draw conclusions from that when we should know better. Describe the situation in words instead of him seeing it, and he might have decided against leaving the ridge. When you look at those 4 o’clock pictures/video, the fire is quite a ways from where it is 45 minutes later.

          Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 27, 2013 at 11:51 pm

            When you are training for your pilot’s license,
            you are actually specifically warned about
            exactly what you are talking about.

            It’s called ‘proximity relaxation’… and it’s
            especially dangerous on an approach.

            When human beings are more than a
            few hundred feet away from something
            the tendency is to think you are ‘safe’
            and that something is quite distant
            when, in fact, it’s not.

            At no time is that more true when you
            are lining up for a landing on a runway
            and you are still about 3 miles out.

            The runway still looks ‘far away’… and
            you might still be inclined to just ‘take
            in the scenery’…

            …but all of a sudden… it’s RIGHT IN
            FRONT OF YOU!… and you better
            have not been daydreaming.

            Reply
        • Rocksteady says

          November 28, 2013 at 9:08 am

          I am a certified FBAN, and the way I do my predictions and briefings is do the weather blurb AND predicted rates of spread. But that is just me.

          I would ASSUME that this info was given at the morning briefing. However, If only Marsh was at the briefing, maybe this information did not get passed to the whole GMHS crew. When teh 2 weather updates came through from teh meteorologist at weather services, and the FBAN passed it along, did he also include details of rates of spread? I would hope so.

          However, saying all that, I am a firm believer that any crew person with more than 2 years experience would be able to figure out this fire is a bomb, when the temps are 106 F, single digit RH’s and the wind is predicted to go to 30, 40 or 50 mph. Especially when they are observing aggressive fire behaviour under benign wind conditions.

          The FBAN may have been out of his league, however, as long as he transmitted the weather predictions (with no rates of spread etc) a crew would definitely conclude that this fire was going to make a hard fast run. Firefighter basics…

          Reply
  97. Bob Powers says

    November 27, 2013 at 7:15 pm

    WTKTT actually and very precise Fire Fighting Order #7 Maintain prompt communications with your forces, your supervisor, and adjoining forces.
    go to– http://www.fs.fed.us/fire/safety/10_18/10_18.html
    That will get you a copy of the 10 and 18 if you don’t have it. They are precise and very clear and have served well for over 60 years. I am not a fan of LCES because its only a part of the whole.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 27, 2013 at 8:16 pm

      Mr. Powers… I have had a copy of these ‘Holy documents’ since
      day one. Maintaining PROMPT communications is not exactly
      the same thing as saying ‘Make sure you’re not being obtuse
      and that everyone understands you’…

      …or actually having some sort of ‘test’ in place for being
      promoted to these supervisory positions that makes sure you
      are someone who knows what ‘obtuse’ means and you have
      absolutely no tendency at all to be that way.

      CLEAR communicating.
      It’s an art… not a science.
      Some people instinctively know how to do it.
      Others need to be TAUGHT how to do it.

      Reply
  98. Gary Olson says

    November 27, 2013 at 6:59 pm

    FYI, I think you are wasting your talent and energy trying to figure out who made the decision to go down the chute, who was leading the crew, and were Eric Marsh was in the line or whether he was with the crew or acting as Div A at any particular point in time.

    This might have been different if Eric Marsh would have been on the other side of the fire on a different division or in a different role entirely (structure protection etc.) BUT…he wasn’t.

    So…you can take this to the bank and cash it, it’s 100% guaranteed.
    EVERYTHING…the crew did that day, Eric Marsh and Jesse Steed did together…the same way a husband and wife go to Sears to pick out an appliance together…with Marsh taking the dominant role (non-gender specific).

    I got together with my Assistant Crew Boss (he was THE Crew Boss after I went into a different job) after 30 years apart on the Battlement Creek Fire Staff Ride, and he still deferred to me on everything we did…it was automatic learned behavior without even thinking about it.

    I would do exactly the same thing with my old Crew Boss whenever I saw him, no matter what my GS rating was at the time…look to him to take the lead, in the conversation, where we ate, what we talked about. It is the hotshot culture.

    That crew acted as a single unit not matter what on that day (and nobody cared what anyone else in the crew thought about anything, not even the crew member or squad boss who had a thought about something), with Eric Marsh in the lead, wherever he happened to be standing or walking at the time (although he consulted with Jesse Steed on everything) although he listened to Steed and took his advice on some things, just like a couple does picking out the appliance at Sears, one may have an opinion on how big the unit should be or the color and the other may decide whether to pay cash or finance it, but the person wearing the pants in the family makes the final call.

    If you want to know how a Hotshot Crew operates, just think about a group of people whose members are respected and valued as individuals, whose ideas, values, opinions, hopes, dreams and aspirations matter…and think about the EXACT OPPOSITE and you will be close to how a hotshot crew operates in the field. To sum it up, I didn’t even care what I thought about anything when I was a crew member or even a squad boss, unless it was specific to what my squad was doing at the moment within the overall project.

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 27, 2013 at 7:26 pm

      Good example Gary the responsible person took them down the canyon, whether he was leading or taking up the rear to insure all were to gather. Once they left the top of that mountain where they went and how they got there was leader decision.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 27, 2013 at 7:57 pm

        Gary… I hear ya… more fascinating insight into this
        culture and this work environment.

        Just to be clear, then… you are saying that even if
        Captain Steed was at the front of that line of 18
        men ( including himself but not Marsh since he
        was still ‘catching up’ to them )…

        When Captain Steed reached that exact point
        where the exit from the road would take place…
        he took the time call Marsh again on the GM
        intra-crew channel… and CONSULT with him
        about that?

        You are saying there MUST have been a conversation
        that went like this…

        Steed: Ah… hey Eric… this is Jesse. I can see the
        ranch now and we have a straight shot at it… but
        we’re gonna have to drop down into some kind
        of canyon. Is that really the way we’re supposed
        to go there? Over.

        Marsh: Jesse. Copy that. I don’t know how else to
        get there. I guess we’ll have to just go for it. Over.

        Steed: Copy that. Do you think we really have the
        TIME to go that way? Over.

        Marsh: Air Attack said we had 1-2 hours before it all
        hits the fan down there… so yea… should be plenty
        a time. Over.

        Steed: Copy that. You comin’? Over.

        Marsh: Roger. I can see you all up ahead a ways.
        I’ll be right there.

        Steed: Copy that. We’re descending.

        Something like that?
        If you’re answer is ‘yes… that kind of consultation
        MUST have happened because of ‘the culture’…

        …then McDonough must have heard every word of it.

        He would have been sitting in the GM Supervisor truck
        in the parking lot of the Ranch House Restaurant at
        this exact moment with nothing else to do but be
        listening to the radio.

        Reply
        • Gary Olson says

          November 28, 2013 at 9:35 pm

          Yes, Jesse Steed would never have taken the crew down that chute without consulting with Eric Marsh because of the culture.

          They made that decision together. Like I said, it might have been different if Eric Marsh would have had other crews he was managing or have been in a different division entirely, but he didn’t and he wasn’t, so they did.

          As many others have alluded to, there was a lot of conversation on the inter-crew radios that both Darrell Willis and McDonough would have listened to and probably even participated in, in addition to anyone else who had their radios cloned the same as the Granite Mountain Hotshots. There was no 30 minute black out.

          The Granite Mountain Hotshots were on the move in the middle of a very dynamic situation with the fire going to hell in a hand basket. They did a lot of talking between themselves, especially since they were probably not standing next to each other during most or all of the time.

          I hate to point the finger at McDonough, that young man has had nothing in his life to prepare him for what he is and will be going through in the near future. But…neither did the rest of his crew and that fact didn’t help them on June 30, 2013.

          If he can keep his mouth shut he will probably have a long and happy career as a Prescott City Fireman and remain a home town hero. If he talks about what he knows, he will be unemployed and have to leave town. Tough choice for a young man with at least one dependent (a daughter I think) to make.

          Reply
  99. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 27, 2013 at 5:28 pm

    calvin’s revisit of the 1550 timeframe and the MacKenzie photos has brought
    me back to something I meant to mention that had gone to my back burner.

    I don’t think near enough has been said/discussed about the following
    infamous moment documented in the SAIR in the 1550 timeframe…

    Page 22 of the SAIR says…

    :: At about 1550, Air Attack tells DIVS A the fire is heading quickly
    :: toward Yarnell and could reach the town in one to two hours.

    This is right at the moment where Brendan is evacuating, OPS1
    is calling him ( Marsh ) and telling him to ‘just hunker and be safe’,
    and is IMMEDIATELY prior to this infamous ‘discussing their options’
    conversation(s).

    That was a short statement from ‘Air Attack’… but an important one.

    In the SAME SENTENCE… ‘Air Attack’ is definitely telling DIVS A
    that Yarnell is now in deep trouble… and is also giving him a
    (supposed) exact timeframe for when it’s all gonna hit the fan down there.

    Everyone has been asking the questions…

    WHY did they leave where they were?
    HOW could they have thought they had time to do what they did?

    Well… BOTH of those questions are actually answered right there in
    that one simple reported communication in the SAIR.

    Could it really be that simple?

    Some guy in an AIRPLANE… with the absolute best ‘eyes on the fire’
    that anyone could have that day… had just given Marsh his ‘professional
    opinion’ about how much TIME there was before the town was
    going to need all the defending it could get.

    Marsh went RIGHT into his ‘discussing their options’ conversation with
    Steed right after this moment… and this information had just arrived
    from ‘Air Attack’.

    Could it simply be that they then based ALL their decisions solely on
    what ‘Air Attack’ had just told them?

    This guy had the best ‘eyes on the fire’. He had just given them a
    definite time estimate. How would it have occurred to Marsh/Steed
    that this guy could have been SO WRONG about the predicted
    timeframe that they should just ‘stay where they were’?

    Maybe the MISSING part of the MacKenzie video… with them ‘discussing
    their options’ and the mysterious ‘comfort level’ discussion simply
    went something like this.

    Marsh to Steed: ‘Air Attack’ says its going to all hit the fan down there
    in about 2 hours. That should be plenty of time for us to get all the
    way to Glen Ilah and maybe help out. What’s your ‘comfort level’
    on that, Jesse?

    Steed to Marsh: If ‘Air Attack’ says we’ve got 2 hours… I have no reason
    not to believe him… but if we’re going… I still think we should go right now.

    Marsh to Steed: Copy that. You guys take off towards that Ranch right
    now and I’ll catch up with you right away.

    Steed to Marsh: Copy that. We’re moving out.

    Yes… they lost their ‘eyes on the fire’.
    Yes… they were violating all KINDS of workplace safety rules.
    Yes… they SHOULD have asked someone to keep an eye on them.
    Yes… they SHOULD have reported their movements and intentions.
    Yes… they SHOULD have made sure someone knew where they were.

    But maybe ( just maybe ) they had such faith in what ‘Air Attack’ had
    told them about having ‘2 hours’ that they just didn’t feel the need
    to do any of that.

    Their thoughts on that whole walk would have been… “How could Air
    Attack possibly be so wrong about the 2 hours that we might have
    anything in the world to worry about. We must have plenty of time.”

    Reply
  100. Bob Powers says

    November 27, 2013 at 1:58 pm

    I am going to throw another wrench in the SAIR. Their no communication times are full of holes, because they were not specific or stated no time.
    1605 GM started to move Based on last McKenzie picture.
    1608 to 1610 (Possible est.) conversation with BR and Air attack (these times are not recorded.
    only that Air Attack talked to GM around 1600 which would not be right since they were on the move thru the black. When he talked to them which would have been between 1605 and 1610.
    1615 to 1630 McDonough told March the vehicles were moved. They acknowledged
    1637 Marsh talked to Air Attack about fly over
    1639 Noted the fire in front of them.
    There was never a 30 min. black hole in communications.
    It also seems they had immediate contact with Air Attack and McDonough at any time they wanted them. The whole communication thing is misleading.
    Based on the information we have GM had communications the entire decent.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 27, 2013 at 5:45 pm

      The SAIR is so full of ‘tossed wrenches’ already I’m not sure
      there’s much room left for more… but you are still absolutely right.

      This report contradicts ITSELF all over the place… sometimes
      even on the SAME PAGE.

      The mainstream media ( and most of the world ) still thinks 19
      good men died a horrible death because of ‘radio problems’.

      The only ‘radio problems’ on that day were people simply
      NOT USING THEM the way they should have.

      The ‘C’ in LCES.

      It doesn’t mean just HAVING a radio.
      It means knowing HOW to use it and HOW to
      ‘C’ommunicate ‘C’learly.

      The acronym really should be LCCES

      Lookouts / Communicate CLEARLY / Escape routes / Safezones

      Reply
  101. Tex (Sonny) Gilligan says

    November 27, 2013 at 1:53 pm

    On November 11 we hiked with John McCain author of Esperanza Fire. I noticed a small round object that appeared to be a meteorite at first. It turned out to be the cooked remnants of the pink tape the Hot Shots were using to mark their trail. Apparantly it was what was left of a small roll of tape thrown down on the jeep trail just above where they descended down into the bowl. Joy recorded the coordinates, informed OSHA of the location and we left the evidence there in a rock pile so it could be found. So either Eric Marsh stood at that very point or one of the other Hot Shot Crew. I would think it came from Marsh since he was busy marking trails all the way up and this would seem to fit considering how much would have been left to melt into that small round ball about 3/4 inch diameter. Photos can be seen on Joy’s private website and the coordinates are 5510ft elevation N34*13.290W112*46.931. Anyone interested can google earth that one and know now exactly where at least one of the Hot Shots were immediately before the descend into that trap below. Joy does share her link to those that send an email and saves having to look at the Z in her zazzle page. I personally have viewed her zazzle page maybe three times in two years we have hiked together. Hope her notes are OK there concerning our hikes but I hate the Z on everything. Sonny (Tex)

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 27, 2013 at 3:51 pm

      Mr. Gilligan… THANK YOU!

      It might not seem like much to some people… but over here
      on this thread we are taking the ‘no detail is too small’ approach
      to trying to figure out exactly what happened that day, and
      your input is welcome at any time.

      I believe this information IS important… and here is why…

      One of the leading theories at this point is that Captain Jesse
      Steed, who was the acting Granite Mountain Supervisor that
      day because Mr. Eric Marsh had been promoted to ‘Division
      Supervisor A’ ( DIVS A )… was the one who was leading the
      line of 18 men south on the high ridge two-track road that
      afternoon. Eric Marsh is KNOWN to not have been
      with them when they started their journey south on that
      two-track road towards the box canyon. This is
      documented in the SAIR and also established in the
      Christopher MacKenzie video taken circa 4:02 PM, just
      before the crew ‘moved out’ and headed south.

      It is not known WHEN Eric Marsh ‘caught up with them’
      and then also descended into the box canyon with them.
      Even the SAIR report acknowledges this.

      The theory is that Eric Marsh only caught up with them
      AFTER the front of the line ( being led by Captain Steed )
      had already chosen to drop into the canyon, which means
      it was actually Captain Steed’s decision to actually take
      the line of men down into that box canyon.

      That means that only then, when Eric Marsh finally caught
      the line of 18 men… it then became a line of 19 men, and
      Eric Marsh was now the LAST one at the end of the line
      throughout the descent into the box canyon and on
      towards the (eventual) deployment site.

      I believe your discovery of the roll of tape actually PROVES that.

      Here is why…

      These were all nice guys. If they were all walking along and
      one of the guys in front of them accidentally dropped something
      off their pack like a roll of tape… I believe the man BEHIND
      him would have seen it… picked it up… and just said “Hey…
      you dropped this”… and given it back to him.

      The fact that you were able to find this roll of tape says to
      me that it was PROBABLY dropped by the LAST man
      in the line… and there was no one behind him to notice it
      and hand it back to him.

      The fact that the roll of tape was ‘depleted’ would mean
      that it also most probably belonged to Eric Marsh, since
      he was the one ( maybe the only one? ) using that pink
      tape to mark trails all day.

      So there you have it.

      I believe you found a roll of tape that had belonged to
      Eric Marsh… and the reason it was there for you to find
      at that location is that when he dropped it, he was the
      LAST MAN in the line… and no one was behind him
      to notice it, pick it up, and hand it back to him.

      Just a theory, of course… but it would make sense.

      So as you can see… every little detail has a chance of
      providing more evidence of what really happened that day.

      The GPS coordinates you have provided are also an EXACT
      match for the point where the SAIR report says Granite
      Mountain left the high ridge two-track road and began their
      descent into the fuel-filled box canyon.

      The tape could have fallen off Eric Marsh’s pack ( or he
      just accidentally dropped it ) when he might have ‘paused’
      for a moment to ‘hitch up his pack’ like you would do when
      you are about to make a descent like that.

      By the way… here are the actual DECIMAL values
      for the GPS coordinates supplied by Mr. Gilligan for
      where he found the burned roll of tape…

      Latitude: 34.2215
      Longitude: -112.78218

      34.2215, -112.78218

      Just cut-and-paste the line above with the comma between
      the decimal latitude/longitude values into the search bar
      of Google Maps, hit RETURN, and the exact location
      will appear. A GREEN ARROW will be pointing to this
      exact point on the high ridge road.

      Reply
      • calvin says

        November 27, 2013 at 4:12 pm

        WTKTT… Agree , Thanks, Mr Gilligan! I agree this could be a clue. When I read the post about finding the roll I thought about it being left to MARK the exact spot where they left the road and entered the brush. I didn’t think that it could have been dropped, good thought. I think there would/ should have been a marker indicating where they (GM) left the trail, if DIV A had not caught up yet. One way or the other, it could be very useful.
        As noted earlier, once GM left the road their rate of travel dropped to < 1mph. I wonder how this influenced the amount of time it took Marsh to catch up? I wonder if one person travels faster in brush that 18? I have lots of questions???

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 27, 2013 at 5:05 pm

          calvin… my own ‘visualization’ on that moment is
          along the lines of Marsh ONLY catching up
          with them just in time to see the last man leaving
          the two-track and dropping into the canyon.

          It might even have been from some distance, but
          he still saw ‘where they were going’.

          The two-track curls around a hill at that point
          right before you reach the saddle. Marsh could
          have been just coming around that curve and
          would have had time to see the last
          yellow-suited man disappearing from view
          while dropping into the canyon.

          He would still have been a coupla hundred
          feet behind the line… but he would have
          seen where they went.

          So for Marsh… it very well could have simply
          been a “There they go… and I must follow them…
          for I am their leader” moment.

          I still believe Steed made the ACTUAL real-time
          decision to enter the canyon, without any
          additional consultations with the ‘lagging behind’
          Eric Marsh… and I also am convinced that
          Steed, himself, had NO IDEA there was ANY
          other way to get there.

          Steed had NOT attended the morning briefing.
          Steed had NOT seen any ‘Google map on an iPad’.

          He simply just didn’t know that two-track road
          continued due south… but then turned due
          east towards the ranch.

          The SAIR makes it sound like all these
          ‘What THEY knew and when THEY knew it’
          and ‘What THEY decided’ stuff was some
          sort of democratic process and everyone
          got in a huddle and shared information and
          made decisions together that afternoon.

          Total nonsense.

          There were moments ( like the critical moment
          about whether to drop into the canyon to get
          to the ranch ) that were NOT ‘shared moments
          of decision’ in any way.

          Steed was alone leading those men to where
          he had been instructed to take them over
          the radio just 20 minutes earlier.

          He saw the destination… only knew ONE way
          to get there… and just made the decision
          himself without consulting with anyone.
          He thought he was just doing his job.

          I think Marsh was just as clueless about staying
          on the two-track as an option… but regardless…
          my point is that I don’t think even Marsh had
          any participation in the ACTUAL decision.

          Steed got there first. He was in charge.
          He could see the ranch… and what looked
          like the ‘quick’ way to get there… he had
          been told that ASM2 said the fire was 2
          hours away from town… so he just put
          his left-turn blinker on… went into the
          canyon… and everyone else followed him.

          Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 27, 2013 at 5:55 pm

            Correction… the SAIR does NOT say it
            was ‘ASM2’ that told them the fire was
            still 1-2 hours away from town circa 1550.

            The SAIR simply says it was ‘Air Attack’
            that told them that at 1550.

            This same ‘Air Attack’ that told them that
            is the one that was about to leave the
            fire because someone onboard was about
            to hit some flying time limit.

            See my post just below with more about
            this ( now infamous ) moment when
            ‘Air Attack’ told them they had 1-2 hours
            before the fire would reach Yarnell…
            and they (apparently) believed him.

            Reply
    • Yavapai Co. Residents says

      November 27, 2013 at 9:23 pm

      Author’s name is John N. Maclean.

      Visit his Web site here:
      http://johnmacleanbooks.com/

      (John McCain is one of AZ’s two Senators in D.C.)

      Reply
      • Tex (Sonny) Harold Eldon Gilligan and Joy A Collura says

        November 28, 2013 at 9:27 am

        Joy noted that immediately when Sonny asked her to proofread it AFTER he submitted it-
        I just smiled. Sonny had MacLean in his mind but the person next to him at the library had an envelope with McCain on it—funny. He knew of the error right away as Joy pointed it out. Thank you. Soft smiles.

        Reply
  102. calvin says

    November 27, 2013 at 12:16 pm

    couple of thoughts after reviewing Mackezie pictures and videos. Yes videos! Remember, there are two separate videos spliced together. One thing Eric Marsh DID NOT DO is splice these two videos together! Ok here is my thought. I believe the first video could have been taken before the picture, that is attributed to Mackenzie (time stamped 1550) that appears on p23 of SAIR. The fire appears to me to be more advanced in the picture compared with the first video. I think the second video definitely comes after the picture. Thoughts? Next, the picture above (p23 SAIR) is time stamped to be at the exact moment (1550) Mcdonough is being escorted off of Sesame Street. Correct me if I am wrong, but this picture shows the grader and lookout area where Mcdonough is being picked up? If my assumption is correct, It looks like the fire was pretty close to the grader and even closer to Sesame and GM Supt truck and buggies. Back to the second Mackenzie video. Steed says he believes the fire has almost made it to the two track they walked in on. A similar event is noted in the SAIR (p24) but DIV A says the fire is almost as far as the GM vehicles. Also in both videos there appear to be 10 hotshots plus the cameraman (Mackenzie.) Eight others didn’t make the video plus Marsh.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 27, 2013 at 2:34 pm

      >> calvin wrote…
      >> I believe the first video could have been taken before
      >> the picture, that is attributed to Mackenzie (time
      >> stamped 1550) that appears on p23 of SAIR.
      >> The fire appears to me to be more advanced in the picture
      >> compared with the first video. I think the second video
      >> definitely comes after the picture. Thoughts?

      I just did another ‘side-by-side’ with P23 of the SAIR ( the
      1550 photo ) and the video running… and I stand by what
      I reported earlier on this. I believe the the 1550 photo
      in the SAIR ( The mysterious missing IMG_0888 from
      MacKenzie’s memory card ) was definitely taken BEFORE
      either of the videos.

      The 1550 photo shows them ARRIVING at this location
      where they are all about to ‘sit down’… and MacKenzie
      would soon shoot his video clip(s). The men are walking
      DOWN the rockpile to a spot closer to that small cactus
      plant you see there… and they will be much farther down
      on the rocks in a few moments ( and sitting down,
      resting, etc. ) when MacKenzie shoots his video(s).

      The fire has obviously advanced on the ground itself between
      the time of the 1550 photo and the start of the first video clip.
      Also… look at the SMOKE. In the 1550 video there is a distinct
      vertical component to it that is greatly reduced to the
      horizontal plane when the first video clip starts.

      I believe this means the first VIDEO clip is actually showing
      the moment when the outflow boundary started to hit that
      fireline and ‘lay it down’ more towards the horizontal. This
      also matches the numerous events reported in the SAIR
      as taking place ‘around 1550’ such as ‘fire reversing
      direction’ and ‘wind shifting’ and whatnot.

      >> calvin also wrote
      >> Next, the picture above (p23 SAIR) is time stamped to be
      >> at the exact moment (1550) Mcdonough is being escorted
      >> off of Sesame Street. Correct me if I am wrong, but this
      >> picture shows the grader and lookout area where
      >> Mcdonough is being picked up?

      Yes. It does.

      The ‘old-grader’ location in the video clips is that small
      ‘dot in the center of a tan area’ in the distance…. right about
      in the center of the photo… just above and to the left of
      that small green cactus plant on the rocks. It is also
      pretty much ‘dead center’ in the 1550 photo but they were
      still just moving down the rock pile, and closer to that
      cactus plant, to the spot where MacKenzie would shoot
      his video(s) in just a few moments AFTER the photo.

      The ‘old-grader’ location in the center of these photos also
      has ( for lack of a better description ) a TADPOLE-like
      appearance… with the dirt trail leading AWAY from it
      to the east and ‘curling away into the distance’.

      1550 is a pretty important moment, as far as the SAIR goes.

      It mentions 1550 a LOT.

      1550 is the infamous moment when Eric Marsh makes his
      first mysterious ‘We are working our way off the top’
      statement to OPS1 and also the moment OPS1 is
      documented as telling ( ordering? ) him to “just hunker
      and be safe.”

      NOTE: The SAIR actually says OPS1 was just ‘advising’
      him to do this. Curious. More careful choice of words on
      their part, I believe.

      1550 is also the moment ASM2 ( mistakenly ) tells
      Eric Marsh that the fire might reach Yarnell in TWO hours
      time. It would only ACTUALLY take about 45 minutes
      from the 1550 moment. ASM2 was WAAY wrong.

      Page 22 of the SAIR…

      :: OPS1 is listening on the radio to make sure everyone
      :: received the most recent weather announcement.
      :: At about 1550, he radios DIVS A directly to ask if he got
      :: the weather update and if he is “in a good spot.”
      :: DIVS A affirms that he received the update, and he
      :: tells OPS1 the winds are starting to get “squirrely” up
      :: on the ridge. He says he is working his way off the top
      :: and OPS1 closes by advising DIVS A to hunker and
      :: be safe.
      :: At about 1550, Air Attack tells DIVS A the fire is heading
      :: quickly toward Yarnell and could reach the town in one to
      :: two hours. He also says the Granite Mountain IHC’s crew
      :: carriers may be in the path of the fire. DIVS A acknowledges
      :: and tells Air Attack he has a plan to address this issue.

      There is no ‘cut’ or ‘edit’ of my own up above between those
      two paragraphs in the SAIR. The appear right together, both
      mentioning 1550, in the SAIR report itself.

      >> calvin also wrote…
      >> If my assumption is correct, It looks like the fire was
      >> pretty close to the grader and even closer to Sesame
      >> and GM Supt truck and buggies.

      Well… not really. Look again. The fire was definitely picking
      up steam here and the smoke was starting to change from
      the vertical plane to the horizontal ( outflow hitting it )… but
      there were still quite a few minutes before it would overtake
      either the old-grader location or the part of Sesame that
      can be seen in the photo/videos.

      >> calvin also wrote…
      >> Back to the second Mackenzie video.
      >> Steed says he believes the fire has almost made it to
      >> the two track they walked in on. A similar event is
      >> noted in the SAIR (p24) but DIV A says the fire is almost
      >> as far as the GM vehicles.

      I believe the explanation for that is that if you look closely
      at the video clip(s)… the actual fireline is on an angle
      that actually puts the east end of it closer to where
      Sesame meets the cut-over road to the Shrine road
      than the west end of the fire was in relation to the
      old-grader spot.

      In other words… look at the way Sesame trails off into
      the distance from the old-grader spot. It actually sort
      of ‘approaches’ that more advanced east end of the
      fireline which is kinda hidden by the smoke but still
      visible off in the east.

      Marsh was probably looking at this too and might have
      thought there was a chance the fireline was going to
      reach that east end of the trail BEFORE it even overtook
      the old-grader location.

      The timing is all pretty critical here. Marsh knew that
      Brendan had bailed and that he was SUPPOSED
      to get picked up by BR Supt and taken to the vehicles
      to evac them… but at this moment in time ( 1550 )
      I think even Marsh was ‘sweating that out’ and
      wondering if they would be able to pull it off down there.

      I’m sure he ( Marsh ) was much relieved when Brendan
      made his FIRST ( of two ) calls back to him telling him
      “The vehicles are safe.” The FIRST was from the Shrine
      area… the next one was between 4:15 PM and 4:39 PM
      when they were all safely back at the Ranch House
      Restaurant.

      >> Also in both videos there appear to be 10 hotshots
      >> plus the cameraman (Mackenzie.) Eight others didn’t
      >> make the video plus Marsh.

      Correct… but look at the 1550 photo MacKenzie took when
      they were just arriving at this spot and moving DOWN the
      boulder pile to settle in.for a while.

      There was plenty of ‘Boulder Pile’ there for the other 8
      fireman to be parked BEHIND MacKenzie when he
      shot his video clip(s).

      Reply
  103. Robert the Second says

    November 27, 2013 at 11:45 am

    Mike and Bob,

    Well said gentlemen. I too am not accepting the Jonestown metaphor. Although I have used it quite lot since this tragedy to highlight to others, especially the structure/wildland firefighters, to “not drink the Kool-aid” that says they ‘willingly gave their lives’ and ‘it was nobody’s fault’ and ‘things just happen.’ They violated ‘The Rules’ and like so many others in the past, they paid for it with their lives. I still contend that there were ‘bad decisions with prior good outcomes’ and Groupthink involved and influencing their thought process and decision-making.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 27, 2013 at 1:48 pm

      My apologies for even typing that word ( The ‘J’ word ).
      I had just finished reading Mr. Powers astute observation
      about the SAIR’s own published ‘fireline progession’ charts,
      with timestamps, and realized myself that he is RIGHT.

      There is a GOOD chance that the advanced fireline WAS
      visible approaching the mouth of that canyon BEFORE
      they decided to drop down into it.

      The ‘J’ word was about the only thing that leaped into my
      mind at that point to possibly explain why they would
      have continued this ‘mission’ they thought were on.

      I truly do NOT believe that Eric Marsh or Jesse Steed wanted
      to ‘go out in a blaze of glory’ that afternoon… and take 17
      other innocent kids with them. Even if they saw that
      fireline in the distance from the top of the ridge, before
      heading right at it… they still must have thought they
      could ‘get around it in time’, or something.

      At the moment… I am transposing all the exact lat/long
      coordinates for all of the timestamped fireline locations
      published in the SAIR itself onto a Google Earth map
      of the area as ‘waypoints’.

      It will then be possible to see… using Google Earth
      ‘stick to ground’ options and 3D views… whether any of
      those documented fireline locations WERE, in fact,
      actually VISIBLE as GM walked south on that road
      and whether they could/should have see the fireline
      sneaking around the corner of that canyon BEFORE
      they dropped into it. Stay tuned.

      Reply
      • calvin says

        November 27, 2013 at 2:53 pm

        WTKTT…. The image used on p23 of SAIR by Chris Mackenzie does not match the Mackenzie photos in Daily Courier. Image 0889 and 0890 (from Daily Courier) are time stamped 4:02pm, and they show the exact same image as the image in the SAIR “taken” at 1550. There are three images on Mackenzie photos #0885, 0886, and 0887 that are time stamped 3:52 but are taken from a different location. A DIFFERENT LOCATION! The landscape is totally different and the distance from the fire line is different. Thanks for all your work on establishing geo coordinates. Could you look at this and correct me if I am wrong. Thanks

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 27, 2013 at 11:18 pm

          calvin… see a longer response to this down below.
          You are absolutely right about what you have
          ‘noticed’. The explanation is that the SAIT fellas
          just decided to ignore the real time of the
          IMG_0888 MacKenzie image and put an
          arbitrary time of 1550 on it… because that was
          what the narrative on their page 23 was
          focused on and that’s where they wanted to
          use the picture. That’s all there is to it.

          They have LIED about the actual time that
          Christopher MacKenzie took that picture they
          are using on page 23 of the SAIR.

          Some investigation ( and report ), huh?

          Reply
  104. Bob Powers says

    November 27, 2013 at 11:21 am

    We have one known statement.
    1 Granit Mountain was moving to reengage .
    This brings up several questions we have all been asking here.
    Were they told to move?
    Did marsh and or Steed make the decision?
    Did an immediate Supervisor or fire chief tell them to move?
    They had several options to move back to Yarnell, They did not take safety route to a safety zone. They were already in one. Why leave a safety zone to go to another one? Escape routes should be marked, close scouted and easily negotiated to reach a SZ in a short time. Why violate the LCES to get to that ranch on a 1.6 mile hike. So far not a Firefighter in this conversation has been able to say why it was a proper decision. The SAIR only confirmed that they took a hike and it was neither good or bad decision making. They followed protocol, what protocol ? What proper procedures?
    Who among all of the highly qualified firefighters would go into unburned fuel for 1.6 miles with an active flame front to our SE and no continuous fuel break between us and the fire. Under what circumstances would you do that knowing the weather and fuel type you were looking at.

    Reply
  105. Bob Powers says

    November 27, 2013 at 9:24 am

    Mike I do agree with you we do not need to get to a point of name calling. We need to stay professional and do what we have been doing and work on the facts. WTKTT you have added a lot of research to this conversation and I am grateful for that. Keep away from the hero’s and suicidal stuff, I know you use it to make a point. It just doesn’t help the conversation.

    Reply
  106. mike says

    November 27, 2013 at 6:27 am

    WTKTT – in response to your reply above.

    I am sure that Eric Marsh did not tell his crew “Let’s go be heroes”, if he had they might have told him he could go alone. That statement reflects OUR judgment of what they were doing. Whatever they were doing they did not see it as frivolous, unimportant or tilting at windmills. There are only a few things it could be. We need to understand exactly what that was. The SAIR seems predicated on the fact that whatever it was, it is unknowable. I do not think so. It may not even be in accordance with what we know to be the case, it may just reflect what they thought they knew or were told at that time.

    The easy answer to why they underestimated the risk is that they ignored the rules. That is true, but apparently they did so (Marsh knows the rules) thinking that it was safe to do so. Now the lesson here is that such thinking is a very bad idea. But standing on the ridge, looking at that fire, how did he come to the conclusion he did? What did he see that we do not? We do not want anyone to repeat his thought process here, so exactly what was it?

    Unless we uncover more radio or video evidence, or someone comes forward, the answers to these questions may always be a bit murky. Even cell phone records won’t tell us what was said. But I still believe that combining the facts of this case with trying to understand how they saw things that day could get us pretty close.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 27, 2013 at 1:28 pm

      >> mike wrote
      >> I am sure that Eric Marsh did not tell his
      >> crew “Let’s go be heroes”,

      I am not, and I’m also not sure how you could
      ( be so certain of that ). About the only thing I (we)
      know for SURE, even now, is that 19 good men died a
      horrible death and there doesn’t appear to be
      any sane reason for it to have happened.

      >> mile also wrote…
      >> if he had they might have told him he could go alone.

      From what I now understand of the culture… and this
      particular group… I doubt it. I think they would have
      all just said “Copy that”, or something, picked up their saws,
      and carried on.

      Let’s make no mistake, here. In this more-than-quasi military environment… only 2 men out on the ridge could have made
      the decision to move… and the other 17 were required to
      ‘follow orders’, unless they invoke that special ‘exception
      moment’ documented in the rules of wildland firefighting,
      and the dissent would then need to be fully documented
      and whatnot.

      I don’t think any of those 17 kids would have done that, that day.

      Even Darrell Willis ( their boss ) has stood at the site where
      they all died horribly, faced the camera, the press, and the
      world and said… “I would have followed these men anywhere”.

      By ‘these men’.. he means Eric Marsh and/or Jesse Steed.

      >> That statement reflects OUR judgment of what
      >> they were doing.

      I lost you. Who is OUR?
      Are you the official representative of a group, or something?
      Did I miss that in a prior message?

      >> Whatever they were doing they did not see it as frivolous,
      >> unimportant or tilting at windmills.

      Again… the ‘they’, for the purposes of investigating this
      accident, would be Eric Marsh and/or Jesse Steed.
      The other 17 men were required to just “do what they’re told”.

      I totally agree… THEY ( Eric and/or Jesse ) must have
      THOUGHT it was important. If they could have seen what
      we can now see in videos… all their comrades standing
      around and doing nothing ( because no one was even
      asking them to try and do anything )… they may have
      adjusted their perceived sense of ‘importance’ that day.

      I wish they had ( seen the resources already there and
      totally available to do whatever THEY thought the were
      going to do with no water trucks or other proper
      structure protection equipment ).

      The roads in Glen Ilah were NOT ‘totally clogged’, as
      others have suggested. Even the recent articles about
      how disorganized the Glen Ilah evacuations were have
      personal accounts that prove emergency personnel
      WERE able to get just about everywhere they needed to.

      The recently discovered Russ Reason video also shows
      clearly that Lakewood drive going in/out of Glen Ilah was
      NOT ‘clogged up’ even at right around the time these
      men were dying out in the box canyon… yet more than
      2 dozen firefighters are just standing in a parking lot
      directly across from where Lakewood drive meets
      Highway 89 and doing nothing but looking up at the sky.

      >> There are only a few things it could be.
      >> We need to understand exactly what that was.

      Ummm… Yes. Totally agree. That’s why the discussion.

      >> The SAIR seems predicated on the fact that whatever
      >> it was, it is unknowable. I do not think so.

      Nor do I. Total agreement again.

      >> It may not even be in accordance with what we know to
      >> be the case, it may just reflect what they thought they
      >> knew or were told at that time.

      Again, total agreement.

      >> The easy answer to why they underestimated the risk is
      >> that they ignored the rules. That is true, but apparently
      >> they did so (Marsh knows the rules) thinking that it was
      >> safe to do so.

      I’m not so sure. You just got done saying up above that you
      believe this decision making on the part of these two men
      was mostly based on a ‘perceived’ sense of ‘importance’.

      I think you may be right… and it was THAT primary perception
      that was the gauge for other things like whether it was
      actually SAFE to make this move at that time.

      In other words… I believe it’s possible they either felt it
      was SO important ( or were TOLD it was SO important )
      to make this move that they did, in fact, ignore all the
      rules and the ‘safety’ factors.

      >> Now the lesson here is that such thinking is a very
      >> bad idea.

      Unless ‘thinking’ wasn’t all that much a part of it… and they
      were simply TOLD “Today is Easter”… and the Easter eggs
      are in Glen Ilah. Pick them up NOW!

      >> But standing on the ridge, looking at that fire, how did he
      >> come to the conclusion he did?

      See above. Today was Easter for him, maybe?

      >> What did he see that we do not?

      …and what might he have been told, that we don’t know yet.

      >> We do not want anyone to repeat his thought process
      >> here, so exactly what was it?

      I don’t believe it’s all about psychoanalyzing either Marsh
      or Steed until we are absolutely sure it wasn’t “Easter”
      that day for both of them.

      Not all the FACTS are on the table yet.

      Remember… “When you have eliminated the impossible, all
      that remains, however improbable, must be the truth.”

      The (what others would think is) ‘impossible’ hasn’t been
      eliminated from this investigation yet.

      >> Unless we uncover more radio or video evidence, or
      >> someone comes forward, the answers to these questions
      >> may always be a bit murky.

      That’s true. I think the next step is simply more of same.
      More research ( like is going on here )… and the results
      of the AOSHA report. I am still giving them the benefit of
      the doubt as to determining the real cause of this
      horrible State of Arizona sponsored workplace accident.

      Maybe they will ‘do the right thing’ here based on evidence
      THEY might already have and tell us what REALLY happened.

      >> Even cell phone records won’t tell us what was said.

      No… not unless anyone knows someone at the NSA and
      the actual conversations were captured… but they will
      certainly indicate who to ‘talk to’ to next and, perhaps,
      discover what was said.

      >> But I still believe that combining the facts of this case
      >> with trying to understand how they saw things that
      >> day could get us pretty close.

      Totally agree. 100 percent.
      Carry on.

      Reply
  107. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 27, 2013 at 2:27 am

    **
    ** WHEN DID THE FLAME FRONT ACTUALLY ARRIVE
    ** AT THE BOULDER SPRINGS RANCH?

    The SAIR doesn’t have much to say about the moment the fire ACTUALLY
    reached the Boulder Springs Ranch, but the report does mention that
    moment in its ‘narrative’…

    Page 29 of the SAIR…

    :: The fire reaches the Glen Ilah community at the south end of
    :: Yarnell during Granite Mountain IHC’s communications with ASM2.
    :: The owner of the Boulder Springs Ranch, on the town’s west edge,
    :: happens to go outside to check on her dog. As she gets to the door,
    :: she realizes the fire has advanced significantly toward her house.
    :: She and her husband run outside, put all of their livestock into the
    :: barn, and then return to their house just as the fire sweeps over
    :: their property. The owners, their animals, and their property are
    :: unharmed thanks to fire-resistant construction and defensible
    :: space around their buildings.

    There is also this interesting event noted in the SAIR’s own ‘timeline’
    on page 64 of the SAIR…

    1653 ( 4:53 PM ) Electricity goes off at Boulder Springs Ranch

    Using Google Maps and satellite images in close-up it would appear that
    this Boulder Springs Ranch is ‘off the grid’ and pretty self-sufficient.

    There are no visible power lines leading from Deertrack Drive in Glen Ilah
    down the dirt road (driveway) that leads to the ranch.

    The above-ground Glen Ilah electric grid terminates right there with
    a ‘dead-pole’ right where the Deertrack Drive asphalt ends and the dirt
    road to the ranch begins. There is also no visible ground level junction box
    to feed any buried lines in that direction.

    I also don’t see any phone lines leading to the ranch, either.

    The ranch uses the Satellite based WildBlue Internet Service so that
    would be another indicator that this place is ‘off the grid’ as far
    as local utilities ( electric / phone ) go.

    The actual owners of this ranch are Lee and DJ Helm.

    They are both publicly credited in the SAIR report for information supplied
    such as when they lost their electricity and the narrative shown above
    from page 29 of the SAIR.

    I found Mr. Helm’s email address online since he is heavily involved with
    the Prescott Historical Preservation Society and I’m certainly not going to
    publish that here, but the domain part of his email address is @wildblue.com
    which is a leading satellite based ISP ( Internet Service Provider ).

    So that really does indicate that this place is ‘off the public utility grid’.

    Looking very closely at the satellite images of this ranch ( and at the
    Joy Collura photos of this ranch )… there is what appears to be a
    ‘generator shed’ right about where it ought to be… on the very northern
    perimeter of the site and off by itself ( because of the noise, fumes, etc. )
    and that would be exactly here…

    Latitude: 34.219788
    Longitude: -112.770288

    34.219788, -112.770288

    It also looks like, as well as they planned that site, the spot chosen for the
    generator shed was built a little too close to the perimeter for comfort.

    It’s close to some pretty heavy stands of manzanita and perhaps that’s why
    they lost the power. Flame lengths on the northern perimeter would have
    certainly nailed this generator shack and taken it out.

    So if that’s where the generator really is/was, then the 4:53 PM time reported
    in the SAIR for the loss of electricity at the ranch really is a good indicator
    of EXACTLY when the flame front actually did hit the very northern perimeter’
    of the Boulder Springs Ranch.

    NOTE: On page 81 of the SAIR is their full ‘fireline progression’
    chart and they actually do have an established ‘line’ for the fire
    at the 1650 ( 4:50 PM ) timeframe. Their leading edge at that time
    is just short of the north perimeter of the Boulder Springs Ranch
    so this would match almost exactly the 1653 ( 4:53 PM ) time
    for the flames reaching the northern perimeter of the ranch
    and the generator shack being taken out.

    If this 4:53 time can then be trusted to be the moment the fire actually reached
    the northern perimeter of the ranch then that changes the total amount of time
    that GM might have had to actually REACH the Ranch if they had actually
    even KNOWN about this alternate escape route ( there is no real evidence
    that they did ) and decided to go that way instead of the box canyon.

    Again… trusting the SAIR time of 4:20 as being the ‘moment of decision’ when
    GM decided to leave the two-track road and drop into the box canyon, the new
    time of 4:53 for the flamefront arriving at the northern perimeter of the ranch
    would give a total ‘survivable’ travel time on the alternate escape route
    of 33 minutes ( 1,980 seconds ).

    The fixed travel distance for the entire alternate escape route from the
    ‘Descent Point’ up on the ridge all the way to the fence at the southern
    perimeter of the ranch clearing is still…

    1.16981 Mi., 2058 yards. ( 6174 feet ).

    With a full 33 minutes to cover that distance ( and still survive ) then GM’s
    ‘travel rate’ all along the alternate escape route would only have had to
    have been…

    62.36 yards per minute
    1.03 yards per second
    187.09 feet per minute
    3.1 feet per second
    2.1 miles per hour

    That would been really, really doable… even for a single-file line of 19
    men traveling with packs on.

    Don’t forget that GM would still have been approaching the perimeter of the
    ranch clearing from due south, so even if the flamefront was reaching the
    north perimeter of that clearing at the same moment they were arriving at
    the southern perimeter they would have had that extra time to kick the door
    down on the residence in the southern half of the clearing and get safely
    inside before the fire swept AROUND that entire ranch clearing.

    They probably would have made it, no problem… if they even had a clue that
    this option was available to them… which, regardless of anything the SAIR
    says… I still believe they did NOT.

    Reply
  108. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 26, 2013 at 11:06 pm

    >> mike wrote…
    >> Maybe it is just me, but it seems like we are getting a little lost in
    >> the weeds right now.

    Disagree. I think ‘getting a little lost’ is the way to ‘finding your way home’.

    Some very good (new) information has come out in the last few days
    that hadn’t been noticed before. I think that’s a GOOD thing.

    >> Let’s accept that this was not “Jonestown”
    >> (if it was, there really aren’t any lessons to be learned).

    Agreed… but just short of the ‘suicidal’ component to this inexplicable
    event… it MAY come out that, in the future, some better personality
    testing should be required before anyone is put in charge of the
    lives of 19 other young men. Fanatics need not apply.

    >> mike also wrote…
    >> Also I don’t believe Marsh was Captain Queeg, unless further evidence
    >> develops. It is a long way from someone who is driven to be excellent to
    >> become someone willing to take psychotic risks.

    Sorry, mike, I have to disagree ( but only with the second part of your statement ).

    Sometimes… that ‘distance’ you describe can be as short as a walk
    through a fuel-filled box canyon with no lookouts or ‘eyes on the fire’.

    >> mike also said…
    >> 2 things can be said with a fair amount of certainty.
    >> First, they descended with some purpose in mind – WHAT WAS IT?

    Be heroes?… when no one was even asking them to and their comrades
    who were already THERE weren’t even trying and have been video-taped
    just standing around in a parking lot and not trying to help anyone at all
    because no one was even asking them to, either?

    Obey orders?… and keep their jobs?

    >> Second, they expected to reach where they were going alive –
    >> WHY DID THEY UNDERESTIMATE THE RISK?

    Totally unqualified to hold the jobs they were being paid to do?

    >> I do not know the answers

    Me neither… not YET, anyway.

    >> but answer those questions and I think you will have a better
    >> understanding of what happened.
    >> We have to get inside their heads, not look at it as outsiders.

    Personally… I don’t even think it’s time to try and ‘get inside their heads’
    yet… when it’s perfectly obvious there are more FACTS that have
    to be revealed. Let’s get all the FACTS on the table first before we
    really start the head-shrinking.

    >> mike also wrote…
    >> One thing about Brendan McDonough. Yes he may well know more
    >> than he has let on publicly. In his interview with the Courier he said
    >> something to the effect of “I’ll always maintain there was no bad
    >> decision” – slightly curious wording maybe, not sure what to make of it.
    >> Maybe the “maintain” was for emphasis, maybe reflecting that “this is
    >> my story and I’m sticking to it”. Who knows.

    It is kind of funny there that… just prior to him making that statement
    in the video… he appears to ‘pull himself up’ and ‘make that little speech’
    like it had been well-rehearsed, or something.

    My take is that McDonough might have even been in the room with the
    investigators when, even before most ( or any? ) of the facts were in…
    everyone decided that there will BE NO BLAME HERE… NO MATTER
    WHAT… and he is simply now repeating that ‘official mantra’.

    He just keeps saying ‘it was an accident’… and ‘these things happen’ and
    ‘firefighters die in bad weather all the time’… and stuff like that… like it’s all
    been rehearsed, or something.

    There are accidents… and then there are accidents.
    Sometimes they just happen… sometimes there’s a reason.

    The verdict is not altogether in on this particular ‘accident’ yet.

    >> mike also wrote…
    >> Finally, at some point he said that was the last time he heard his
    >> superintendent’s voice. What time was that?

    The ‘last time he HEARD him/them’ is KNOWN. ( 4:41 PM – See details below ).

    The ‘last time he TALKED to him/them’ is still NOT KNOWN.
    ( Sometime between 4:15 PM and 4:39 PM ).

    What McDonough actually said in his public video interview is this…

    :: the fire activity was just picking up and keep picking up from when I had
    :: left ( my lookout spot )… and… around that time… this had to been
    :: around 4… 4:15, 4:30 ish… I’m guessing…my times on that day are
    :: really hazy… um… we ended up going… they kinda pulled the resources
    :: off and the divisions and… jus cus of what was goin’ on and people on
    :: their own were doing it jus…wasn’t… uh… safe area… cus at that point
    :: when we had moved we were even closer to the fire… and… we pulled
    :: off, we parked at a cafe’ ( the Ranch House Restaurant ), and during the
    :: time, ya know, told my superintendent and captain that we had the vehicles
    :: in a safe area… and… once again… if they needed anything just give me
    :: a call and I’ll see ‘em soon… and that’s the last time that I talked to ‘em.
    ::
    :: Um… ( Long pause )
    ::
    :: I had heard my superintendent relay to the IC… about… um…
    :: them having to deploy and to set up… prepare a deployment site…
    :: and that was the last time that I heard my superintendent’s voice.

    The ‘last time he HEARD them’ is documented in the SAIR.

    NOTE: In his public video interview, McDonough’s reference to the
    “last time I heard my superintendent’s voice” was describing the
    “we are deploying” message from Marsh that everyone on the air-to-ground
    channel (10) heard at 4:41 PM… but I always thought it was odd that, even
    that long after the incident, he was still choosing to be the ‘good little soldier’
    and would still be using such regimented language like ‘my superintendent’
    instead of just saying “that was the last time I heard Eric’s voice”… but that’s
    neither here nor there, I suppose. Maybe they weren’t even friends.

    The moment McDonough is talking about there has a KNOWN (published)
    time on it. It was the same thing everyone listening to channel 10
    ( air-to-ground ) heard at that moment.

    According to the SAIR… 1641 ( 4:41 PM ).

    Page 28 of the SAIR…

    :: At about 1641…
    ::
    :: DIVS A (now more urgent): “Yeah, I’m here with Granite Mountain
    :: Hotshots, our escape route has been cut off. We are preparing a
    :: deployment site and we are burning out around ourselves in the
    :: brush and I’ll give you a call when we are under the sh— the shelters.”
    ::
    :: ASM2: “Okay copy that. So you’re on the south side of the fire then?”
    ::
    :: At about 1642, DIVS A yells: “Affirm!”

    The ‘time that he (McDonough) last TALKED to him/them’ is still the MYSTERY.

    Brendan says that as soon as they ( he and the BR crew members helping
    him ) got all the GM vehicles safely to the Ranch House Restaurant that
    he then (quote) “told my superintendent and captain that we had the vehicles
    in a safe area… and… once again… if they needed anything just give me
    a call and I’ll see ‘em soon… and that’s the last time that I talked to ‘em.”

    So what TIME was that, really?

    Still UNKNOWN (specifically)… but we also now know that HAD to be
    sometime after 4:15 PM ( At the moment GM had already secretly
    headed south away from the black where they had been told to stay
    and were about to drop down into the box canyon ) and before 4:39 PM,
    which is the moment Steed broke in on the air-to-ground channel 10
    and said “We are in front of the flaming front!”.

    That’s only a 24 minute window… but a pretty critical one given what
    was known to be happening around that time.

    It’s really quite inconceivable ( to me, anyway ) that McDonough could
    have had the simple, terse exchange he says he did with Steed or
    Marsh ( or both, he says? ) during that critical time.

    Here he was… the only member of that crew who could do anything at
    that point with regards to reuniting his entire crew with their vehicles…
    and we’re supposed to believe more wasn’t discussed on that call
    he made from the Ranch House Restaurant parking lot?

    As in… WHERE (exactly) where they… WHAT were they doing… WHEN
    did they expect to arrive where they were headed?… WHAT ( if anything )
    was Brendan supposed to do at that point… etc. etc.

    McDonough does a good job in his interviews of describing ONLY what
    HE said. He never once tries to elaborate on anything anyone else said
    in return or things he might have simply overheard… as if this is what
    he had been ‘coached’ to do. ( Don’t discuss radio conversations ).

    I find it hard to believe that the only thing Marsh or Steed would have
    had to say to McDonough ( on the GM private channel ) when he called
    them from the Ranch House Restaurant would have been a simple
    ‘Copy that’ ( Which Brendan conspicuously doesn’t even mention even
    if that really is all that was said in return. )

    What did Steed or Marsh REALLY say back to him then, at this critical
    moment in time ( 4:15 to 4:39 PM )?

    NOTHING at all?

    This is what McDonough ( and the SAIR ) would have us believe, apparently.

    I’m not buying it.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 26, 2013 at 11:24 pm

      Forgot to mention… the very fact that McDonough has publicly
      reported this SECOND “I’ll see ya soon” conversation with
      BOTH Marsh and Steed automatically makes mincemeat of
      the SAIR’s fundamental ( and essential ) claim that there
      were ‘no communications with GM for a 30-37 minute period’.

      If the timing is right here… then Brendan McDonough himself
      had a VERY critical ‘direct conversation’ with BOTH of them
      at a VERY critical time right smack in the middle of this
      ‘blackout’ the SAIR is trying to sell us.

      Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 27, 2013 at 12:59 am

      CORRECTION to something I said above.

      Brendan McDonough most certainly has ‘reported what people
      have said to him’ on the radio… such as exactly what Jesse
      Steed was saying to him when he needed to abandon his
      lookout post and whatnot.

      My point was that AFTER that… from the time BR Supt
      dropped him off at the GM Supervisor truck ( and he was
      now able to get off the portable and use the onboard
      radio )… there is NOTHING being reported by him.

      Except that one (crucial) conversation he had with
      ( by his own admission ) BOTH Marsh and Steed,
      between 4:15 PM and 4:39 PM from the parking lot
      of the Ranch House Restaurant… and all we get
      from him there ( unlike his free recounting of BOTH sides
      of his earlier conversation with Steed ) is a
      ONE-WAY description of him saying something to
      Marsh/Steed… but them (apparently) having absolutely
      nothing to say in response.

      From the time Brendan was ‘left alone’ with the GM
      vehicles and just waiting for the BR crew to return
      to help him move them… on through the evacuation
      out the Shrine road and down to the Ranch House
      Restaurant…

      …there is no doubt that Brendan McDonough was
      hearing EVERYTHING that was being said… including
      this mysterious ‘discussing their options’ conversation
      AND, most certainly, that entire ‘comfort level’ conversation
      partially captured in the 4:02 MacKenzie video.

      The only way Brendan could have NOT heard ALL of this
      is if he had simply jumped into the GM Supervisor truck,
      fired up the air-conditioner, dialed down the radio and
      threw in the heavy metal CDs for the next 45 minutes.

      I really, really doubt that happened.

      He had PROMISED Steed/Marsh (twice) that ‘if they needed
      anything just give me a call’… and that’s a PROMISE that he
      would, indeed, be closely monitoring the radio and listening to
      EVERYTHING until he met up with them again.

      McDonough heard it all that day.

      Reply
  109. mike says

    November 26, 2013 at 8:55 pm

    Maybe it is just me, but it seems like we are getting a little lost in the weeds right now. Let’s accept that this was not “Jonestown” (if it was, there really aren’t any lessons to be learned). Also I don’t believe Marsh was Captain Queeg, unless further evidence develops. It is a long way from someone who is driven to be excellent to become someone willing to take psychotic risks. 2 things can be said with a fair amount of certainty. First, they descended with some purpose in mind – WHAT WAS IT? Second, they expected to reach where they were going alive – WHY DID THEY UNDERESTIMATE THE RISK? I do not know the answers, but answer those questions and I think you will have a better understanding of what happened. We have to get inside their heads, not look at it as outsiders.

    One thing about Brendan McDonough. Yes he may well know more than he has let on publicly. In his interview with the Courier he said something to the effect of “I’ll always maintain there was no bad decision” – slightly curious wording maybe, not sure what to make of it. Maybe the “maintain” was for emphasis, maybe reflecting that “this is my story and I’m sticking to it”. Who knows.

    Finally, at some point he said that was the last time he heard his superintendent’s voice. What time was that?

    Reply
  110. Robert the Second says

    November 26, 2013 at 8:51 pm

    WTKTT,

    And he is DEFINITELY using a Bendix-King personal portable but you have much better software than I to tell what model.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 26, 2013 at 11:42 pm

      Deduction… my dear Watson!

      The bright red clamshell on Steed’s Bendix is ( apparently? )
      only sold as an accessory for the GHS-CMD.

      Reply
  111. Robert the Second says

    November 26, 2013 at 8:46 pm

    WTKTT,

    Here’s a few radio/communications items you can ponder and investigate:

    GMHS said “and I’m switchin’ over my radio to call the other hotshot crew.” This means to me that he is on Crew Net and manually switching to a Tactical (TAC) channel to talk to the “other Hot Shot Crew.” So, he could have done this at least this way – manually switching the channel select knob to wherever their TAC was, then flip off the scan toggle and talk on TAC.

    Here’s a link to the Bendix-King programming manual. Look for the MODES section. There should be A, B, and C.

    http://www.repeater-builder.com/bendix-king/pdf/bk-programming-manual.pdf

    As far as the Air Guard fiasco, it’s POSSIBLE that if the GMHS had all cloned off the one radio they programmed specifically for the YHF, then they would’ve all had it wrong. There are 16 CHANNELS of 16 FREQUENCIES for each channel.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 26, 2013 at 11:48 pm

      RTS… thanks. I already have that manual here.
      I still hope SOME investigator was smart enough to at
      least discover/record what MODE each unit was in.

      Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 26, 2013 at 11:56 pm

      RTS… interesting point you make about the ‘cloning’ moment.
      Nothing in the SAIR about if/when that ever actually happened.

      It is seriously looking right now that even if they all drove
      DOWN to Yarnell in a ‘caravan’ with ‘Marsh up front’ ( as
      the Kyle Dickman reports via his interview with McDonough )
      then ONLY Marsh went to the Yarnell Hill Fire Station for
      the briefing and everyone else might have gone straight
      to the Ranch House Restaurant for breakfast. ( It opened
      at 5:30 AM that Sunday and they are famous for their
      breakfasts ).

      This might account for the HOUR of separation that began
      that morning between Marsh and Steed/Crew… but then
      WHEN would this ‘cloning’ you describe have happened,
      then?

      We are looking at a scenario here where Marsh was not
      anywhere near Steed/Crew until well after 9:00 AM when
      they finally got up where Marsh had already been for
      more than an hour.

      Would they have ‘cloned’ then?… off Marsh’s radio?… or
      would they simply have ‘blown it off’ and never done it at all?

      Reply
      • Robert the Second says

        November 27, 2013 at 3:36 pm

        WTKTT,

        The cloning could have occured all at once, one radio at a time, or all through the shift at different times. It only takes a couple minutes each radio, even while driving along.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 27, 2013 at 11:41 pm

          So… since we know most of the radios survived
          the burnover… it should be easy to see/prove
          whether they had all been properly ‘cloned’
          that day… right?

          Reply
  112. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 26, 2013 at 8:09 pm

    **
    ** THE RADIOS

    Shortly after the Prescott Daily Courier published the first-ever seen
    copies of the photos from Christopher MacKenzie’s Canon Powershot
    camera taken on the ridge just 45 minutes before he was to die…

    …they published ANOTHER page of photographs from MacKenzie’s camera.

    Apparently… the Prescott Daily Courier was given access to ALL the photos
    from MacKenzie’s camera… and not just the ones shot on the day he died.

    That second page features photographs that Christopher took at the
    DOCE and West Spruce fire(s) that GM worked just two days before
    the tragedy on June 28, 2013.

    The FIRST 3 pictures on that page are ‘closeups’ of Captain Jesse
    Steed standing on top of a ridge and holding his portable radio in his hand.

    I’ve been able to ID Jesse’s radio as the usual Bendix/King GPH-CMD
    commonly used by wildland firefighters. Jesse’s has a 16 inch antenna
    extension and the usual bright red clamshell battery extension on the
    heel of the radio.

    Unfortunately… it means that particular radio is not the ‘latest and greatest’
    and does NOT have the ability to punch up ‘recall logs’ for all transmits
    and receives ( time, date, channel in/out, etc. ).

    As with all Bendix/King portables, however, there still SHOULD be a way
    to tell what the ‘last transmit channel’ was… as long as it was not in
    ‘fully automatic’ mode.

    From what I can tell… most wildland firefighters would have been using
    the Bendix/King in one of the modes where the TRANSMIT channel must
    still be manually selected using the rotary dial switch on the top of the radio.

    I believe that would have been how Captain Steed ( and everyone else
    who had a portable radio that day ) would have been using it.

    NOTE: Brendan McDonough would know this. He had one all day.
    He would know how they all ‘usually’ used those radios ( which MODE ).

    I believe this might also explain why Jesse transmitted his first MAYDAY
    call on the air-to-ground Channel 10 when he thought he was transmitting
    on the other ‘AirGuard’ Channel 16.

    In the panic of the moment… I believe he simply ‘over-dialed’ the knob
    on the top of the radio and went past the selector for Channel 16 and
    just ended up with the selector knob in the Channel 10 position instead.

    Easily done if you are nervous or in a hurry.

    If that is the case… then the investigators SHOULD have been able to
    tell exactly which radio was set to which transmit channel when they
    were all collected at the scene… or… at the very least… have been
    able to record what MODE all the Bendix/Kings were in when these
    men died.

    I don’t know if any investigator actually did that… but they should have.

    It’s important to know ( if at all possible ) who was transmitting on what
    channel in those final moments. It fills out the story and would even
    answer some lingering questions about those final moments such as
    whether Eric Marsh took the time to ALSO set his own radio to the
    same WRONG channel ( Channel 10 instead of 16 ) in those final
    moments… or whether he simply grabbed Steed’s radio when he
    finally caught up to him and Steed took to helping the men prepare
    the deployment site.

    SIDENOTE: Perhaps this is a stretch ( a BIG stretch? ) but there MIGHT
    be a piece of evidence that already exists which proves the GM crew
    normally did use these radios in one of the ‘modes’ where you have
    to manually ‘switch’ to the desired transmit channel using the knob on top.

    In Brendan McDononugh’s public video interview… he said this…

    :: I, ah, relayed this information back to my captain and he…
    :: he told me… “No… I can see what’s goin’ on Brendan…
    :: just… make sure you’re safe… make sure everything’s
    :: good for you.”… and… I’m startin’ to walk down this road
    :: and I’m switchin’ over my radio to call the other hotshot crew
    :: if I can get a ride and… as soon as I’m in the process of tryin’
    :: to talk to them they’re already right there around the corner
    :: ready to pick me up.

    Notice what he says there about the way he uses his portable radio.

    He says… “I’m startin’ to walk down this road and I’m switchin’ over my
    radio to call the other hotshot crew.”

    So Brendan was having to (apparently?) ‘manually switch’ to another
    transmit channel in order to call the BR crew ( using the rotary dial
    switch on top of the radio ).

    Big stretch, maybe, but perhaps this means the normal use for a GM
    portable was NOT the ‘automatic’ mode(s) and you had to always use
    the dial on top to ‘switch’ to the desired transmit channel.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 26, 2013 at 8:14 pm

      Followup… I forgot to post the actual link to the page with
      the photos of Captain Steed using his portable radio on the
      DOCE / West Spruce fire on June 28, 2013.

      Photo credits: Christopher MacKenzie

      Here it is…

      http://dcourier.com/main.asp?SectionID=99&SubSectionID=1612

      If anyone can identify the radio he is using better than
      I could… please do. Want to get this right.

      Reply
  113. Bob Powers says

    November 26, 2013 at 7:41 pm

    My hart is sad, my brain and all my training say’s this is not what a well qualified crew and its leaders do. Something is very very wrong and the SAIR has refused to address it. will check back tomorrow.

    Reply
  114. Bob Powers says

    November 26, 2013 at 7:01 pm

    If the SAIR time frame is correct then GM should have ben seeing the fire front moving in their direction when the were on the ridge and before they dropped into the canyon. Yours and Calvin’s Times was what I was reflecting on. If the SAIR thought they could see the fire then the decision to move down the box canyon would have been a bad decision and would not have followed protocol. Based on there own time lines. Which is a contradiction to every body did everything Right. It is a place in time that a truly bad decision happened and the SAIR did not identify it. If they truly saw the fire moving towards them and thought they could beat it to the ranch then they were truly playing Russian roulette.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 26, 2013 at 7:20 pm

      Mr. Powers… see my other response above… but if their OWN
      ‘fire progression chart’ in their OWN document is to be believed,
      and their OWN estimate for when the decision to drop down
      into that canyon is to be believed ( 4:20 PM )…

      …then they have pretty much established that this was an
      actual ‘Jonestown’ style suicide event.

      At 4:20 PM… that fireline MUST have been visible curling into
      the mouth of that canyon from the spot where they decided
      to just walk down into it… AND they must also have been
      able to feel the WIND coming right at them at that point.

      This chart on page 81 of the SAIR also adds almost 5 minutes
      to my estimates of how much time they had to reach the
      ranch via the alternate escape route. According to this
      chart ( and my ‘travel rate’ estimates )… they had PLENTY
      of time to make it and still be with us today. The only question
      now is what a ‘crime’ ( yes, I know how to use that word )
      it will be to discover they simply did not KNOW they had
      that alternative to stay alive that afternoon.

      This SAIR is simply “The gift that keeps on giving.”

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 26, 2013 at 7:33 pm

        Followup: Even if ( for some reason ) they could not
        SEE that fireline developing at the mouth of that box
        canyon circa 4:20 PM… and they decided to descend
        into that killing zone, anyway…. according to the SAIR
        chart on page 81 then every minute that passed
        during the descent would have made that fireline
        even more visible… and should have produced a
        decision to retreat long before they finally got to
        the floor of the canyon.

        If the supposed ‘answer’ to that is simply ‘smoke’…

        Then how insane is that?

        That would mean they kept deciding, foot by foot,
        to keep descending into a fuel-filled box canyon
        that was now so filled with smoke it was obscuring
        even their ability to see the mouth of it… the fireline…
        OR their intended destination.

        Total insanity.

        Reply
  115. Tex (Sonny) Gilligan says

    November 26, 2013 at 6:47 pm

    Hopefully this weekend we can sit and read and reply to this comment wall extensively. Anyone interested in investigating this out- Joy will share her private link to you so you can see 6-30-13 from the fire edge to the area as it was containable that morning. On a hike this morning I wanted to jot down my thoughts-
    Of 19 brave men dead
    very little is said
    the state doesn’t know what to do
    they lost the whole GMH crew
    (saved one)
    hearts are broken
    hard to mend
    when we know they were cast to the wind
    now they say go forward
    leave them behind
    but we who lost them
    will do nothing of the kind
    truth we want
    how can we rest in peace
    when such men would say
    their life is gone—it’s just another day
    they placed a memorial
    they laid wreaths and crosses
    while we listened to their bosses
    we saw that a veil was laid
    not over their bodies only
    but over the truth of that horrific day.
    someone knows and someone will tell it all

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 26, 2013 at 7:07 pm

      Well said Tex and I know from past experience you are right we will learn the truth.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 26, 2013 at 7:25 pm

        Mr. Gilligan. Thank you for taking the time to comment over
        here on this thread. I don’t think any of us realized that it
        might get this lengthy ( or this comprehensive ), so the
        very size of it might be daunting… but I’m afraid that’s
        just the way it has developed. A lot of knowledgeable
        and experienced people have had a lot to say here and
        it really is worth a read.

        We are taking a ‘no detail is too small’ approach over
        here to try and figure out what really happened that day.

        Reply
  116. Bob Powers says

    November 26, 2013 at 4:36 pm

    I was having a little trouble with your times for decent and the 21 min. video released with the investigation report. After reviewing both I found a serious point of interest. If they did not leave the 2 track or ridge line until 1620 why would they have not seen that the fire front was headed directly at them as the video shows at 1615. They dropped into a death trap box canyon.

    They were not using any of the safety rules at that point, or they would have retreated where they could have dropped off the back side of the ridge.

    They made some very major tactical errors at that point LCES, 10 and 18.

    The SAIR should have noted some major problems here. Yet again no mention of any bad decisions that caused the fatalities. I am again mystified.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 26, 2013 at 6:14 pm

      Mr. Powers… this is ‘WantsToKnowTheTruth’.
      Not sure if you were addressing me or someone else,
      but I agree with you 100 percent.

      Just dropping off the western side of that ridge and
      arranging for a ‘pickup’ with Brendan and one other
      guy in the GM Crew Carriers over on Highway 89
      was ALWAYS an option. All day long. Very sparse
      vegetation on the western side. Perfectly safe.

      Somehow… this is all about some obsession to
      engage, engage, engage. Go where the action is.
      Guts and glory, yada, yada, yada.

      Also not sure what ‘video’ you are talking about that you
      are putting a time stamp of 4:15 PM on.

      The recently discovered ‘Russ Reason interview at the cafe’
      video has yet to be definitely timestamped. I still think it is
      plus or minus 10 minutes from the actual burnover… but
      it could be later. It is DEFINITELY before the ‘really bad
      news’ was circulation. Everyone in the video looks like
      they already know about ‘the deployment’… but not
      anything definite following that. All I see in the video is
      great ‘concern’… but no ‘grief’ of ‘shock’ yet.

      Reply
      • Bob Powers says

        November 26, 2013 at 6:38 pm

        Its the 21 min. video that was run at the investigation report. Go back at the top to (previous) and go to State releases the investigation report. The one with the picture of the mountain with the yellow route the GM took, run it and go to about 9 min. or a little more and it will show the size increases at certain times thru the burn over

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 26, 2013 at 7:09 pm

          VERY good point here.
          PAGE 81 of the SAIR itself has the same
          ‘fire progression’ map with legend.

          Someone worked VERY hard on this and looks
          like they did their best to ‘get this chart right’.

          According to their own chart here… BOTH the
          1615 ( 4:15 PM ) and 16:30 ( 4:30 PM ) fireline
          locations SHOULD have been perfectly visible
          to Steed/Marsh/Crew from up on the top of
          that saddle where they decided to descend.

          Even if they were 5 minutes earlier than the
          SAIR says for the descent ( 4:15 )… they
          should have seen it out through the box canyon.

          Even if they were 5 minutes late… at 4:25 PM,
          they most CERTAINLY should have seen it.

          At 4:20 PM… the exact time the SAIR says
          they were standing up on that saddle looking
          out across that box canyon and deciding
          to descend into it… they MUST have seen
          the fireline already curling around into the
          mouth of the canyon ( according to the chart ).

          So that means this SAIR really is ‘the gift that
          just keeps on giving’ here.

          Is it possible this was really just some kind of
          ‘Jonestown’ moment with 19 guys collectively
          deciding to go out in a ‘blaze of glory’?

          If you compare the SAIR timeline with this chart,
          it’s almost hard to believe anything else but that.

          This also changes my estimates for whether
          or not they would have actually made it to the
          ranch via the ‘alternate escape route’. This
          chart on page 81 of the SAIR actually adds
          more than 5 minutes to my timeline.

          I was putting them safely inside the Boulder
          Springs Ranch with 40 seconds to spare.

          This chart on page 81 of the SAIR, if you look
          closely, means they actually might have been
          safely inside the ranch for at least 5 minutes
          and 40 seconds… and having a beer… if they
          had only gone ‘the other way’.

          Reply
          • Bob Powers says

            November 26, 2013 at 7:26 pm

            You see why it got my attention. So this was a bad decision point. Regardless of what happened prior to it. And you can pile on the 10 and 18’s all over the place. And LCES awareness.

            Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 26, 2013 at 8:43 pm

            Have you also noticed… that even though
            the SAIR goes to great lengths with all
            this ‘What they might have known’ stuff,
            at their various ‘decision points’… they
            never once mention them looking out
            into the distance or up at the sky to
            figure out what the fire even MIGHT have
            been doing.

            Like it wasn’t even there ( the FIRE! ).
            Like they were just ‘out for a walk’ that day.

            There is NO mention of anything they
            MIGHT have seen going on out near
            the mouth of that canyon when they
            decided to drop down into it…

            NOTHING!

            Reply
  117. Robert the Second says

    November 26, 2013 at 1:40 pm

    WTKTT,

    I’ve tried to locate it on GE and that’s the best I could do. Maybe not Hays Ranch per se, but out Hays Ranch road. Below Peeples Valley for sure, beause I recall that over the ridge from this ranch. It was only a few structures too. I know it doesn’t make much sense, but that is ‘the ranch’ they were referring to based on what these guys (who were there) told me and pointed out from the GMHS lunchspot SZ.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 26, 2013 at 6:48 pm

      >> RTS wrote…
      >> I know it doesn’t make much sense, but that is ‘the ranch’
      >> they were referring to based on what these guys (who
      >> were there) told me and pointed out from the GMHS
      >> lunchspot SZ.

      Do you mind me asking… who were ‘these guys’ who were
      standing there with you and ‘pointing this out’?

      I took another quick closeup satellite tour of the entire area,
      looking for anything that could have even possibly within
      their sightlines off to the north or northeast that day.

      There is a HUGE ‘clearing’ at this exact point which could
      be mistaken for a ranch ( but it’s not. No buildings at all )…

      Latitude: 34.236748
      Longitude: -112.779658

      34.236748, -112.779658

      NOTE: This ‘huge clearing’ shown above is WAAAY out
      at the end of the ‘Shrine Road’… but would have been
      the perfect target for sensible ‘walk back’ for them if
      all they really had wanted to do was get down from there
      and go home (alive) that day. This clearing would have
      ALREADY been ‘burned over’ even where the fireline is
      shown in the 4:02 PM MacKenzie video and there would
      have been clear ‘new black’ all the way to it. All they would
      have had to do was hike about halfway across that bowl
      plain to this clearing… then call Brendan and tell him to
      get the Carriers all the way out to the end of Shrine road
      and pick them up right there. A no brainer.

      There is also another ‘cow pen’ ( not a ranch ) on a
      visible line from where GM was working off to the
      north/northeast towards the Hays Ranch and
      Peeples valley… but all it has is a fence a watering station…

      Another large ‘clearing’ that could also be mistaken for
      a ranch ( that looks like it also has an old quarry in it )
      would be here ( off to the northeast of where they were )…

      Latitude: 34.249449
      Longitude: -112.782426

      34.249449, -112.782426

      On a line of sight between where they were and the actual
      Hays Ranch up in Peeples Valley is a small cowpen that
      could also be mistaken for a ‘ranch’. It is fenced, but all
      it has is a small feed and water silo….

      Latitude: 34.258844
      Longitude: -112.778716

      34.258844, -112.778716

      Then, of course, WAAAY off in the distance to the
      north/northeast would have been the Hays Ranch
      itself at this exact location…

      Latitude: 34.269112
      Longitude: -112.776423

      34.269112, -112.776423

      The actual DISTANCE from the ‘anchor point’ where they
      had been working all the way to the Hays Ranch, even on
      a direct line of sight, was still a healthy 3.07 miles ( 4.94 km ).

      If they had actually tried to go there… they would have had
      to stick up on the ridge for about 2.5 miles and then try
      to descend and cut across for another 2 miles making the
      real trip about 4 miles. That’s totally absurd to even consider
      that late in the afternoon… and for what? They would have
      been no better off or closer for a pickup from Brendan with
      the Carriers than just exiting to the west from where they
      were and telling Brendan to come get them on Hwy 89.

      Other than the points above… I am seeing NOTHING that
      could have even been possibly construed to be ‘a ranch’
      off to their north or northeast that day.

      All I see is boondock, other than these points.

      Am I missing a spot, somewhere?

      By the way… if you want a REALLY fast way to have the
      full ‘Google Maps’ capability and then be able to just click
      anywhere on the map and immediately get Latitude and
      Longitude for any ‘point’… just use this online page…

      http://itouchmap.com/latlong.html

      Works like a champ.

      Reply
  118. Robert the Second says

    November 26, 2013 at 12:23 pm

    WTKKT,

    To the north a mile or so. Maybe Hays Ranch? From their lunchspot SZ it was across the valley to the north, past what they were watching below them in the McKenzie video segment. It was this fire behavior that changed their mind(s) about going there.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 26, 2013 at 1:21 pm

      I believe the Hays Ranch… off to the north and almost in
      Peeples Valley itself… was the ‘command post’ for the
      northerly structure protection group when the fire was
      still headed towards Peeples Valley.

      That would have been a LOOOONG walk.

      I can’t believe anyone who might have thought THAT was
      the ‘ranch’ Marsh was referring to would not have also
      thought he was out of his mind to even think of trying to
      go all THAT way… for no good reason.

      The fire had already changed direction.
      That’s the whole point here.
      The only reason they were thinking of going anywhere
      was because the ‘fire behavior’ had totally changed.

      New fire line. Totally new direction ( south now, not north ).

      So in just a few minutes… they could have just walked
      the ‘new black’ behind the south-advancing fire line all the
      way back to Yarnell… and not set off on a day trip to a
      ranch way up in Peeples valley.

      Marsh never had any intentions of heading north.

      The whole issue here is why was that still any kind of
      point of confusion… even after people were ASKING
      this guy to ‘be clear’.

      Was he PURPOSELY trying to mask what he already knew
      he wanted to do… because he just didn’t want anyone to
      tell him NOT to do it?

      Did he PURPOSELY lead those poor young kids to their
      deaths… because of either ‘orders’… or just some insane
      hero wannabee complex?

      Inquiring minds want to know.

      Reply
  119. Robert the Second says

    November 26, 2013 at 9:42 am

    WTKTT and Calvin,

    In earlier dialogue with the BR Supt and a few other overhead on the fire at the time, the ‘going out toward the ranch’ refers to ANOTHER ranch in the distance. I saw it from the GM HS lunch spot and SZ. It was NOT referring to the Boulder Springs Ranch.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 26, 2013 at 12:01 pm

      RTS… Which way in the distance? …and how far away?

      BR Supt and BR Capt were both up there, too, having that
      meeting with Marsh and Steed for a half-hour ( according to
      the SAIR ). That’s when they (all) decided to use Brendan
      as a lookout and he traveled back down to the old-grader
      spot with BR Supt and BR Capt when they left.

      Maybe that’s when BR Supt ‘saw something’ in the
      distance ( just like you say YOU did? ) and that was what
      he was referring to.

      Regardless… Mr. ‘obtuse’ (Marsh) really had an obligation
      to make himself clear when asked about this.

      He (Marsh) KNEW that BR was late that day and had missed
      all the early briefings, and never saw any ‘Google map on an
      iPad’ or this ‘bomb-proof’ thing to the SOUTH that Marsh
      was ACTUALLY referring to.

      There is a ‘C’ in LCES… and it doesn’t just mean having
      a ‘working’ radio. It means ‘communicate CLEARLY’.

      Reply
  120. calvin says

    November 26, 2013 at 5:09 am

    WTKTT said… >> calvin also wrote…
    >> I guess he (Willis) was one of the few people the SAIR notes
    >> as knowing the intentions, movements and location
    >> of GM (P3 SAIR).
    I was implying the SAIR must be talking about Willis (as one of the few people) who knew the intentions, movements and location of GM. Sorry for the confusion.
    WTKTT …When I said BR had only been on Sesame and Shrine I was wrong. p ii of SAIR Notes Sesame St ending at old grader and calls the remainder of the trail to the anchor point (simply “jeep trail”.) I also didn’t acknowledge the faint jeep trail connecting Sesame St and Shrine Sorry, trying to be accurate.
    I guess my point was BR had not been on the North side of the fire that day (according to SAIR.) What other road could BR have been thinking of??
    P24 SAIR same paragraph.. BR supt says, “DIV A, to CONFIRM, you’re talking about the road you saw me on with the UTV earlier, in the bottom.” DIV A replies, “YES, the road I saw you on with the Ranger [the UTV].”
    BR SUPT asks DIV A to CONFIRM.. “YOU (DIVA), are talking about the road you saw me on with the UTV earlier” DIV A CONFIRMS “YES, the road I saw you on with the Ranger [the UTV].
    This paragraph is very important! It is not given an exact time! It is not in the sequence of events! It does occur at the almost exact moment as ASM2 and OPS1 discussing Granite Mountains comment about a safety zone. It could also be the moment Mr. Willis describes as (*more than one person or WE*) knowing they were moving “Southerly”
    Earlier in the paragraph… DIV A says he believes the fire is almost as far as the GM crew carriers. Next sentence.. a moment later DIV A says “I want to pass on that we’re going to make our way to our escape route. A couple sentences later; DIV A mentions a road in the bottom and “going out toward the ranch.”
    BR Supt thinks DIV A is talking about heading NE, through the black, to one of the ranches in that direction. At this point BR SUPT says, “DIV A TO CONFIRM, you’re talking about the road you saw me on with the UTV earlier, in the bottom.
    At this point DIV A confirms which road he is talking about. I am not saying it was BR Supt responsibility to know their location. I am saying this was another missed opportunity to follow up.
    BUT, this doesn’t make sense at all! DIV A and GM did not come down the road they saw BR Supt on. They did not come down the jeep trail part or the Sesame St part (as far as we know) even though that is the escape route noted in the SAIR (back to the carriers p 17). The exchange between DIV A and BR (as described in the SAIR) really doesn’t make any sense. Interestingly, the paragraph in discussion ends and the subject changes to Evacuations with no further mention of this exchange. There is also no mention of this conversation in the Sequence of events.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 26, 2013 at 1:04 pm

      >> calvin wrote…
      >> This paragraph is very important!
      >> It is not given an exact time!
      >> It is not in the sequence of events!

      Exactly. The SAIR seems to be playing ‘fast and loose’ with
      a lot of these ‘events’ and/or ‘communications’ and could
      be just ‘inserting’ them into the narrative anywhere they
      want just to support the STORY they had already decided
      they were going to tell.

      I’m not sure I trust ANY of these reported ‘exchanges’ in
      the SAIR anymore… or that things happened when the
      SAIR says they did.

      Example: People reading here in the last day or so have probably
      been scratching their heads watching us try to figure out
      where Marsh/Steed/Crew REALLY were, at what time, at
      the START of the day. They must be thinking WHO CARES?

      Well… I believe it’s been proven now that the SAIR’s description
      of this ‘sequence of events’ at the start of the day is complete
      fiction. Just made up to support their story or to simply not
      introduce any more ‘mysteries’. Keep it short. Keep it simple.

      So… if they were willing to be that ‘fast and loose’ in one
      part of the SAIR… then why not the rest of it as well?

      We still don’t know what their SOURCES were for ANY
      of these most critical exchanges.

      They are not telling us where these (supposed) word-for-word
      transcripts of (supposed) conversations are coming from.

      Now we find that they are also getting important ‘sequences
      of events’ all wrong. What are we to think, then?

      I believe my very first comment on this message thread
      said that “When you produce a report that raises more
      questions than it answers… you better be prepared to
      take the heat.”

      Well… here comes the heat. Right here. Right now.

      >> calvin also wrote…
      >> It does occur at the almost exact moment as ASM2 and
      >> OPS1 discussing Granite Mountains comment about a
      >> safety zone. It could also be the moment Mr. Willis
      >> describes as (*more than one person or WE*) knowing
      >> they were moving “Southerly”

      Yes. Exactly. That could have been ‘the moment’.

      Brendan McDonough would have also heard ALL of this,
      and he is still alive.

      Don’t forget… Brendan has said in both his testimony to
      the SAIT and in his public interviews that he TWICE told
      Marsh and Steed… “Just give me a call if you need anything”.

      Well… you don’t just ‘give someone a call’ over a radio like
      you do on a telephone.

      When someone says that… it’s an automatic promise to
      the other party that you will be actively LISTENING to
      the radio at all times and ready to respond to ‘a call’.

      So, by his own admission, McDonough has told us that
      for every moment after he left his lookout position and he
      had that portable radio… and then had the radio in the
      GM Supervisor truck the rest of the afternoon…

      …he was doing nothing but actively LISTENING to the
      traffic just in case they were going to ‘give him a call’
      because they needed something.

      McDonough heard EVERYTHING that afternoon.
      Even the mysterious ‘discussing their options’ conversation.

      >> calvin also wrote…
      >> DIV A and GM did not come down the road they saw
      >> BR Supt on.

      They most certainly didn’t… nor ever had any intentions
      of doing so? ( Unless THAT is what is behind Marsh’s
      mysterious “I want to pass on that” message documented
      in the SAIR but totally unexplained? )

      I still want to know what THAT was all about.
      SAIR documents Marsh saying “I want to pass on that”.
      PASS on WHAT???? Who was he actually saying that TO?
      What ‘offer’ was made to Marsh that he wanted to ‘pass on’?

      BR Supt specifically said “that road in the BOTTOM”,
      meaning one of those roads DOWN from the ridge
      and NOT the road UP on the HIGH ridge itself.

      Marsh says “YES… that road” ( in the BOTTOM ).

      So was this Marsh actually TRYING to confuse BR Supt
      and any other commander listening to that exchange?

      If Marsh already knew he was just going to head south
      for the ranch… on the HIGH ridge road… why would he
      purposely CONFUSE poor BR Supt and confirm something
      about a ‘road in the BOTTOM’ and also not add any other
      detail in response to his question?

      Again… just more ‘obtuse’ use of a radio on Marsh’s part,
      as seems to have been his habit ALL DAY… or some kind
      of purposeful attempt to mask his real intentions?

      >> calvin also wrote…
      >> The exchange between DIV A and BR (as described in
      >> the SAIR) really doesn’t make any sense.

      No, it doesn’t. Not YET, anyway. Stay tuned.

      Reply
  121. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 26, 2013 at 1:33 am

    **
    ** THE SAIR REPORT
    ** THE GIFT THAT KEEPS ON GIVING

    More absolute nonsense in the SAIR report…

    Page 17 of the SAIR

    :: After the 0700 briefing, SPGS1 and the Granite
    :: Mountain IHC drive through Yarnell, stopping at a
    :: property on Sesame Street. While there, SPGS1
    :: gestures to the southwest and reminds DIVS A about
    :: the “bomb-proof” safety zone, the Boulder Springs Ranch.

    A gesture would have been all that was possible. There
    was no ‘visual’ on the ranch from this location… but even so…
    the ‘Granite Mountain IHC ( Interagency Hotshot Crew )’
    was NOT there to even see the gesture. Only Marsh (DIVS A now)
    was there to see this cursory ‘gesture’ to a place that would
    become so important in just a few hours. Steed never saw it.

    :: SPGS1 follows up by saying, “Of course, you also have
    :: the black [as a safety zone].”

    Again… even if that was said… only Eric Marsh was there to hear it.

    The SAIR now would have us believe that the GM Crew and
    the Carriers were with DIVS A and SPGS1 at this time and
    they then ‘parked’ the Crew Carriers at that time.

    That is not possible. The Crew Carriers would not even be passing
    Chief Andersen’s home on Lakewood Drive in Glen Ilah on their way
    out to Sesame Street for another 30-40 minutes.

    :: The Granite Mountain IHC parks their crew carriers in
    :: a clearing about three-quarters of the way down Sesame
    :: Street. DIVS A scouts further up to a point where the
    :: road is impassable with vehicles, then parks his truck.

    Not possible. Marsh was already up on the ridge by now
    tying pink ribbons on bushes. He had ‘parked his truck’
    and hiked up to the ridge LONG before this moment.

    :: The crew hikes to DIVS A at his truck for a briefing that
    :: the Granite Mountain Lookout later recounts: the
    :: weather would be “superhot and windy,” structures are
    :: threatened, and escape routes will be into the black or
    :: back to the carriers. The lookout also recalls the crew’s
    :: assignment is to establish an anchor point, then
    :: determine whether to go direct along the black or to
    :: go indirect and burn off a two-track road.

    The timing here is impossible.

    The ‘Lookout’ being quoted is, of course, Brendan McDonough,
    even though he was hours away from even having that assignment.

    What ‘the lookout’ reports here ( and SAIR says he ‘recounts’ )
    is not possible. Marsh was not there. He was already up on
    the ridge long before the GM Crew Carriers ever appeared
    on Sesame Street.

    :: DIVS A scouts ahead of the crew as they hike about 45
    :: minutes along the two-track road to a potential anchor
    :: point just below a saddle.

    The SAIR makes us believe they all hiked up together.
    That is NOT the case. Marsh had ‘scouted ahead’ of the
    crew and reached the top of the western ridge a full HOUR
    before they even started their hike.

    Page 34 of the SAIR…

    WHAT THEY LIKELY KNEW AT POINT A, AROUND 1604:
    Prior to 1604, the Granite Mountain IHC likely knew or perceived the following:

    :: While scouting, DIVS A encountered two local residents, avid
    :: hikers who are familiar with the area. The hikers took a path
    :: down the two-track road along the ridge to the southeast
    :: toward the Boulder Springs Ranch. They discussed their route
    :: with DIVS A prior to leaving.

    The SAIR is trying to make it sound like the ‘safe’ path to the Boulder Springs
    Ranch heading south on ( and STAYING on ) the two-track was specifically
    discussed with the hikers Tex Gilligan and Joy Collura.

    That is NOT the case.

    Joy Collura has already said that ‘the ranch’ never came up in ANY of the
    conversations they had with Eric Marsh that day.

    Page 35 of the SAIR…

    :: The Granite Mountain IHC heard the Boulder Springs Ranch
    :: was a “bomb proof safety zone” that morning. Using Google
    :: Maps and an iPad, they had seen the Ranch, as well as
    :: potential trails and roads leading to it.

    Complete falsehood. The SAIR is using the word THEY here
    and the generic ‘Granite Mountain IHC ( Interagency Hotshot Crew )’
    description in a totally misleading way… as if the ENTIRE 20 man
    crew had been present at the 7:00 AM briefing and they ALL got to look
    at some ‘Google Map on an iPad’.

    Nothing could be further from the truth.

    ONLY Eric Marsh saw that map, and the aerial view of ‘the ranch’,
    and Marsh became DIVS A during that meeting and never spent
    much actual physical time with Steed and the rest of the crew
    for the entire rest of the day.

    There is also no evidence whatsoever that even Eric Marsh was
    made aware of any ‘potential trails and roads leading to it’, (the ranch)
    or that if he had been, that he had passed any of that information to Steed.

    Steed was the one ‘leading’ the men south on the two-track and
    had only been told to ‘head for the Ranch’. There is no evidence
    that Steed had any idea there was any other way to get there other
    than by cutting across that fuel-filled box canyon… and HE would
    have made that decision at 4:20 PM at the head of the single-file line
    of 19 men… since Marsh probably hadn’t even caught up with them by
    then, or, even if he had, was way at the BACK of the line and not
    making the decisions about where that moving line of men should go.

    Don’t forget that the SAIR does admit they have NO idea when
    Eric Marsh actually ‘caught up’ to these men after they were
    just told to ‘head to the ranch’.

    Page 34 of SAIR…

    :: DIVS A had been scouting ahead of the Granite Mountain IHC
    :: to the north and northeast to monitor fire activity, watch over
    :: GM Lookout, and check on possible line construction areas.
    :: This kept him physically separated from the Granite Mountain IHC,
    :: but still within radio contact for much of the morning and early
    :: afternoon. The Team does not know whether he was with the
    :: Granite Mountain IHC when they started moving (south) after 1604.
    :: ( or when he might have finally caught up with them, if he was
    :: not with them at that time ).

    Page 35 of the SAIR…

    COURSES OF ACTION AVAILABLE AT POINT A, AT ABOUT 1604:
    Course of Action A1: Stay in the black

    :: The Granite Mountain IHC’s original assignment to establish an
    :: anchor point and construct fireline was no longer valid based on
    :: fire movement, so there was no tactical reason to remain at
    :: this location.

    You mean… other than the fact that your direct superior on
    the fire had already TOLD you to just stay where you where,
    and “hunker down and be safe”?

    Also page 35 of the SAIR…

    :: Radio traffic indicated a distinct threat to the community of Yarnell
    :: so there was a tactical reason to move from this location.

    And disobey current orders? Without obtaining permission?
    I don’t think so.

    There’s much, much more… stay tuned.

    This SAIR report is simply the ‘gift that keeps on giving’.

    Reply
    • Joy A Collura and Tex (Sonny) Gilligan says

      November 26, 2013 at 2:20 pm

      The SAIR is trying to make it sound like the ‘safe’ path to the Boulder Springs
      Ranch heading south on ( and STAYING on ) the two-track was specifically
      discussed with the hikers Tex Gilligan and Joy Collura.

      That is NOT the case.

      Joy Collura has already said that ‘the ranch’ never came up in ANY of the
      conversations they had with Eric Marsh that day.
      REPLY- we both never stated to Eric Marsh about Helm’s place just Joy stated three times we were heading south on the mountain top towards Glen Ilah than dropping down- no mention of any ranch to him or to any of the public.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 26, 2013 at 9:05 pm

        Thanks Joy. I believe the people who wrote the SAIR
        know that they don’t have any proof that Eric Marsh
        or Jesse Steed even KNEW that the high ridge
        two-track road would take them to a point very
        near the Boulder Springs Ranch… but they have to
        try and make us BELIEVE that they did… or this
        itself would be a very serious violation of what is
        called ( in the wildland firefighting business ) ‘situational
        awareness’ and ‘LCES rules’… and they would have
        had to report that violation publicly.

        They didn’t want to ( report such a violation of rules ).

        So every chance they get ( including when using
        your name and Tex’s name ) they are choosing
        their words carefully to just support their own
        pre-determined narrative.

        They are certainly trying to make it SOUND like both
        you and Tex discussed with Mr. Marsh how that high
        ridge road goes all the way to the Boulder Springs
        Ranch… because they NEED it to sound that way to
        support the entire rest of their ‘story’.

        I’m still more interested in what REALLY happened
        than what someone wants me to BELIEVE happened.

        Reply
  122. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 25, 2013 at 6:31 pm

    >> calvin wrote…
    >> Darrell Willis interview part 1. 3:30 and after.
    >> WE heard they (GM) were going to move out in
    >> a “SOUTHERLY” direction based on the fire behavior.
    >> Mr. Willis heard they were moving to the SOUTH.

    Good catch, calvin.

    He most certainly did ‘slip’ and say that’s what WE heard when WE
    were ‘listening to their channel’ that day.

    Apparently no one else on the radio heard this specific directional reference
    that Willis says he ( WE ) heard… or it would have changed a LOT of
    radio conversations such as BR Supt not being confused about them
    heading to a ‘ranch to the north/northeast’.

    This really is a fascinating little SPEECH that Willis makes and it’s
    worth reading the transcript from the video ( below ).

    Here is exactly what Willis says in that ‘Part 1′ video of his
    taped press conference from the deployment site…

    >> Darrel Willis says ( to the press, at deployment site )…
    >>
    >> I happened to be on the fire… on the north end of of the fire that day…
    >> doing structure protection… so I wasn’t really involved with what
    >> they (GM) were doing… but we are able to monitor the, ah… radio
    >> frequencies that they were on… and WE heard that… ah… they were
    >> gonna move out and… ah… start coming in a… a southerly direction
    >> based on the fire behavior.
    >>
    >> (Pause)
    >>
    >> So if you’ll look up there’s a saddle up there just above this rock pile
    >> here ( gestures to the north side of the box canyon )… they came through
    >> that area and they started to move down in this area ( the deployment site ).
    >>
    >> ( Long pause ).
    >>
    >> Umm… MY thought on it were… was… that they were not trying… they were
    >> in a safe location. They were not… ah… satisfied… and no wildland firefighter
    >> is satisfied sitting there and watching the fire progress without doing… taking
    >> some action. Uh… they realized that the fire had changed direction, the wind
    >> was picking up out of the north, and… uh… they… when they moved back into
    >> that saddle they saw the town of Yarnell that was unprotected… they also…
    >> if you’re up there… and even if you turn around and look backwards you see
    >> that there’s a… a ranch just to our east down there… and uh… I believe that
    >> they were… felt that they weren’t doin’ good where they were at… they had
    >> to abandon their tactic of trying to anchor and flank the fire and go into
    >> what we call point protection and that’s to move fire around the houses
    >> and protect structures. I believe that that’s what they were… their intent
    >> was… and when they moved down offa there, ya know, they’re carryin’
    >> 40 or 50 pounds of… uh… tools, equipment… in a pack… upwards of
    >> 70 pounds when you put a saw and a fuel and stuff on their backs…
    >> and they were moving down to protect this house ( points to the Boulder
    >> Springs Ranch ).
    >>
    >> ( Pause )
    >>
    >> That’s… That’s MY ( points to himself ) theory on it.
    >>
    >> Uh… like.. Uh… Jim Paxon has said… We’ll never know… uh… because
    >> we don’t know what 19 of the Granite Mountain Hotshots were thinking at
    >> that time… and there’s no confirmation radio traffic that we’re aware of.

    Wow. I don’t really know what to say.

    I know other firefighters have totally debunked this garbage coming
    out of this guy’s mouth at this point… but has anyone noticed the total
    contradiction he makes here in just a few seconds of elapsed time?

    He begins his little speech saying he absolutely HEARD that they were
    “heading SOUTH based on the fire behavior” ( because WE listen to
    the right radio frequencies )… and then he ends with “there’s no
    confirmation radio traffic ( as to their intentions ) that we’re aware of”.

    Does this guy really think we are supposed to believe he specifically
    heard them openly talking about their intentions to leave a good, safe
    area and head SOUTH because of ‘fire behavior’… but that same
    overheard transmission, or one close to it in time, wouldn’t have included
    the WHY component?

    C’mon, Darrell.

    >> calvin aslo wrote…
    >> I guess he (Willis) was one of the few people the SAIR notes
    >> as knowing the intentions, movements and location
    >> of GM (P3 SAIR).

    I can’t find anything on Page 3 of the SAIR that refers directly to Willis ( or
    anyone in particular ) actually HEARING that they were ‘moving south’.
    Page 3 of the SAIR is still their ‘conclusions’ section, and they do state that
    the crew moved out in a ‘southeast’ direction… but that’s just a known fact
    and it’s just a statement at that point in the SAIR. It’s not being attributed to
    anyone in particular.

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> Why didn’t anyone else hear what he (Willis) heard?

    Willis specifically said WE. He was not alone. He knows it.
    What communication is he referring to having ‘heard’?

    Exactly what TIME was it… WHERE was he, and WHO was with him?

    Needs to be nailed down, fer sure.

    Why isn’t this specific radio communication in the SAIR timeline or
    otherwise mentioned anywhere in the SAIR report? It’s important.

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> P24 SAIR: BR Supt thinks DIV A is talking about heading
    >> Northeast, through the black, to one of the ranches in that
    >> direction. BR Supt says “DIV A, to confirm, you’re talking
    >> about the road you saw me on with the UTV earlier in
    >> the bottom.” DIV A replies, “Yes, the road I saw you on
    >> with the Ranger [the UTV].”
    >> There is absolutely no mention in the SAIR about BR being
    >> anywhere except on Sesame Street and Shrine Road.

    Yes, there is.

    Both BR Supt and BR Capt made it all the way out to
    the old-grader location when they were ‘scouting’ things
    out for themselves that morning ( at 11:00 AM ), and then
    they went ALL the way UP to the ‘anchor point’ on the ridge
    where GM was working and had a long face-to-face meeting
    with Marsh and Steed. I am assuming they accomplished
    all this on the UTV Ranger, since when they left that
    face-to-face with Marsh is when they also ‘dropped
    Brendan off’ back at the old-grader for him to being
    his lookout duties.

    Page 19 of the SAIR…

    :: BR Supt and BR Capt reach the old grader around 1100.
    :: From there, they can see Granite Mountain IHC working on
    :: the east side of the ridge, slowly burning off the two-track road.
    :: Over the radio, BR Supt and BR Capt can hear the Granite
    :: Mountain IHC is trying to get the fire squared up with the
    :: two-track road so it cannot come back up at them. BR Supt
    :: and BR Capt continue scouting before heading up toward
    :: the saddle near the anchor point.
    ::
    :: A little before noon, on the two-track road just below the
    :: saddle, BR Supt and BR Capt meet DIVS A and GM Capt at
    :: the anchor point. Over the next half hour, they discuss tactics
    :: and agree to use a Granite Mountain crewmember as a
    :: lookout (GM Lookout). GM Lookout identifies a lookout spot
    :: down near the old grader at the bottom of the slope, and
    :: GM Capt agrees it will be a good vantage point. BR Supt,
    :: BR Capt, DIVS A, and GM Capt also discuss problems
    :: with radios on the incident, noting some radios do not
    :: have appropriate tone guards and communication is
    :: adversely affected.

    So THIS is what BR Supt is referring to later when he
    says “the road you saw me on with the UTV earlier,
    in the bottom?”.

    I actually think it is curious that BR Supt used the
    phrase ‘in the bottom’. That would mean he was NOT
    talking about the high ridge two-track road that existed,
    and that GM actually headed south on… he was talking
    about some ‘other’ road ‘in the bottom’.

    This is still very confusing. Did BR Supt actually think Marsh
    was saying he was headed to some ranch on the same
    road(s) ‘in the bottom’ that lead to the old-grader?

    At that point in time… that itself should have raised alarms
    because the fire had already changed direction, Brendan
    had already evacuated that area… and the fire was
    approaching that “road you saw me on” ( BR Supt’s words ).

    Bottom line here is that Blue Ridge was VERY late getting
    to the fire that day and they missed whatever ‘briefings’
    had already happened. BR Supt had NO IDEA what ‘ranch’
    Marsh was talking about. He hadn’t even been there for the
    cursory quick look at a ‘Google map on an iPad’ documented
    in the SAIR for the 7:00 AM briefing when some ‘bomb-proof’
    ranch to the south was just ‘pointed to on a map’.

    I don’t think BR Supt even knew that ranch existed.

    Also… there WERE no ‘ranches’ to the north, northeast, or
    northwest of that anchor point where GM had been working.
    There was only more boondock… unless you were planning
    on hiking all the way to Peeples Valley, or something.

    If BR Supt had seen ‘maps’ of the area then he wouldn’t
    have even thought that was a possibility and would NOT
    have been confused about which direction they were
    headed ( as stated in the SAIR ).

    He didn’t ( see any maps ). He was clueless. BR Supt was,
    in a lot of ways, lacking a good amount of ‘situational awareness’
    himself that day and it caused him to ‘ask the wrong questions’
    at some pretty critical moments.

    No… it wasn’t his job to be ‘totally aware’ of some OTHER
    Hotshot group’s LCES plan or ‘bomb-proof ranches and
    where they were’. His focus was the Shrine area and that
    road they were going to (possibly) burn-off… and HIS
    ‘escape route’ for HIS men was simply back down the
    Shrine road to Highway 89 that day.

    But if he had actually been at the 7:00 AM briefing, and had
    actually SEEN that ‘bomb-proof ranch’ pointed to on an
    iPad… then he WOULD have known what Marsh meant
    when he said ‘the ranch’. Confusion avoided ( and maybe
    the whole disaster itself since BR Supt may have then
    challenged Marsh’s decision to go (south) there due to the
    changing circumstances, weather, and fire behavior. )

    Reply
  123. Bob Powers says

    November 25, 2013 at 5:12 pm

    We do know that this was a local fire with no written plan. A Type II team ordered that was a short Team which is questionable in its self. They hit the fire around mid day and were getting briefed and situated when the fire started making some flair ups. Ops. sec. chief probably had very little time to figure out who was where and what was going on. So telling people to stay in the back and hunker down, he might have been trying to figure out who was where. Had he known he might have been more specific and talked to each Div. Boss. That again was another failure of supervision that should have been noted. Give clear instructions and make sure they are under stood Fire Order #8. And so the responsibility moves up a notch to State Type II Take over. AND THEY DID EVERY THING RIGHT.

    Reply
  124. Robert the Second says

    November 25, 2013 at 4:25 pm

    WTKTT,

    Something to consider is we very often sent the Crew out separately in the crew carriers and any other vehicles so as to just ‘get them on the road.’ So, it’s possible that Marsh went to the morning briefing AND that Mr. Anderson saw the two crew carriers go by his house at 8:03 without Marsh in the Supt. vehicle. Something to think about and apply your Holmesian logic to.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 25, 2013 at 6:40 pm

      No Sherlockian gymnastics required here.
      I believe Chief Andersen.
      I believe Joy Collura.
      That puts Marsh up on the ridge meeting Joy and Tex
      at pretty much the exact same moment Chief Andersen
      sees ‘the fellas’ driving by his place, headed west.

      That makes mincemeat of BOTH the SAIR report AND
      Brendan McDonough’s description of events to the reporter
      Kyle Dickman.

      Like I said.. I don’t care if the fellas bellied up to the breakfast
      bar at the Ranch House Restaurant and carbed up for the day,
      or not.

      It’s all about the ‘briefing’… and who’s telling the truth about
      when it happened, who was there, and whether people
      who were going to die later that day knew what they were
      SUPPOSED to know circa 8:00 AM when this whole
      fiasco got rolling.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 26, 2013 at 12:11 pm

        SIDENOTE: On that Sunday ( June 30, 2013 ), the
        Ranch House Restaurant opened at 5:30 AM and
        was open until 2:00 PM. They are famous for their
        breakfasts. Did the GM guys really eat there before
        they went up on the ridge? Does that account for
        the missing HOUR that morning? Trying to find
        that out now.

        Reply
  125. Bob Powers says

    November 25, 2013 at 3:20 pm

    Another possibility– Steed was with Marsh in the Supt. truck. The crew was comming up behind with two foreman driving the trucks. They may have got water and lunches in Yarnell and then went to the meeting point where steed was waiting for them. Briefing them and gearing up gave Marsh a big head start on them, and he was checking his Div. and flagging. I know that the Supt. and asst. ride a lot together just a thought. I think we are finding out the SAIR did not do a very good job of fact finding.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 25, 2013 at 3:50 pm

      Roger that. It’s astounding that, even now, we would still just
      be trying to figure out how the day actually STARTED.

      From my perspective… I don’t really give a hoot if they all
      actually sat down at the Ranch House Restaurant and
      had the “hungry man’s breakfast” or not… even though the
      fire was already ‘on the job’ on the ridge and the winds
      were picking up.

      For me… it’s all about ‘the briefing’, and LCES planning,
      or lack thereof.

      Did Steed really hit that fireline that morning with basically
      no LCES plan or ‘situational awareness’ whatsoever?

      He was GMHS. He was REQUIRED to have all that in
      case Marsh fell and hit his head on a rock, or something.

      Did Marsh have any either?

      We KNOW the day ended (badly) with absolutely no
      LCES in place at all. Did the day START that way, too?

      Remains to be seen.

      Reply
  126. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 25, 2013 at 2:07 pm

    **
    ** THE MYSTERIOUS HOUR OF SEPARATION BETWEEN MARSH
    ** AND THE GM CREW AT THE START OF THE WORKDAY

    This is just a summarized continuation of the mystery surrounding WHEN
    Eric Marsh and/or the full GM crew actually arrived in Yarnell… and whether
    the 7:00 AM LCES/’situational awareness’ briefing at the Yarnell Fire
    Station documented in the SAIR ever actually took place.

    >> calvin wrote…
    >> According to Former Yarnell Fire Chief Peter Andersen quoted in the
    >> article that we are commenting on, he witnessed the two GM buggies
    >> driving by his house at 0803!!! This is at the almost exact minute Joy
    >> Collura encounters Eric Marsh ( way out west almost at the top
    >> of the ridge).

    Correct.

    From Mr. Dougherty’s complete article up above…

    >> Former Yarnell Fire Chief Peter Andersen sat under a tree in his front yard
    >> having his morning coffee on Sunday, June 30, when the Granite Mountain
    >> Hotshots drove past his Glen Ilah home.
    >>
    >> “At 8:03 AM, [their] two buggies went by,” Andersen says.
    >>
    >> “Right after they went by, the leaves started to blow. I shook my head.
    >> [The state] didn’t listen to me.”
    >>
    >> Andersen, who resigned as Yarnell chief in 2011 after 12 years of
    >> service, was aggravated because he had warned an Arizona
    >> Forestry Division fire manager the night before that it was crucial
    >> to attack the steadily expanding fire in the hills above Yarnell at dawn,
    >> before prevailing southwesterly winds picked up about 8 in the morning.
    >> “I said, this being summertime, it will give you three hours . . . without
    >> wind at your backs to be able to get this thing under control,” Andersen
    >> says he told a fire manager.
    >>
    >> Seeing the hotshots roll past so late on Sunday morning ( 8:03 AM )
    >> was yet another signal to Andersen that the Forestry Division was
    >> failing to aggressively attack a wildfire that started two days earlier.

    Chief Peter Andersen lives on Lakewood Drive in Glen Ilah, just a short
    distance west of Highway 89 itself.

    I have the exact address, but I’m not going to publish that here. Suffice to say
    it’s easy to just Google him. I have verified the address because in the video
    interview with him up above, in Mr. Dougherty’s original article ( which is
    what we are still all actually ‘commenting’ on here ), Mr. Andersen was
    interviewed in front of a ‘green stucco wall’. That is most definitely the front
    of his house there on Lakewood Drive in Glen Ilah. ( Hint: Google Street View ).

    NOTE: That road you see in the newly discovered “Russ Reason”
    interview in the background showing vehicles coming and going in/out
    of the Glen Ilah area around the time of the burnover… that’s Lakewood
    Drive… and it meets Highway 89 right there where the cafe’ is.

    It’s also interesting to note that if you stood in the Ranch House Restaurant
    parking lot, exactly where the GM Supervisor Truck would be parked later
    ( with Brendan McDonough in it on the radio? ) as shown in the newly
    discovered “Russ Reason” interview…

    …and you threw a rock REALLY HARD precisely due west you would
    most probably break one of Chief Andersen’s windows.

    It’s a small town.

    So if Mr. Andersen saw (only) the GM Buggies from his front yard at
    exactly 8:03 AM, they weren’t just passing by on Highway 89… they
    were purposely headed WEST on Lakewood Drive out towards
    the boondocks.

    There were actually only TWO ways those huge Crew Carriers could
    have gotten out to where they parked them on Sesame Trail.

    Either you take the Shrine Road out west and then cross over on
    to Sesame on a small cut-over road… OR you head south on
    Highway 89 to the Glen Ilah subdivision and then take Lakewood
    drive all the way out west to where it meets up with Sesame.

    Obviously… The GM Crew Carriers took the Lakewood route.

    If Mr. Andersen saw them pass his house on Lakewood at 8:03 AM,
    they still had a ways to go and couldn’t possibly have even gotten
    to the spot where Joy Collura’s photo shows them ‘parked’ out
    on Sesame Trail for probably another 5 minutes or so.

    So that puts the ‘park moment’ for the GM Crew no earlier than 8:07 AM.

    That is the EXACT moment ( 8:07 AM ) that Joy Collura met Eric Marsh
    all the way up on the ridge already, tying pink tape onto bushes.

    So Marsh was somehow all the way almost to the top of the ridge
    before the GM Crew Carriers even arrived at their parking place
    way back east on Sesame, and this exactly accounts for the
    full HOUR interval reported by Joy Collura between the time she
    first met Marsh up on the ridge and when she first saw the
    rest of the GM crew ascending the ridge. ( Both events also
    photo-documented by Joy Collura ).

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> This seems to be definite proof (based on two eye witness accounts)
    >> that the meeting between DIV A and GM on Sesame Street did
    >> not occur as the SAIR states.

    Correct. It could NOT have been an ‘in-person’ meeting as the SAIR would
    have us believe. Eric Marsh could ONLY have been participating via radio
    if ( and now a BIG if ) that SAIR documented meeting ever really
    actually happened.

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> It seems like Andersen only saw the buggies and not Marsh’s truck.

    Correct. Even if Marsh had also gone out on Lakewood Drive and
    not the Shrine Road way… it would have been either a full hour
    earlier ( if there was no briefing at all at 7:00 AM ) or about
    40 minutes before that if we are to believe the SAIR and the
    Kyle Dickman interview with McDonough who says the 7:00 AM
    briefing only lasted 20 minutes. It’s hard to put any gauge of truth on
    that statement now since it really is looking like the GM
    Crew was simply NOT THERE AT ALL ( not even in the
    parking lot as McDonough has stated ) for this ‘supposed’
    7:00 AM briefing at the Yarnell Fire Station.

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> It appears that DIV A drove in separately from GM.

    There is now no doubt about that… which means the SAIR
    is totally mistaken in its description of events that morning,
    and so is the Kyle Dickman article based on McDonough’s
    statements.

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> Possibly with SPGS1?

    Yes. Very possible.

    >> And after DIV A left for the hike up to the ridge, GM came up
    >> ( Lakewood Drive and then to ) Sesame St., had a briefing at
    >> DIV A truck (possibly with SPGS1, possibly with DIV A by radio?)
    >> and then hiked in behind DIV A (after DIV A marked the trail.)

    Yep. That’s the more accurate description of what happened
    versus what the SAIR says happened.

    GM Crew was exactly ONE HOUR behind Marsh that morning.

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> I am going with Collura and Andersen both being
    >> accurate with their statements.

    I think you have to. There is ABSOLUTELY no reason to
    doubt either Chief Andersen or Joy Collura. They were THERE.

    Chief Andersen had an interest in the fire itself, and the effort being made
    that morning. He had consultations with State Fire officials just the night
    before… and when he says he was ‘disgusted’ that he didn’t see the
    GM Hotshots headed west until 8:03 AM because that went totally against
    the advice he had given… then you can bet he is SURE about the time.

    >> calvin also said…
    >> The SAIR says SPGS1 rides out Sesame with GM
    >> (now seemingly DIVA) and whomever SPGS1 is,

    I thought it had been established that SPGS1 that day was, in fact,
    Chief Darrell Willis, City of Prescott Wildland Division Chief and
    Eric Marsh’s BOSS.

    Did I miss something?

    Darrell Willis has already been described in the media as
    ‘Structure Protection Coordinator’ for the Yarnell fire that day.

    If that isn’t SPGS1… then what’s the difference between someone
    being designated as SPGS1 and someone else being a designated
    ‘Structure Protection Coordinator’ on a State Fire?

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> Mcdonough’s statements do not match the SAIR and that is A FACT.

    Agreed.

    Let’s revisit what McDonough told Kyle Dickman about that morning…

    Excerpts from the article written by Kyle Dickman for…
    Outside Magazine
    Published: Tuesday, September 17, 2013
    19: The True Story of the Yarnell Fire
    Based on direct interviews with Brendan McDonough.

    >> THE SUN HAD RISEN by the time the (Granite Mountain) caravan
    >> crested the Bradshaw Mountains outside Prescott and descended
    >> into Skull Valley, north of Yarnell. Eric drove up front ( in his GM
    >> Supervisor vehicle ) while the (GM Crew) buggies followed close behind,
    >> with most of the hotshots sleeping inside.

    TRUE? or NOT TRUE?

    If the entire ‘GM caravan’ was moving towards Yarnell together, then what
    accounts for this (now) known HOUR gap in the timeframes once arriving
    in Yarnell itself?

    Did they actually all arrive in Yarnell together circa 7:00 AM, and then
    Eric Marsh went to the briefing at the Yarnell Fire Station alone ( if that
    briefing ever actually took place), and the rest of the GM crew just went
    to the Ranch House Restaurant to eat breakfast for an HOUR? What?

    >> The Kyle Dickman article continues…
    >>
    >> The crew reached the incident commander’s makeshift base
    >> at Yarnell’s volunteer fire station by 8 A.M.

    Not possible, according to the SAIR.

    If they were there at all, and in the parking lot for the briefing as the article
    ( and McDonough ) continue to assert below, then this had to be 7:00 AM,
    not an hour later.

    >> The volunteers’ red trucks were in the engine bay, and a
    >> handful of 4×4 pickups from nearby state forests and local fire
    >> districts were backed into parking spaces. It was still quiet.

    Only McDonough could have relayed a description like this to Mr. Dickman.
    So maybe the GM Carriers actually ‘stopped by’ the Yarnell Station when
    they finally got there ( Time? ) and that’s what McDonough actually saw,
    but the ‘briefing’ ( if it actually happened ) had been long over by then.

    >> Eric went inside for a 20-minute briefing from the fire’s operations
    >> supervisor Todd Abel, a Prescott-area firefighter with 18 years of
    >> experience.

    Not possible, according to the SAIR. Not at 8:00 AM.

    SAIR says this happened an hour earlier at 7:00 AM.

    >> The Dickman article continues…
    >>
    >> The blaze had been divided into eastern and western divisions,
    >> and Eric was placed in charge of the west, where Granite Mountain
    >> was assigned to work. With Eric overseeing the division, which
    >> would require him to move freely around his section of the fire,
    >> command of the hotshots fell to 36-year-old captain Jesse Steed.
    >>
    >> “Men, gaggle up!” Eric called when he returned. “It’s a long hike in,
    >> so bring plenty of water.” Then, as he always did before leading the
    >> crew into a remote fire, he told his men to call their families.

    Complete fiction?

    Only McDonough could have reported something like this to Mr. Dickman…
    but it’s now pretty much impossible for this moment to have taken place
    given the known ONE HOUR separation between Marsh and the GM
    Crew that morning.

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> Could these inaccuracies from the only surviving member of
    >> GMIHC be part of the legal game the attorneys are playing?

    Of course ( it’s possible ).

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> Remember, Mcdonough asks friends and families to not talk
    >> about him to the media the day after 19 of his best friends have
    >> been killed.

    Well, I don’t really see anything all that suspicious about that request
    by itself. I wouldn’t want to talk to the media the next day, either, or have
    my friends/family being grilled for information, either.

    Not that day, anyway.

    >> Seems to me like he was coached!!

    Of course he was. He is the only surviving EMPLOYEE of a City of
    Prescott work crew in an incident that has now gone viral in the media
    and has plenty of legal and financial consequences.

    He is STILL an ’employee’ of the City of Prescott ( as far as I know ).

    Of course he was ‘advised’ how to react to this, what to say,
    and what not to say.

    By WHO ( and to what extent ) would be the only real question(s).

    Reply
  127. Bob Powers says

    November 25, 2013 at 1:47 pm

    What confounds me is if you only use LCES without the other 6 orders you end up with out the benefit of real true safety. All 10 orders are separate but are still part of the whole, You cant use just 4 and get all the answers.

    Reply
  128. calvin says

    November 25, 2013 at 1:42 pm

    Thought about time /distance relationship. GM traveled 3.84 mph along the two track road. IF they would have continued this fast pace as they descended they would have made it to the ranch in 10.33 minutes, or arrived at approximately 1616.

    Reply
  129. Robert the Second says

    November 25, 2013 at 1:07 pm

    Bob,

    Not sure. The confusion for both BR and AA after the cryptic GM HS radio transmission had them all searching for them in the black to the northeast. BR HS said they could have walked all the back to Yarnell in good black if they had wanted to.

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 25, 2013 at 1:30 pm

      That’s what I thought. So they had two good alternatives and yet chose to go into unburned fuel.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 25, 2013 at 2:26 pm

        Walking the now visible ( and seen in the MacKenzie
        video ) ‘new black’ behind the now south-headed
        fireline SHOULD have been the ‘new LCES’ plan
        based on ‘changing conditions’ and ‘what the fire is
        doing now’ ( Pure protocol and LCES rules ).

        …but that would have only gotten them back to
        Yarnell and saved their lives.

        That was too boring for Marsh/Steed, I guess.

        Only going the dangerous route towards Glen Ilah
        was the ‘guts and glory’ route and the path to
        hero status.

        They were NOT needed to ‘save lives’ over there.

        There were PLENTY of other people over there
        to accomplish that… and they DID… and even plenty
        of their own comrades who could have pitched in
        if really needed… but who have been video-documented
        just standing around at the cafe’ doing nothing of
        the sort ( because no one was asking them to ).

        If nothing else comes out of this… perhaps the WFF
        industry should have better ‘personality testing’ for
        people who are going to be put in charge of other
        young men’s lives.

        Hero wannabees need not apply.

        Reply
  130. Bob Powers says

    November 25, 2013 at 12:55 pm

    WTKTT Quick comment on Air Attack. usually a person who is a employee of the organization. I worked my way up to certified Air Attack after becoming a Type 2 IC. so not uncommon to talk to the Div. or crews. With all the traffic short reply’s are not uncommon unless there is a problem. This is one firefighter asking another if they are in trouble. Also these short quotes can some times cause confusion with others. GM had a open freq. at that time to have told the Air Attack exactly where they were. Which means there was good radio comm. and not really any problem with contact. As we have said in the past I believe they had communications the whole time, even though they weren’t talking on the primary channel.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 25, 2013 at 4:11 pm

      >> Mr. Powers wrote…
      >> Quick comment on Air Attack. usually a person who is
      >> a employee of the organization.

      Sorry, I lost you there. Which ‘organization’?

      The organization that owns the airplane being rented,
      of the organization running the fire ( State of Arizona )?

      There was no airport there. Whoever ASM2 is/was, he
      must have boarded the aircraft from wherever it took
      off from that day.

      When you rent one of these planes from someone… do
      they already come with people who work for that company
      who are QUALIFIED to be ‘ASMx’… or do you have to
      wait for someone else from the State of Arizona to show
      up at the airport and get on the plane?

      >> Mr. Powers also wrote…
      >> GM had a open freq. at that time to have told the Air Attack
      >> exactly where they were.

      He most certainly did ( have that opportunity ).

      He ALSO knew he was about to make a risky ‘move’.
      He ALSO knew he had no lookout.
      He ALSO knew he had no idea what the ‘escape route’ was like.
      He ALSO knew the fire had changed direction by then.
      He ALSO knew he would probably lose any ‘eyes on the fire’.

      So why in God’s name didn’t he just say this instead…

      ASM2: “DIV-A/GM, this is ASM2, are you okay?”

      Marsh: “Yes. We’re just moving. We’re heading south
      to that bomb-proof ranch just west of Glen Ilah. Can you
      keep an eye on us as you do your turnarounds?”

      ASM2: “Roger that. No problem.”

      Reply
      • Bob Powers says

        November 25, 2013 at 5:22 pm

        A assigned Air Attack boss goes to the plane. The plane in some cases could be owned by the State or US with pilot or contracted they are usually assigned with the air tankers. Air attack could be a lead plane or a separate plane depends on what the state was doing.

        Reply
  131. Bob Powers says

    November 25, 2013 at 10:42 am

    RTS Could BR think that GM was headed back the way they had come up and worked to where they were. Only staying in the black till they hit the road down to the cat and out to where their vehicles had been parked since the old road would have been burnt past and accessible thru the black? That would have been a good alternative to stay in the black. Also that is the road that BR Supt. used. Either stay where you were or move around in the black and go down the over burned trail and road they came up in the morning.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 25, 2013 at 8:27 pm

      Don’t forget that BR Supt also (specifically) said…

      Page 24 of the SAIR…

      :: BR Supt says, “DIVS A, to confirm, you’re talking about the
      :: road you saw me on with the UTV earlier, in the bottom.”
      :: DIVS A replies, “Yes, the road I saw you on with the
      :: Ranger [the UTV].”

      Key phrase: “…in the bottom.”

      So BR Supt was NOT referring to the high ridge road
      that was up there near the anchor point ( and which GM
      eventually headed south on ). He was referring to
      something ‘lower down’ and ‘in the bottom’.

      There were no ranches to the north or northeast.
      Not until you would have hiked almost all the way
      to Peeples Valley.

      There were also no ranches down there in what
      the SAIR calls ‘the middle bowl’.

      It really indicates a total lack of knowledge of the area
      on the part of BR Supt… but it wasn’t his job to know
      THAT area up on the ridge that day. HIS area ( and
      his job that day ) was over near Shrine road, closer
      to Yarnell.

      It really was also Marsh’s job to not be so damn obtuse
      every time someone talked to him on a radio.

      That happened over and over that day.

      Reply
  132. Robert the Second says

    November 25, 2013 at 10:18 am

    Calvin,

    From my recollection, BR Supt. when he called Marsh to confirm his location and intentions, said he was convinced that he/they were heading northeast into the good black. The thought was that no one would travel into the green, the unburned at that time of day under those intensifying fire behavior conditions.

    As far as where he was I can’t help you much. The SAIR doesn’t indicate anywhere other than it was over the radio. I don’t know what other road he could have been on. BR HS said they spent almost all day in The Shrine and Yarnell areas except for the time to scoop GM lookout. Although, they talked about another ranch that was referred to (off to the right, outside the Figure 8 and 9 photos), but I remember seeing it from their lunch spot. They may have been referring to those roads; don’t know. But this ranch area wasn’t yet threatened by fire.

    So not much help to you then.

    WTKTT,

    Good work on the travel times and such. Regarding the ‘trigger points’ issue, I’ll have to defer to you and the SAIR. That’s not usually how it works. The GM HS had a much better view of what was occurring. The GM lookout was utlized primarily for their underslung direct handline which was impossible to see from their SZ lunchspot.

    Reply
  133. Bob Powers says

    November 25, 2013 at 9:12 am

    One of my statements missed was at no time did GM have all 4 of the LCES covered which would indicate they did not follow protocol. As stated in the SAIR. There was no identified or scouted escape route to the Ranch. Its a far reach to call it an escape route. There was never any discussion of any bad decision about leaving the black SZ. So at that point they went into escape route mode LCES. But no reason given for the need to escape from their location. Its easy and convenient for the SAIR scenario to then play out.

    Reply
  134. calvin says

    November 25, 2013 at 9:00 am

    Darrell Willis interview part 1. 3:30 and after. WE heard they (GM) were going to move out in a “SOUTHERLY” direction based on the fire behavior. Mr. Willis heard they were moving to the SOUTH. I guess he was one of the few people the SAIR notes as knowing the intentions, movements and location of GM (P3 SAIR). Why didn’t anyone else hear what he heard?
    P24 SAIR: BR Supt thinks DIV A is talking about heading Northeast, through the black, to one of the ranches in that direction. BR Supt says “DIV A, to confirm, you’re talking about the road you saw me on with the UTV earlier in the bottom.” DIV A replies, “Yes, the road I saw you on with the Ranger [the UTV].”
    There is absolutely no mention in the SAIR about BR being anywhere except on Sesame Street and Shrine Road. What other road was BR supt on that day? Why was there confusion at this point? RTS…. any insight you have into this would be appreciated.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 25, 2013 at 6:26 pm

      >> calvin wrote…
      >> Darrell Willis interview part 1. 3:30 and after.
      >> WE heard they (GM) were going to move out in
      >> a “SOUTHERLY” direction based on the fire behavior.
      >> Mr. Willis heard they were moving to the SOUTH.

      Good catch, calvin.

      He most certainly did ‘slip’ and say that’s what WE heard when WE
      were ‘listening to their channel’ that day.

      Apparently no one else on the radio heard this specific directional reference
      that Willis says he ( WE ) heard… or it would have changed a LOT of
      radio conversations such as BR Supt not being confused about them
      heading to a ‘ranch to the north/northeast’.

      This really is a fascinating little SPEECH that Willis makes and it’s
      worth reading the transcript from the video ( below ).

      Here is exactly what Willis says in that ‘Part 1′ video of his
      taped press conference from the deployment site…

      >> Darrel Willis says ( to the press, at deployment site )…
      >>
      >> I happened to be on the fire… on the north end of of the fire that day…
      >> doing structure protection… so I wasn’t really involved with what
      >> they (GM) were doing… but we are able to monitor the, ah… radio
      >> frequencies that they were on… and WE heard that… ah… they were
      >> gonna move out and… ah… start coming in a… a southerly direction
      >> based on the fire behavior.
      >>
      >> (Pause)
      >>
      >> So if you’ll look up there’s a saddle up there just above this rock pile
      >> here ( gestures to the north side of the box canyon )… they came through
      >> that area and they started to move down in this area ( the deployment site ).
      >>
      >> ( Long pause ).
      >>
      >> Umm… MY thought on it were… was… that they were not trying… they were
      >> in a safe location. They were not… ah… satisfied… and no wildland firefighter
      >> is satisfied sitting there and watching the fire progress without doing… taking
      >> some action. Uh… they realized that the fire had changed direction, the wind
      >> was picking up out of the north, and… uh… they… when they moved back into
      >> that saddle they saw the town of Yarnell that was unprotected… they also…
      >> if you’re up there… and even if you turn around and look backwards you see
      >> that there’s a… a ranch just to our east down there… and uh… I believe that
      >> they were… felt that they weren’t doin’ good where they were at… they had
      >> to abandon their tactic of trying to anchor and flank the fire and go into
      >> what we call point protection and that’s to move fire around the houses
      >> and protect structures. I believe that that’s what they were… their intent
      >> was… and when they moved down offa there, ya know, they’re carryin’
      >> 40 or 50 pounds of… uh… tools, equipment… in a pack… upwards of
      >> 70 pounds when you put a saw and a fuel and stuff on their backs…
      >> and they were moving down to protect this house ( points to the Boulder
      >> Springs Ranch ).
      >>
      >> ( Pause )
      >>
      >> That’s… That’s MY ( points to himself ) theory on it.
      >>
      >> Uh… like.. Uh… Jim Paxon has said… We’ll never know… uh… because
      >> we don’t know what 19 of the Granite Mountain Hotshots were thinking at
      >> that time… and there’s no confirmation radio traffic that we’re aware of.

      Wow. I don’t really know what to say.

      I know other firefighters have totally debunked this garbage coming
      out of this guy’s mouth at this point… but has anyone noticed the total
      contradiction he makes here in just a few seconds of elapsed time?

      He begins his little speech saying he absolutely HEARD that they were
      “heading SOUTH based on the fire behavior” ( because WE listen to
      the right radio frequencies )… and then he ends with “there’s no
      confirmation radio traffic ( as to their intentions ) that we’re aware of”.

      Does this guy really think we are supposed to believe he specifically
      heard them openly talking about their intentions to leave a good, safe
      area and head SOUTH because of ‘fire behavior’… but that same
      overheard transmission, or one close to it in time, wouldn’t have included
      the WHY component?

      C’mon, Darrell.

      >> calvin aslo wrote…
      >> I guess he (Willis) was one of the few people the SAIR notes
      >> as knowing the intentions, movements and location
      >> of GM (P3 SAIR).

      I can’t find anything on Page 3 of the SAIR that refers directly to Willis ( or
      anyone in particular ) actually HEARING that they were ‘moving south’.
      Page 3 of the SAIR is still their ‘conclusions’ section, and they do state that
      the crew moved out in a ‘southeast’ direction… but that’s just a known fact
      and it’s just a statement at that point in the SAIR. It’s not being attributed to
      anyone in particular.

      >> calvin also wrote…
      >> Why didn’t anyone else hear what he (Willis) heard?

      Willis specifically said WE. He was not alone. He knows it.
      What communication is he referring to having ‘heard’?

      Exactly what TIME was it… WHERE was he, and WHO was with him?

      Needs to be nailed down, fer sure.

      Why isn’t this specific radio communication in the SAIR timeline or
      otherwise mentioned anywhere in the SAIR report? It’s important.

      >> calvin also wrote…
      >> P24 SAIR: BR Supt thinks DIV A is talking about heading
      >> Northeast, through the black, to one of the ranches in that
      >> direction. BR Supt says “DIV A, to confirm, you’re talking
      >> about the road you saw me on with the UTV earlier in
      >> the bottom.” DIV A replies, “Yes, the road I saw you on
      >> with the Ranger [the UTV].”
      >> There is absolutely no mention in the SAIR about BR being
      >> anywhere except on Sesame Street and Shrine Road.

      Yes, there is.

      Both BR Supt and BR Capt made it all the way out to
      the old-grader location when they were ‘scouting’ things
      out for themselves that morning ( at 11:00 AM ), and then
      they went ALL the way UP to the ‘anchor point’ on the ridge
      where GM was working and had a long face-to-face meeting
      with Marsh and Steed. I am assuming they accomplished
      all this on the UTV Ranger, since when they left that
      face-to-face with Marsh is when they also ‘dropped
      Brendan off’ back at the old-grader for him to being
      his lookout duties.

      Page 19 of the SAIR…

      :: BR Supt and BR Capt reach the old grader around 1100.
      :: From there, they can see Granite Mountain IHC working on
      :: the east side of the ridge, slowly burning off the two-track road.
      :: Over the radio, BR Supt and BR Capt can hear the Granite
      :: Mountain IHC is trying to get the fire squared up with the
      :: two-track road so it cannot come back up at them. BR Supt
      :: and BR Capt continue scouting before heading up toward
      :: the saddle near the anchor point.
      ::
      :: A little before noon, on the two-track road just below the
      :: saddle, BR Supt and BR Capt meet DIVS A and GM Capt at
      :: the anchor point. Over the next half hour, they discuss tactics
      :: and agree to use a Granite Mountain crewmember as a
      :: lookout (GM Lookout). GM Lookout identifies a lookout spot
      :: down near the old grader at the bottom of the slope, and
      :: GM Capt agrees it will be a good vantage point. BR Supt,
      :: BR Capt, DIVS A, and GM Capt also discuss problems
      :: with radios on the incident, noting some radios do not
      :: have appropriate tone guards and communication is
      :: adversely affected.

      So THIS is what BR Supt is referring to later when he
      says “the road you saw me on with the UTV earlier,
      in the bottom?”.

      I actually think it is curious that BR Supt used the
      phrase ‘in the bottom’. That would mean he was NOT
      talking about the high ridge two-track road that existed,
      and that GM actually headed south on… he was talking
      about some ‘other’ road ‘in the bottom’.

      This is still very confusing. Did BR Supt actually think Marsh
      was saying he was headed to some ranch on the same
      road(s) ‘in the bottom’ that lead to the old-grader?

      At that point in time… that itself should have raised alarms
      because the fire had already changed direction, Brendan
      had already evacuated that area… and the fire was
      approaching that “road you saw me on” ( BR Supt’s words ).

      Bottom line here is that Blue Ridge was VERY late getting
      to the fire that day and they missed whatever ‘briefings’
      had already happened. BR Supt had NO IDEA what ‘ranch’
      Marsh was talking about. He hadn’t even been there for the
      cursory quick look at a ‘Google map on an iPad’ documented
      in the SAIR for the 7:00 AM briefing when some ‘bomb-proof’
      ranch to the south was just ‘pointed to on a map’.

      I don’t think BR Supt even knew that ranch existed.

      Also… there WERE no ‘ranches’ to the north, northeast, or
      northwest of that anchor point where GM had been working.
      There was only more boondock… unless you were planning
      on hiking all the way to Peeples Valley, or something.

      If BR Supt had seen ‘maps’ of the area then he wouldn’t
      have even thought that was a possibility and would NOT
      have been confused about which direction they were
      headed ( as stated in the SAIR ).

      He didn’t ( see any maps ). He was clueless. BR Supt was,
      in a lot of ways, lacking a good amount of ‘situational awareness’
      himself that day and it caused him to ‘ask the wrong questions’
      at some pretty critical moments.

      No… it wasn’t his job to be ‘totally aware’ of some OTHER
      Hotshot group’s LCES plan or ‘bomb-proof ranches and
      where they were’. His focus was the Shrine area and that
      road they were going to (possibly) burn-off… and HIS
      ‘escape route’ for HIS men was simply back down the
      Shrine road to Highway 89 that day.

      But if he had actually been at the 7:00 AM briefing, and had
      actually SEEN that ‘bomb-proof ranch’ pointed to on an
      iPad… then he WOULD have known what Marsh meant
      when he said ‘the ranch’. Confusion avoided ( and maybe
      the whole disaster itself since BR Supt may have then
      challenged Marsh’s decision to go (south) there due to the
      changing circumstances, weather, and fire behavior. )

      Reply
  135. calvin says

    November 25, 2013 at 8:27 am

    WTKTT… to add to your comment above. If you use the 1620 time for descent and the 1639 call announcing the flaming front (most probable GM did not move forward after this), And the measurement provided in the SAIR of 470yards from descent to deployment. You have the following rate of travel (once GM left the two track road and descended) to compare with other figures listed above.
    24.7 yards per minute
    .41 yards per second
    74 feet per minute
    1.24 feet per second

    Now using the rate of travel along the two track road prior to descent (same as WTKTT noted above)
    111.86 yards per minute
    1.864 yards per second
    335 feet per minute
    5.59 feet per second

    Based on the information and explanation given in the SAIR (P20 figure 7) and broken down into measurements that are more understandable for me.
    1. GM traveled 3.82 mph while traveling along two track road
    2. GM traveled .84 mph after descending into thick brush with only minimal (game) trails (meaning no established trail but not bushwhacking either)
    My observations are: 3.82 mph is not unrealistic, but, considering the heat, fatigue and unfamiliarity with terrain, it appears they were “on the double.” The second number indicating less than one mile per hour would seem probable to me based on my experience picking my way through unestablished trails with lots of brush. However, taken into account the rate of travel before descent (seemingly hurried) makes the rate of .84mph appear slow or (casual). WTKTT. Thanks for taking the conversation here and I hope you don’t mind me attaching my thoughts.

    Reply
  136. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 24, 2013 at 10:49 pm

    **
    ** THE REAL LENGTH OF THE ALTERNATE ESCAPE ROUTE

    The SAIR detailed exact distances for a number of things, but they never once
    mentioned the exact distance for this infamous ‘alternate escape route’ which
    features heavily in both the ‘Narrative’ and the ‘Learning’ section(s) of the SAIR.

    Page 20 of the SAIR…

    Figure 7 entitled… “Southern portion of the Yarnell Hill Fire” contains a
    ‘Legend’ for the symbols and lines on the topographical map but ALSO
    contains a small insert saying…

    “Descent Path Statistics”.

    The ‘insert’ then says exactly this…

    Lunch Spot to Descent Point: 0.95 Mi., 1,678 yards.
    Descent Point to Deployment Site: 0.27 Mi., 470 yards.
    Deployment Site to Boulder Springs Ranch: 0.38 Mi., 677 yards.
    Lunch Spot to Boulder Springs Ranch: 1.06 Mi, 2,825 yards.

    Notice, at no time, are ANY distances given for the infamous ‘alternate escape
    route’, even though that ‘option’ features prominently in the report itself.

    This either means they DID have measurements for this alternate route, and
    didn’t think they were relevant… OR… they never bothered to either walk the
    alternate route and/or measure it in the first place.

    I believe it’s the latter.

    So let’s do their homework FOR them, then.

    Easily done with Google Earth’s ‘distance calculator’ for any two points
    along any designated route.

    We’ll trust their own distance from the ‘Lunch Spot’ to the ‘Descent Point’ and
    now just simply show the total distance from the ‘Descent Point’ to the very
    perimeter of the Boulder Springs Ranch ( if they had elected to stay on the
    ‘two-track’ alternate escape route all the way to the ranch )…

    That exact distance is…

    1.16981 Mi., 2058 yards. ( 6174 feet ).

    So here comes the math ( sorry ).

    The SAIR says they LEFT the ‘Lunch Spot’ where the MacKenzie video was
    shot at 4:05 PM.

    NOTE: This is NOT actually where that video was shot, but it’s close, so let’s
    ignore that little locational discrepancy for a moment.

    The SAIR also says they reached the ‘Descent Point’ at 4:20 PM.

    So the SAIR is giving this single-file line of 19 men heading south on the
    two-track road exactly 15 minutes to have traveled 1,678 yards.

    That’s a ‘travel rate’ of…

    111.86 yards per minute
    1.864 yards per second
    335 feet per minute
    5.59 feet per second

    That’s actually a pretty quick pace for a single file line of 19 men on an
    unfamiliar dirt-track road… but so be it. That is exactly the (published)
    ‘movement rate’ the SAIR would have us believe for these men for the
    time they were traveling south on that two-track road until they reached
    the ‘Descent Point’.

    So let’s just give the SAIR the benefit of the doubt and say that they were
    able to ‘maintain’ that same movement rate on the same two-track road if
    they had actually stayed ON it all the way to the Boulder Springs Ranch.

    At a movement rate of 111.86 yards per minute… it would have taken them
    just 18.39 minutes ( 1103.87 seconds ) to make it all the way to the Boulder
    Springs Ranch from the ‘Descent Point’ via the ‘alternate escape route’.

    Now… the question is… given that 18.39 minute required travel time… was that
    really ENOUGH time to have made it safely to the Boulder Springs Ranch
    that afternoon?

    Well… let’s see.

    According to the SAIR… they dropped down off the two-track at the ‘Descent
    Point’ at 4:20 PM. The first MAYDAY from Captain Steed came at exactly
    4:39 PM ( Page 27 of SAIR ) when he broke in on the air-to-ground frequency
    and said… “Breaking in on Arizona 16, Granite Mountain Hotshots, we are in
    front of the flaming front.”

    So the SAIR is establishing a TIME of exactly 19 minutes from the moment they
    dropped down off the two-track at the ‘Descent Point’ to the moment Captain
    Steed came face to face with the ‘flaming front’ and first called it in.

    Theoretically then, the Granite Mountain Hotshots would have been safely
    within the perimeter of the Boulder Springs Ranch for about 40 seconds
    before that same moment, if they had simply stayed on the alternate
    escape route and taken the two-track all the way to the ranch.

    Better yet… let’s see where they would have been at the time of the actual
    ‘last known transmission’ from Marsh out in the box canyon.

    The SAIR’s documented times for the crucial series of additional MAYDAY
    calls is really fuzzy following that initial 4:39 MAYDAY from Captain Steed.
    They simply document conversations from that point on with vague terms
    like ‘a moment later’ or ‘a minute later’ or ‘a few seconds later’… so it’s hard
    to tell what was really happening there.

    The best the SAIR was able to do is put an ‘about 1642’ ( 4:42 PM ) time on
    the last known words from Marsh in response to ASM2’s question…
    “So you’re on the south side of the fire, then?”

    About 1642 ( 4:42 PM ) Marsh replies “Affirm!”

    The rest is silence.

    So as fuzzy as the SAIR is about these critical moments, they are still
    (officially) establishing a duration of 3 minutes between Steed’s first MAYDAY
    call and Marsh’s final “Affirm!” message.

    We are then told that at least (perhaps) TWO more minutes transpired before
    the actual ‘burnover’ while the men prepared their deployment site.

    Some other official estimates put the actual burnover at either 4:47 PM or even
    4:49 PM… adding even MORE time following Marsh’s final “Affirm!” message
    at 4:42 PM.

    Since that is all actually still ‘undetermined’… let’s just stick with the last DOCUMENTED time in the SAIR which is the 1642 ( 4:42 PM ) “Affirm!”
    message from Marsh.

    That would be the additional 3 minutes documented in the SAIR itself.

    So if GM had stayed on the two-track at the same travel rate documented in the
    SAIR for those men traveling on a road like that… then that means the GM crew
    would been safe inside the perimeter of the Boulder Springs Ranch for at least
    40 seconds at the same moment in time the SAIR documents Captain Steed’s
    first “We are in front of the flaming front” MAYDAY message…

    …then add the (documented) extra 3 minutes to that and we have an
    ‘extra time’ value of 3 minutes and 40 seconds of being inside the ranch
    perimeter before the same final “Affirm!” message would have been sent
    by Marsh.

    So… how does an extra 3 minutes and 40 seconds affect the actual estimated
    ‘travel rate’ for staying on the two-track road?

    Again… let’s see…

    Just add 3 minutes and 40 seconds to the original travel time estimate
    ( according to SAIR travel rate ) of 18.39 minutes to traverse the entire
    ‘alternate escape route’.

    That gives us a new ‘full travel time’ for the alternate escape route of
    22.0645 minutes ( 1323.87 seconds ).

    The total distance of the ‘alternate escape route’ from the ‘Descent Point’ to
    the perimeter of the ‘ranch’ would still have been the fixed distance of…

    1.16981 Mi., 2058 yards. ( 6174 feet ).

    So given a new ‘total time’ of 22.0645 minutes to traverse that distance…
    the new ‘movement rate’ would be…

    92.64 yards per minute
    1.544 yards per second
    276 feet per minute
    4.6 feet per second

    Compare that to the other (original SAIR based) travel rate…

    111.86 yards per minute
    1.864 yards per second
    335 feet per minute
    5.59 feet per second

    It’s a ‘slower’ pace… but still pretty brisk.

    They would still have to have been ‘moving right along’ to achieve this travel
    rate and make it to the ranch with 3 minutes and 40 seconds to spare.

    Just for curiosity’s sake, then… let’s see what the movement rate would
    had to have been in order for them to actually get ‘trapped’ in the middle
    of the eastern leg of the alternate escape route, with nowhere to go.

    At about the middle of the eastern leg of the alternate escape route there is
    a ‘blind trap’ where, if that’s where the fire had caught them, they most probably
    would have died there. No visibility at all. No place to deploy. Nowhere to run.

    That point is exactly here…

    Latitude: 34.216114
    Longitude: -112.775495

    34.216114, -112.775495

    The distance from the ‘Descent Point’ back up on the ridge to this ‘blind trap’ in
    about the middle of the eastern leg of the alternate escape route is exactly…

    0.79 Mi., 1391 yards ( 4175 ft )

    Assuming the fire would have been cresting the ridge above that point on the
    two-track at nearly the same time documented for Marsh’s final “Affirm!”
    message at 4:42 PM, that would put the travel time to this ‘blind trap’ on the
    two-track at…

    22 minutes ( 4:42 PM minus SAIR time of 4:20 PM for when they
    decided to leave the two-track at the ‘Descent Point’ ).

    For them to have only covered the 1391 yards to this ‘middle point’ of the
    eastern leg of the alternate escape route in that timeframe means they
    would have had to have had a ‘travel speed’ of only…

    63 yards per minute
    1.05 yards per second
    189 feet per minute
    3.15 feet per second

    If the going had been ‘tough’ for a single-file line of 19 men on that alternate
    route… this actually might have been a more realistic ‘rate of travel’ which
    MAY have put them right into the other ‘killing zone’ on that alternate escape
    route. It all depends on how easy that alternate route was for 19 men in a
    line to keep moving steadily ahead on.

    All of the above is, of course, based on a pretty shaky assumption that the
    fireline that reached the deployment site actually reached the Boulder Springs
    Ranch AND the ridge adjacent to the ‘alternate escape route’ at approximately
    ( or even exactly ) the same exact time.

    Keep in mind, however, that had they taken the alternate escape route… they
    would end up approaching the actual perimeter of the ranch from due south…
    while the fireline would have been hitting the north perimeter of that
    ‘bomb-proof’ zone.

    The ‘clear’ area of the ranch itself would have afforded them at least the few
    seconds they might have needed to just kick down the door of the ranch house
    residence itself, in the southern half of the ‘clear’ zone, and get inside before
    the fire actually swept around the ranch area ( which it did! ).

    The last 200 yards might have been ‘run for your lives’ and a helluva ride…
    because they would have had to choose to run due north and directly AT
    the fire in order to make it that last little way to the ranch…

    …but they MIGHT have made it.

    As shown above… it all would have come down to their actual rate of travel
    on the alternate escape route itself.

    Reply
    • calvin says

      November 25, 2013 at 4:04 am

      WTKTT… Amazing work!

      Reply
    • Gary Olson says

      November 26, 2013 at 6:53 am

      Who are you?

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 27, 2013 at 2:58 am

        I could tell you… but then I’d have to shoot you.

        Reply
        • Gary Olson says

          November 27, 2013 at 6:06 pm

          right on, it was a rhetorical question any way.

          Reply
  137. Robert the Second says

    November 24, 2013 at 8:07 pm

    Calvin,

    Addressing your post from many days ago. You said “My question is why didn’t Granite Mountain come down to their crew carriers once the fire changed directions, especially after they had recently had their atv/utv burned (per RTS.) Mcdonough said he identified trigger points for himself and for GM. He left his lookout after his trigger points were met. Were the trigger points for the crew not met? I have not seen any information to explain this further. Thoughts?”

    Don’t know why they didn’t come down earlier for their crew carriers. ???

    The ‘trigger point that GMHS lookout had was FOR HIM ONLY, not the Crew. GMHS Lookout needed a ‘trigger point’ bcuz he was in the UNBURNED, in the green. He could not stay there once his trigger point triggered. He had to split lest he shelter up, get burned, or burned up. He could not stay there.

    However, the GMHS up on the ridge, in their perfectly good SZ did NOT need a trigger point. They were perfectly safe, no need to move, no need to locate, no danger of fie threat, nothing. They were perfectly fine and perectly safe. Bored and frustrated maybe but otherwise just fine.

    WHY did they leave? Nobody really knows. Lots of assumptions, speculation, and inductive logic.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 24, 2013 at 11:24 pm

      RTS… beg to differ.

      That might be ‘normal’ practice you are describing… but on
      THIS particular day… even the SAIR says for a fact that
      Brendan was supposed to be watching MULTIPLE trigger
      points for both himself AND the GM crew.

      It may have been the SAME point that that was supposed
      to be the ‘trigger’ for BOTH he AND the GM crew… but he
      was definitely supposed to be watching for BOTH cases.

      Page 21 of the SAIR…

      ( The last line down below from this section is the )
      ( most important one… )

      :: The Granite Mountain IHC reaches a rock face and takes
      :: lunch. After eating, the crew works their way back,
      :: reinforcing their line as they go. They make sure their line
      :: is solid and they have a good anchor point.
      ::
      :: For lookouts, they have DIVS A on a knob, GM Lookout
      :: down by the grader and GM Capt near the anchor or in
      :: the immediate vicinity of the crew. Each is looking out
      :: for the other two lookouts, the crew, and the fire.
      ::
      :: GM Lookout has trigger points for the crew AND for himself
      :: in case the fire changes direction.

      Page 34 of SAIR…

      :: GM Lookout left his lookout spot in response to the fire
      :: crossing a defined trigger point.

      It doesn’t say WHOSE trigger point that was. If it was
      ONLY Brendan’s trigger point… why didn’t they say
      ‘his defined trigger point’ instead of ‘a defined trigger point’?

      Last but not least… page 111 of the SAIR goes to great
      lengths to tell us how IMPORTANT these ‘Trigger Points’
      are… and that they should induce IMMEDIATE action…

      :: Trigger Points: Geographic points on the ground or specific
      :: points in time where an escalation or alternative of
      :: management actions is warranted. These points are defined
      :: and the management actions to be taken are clearly
      :: described in an approved Wildland Fire Implementation
      :: Plan or Prescribed Fire Plan. Timely implementation of
      :: the actions when the fire reaches the action point is
      :: generally critical to successful accomplishment of the
      :: objectives. Also called Management Action Points.

      Reply
  138. Robert the Second says

    November 24, 2013 at 7:24 pm

    WTKTT,

    “Occasional missed ETA’s sure… but for it to be a GIVEN that they are ALWAYS just ‘guesstimates’…”

    This is normal, not a big deal at all. They are completed by a Dispatcher at the receiving unit somewhere. Remember, it’s an ESTIMATED time of arrival. Over the years, many Contractor Crews especially have gotten into some horrific accidents with fatalities trying to make the deadlines listed in the Resource Order as if they HAD to make that time. It’s an ESTIMATE, a best-guess-best-case scenario time. If you can make it fine, if not call and let us know.

    “So… are these ‘resource work orders’ actually used to send out the CHECKS?”

    NO, NOT AT ALL. It’s an ORDER for resources – overhead, crews, equipment, radion caches, aircraft, or supplies. You get paid from TIMESHEETS, just like all of you do/did. Finance takes care of checks.

    ” … is it common practice for outfits getting paid by the HOUR ( Hotshots ) to submit invoices that have the ORIGINAL ‘arrival times’ as per the resource order… instead of the time they ACTUALLY got there?”

    NO. The arrival time is based on your ACTUAL arrival time submitted on a Crew Time Report (time sheet) and has nothing at all to do with the Resource Order as far as any time goes. The Resource Order has a lot of other vsaluable information, such as your resource order number, the fire name and number, travel routes, radio frequencies, contact phone numbers, and more.

    “Do the hourly rate contractors get paid for ‘travel time’, and any time an actual arrival doesn’t match the original resource order time… they just chalk all
    that ‘extra’ time up to ‘travel time’ and it’s all included in the hourly invoice, anyway?”

    Everyone gets paid for ‘travel time’ as well as all ‘hours worked.’

    “In other words… is there anyone actually keeping TRACK of the discrepancies between original resource order times… and times people ACTUALLY show up?”

    ABSOLUTELY! It’s pretty well tracked. Dispatchers, check-in-recorders, Time Units, Finance Unit, and more. And things fall through the crack like anywhere and everywhere else. It’s NOT a big deal, really.

    This is NOT Govt waste, fraud, and abuse here.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 24, 2013 at 10:16 pm

      RTS… thanks. That’s how I would have ASSUMED it should
      all be working… but I guess there’s so much about this
      WFF business that just seems ‘arbitrary’ and ‘off the rails’
      that for a moment… I thought the whole idea of ‘normal
      invoicing practices’ might be ‘out the window’ as well.

      Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 24, 2013 at 11:04 pm

      RTS… another quick (related) question for you.

      Do you think Willis ( or City of Prescott ) had the ‘sand’ to
      actually SUBMIT the usual ‘invoice(s)’ for the Granite
      Mountain Hotshot’s work on the Yarnell Fire… even though
      none of them got to go home?

      If they did… that would be a PUBLIC document and it should
      ( according to you ) have the EXACT ‘arrival’ times for all
      the GM vehicles and men that day… including the ‘travel
      time’ breakouts… right?

      That would be the document to look at, then.

      It MIGHT have the REAL times they actually arrived that day
      and the pay clock started ticking.

      Reply
    • Gary Olson says

      November 26, 2013 at 6:52 am

      You are right on.

      Reply
  139. Robert the Second says

    November 24, 2013 at 3:45 pm

    WTKTT,

    Yes, but if you have your radio set up in Mode C, you can have the selector knob pointing anywhere, you then transmit on whatever your priority is. If they had it otherwise Modes, then maybe they will be able to tell based on where the channel selector knob is.

    You would NOT have been able to see the fire any better going down the two-track. It may have been worse. Even a lookout at their 4:04 SZ would have had the ridge/knob obscure his field of view and would have had to relocated for a better one, BUT that’s where a lookout (LCES) would have been able to see the fire and warn them to get back up the hill and into a SZ.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 24, 2013 at 4:42 pm

      RTS…

      Re: Radios ( again )
      Thanks again! Very helpful. So that’s just something else a good
      investigator would/should have documented. What MODE was
      each radio in. I have also just checked with some modern
      portable radios that are offered for sale from actual ‘WFF’
      equipment providers… and the best ones actually DO have
      a ‘recall history’ that will just TELL you what the activity on
      that radio has been ( Transmit channel history, time, length,
      etc. ). I’m going to do the best I can to ID the actual radios
      in-use by GM that day ( from photos or anything else I have
      access to ) and see if they were, in fact, the modern kind
      that have ‘memory’ and ‘activity logs’ onboard.

      Re: Visibility on the alternate escape route.

      That’s what Google Earth 3D was telling me from here.
      So while the SAIR description of that ‘option’ might not
      be totally incorrect… this is certainly something any
      investigator who had ACTUALLY taken the time to walk
      that route would/should have seen/noted. Again… this
      all just plays into the overall ‘veracity’ of the report itself,
      and an indication that they first just came up with the
      ‘story’… and only THEN did a certain amount of work
      to support what they had ALREADY decided it ( the SAIR )
      was going to say.

      Reply
    • Bob Powers as pa says

      November 24, 2013 at 5:11 pm

      So if you decided to plan all of this or move off of your Davison every thing I know says you tell your Ops. sec chief or some one who has ears on you before moving that’s basic protocol before moving off your assignment. How did you follow proper procedures and not do that. so you did not use the LC in your decision process, so did they have a escape rout, we know they were looking at the ranch as a safety zone, did they have a safety plan to get there? How in gods name did the SAIR say they followed protocol when they did not use the LCES? So if the SAIR didn’t use the 10 and 18 as a reference and did not address the LCES. What exactly was the protocol GM followed?

      Reply
      • Bob Powers says

        November 25, 2013 at 8:52 am

        I some how got extra letters on the end of my name and 2 replies have not been posted.

        Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 25, 2013 at 11:13 am

        >> Mr. Powers wrote…
        >> So if you decided to plan all of this or move off of
        >> your Division… every thing I know says you tell your
        >> Ops. sec chief or some one who has ears on you
        >> before moving that’s basic protocol before moving
        >> off your assignment.

        That’s not only just the ‘exact’ protocol for this
        moare-than-quasi military culture… it’s also just
        plain COMMON SENSE!

        Speakiing of plain ‘common sense’… I believe you
        have to put ASM2 into the same ‘deserves a medal’
        category that day as BR Supt ( Brian Frisby ).

        ASM2 is ALSO documented as simply ‘asking’
        Marsh… “Are you guys OK?”.

        Marsh’s only reply was…

        “Yea. We’re just moving.”

        That’s about the most uncommunicative and obtuse
        response I could possibly think of under those
        circumstances.

        Some guy in an AIRPLANE ( with obviously a good
        head on his shoulders and concern for EVERYONE
        that day ) just asked you how you are at a moment
        when a fire is exploding like an atom bomb and
        everyone is running for their lives…

        …and all you have to say is “Yes… we’re just moving”?

        Moving WHERE? Moving WHY?

        Either Marsh was someone with so little actual
        communication skills that he should have never
        actually been promoted to the job he had… or
        he was purposely being obtuse because he wanted
        to turn his men into a ‘black-ops’ team and go
        skulking through the back-country on some
        ‘secret mission’ and didn’t want anyone to break
        up his day and say “Don’t do that.”

        So that would be TWICE that is is documented that
        ASM2 was operating outside this rigid military
        stuff and was just acting like a concerned human
        being working a fire with other human beings.

        He was taking time out from what HE was ‘supposed
        to be doing’ just to check on other people almost
        every chance he got. It is now documented that
        BOTH Marsh and OPS1 ‘blew him off’ on 2 separate
        occasions when, if he had received either a good
        answer from Marsh… or simple permission from
        OPS1 to do the right thing and VERIFY their location…

        …this whole day could have turned out differently.

        Reply
        • Gary Olson says

          November 26, 2013 at 6:47 am

          I hate to say it…but you are right.

          Reply
          • Gary Olson says

            November 26, 2013 at 6:50 am

            I want it to be somebody else’s fault so bad my judgment is probably clouded, I don’t want to blame the firefighter (Eric Marsh or Jesse Steed).

            Reply
          • Gary Olson says

            November 26, 2013 at 9:00 am

            Although I do want to repeat that nothing that has been said changes my mind that Darrell Willis ordered Eric Marsh to take his Granite Mountain Hotshots ASAP across country to the backside of Yarnell and Glen Ilha to engage in structure protection and help with evacuations, nor the fact that the Granite Mountain Hotshots were not properly trained by the Prescott Fire Department in how to use their fire shelters or they never would have deployed them in an area and under the conditions that were not survivable.

            Reply
          • mike says

            November 26, 2013 at 11:43 am

            Gary, I know in the end it really does not make a difference, but I totally understand the sentiment about “blame”. The idea that these 19 men walked off the ridge and into the fire apparently for no useful purpose is not only unbelievably sad, but also infuriating. And yet, being mad at the firefighters themselves just feels so wrong.

            Reply
  140. calvin says

    November 24, 2013 at 3:29 pm

    WTKTT… It seems like Andersen only saw the buggies and not Marsh’s truck. It appears that DIV A drove in separately from GM. Possibly with SPGS1? And after DIV A left for the hike up to the ridge, GM came up Sesame St., had a briefing at DIV A truck (possibly with SPGS1, possibly with DIV A by radio?)and then hiked in behind DIV A (after DIV A marked the trail.)

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 24, 2013 at 5:44 pm

      calvin… Marsh driving down first ahead of the ‘crew’ that
      morning ( perhaps even with Willis in the GM sup truck
      and someone else from PFD was driving Willis’ al-white
      extended cab truck down? )… would make a lot of sense
      and also explain a lot of other things and some timing.

      Only Marsh ‘needed’ to be at the briefing. We are still supposed
      to believe he didn’t know he was going to be DIVS A that
      day until he found out DURING the meeting.

      So Marsh arriving ahead of the crew to just attend the
      briefing and ‘get the scoop for the day’ would make a
      lot of sense…

      …but then that makes mincemeat of Kyle Dickman’s
      accounting of the events that morning… and makes
      mendacity of what Brendan McDonough said ( to him )
      about it.

      Kyle Dickman reports McDonough as saying they all
      got there together, then Marsh went into the briefing
      at the Yarnell Fire Station (alone) for just 20 minutes…
      and then he came out and just said “Gaggle up, boys!,
      and be sure to take plenty of water!”.

      If it turns out that never happened… then the NEW question
      would be… why would Brendan McDonough make all
      that up?

      Brendan is still off by an hour when he says the briefing
      was at 8:00 AM ( and not 7:00 AM as the SAIR states ),
      but Brendan does describe it as if he and the crew were
      ALSO there in the parking lot of the Yarnell Fire Station
      at the same time Marsh attended the briefing.

      If Marsh came down by himself AHEAD of the crew, just
      to attend the briefing alone… and the Crew Carriers were
      up to an HOUR behind him… then that makes everything
      McDonough says about ‘being in the parking when the
      briefing went on inside’ a complete fiction.

      Reply
      • calvin says

        November 25, 2013 at 4:03 am

        WTKTT…. I am going with Collura and Andersen both being accurate with their statements. The SAIR says SPGS1 rides out Sesame with GM (now seemingly DIVA) and whomever SPGS1 is, he is still there when BR arrives and in directed to go and tie in with SPGS1 on Sesame. Mcdonough’s statements do not match the SAIR and that is A FACT. Mcdonoughs other interview describing the The weather report and leaving his lookout spot is also inaccurate. He reports getting a call at 1445 or 1450 and weather is “going to be talked about.” Without a doubt this time is just plain WRONG! Could these inaccuracies from the only surviving member of GMIHC be part of the legal game the attorneys are playing? Remember, Mcdonough asks friends and families to not talk about him to the media the day after 19 of his best friends have been killed. Seems to me like he was coached!!

        Reply
  141. Bob Powers says

    November 24, 2013 at 2:48 pm

    OK so here’s the kicker—If the SAIR investigation hinges only around the fact that they were taking a safety rout to a safety zone which is within protocol even if a far stretch of the imagination. They were cut off in following protocol with their safety maneuver and died because of the extreme weather they encountered. Not considering the bad decisions they made to get to that point. Or that there was no identified safety route except the assumptions by the SAIR. So they used a assumed safety rout to a safety zone. no violation of regulations. Are you getting my drift. A simple way to not assign fault. You can beat me up on this if you want. Just a rambling thought.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 24, 2013 at 4:50 pm

      If the reported radio communications in the SAIR are to actually
      be believed ( and they really do have actual channel traffic
      captures and/or testimony to verify them )… then there is no
      doubt that Eric Marsh BELIEVED they were walking the ‘E’
      part of an LCES plan.

      Don’t forget… Marsh specifically got on the radio after the
      first MAYDAY calls ( from Steed ) and then said…

      “Out ESCAPE ROUTE has been CUT OFF.”

      So there was no doubt in his mind that’s what they were
      doing at that moment… walking an ‘escape route’.

      Now… where that ‘escape route’ actually got PLANNED
      is another story. Did someone REALLY just point at a
      Google map on an iPhone at the (supposed) 7:00 AM
      briefing… then draw their finger across it and tell Marsh…

      “You can just cut through this canyon to get to that
      bomb-proof ranch.”

      OR… was it all made up ‘on the fly’ during the infamous
      ( and mysterious ) “discussing their options” conversation
      circa 3:55 to 4:02 PM?

      Remains to be seen.

      Reply
      • mike says

        November 24, 2013 at 6:10 pm

        Escape from what??? There was nothing to escape from. They were in the black.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 24, 2013 at 6:31 pm

          Exactly… but there is also that (documented)
          quote from Marsh in the SAIR.

          Now ask yourself… did he REALLY say that?

          Or is that the lawyers making sure certain
          ‘quotes’ made it into the final report in order
          to back up the legal game-plan?

          WHAT does the SAIR actually attribute that
          final message from Marsh to?

          Actual radio capture(s)? Witness testimony?
          If witnesses… WHO?

          Awfully convenient for them to have Marsh
          professing LCES in the last moments of his
          life… even though there was ( as you just
          said ) NOTHING to be ‘Escaping FROM’.

          Reply
          • mike says

            November 24, 2013 at 7:01 pm

            I do not know why they did it. But to suggest that they chose that moment to descend because they were tired and wanted to go home is more unbelievable than the conspiracy ideas discussed. I can’t even really accept “they were worried about the buggies” or “they wanted to reengage the fire” notions. To believe those you almost have to believe that Marsh and Steed thought there was virtually no risk to their action. They were standing there watching the fire explode before their eyes. Setting aside whether they were considering the rules or not, looking at the fire and knowing the weather had to be a cause for concern. And yet they did what they did anyways. I’d like to think they at least had a reason.

            Reply
        • Bob Powers as pa says

          November 24, 2013 at 6:37 pm

          But by using the escape route it then goes back to they were following protocol. even though when they were in the black they did not have to move and where they moved was not a escape route at the time. A brush filled valley does not make a quick access to a safety zone but then they must have been making decisions on the fly. Still with in protocol. Still missing legs of the LCES to get their.

          Reply
        • Joy A Collura says

          November 25, 2013 at 6:57 am

          Exactly. They were in the already burnt area. However being I have hiked the area alot and I know Eric Marsh saw my body language as we walked the ridge to show we went the way we stated three times to him our route he could of assumed if we went that way and maybe he scouted it out that day—who knows—not us—but I can tell you this—once at that ridge the Helms place looks deceptively close if you did not know that maze-like terrain you may think “no problem” however it is slow going and Sonny did not think “no problem” due to unburned fuel/dehydrated manzanita and scrub oak and cat claw vegetation and accented by the weather coming in from Prescott area- bad monsoon he said “let’s get the hell out of here” and that was long before they travelled there and also once we went to the Congress side and ended up back on Candie Cane Lane area—that smoke and fierce flames as it is shown in my photos was already close in distance to Helms place before we even left the area for good so who would even decide or advise such final actions bewilders us to this day. We get tired sometimes on our hikes and we are hiking folks a lot and we put in over a hundred plus miles a month on this 19 area alone plus looking for suicide hiker miles plus setting up camp every 2 weeks- our time to show hikes freely will be on a case to case situation from now on- we come out far from the desert/caves on muddy road with a poor running vehicle right now so it is not an ease to make some of these hikes happen. We spent many hours to set up the road to make it passable just to make sure we can hike with a German gentleman and Michael Kodas.

          Reply
  142. Robert the Second says

    November 24, 2013 at 2:26 pm

    WTKTT,

    “Don’t you have to somehow select that before pushing that button? Scanning can be random and continuous… but to TRANSMIT… you have to somehow make a CHOICE. A Dial? An LCD screen? something?”

    They probably had Bendix-King radios like most wildland FF’s. If you have them programmed a certain way, you don’t necessarily have it SET on a certain channel. It’s Mode C in their instruction manual that allows you to transmit on a certain channel without it being ‘set’ on that channel.

    Regarding the alternate route – ” … is there any chance they would have seen the actual flames coming before the moment they crested the rise just above them, to their left while walking that two-track?” Smoke precedes the flames, so that would have been what they saw initially. By the time they saw the flames, the deadly hot gases would have been upon them.

    Hope this helps.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 24, 2013 at 11:49 pm

      RTS… yes, it does. As always… your expertise is appreciated.
      See a long-ish post below, however, that finally nails down
      the EXACT DISTANCE of this ‘alternate escape route’, and
      establishes a ‘travel speed’ for the two-track road as
      documented in the SAIR itself. It sheds some interesting
      light on the question “Would they have made it to the ranch
      if they just stayed on the two-track road”.

      The answer ( like almost everything else to do with this
      incident ) is still just a MAYBE… but it establishes some
      criteria for the ‘Defintely YES’ and the ‘Definitely NO’
      flanks of the question itself.

      It all comes down to ‘achievable rate of travel’.

      Reply
  143. Robert the Second says

    November 24, 2013 at 12:51 pm

    WTKTT and Calvin,

    Resource Orders are just that, an order to get a resource on the move toward the fire. They ALWAYS have report times that are not achievable. And they are ETA’s, so it’s an ESTIMATED time of arrival, not exact. You just call ahead and let them know.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 24, 2013 at 4:59 pm

      RTS…

      Re: Resource work order times

      I was afraid you were going to say that.

      So THESE documents from the State of Arizona are now just
      one more piece of unreliable information. Great.

      >> They ALWAYS have report times that are not achievable.

      As a taxpayer, who actually PAYS for all of this… that’s
      a little unbelievable to me… especially in such a TIME
      critical operation ( getting there early before the winds
      rise, as Chief Andersen says, etc. etc. ).

      Occasional missed ETA’s sure… but for it to be a GIVEN
      that they are ALWAYS just ‘guesstimates’…

      …that’s not what I like to pay good money for.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 24, 2013 at 5:59 pm

        RTS… follow up question ( from the taxpayer perspective ).

        So… are these ‘resource work orders’ actually used
        to send out the CHECKS?

        In other words… is it common practice for outfits
        getting paid by the HOUR ( Hotshots ) to submit invoices
        that have the ORIGINAL ‘arrival times’ as per the
        resource order… instead of the time they ACTUALLY
        got there?

        Do the hourly rate contractors get paid for ‘travel time’,
        and any time an actual arrival doesn’t match the
        original resource order time… they just chalk all
        that ‘extra’ time up to ‘travel time’ and it’s all included
        in the hourly invoice, anyway?

        In other words… is there anyone actually keeping
        TRACK of the discrepancies between original
        resource order times… and times people
        ACTUALLY show up?

        I hope so… because forget about all the possible
        ‘funny money’ flying around… that second set of
        logs would be the ones we really need to see here.

        WHEN did all these resources ( GM, BR included )
        actually GET there that day?

        Reply
        • Gary Olson says

          November 25, 2013 at 4:26 am

          Pay in not calculated based on the Resource Orders, everyone submits an actual timesheet to the Finance Section that is physically located on the fire itself. So you can stand down on that aspect ”
          “taxpayer.”

          Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 25, 2013 at 12:33 pm

            So… do you think Willis ( or the City of
            Prescott ) still had the ‘sand’ to submit
            the usual timesheets and/or invoices for
            GM that day… even though they all died
            on the job?

            If so… that document should be a PUBLIC
            one and would tell us exactly when GM
            was ‘on the job’ that day ( unless even
            that post-mortem invoice is being fudged ).

            I wonder if the invoice will actually include
            the final hour when they decided to
            disobey orders, move through back-country
            like a black-ops team, and no one knew
            where they were or what they were doing.

            Reply
        • Gary Olson says

          November 26, 2013 at 6:41 am

          I think they will be required by law to submit them, I don’t think they have to power to “forgive” taxpayer money that is owed.

          Reply
  144. Robert the Second says

    November 24, 2013 at 12:48 pm

    Gary Olson,

    Regarding th “64 million dollar question:” I use the word disingenuous, Calvin uses “coy.” He was NOT being very forthright with his intentions when making the tactical move to leave their SZ. I’m sure you saw it often enough in your law enforcement job, people giving you just a ‘grain of truth’ to make it sound believable. He was doing just short of that.

    WTKKT,

    Regarding their radios and ‘transmit channels’ – the radios they had allow you to program your channels, scanning capabilities, and priorities in any number of options, so it’s going to be kinda difficult to tell what they were actually set to; maybe. You usually have one priority and scan numerous other channels. And you’re always ‘covering’ for someone and/or someone is ‘covering’ for you that may have missed something due to other radio traffic.

    The alternate route toward the road to Congress, although kinda steep, would’ve certainly been a good enough option. Get down and away from the massive intense heat blast that’s going to funnel up the chute from the bowl below. I’ve hiked the ground twice now. It would’ve been doable.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 24, 2013 at 1:29 pm

      RTS…

      Re: Radios …

      Thanks! No one ( SAIR or YCSO ) have said exactly
      what make/model any of these radios were ( I checked ) so
      I haven’t been able to verify what an investigator might have
      been able to find out or not… and I am not a radio person.
      I have a ‘hand scanner’ here myself in a rural area and
      yea, sure, it’s set to ‘scan’ all local police, fire channels
      and will ‘stick’ on one or the other when there is traffic…

      …but I don’t TRANSMIT. I was just hoping that it would
      somehow be able to tell what channel was set for
      TRANSMIT at any given time. Don’t you have to somehow
      select that before pushing that button? Scanning can be
      random and continuous… but to TRANSMIT… you have
      to somehow make a CHOICE. A Dial? An LCD screen?
      something?

      Re: Alternate Escape Route

      I hear ya…. but would you have been able to SEE the fire
      ANY better from about half-way down that two-track
      than they were able to the way the went?

      I am thinking ( and the satellite imagery ) is telling me NO.

      Maybe it’s not technically a ‘canyon’, when that two-track
      turns east… but it definitely ‘sinks’ into a ‘gorge’ of some
      sort the more you head east towards the Helms place.

      Don’t forget about the SMOKE that would have been
      preceding everything. If they had been on that two-track,
      is there any chance they would have seen the actual flames
      coming before the moment they crested the rise
      just above them, to their left while walking that two-track?

      Reply
    • Gary Olson says

      November 26, 2013 at 6:39 am

      Yes, you are correct.

      Reply
  145. calvin says

    November 24, 2013 at 6:24 am

    Rabbit Trail # unknown!!!
    After posting the comment above I want to correct myself. According to Former Yarnell Fire Chief Peter Andersen quoted in the article that we are commenting on, he witnessed the two GM buggies driving by his house at 0803!!! This is at the almost exact minute Joy Collura encounters Eric Marsh. This seems to be definite proof (based on two eye witness accounts) that the meeting between DIV A and GM on Sesame Street did not occur as the SAIR states.

    Reply
    • Joy A Collura says

      November 24, 2013 at 9:44 am

      how my times happened- I looked at my cell to see how far we went from Foothill (McNary’s) to where we ran into someone (later named Eric Marsh) and saw my missed calls and I did not want to call my mother being she would lecture me of the dangers even though we there to educate people of the fire (the off the grid folks everyone keeps failing to remember like the YHRG and the Emergency Team and Officials and Red Cross- they recognize assessor and renters is what I have seen not the family unit of folks who camp out in Stanton area who go to cooler climate areas of Yarnell in the Summer-) United Way I have seen help all and were the first to be there for all. My mother is sending me a copy of her phone records from 6-30-13 so I can post it on my private link to show the times.

      Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 24, 2013 at 1:17 pm

      calvin… I hear ya. I have revisited this ‘morning briefing’ timing
      myself a number of times now and I am still not sure WHAT
      to think.

      – SAIR says 7:00 AM, no mention of length.

      – Brendan McDonough ( In Kyle Dickman interview ) says
      it was 8:00 AM, and lasted about 20 minutes.

      – Joy Collura says she met Marsh on ridge at exactly 8:07 AM
      and has published photographs of that moment.

      – Resource work order for June 30 says they were supposed
      to be there at 6:00 AM.

      – Chief Andersen says he say the GM Hotshot Buggies drive
      by his house in Yarnell circa 8:03 AM, and said he shook his
      head seeing that late time because he knew they already
      lost the time to fight the fire with calm winds.

      Granted… Chief Andersen may have seen those buggies
      drive by his house ( I am looking up his address now )
      AFTER the ‘briefing’ and when they were headed out
      towards Sesame trail through town… but even so… that
      totally negates the possibility of Joy Collura seeing Eric
      Marsh all the way out on the ridge just FOUR minutes later.

      So fer cryin’ out loud.

      Which IS it?

      When did GM actually GET there?
      When did Marsh ( not Steed ) have this ‘briefing’?
      When did the get out to the end of Sesame Trail?
      When did Marsh really get out onto the ridge?
      When did the rest of them get up there?

      I still tend to trust Joy Collura’s times for Marsh’s
      arrival on the ridge and the actual ascent of the
      crew almost ONE FULL HOUR later.

      She was there. She saw it. She photographed it.
      She hikes with scientific instruments.
      I have no reason to doubt ANY of her ‘times’.

      The angle of the sun seen in the Joy Collura photos even
      matches what the Naval Observatory website says would
      be absolutely correct for that time of day at that exact
      latitude/longitude.

      As for the rest of it? ( SAIR times, work order times,
      other witnesses )… who knows.

      It all remains to be PROVEN.

      Reply
  146. calvin says

    November 24, 2013 at 6:00 am

    WTKTT.. When ASM2 calls OPS1 and says he hears a crew discussing an escape route, he suggests a TIMEOUT. There was NO timeout, there was no FLYOVER, and there was not even an ATTEMPT to radio them for a location update. ASM2 had been over the fire since 1447
    The resource order calls for GM to arrive at 0600. According to Outside online article, Eric Marsh didn’t even drive home June 29, opting to stay in Prescott at the fire dept. because he KNEW they had an early morning. I am inclined to believe GM was on the job at 0600. That would help explain how Marsh got to the top of the mountain by 0800. Follow me for a second. BR had a 0600 start time too, with Arroyo starting at 1000. BR was directed to go out Sesame Street and tie in with SPGS1. I hypothesize BR’s initial assignment was to work In the middle area of Sesame Street with Arroyo coming in later to begin working in the Shrine Area. When Arroyo had mechanical issues, the plan changed. Why would they drive all the way out Sesame to turn around an go back to Shrine area?
    I cant comprehend how hot GM must have been sitting on top of that ridge in temps of 100 plus degrees and seemingly NO shade. However, I do not think exhaustion or heat stress caused this colossal blunder. I do not believe 19 men walked into the unburned fuel after witnessing the fire exploding ALL DALL (per P81 SAIR fire progression map) without (according to SAIR) even one thought of safety. Mr Powers also confirmed that other people (Steed, Whitted, Carter, or Caldwell)? on GMIHC would/should have known (by radio) they were not following orders by moving (after being told to hunker and be safe) and this would have given them ANOTHER reason to NOT go down this NON escape route
    I want to assert once again that the SAIT and subsequent SAIR did a huge disservice to firefighters living and dead on Yarnell Hill Fire!

    Reply
    • Joy A Collura says

      November 24, 2013 at 9:48 am

      another important person to reach to time stamp this is long time resident Rick MacKenzie- he saw them that morning and that will time stamp this for you.

      Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 24, 2013 at 10:00 am

      I would also add that almost if not all crewmen since they were all to gather in the (lunch area) would have herd all the radio talk because of the radios interspersed thru the crew. BR Supt. must have herd that order as well and was concerned when he herd GM was moving and surprised at the notice of deployment. It would be interesting to see his complete statement to the SAIR. There is to much missing from there great investigation in order to show a no fault scenario. They insult me as well as all the families of wild land firefighters who have lost loved ones who past on there legacy of safety rules.

      Reply
  147. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 24, 2013 at 4:02 am

    **
    ** NEW INFORMATION ABOUT ALTERNATE ESCAPE
    ** ROUTE DOCUMENTED IN THE SAIR

    The SAIR establishes that ‘staying on the two-track road up on the ridge’
    was a known, viable alternative to the Granite Mountain crew when they
    reached the point whether to descend into the box canyon, or not.

    The SAIR is assuming that Marsh/Steed actually KNEW that the two-track
    road actually did that ( lead to the ranch on high ground ). I think it has been
    established pretty clearly that Marsh/Steed were NOT aware of this at all,
    but even if they were, there is now information to negate everything else
    the SAIR has to say about this possible ‘alternate route’ they have
    documented as ‘one of their known options’.

    I don’t know why it took me so long to actually do this ( or for anyone else
    to find this out ) but if you simply use Google Earth at man-height level
    and actually WALK that ‘alternate route’… you will discover that almost
    everything the SAIR has to say about it is FALSE and lacked even a
    cursory amount of investigation into reality.

    Here is an abridged version of the way the SAIR actually describes that
    option in their ‘What they probably knew’ section of the document…

    :: Pages 36 and 37 of the SAIR…
    ::
    :: Course of Action A4: Move southeast along the two-track road toward
    :: the Boulder Springs Ranch
    :: * They perceived this southeast pathway as an escape route.
    :: * If they take this route, it appeared they would still have alternate
    :: escape routes southwest over the ridge or back to the black the
    :: way they came.
    :: * While traveling along the ridge, they would have a comfortable view of
    :: the fire and could see it headed to the east-southeast; they could serve
    :: as their own lookouts.
    ::
    :: Page 39 of the SAIR…
    ::
    :: Course of Action B2: Continue along the two-track road
    :: * The road would permit easier travel than hiking through the brush.
    :: * Would keep them higher on the ridge and may provide better visibility
    :: of the fire and smoke column.
    :: * Could keep open the option to move over the ridge, southwest toward
    :: Highway 89 allowing for a secondary escape route.

    As it turns out… hardly ANY of this would have actually been TRUE.

    At the moment they decided to drop off the two-track road and DOWN
    into the box canyon where they actually died… the two-track road they
    had been walking south on up on the ridge simply looked like it headed
    due south and headed UPHILL to the top of another hill. They could
    NOT see ‘over this hill’ to the point where the two-track road actually
    turns EAST and then heads directly for the Boulder Springs Ranch.

    The PROBLEM is… at the point where that two-track road DOES
    make the turn EAST towards the ranch… it actually drops down into
    ANOTHER box canyon that, about halfway to the ranch, has even
    steeper sides than the canyon they actually dropped into.

    So even if they had ‘stayed on the two-track road’… it only would have
    given them a look at the fire from a high vantage point for as long as
    it took to reach the point where the two-track road then heads due
    east towards the ranch.

    At that point… they would have been ‘dropping down’ BETWEEN
    two other ‘steep ridges’ and would have lost all ‘eyes on the fire’
    in an even worse manner than dropping into the other canyon.

    If they had stayed on that two-track road… the fire would have still most
    likely ‘caught them’ in another terrible trap about halfway on the eastern
    leg of the two-track to the ranch… and the steepness of the sides of
    the ridges on either side of the two-track would not have even afforded
    them the opportunity to deploy. There would have been nowhere to
    even try and make a clearing big enough to even TRY and safely deploy.

    So the following official statements in the SAIR about this ‘option’ are
    actually TOTALLY FALSE…

    :: SAIR says…
    :: If they take this route ( stay on the two-track to the ranch ), it appeared
    :: they would still have alternate escape routes southwest over the ridge
    :: or back to the black the way they came.

    False. They would ONLY have had any ‘alternate escape
    route’ for the few minutes it would have taken to reach the point where
    the two-track turns east towards the ranch. Once they took that turn
    to the east and headed down into the OTHER canyon… there was
    no going back… and no chance of just ‘hopping over the ridge’ to
    the south and out towards Congress. Too steep. Even WAY steeper
    than the descent they actually made to drop into the OTHER canyon.

    As far as any chance of ‘getting back to the black’. No way… not once
    they took that turn east towards the ranch.

    :: SAIR says…
    :: While traveling along the ridge, they would have a comfortable view of
    :: the fire and could see it headed to the east-southeast; they could serve
    :: as their own lookouts.

    No way. Even just 1 minute after heading south on that two-track they would
    have crossed over a hill that would have totally obscured their view back
    at the fire, anyway, and certainly once they turned east and dropped
    down into ANOTHER canyon… with even steeper sides… their view
    of the fire would have been even MORE obscured than it was by the
    ridge adjoining the canyon they DID drop into.

    It would NOT have been possible for them to ‘serve as their own lookouts’
    for the entire eastward trek along that two-track… and the fire would have
    still swept over the other ridge on the northern side of the two-track at that
    point and caught them (literally) in their tracks without any warning whatsoever
    and nowhere to go.

    :: SAIR says…
    :: Would keep them higher on the ridge and may provide better visibility
    :: of the fire and smoke column.

    Only (perhaps ) for the 1 or 2 minutes before they had to turn EAST and
    drop down into ANOTHER (blind) box canyon for the entire eastward trip.

    :: SAIR says…
    :: Could keep open the option to move over the ridge, southwest toward
    :: Highway 89 allowing for a secondary escape route.

    Only for the 1 or 2 minutes before they would have had to turn EAST
    on the two-track. Then none of those things would still be true and
    they would still have had a LOOONG way to go with absolutely
    no ‘eyes on the fire’ just like the other canyon.

    Even I had been assuming for some time that if they had just stayed on
    the two-track road all the way to the ranch… there would have always
    been the opportunity to ‘see’ the fire and… if needed… just ‘drop packs
    and run’ up over the southern ridge and out to the Congress side ( and
    back to Highway 89 ). The assumption there all along has been that
    this ‘two-track road to the ranch’ actually stays up on the crest of
    the ridges even on the eastward leg towards the ranch.

    This is NOT the case. The eastward leg drops into its own ‘canyon’
    and as for any options then ( that are mentioned in the SAIR )…
    Nope. Too blind. Too steep. Not enough time to escape.

    The ‘alternate route’ ( which I still believe they didn’t even know about )
    would still have been a ‘death trap’ and they would have been removing
    the bodies from the two-track road about halfway down the east-leg
    of the two-track rather than from the floor of the other canyon.

    Something tells me that even though 57+ investigators KNEW they were
    going to include this option in their ‘official’ report… not ONE of them
    ever even bothered to actually ‘go that way’ from the same decision
    making point documented in their report and see ‘reality’ with their
    own eyes. If they had… the report would not be full of these falsehoods.

    Reply
    • Joy A Collura says

      November 24, 2013 at 10:00 am

      fly out this Holiday Season- we want you to take the hike with us. This virtual images is not the same as in person and you will be forever grateful you took the hike. It answers a lot of questions and makes you bewildered on some too.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 24, 2013 at 12:27 pm

        Thanks, Joy!… I do intend to get out there at some point
        but I’m afraid this holiday season is out of the question
        for me.

        Back to the ‘alternate escape route’…

        So… how WRONG am I?

        I am absolutely aware that no one just looking at satellite
        images could ever say they have actually ‘been there’,
        but I also know that satellite images don’t lie.

        I don’t know if you have ever installed the Google Earth
        plugin for your Browser, or simply downloaded the
        Google Earth Desktop Application ( both are totally free ),
        but it’s very easy to do… it actually only takes a few
        minutes… and the capabilities of this (free) software are
        absolutely amazing.

        You can, in fact, ‘walk a trail’ anywhere on earth using
        this software at what is called ‘man-height’ level, look all around, up or down as if you were ‘standing’ there, and
        the accuracy is totally amazing.

        I live in a mountain area myself… have used Google
        Earth to ‘verify’ the accuracy on trails that I HAVE
        walked myself… and in my case… the accuracy is
        totally spot on… to an AMAZING degree… so I have
        no reason to believe the same accuracy isn’t being
        achieved with the same technology for a different area.

        I have also verified now that the NAVSAT satellite image
        data currently being used by Google for the Yarnell,
        Arizona area ( when you area at ‘man-height’ level or
        anything less than about 1,000 feet altitude ) is dated
        April 9, 2013.

        That is just 82 days before the fateful day of June 30,
        not including the day itself.

        So significant ‘additional manzanita growth’ or terrain
        change between the current Google NAVSAT imagery
        and the reality on June 30 is not a factor.

        So please, if you can, tell me how WRONG I am
        about any statements made above.

        If you had been on that ‘alternate escape route’, and
        headed towards the Helms place… and about halfway
        down that eastern leg of the two-track… would you
        have been able to see the fire coming?

        Even if so… would you have been able to quickly
        ‘scramble’ directly south over that ridge to the Congress
        side in an emergency situation?.

        By ‘quickly’… I mean within 5 minutes or so, because
        that’s probably all the time THEY would have had.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 24, 2013 at 5:24 pm

          Quick follow-up to this last post…

          Google is now generally using TWO different sets
          of NAVSAT satellite imagery in conjunction with
          both Google Maps ( 2D ) and Google Earth (3).

          The NAVSAT imagery actually ALWAYS has the
          full 3D information in it… and has always been
          the basis for ‘Google Maps’ ( 2D ) itself.

          So BOTH Google Maps (2D) and Google
          Earth (3D) are based on the same orginal
          set(s) of NAVSAT data.

          However… about a year or two ago… Google
          started using TWO different sets of data for
          the same location(s). You may have noticed
          this already yourself. The closer you ZOOM
          down to your target… you are likely to hit
          a ZOOM level where the view suddenly
          changes and is more detailed… and presented
          at more of an ‘oblique angle’… even in 2D mode.

          What you are witnessing there is that at a
          certain ‘altitude’… the data changes to the
          absolute most-recent imagery that Google
          has access to.

          That is also the case here with the Yarnell area.

          If you stay above about the 1000 foot altitude
          level… the imagery is most likely the older
          NAVSAT set which is dated May 14, 2011.

          The minute you get BELOW about 1000 feet
          of altitude ( with either Google Maps 2D or
          Google Earth 3D), the imagery for Yarnell
          changes to the most RECENT NAVSAT
          data they have which is dated April 9, 2013.

          That’s only 82 days ( not counting June 30
          itself ) before this tragic accident took place.

          Try it for yourself. You will see what I mean.

          Reply
        • Tex (Sonny) Gilligan says

          November 26, 2013 at 4:40 pm

          If you had been on that ‘alternate escape route’, and
          headed towards the Helms place… and about halfway
          down that eastern leg of the two-track… would you
          have been able to see the fire coming?
          REPLY—-tex: not exactly understanding location- where the saddle or further down on the other end? As far as the fire- you had to stay high to see it and the two track/saddle area you still had the fire in sight but travelling down any further- no your eyes would not be on the fire.

          Even if so… would you have been able to quickly
          ‘scramble’ directly south over that ridge to the Congress
          side in an emergency situation?.

          By ‘quickly’… I mean within 5 minutes or so, because
          that’s probably all the time THEY would have had.
          REPLY- tex- they should of had more than 5 minutes had they been on the 2 track and yes they could of scrambled over the mountain and that was what I did- we followed the 2 track south and fell off on to the Congress side to escape the area- had we fell off where they were we would not be here to talk about it.

          Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 24, 2013 at 10:13 am

      I still contend if they were moving to reengage according to the SAIR Then they were not following a safety rout to a safety zone. They were moving the fastest way possible off the mountain the route they took thru the box canyon looked like a shorter route. And that is why they were there. To call an unidentified un marked route as an escape route to a safety zone is a far stretch another assumption of the SAIR.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 24, 2013 at 12:39 pm

        Mr. Powers… I totally agree. I don’t think the actual
        realities of the alternate escape route, whether known
        or not known to them that day, would have changed
        the outcome.

        They chose what they chose, when they chose it,
        for their own ( still undetermined ) reasons.

        But as for them even KNOWING about it ( the alternate
        escape route )… or the actual reality of it matching the
        SAIR’s ‘assumptions’ and their published ‘narrative’ of
        what happened that day…

        …this all comes down (again) to the ‘veracity factor’ for
        the entire report itself.

        The post I just made challenges the entire ‘veracity’
        of the SAIR’s own description of a very important
        option that they SAY ( and would have us all believe )
        those men were totally aware of.

        What I am seeing now ( albeit, using only satellite
        imagery… but I trust it ) is that the SAIR description
        of even the reality of that that ‘alternate escape route’
        is totally bogus.

        If that turns out to be TRUE ( and this is easily verified
        by just walking the route )… then this is just one more
        proof-positive that the SAIR report is a total joke.

        Reply
      • Gary Olson says

        November 26, 2013 at 6:37 am

        I agree.

        Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 24, 2013 at 1:04 pm

      When you see a fire moving rapidly into Yarnell that could turn on you at any minuet Why move. This is a wind driven Blowup moving at 12 mph. that’s about 1000 ft. per min. you can not move fast enough to out run that on a mountain in heavy brush. No matter where they were half way down the mountain they were to far from any thing that could have saved them that would have been a safety zone. They were in a death trap that they did not anticipate.
      Fire weather and fire behavior principals. Wild land fire in the worst scenario 100 deg. low hum. dry fuels, 30+% dead fuel bed, predicted high winds20-40 mph. erratic with thunder cells over the fire. With a fire you can see don’t ever ever walk into highly flammable unburned fuel. #11 situation that shouts watch out its been there a long time. Unburned fuel between you and the fire. Why do we continue to kill and injure firefighters that still forget to use this simple rule.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 24, 2013 at 5:11 pm

        Doesn’t one of the basic ‘lessons’ taught, in even the very
        first WFF certification class you are required to take, use
        the famous “Crossing the Street” analogy to tech this
        fundamental principle?

        The BEST time to ‘cross the street’ is when there is
        the least amount of traffic ( as in, never cross in front
        of a busy flame front, get there early before the winds
        pick up and the humidity is still low… because the
        ‘traffic’ ( fire activity ) only gets ‘busier’ as the day
        turns to afternoon ).

        So what these guys did would basically be the
        equivalent of trying to cross an ultra-busy
        Interstate Highway with 18-wheelers coming
        right at them… and they still thought they could
        ‘make it’.

        Fundamental training violations.

        Whoops… I forgot.
        The verdict is in.
        No one did anything wrong.

        Reply
  148. calvin says

    November 23, 2013 at 7:15 pm

    What tactical advantage could Granite Mountain have gained by sitting at the lunch spot (or close to) for approximately two hours with temperatures over 100 degrees? Remember, the Ashcraft photo was taken just after the 1402 weather update that predicted a 180 degree wind shift. They actually watched the weather reverse the fire direction and get between them and their buggies. Why didn’t they leave in time to get their buggies themselves? It doesn’t make sense.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 23, 2013 at 9:13 pm

      Operational command of the fire ( IC, OPS1, OPS2, etc. ) also
      saw those weather reports FIRST… and only then began to
      distribute them out to resources in the field.

      According to the SAIR… that’s all they ( fire command ) did.
      They ‘passed the information along’.
      The information itself ( which THEY say first ) apparently
      didn’t cause THEM to also issue ‘new orders’ out to
      the resources in the field… and (apparently) just left the
      decisions about what to do totally up to them.

      Again… I don’t know how usual or unusual that is for the
      ‘incident level’ that this engagement was already at.. but
      I would think a wind shift of 180 degrees on an already
      hot, spread out fire with expected wind gusts of 40-50
      miles per hour is about the worst news you can get
      when working a fire.

      I am still astonished that the ‘weather updates’ didn’t also
      go out with NEW ORDERS for ALL the resources in
      the field.

      As for DIVS A and GMIHC crew… I’m surprised command
      didn’t also send and order to ‘get down from there RIGHT NOW’.

      Command should have known that little anchor point they
      had been working all day was about to become totally
      worthless… and all resources should be back near town
      to try and protect against what was now inevitable and
      GOING to happen in few hours ( reverse 911, evacuations,
      switch to ‘structure protection mode’, etc. etc. ).

      If GM had gotten such a ‘pull off’ order from command at
      the same time the (bad) weather report was (actually)
      received… then there WOULD have been time for them
      to just bounce down off that ridge, pick up Brendan on the
      way by the old-grader, and get back down Sesame trail
      the way they came up and back to their vehicles.

      As with almost everything else on this incident… just another
      TIME related screw-up and another ‘missed opportunity’
      to have the day end with (much) better outcome(s).

      Reply
  149. calvin says

    November 23, 2013 at 7:08 pm

    Mrs. Collura, What side of the mountain did you find the cuttings that you hadn’t seen before? Were there any additional cuttings at or near deployment site? Thanks

    Reply
    • Joy A Collura says

      November 24, 2013 at 10:06 am

      calvin on November 23, 2013 at 7:08 pm said:

      Mrs. Collura, What side of the mountain did you find the cuttings that you hadn’t seen before? ON THE WALK WITH OSHA WE SAW MINOR CUTTINGS WHICH TEX STATED IT WAS MINOR NOT JOY ON BOTH SIDES BUT WITH JOHN MACLEAN’S TEAM WE SAW THE NEWLY LEARNED CUTTINGS ON THE SIDE WHERE THEY TOOK THEIR LUNCH AND NEAR WHERE WE LAST SAW THEM—MUCH CUTTINGSWere there any additional cuttings atYES or near deployment site?RESTRICTED AREA BUT ON HIKE WITH OSHA THE PATHS WE TOOK THERE WAS NONE VISIBLE GOING DOWN YET WE DID FIND ON THE RIDGE A BURNT ROLL OF PINK RIBBON-Thanks

      Reply
      • calvin says

        November 27, 2013 at 7:00 am

        Mrs. Collura, Was this burnt roll of pink ribbon near the area of descent? Do you think it was possibly a marker for Marsh to know where they left the two track? Also, if you would take me along for this hike, could you email me directly please!

        Reply
  150. calvin says

    November 23, 2013 at 7:03 pm

    WTKTT..According to the Crew and Equipment Resource Order, Blue Ridge and Granite Mountain IHC were needed at 0600 6/30. Am I missing something here? According to the SAIR, Neither IHC were on time for work that day. Is there an explanation for this?

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 23, 2013 at 9:01 pm

      calvin… I have noticed that as well… but as I also read the rest
      of that official ‘work resource order’ document it seems like
      NO ONE was really there when those orders say they were.
      It seems like this particular document just really can’t be
      trusted as far as when anyone really got there that day.

      Seems like all the times are just sort of ‘ballparked’, or
      something, and people all sort of just ‘got there as soon
      as they could’ that day… and no one was all that bent out
      of shape about any of it.

      I don’t know how ‘normal’ that is… or whether it’s just another
      indication of how totally disorganized the management of
      that fire still was on DAY 3 ( Sunday ).

      Reply
  151. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 23, 2013 at 6:47 pm

    **
    ** PUBLISHED MACKENZIE VIDEO WAS, IN FACT,
    ** EDITED USING YOUTUBE VIDEO EDITOR

    Somewhere up above… someone said that the published version of the
    MacKenzie VIDEO was edited using YouTube’s own online video editor.

    I’ve been able to verify that as a FACT.

    The original video was ‘published’ by the The Prescott Daily Courier one hour
    BEFORE the SAIR report was released to the public on September 28, 2013.

    YouTube account name: dCouriervideos
    YouTube account owner: The Prescott Daily Courier
    Total videos uploaded as of 11/23/13: 77 videos.
    Total subscriptions to this channel as of 11/23/13: 107 subscriptions

    Video Title: Granite Mountain Hotshots last video by Christopher MacKenzie
    Published: Sep 28, 2013
    Video statistics Through Nov 22, 2013…
    Total Views 28,353
    Total Time watched: 7 days
    Total Subscriptions driven: 5
    Total Shares: 9

    As it turns out… if you simply click the ‘About’ button associated
    with this video you see the following COMMENT information…

    Published on Sep 28, 2013
    Granite Mountain Hotshot Christopher MacKenzie shot these last two
    video clips shortly after 4:00 p.m. on June 30, 2013. These are the last
    images of the hotshots before they tragically died fighting the Yarnell Hill
    Fire at approximately 4:50 p.m.
    See related story on dCourier.com (clickable link).

    …but just to the right of that commentary, in small print, is also the following…

    Created using: YouTube Video Editor
    Source videos: none
    View attributions ( clickable link )

    NOTE: If you click the ‘View attributions’ link all you get is this…

    Granite Mountain Hotshots last video by
    Christopher MacKenzie by dCouriervideos

    So someone from the Prescott Daily Courier uploaded either one original
    video clip, or two separate clips, and then used the online YouTube video
    editor to create the actual public release version.

    The ‘original upload(s)’ used to create this ‘edited’ video are no longer
    present on the ‘dCouriervideos’ site.

    Either the one original upload or the two separate uploads were DELETED
    after they got done using the YouTube editor to create the public release
    version that we can see.

    The online ‘YouTube’ video editor can’t do much, but it can certainly be
    used to either just ‘combine videos’ or ‘edit out portions’ before
    that ‘combine’ operation… or be used to ‘chop out’ sections of just
    one single video and then tie them back together with a small ‘fade’
    between the remaining sections ( as seen in the published MacKenzie video ).

    Here is the full feature list for the online YouTube editor…

    Combine videos
    Add music
    Trim clips
    Insert transitions
    Rotate clips
    Stabilize clips
    Add text effects

    NOTE: The slight ‘fade’ seen between the two 9 second MacKenzie
    video clips in the published (YouTube) version MAY have been
    automatically inserted during just a simple ‘combine videos’
    operation ( this seems to be the default for that option ) OR it
    could have been done manually with ‘Insert Transitions’ option.

    I still believe there has to be more than just these two ‘edited’
    9 second video clips.

    No one just shoots 9 second video clips… especially when there
    are ( apparently ) just a few moments separating the two.

    If you really are trying to ‘capture a moment’ with video and audio
    then you would hold your finger down on that shutter button and
    capture the entire moment ( conversation ).

    Reply
  152. Robert the Second says

    November 23, 2013 at 8:17 am

    J Stout, Gary Olson,

    Not sure on this Fire and All-Risk Hazards guy, no website, so no idea what his motivation or focus is.

    The Fireline Factors website revealed that he wrote a very insightful article for FireRescue magazine in April 2010 that has some interesting parallels to the Yarnell Hill Fire events, with many of the things he wrote about in the WUI that actually occurred.

    http://irontable1979.site.aplus.net/wordpress/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/Mayhew19thWatchout2010.pdf

    Yet, as the key SAIT Human Factors guy he dropped the ball and chocked it all up to “no violations of policy or protocol.” Where are the Human Factors elements that MAY have contributed to their thought process and ultimate fatal deciion? It appears to have been a disturbing waste of time and effort and probably ‘going along to get along’ with the SAIT mindset that gave us that fine investigative product that they all defend.

    Reply
  153. Gary Olson says

    November 23, 2013 at 5:40 am

    WTKTT said,

    “Don’t forget… he was OPS1. He had an earlier conversation
    with his DIVS A and found out that ( at THAT time ), the
    WERE, in fact, safe in the black. That was when he (OPS1)
    told his DIVS A and the GMHS under his command to
    “Just hunker down (there) and be safe”.

    From what I now understand of this more-than-quasi military
    style culture… the fact that OPS1 knew he had give a
    direct ORDER to that resource to ‘stay put’ would have
    also been in his mind… and when ASM2 bothered him
    with this “do we need to check on them?” request…

    …the idea that his DIVS A would somehow be IGNORING
    his direct order was ‘inconceivable’ to him.

    So that might have contributed to his ‘confusion’ and his
    ‘blowing off’ ASM2′s request. Last he heard… they were
    in the black… Last he remembers… he gave them an
    ORDER to STAY THERE.”

    I am going with that thought, I really don’t think OP1 has any blame in this, it is just assumed in this “more than quasi-military” fire organization that everyone is following their orders and are where they are supposed to be, doing what they are supposed to be doing.

    Otherwise, the whole damn system collapses in upon itself and somebody gets hurt… real bad. Nobody’s Mother (no offense intended to mothers) is on the fire line, everybody is expected to act like a grown-up and do their job.

    I have shot my mouth off a bunch about how those I was responsible for followed my orders…well…I did exactly the same thing and did exactly what I was told to do, when I was told to do it (assuming it was the right thing to do) and I did it until I was told to stop doing it. And then I said, “We like it, we love it, we want more of it!”

    I liked it that way, that meant there was ORDER and things worked like they were supposed to. I will state once again for the record, everybody is expected to do just that…otherwise they system breaks down and real bad things can happen.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 23, 2013 at 5:50 pm

      >> Gary wrote…
      >> I am going with that thought.

      Me too. I don’t think there is any doubt that IS what
      was in OPS1’s mind when ASM2 suggested the
      ‘timeout’… and offered to go check on them.

      >> Gary also wrote…
      >> I really don’t think OP1 has any blame in this.

      Ultimately… you cannot blame a man who wasn’t even on
      the fireline for 19 other men deciding to walk into
      a fuel-filled canyon and die. I am with you. That’s a fact.

      >> …it is just assumed in this “more than quasi-military”
      >> fire organization that everyone is following their orders
      >> and are where they are supposed to be, doing what they
      >> are supposed to be doing.

      Keyword: assumed.

      That is all that is at issue here.

      WAS that a valid ‘assumption’ to still be making, at the
      documented times he was still making it.

      WAS it ‘operationally sound’ for him to ‘assume’ old
      information when more than a half-dozen people on
      his same radio channel(s) had ALREADY heard
      information that negated that assumption.

      WAS he really ( as far as I can tell ) one of the only
      ones on that command channel at that moment
      who did NOT know that GM was ‘on the move’ already?

      Ultimately… this is just all about ‘what lessons can be
      learned here’. I think the SAIR itself mentions this moment
      in the critical timeline ( without rendering any judgements )
      because even they recognized there MIGHT be a good
      lesson to take away from this moment for any firefighter
      who can ‘read between the lines’ in the SAIR report.

      Regardless of what you are ‘assuming’… when a trusted
      officer on your fire ( who is in an airplane and just trying
      to do his job as well ) calls you and expresses doubt about
      where one of your most valuable resources ACTUALLY
      is… and offers to just take a moment to go VERIFY that…

      …maybe you should let just let him, no matter what you
      are ‘assuming’ at that moment.

      Reply
      • Gary Olson says

        November 24, 2013 at 4:36 am

        This a tough one and really is the 64 million dollar question because it goes to Eric Marsh’s state of mind; was he in fact being “disingenuous” and trying to conceal his real direction of movement and destination (down into the valley to cross in front of the oncoming fire) or would it be logical to expect they were still safe and moving to a safety zone that could have been something other than the bombproof ranch, either more or other black or even a different ranch as I think Blue Ridge thought they were talking about?

        I don’t know, I guess it comes down to should OP1 have considered the possibility that GMHS were deliberately being disingenuous (if in fact they were) about their intentions so they would not be told “NO…STAY WERE YOU ARE!”

        Back to my thoughts on how it is assumed everyone is doing their job competently on a large wildland fire. Everyone from the Incident Commander down to a water tender or nurse tanker operator has a job to do. I think depending on each and everyone of them to be where they are supposed to be, doing what they are supposed to be doing, is THE CORNERSTONE of a professional firefighting organization.

        Doing this brings stability, discipline, order, structure, purpose and a flow to what is otherwise a chaotic and potentially deadly environment.

        IF wildland firefighting has gotten to the point that top commanders have to take time out a fighting a fire, especially one that is going to hell in a hurry, to go check and see if anybody, especially an elite firefighting crew is really were they are supposed to be, doing what they were ordered to do…well, it really would be a good time to shut everything down and go over the system from top to bottom.

        On a side note, I vividly remember the day we were told there was going to be a hotshot crews OTHER than United States Forest Service Hotshot Crews. Those of us in the Forest Service thought that the world as we knew it to exist was coming to an end and it was the worst thing that could ever happen to wildland firefighting.

        “In 1981, the National Park Service decided to organize several wildland fire suppression crews (later to be referred to as “hotshots”). Previously, the NPS largely depended on loosely organized local crews or other agencies to respond to fires on their lands. The agency decided that they needed to have their own fire crews ready for and to develop the expertise for fire response. One of the first of the NPS hotshot crews was established in Sequoia and Kings Canyon National Parks. Crews were also established in Rocky Mountain National Park (the current Alpine Hotshots) and in Yellowstone (the now disbanded Bison Hotshots). Initially, all three crews were called Arrowhead Crews 1, 2, and 3; so named to honor the NPS arrowhead shield seen on uniforms and signs. The Arrowhead Hotshots name remains with the Sequoia and Kings Canyon National Parks crew today.”

        The same thing happened when “they” created the ICS system and personnel from other federal and state agencies began to be integrated into U.S. Forest Service Fire Teams. Most people in the Forest Service thought that was the beginning of the end to a professional wildland firefighting organization.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 25, 2013 at 12:13 am

          >> Gary Olson wrote…
          >>
          >> …well, it really would be a good time to
          >> shut everything down and go over the
          >> system from top to bottom.

          Sounds good to me.

          If not NOW… then WHEN?
          If not THIS… then WHAT?

          Just yesterday… an evacuation slide on a
          Jet Blue airliner in Florida deployed in mid-flight.
          Not supposed to happen… but it did.
          ALL of the same aircraft were IMMEDIATELY
          grounded until the incident is fully investigated,
          and the EXACT CAUSE is determined.

          No one even got hurt… but ALL the damn planes
          of that same type are now GROUNDED.

          In this case… 19 good men died a horrible death.

          Let’s ‘ground all the planes’ until we figure out
          exactly WHY this happened. Suits me.

          >> Gary Olson also wrote…
          >> I guess it comes down to should OP1 have
          >> considered the possibility that GMHS were
          >> deliberately being disingenuous (if in fact they
          >> were) about their intentions so they would not
          >> be told “NO…STAY WERE YOU ARE!”

          Well.. that ship has sort of sailed now…
          wouldn’t you say?

          Unless more specific information is discovered
          or revealed… then that previously unimaginable
          situation pretty much MUST now be ‘considered’
          by anyone running a fire, and included in the
          ‘lore of wildland firefighting’… forever.

          Not the ‘legacy’ I’m sure Eric Marsh wanted to
          leave to the business he loved… but he’s the
          one that had the radio and was either not
          using it correctly and/or purposely being
          obtuse that day and forcing his men to skulk
          around like some NSA black-ops team in the
          ‘back-country’ on some kind of ‘secret-mission’.

          It happened. It’s done. 19 men are dead.

          Without further detail… it almost MUST be
          assumed ( from now on ) that an elite
          resource MIGHT be ‘skulking around behind
          your back’ on the fire and if someone actually
          OFFERS to go check on them… you better let
          them just go do it.

          Sad… but there it is.

          Reply
  154. Gary Olson says

    November 23, 2013 at 5:12 am

    Reply to Robert the Second.

    Thank you for the background. That’s what I thought. I hope he and everyone who thinks like he does reads this. I would love to hear from him on this issue. I would love to hear from anybody who can explain what happened on the Yarnell Hill Fire. I would love to hear from anyone who can explain why the SAIR is worded like it was.

    I am pretty sure why we haven’t heard from any of those people because they are to busy hiding under their beds praying they are able to do their 32 years in the Public Safety Retirement System so they can be “so called fire experts from the past and present rant and rave about their thoughts that the management/leadership is at fault” some day.

    FYI…it’s just as nice as you can possibly dream it will be someday. Hang it there, someday will come. In the meantime, if anybody has anything constructive to say, I would love to hear it. I, along with many others have given up a lot of “me” time on this, please help us out.

    Peace.

    I know I said plenty of prayers during my 32 years hoping I would make it and if I was still working, I would be hiding under the bed with them. But, I don’t think they should be so harsh, we are trying to figure out what happened, I would think anyone who is concerned about wildland firefighter safety would appreciate that fact. And once again, I didn’t retire until 2006 and it’s pretty hard to be more of an insider than I was.

    Reply
  155. Robert the Second says

    November 22, 2013 at 9:22 pm

    J. Stout,

    I’m not really sure where The Ranter is heading because his background kinda puts him into that “so called fire expert” realm, being that he’s a self proclaimed Fire and All Hazard Consultant. I’m not that old but those are the guys I learned from. And a lot of them are still on the firelines in a supervsiory or oversight capacity. You sure don’t hear or read about any of them going into fire shelters or dying on fires.

    Reply
    • J. Stout says

      November 22, 2013 at 11:59 pm

      RtS, sorry to say I have a bit of an educational gap regarding a “Fire and All Hazard Consultant.” But am inclined to ask whether any of these individuals could possibly have some kind of connection, or association, with Fireline Factors Consulting?

      Reply
  156. Robert the Second says

    November 22, 2013 at 6:31 pm

    FIRE BEHAVIOR LESSON

    During 1997-2000, in the Canadian Northwest Territories there was a joint experiment on crown fires (International Crown Fire Moedling Experiment) where 18 experimental crown fires were ignited in mixed conifer fuel type. The researchers used a terra-torch to ignite the fuel beds to test fire shelters, construction materials, and wildland firefighter personal protective equipment (PPE). The fire behavior is astounding and very educational.

    Attempting to avoid the ‘moderation gatekeeper,’ I have included a single link from YouTube (below) titled “Intense Fire” to show you just what the researchers discovered what wildland fire intesnsity research has revealed (like we didn’t already know). This will awe you and should give you a healthy respect for fire if you don’t already have one. The results are dramatic! You will be in awe of the power of the fire. If this MAY disturb you to watch this, then by all means avoid it Otherwise, watch and get educated.

    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tKfsFkb_9fI

    What you will see is a June 28, 2000 test in a mixed conifer fuel bed with a temperature (degrees C) bar on the left and a time bar in seconds across the bottom. To convert Celcius (C) into Farenheit (F), multiply the “C” number by 1.8, then add 32 to that number for Farenheit temperature. In a word, it’s friggin’ HOT, really friggin’ hot! For example, at 17 seconds, the temerature is about 450 degrees C which converts to about 842 degrees F. Is that hot or what?

    When you view the Intense Fire clip, initially you will see small shadows appear as the hot embers begin to appear,the the radiant heat smoking the tree bark, then actual small spot fires as a result of these hot embers, then larger spots, then EXPLOSIVE fire behavior at about 17 seconds or so.

    This fire behavior is strictly confined to the small area you can see, so the BOWL where GMHS died burned out much, much more intensely as you can only imagine. Okay, so the GMHS experienced this fire intensity or much, much more.

    Now you know a bit more about.wildland fire behavior and what the GMHS experienced. Fire shelters under these conditions was a pipe dream.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 22, 2013 at 11:19 pm

      Wait… there in the back… I see a little clearing.
      We’ll just clear some of that brush and deploy there.
      Everything will be fine.

      Reply
      • Sonny Gilligan and Joy Collura says

        November 23, 2013 at 9:54 am

        WantsToKnowTheTruthon November 22, 2013 at 11:19 pm said: reply—
        from the ridge top it did not look like any clearing but from a satellite imagery it does—but not that day when they looked down could you see clearing- that is facts. However the Helms place looks deceptively in reach and not far—that is facts even today when one hikes it.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 26, 2013 at 1:54 am

          Sonny and Joy… thank you for your comment.
          I was actually just being facetious up above, as
          a comment on the video that ‘Robert the Second’
          posted. The video shows a non-survivable
          situation and that’s what my ‘facetious’ comment
          was trying to point out. I did not mean to suggest
          that any of the GM crew stood on that saddle
          and said “Wait… there in the back… I see a little
          clearing.” You don’t need to ‘be there’ to know
          that whatever ‘clearings’ might be indicated
          in that drainage area by looking at the satellite
          images ( dated April 9, 2013 ) would NOT have
          been visible just standing up on that saddle
          in the hills west of Yarnell. It’s obvious they
          would NOT have been ‘visible’ from that
          vantage point.

          Reply
  157. Joy A Collura says

    November 22, 2013 at 4:02 pm

    TRIED TO REPLY- in a cave on a rainy day and when I clicked POST COMMENT- mifi was down so I am just posting versus replying in hopes the right person knows who this goes to-
    yeah- read your post. wow. you really are for finding out—great! about us that day watching that helicopter—I was floored what I was watching because it did not always have equipment on it yet it was in the area right over the 4 small bushes on fire- flaring it up and I said to Sonny “that’s dumb, why is that helicopter fanning the fire- it is making it worse-” and Sonny replied “it is a controlled burn at this point”…but why flame it up I thought and Sonny replied “they want it to burn” and I was like “what?” We were corrected last week on our hike with author John MacLean’s team; Ted Putnam and Wayne/Holly Neill explained things from a firefighters/smokejumpers expertise and than we understood. They saw where the hotshots actually worked a good distance down the mountain clearing brush. We could not see that from our vantage point- we just saw them at rest which we assumed at the time they were at standby. We now know they had to be extremely exhausted after seeing all they did. Our eyes were on the fires. Since we were over a ridge a short distance (appx 1/4 mile) from the GMHS, we missed the work they actually did and on our hikes only with OSHA was it pointed out and we at that point saw minor cuttings near the fire edge but it was not until last week we were fully educated. Our day never changed or as some say we changed our tune since- not accurate- we were educated and sharing such knowledge and corrections publicly. We now think that the heat, the exhaustion, and bad judgment are factored in more in depth than prior thoughts we had with this newly founded knowledge.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 23, 2013 at 1:03 am

      Joy… thanks again for finding that message and responding.
      I know that is difficult as this conversation grows and it becomes
      hard to follow… so I really appreciate your response(s).

      This is one of those investigations where, at times, it certainly
      seems like two things can be true at the same time. When
      you and Tex first said that you never saw them doing much,
      that was TRUE. That was what you saw. It is also true that
      these men had some hard work to do that day and they
      did it as best they could. It was 106 degrees. Even if they
      were NAVY SEALS they would have been taking many
      breaks and drinking lots of water. Heat exhaustion is a
      very, very bad thing and you have to always guard against
      it… but I’m sure I don’t have to tell you that. You know.

      Another question about the helicopter activity you saw…

      Do you recall how MANY times you saw that yellow/white
      helicopter either deliver or pick things up from the ridge?

      The SAIR report says nothing about this activity, or whether
      the GM Hotshots up there were helping to either load or
      unload the cargo. Did you ever see them doing that sort
      of thing when the helicopter came up there?

      Could you tell what the cargo WAS, at any time?

      Reply
      • Sonny Gilligan and Joy Collura says

        November 23, 2013 at 9:39 am

        to reply- you cannot imagine how many times we hiked that area since 6-30-13 so to see the many cuttings came to a surprise to us- it took the expertise of a smokejumper/firefighter/nation’s lead fire fatalities expert and we observed their actions on the hike and saw it from another perspective and that is why we did see 6-30-13 those men at ease yet there is physical terrain proof that much cutting was present yet we did hear them talk to each other questioning if it was the prison crew the day before but that is where we are blessed to bridge human perceptions and different life views to photos taken that very day that very place and let the experts match it up not us. We are not this fire- we lead our own lives and still assist the people affected by the fire freely and with no expectations and we have never taken a dime in helping all as well as been in very tight situations and even altered our schedules to make sure we help those in regards to this Yarnell Fire and we know not only are we being asked to be instruments to a situation but in the end it does not matter what we speak of that day but it will always be pure to as we saw it and at no time will we change what we saw but if we are educated of something we put out that is not complimentary to what we saw we will share such knowledge so there is 100% transparency and no misleading-it is important to us to help the fallen families/friends who suddenly lost their loved ones as well it is very important to Joy to help her extended community stay strong and keep the faith. We are both complimentary and state we have no idea who the yellow and white copter was at the time we sat on that ridge that day but Sonny felt it was body bags being lifted out as Joy said maybe water bags from Maughan Ranch watering area. The only question when we returned and heard there was a copter at 5:15pm 6-30-13 that saw their bags on the ridge with coordinates—it was odd placement for it was being shared to us it was their gear but later read somewhere it was a bladder bag—nowhere near the helispot area and nowhere near the place we found a yellow bladder bag and gave it to Joanna Dodder; Prescott Courier and she gave it to investigation team. How many times did we see the copter—several times but no exact number because we were not up there or I was not up there to examine how many times but Sonny kept on me to take this photo and that- he said at the time when we first saw it to the one o’clock mark it went from a containable fire to a point nobody should of been out there civilian and professionals and should of been handled aerial-wise he said to me. He told me the dryness of that terrain would have such an atomic-bomb way about it as well if the wind ever changed- he felt even us could not make it out and that was at 1pm. He said watching the monsoon storm coming from Prescott area was proof enough without my silly kestrel readings or instruments- just that alone was enough for him to state seriously “let’s get the hell out of here” and I looked at the fires and thought; “really?” I could not understand his tone and his stance as if it was so important to leave at that very moment and not waiting. That was a question we were asked by phone from the investigators if we felt this copter fanned the fire was an element to the end results. We said no. It just from our view did not seem right to fan small bushes of fire and my photos/video show it- please send me your email and you can view it versus zazzle on my private link. I can tell you at times it had something attached to the copter and at times not and just observing/hovering which fanned the fire. I felt the helispot was in the area the copter was but last week Ted Putnam and Wayne Neill stated that was not a place they would think is the helispot area and even though it had been burnt out and had pink ribbons they felt it was another area yet this is the area I found the yellow bladder bag and also saw that copter that day so if it is not the helispot area we need an official who can tell us. Also you have dissected many photos of mine on vehicles- can you please photo enhance the one “mystery man” with Eric Marsh on top of the mountain. John Dougherty has a copy of that photo if you do not want to share your email to us so we can send you the private link…it is important to find out who that morning Marsh was talking to—

        Reply
  158. Bob Powers says

    November 22, 2013 at 3:59 pm

    Just went thru the Sheriff report. They listed items gathered at the scene but on another document that was not included items 301 to 319 would include the radios. If we can get that document.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 22, 2013 at 11:16 pm

      I would be ILLEGAL for there NOT to be a ‘full inventory’ of items
      entered into evidence. Standard police paperwork. It MUST exist.

      However… you might recall the Newtown shooting incident.
      The Connecticut State Police did everything they possibly
      could to prevent that standard evidence list from ever seeing
      the light of day and just kept simply quoting the usual
      “out of concern for the families” mantra.

      It all finally did come out and only then we learned
      that the one thing they were trying to hide all along was the
      documented removal of the the 4 foot wide X 8 foot high
      poster taken from Adam Lanza’s room in the basement.

      It was a treatise-style history of every mass murder in
      the last 20 years right down to type of weapon(s) used,
      number of victims, and how it was carried out.

      I am sure we will just keep hearing this same “out of concern
      for the families” mantra in this case if anyone really tries
      to get a copy of the REAL ‘entered into evidence’ list.

      Persistence pays off, however.
      Sooner or later a judge says “You have to release it”.

      I would still like to know…

      1) Was the MacKenzie Canon Powershot ever entered into
      evidence by the YCSO… or did they really just let someone
      at the medical examiner’s office find that CRUCIAL piece
      of evidence and then just hand it back to Mike MacKenzie
      ( Christopher’s father ) without ANYONE involved with
      the investigation actually examining the contents first?

      2) What TRANSMIT channels were all the radios actually
      ‘stuck’ on when they were found? Channel 10? Channel 16?
      Something else?

      Reply
  159. Robert the Second says

    November 22, 2013 at 3:51 pm

    Regarding portable radios, we always carried at least 7 radios for all the Crew overhead with some spares in the trucks.All the vehicles had mobile radios unstalled in them. Other crews were similar with some more and some less.

    Gary Olson,

    This guys rant in quotes below doesn’t sound too complimentary and much like a good thing to me.

    “I have read most of these and I continue to see so called fire experts from the past and present rant and rave about their thoughts that the management/leadership is at fault … Managers from the 50/60’s have no clue about today’s world of fire management and suppression including, training, equipment, politics, fuels, climate change, and most of all the public itself!!”

    Reply
    • J. Stout says

      November 22, 2013 at 7:12 pm

      RtS, regarding the guy whose “rant in quotes” you provided in your previous post: Is someone feeling just a little bit uncomfortable about the SAIR being debunked?

      And what’s with that last part about “. . . and most of all the public itself!!”

      Most of all, he says? The public? !!?

      Was that supposed to be the clincher that effectively shuts down all those pesky ‘thoughts’ going on by the fire experts from the past and present? Gets them to shut up, pack their bags and go away?

      Correct me if I am wrong here, but if memory serves me correctly, Chief Willis tried to do something like that, with a very similar type of rant . . . but, then, I think he left out the “most of all” part. Obviously a critical oversight on his part.

      Reply
  160. Robert the Second says

    November 22, 2013 at 2:07 pm

    Gary Olson and Calvin,

    Good job on explaining the fire shelter issue. And Willis also said at the same news conference something to the effect that the GMHS deployed their shelters in the ‘best place in this bowl.’ That one floors me because the fire shelter training DVD specifically says to AVOID the use of topographic locations like that.

    If they had a radio and were scanning that/those channel(s) and/or if they were in earshot of a radio and they were listening. This was a big issue at the time sfor these guys, so I would think they were almost all trying to hear what was going on.

    Now whether they knew they were or were not ‘following orders’ is another story. It depends how much was shared with the crew on the dynamics of it all.

    Regarding the cell phones , it may not be policy regarding them, but it may have been in their Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) where it said so. And yes, it does seem odd in today’s day and age that so few would have their phones on them.

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 22, 2013 at 2:24 pm

      I did not see any inventory of personnel items from the vehicle’s. They was not part of the main accident scene so probably were sorted and returned to the families at the station.

      Reply
  161. calvin says

    November 22, 2013 at 12:52 pm

    Mr. Powers. I have thought about that some. Recovering six phones from 19 guys doesn’t seem to be logical. If Steed had one it would have stood a better chance of surviving than Marsh since he was fully deployed. Mcdonough accounts there were several ringing in the buggies. I wonder if the families ever recovered the ones from the buggies or were they taken in for investigation. I don’t know anywhere in this country where you could survey 19 people and find fewer than 6 cell phones. Especially in this age group of men, and it doesn’t appear to be against policy. Why wouldn’t you have your phone with you?

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 22, 2013 at 2:07 pm

      Good questions we’ll have to do some digging

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 22, 2013 at 3:06 pm

        SIDENOTE: In one of Brendan McDonough’s public
        interviews… he said that, at one point after the bad
        news started circulating that evening, there were
        SO MANY cell phones ringing in the van that he
        just had to (quote) ‘get out of there’.

        That indicates a LOT of phones left in even just
        one of the Crew Carriers ( the one Brendan was
        sitting in )… and there were actually TWO Crew
        Carriers… so more could have even been in
        the other one.

        The actual ‘chain of possession’ and ‘chain of
        evidence’ on ALL of these devices has yet
        to be learned.

        Reply
  162. Bob Powers says

    November 22, 2013 at 12:28 pm

    Do we know if Marsh or Steed had cell phones or not could they have been totally burned up or were they left in vehicles? I go back again to my father the only thing they had to identify him was his FS badge and Oklahoma belt buckle . plastic phones not protected would melt so just a thought.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 22, 2013 at 2:52 pm

      There are components in every modern cell phone these days
      that have ALREADY been forged in temperatures far higher
      than anything that happened in that canyon that day… so while
      there may have been a complete ‘meltdown’ of some of
      the casings… they units themselves should still have been
      identifiable as ‘former cell phones’ and entered into evidence.

      Only the COMPLETE list of items entered into evidence
      by the YCSO investigators ( and not this simply ‘summary
      of my involvement’ document that’s been published ) would
      tell the full story there.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 22, 2013 at 3:56 pm

        Also don’t forget… when the DPS medic was approaching
        the deployment site in the dark… he thought he heard
        ‘multiple voices’ coming from the site. He was calling
        out to them as he approached the site. Only on arriving
        did he realize it was the radio(s)… still on and still
        fully functional. Hasn’t been established if that was just
        one… or two… or more radios… but at least one was
        still just broadcasting away. Even when the site was
        roped off by YCSO they had to leave the radios
        blaring away until investigators arrived on scene.

        We also know for sure that at least 3 of the smartphones
        fully survived the burnover… totally undamaged.
        MacKenzie’s smartphone and at least 2 iPhones.
        The YCSO report has already stated that these
        devices were fully operational when they were
        entered into evidence.

        Plus MacKenzie’s Canon Powershot digitial camera,
        which is where the photos and video came from.

        My point is… all these ‘known functioning’ devices
        coming out of the burnover would indicate that
        all electronic devices at that site should have
        survived in some recognizable form… if not
        still fully functional. ( At least 2 devices would no
        longer turn on and had to go to ACTIC for data
        retrieval… but they were probably not all that
        damaged. Just the battery leads burned
        out, or something ).

        Reply
        • Bob Powers says

          November 22, 2013 at 4:47 pm

          WTKTT

          I would expect the radios to still be intact they are in heavy leather cases if under a shelter or with no direct heat it would have been hard to have melted them. I would assume the same with some cell phones in pockets or backpacks.

          Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 22, 2013 at 10:59 pm

            Speaking of ‘in a backpack’…

            The NEXT to last cell phone found was ‘missed’ by the YCSO investigators at the site and was only found a day or so later when the SAIT team and Prescott Fire
            Department (PFD) officials (Willis?)
            were finally combing through the site.
            It was missed during the initial YCSO
            evidence collection at the site because it
            had ( quoting the YCSO police report )
            ‘melted to a backpack’.

            NOTE: This means 2 things, actually.

            1) The YCSO investigators didn’t pick up
            any of the backpacks at the scene or
            examine them. They left those for SAIT
            and PFD people. Still unknown what
            happened, then, to any of those backpacks
            or their contents. Never entered into
            evidence by YCSO?

            2) This was the ONLY smartphone out of
            the six recovered that was ‘stowed away’
            in a backpack. The others were all found
            ‘out’ and ‘loose’ as if they had been in the
            owner’s hand ( and being USED? ) or
            near their bodies until the very last
            moments of their lives. Cell phone
            records, anyone?

            However… they (the YCSO investigators )
            still had no trouble identifying who this
            ‘partially melted’ smartphone belonged to
            because it was the only smartphone recovered that had a ‘coloration’ ( color
            casing ) that matched the color reported
            by the family of Clayton Whitted for his
            smartphone.

            From page 8 of the YCSO police report
            signed/dated July 23, 2013…

            >> On 07/09/13 I received the Cellebrite
            >> ( data extraction ) information for item
            >> 326 (MacKenzie phone). I made a copy
            >> of the information for YCSO as a
            >> backup and gave Randy Okron with
            >> the state investigators team a copy.
            >> I was advised that another phone
            >> was located at the scene during a
            >> final comb through by the fire
            >> department (Prescott Fire Department
            >> (PFD) ) and that phone had been
            >> melted to a backpack.
            >> There was apparently some coloration
            >> left on the phone and the information I
            >> received was the only firefighter that
            >> had a phone of that color was Clayton
            >> Whitted. I picked up the phone from
            >> PFD the next day (7/10/13) and I
            >> assigned it (evidence) number #324.
            >> The phone was an I Phone.

            The LAST cell phone recovered ( the SIXTH one ) was also ‘missed’ by the YCSO investigators at the site because it was hidden inside one of the ‘loose shelters’ that didn’t have a firefighter inside it when they arrived on the scene. They just sent those
            ‘loose/empty’ shelters over to the medical examiner’s office in their own separate body bag(s) and never really went through them on-site. That last smartphone was only discovered days later when SAIT people and people from PFD ( Willis? ) were allowed to go through those empty shelters looking for ‘personal effects’. They found things like pocket knives and the errant smartphone hiding in the ’empty’ shelters. The YCSO
            police report makes it clear that that final smartphone DID enter into their possession, following that late discovery, was entered
            into evidence, and sent along to ACTIC for
            data extraction like the other phones that
            wouldn’t turn on. There was no description
            of the actual condition of this final
            smartphone found loose in an empty
            shelter… but since they sent it to ACTIC it
            can be assumed that it simply wouldn’t
            turn on or they would have just been able
            to scrape it with their Cellibrite data
            extraction software like they did right
            away with MacKenzie’s smartphone.

            This is all documented in that YCSO police report that was made public.

            NOTE: I shudder to think what that all
            really means about this ‘last’ smartphone
            found. It was ‘loose’ inside a fire shelter
            that didn’t even have a firefighter in it.
            What are we supposed to surmise, here?
            That one of them was USING that
            smartphone INSIDE his shelter just
            before he decided to finally try to
            RUN… or something… and he then exited
            his shelter, leaving that smartphone
            behind for SAIT and PFD to finally find
            inside the (totally empty) shelter over
            at the medical examiner’s office?

            There still hasn’t really been a good
            explanation ( based on the physical
            evidence found ) of what that means
            about the behavior of each firefighter
            in their last moments.

            Keep in mind something here…

            The CHARTS in the SAIR of where the
            ‘shelters’ were found does NOT,
            necessarily indicate where the actual
            BODIES were found. The police report
            already admits a number of shelters
            were found with NO firefighter in them
            at all ( not partially deployed as SAIR
            would have us believe. )

            So where were the actual BODIES of
            those firefighters found? Feet away?
            Yards away? Some distance away?
            What?

            …or is that CHART in the SAIR definitely
            a representation from the photos of the
            site taken by YCSO ( which no one has
            seen ) and the CHART does represent
            where ‘bodies’ were found… and not
            just some of the ’empty shelters’?

            Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 23, 2013 at 1:17 am

            Before anyone jumps in and says…
            “The shelter could have just blown off”…
            I realize that.
            Maybe it did, maybe it didn’t.
            That’s still just part of me saying there
            hasn’t been a good enough examination
            of the physical evidence at the scene
            ( that we know of? ) which establishes
            the likelihood one way or the other…
            or wether there MIGHT be some physical
            evidence suggesting that did NOT
            happen in some cases.

            Either way… whether a man exited his
            own shelter or it blew off him… the fact
            that a ‘loose’ cell phone was found
            INSIDE the shelter is still significant.

            It could still mean the firefighter was
            actually USING it ( and trying to make
            a call? Successfully completed one? )
            before he was separated from that
            shelter.

            Reply
  163. calvin says

    November 22, 2013 at 12:27 pm

    Quick question. Would the rest of the crew have heard the direct order for DIV A to hunker and be safe? Did Steed and the rest of GM know they were not following orders?

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 22, 2013 at 2:16 pm

      I would assume so as they had at least 2 foreman or squad leaders with radios including Steed. At least that is what we use to have. A current Hot Shot would know what they carry on a crew. They were not using ear pieces based on the conversations overheard on the video everybody heard that.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 22, 2013 at 2:46 pm

        The SAIR mentions at least 1 separate SQUAD
        assignment breakout job that day with GM. Some
        fellas went over to the other side of the ridge for
        awhile to ‘tie into the cold black’. I think that was the
        description used in the SAIR. That means at least
        one additional radio, ( besides Steed’s and Marsh’s )
        if the not the full two as you mention.

        Don’t forget… Brendan McDonough had one
        ALL DAY. So if they climbed the ridge with four
        portables then 3 were up on the ridge later and the
        other one was still with Brendan, even when they
        had this mysterious ‘discussing their options’
        conversation.

        That YCSO police investigator’s ‘summary of my
        involvement’ document describes entering the radios
        (plural) into evidence and then giving them to SAIT
        team… but it doesn’t say how many were found at
        the site.

        Reply
        • Bob Powers says

          November 22, 2013 at 3:47 pm

          Go back to the police report it should show where each radio was located which would indicate the number. Your good at that and should be in the report from the accident scene. I’ll check it to.

          Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 22, 2013 at 11:42 pm

            I see below that you already checked the
            YCSO summary report signed/dated
            July 23, 2013.

            Yes… the ‘radios’ were entered into evidence
            but there is no indication how many, or
            whether they were examined by YCSO
            for details such as which transmit
            and/or receive channels they were all
            ‘stuck on’ when found.

            That is still something I would like to know.
            If only Steed’s was ‘stuck’ on Channel 16
            then that’s pretty much proof that Steed
            initiated the MAYDAY calls… and when
            Marsh finally ran up to him from the back
            of the single-file line of men… he did,
            in fact, just grab the radio away from Steed.

            Reply
  164. Bob Powers says

    November 22, 2013 at 12:10 pm

    I just received a forward on an E-mail that was very interesting. We were called so called fire experts past and present. And Fire Mavens? IC,s and fire managers from the 50’s and 60’s have no clue about todays world of fire management and suppression, including training etc.. I guess that’s the new managers position on fatalities.

    Reply
    • Gary Olson says

      November 22, 2013 at 2:49 pm

      Was that a complimentary or a sarcastic email saying that none of us know what we are talking about? I just looked up maven and that sounds like it could be a good thing? I’m confused.

      Reply
  165. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 22, 2013 at 11:48 am

    Quick question for anyone… but probably something only a WFF firefighter could answer. Mr. Powers, RTS and others have taken us all to school up above on the grim realities these men probably faced in their final moments so, for the sake of complete understanding of what ALL their possible options might have been…

    What’s the story on Hotshots carrying firearms?

    Verboten? Common practice? Personal choice?

    I mean… these guys are WILDLAND fire fighters. I would imagine at least either the cap or the sup has something onboard with a little ‘bobcat blowback’ horsepower, if you catch my drift ( .45 or better ).

    The actual autopsy reports still haven’t been released.

    I’m just wondering what the chances are that one ( or more ) of these fellas might have had the alternative that afternoon.

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 22, 2013 at 12:17 pm

      No absolutely forbidden under federal law. Since GM was hired as a federal Hot Shot crew that would be forbidden.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 23, 2013 at 12:09 am

        Were they? I thought there has already been a lot of evidence
        presented surrounding the fact that this ‘initial request’
        for them was denied and then the State of Arizona just
        made a ‘direct request’ ( Sic: contract ) to Eric Marsh
        for the GM crew. Does this actually, technically mean
        they were NOT ‘hired by the Feds’ but were actually
        working only for the ‘State of Arizona’ when they died?

        We haven’t seen the actual ‘contract’, yet, I don’t think.

        Reply
    • Gary Olson says

      November 22, 2013 at 2:44 pm

      I have never even heard a hint of anyone, ever, carrying a firearm on a fire anywhere…except in Alaska where I have heard of designated shooters (special training and certification) with a 12 gauge shotgun for bears.

      Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 22, 2013 at 2:58 pm

      Thanks guys! That was all I was wondering… was whether
      the culture itself ( and the law ) allowed such a thing or not.

      Not to beat a horse… but would the rules have been ANY
      different for THESE guys since this was the ONLY Type 1
      IHC crew in the country actually ‘owned and operated’
      by a municipal fire department?

      In other words… if it was somehow ‘OK’ with the Prescott
      Fire Department for these employees to pack some heat
      in a ‘job related fashion’ ( Re: WILDLAND environments
      as part of their workplace )… would that have circumvented
      any Federal laws about such things?

      Reply
      • Gary Olson says

        November 23, 2013 at 4:53 am

        I think they were sent on a state fire only, somehow the BLM was involved initially, probably through a mutual aid agreement, but I think it was just a state fire. Therefore, the State of Arizona would be paying their wages through a state contract. But in any case, I think it would be out-of-the-question for anyone to carry a firearm on a fire except for law enforcement (camp security etc.). I just really can’t imagine such a thing happen, why are you asking?

        Reply
        • Gary Olson says

          November 23, 2013 at 5:24 am

          oh, just re-read your post, you’re wondering if any of the GMHS has an alternative to the way they died. No. They died one of the very worst ways someone can die. And that is the hard cold truth and just one more reason this is so hard to accept.

          Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 23, 2013 at 2:12 pm

            Thanks, Gary. Sorry… I wasn’t trying to be
            obtuse… I was ‘choosing my words’
            carefully up above. We still haven’t seen
            the actual autopsy reports or the actual
            list of items collected for evidence at
            the scene by the YCSO. I suppose only
            those things could possibly say for
            sure if any of them chose ‘an alternative’,
            but I hear ya. If that ever proves to be
            true then from what I am hearing now
            that would be just one more thing about
            this whole incident that is ‘totally off
            the rails’ and ‘outside what should have
            been possible’.

            Reply
  166. Bob Powers says

    November 22, 2013 at 9:45 am

    Gary you are right on. Also one of the things noted earlier was that they were burning out to increase the deployment area. I believe this cut off any chance of running, and the main fire may have pulled their fire out back into it. creating more problems for them in heavy fuel. firing out grass is one thing as in man gulch. Firing out 20 ft. brush is another. Back to training for deployment. If you look at many of the pictures that Joy took the fuel in that area was 20% to 50% dead which would also contribute to higher intensity and flashy fuels. I would also beat there was 100 ft. plus flame lengths being laid down on the fuel with 20 to 40 mph. winds. If you do not consider the worst case scenario and walk into unburned fuel in blowup conditions, well you see what happens, over and over and over again. It is the biggest killer in wild land fire why haven’t we learned that?

    Reply
  167. Robert the Second says

    November 22, 2013 at 8:24 am

    Calvin,

    Only your immediate supervsor on your home unit can take disciplinary action, not anyone of the IMT.

    As far as I know, Marsh was never a Hotshot on any crew except GMHS, not even a Globe HS. He was a FILLER only, in that he filled in for them whenever they needed anyone for a fire assignment somewhere to satisfy the required number in their operations guide.

    Not spontaneous combustion. That’s from a chemical reaction like when you have a lot of oil-soaked rags in a closed continer and they smoulder and then catch on fire. It’s common at sawmills where the woodchip and sawdust piles build up heat from chemical reaction and catch fire,so they have to move them every few months as prevention.

    The cell phone thing? They could have used one from one of the crewmembers pretty easily. The alleged 30+ minutes or so of no communication according to the SAIR suggests cell phone useage to me, otherwise someone would’ve heard it on the radio on command or tactical channels.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 22, 2013 at 8:44 am

      >> RTS wrote…
      >> The alleged 30+ minutes or so of no communication according
      >> to the SAIR suggests cell phone useage to me, otherwise
      >> someone would’ve heard it on the radio on command or
      >> tactical channels.

      I still think Brendan McDonough had his “called my cap and sup
      and told the vehicles were safe in town” RADIO conversation
      right in the middle of that timeframe, which makes the SAIR
      claim pure mendacity…

      …but remember the game that the SAIT is playing here.

      They are not saying they don’t HAVE ‘communications’ with
      the crew… and good evidence of it…

      …they are claiming they can’t VERIFY them ( during the
      supposed 30 minute blackout time ).

      The lawyers might have stepped in during the investigation
      and said “You can’t claim that anything Brendan McDonough
      tells us he SAID or HEARD over the crew’s own frequency
      is a fact… unless it can be VERIFIED.”

      No one has established if Willis was ever even ALSO listening
      or talking on that frequency that day…

      …and dead men tell no tales.

      It’s a lawyer thing. Especially defense attorneys. They like it
      when testimony is ‘inadmissible’ because it can’t be ‘verified’.

      That being said… as for the cell phone records from the
      phone company AND the call logs off the phones that
      were out on that ridge that day…

      Still MAJOR important..

      If there are records of numerous cell calls to/from that
      ridge during this ‘blackout’ period… or one very LONG
      call… then that’s important.

      I mean… what would Marsh or Steed have been doing
      having lots of cell calls or one long one during a time
      when the fire is going sideways…

      …ordering a PIZZA?

      It would be proof that something was ‘afoot’ and they WERE,
      in fact, trying to keep it ‘under the radar’ and off the command
      level radio traffic.

      When you have eliminated the impossible, whatever remains,
      however improbable, must be the truth.

      Reply
  168. Gary Olson says

    November 22, 2013 at 8:19 am

    In an earlier comment I stated;

    “I also believe that the City of Prescott and the Prescott Fire Department are responsible for the deaths of the Granite Mountain Hotshots because they failed to properly train the crew in the use of their fire shelters.”

    I believe this statement to be true because of how and when the Granite Mountain Hotshots deployed their fire shelters.

    If a firefighter is NOT trained on the limitations of their fire shelters, and when NOT to deploy them, then it follows that those firefighters have not been properly trained in the use of their fire shelters.

    And for the sake of argument in this discussion, I would like to stipulate that all of the Granite Mountain Hotshots at least attempted to use their fire shelters. I personally believe that they all did. I think those who were found outside of their shelters, either did not have time to get into them or the shelters were torn off of them by the extreme wind accompanying the fire front.

    All wildland firefighters know that the fire shelters are like little tents that have to be anchored using your feet, forearms and hands. There is a lot of space for wind to get under the tents and tear at them if they are not properly anchored, and even then, they can be very hard to hold down to keep hot gasses out and oxygen in. Once the wind does get under them, they can become like kites.

    There is always an alternative to deploying a fire shelter…run. If the area a firefighter has in which to deploy a shelter is insufficient in size, or unsuitable for other reasons, and the fire intensity and flame lengths exceed the fire shelters capabilities and using them is not survivable, it stands to reason that the firefighter would be better off running. The firefighter may still die, but at least they will die on their feet moving forward.

    The only study I have been able to find on how big an area needs to be to successfully deploy a fires shelter can be found at

    http://www.fs.fed.us/fire/fmt/volumes_authors.html

    then select volume 58 and read FIREFIGHTER SAFETY ZONES:
    HOW BIG IS BIG ENOUGH? Bret W. Butler and Jack D. Cohen. Although this same study is available in a number of other places on the internet, it is best to read it here. This is because it was edited here for formal publication and is in color, which makes it easier to read and understand the graphs and charts.

    The bottom line of this study is that the Granite Mountain Hotshots would have needed at least a 50 foot buffer zone on all sides between the outer perimeter of their deployment zone and the fire just to protect them from serious injury and death from radiant heat alone.

    If you factor in the flame length of the Yarnell Hill Fire in the area where they deployed, they would have needed an additional 300 foot buffer zone on all sides considering the flames were probably whipping back and forth from wind gusts and eddies to protect them from convective heat. Clearly the area and the circumstances under which the Granite Mountain Hotshots deployed their fire shelters was not survivable, nor was it a close call.

    Considering they deployed their fire shelters in an area that has been reported to be about the size of a two car garage, the area necessary for a successful deployment was clearly not available. Consequently they should have used the time they had to attempt to prepare the deployment site to run…period.

    Therefore, if the Granite Mountain Hotshot Fire Shelter training did not include this information, and I can’t see how it could have given the choice they made, I believe that the City of Prescott and the Prescott Fire Department are responsible for the deaths of the Granite Mountain Hotshots because they failed to properly train the crew in the use of their fire shelters.

    Furthermore, Darrell Willis made the following statements during his interview out at the deployment site, which are so wrong, on so many levels, that it leaves me with one thought, Darrell Willis is completely clueless in how to properly deploy a fire shelter himself. And if he is clueless and he is responsible for overseeing their training, how could the Granite Mountain Hotshots have been expected to know how to do it right?

    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YDQRLXZV1Ro
    (beginning at about 4:06)

    “their best option was where they deployed
    it you look how this is laid out, you know
    we’re talking minutes when they made this decision
    there’s a little swale here
    and then that back where they deployed, its right in that
    there a little protection there, you know
    it comes up and I
    there’s not doubt in my mind that they chose
    that point for a reason because that is going to lift the fire off of them
    a little bit here, so you can see we come up to the kind of the little swale
    and then it dips back down, right in the middle there where you can see kind of some lighter color, that’s where they deployed right there, right in that area there, very, very tight area,”
    so we know that Eric and Jesse were thinking about that even in the situation they were in”

    Reply
  169. calvin says

    November 22, 2013 at 4:14 am

    Couple of questions. If Marsh had taken independent action and moved himself and GMIHC after being given a direct order to hunker and be safe; What type (if any) discipline would he be subject to? There has been several comments about WFF being a quasi military association. Was this the type of action that occurs sometimes or NEVER. From what we have heard Eric Marsh loved his job, almost obsessed with it. Would he have lost his job for not following orders? It seems like I read an article about his job evaluations and how stellar they were. His immediate supervisor at PFD had a lot of faith in him. He publicly stated he would have followed them blindfolded. He had total faith in Eris Marsh and Jessie Steed.
    I read where Eric Marsh Worker for Globe Hotshots (some evidence says starting 1998) and then joined the City of Prescott in 2003 as PART of the fuels management crew. This seems peculiar to me. Why would someone who has earned a spot on a Hotshot crew take a (large) step back and join a fuels crew?
    WTKTT….. There is a picture on Facebook that is linked to the Yarnell Hill Fire. This picture is very haunting as it shows a smoke cross formed over the fire and the comments portray this to be the near the moment of deployment and death.( And in my opinion helps partially explain Willis’s comment about this being gods plan) IF this picture and the comments surrounding it are indeed accurate, I think it could help prove the main fire had not reached the opening to the canyon.
    There is only brief mention of spot fires in the SAIR and NO mention of fire whirls or fire tornadoes as we have seen in the videos you brought to attention. RTS… Thanks for your knowledge concerning the spot fires, pre heating and area ignition. How close is the situation you describe to spontaneous combustion?
    I would also like to hear thoughts on the cell phone issue. According to the YCSO report concerning the deployment site, only 6 phones were recovered. Which hotshot sent the message to their mom saying there is a ranch down there and we have to go protect it? We do know Ashcraft, Mackenzie, Parker, Caldwell, Norris, and Whitted had their phones and they were recovered. If Marsh or Steed didn’t have their cellphones it must be PROOF they did not receive an order (by phone) to descend from the ridge.

    Reply
  170. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 21, 2013 at 11:23 pm

    ::
    :: This post is directed to Joy A Collura.

    Joy… thank you again for participating in this discussion and for actually following
    up on some questions that have been asked.

    I know that is hard to do since this conversation has become quite extended
    and specific comments are now hard to find… but I, for one, appreciate anything
    at all you have to say.

    If you are still following this discussion ( and reading this message ) I have
    another important question for you.

    On the afternoon of Sunday, June 30, 2013, as you were evacuating Yarnell,
    you took a picture out the window of the car you were traveling in just after
    you passed the Ranch House Restaurant on Highway 89.

    The picture you took shows the HUGE smoke cloud that was present over the
    Glen Isla area at that moment.

    Do you happen to recall exactly WHEN you took that picture… as in…
    the exact TIME?

    The reason it’s important to know is that I have pretty much determined that
    your photograph was probably taken at almost the exact same moment as the
    newly discovered ‘Russ Reason’ video interview that was filmed in the parking
    lot of the Ranch House Restaurant ( the cafe’ ).

    The configuration and position of the smoke cloud in YOUR photograph is
    IDENTICAL to the same smoke cloud filmed in real time during the
    ‘Russ Reason’ video interview.

    Here is the exact photograph of yours that I am referring to…

    It’s the one in the comments section of your Zazzle / Zombie page…
    on Page 12… The SIXTH (6) photo down from the top on that page of
    comments/photos.

    The comment you left on this photograph is…

    By Congress_Arizona, 7/1/2013
    when we left with penny and pets- the view

    NOTE: I have the exact URL for it but I hesitate to post it here because I think
    we are back to posts being ‘held up’ for moderation if there are any
    clickable links in them.

    In this photo…

    You were just leaving Yarnell, and you had just passed the Ranch House
    Restaurant itself.

    Shortly after you passed the Restaurant and exited Yarnell heading south,
    you took this photo out of the passenger window of the vehicle you were
    traveling south in on Highway 89.

    You were right in the center of one of those ‘curves’ in Highway 89
    as soon as you leave town.

    You took the photo facing almost due west while the car was moving.

    You were exactly at this point on Highway 89 when the photo was taken…

    Latitude: 34.207369
    Longitude: -112.753699

    34.207369, -112.753699

    NOTE: To see that exact point in Google Maps… just cut-and-paste the
    line above with the comma between the two lat/long values into the
    search bar of Google Maps. The exact spot in the road where the
    car was will be marked with a GREEN ARROW.

    The residence on the hill in the distance in the left side of the photograph…
    with the two telephone poles just to the right of the house… is exactly here…

    Latitude: 34.206649
    Longitude: -112.755336

    34.206649, -112.755336

    The other small house on the side of the hill in the right side of the photograph
    is exactly here…

    Latitude: 34.207753
    Longitude: -112.755636

    34.207753, -112.755636

    The ‘orange glow’ under the smoke cloud in the right part of your photo would
    have been an area just a little west of Glen Isla that was already burning at
    that time.

    The point where the fire is actually actively burning at that moment, just over
    that ridge in the right hand side of your photo, would be approximately
    here ( in the area where Barker Lane intersects with Las Tiendas Drive
    over in Glen Isla ).

    Latitude: 34.212823
    Longitude: -112.763457

    34.212823, -112.763457

    On a direct line of sight from where you took the photograph, and on into the
    distance directly over the orange glow in the right of your photograph… would
    have been what the SAIR is calling the ‘entrapment bowl’ ( the box canyon )
    and the deployment site itself.

    So… do you recall the exact TIME you took this photo?

    OR… is there any way you could check the file time/date stamp on
    the original photo file on your hard drive… or even pull the time/date
    from the EXIF information in an original copy of this photo?

    That would really help nail down the exact time of the
    ‘Russ Reason’ video interview back at the cafe’.

    Thanks in advance ( if you are still following this ).

    Reply
    • Joy A Collura says

      November 22, 2013 at 3:19 pm

      we left Yarnell on evacuation day between 6:40-7:20pm and finally left Congress at 8:07pm heading to Wickenburg than to Hwy 74 than to Prescott- I was not paying attention to the time “exactly” yet I will ask Russ next time I see him or his niece more info. to his details of that video. I can tell you this- we left town when many homes had already been devoured by the gates of hell fire that was once containable that morning 6-30-13 and became this tragedy we look back upon- I know the time I left quickly from my home in Congress because we still had to drop off the senior lady we saved that day with her 7 dogs, 2 cats and birds to her son and my husband looked at the time and wondered when I’d be back home because at that time Congress was a possible evacuation yet Sonny never felt that way that Congress was threatened due to the lack of fuel around it. I can tell you this there was many fire officials at the Ranch House Rest. and media and locals watching the fire and some folks I had done bible studies with- I saw their home go up in flames and I took pics of that- but cannot help you on exact time but I can reach Reason when we hike with Michael Kodas soon and we are up in the area- right now we are in cave watching the heavy rain for today.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 23, 2013 at 2:29 pm

        Again, Joy… THANK YOU!

        Your information continues to provide very valuable
        details about the events of that terrible day.

        If there is ANY way you could possibly ask Mr. Russ
        Reason himself exactly WHEN he had that TV
        interview right there in front of the Ranch House
        Restaurant, that would be extremely helpful.

        I totally understand that he might not recall a TIME,
        since he had just lost his home of 28 years and
        had probably also just escaped with his own life…

        …but if he DOES recall the TIME… that would
        put a time on some other events that are
        very important to know about, as represented in
        the video itself.

        Reply
        • Joy A Collura and Tex (Sonny) Gilligan says

          November 26, 2013 at 2:54 pm

          this is Joy. On my hike yesterday with author Michael Kodas and as well US correspondent for STERN magazine Norbert- I did ask your question directly to Russ and he said 4:30pm without hesitation yet the waitress pulled me aside and said I passed by 4:45-5pm when he was being interviewed so could be that time. Russ as well as some other peoples’ homes we know were already on fire or about to be gone or tires melted on cars by 4:15pm and tonight we will try to read and answer a lot but I prefer people go to my private link versus posting on blogs or comment walls—I prefer the ones that want to read what we saw can head to the link so I know where I publicly comment- I skim the blogs to see if I read anything about the missing people so we stop and read at times if we see our names—I am so drained so it may be another time we look at the comment wall and reply—we have hikes all week and we had only planned on doing one but we know how important it is for the fallen and the community so I have not yet said no to any of them. Yet I am drained. Some hikes are 16-25 miles we do up steep areas and day in and out—the sun—the chilly wind—just makes one drained to do my hikes for the suicide hiker as well as the fallen 19—soon I told Sonny we need a breather 🙂 A VERY important person to reach who saw Brendan come out is Jim next to the Helm’s and as well Pat Bernard has raw footage that compliments our day-

          Reply
  171. Robert the Second says

    November 21, 2013 at 10:36 pm

    WTKTT,

    I’ll work on it … Agreed on the details.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 21, 2013 at 10:40 pm

      I’m not asking anyone to risk their job or anything… in case
      they’ve also been told ‘not to talk about this’… but it’s a
      public video… and they are the stars of it.

      ANYTHING they are willing to say about this moment like
      exactly WHEN that was and exactly WHAT was happening
      ( even if they can’t get specific ) would be really, really helpful.

      Thanks in advance.

      Reply
  172. Robert the Second says

    November 21, 2013 at 9:58 pm

    WTKTT,

    You’re learning. Yes, there was very likely intense spotting, but with the speed and intensity of the flaming front and intense fire channeling, the spots were literally ‘pulling’ the fire run along into itself and feeding itself. And them the spots were very quickly enveloped as they produced more spots, and on and on. The other major mechanism would;ve been the intense preheating ahead of the flaming front. So the spot fires were not actually independent fires like you would have had hours earlier, but like I stated earlier, now it’s like ‘area ignition.’

    And there was heavy, heavy drought-stressed scrub oak with very low fuel moistures and slope with wind and very low humidities and dew points and all in alignment to go ‘WHOOSH!’

    Doug Campbell and his Campbell Prediction System (CPS) independently verified the Rate of Spead (ROS) at 12 mph, which is hauling tail! So, I tend to give credence to the SAIT ROS.

    Probably the best comparison is similar to the massive 1945 fire bombings WW II in Tokyo, Japan and Dresden, Germany – but not a true ‘fire storm’ as those were. But just as intense.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 21, 2013 at 10:24 pm

      >> RTS wrote…
      >> WTKTT, You’re learning.

      Thanks.

      BTW: I didn’t hear back from you on the question I asked you.

      Are you the one who says you actually know the BR guys?

      If so… what are the chances you could simply ASK one of
      them pictured in that most recent video taken at the cafe’
      near/around the burnover if they recall exactly what TIME
      that is depicted in the video?

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 21, 2013 at 10:31 pm

        Actually… whatever else they might be able to say about
        it ( since they are all just standing there, anyway ) would
        be great.

        Examples…

        Is that really Brendan McDonough sitting in the GM
        Supervisor truck at that exact moment… and was
        he on the radio or not at that time?

        Is that really Darrell Willis’ feet sticking out of that
        all-white extended cab with its flashers on… and
        was HE on the radio at that moment as well?

        Stuff like that. Details count.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 21, 2013 at 10:37 pm

          Would also love to know what was actually
          said when the one BR guy walks away from
          the GM Supervisor truck… meets another BR
          guy in the parking lot… says a few words to
          him… and then he bows his head, sticks his
          hands in his pockets… and then just walks
          away staring at the ground.

          It looks like he asked “Any word yet?”…
          and the other guy just said “No”, or something…

          …but would love to know exactly what those
          two BR guys actually said to each other
          at that point.

          That could also help timestamp this video even
          if none of any those guys standing there can
          recall WHEN that video was taken.

          Reply
  173. Robert the Second says

    November 21, 2013 at 6:19 pm

    WTKTT,

    Regarding your fire behavior theory, yes, there would have been spotting, but it was much, much more than that what killed them.

    They were in a box canyon and/or bowl. These are insidiously dangerous and deadly because the fire just sweeps into the bowl and through it expanding out to its topographic limits, compared to a chute or chimney that pretty well restricts the fire behavior within its confines. Just place your hands together in front of you, then move your arms out front and then quickly sweep your arms out to the sides – that’s how a bowl burns out. In a sense, it’s what is referred to as ‘area ignition’ where the areas is just enveloped in fire almost all at once First the spots, then the hot gases, then the intensely, massive fire. As a result, the rocks shown in the SAIR, split and fractured (spalded) at about 1800 degrees F.

    Reveiw the Matt Oss time lapse footage and near the end of it, when you see the very intense, dark smoke column(s) that’s the bowl burning out. And tragically that’s what got them.

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 21, 2013 at 7:07 pm

      Robert I replied to the same thing but its up under WTKTT.

      Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 21, 2013 at 9:15 pm

      RTS ( and Mr. Powers )…

      Thanks both for the additional ‘reality’ info.
      I agree with you both. Physics and topography came
      into play VERY quickly… and they didn’t stand a chance.

      You don’t have to tell me about ‘drafting’.

      I am sitting here right now in front of an Englander wood
      stove which has been my only source of heat for
      over a decade now. Things don’t just ‘burn’… they
      incinerate.

      All I meant by pointing out the theory ( and the evidence )
      of the hellacious ‘spotting’ that went on once that
      outflow boundary hit that fireline is that I believe that
      explains why we ( and they ) simply saw an ‘advancing
      fireline’ at 4:02 in the MacKenzie video… and 30 short
      minutes later… they were in front of a ‘flaming front’
      down in the canyon.

      I just don’t believe that same ‘fireline’ in the MacKenzie
      video had enough time to march all the way across that
      middle bowl and curl into the entrapment bowl ( as the
      SAIR suggests happened ) and then the ‘chimney effect’
      kicked into high gear and wiped them out pronto.

      Even with the high winds… I think that ‘march across the
      bowl’ would have taken longer than the SAIR suggests.

      So the only answer is major ‘spot aheads’.

      Some embers dropped down just east of the mouth
      of that canyon while they were totally clueless ( and lacking
      any lookout or eyes on the fire ) and the drafting kicked in and
      lit that canyon up like you would light your gas grill with a
      single match.

      WHOOOSH.

      The only cure was prevention.

      The only survivable outcome was to simply not be
      there when it happened.

      Reply
  174. Robert the Second says

    November 21, 2013 at 5:43 pm

    our comment is awaiting moderation.
    The ‘bad decisions with good outcomes’ pathology basically comes from HEINRICH’S SAFETY TRIANGLE MODEL where you have a series of several near misses lead to some injuries that eventually leads to a fatality. Some researchers took/take issue with it and ‘revisted’ it but it makes sense intuitively.

    http://www.extendedarticle.com/Newsletters/ONS/2013/ONSsu13/ONSsu132.html

    Reply
  175. Robert the Second says

    November 21, 2013 at 5:42 pm

    The ‘bad decisions with good outcomes’ pathology basically comes from HEINRICH’S SAFETY TRIANGLE MODEL where you have a series of several near misses lead to some injuries that eventually leads to a fatality. Some researchers took/take issue with it and ‘revisted’ it but it makes sense intuitively.

    http://www.orc-dc.com/?q=node/1987

    Reply
  176. Robert the Second says

    November 21, 2013 at 5:41 pm

    The ‘bad decisions with good outcomes’ pathology basically comes from HEINRICH’S SAFETY TRIANGLE MODEL where you have a series of several near misses lead to some injuries that eventually leads to a fatality. Some researchers took/take issue with it and ‘revisted’ it but it makes sense intuitively.

    http://www.orc-dc.com/?q=node/1987

    http://www.extendedarticle.com/Newsletters/ONS/2013/ONSsu13/ONSsu132.html

    http://eatonrapidsjoe.blogspot.com/2013/11/heinrichs-law-of-safety.html

    Reply
  177. NV says

    November 21, 2013 at 3:58 pm

    In terms of bad practices/good outcomes as mentioned by Mike and others, one thread that might be worth tracking down is the anecdote about another crew painting a “do not cross” line down the middle of a road. Those things can be done in good humor, or be a type of good-natured hazing, but can also be because of things seen that did not impress — context can be everything. It was striking to me to hear the anecdote, anyway.

    Reply
  178. John Dougherty says

    November 21, 2013 at 3:13 pm

    I have been following the comments with great interest. This is an example of what “interactive” journalism is about. Keep up the great questions, research and commentary. John

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 21, 2013 at 3:53 pm

      Thank you John and thank you for keeping this site going.

      Reply
      • NV says

        November 21, 2013 at 3:59 pm

        Yes, thank you.

        Reply
  179. Robert the Second says

    November 21, 2013 at 2:22 pm

    Bob,

    Probably so. Rereading since the YHF debacle, a book by Karen A. Cerula titled ‘Never Saw It Coming, Cultural Challenges to Envisioning the Worst.’

    It fills in a lot of the holes about what MAY have occurred and WHY in their fatal, faulty decision process.

    About focusing on the best outcomes (‘positive asymmetry’) and failing to plan for the worst-case (‘negative asymmetry’) scenario. It touches on Groupthink and other leadership pathologies as well, like the Challenger disasters

    But this is what the Human Factors folks on a SAIT are supposed to accomplish. Instead we get ‘there were no violations of policy or protocol.’

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 21, 2013 at 3:02 pm

      I think form this process we have had going here we turned up a lot (all of you that have participated). There are defiantly violations of policy and protocol. I hope they get addressed. I hope investigative media is actually following us. They were not addressed in the SAIT. They said in the report they did not know why they left the black, did they violate anything doing it? They left that open to everyone’s speculation. Rather than answer the violations them self’s. While the weather may have contributed to the fatalities was it predictable did they have a current weather forecast? The communications were hectic but GM talked to Air attack and to BR Supt. People asked them questions and they answered. They just were not on the radio while moving and they still had cell phone contact. So the weather and communications caused the fatalities SAIT IT JUST AIN”T SO…

      Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 21, 2013 at 3:32 pm

      Hate to digress this much… but just a point to be made here
      on the ‘Groupthink’ and ‘leadership pathology’.

      Few people know this… but NASA had always had lots and
      lots of ‘negative asymmetry’ plans in place with regards to
      Space Shuttle re-entry procedures. That’s NASA. That’s what
      those guys do. They are actually VERY good at imagining
      (almost) everything that can ‘go wrong’.

      When the Columbia Shuttle burned up… they didn’t even
      bother to implement one of the existing ‘alternate re-entry’ plans
      already on the books that might have saved them all.

      One of those re-entry alternate plans actually accounted for
      ‘possible heat tile damage to the underside of a wing
      or the leading edge of the wing itself’.

      What you would do there is… instead of the ‘wiggle’ approach
      that the shuttle normally used on re-entry to achieve even
      heat distribution across BOTH wing surfaces…. you would totally
      alter the plan and basically re-enter on one long, slow CURVE
      that keeps the majority of the plasma and gas buildup
      AWAY from the wing that has suspected damage.

      Yes… you are now running the risk of a VERY high heat
      and plasma buildup on the OTHER wing since you now
      aren’t going to use the heat-distributing ‘wiggle’ approach…
      but the gamble is that the GOOD wing will be able to
      tolerate the buildup rather than the BAD wing suffering
      a ‘burn through’.

      This, of course, totally messes up the chance of reaching
      the primary landing site… but it MIGHT be just enough to
      keep the plasma from burning a hole in the damaged
      area… and allow the spacecraft to reach a height where
      they could have bailed out if no landing site could be reached.

      The plan was considered for Columbia.

      Management decided it would really ruin their day and
      make the whole agency look bad.

      So they didn’t even try it.

      I sure wish they had.

      Reply
  180. Robert the Second says

    November 21, 2013 at 1:17 pm

    WTKTT,

    “…and supplied no other information is if he was trying
    to HIDE his real intentions on the command channels
    on the radio… out of fear someone would tell him
    NOT to do what he had already decided to do.”

    My point previously when I said I thought he was being disingenuous. The fact that they were ‘moving’ only came out when questionned by ASM and confirmed by BR Supt (“you guys are in the black, right?). Marsh neither requested from OPS to see if it was okay or advised him.

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 21, 2013 at 1:37 pm

      Had they had a escape rout planed and scouted to the ranch then the lookout would have been good. They were moving from point A to point B with no established rout of travel. They just headed out in a general direction. And made decisions as they moved. A tired, disoriented crew wanting to get off the mountain and go home. Fatigue could have played a factor on wanting to get off the mountain. There mandatory time off will surely come up in a law suit.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 21, 2013 at 3:00 pm

        I believe others ( firefighters included ) have already
        concluded that it must have been a ‘spot ahead’ fire
        that actually got them. I have been reviewing every
        photo I can find from around the time of the
        MacKenzie video until the actual burnover of the
        deployment site. That includes aerial news footage,
        Collura photos she took when evacuating Yarnell
        around that time, other photos…

        …and I can find no evidence ( even with the high
        winds and outflow boundaries ) that the fire line
        shown in the MacKenzie video could have
        possibly been the same fire line that killed them.

        It HAD to be a ‘spot ahead’ when the outflow
        boundary hit the fire line and threw embers into
        the air like blowing on burning pile of dry straw.

        Matter of fact… close study of aerial news footage
        in the hour following the deaths looks to me like there
        were at least SEVEN major ‘spot aheads’ in that
        area ahead of the fire line as last seen in the
        MacKenzie video. It ‘spotted ahead’ when that
        40-50 mph outflow hit that fire line all the way
        to Glen Isla itself.

        Regardless… though… situational awareness.

        They should have known what was about to
        happen… and that the ‘spotting’ was GOING to
        happen. It’s not like these guys hung drywall
        for a living. They were supposed to be fire experts.

        More fatigue factor?
        Possibly even actual heat exhaustion and unclear thinking?
        Orders to ‘take the chance’ no matter what?
        or just one final bad decision without a good outcome?

        Still remains to be seen/proven.

        Reply
        • Bob Powers says

          November 21, 2013 at 6:58 pm

          In those conditions in that type of fuel with high winds and slope those kind of fires create spotting close to the head and away from it. Those spots can go to 100 acres at the blink of an eye, maybe a little longer but really fast. Its not something you want to be in the path of. The weather forecast and fuel type should have told GM that. Remember from the time they said they were facing the flame and opening the area with chain saws 2 minuets later they called that they were deploying. Only 6 got fully deployed means the fire hit them right after the deployment notification. Its hard to believe but they were probably all gone in less than 30 sec. the only relief to that is they did not suffer when they took a breath (2000 Deg.) there lungs collapsed. It is not easy to think about but it helped me get thru my dads death, he was gone before the flames hit him there was no pain. Those that deployed may have lasted a hart beat or two longer.

          Reply
  181. Robert the Second says

    November 21, 2013 at 1:10 pm

    Calvin,

    Kinda sounds like that but not under those fire behavior circumstances at that point in time. Earlier in the day maybe without the adverse fire weather (ERRATIC, BIG WINDS) they could have safely done it (and should have if that was their plan). LCES must always be applied, in place, etc. However, when they abandoned their SZ they’d been in most of the day, IF they would have established a L/O like they were supposed to, then he could have, should have, and would have warned them that they were NOT going to make it due to fire behavior and to come back to the SZ. They had nobody watching the fire from a good lookout vantage point, so they travelled right down into it just like in 1994 on the South Canyon Fire in CO when 14 ff’s died.

    Reply
  182. calvin says

    November 21, 2013 at 12:39 pm

    RTS… Are you saying the move GM made would have been deemed acceptable, if, they had a lookout?

    Reply
  183. Robert the Second says

    November 21, 2013 at 11:12 am

    He (lookout) would’ve been fine hunkering in the black. He wasn’t abandoned. He was their Lookout (LCES). We did this a lot. Then, once the Crew make it to a safe place, the Crew would be Lookout for the Lookout up on the hill. It’s safe and makes sense. He would not have been abandoned.

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 21, 2013 at 1:04 pm

      Robert I agree but my real point was if where they were going was that hazardous and they would have taken the time to decide that. Then they should not have moved at all under those circumstances, fire behavior, weather, distance etc. When they were on the ridge they could see the fire and would not have needed a lookout. On the ridge they had 3 choices 1. stay on the ridge, 2. go down the 2 track, 3. and the worst choice go into the brush filled canyon. They were on no escape rout they were on a hike out to point B where ever that was.

      Reply
  184. Robert the Second says

    November 21, 2013 at 10:29 am

    WTKTT and Calvin,

    Good points above. Below is a link from the Lessons Learned Center with the LCES author Paul Gleason’s paper on the subject. Please read it as it will answer a lot of your questions on the subject. You may already have. I don’t subscribe to the ‘Division Lookout’ he proposes though.

    http://www.fireleadership.gov/toolbox/documents/lces_gleason.html

    GM Lookout Brendan was ‘eyes’ for the GM HS while building direct, underslung fireline since they could not see that from where they hunkered in their SZ in the black most of the day. His ‘trigger point’ was too close as far as I’m concerned. And the entire GMHS sitting in ‘the black’ had better eyes than he did, so they should have warned him. But once the entire GMHS left their SZ and ‘the black’ they should have left another Lookout while they travelled into the unburned. He would have been perfectly safe in ‘the black.’ A major blunder.

    As far as them ‘taking themselves out of the game,’ they were assigned to DIV A. That was their assignment remember, ‘establish an achor, go direct,’ and later ‘hunker in the black and stay safe.’ All the action was occurring down below in DIV Y/Z. Evidently, that wasn’t good enough for these guys. I still say Marsh made the desision to try and ‘re-engage’

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 21, 2013 at 11:00 am

      They decided to move as a crew and abandon there shift. how would you get the look out off the mountain? They were not building fire line they were moving. Without a plan, you do not abandon one of your men without a plan. Had they thought of what they were doing or the need for a lookout they would have stayed where they were. No notifications to superiors, no plan just pack up and head out. Poor judgment, poor planning, poor chain of command. No LCES Steed and Marsh failed there men and there selves by not following tried and true safety on a fire. They didn’t think they needed a look out to get off the mountain. They didn’t think at all. The investigation team failed the report at that point. They were not going to blame the dead for their decisions, that was there objective which they fulfilled.

      Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 21, 2013 at 11:10 am

      If you decide you need a lookout to travel thru the unburned you already have a huge red flag and need to fall back and check the 18 which should have stopped them dead in their tracks.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 21, 2013 at 1:05 pm

        Especially when this complicated ( and risky ) move you
        are about to make represents an actual ‘disobeying
        orders’ moment.

        Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 21, 2013 at 12:45 pm

      RTS… excellent point(s).

      >> RTS wrote…
      >> As far as them ‘taking themselves out of the game,’ they
      >> were assigned to DIV A.

      You are absolutely right.

      >> That was their assignment remember, ‘establish an anchor,
      >> go direct,’ and later ‘hunker in the black and stay safe.’

      Yep. Spot on. When I said they had “taken themselves out
      of the game (because of poor planning)” I was speaking of
      a general “we just made ourselves useless today” kind of
      feeling… but as per your point… that should have not have
      influenced their decision making.

      They were where they were supposed to be, doing what
      they were supposed to be doing. Period. End of story.

      The instructions (order?) from SPS1 ( documented in the
      SAIR ) to “just hunker and be safe” was the end of their
      previous assignment and the beginning of their new
      one ( until further orders were received ).

      Period. End of Story.

      >> RTS also said.
      >> All the action was occurring down below in DIV Y/Z.
      >> Evidently, that wasn’t good enough for these guys.
      >> I still say Marsh made the desision to try and ‘re-engage’

      We have GOT to somehow learn more about that
      infamous ‘Discussing their options’ conversation.

      Brendan ( and/or Willis? ) MUST have heard all that.
      Unedited copies of the MacKenzie video(s) MAY reveal all that.

      They ( SAIT ) MUST have known more about that and they
      just weren’t willing to talk about it.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 21, 2013 at 12:56 pm

        Major correction ( and typo ) for above.

        I suggested that SPS1 told Marsh/Steed/Crew to
        “just hunker and be safe”.

        NOT the case.

        A Structure Protection person can’t
        tell a DIV what to do.

        OPS1 told them to ‘just hunker and be safe’.

        That was an ORDER… and it was now their
        current assignment, their official ‘role in the
        game for the moment’… and the only reason
        Marsh would have said ( in response to ASM’s
        question ‘are you guys ok?’ )…

        “Yes. We’re just moving”

        …and supplied no other information is if he was trying
        to HIDE his real intentions on the command channels
        on the radio… out of fear someone would tell him
        NOT to do what he had already decided to do.

        If it turns out Marsh really was just the ‘Custer’ on
        this battlefield and just some fanatic ‘Guts and Glory’
        guy… I would think that will come out in the court
        cases as well when all the ‘past behavior’ of this
        outfit really comes to light.

        Reply
  185. calvin says

    November 21, 2013 at 5:01 am

    The six phones recovered at deployment site belong to Mackenzie, Parker, Ashcraft, Norris, Caldwell, and Whitted. Am I wrong?

    Reply
  186. calvin says

    November 20, 2013 at 4:50 pm

    WTKTT…. According to SAIR. During morning briefing that occurred at DIV A truck, Escape routes were into the black or back to the carriers. At this point it appears they had NO INTENTION of going to the ranch (even after it was identified as an excellent safety zone two times) You have identified Exact locations for Ashcraft, Parker and Mackenzie photos and video. The crew didn’t move a lot in the period of time between the pictures (2-4). My question is why didn’t Granite Mountain come down to their crew carriers once the fire changed directions, especially after they had recently had their atv/utv burned (per RTS.) Mcdonough said he identified trigger points for himself and for GM. He left his lookout after his trigger points were met. Were the trigger points for the crew not met? I have not seen any information to explain this further. Thoughts?

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 21, 2013 at 2:21 am

      calvin… good points ( and good questions )

      >> calvin wrote…
      >> According to SAIR. During morning briefing that occurred
      >> at DIV A truck, Escape routes were into the black or back
      >> to the carriers. At this point it appears they had
      >> NO INTENTION of going to the ranch (even after it was
      >> identified as an excellent safety zone two times)

      I think the ‘bomb-proof’ ranch WAS pointed out on some
      Google Map on an iPad at the morning briefing… but
      remember… Steed did NOT go into the room for that.

      Steed never saw it on a map. He only ‘heard’ it about
      (perhaps) in passing when Marsh came out of the
      briefing ( which Steed SHOULD have attended since
      he was going to be GMHS and the one that would be
      alone with the GM crew all day and responsible for them ).

      If it ( the ranch ) was referenced at all at the next short ‘briefing’
      by the trucks out on Sesame street… I think I already posted
      that this could not have been more than just some cursory
      ‘wave of the hand’ where they were standing with some
      comment like ‘Yea… there’s some bomb-proof ranch way
      the hell that way’… and a general gesture to the south.
      Google Earth at man-height level there pretty much proves
      you couldn’t really SEE the ranch from that secondary
      briefing point.

      Also remember at this point how QUICK that ‘secondary
      briefing’ had to be in order for Joy Collura and Tex Gilligan
      to actually run into Marsh almost all the way up near the
      GM work spot at exactly 8:07 AM. In order for all these
      things the SAIR says happened from the 7:00 AM
      briefing time start to the 8:07 AM meeting way out
      west with Gilligan and Collura… Marsh must have been
      ‘hauling ass’ at that point and only spending a few
      minutes with anyone before he set out for the ridge
      by himself, on foot.

      So I think the whole ‘ranch as a safety zone’ thing was
      never given much thought at all that morning. It was pointed
      to on a map (that Steed never saw)… and since their work
      focus was all way up on that ridge with southwest winds
      at the time… the ‘ranch down south’ just became a
      ‘yea… whatever’ moment for everyone that morning.
      They really didn’t think they were going to posibly even need it
      that day and didn’t think about it much ( or how to actually
      get to it safely if / when they needed to ).

      >>. calvin also wrote…
      >> You have identified Exact locations for Ashcraft, Parker
      >> and Mackenzie photos and video. The crew didn’t move
      >> a lot in the period of time between the pictures (2-4).

      Once they climbed all the way up to that ‘anchor point’,
      near the Friday night helispot and the cold black from
      Friday night… they didn’t move a lot AT ALL for the
      ENTIRE day. Their work focus was right there within
      a 1 or 2 hundred yard area all day long.

      If the long comment I posted up above ever comes out
      of ‘moderation’ you will see some links to some VERY
      interesting photos Joy Collura took that few people have
      ever seen. It show the N14HX yellow/white helicopter
      almost LANDING on the ridge while GM was working
      there and then photos show it airborne with a ‘tether’
      line and various equipment hanging from it. I believe
      this was a ‘pickup’ for whatever equipment was left
      at the ‘helispot’ on Friday night… but some of the Granite
      Mountain Hotshots must have been the ones to assist
      in the pickup since they were the only ones up there
      that Sunday morning/afternoon.

      SIDENOTE: Joy Collura herself has said in comments on
      her ZAZZLE photo site ( along with these pictures of the
      chopper activity up there ) that she believes the various
      chopper visits to that area where GM was working is the
      REASON that the fire spread farther and faster from that
      location than it should have. She says she saw the chopper
      wash re-igniting the fire and expanding its boundaries a
      number of times that day and her comments on her
      photos say she couldn’t believe how dumb that was
      or understand why they ( the fireman ) would do such a thing.

      So… other than that little ‘helping the chopper’ moment… they
      stayed right around that anchor point ALL DAY.

      Marsh was ‘all over the place’ to the NORTH doing his
      DIVS A thing all day ( and never scouted SOUTH to check
      out where that ridge road really went ) but the GM crew stuck
      to the same 100-200 yard anchor-point area ALL DAY.

      >> calvin also wrote
      >> My question is why didn’t Granite Mountain come down
      >> to their crew carriers once the fire changed directions

      VERY good question.

      I don’t know what the real purpose of a ‘lookout’ on a wildland
      fire is actually supposed to be… or what the criteria is supposed
      to be for these ‘trigger points’… but I would think that, in general,
      if you don’t set ‘trigger points’ that allow you to fulfill your
      primary LCES and allow the whole crew more than enough
      time to get safely back to where you parked your darn Crew Vehicles that day… then you have REALLY screwed up.

      Because then you would be ‘stuck’ and now you have made
      yourself a problem and a concern for everyone else on the
      fire and you have, essentially, ‘taken yourself out of the game’.
      Not good. That’s just bad news for everyone.

      SIDENOTE: Maybe this intial screw-up with the original
      trigger-points and LCES plan really contributed to this
      disaster. They really did screw up and ‘take themselves
      out of the game’ and maybe that critically influenced their
      decision making at that point. All they wanted to do was
      to somehow get ‘BACK into the game’ and not look like
      idiots for getting themselves ‘stuck’ out there that day.

      When BR Supt and Marsh even decided to use Brendan as
      a lookout… and they picked that little knoll down by the old
      grader for him to use… wouldn’t the whole point have been
      for Brendan to give enough ‘heads up’ and TIME for them all
      to hop down off that ridge the way they came and get back to
      where they parked the vehicles that morning?

      Also… the MINUTE they heard that weather report predicting
      a TOTAL REVERSAL of the wind and gusts up to 40-50
      miles per hour… wouldn’t you think Steed would have
      said to the men… “Pack it up boys… we are outta here
      RIGHT NOW so we can get back to the vehicles before
      it all goes sideways up here.”

      That didn’t happen.

      10-15 minutes later… Brendan says HIS trigger point was
      being met by the reversed fireline… and he bailed out.

      Again… at THAT moment… should not Steed have given
      an ‘on the double’ order and got them back down to
      that old-grader location as fast as possible… and then
      on back to their own vehicles?

      That didn’t happen either.

      Was it too late to even try that the minute Brendan said
      his ‘trigger point’ was met and they were now LOSING
      their lookout?

      I don’t know…. but certainly that moment of them losing
      their lookout and things starting to go sideways was when
      they stopped whatever they were doing, regrouped, and
      immediately started this infamous “discussing their options”
      conversation. Whether they thought they had time to
      jump back down to the old-grader and follow McDonough
      out on Sesame and back to the vehicles MUST have been
      part of that ‘discussing their options’ conversation.

      I’ve never been a hotshot. Never been out in the middle
      of nowhere and hot, tired, exhausted and it getting late
      in the day. I would think finding out you have screwed
      up your primary LCES plan and now you can’t even get
      back to your own vehicles… and you have just made
      yourselves a problem for everyone else working that
      fire… is a very, very BAD and embarrassing moment
      for any (supposedly) ‘elite’ group of firefighters.

      >> calvin also wrote…
      >> Mcdonough said he identified trigger points for himself
      >> and for GM.

      Yes. He is definitely saying he did that.

      >> calvin also wrote…
      >> He left his lookout after his trigger points were met.
      >> Were the trigger points for the crew not met?
      >> I have not seen any information to explain this further.
      >> Thoughts?

      Another VERY good question, calvin.

      Since GM was up on the ridge away from Brendan, and was
      going to need TIME to get down from there in order to fulfill
      their primary LCES that day and have the TIME they needed to
      get safely back to the vehicles… wouldn’t you think that the
      ‘trigger points for GM’ that day would have been MUCH
      SOONER than Brendan’s?

      Did Brendan just ‘miss’ that earlier trigger point, or something?

      Or are we over-thinking for these guys and really they never did
      anything of the sort (establish any real LCES time estimates)?

      Maybe they really did just send Brendan off to be lookout
      because he was still kinda sick and shouldn’t have even out
      there in 106 degree temps… and they just told him to give a
      general ‘heads up’ about the fire. No big whoop.

      I still think a LOT of these apparent ‘brain farts’ that we can
      find in their behavior all day ( and documented in the SAIR )
      all has to do with something that has gotten totally lost in
      the noise here.

      These men were TIRED. They were already EXHAUSTED
      before anyone even told them at 8:00 PM the night before
      they were going to have get up at 4:00 AM and be down there
      on their day off in 106 degree temps climbing 700 foot high
      ridges and busting their butts all day ( again! ).

      I don’t think the EXHAUSTION factor for this crew and its
      possible contribution to the greatest workplace accident
      in wildland firefighting history has been fully vetted yet.

      You can bet all that WILL resurface in a court case since
      it directly relates to possible employer negligence and
      incompetent crew readiness evaluation on the part
      of ( in ascending order ) Steed, Marsh, Willis, the City of
      Prescott, and the State of Arizona.

      Reply
      • Bob Powers says

        November 21, 2013 at 9:28 am

        A note on lookouts—One thing that came out of California R5 From the safety first recommendations 1972 was all lookouts should be minimum qualified Sector bosses. a solid knowledge of weather, fuels and fire behavior. A highly qualified lookout could have given them a better heads up. In that fuel type in those conditions trigger points were not very useful they were being over ran way to fast. A qualified lookout would have said the vehicles are cut off I suggest you get in the black hunker down and wait for this fire to make its run, I cant help you any more. we will get the vehicles moved to a safe location.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 21, 2013 at 12:24 pm

          Thank you, Mr. Powers. That’s something I’ve been
          struggling with in my own mind through this
          entire process of trying to make sense of what
          happened that day.

          I would think ‘lookout’ is a VERY important job…
          and the person doing it should be almost an
          EXPERT on fire behavior, weather, fuel, have
          the best situational awareness of almost
          anyone that day, excellent sense of timing
          and a personality that doesn’t hesitate to
          ‘take charge’ when the situation warrants it.

          In other words… one of your BEST crew members
          needs to be given the job… not the 2 year rookie
          who is sick and not able to keep up with the others
          that day.

          Anybody can sling a tool and clear lines on the
          ground. Not everyone can be a lookout.

          On that particular day… with NO SAFETY
          OFFICERS on duty… the job of ‘lookout’ for
          an entire division ( Both GM and BR were
          relying on Brendan that day ) would have
          been even MORE important than normal.

          Question for you…

          The point has been raised that Marsh’s decision
          ( as DIVS A ) to ‘abandon his assignments’ and
          move division resources without proper
          notifications or permission was SO outside
          the normal ‘chain of command’… that that alone
          indicates he ( Marsh ) had absolutely no respect
          for the people running that fire that day.

          Between his ‘arguments’ with DIVS Z, and his
          ‘frustration’ all day with the retardant drops
          ( mentioned in the SAIR but not explained )
          and then the whole thing going sideways…

          …do you think the entire situation that day
          had just gotten so bollocksed that Marsh simply
          didn’t give a crap whether he ( or anyone else )
          was even trying to ‘follow the rules’ anymore.

          In other words… have you ever known that to
          happen on a fire? Things get so ‘off the rails’
          that no one even cares about all these
          ‘rules’ anymore and everyone just wants
          to get the heck off the fire and go home?

          Reply
          • Bob Powers says

            November 21, 2013 at 1:20 pm

            We have all been there before but most of us always did our job assignment stayed safe and let the rest take care of its self. That’s why you should have leaders that are cool, responsible, and level headed. Most seasoned crews have those kind of supervisors.

            Reply
  187. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 20, 2013 at 3:29 pm

    ::
    :: NOTE: This is a repost of a longer comment left above that seems
    :: to be ‘stuck in moderation’ because it has some clickable links in it.
    :: This is the essential part of the same comment with no links in it
    :: in case the original never appears…
    ::
    :: WTKTT asked Joy A Collura ( the hiker )…

    Joy… Important question for you…

    At any time during any of your encounters with Eric Marsh that day…
    did you ever get the impression that he KNEW the high ridge road that
    headed south would eventually take him right to a point near the
    Boulder Springs Ranch?

    >> Joy A Collura responded…
    >>
    >> NO. HE ASKED US THE BEST WAY TO THE FIRE
    >> AND HE SEEM TO NOT KNOW THE AREA TOO WELL.

    WTKTT also asked…

    Did ‘the ranch’ ever come up at all?

    >> Joy A Collura responded…
    >>
    >> NO.

    Thank you, Joy.

    This seems to match other evidence that suggests Eric Marsh was lacking
    a lot of ‘situational awareness’ up on that ridge that day.

    >> Joy A. Collura also said…
    >>
    >> HOWEVER THERE WERE PLENTY OF AERIAL
    >> SURVEILLANCE THAT WOULD HAVE INFORMED
    >> ERIC MARSH OF THE TERRAIN AND WHERE THE
    >> HELMS PLACE WAS.

    Yes. It is known that there were a LOT of aircraft flying over that area and the
    Granite Mountain Hotshots all day long… but there is no evidence that any of
    them ever did an ‘LCES reality check’ or even just a ‘situational awareness’
    review with either Eric Marsh or Jesse Steed that day.

    There is still no evidence that either of them had any idea whatsoever that
    staying on the high ridge road was a possible ‘safe’ alternate escape route
    for them that day, even though the SAIR report seems to assume this to
    be a fact and one of their valid ‘choices’ that day.

    Reply
  188. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 20, 2013 at 2:28 pm

    ::
    :: WTKTT asked Joy A Collura ( the hiker )…

    Joy… Important question for you…

    At any time during any of your encounters with Eric Marsh that day…
    did you ever get the impression that he KNEW the high ridge road that
    headed south would eventually take him right to a point near the
    Boulder Springs Ranch?

    >> Joy A Collura responded…
    >>
    >> NO. HE ASKED US THE BEST WAY TO THE FIRE
    >> AND HE SEEM TO NOT KNOW THE AREA TOO WELL.

    WTKTT also asked…

    Did ‘the ranch’ ever come up at all?

    >> Joy A Collura responded…
    >>
    >> NO.

    Thank you, Joy.

    This seems to match other evidence that suggests Eric Marsh was lacking
    a lot of ‘situational awareness’ up on that ridge that day.

    >> Joy A. Collura also said…
    >>
    >> HOWEVER THERE WERE PLENTY OF AERIAL
    >> SURVEILLANCE THAT WOULD HAVE INFORMED
    >> ERIC MARSH OF THE TERRAIN AND WHERE THE
    >> HELMS PLACE WAS.

    Yes. It is known that there were a LOT of aircraft flying over that area and the
    Granite Mountain Hotshots all day long… but there is no evidence that any of
    them ever did an ‘LCES reality check’ or even just a ‘situational awareness’
    review with either Eric Marsh or Jesse Steed that day.

    There is still no evidence that either of them had any idea whatsoever that
    staying on the high ridge road was a possible ‘safe’ alternate escape route
    for them that day, even though the SAIR report seems to assume this to
    be a fact and one their valid ‘choices’ that day.

    Below is a list of all the aircraft seen in your photographs at your Zazzle site
    in the comment section of the Zombie page… which is at this URL…

    http://www.zazzle.com/yarnell_arizona_zombies_post_cards-239587875104192841

    ** Aircraft photographed by the hiker Joy Collura on June 30, 2013 in or
    ** around the area where Granite Mountain was working that day including
    ** direct links to actual Joy Collura photographs…

    ** Air Tractor AT-802 SEAT (Single Engine Air Tanker)
    Small bottom-wing fixed-wing airplane. White with red tips on wings, rudder,
    tail fins. Wings, tail fins and rudder all have SQUARE edges.
    Number on bottom of wing, right side of aircraft is 413.

    http://www.zazzle.com/rlv/isapi/designall.dll?action=getimage&id=90af3a0a-c7b7-4014-8724-14c271cbf159&bg=0xffffff

    Same plane, different shot…

    http://www.zazzle.com/rlv/isapi/designall.dll?action=getimage&id=98c8a8e1-3c98-493d-a03e-83ceffcbe54e&bg=0xffffff

    Same plane, different shot…

    http://www.zazzle.com/rlv/isapi/designall.dll?action=getimage&id=b4a6090b-a1b5-429c-a98a-daf6f823589e&bg=0xffffff

    ** DEAT 1 ? ( Double Engine Air Tanker ) – White/Blue
    Larger fixed-wing aircraft. Double engines, tapered wings and tail fins.
    All white on bottom except for a little blue on underside of fuselage near the tail.
    Photo was taken from UNDER the plane so no top details can be seen
    and there are also no numbers visible on the bottom of the aircraft.

    http://www.zazzle.com/rlv/isapi/designall.dll?action=getimage&id=de57f647-1ee9-4ccc-9df2-8349f3c28d86&bg=0xffffff

    Same plane… also an underside shot but farther away…

    http://www.zazzle.com/rlv/isapi/designall.dll?action=getimage&id=3a751704-0e23-4710-ac40-a1849065c0b0&bg=0xffffff

    ** DEAT 2 ? ( Double Engine Air Tanker ) – SILVER/RED
    Red tail and fins with white 06 number on side of rudder.
    Twin engine. Clear acrylic nose.

    http://www.zazzle.com/rlv/isapi/designall.dll?action=getimage&id=d84614e7-cf7e-4611-b83a-927f59ce97af&bg=0xffffff

    ** DC10 VLAT NUMBER 910
    Red tail. White fuselage with red underside.
    Number 910 in red letters on side of rear tail engine.

    http://www.zazzle.com/rlv/isapi/designall.dll?action=getimage&id=029b7ac8-4a78-44e6-a213-ae8911dfe501&bg=0xffffff

    Same DC10 number 910. Same photo as above?

    http://www.zazzle.com/rlv/isapi/designall.dll?action=getimage&id=029b7ac8-4a78-44e6-a213-ae8911dfe501&bg=0xffffff

    Same DC10… or another? Same colors but no numbers visible.

    http://www.zazzle.com/rlv/isapi/designall.dll?action=getimage&id=d80c4aca-8245-4009-a539-e9bd4cf74058&bg=0xffffff

    ** SIKORSKY STYLE TANK CHOPPER – 716
    Red/white. Body red with crew compartment white. White numbers 716
    on the side against red background. Some white lettering on tail but not
    readable in this photo.

    http://www.zazzle.com/rlv/isapi/designall.dll?action=getimage&id=7abfec32-a1f5-47e6-b1e6-9f2843b1b3db&bg=0xffffff

    Same SIKORSKY style helicopter ( and same shot as above? )

    http://www.zazzle.com/rlv/isapi/designall.dll?action=getimage&id=7abfec32-a1f5-47e6-b1e6-9f2843b1b3db&bg=0xffffff

    ** RANGER 58 – White/Blue Helicopter
    FAA N-Number N58AZ ( White letters on blue tail section ).
    This is ‘Ranger 58’. Says ‘Air Rescue’ in Blue letters on side of cockpit area.

    http://www.zazzle.com/rlv/isapi/designall.dll?action=getimage&id=c65a6951-4ef8-4c3a-b0f8-adfb1ce42448&bg=0xffffff

    Another shot of Ranger 58…

    http://www.zazzle.com/rlv/isapi/designall.dll?action=getimage&id=ea0465dd-c31f-4908-a1a0-8b5fa6df31b9&bg=0xffffff

    Yet another shot of Ranger 58…

    http://www.zazzle.com/rlv/isapi/designall.dll?action=getimage&id=6aa7f00f-f19d-49d2-a3d8-bd4522b26edd&bg=0xffffff

    ** YELLOW / WHITE HELICOPTER – N14HX
    A seven-seat helicopter, mostly yellow with some white.
    FAA N-Number N14HX in yellow letters on the white part.
    See below for full registration/owner details.

    In flight. FAA N-Number N14HX visible on the side.

    http://www.zazzle.com/rlv/isapi/designall.dll?action=getimage&id=d1132e25-d170-490d-a628-d01b3b56aabe&bg=0xffffff

    This time it’s carrying two cargo payloads on a tether line..

    http://www.zazzle.com/rlv/isapi/designall.dll?action=getimage&id=fff26c6f-a234-4a51-ae0a-7552274a9c64&bg=0xffffff

    Same photo as above? Same chopper with same 2 payloads…

    http://www.zazzle.com/rlv/isapi/designall.dll?action=getimage&id=fff26c6f-a234-4a51-ae0a-7552274a9c64&bg=0xffffff

    Top of mountain… dropping payloads? Picking them up?
    Unclear… but you can see same tether line attached as other photo…

    http://www.zazzle.com/rlv/isapi/designall.dll?action=getimage&id=9b225cb8-406c-452c-8260-26259c394be5&bg=0xffffff

    Low over the top of the ridge. No tether or cargo this time…

    http://www.zazzle.com/rlv/isapi/designall.dll?action=getimage&id=fdcbe154-bd56-4868-bac3-f9be982efbb2&bg=0xffffff

    In-flight over ridge. A couple hundred feet of altitude…

    http://www.zazzle.com/rlv/isapi/designall.dll?action=getimage&id=ddbbaf31-fc98-4920-bd1c-d8eec79b650d&bg=0xffffff

    Same… a few seconds before or after the other shot above…

    http://www.zazzle.com/rlv/isapi/designall.dll?action=getimage&id=aa714791-1918-4503-9648-71d2adcc018f&bg=0xffffff

    Coming down on the ridge…

    http://www.zazzle.com/rlv/isapi/designall.dll?action=getimage&id=195564c0-d1dd-4006-a83c-36b1799b29de&bg=0xffffff

    Almost LANDING on ridge? VERY close to ground.
    Picking up the backpacks from Friday night helispot drop?…

    http://www.zazzle.com/rlv/isapi/designall.dll?action=getimage&id=00743cd1-3855-46a7-b1fa-1ce904bf0d79&bg=0xffffff

    Landed – On the ground in Yarnell.
    FAA registration is N14HX in yellow letters on the white part of the chopper body.
    Looks to be sitting on the small Helipad at the Yarnell Fire Station.
    Engine is off. Rotors not spinning.
    Several white-with-red-stripe fire vehicles there and several fire personnel
    are standing near chopper…

    http://www.zazzle.com/rlv/isapi/designall.dll?action=getimage&id=9f357044-90cd-4d10-912d-301a862058b4&bg=0xffffff

    ** N14HX REGISTRATION INFORMATION

    The following online site has more detailed information on the YELLOW
    N14HX CHOPPER. The photo at the following site also matches this
    chopper exactly including same registration number(s).

    https://flightaware.com/resources/registration/N14HX

    START OF N14HX ONLINE REGISTRATION HISTORY
    ************************************************************
    Aircraft Registration – Aircraft N-number: N14HX

    * Aircraft Summary

    Summary: 1997 BELL 407 Rotorcraft (7 seats / 1 engine)
    Owner: HELICOPTER EXPRESS INC CHAMBLEE, GA (Corporation)
    Airworthiness: Standard/Normal
    Serial Number: 53184

    * Aircraft Details

    Engine: ALLISON 250-C47 Horsepower: 600 (Turbo-shaft)
    Weight: Less than 12,500lbs
    Speed: Not defined
    Mode S Code: 50120434

    * Registration Details

    Status: Assigned
    Certificate Issue Date: 2004-03-06
    Airworthiness Date: 2000-02-11
    Last Action Date: 2013-08-12
    Expiration: 2017-01-31

    * Registration History

    Date: 09-Aug-2008
    Owner: HELICOPTER EXPRESS INC
    Location: CHAMBLEE GA
    Serial Number: 53184
    Mode S Code: 50120434

    Date: 02-Jun-2006
    Owner: HELICOPTER EXPRESS INC
    Location: LAWRENCEVILLE GA
    Serial Number: 53184
    Mode S Code: 50120434

    More information available on request.

    *********************************************************
    END OF N14HX ONLINE REGISTRATION HISTORY

    Reply
  189. Robert the Second says

    November 19, 2013 at 10:45 pm

    Fair enough. Enough said for this night for me.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 19, 2013 at 11:14 pm

      RTS… one practical request for you…

      Are you the one who says you actually KNOW the
      Blue Ridge guys?

      Is there any chance you could get any one of them
      to look at the latest video found… and say exactly
      what TIME that video was shot?

      They ( The entire BR crew ) are all just standing there
      watching the sky… and some of them seem to even
      be watching the video interview itself taking place
      on the edge of the parking lot.

      Maybe they would remember seeing that interview
      take place and remember exactly what TIME that was.

      I am going to eventually be able to timestamp this
      video… but if ANY one of those guys who are actually
      IN the video could recall what time it happened…

      …that sure would save me a lot of trouble.

      Reply
  190. Robert the Second says

    November 19, 2013 at 10:13 pm

    WTKTT,

    I think you’re the one missing the point here.

    Going to a SZ means you’re doing the right thing, NOT that you’re “ALREADY in trouble.” It’s LCES, get it? It’s all part of fighting fire. I’ve been in SZ’s a half dozen times in one night on the Wheeler Fire in 1985 on the Los Padres NF because of horrific Sundowner Winds.

    “19 good men died” because they weren’t following the tried-and-true Ten Standard Fire Orders and ignored the Watch Out Situations.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 19, 2013 at 10:42 pm

      RTS… the entire conversation above ( which I did not initiate )
      was simply focused on the possibility of whether or not a
      specific opportunity to ‘short-circuit’ this disaster was
      totally ‘missed’… or not.

      Was there a ‘missed opportunity’ to save these men,
      regardless of everyone’s insistence that ‘it wasn’t their
      job’ or ‘their job description didn’t include that’ or ‘they already
      had a tough job’ or ‘why should they do someone else’s job’?

      It’s obvious I think there was ( a specific missed opportunity ).
      At least one GOOD one.

      ( See the ASM2/OPS1 discussion above ).

      I could start running the list of all the other ‘missed opportunities’
      like who didn’t call who on the radio when they probably should
      have and who didn’t know who was where and doing what
      when they most CERTAINLY should have… and then just be
      open to more ‘it wasn’t his/her job flak’… but I’m not going
      to do that. Not tonight, anway.

      The one that is discussed above is DOCUMENTED in the SAIR.

      That’s the point.

      We are being TOLD there was a ‘specific missed opportunity’
      and the details of it are ( as usual ) confusing in the SAIR.

      If there is a lesson to be learned even from just studying this
      one specific ‘missed opportunity’ documented in the official
      SAIR report… then that’s important.

      Reply
  191. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 19, 2013 at 10:12 pm

    >> calvin wrote…
    >>
    >> WTKTT… DIG!

    You betcha.

    Turns out that State of Arizona ‘list of equipment and resources’
    for the Yarnell fire on on June 30, 2013… at this URL…

    http://www.azsf.az.gov/system/files/documents/files/Yarnell%20Hill%20Crew%20and%20Equipment%20Report%207-13-2013.pdf

    …actually has the LICENSE PLATE numbers of all the vehicular
    resources contracted that day… along with EXACTLY who owned
    that resource, what time it was ordered, and when it actually
    went ‘on the clock’ for payment that day.

    There aren’t too may LICENSE PLATE numbers in the photos
    and videos recently found… but there are a few… and I’m matching
    them all up right now.

    More later…

    Reply
  192. Robert the Second says

    November 19, 2013 at 10:06 pm

    WTKKT,

    You’ve obviously got your mind set on blaming everyone but where the real blames lies – with DIVS Marsh and the GM HS. They messed up by not complying with LCES and leaving their SZ at the worst possible time. Bad decisions with prior good outcomes, but it just didn’t work this time. It’s pretty simple.

    I fault them completely; not OPS1 , not ASM, only the DIVS Marsh and the GM HS on the fireline where they were supposed to be and nowhere else. Period.

    Quoting Rod Wrench, October “Rod Wrench on August 24, 2013 at 10:27 am said: “There appears to be some confusion as to the what a Division Supervisor can and can not do. A Division Supervisor is just that, in charge of a division, not the entire fire. He works for the Operations Chief or the Incident Commander, if an Operations Chief is not assigned, these two positions have all the suppression responsibility for the fire. For Marsh to make such a radical change in the assignment of any crew on his division he must discuss and receive permission from the Operations Chief or IC. Marsh had no authority to abandon the crews line assignment and decide to try and protect a structure 1/2 mile away.”

    Quoting Rod Wrench, October 17th.

    “Okay guys, if the crew was ordered to move, why did Marsh tag along? He was the Division Supervisor & Steed was the acting crew superintendent. Division Supervisors do not or are not to leave their division until officially relieved. Was Division A officially abandoned by the IC? Was the Boulder Springs Ranch in Div A or in the Structural Division? Was Marsh officially relieved to rejoin the crew? What other resources were under Marsh on Division A? Did Marsh abandon his Division to go out with the crew? Where & when did Marsh rejoin the crew? Did Marsh or Steed make the fatal decision to go into the green, regardless if they were ordered off the line or not? I believe more then the 10 & 18 rules were broken here by the crews overhead, the command structure was compromised.”

    Quoting Rod Wrench, October 20th,

    “Also, you DO NOT leave the safety of a burned area and go into the unburn ahead of the fire for a half a mile or more to re-engage anything, that was a tactically fatal decision even after being told of the fires behavior & the predicted weather changes. … the decision the GMHS overhead to go into the unburn and the failure of the investigative team to report the truth of this tragedy. When 19 fatalities occur, and it doesn’t matter where or when, someone needs to be held responsible, you don’t sweep it under the rug.”

    Mike – glad to see that you understand this.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 19, 2013 at 10:56 pm

      >> RTS wrote…
      >> You’ve obviously got your mind set on blaming everyone

      Nope.

      We were talking about one very specific and very real
      ‘missed opportunity’ to save men’s lives that is actually
      DOCUMENTED in the official report about this incident.

      I have an opinion about THAT ( specific ) moment… and
      I was expressing it ( since YOU asked me too ).

      >> RTS also wrote…
      >> but where the real blames lies – with DIVS Marsh and the
      >> GM HS. They messed up by not complying with LCES
      >> and leaving their SZ at the worst possible time.
      >> Bad decisions with prior good outcomes, but it just didn’t
      >> work this time. It’s pretty simple.

      You may be right.
      It might have been just two yahoo lemmings leading 17
      poor innocent kids to their deaths.

      I can hear you trying to ‘wrap this up’ in your own mind,
      but as for me… I don’t think all the evidence is actually
      on the table yet.

      >> I fault them completely; not OPS1 , not ASM, only the
      >> DIVS Marsh and the GM HS on the fireline where they
      >> were supposed to be and nowhere else. Period.

      I know. WE know. You have stated that is your conclusion
      a number of times now… and you have every right to have
      it based on your background and experience.

      Reply
  193. Robert the Second says

    November 19, 2013 at 8:58 pm

    WTKTT,

    I don’t put a lot of credence into the alleged ‘Factual Report’ so after reading what you have a few times this is what I come up with. It sounds like at 1600 OPS1 is convinced and focused on them being in a SZ, which is okay. It later sounds like at 1615, even though ASM mentions that they’re on the move “going down our escape route” that OPS1 is still focused on them being in the SZ. No one would be, should be leaving a good SZ at this time, is maybe what he’s thinking?

    Not really a whole lot ASM could’ve done besides what you suggested, but I think they’ve got to know the fire is coming hard by now. Once they bailed off the top of the ridge, in the saddle above the ridge, they were kinda committed. Too steep and brushy and rocky to get back up to their perfectly good SZ they had abandoned.

    I can understand that OPS1 is still focused on them being safe in spite of what ASM said. OPS1 is in charge of operations on the entire fire. He’s got A LOT GOING ON AT THIS POINT. He has a fully qualified DIVS, Eric Marsh in charge of a piece of ground and resource (GMHS) and they were in ‘the black.” So, he just files that aside in his mind because all hell is breaking loose in Yarnell and elsewhere.It sounds to me like it just didn’t ‘register’ or sink in that was what they were doing. Because no fireline supervisor in their right mind would be, should be moving at this point, but should be “hunkered in the black and staying safe” as he was told. And, he had never said anything to OPS1 what he was doing other than being in the black.

    That probably won’t satisfy you, but don’t know what else to say on that.

    Remember, Marsh has made a major tactical move here without advising his supervisor, OPS1 wither prior to the move or after. Only when questionned by BR Supt. and now ASM does he say what’sgoing on. I think he’s being disingenuous.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 19, 2013 at 9:30 pm

      >> RTS wrote…
      >> It later sounds like at 1615, even though ASM mentions that
      >> they’re on the move “going down our escape route” that
      >> OPS1 is still focused on them being in the SZ.
      >> No one would be, should be leaving a good SZ at this
      >> time, is maybe what he’s thinking?

      It’s perfectly obvious that’s what he WAS thinking.

      He was actually clueless where they REALLY were and the
      poop was hitting the fan so he was just relying on
      ‘old information’ in his head and assuming it was still true.

      But he did, in fact, have SOME reason(s) to believe that.

      Don’t forget… he was OPS1. He had an earlier conversation
      with his DIVS A and found out that ( at THAT time ), the
      WERE, in fact, safe in the black. That was when he (OPS1)
      told his DIVS A and the GMHS under his command to
      “Just hunker down (there) and be safe”.

      From what I now understand of this more-than-quasi military
      style culture… the fact that OPS1 knew he had give a
      direct ORDER to that resource to ‘stay put’ would have
      also been in his mind… and when ASM2 bothered him
      with this “do we need to check on them?” request…

      …the idea that his DIVS A would somehow be IGNORING
      his direct order was ‘inconceivable’ to him.

      So that might have contributed to his ‘confusion’ and his
      ‘blowing off’ ASM2’s request. Last he heard… they were
      in the black… Last he remembers… he gave them an
      ORDER to STAY THERE.

      How could anything possibly be different NOW?
      They MUST still be there… I TOLD them to STAY THERE.

      The error in his thinking at that moment was to have relied
      on that kind of “I gave them an order… they MUST still be
      there” sort of military style thinking.

      He should have just let ASM2 go check.
      It would have only taken a moment.

      >> RTS wrote…
      >> Once they bailed off the top of the ridge, in the saddle
      >> above the ridge, they were kinda committed.
      >> Too steep and brushy and rocky to get back up to their
      >> perfectly good SZ they had abandoned.

      Well… as with most events associated with this incident…
      it all comes down to TIME. The sooner their mistake could
      have been detected… and a proper warning issued down
      to them… the sooner they could have turned back.

      Every foot back up that slope would have increased their
      chances of living with a ‘drop packs and haul ass’ scenario.

      According to the SAIR… whether ASM2’s offer came at
      16:00 or 16:15… they would NOT have dropped down into
      the canyon yet. The SAIR itself says that came at 16:20.

      ASM2 could have caught them heading south and the
      conversation would have similar… but more like this…

      ASM2: “DIVS or Granite Mountain down there. This is ASM2.
      Where the f**k are you GOING? You’re not thinking of dropping
      off that road and into that canyon and walking into that
      oncoming wall of flames I can see from up here… ARE you?”

      >> RTS also said…
      >> OPS1 is in charge of operations on the entire fire.

      You damn betcha.

      >> He’s got A LOT GOING ON AT THIS POINT.

      Yep… but no sympathy required. That’s his job.
      If you can’t handle a job like that when it gets hot and heavy…
      then don’t take the job.

      >> He has a fully qualified DIVS, Eric Marsh in charge of

      >> He has a fully qualified DIVS, Eric Marsh in charge of
      >> a piece of ground and resource (GMHS) and they
      >> were in ‘the black.”

      Oh… if only that were still true when he thought it still was.

      >> So, he just files that aside in his mind because all hell
      >> is breaking loose in Yarnell and elsewhere. It sounds to
      >> me like it just didn’t ‘register’ or sink in that was what they
      >> were doing. Because no fireline supervisor in their right
      >> mind would be, should be moving at this point, but should
      >> be “hunkered in the black and staying safe” as he was told.
      >> And, he had never said anything to OPS1 what he was
      >> doing other than being in the black.

      You have just described ALL the errors in his reasoning
      perfectly. This IS what happened in his head…

      …but add to your description the FACT that a trusted officer
      on the fire (ASM2) up in an AIRPLANE with far better grasp
      of the ground situation than you have calls you and expresses
      his DIRECT concern about the location of one of your
      most important resources… and he OFFERS to go and
      VERIFY their location because he, himself, is not sure
      where they are and it’s all going off like an atom bomb
      down there on the ground.

      He ( OPS1 ) should have simply said… “Go and CHECK”.

      He didn’t. He screwed up. 19 good men died.

      >> RTS also wrote…
      >> Remember, Marsh has made a major tactical move here
      >> without advising his supervisor,

      Yes… but look at your own description and the words
      you are using… more quasi-military crap.

      Marsh was ‘disobeying an order’ at that point.
      It was probably inconceivable to this guy ( OPS1 ).

      I don’t care.

      A good man (ASM2) called and offered to go do a
      good thing ( check on the safety of other good men ).
      at a time when it could have saved their lives.

      He should have just LET him do it.

      Reply
    • mike says

      November 19, 2013 at 9:35 pm

      I suspect this is where not being involved in firefighting may make it hard to appreciate the job of various people. OPS1 undoubtedly was a very busy man, being pulled in a lot of directions. At some point he has to trust the trained people under him to do their jobs. The responsibility of the safety of the GMHS lay with that crew’s overhead, not OPS1. That is the way it has to be. We might have wanted various other people to be looking out for the safety of the GMHS, but it was not their job.

      I totally understand about bad practices/good outcomes (happens in medicine a lot). If this were the case, the people that worked with them on the firelines would undoubtedly have picked up on it. If so, while this might not be talked about openly, it would seem that over time there would be enough behind the scenes chatter that this would become known, at least within the firefighting community.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 19, 2013 at 9:51 pm

        mike…

        His job, their job, my job, your job, everybody got a job.
        Job, job, job, job, job.

        That’s all I keep hearing.

        You guys are TOTALLY missing the point here.

        ASM2 was ‘doing his job’.
        He was watching the fire blow up like and atom bomb
        underneath him… and he knew there were men out
        there on the western side. He recalled hearing they
        were going to a ‘safety zone’…meaning they were
        probably ALREADY in trouble.

        He ( ASM2 ) did HIS job and got right on the horn and
        suggested a ‘timeout’ to find out where those good
        men really were… before the smoke was going to
        get so bad he wouldn’t be able to find him.

        OPS1 just BLEW HIM OFF because he wasn’t smart
        enough to realize the significance of the request that
        was just made of him… or he had just totally risen
        to his own level of incompetence… or BOTH.

        That’s what happened…
        …and shortly after that… 19 good men died.

        Reply
  194. Robert the Second says

    November 19, 2013 at 7:41 pm

    WTKTT and Calvin,

    Paraphrasing here, you said “… OPS … missed the chance to save their lives…” I’m curious HOW he was going to “save their lives” and just what was he going to do from a pickup or an office somewhere?

    The resource on-the-ground is responsible for their operational safety and actions.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 19, 2013 at 8:14 pm

      RTS…

      It’s dead simple. When ASM2 was concerned enough to
      ‘call OPS1’ just to ask about a crew he heard about that
      MIGHT be ‘on the move’ or ‘headed to a safety zone’ and
      offered to do his job and ‘go check to see where they
      really were’…

      …OPS1 had no right running on an X-minute old assumption
      and ‘blow him off’. The importance of that request for a
      ‘timeout’ from ASM2 was totally spaced out by OPS1.

      OPS1 should have IMMEDIATELY allowed ASM2 to go
      and VERIFY the location of one his most important
      resources in the field. No assumptions. Go CHECK.

      He didn’t do that. He blew it off.

      So OPS1’s opportunity to ‘save those men’ was simply
      to not have had his head so far up his butt that he was
      seeing brown at that moment and unable to think clearly.

      If ASM2 had been ALLOWED to do what he obviously
      WANTED to do at that moment… and had then
      seen very quickly from the air that the 20 yellow suits
      against the black that he had been seeing all day on
      turnaround runs were no longer where he had been
      seeing them all day… and he had then spotted them moving
      south on the trail ( or maybe already in the canyon ) the
      next radio transmission that might have got recorded
      would have been…

      “DIVS A or Granite Mountain down there… this is ASM2.
      What the f**k are you doing? You are headed right
      at the fire. GO BACK, fer chrissakes!”

      ** HOCUS, POCUS, KALAMAZOO!!!

      Just for the record… can you ( or ANYONE? ) tell me how
      to reconcile these TWO different descriptions of this
      same event ( with two different timeframes ) in the
      same SAIR report?…

      From the SAIR… page 27…

      :: At approximately 1600, ASM2 overhears a comment on the
      :: radio referencing a crew and a safety zone.
      :: ASM2 calls OPS1 and clarifies, “I heard a crew in a safety
      :: zone, do we need to call a time out?”
      :: OPS1 replies, “No, they’re in a good place. They’re safe
      :: and it’s Granite Mountain.” They talk about flying over to
      :: check on the crew, but for now, they think the crew is safe
      :: in the black.
      :: Following this conversation, ASM2 hears DIVS A announce
      :: on the radio, “We’re going down our escape route to our
      :: safety zone.” ASM2 asks, “Is everything okay?” to which
      :: DIVS A replies, “Yes, we’re just moving.”

      Now… hocus pocus kalamazoo… here is a description
      of the same (critical) even on page 100 of the SAIR…

      :: At approximately 1615, ASM2 heard radio traffic between
      :: Division Supervisor A (DIVS A, which included Granite
      :: Mountain Hotshots) and Operations about Granite Mountain
      :: going down their escape route to a safety zone. ASM2
      :: asked Operations if they should check on the crew in the
      :: safety zone. After Operations stated that Granite Mountain
      :: was ”in a good place” and safe, ASM2 continued retardant
      :: applications

      ?? WTF ??

      16:00? 16:15? Which? That’s a pretty critical timeframe
      at that time of day to be getting it ‘this wrong’ in the SAIR.

      ASM2 hears direct conversation between DIVS A and OPS1…
      or only ‘recalls hearing something’ ( not from OPS1 ) and
      then later calls to tell OPS1 what HE heard? Which is it?

      OPS1 is sure they are safe… or sure they are ‘moving’?
      Which is it?

      ASM2 got confirmation they were ‘Ok… we’re just moving’…
      or ASM2 never heard from them after offering to go check
      on them? Which is it?

      They ‘talk about going to check on the crew’… but BOTH
      had already heard they were ‘moving’… and decided
      NOT to check… or what?

      Somebody throw me a bone here.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 19, 2013 at 8:56 pm

        By the way… I don’t think ASM2 gets a ‘pass’ on this, either.
        If he really was concerned enough to insert this possible
        ‘problem’ into the radio traffic at such a critical time…
        then he should have also have had the ‘sand’ to stand up
        to the ( obviously confused and overwhelmed ) OPS1
        and tell him he MIGHT be WRONG.

        I would have loved it ( and 19 good men might still be
        with us ) if there was a radio capture right at that
        time that went something like this…

        : ASM2 calls OPS1: “I heard a crew in a safety
        :: zone, do we need to call a time out?”
        :: OPS1: “No, they’re in a good place. They’re safe
        :: and it’s Granite Mountain.”
        :: ASM2: “Excuse me, sir, but you might be WRONG
        :: about that. I am going to go VERIFY their location
        :: and I’ll get back to you. Over and out.”

        Reply
  195. Robert the Second says

    November 19, 2013 at 7:29 pm

    You all may want to check out this University of Wisconsin CIMSS Satellite Blog that has some good weather images that reveal what when down June 30th, for much more detailed in-motion outflow winds, fire convection columns, and such. More than what’s in the substantive SAIR.”Factual Report.”

    http://cimss.ssec.wisc.edu/goes/blog/wp-content/uploads/2013/06/130630_g15_vis_yarnell_fire_anim.gif

    Reply
  196. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 19, 2013 at 7:27 pm

    >> calvin wrote…
    >> Now the VLAT drop. I have thought about this a lot. I don’t believe Marsh
    >> acknowledged the drop. According to Tom Story interview he witnessed
    >> a VLAT drop occurring South to North around 5.

    That’s right. Air resources were still focused on trying to keep the fire
    from coming into Yarnell at that point. There was no focus on
    Glen Isla at all at that time. I once thought that might have been the
    case but it’s pretty clear now it isn’t.

    >> I think we can agree visibility was a huge problem for GM.

    Yep.

    >> Their view to the North was cut off by mountains.
    >> Their view to the East was obliterated by smoke.

    Right again.

    >> If Marsh was already going down through the brush when ASM2
    >> flies over, the flight path would have had to be pretty close (not to far North)
    >> or his view would have been cut off by the ridge.

    Good point… so that makes mincemeat of the SAIR’s claim that ASM2 was
    flying a drop path ‘to the NORTH of Yarnell’. Must have been closer
    or Marsh would have never seen it and never ‘responded’ to it.

    >> I know the idea that they were waiting on the VLAT is far reaching.
    >> However I am not convinced that it wasn’t one piece of false
    >> security they felt.

    Make no mistake, calvin… I was just pointing out above (even more)
    discrepancies I keep finding in the SAIR… but I am still with you on this one.

    It’s possible.

    It doesn’t matter what was ACTUALLY happening.
    What matters is what people ( Marsh ) might have THOUGHT was happening.

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> Radio traffic was very heavy around this time (1600-1630) and then
    >> they expect us to believe Marsh just pops up on the radio (seemingly
    >> out of nowhere) confirming That is where they need the retardant.
    >> I still wonder, could they have been waiting to visualize the VLAT
    >> (knowing it actually came, not diverted, or unable to make it there
    >> for whatever reason) before starting the downhill trek?

    Again.. I am willing to believe it… but that there wouldn’t be more
    actual air-traffic captures ‘setting this up’ seems unbelievable.
    Maybe they have them. Maybe they just didn’t fit the already-decided
    upon narrative. There’s no telling until we see what they ACTUALLY
    have ( and have always had ) in the way of radio captures and air logs.

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> P100 SAIR… at approximately 1615 ASM2 heard radio traffic
    >> between DIVA, which included GMH (not clear what this means as
    >> they were two separate entities) and OPERATIONS about GM going
    >> down their escape route to a safety zone. It appears to me that this
    >> is a very important piece of information! According to this statement
    >> OPERATIONS knew GM was MOVING. According to my theory,
    >> GM headed down after this conversation, approximately 1615.

    You are RIGHT, calvin.

    On that same page you quote ( page 100 ) the SAIR has
    a paragraph with only 3 sentences in it.

    In the FIRST sentence it says that Operations (OPS1) “knew they (GM)
    were going DOWN their escape route to a safety zone”.
    Then… in the THIRD sentence ( only 14 words after the end of the FIRST
    sentence ) the SAIR states that Operations (OPS1) did NOT know this.

    From the SAIR… page 100…

    :: At approximately 1615, ASM2 heard radio traffic between Division
    :: Supervisor A (DIVS A, which included Granite Mountain Hotshots)
    :: and Operations about Granite Mountain going down their escape
    :: route to a safety zone. ASM2 asked Operations if they should
    :: check on the crew in the safety zone. After Operations stated that
    :: Granite Mountain was ”in a good place” and safe, ASM2 continued
    :: retardant applications…

    Fer cryin’ out loud. WHICH IS IT?

    Did OPS1 know they were moving when he blew off ASM2
    and missed the chance to save their lives… or did he NOT know it?

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> So why didn’t they run? I think they stayed together waiting on the drop
    >> (remember, ASM2 said we are bringing you the vlat ,ok.)

    I am still with you on this, calvin. It’s possible.

    Forget about whether this drop was ‘set up’ or not before they went down
    into the canyon ( your theory )… or whether we ever learn what Marsh
    meant by his “That’s where we want the retardant” 16:37 transmit.

    The SAIR still says ( for the record ) that the LAST thing Marsh ever
    heard was an airman saying “We’re gonna bring you the VLAT, okay?”.

    Marsh never answered… but he could have DELUDED himself into
    believing that meant they (ASM2 and VLAT) knew exactly where they
    were, that the drop would happen at any moment, and he was screaming
    at those kids in the last moments of his live and theirs…

    “Don’t RUN!… the VLAT is coming!”.

    From the SAIR… page 28…

    :: DIVS A (now more urgent): “Yeah, I’m here with Granite Mountain Hotshots,
    :: our escape route has been cut off. We are preparing a deployment site and
    :: we are burning out around ourselves in the brush and I’ll give you a call
    :: when we are under the sh— the shelters.”
    :: ASM2: “Okay copy that. So you’re on the south side of the fire then?”
    :: At about 1642, DIVS A yells: “Affirm!”
    :: ASM2: “K, we’re gonna bring you the VLAT okay.”
    ::: ASM2 then tells the VLAT to orbit to the southeast until ASM2 locates
    :: the Granite Mountain crew. The VLAT Captain replies he will keep full
    :: eyes on ASM2 and be ready for an immediate drop.
    :: Over the next four minutes, ASM2 makes seven attempts to reach the
    :: Granite Mountain IHC to determine their location but he is unable to
    :: establish contact.

    Marsh never acknowledged the …
    “We’re gonna bring you the VLAT, okay?” from ASM2.

    No “Copy that” or “Roger that”. Nothing.
    We can’t even be sure he actually heard it but have to assume he did.

    The rest is silence.

    Reply
  197. Bob Powers says

    November 19, 2013 at 6:59 pm

    Robert you might want to add that Dudley nor the report mentioned where GM situational awareness was that they used to move into unburned fuel and a box canyon With extreme fire activity within 2 miles of there location. Which means they did not discuss the 18 either. WTF no lookout, no identified escape rout, iffy communications, and a whole hell of a lot of pore safety plans. NO LCES at all period Makes for a hell of a law suit. And Mike Dudley put it in the conversation Garnet Mountain followed protocol ?????

    Reply
  198. Robert the Second says

    November 19, 2013 at 3:34 pm

    How about using driving as an analogy to firefighting. Okay, a bit of a stretch but just bear with me for a moment. We all drive, we know the rules, right? Like, ‘look before you pull out into traffic, look before you change lanes, stay away from the center line especially when there is oncoming traffic, don’t rely on your air bag or seat belt, signal your intentions before you switch lanes, and much more. Okay, you get all that…. So, what’s the point? Tthe air bag and seat belt are analogous to the fire shelter. We know they work, but we’re not going to drive like a maniac or into a brick wall because we know they work. Just like we’re not going to rely on our fire shelters, although many foolhardy ff’s do unfortunately.

    We usually follow the ‘rules of the road’ and so we are doing the ‘bad decisions with good outcomes’ thing when we don’t follow ‘the rules.’ So, we get away with it time and again until one day ….. Then again, maybe not and so we keep doing it, but eventually …. I still say there was some of that going on with these guys that MAY have contributed to their demise, that it MAY have been an accepted practice.

    Just because a fireline supervsor has never had a serious injury, accident, shelter deployment, or whatever doesn’t mean they have a safe program and they’re follwing ‘the rules.’ It just means they’re getting away with stuff and getting by. Safety is the outcome of following proper procedure.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 19, 2013 at 7:43 pm

      RTS… Just to continue your (good) ‘driving’ analogy… let’s
      really take a leap here and imagine that Marsh and Steed
      are the riskiest drivers the world has ever seen when they
      are ‘on the job’ for the City of Prescott and the State of
      Arizona. Let’s say that for a LONG time now… while they
      have been actually DRIVING the City of Prescott owned
      fire vehicles… they have been ‘crossing the centerline’
      and ‘not looking before pulling out into traffic’ and relying
      too much on the airbags in the GM Supervisor truck if
      something goes bad wrong on a workday… etc. etc.

      And let’s say they have been getting away with that terribly
      risky driving ( while on the job ) for a while now…

      …what if this incident represents the moment they crossed
      the centerline on a curve in the GM Supervisor truck and hit a
      church van with 17 innocent kids in it… and killed all of them?

      Does anyone think, for one moment, that if this pattern
      of ‘risky driving while on the job’ could be proven to exist
      and that the City of Prescott ( their employer ) KNEW
      about it… but never reprimanded them or removed them
      from their jobs…

      …that the families of those 17 kids that were killed wouldn’t
      have the right to OWN the City of Prescott?

      Your ‘driving’ analogy holds a lot of water.

      Reply
  199. Bob Powers says

    November 19, 2013 at 1:54 pm

    I got relay ticked off after reading the article in AZ central Concerning the mother who filed the law suit. its in the articles from wildfire today The statements there. concerning Mike Dudley.

    Reply
    • mike says

      November 19, 2013 at 2:01 pm

      I mentioned this Saturday. The cavalier way he says not to bother with the rules really is quite stunning. As I said earlier, when all is going crazy, the rules serve to keep you in line.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 19, 2013 at 2:35 pm

        Rules are one thing. Direct orders are another. Marsh was told to just ‘hunker down and be safe’. He didn’t. What does this fellow have to say about THAT?

        Reply
        • Bob Powers says

          November 19, 2013 at 3:44 pm

          Hell they violated the LCES and they didn’t say they did that either. So how did they get to they did every thing right and followed proper procedures? If it was my son I would be right in line suing them too.

          Reply
  200. Robert the Second says

    November 19, 2013 at 12:28 pm

    WTKTT,

    “Total ‘reckless endangerment’ and ‘negligence’ coming from command level to 17 other employees who didn’t deserve to die.”

    Agreed. Prior bad decisions with good outcomes led to this. One thing that really bothers me though is whether anyone said something, anything, questioning what they were doing and why.

    In the McKenzie video clip they’re just hanging out, no urgency at all, no preparing to leave, nobody saying ‘we’re moving’ and ff’s getting their stuff ready to go. I don’t think he was videoing all that to document what was going on knowing it may be a bad idea without saying something.

    Reply
  201. Robert the Second says

    November 19, 2013 at 10:26 am

    Totally agree with you Bob. I think we should do away with fire shelters completely. I see that someone has developed a fire shelter to withstand 2500 degrees and ‘give you 3 to 4 more minutes.’ That’s great, but that’s not the answer though. The best fire shelter is your brain and fighting fire by ‘The Rules.’

    Reply
  202. Bob Powers says

    November 19, 2013 at 10:09 am

    Thanks for the mention Robert. Also some of us old school Fire Fighters started before Nomex clothes and Fire shelters. Our emphasis was on the 10 and 13. When we got shelters we worked hard to never have to use them (potato bakers), you really screwed up if you had to deploy. Maybe we should do what Canada has done and quit carrying the shelter until a good one with solid training is developed. I still say there is a point of no return BTU’s verses OXIGEN.

    Reply
  203. Robert the Second says

    November 19, 2013 at 9:42 am

    Here’s a link to the ‘They Said’ Yarnell Hill Fire (Report) discussion. Most of these folks are experienced wildland firefighters, so it may be worth reading some of their comments, similar to yours’ but more from an experience-based perspective

    http://wlfhotlist.com/threads/37712-Yarnell-discussion?p=157145

    Reply
  204. Robert the Second says

    November 19, 2013 at 9:26 am

    WTKTT,

    This was a State fire, so the Federal FOIA will not apply. You’ll have to use whatever AZ has for a Records Request policy. I submitted some links and it’s awaiting moderation so sending this out in the interim.

    The Federal MER is for ‘internal use only’ per the investigation guidelines. Who owns it if there actually is one? AZ State and the PFD as well would have a copy. Specualtion on my part though regarding PFD.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 19, 2013 at 12:02 pm

      RTS… thank you!

      Reply
  205. Robert the Second says

    November 19, 2013 at 9:03 am

    WTKTT,

    This was a State fire, so the Federal FOIA will not apply. You’ll have to use whatever AZ has for a Records Request policy. Links below but you may already know about all this.

    http://www.azleg.gov/ombudsman/public_records.html

    https://www.azag.gov/sites/default/files/sites/all/docs/agency-handbook/ch06.pdf

    http://www.azleg.state.az.us/ombudsman/Public_Records_Book.pdf

    Mike Dudley, standing by the work in the SAIR, uses some doublespeak here in response to the lawsuit – “Although Firefighter Safety Orders and Watch Out Situations are a part of training, he said, conditions in a severe blaze such as the Yarnell Hill Fire are so dynamic that it is almost impossible to adhere to the protocols.” This is imilar to what Willis said about LCES at the on-site news conference.

    Dudley said modern firefighters focus instead on maintaining situational awareness as reflected in the acronym “LCES,” for lookouts, communications, escape routes and safety zones.”

    LCES does not replace the 10 and 18, it is merely a summation of ‘The Rules.’ And it appears that the GM HS had situational awareness all day from their perfectly good SZ ‘in the black.’ However, they totally disregarded this AND their training AND against all that they should have know was the right thing to do under those conditions, they went into the unburned bowl anyway. It makes NO sense. And still not accepting that they were ‘ordered’ or ‘directed’ to go anywhere except to ‘hunker and stay safe.’

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 19, 2013 at 11:58 am

      RTS… thank you for those links!

      Re: Mike Dudley
      The Rules/LCES debate will obviously continue ( as well it
      should )… but I think everyone realizes now that this particular
      incident goes far beyond that. If what even the SAIR is asking
      us to believe is true… this was pure ‘reckless endangerment’
      and ‘negligence resulting in death’.

      2 men are in charge of 17 others in a workplace environment.
      They knowingly and willing put ALL of their lives in danger,
      and they lost their gamble.

      That’s simply a fact.
      How much else there is BEHIND all that ( if anything )
      has yet to be revealed… but if it’s there… I think it
      can’t hide much longer.

      Yes… it got ‘dynamic’… but only because of even a lot
      of other ‘neglgence’ in the days/hours leading up to this event.

      A Tornado is dynamic. It comes out of nowhere.
      In this case… as Gary Olson has already stated…

      “The fire did exactly what it was supposed to do,
      exactly when it was supposed to do it.”

      That’s not the ‘dynamic’ that should cause intelligent men
      to make excusable bad decisions or ( as others are now
      trying to assert ) a situation where you should be allowed
      to ‘step outside the workplace rules’.

      Everything that happened with the fire that day after
      NOONish was totally predicted, disseminated to the
      resources on the fire… and acknowledged by same
      HOURS before anyone decided to walk into a
      fuel-filled canyon with no ‘eyes on the fire’.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 19, 2013 at 12:13 pm

        PS: If anyone tries to make the argument… “Yes… but this
        is all about saving lives so everything is excusable”…

        I beg to differ.

        If this really was all about some PERCEIVED situation
        where they deluded themselves into thinking their
        lives meant nothing as long as they might ended
        up saving someone else’s ( or they were ordered to
        think that way and told ‘This is Easter!’ )…

        …I would think that is so above and beyond what
        anyone can/should reasonably ask anyone that
        Marsh/Steed should have simply ‘asked for
        volunteers’.

        There should have been a number of them who
        stayed in the black who we could now talk to
        who might say something like…

        “Steed got off the radio with Marsh. He turned to
        us all and said… ‘Here’s the scoop, fellas. Eric
        thinks ( or has been told to think ) that people
        are trapped in their houses down there in
        Glen Isla and no one at the cafe’ can get to
        them ( not true… but stick with me ).
        I’m calling for volunteers to leave here on a
        rescue mission. You don’t have to go. It’s
        gonna be dangerous. We might not even
        make it… but I’m calling for a go-count.”

        That’s not what happened.

        Someone just said… ‘Gaggle up, boys… let’s
        go DO SOME GOOD!’…

        …and off they went.

        Total ‘reckless endangerment’ and ‘negligence’
        coming from command level to 17 other
        employees who didn’t deserve to die.

        Reply
        • mike says

          November 19, 2013 at 12:26 pm

          Are you sure this did not happen – we don’t know. I agree though with Robert’s idea of groupthink – people who had reservations just went with the group. I do not think they thought it was a suicide mission, they saw it as risky but did not expect to die. The fire did go faster than they thought it would.

          Reply
          • mike says

            November 19, 2013 at 12:34 pm

            They thought they had time to go to Glen Ilah – the ranch was a “SZ” on the way if things went bad. Unfortunately they never got to the ranch.

            Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 19, 2013 at 2:23 pm

          mike… about the only thing I am absolutely sure of even now is that 19 good men died and there was no need for it to have happened.

          Even if Steed had asked for volunteers… maybe they all said yes anyway.

          If anything of the sort actually happened I still can’t believe Brendan Mcdonough wouldn’t know about it.

          Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 19, 2013 at 2:09 pm

      Ya I really got Pissed Off at the article and Mike Dudley. May follow up and go to salt lake to talk to the gentleman (when I cool off). Also have a district FMO here on the forest that was a secondary investigator that I want to talk to as well.

      Reply
  206. calvin says

    November 19, 2013 at 4:23 am

    WTKTT…. DIG!!!

    Reply
  207. calvin says

    November 19, 2013 at 4:14 am

    WTKTT…. P 1 SAIR “almost no information from them”, P3 “few people understood GM ‘s intentions, movements, and location once they left the black.”
    Thanks for bringing this up. The first three pages of SAIR tell us that MORE THAN ONE PERSON knew what they were doing, and there was information from GM during that time.

    Now the VLAT drop. I have thought about this a lot. I don’t believe Marsh acknowledged the drop. According to Tom Story interview he witnessed a VLAT drop occurring South to North around 5. I think we can agree visibility was a huge problem for GM. Their view to the North was cut off by mountains. Their view to the East was obliterated by smoke. If Marsh was already going down through the brush when ASM2 flies over, the flight path would have had to be pretty close (not to far North) or his view would have been cut off by the ridge. I know the idea that they were waiting on the VLAT is far reaching. However I am not convinced that it wasn’t one piece of false security they felt. Radio traffic was very heavy around this time (1600-1630) and then they expect us to believe Marsh just pops up on the radio (seemingly out of nowhere) confirming That is where they need the retardant. I still wonder, could they have been waiting to visualize the VLAT (knowing it actually came, not diverted, or unable to make it there for whatever reason) before starting the downhill trek? P100 SAIR… at approximately 1615 ASM2 heard radio traffic between DIVA, which included GMH (not clear what this means as they were two separate entities) and OPERATIONS about GM going down their escape route to a safety zone. It appears to me that this is a very important piece of information! According to this statement OPERATIONS knew GM was MOVING. According to my theory, GM headed down after this conversation, approximately 1615.
    Gary, thanks for answering my question yesterday. The issue of shelter deployment and limitations fits into this equation. Only 6 of 19 deployed fully and some packs, chainsaws, etc were still inside the deployment site. Gary said “There is after all, always an alternative to deploying a fire shelter…run. Especially if deploying the fire shelter means certain death. And I think the circumstances under which the Granite Mountain Hotshots deployed their fire shelters was clearly not survivable, everyone has agreed with that premise, and I don’t think it was a close call. ” Agree 100%. I do think these men knew the deployment was not survivable. So why didn’t they run? I think they stayed together waiting on the drop (remember, ASM2 said we are bringing you the vlat ,ok.) I also think that the order given by SPGS1 to “drop at will” to keep the fire out of town had a direct effect on this situation P26 SAIR. Who knew where they were and what their plan was? More than one person according to the SAIR

    Reply
  208. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 19, 2013 at 3:48 am

    **
    ** RESOURCE / EQUIPMENT LIST FOR YARNELL FIRE, JUNE 30, 2013
    **

    There now appears to be a document online up at a State of Arizona site
    that represents the exact ‘equipment and resources’ order list for
    the Yarnell fire on June 30, 2013.

    That document would be at this link…

    http://www.azsf.az.gov/system/files/documents/files/Yarnell%20Hill%20Crew%20and%20Equipment%20Report%207-13-2013.pdf

    Unfortunately… the document seems to be somewhat MESSED UP.
    It’s a poorly formatted PDF file and seems to be unprintable.

    I DOES have some ‘useful’ information, however, like EXACTLY
    WHO or WHAT was hired to fulfill the contracts that day.

    I am using it to help identify the other vehicles in some of the
    recently discovered photos and videos.

    Maybe this is just a ‘draft’ and someone up there will fix the
    document so it isn’t so broken… and even more can be
    seen on the next revision.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 19, 2013 at 3:51 am

      Scratch my ‘document is messed up’ comments above.

      I just accessed the same link a few hours later now and
      whatever was wrong with it before seems to have
      already been fixed.

      It’s now a properly formatted document… and has
      some FASCINATING information in it about who/what
      was working that Yarnell fire that day ( June 30, 2103 ).

      Reply
  209. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 19, 2013 at 3:09 am

    If anyone ( especially firefighters ) wants to see the Joy Collura photo of
    the ‘old-grader’ location following the burnover… there is a way to view
    the full-sized image without even navigating the ZAZZLE pages.

    Just ask ‘Zazzle’ for the photo directly…

    http://www.zazzle.com/rlv/isapi/designall.dll?action=getimage&id=fbbeed4c-832f-4743-914c-7fb2db455ab9

    It will still have a slight ‘watermark’ on it… but it will be a full-size image.

    This ‘old-grader’ location is where Brendan McDonough has already
    publicly stated he was going to ‘deploy’ if he had to that day. If BR Supt
    had not gotten him out of there on the UTV when he did… then he might
    have had to.

    I am no firefighter… but this one photo looks like it needs to be studied
    by firefighters since we now KNOW it might have been chosen as a
    deployment site that day by a Hotshot ( Brendan McDonough ) and it
    appears ( to me ) to have been ‘survivable’.

    In other words… ‘appears to represent a GOOD decision in a bad situation’.

    Look at the perimeter of the clear area closest to the camera.

    That would have been the ‘south’ perimeter of the area on that
    day with the burnover coming down the slope in the background
    from a northerly direction… with 40-50 mph winds behind it.

    The south perimeter of the area still has visibly ‘green’ vegetation that
    apparently never even burned.

    Again… I am no firefighter… but this tells me that area was EXACTLY
    the right size that day for 2 or 3 men to have survived inside of it.

    The ‘green’ vegetation on the south side ( the leeward side ) means
    that the area was exactly big enough to prevent the flames from
    reaching across the clearing… and it just simply burned ‘around’
    it… which is the whole point of a deployment site… right?

    There are many, many ‘unpublished’ photos from that day on
    Joy Collura’s ZAZZLE site… but I think this one is the one that offers
    an immediate lesson of some sort to wildland firefighters.

    At least it might be just one more lesson to take away from this
    debacle… even if nothing else ever comes out.

    Reply
    • Joy A Collura says

      November 20, 2013 at 4:12 pm

      I doubt zazzle would send you the photo without watermark—copyright policy but you send me an email and I will send you a direct link to photos where you can deeply investigate all you want without watermarks and save all the photos you want to your pc but if publicly using them please give me courtesy credit. thank you. Please be patient for a return in email- I am out in caves/adit looking for a suicide hiker due to loss of home from Yarnell fire-

      Reply
  210. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 19, 2013 at 12:45 am

    >>
    >> WantsToKnowTheTruth ( WTKTT ) asked Joy A Collura …

    Hi Joy!… about your camera… exactly what model of the ‘Kodak Easyshare’
    line is it? Some Kodak Easyshares actually have GPS ( Global Positioning
    System ) capability and can put latitude/longitude information right into the
    pictures as they are taken. That information can then be extracted any
    time later. Does your Kodak Easyshare have that capability?

    >> Joy A Collura responded…
    >>
    >> I AM LUCKY TO EVEN GET IT TURNED ON ANYMORE
    >> AFTER IT’S 15 FT MINESHAFT MISHAP.
    >> Z990 EASYSHARE MAX 12MEGAPIXELS 30X IS WIDE ANGLE FULL HD.
    >> I AM NOT A PHOTOGRAPHER AND THE REST YOU CAN FIGURE OUT
    >> BUT THAT IS THE CAMERA I HAVE

    Thanks, Joy!… and THANK YOU especially for taking the time to comment
    over here on this thread.

    Your input and your opinions are MOST welcome here.

    Unfortunately, the Kodak Z990 Easyshare is not one of those cameras that
    has GPS and can add latitude/longitude information to the photos it takes…
    but it DOES definitely support the JPEG EXIF v2.21 standard.

    That means every time you take a picture there is LOTS of what they
    call EXIF ‘metadata’ being added to the actual pictures themselves. It’s a
    long story but one of those things is definitely a time/date stamp for each
    and every picture.

    I understand that the camera might be slightly damaged but I can also
    assure you that if it is still taking pictures at all then that EXIF metadata
    is still being added to every picture it takes.

    ** YOUR ZAZZLE SITE

    I just went to your online ZAZZLE site and used the ‘Zombie’ keyword
    that Tex Gilligan talked about in his comments in an article over at the Daily
    Courier and found the pictures you posted there from your July 14 hike
    around the Yarnell fire zone.

    I used some JPEG EXIF extraction software directly against those online
    pictures to see if they still retained any EXIF metadata but the photos
    available on the ZAZZLE site are not the originals.

    They have added ‘watermarks’ to the photos you uploaded there
    and I can see from the EXIF data that they used the standard
    ‘Intel(R) IPP JPEG encoder’ to do that, but that also means your
    original EXIF data is not in that copy of the photo.

    Usually the EXIF data is only available in the actual original images,
    or a clean copy of them somewhere.

    Do you still have the actual originals for all these photos you have
    taken… and would you know someone who knows how to extract
    the JPEG EXIF information from them? It’s not hard… just tricky.

    By the way… your close-up photo there of the ‘old grader’ spot following the
    fire is absolutely fascinating. GREAT picture! It shows clearly that if Brendan
    McDonough had, in fact, had to deploy his own fire shelter in that location that
    day ( which he was planning on doing if he had to ) that he most probably
    would have survived.

    Your photo shows that there is actually still some ‘green’ unburned vegetation
    on the south perimeter of the clearing around the grader itself and that
    the center of the area ( where Brendan would have deployed ) is relatively
    unscathed.

    I am not a firefighter… but I would think just that one picture alone has
    a good ‘story to tell’ and lessons to be learned about survivable deployment
    zones for wildland firefighters.

    For others interested in this ‘old grader’ picture after the burnover…

    Here is Joy Collura’s ZOMBIE page at ZAZZLE with lots of Yarnell
    related photos including the one of the burned-over grader location…

    Just go to this link and then scroll ALL the way down to the COMMENTS
    section to find the Yarnell-related photos…

    http://www.zazzle.com/yarnell_arizona_zombies_post_cards-239587875104192841

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 19, 2013 at 1:37 am

      PS: Anyone using that link above to look at Joy Collura’s
      photos from the Yarnell area… don’t miss the ‘page ahead’
      buttons at the bottom of the page. There are pages and
      pages of amazing photographs here. The ones taken on
      June 30 appear to begin around page 5.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 19, 2013 at 3:13 am

        Excuse me… some of Joy Collura’s June 30 photos
        actually begin on page 4 at the ZAZZLE site… not page 5.

        Reply
    • Joy A Collura says

      November 20, 2013 at 4:22 pm

      Do you still have the actual originals for all these photos you have
      taken… and would you know someone who knows how to extract
      the JPEG EXIF information from them? It’s not hard… just tricky.
      IF YOU SEND AN EMAIL YOU CAN VIEW THE PHOTOS THAT HAVE TIME STAMP ON IT BUT IT IS WHACKED FROM THE 15FT MINESGAFT FALL—ON THE LINK I SEND YOU READ ALL CAPTIONS FOR TIDBITS AND INFO- IT HAS ALOT THAT MAY HELP YOU FROM CIVILIAN TO FIREFIGHTER STANDPOINT. I AM EATING WINGS AT THE ARROWHEAD BAR AND GRILL HEADING TO THE CAVE BEFORE IT RAINS SO JUST READING WHAT YOU ALL SAID AND ANSWER WHERE I CAN-

      Reply
  211. Robert the Second says

    November 18, 2013 at 11:43 pm

    WTKKT,

    Blundered. June 30, 2002 for Price Canyon Fire shelter deployments.

    Reply
  212. Robert the Second says

    November 18, 2013 at 11:01 pm

    The federal system has what they refer to as a Management Evaluation Report (MER) that the SAIT completes and distributes ONLY to upper management. This was always frustrating for us that always wanted to know the truth because these reports went into much more detail than a regular SAIR. And they were sent to nerds that rarely ever left the office and rarely went on fires, and rasrly on the firelines.

    There used to be one online in the Lessons Learned Center website under the Incident Reviews section. Price Canyon Fire of June 20, 2002. Sound familiar? But’they’ deleted it. It was close to what the SAIT found, but more detailed, more trenchent.
    https://higherlogicdownload.s3.amazonaws.com/WILDFIRELESSONS/PriceCanyonDeployment.pdf?AWSAccessKeyId=AKIAJH5D4I4FWRALBOUA&Expires=1384844219&Signature=8nTqIhVWhtk63usmx%2FhWP7Y%2FjrU%3D

    You may. It MAY exist. Don’t know. Things ALWAYS come out years later, they ALWAYS do.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 19, 2013 at 3:34 am

      Question for you… since this an amazingly unique situation in
      the history of wildland firefighting… and the first time a Hotshot
      crew ‘owned and operated’ by a simple City Municipal Fire
      Department has needed a SAIT team and a SAIR report
      ( and this mysterious (MER) Management Evaluation Report )…

      …then who OWNS these reports this time?

      Is it the State of Arizona this time… or the Feds?… or does
      the City of Prescott actually ‘own’ these documents now?

      In other words… what address needs to go on the
      FOIA ( Freedom of Information ) request?

      Reply
  213. Robert the Second says

    November 18, 2013 at 10:27 pm

    WTKTT,

    I agree that many on the SAIT were/are conscientious people with lots of wildland fire experience and training, and as I said earlier somewhere, the SAIT must turn the SAIR back to the authorizing Agency, in this case the State (and probably PFD as well) for review, edits, and approval. And I also said they usually first ‘establish a conclusion, then garner the facts-quote-unqote-facts’ to fit that ‘conclusion.’ Then you have the ‘selective interviews.’ So, you can go anywhere you want.

    What you referred to above is known is basically Neuro-linguistic Programming (NLP). Insidious!

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 18, 2013 at 10:37 pm

      RTS… Do you think the SAIT every actually did come up with
      the additional (REQUIRED) ‘Management Report’ as well?…
      or do you think it was just completely blown off this time?

      If the State or Arizona’s lawyers couldn’t stop that report
      from happening… do you think we will ever see it?

      Reply
  214. Robert the Second says

    November 18, 2013 at 10:14 pm

    WTKTT,

    Okay, but look at several of the statements said and written by the PFD supervisors and employees, and you just might see that they almost encouraged those kinds of actions. Like the news conference where Willis said he would’ve “followed them down there blindly” and so did Chief Fraijo. That’s dangerous Groupthink mentality. Or when Willis said that they “emphasize LCES” but “when you’e in transition,” those standards “aren’t always in place,” WTF? Orwellian Doublespeak. Either they are empahsized and followed or they’re not. They are ABSOLUTES, not “guidelines” like the SAIT stated.

    How about Willis telling the clueless Media something to the effect that they deployed their shelters in the best place in this bowl. WTF again! BOWLS are extremely dangerous and deadly, and it’s one of the Common Denominators that a good HS Crew SHOIULD have trained on and understodd and recognized.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 18, 2013 at 10:30 pm

      RTS… “the best place in the bowl”. Yea. Right. Sorta like
      the Titanic hitting the best iceberg it could find.

      I don’t think the lawyers had full control of the media interfacing.
      I think there was ‘coaching’ going on but Willis and others
      were really rank amateurs when it comes to this sort of thing.
      I think they misspoke. I think they have made legal mistakes
      in their statements that are going to come back and haunt
      them…

      …but make no mistake… the final WRITTEN report was
      totally and fully under the control of the lawyers and was
      already crafted to address the issues that they KNOW
      would be raised in court if/when the suits fly.

      You can almost HEAR the SAIR narrative ‘talking to a jury’
      in some places… like that was the actual audience the
      document was written for.

      I’m with Mr. Olson.
      I hope one ( or more ) of the suits actually goes to trial.

      Gonna be hard on the families… but that’s the only
      way the truth is ever going to come out… and it’s
      important that it does… for a LOT of reasons.

      Reply
      • Gary Olson says

        November 18, 2013 at 11:43 pm

        Please call me Gary, I’m not used to being called Mr. by anyone. Thank you.

        Gary

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 19, 2013 at 11:37 am

          Copy that.

          Reply
  215. Robert the Second says

    November 18, 2013 at 9:33 pm

    WTKTT,

    Regarding the doublespeak, one of the new clips I saw interviewing an attorney said something to the effect that he thought the SAIR was pretty clearly written to avoid any kind of legal means or legal fodder for any actions against the State and PFD.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 18, 2013 at 10:03 pm

      Roger that. Heard that as well.
      Let me say something I haven’t said before.
      I have worked on investigations like this before.
      I’m a geek. I’m real good at ‘finding things out’.

      I’m absolutely SURE there are people that were involved
      with the SAIR who did their jobs to the best of their ability.

      I think they DID stay up late… pouring over radio captures and
      interviews and documents and photos and physical evidence
      and incident logs and air logs, yada, yada, yada.

      But as for the actual (published) REPORT itself?

      I can assure you… there is not ONE WORD in that document
      that was not subject to the approval of multiple highly-paid
      attorneys who work for the State of Arizona.

      Even the interview with Brendan McDonough might have
      been exhaustive and extensive… but at its conclusion the
      attorneys probably got their moment with him and THAT
      conversation probably went something like this…

      Lawyer: Thank you, Brendan. We know this had been hard
      for you… but I just have a few more questions to ask.

      Brendan: Ok.

      Lawyer: When you actually HEARD all these things you
      have just told us… was anyone with you?

      Brendan: Huh?

      Lawyer: What I mean is… after you left your lookout
      position and you were just sitting in the GM supervisor
      truck because it was 106 degrees, you were hot, you
      had been sick, and you were just waiting for Brian
      Frisby to send some guys back to help you… and
      you were just listening to the radio and hearing all
      these things you have told us… was there ANYONE
      else around?

      Brendan: Ah… well… no. I was just waiting for the BR guys.

      Lawyer: And then AFTER that… when you were just
      driving the GM Supervisor truck over to the Shrine,
      and then right out to the Hwy 89 staging area, and then
      again right down south to the Ranch House Restaurant…
      and you were still hearing these things you have told
      us over the onboard radio… was anyone in the
      vehicle with you?

      Brendan: Ah… no. I was driving it by myself.

      Lawyer: You never gave anyone else a lift? There
      was never anyone else in the vehicle with you when
      you heard all these things?

      Brendan: No. I just told you. I was driving it alone.

      Lawyer: Then please listen to me very carefully, Brendan.
      We’re gonna need you to NEVER talk about these
      conversations, OK? That would really help us out.
      Can you do that, son?

      Brendan. Well… yea… sure. I guess. If you say that will help.

      Lawyer: Good boy.

      Reply
  216. Robert the Second says

    November 18, 2013 at 9:29 pm

    Gary Olson,

    Okay, I’ll agree that the bosses would be included with the PFD since they were permanent employees. As far as a ‘training plan’ though, we never had one per se where I worked and for our Crew. We always trained our folks on ‘The Basics,’ case studies and lessons learned from them, worst-case-scenario stuff, AND that if you ever deployed a fire shelter, either SOMEONE really messed up or something went horribly wrong without much or without any warning. And that rarely happens because we trained that the fire TELLS you what it’s going to do every tie, you just have to pay attention – and that’s what EXPERIENCED lookouts are for. As far as no warning goes, like the time on the Angeles NF brushfields on the Sage Fire in 1979, as part of a SW Engine Strike Team (Model 50 Engine Boss) when a helitorch with NO WARNING flew over us in mid-day slinging fire and it just took off. We got out real quickly due to preplanning but the Catalina HS sent guys in to chase spots and 1-2 of them got 2nd degree burns, one guy wouldv’ve died slipping on the decomposed granite and was sliding downslope into the heat when someone grabbed him by the collar and dragged him back upslope. They burned up a couple saws. It was messed up. That’s the kind of stuff I’m talking about where you MIGHT need a shelter.

    We trained using accident, shelter, fatality reports, etc and the WTF happened here approach using the Socratic method. We used military, mostly Special Forces books and such to learn their way of successfully doing things. We trained hard and realisticlly, and I loved it when the sand table came into play. We trained MINIMALLY on fire shelters and maximally on ‘The Basics.’ We all KNEW and APPLIED the 10, 18, LCES, all of them.

    NWCG says the S-130 Basic FF Course shou`ld spend 3-4 hours on fire shelters and only 1 hour on ‘The Rules.’ What feculence! I always flip it and do it the opposite. In the fire shelter training video, the narrator says something like “Fire shelters are responsible for saving hundreds of lives and preventing hundreds of injuries.” Well I say that ‘The Rules’ of 10, 18, LCES, Common Denominators, Downhill Checklist, and more are responsible for SAVING TENS OF THOUSANDS OF LIVES EVERY YEAR!

    Back ‘in the day’ working for Bob Powers, our Sup.t made us memeorize the 10 and 18 word-for-word, in order, spelling, punctuatuation, all of it. There was NO Safety Zone in the Ten Fire Orders, only Escape Routes, so it was just understoood that you just get the heck out of there. And there were only 13 Watch Outs then as well. And so yes, the alternative to fire shelters is running. We used fire weather to decide when to go to the SZ’s instead of fire behavior because it’s usually too late by then based on accident reviews and such. That’s how we trained our folks.

    It appears that GM HS did not subscribe to that type of training.

    Reply
    • Gary Olson says

      November 18, 2013 at 11:52 pm

      I agree with you on almost everything you said, you and I do not have a major difference of opinion here, I am just going to use this opportunity to REALLY STICK IT TO THE PRESCOTT FIRE DEPARMENT AND DARRELL WILLIS WHO SAID ONE OF THE DUMBEST THINGS I HAVE EVER HEARD ANYONE SAY DURING HIS INTERVIEW OUT AT THE SITE. I HAVE JUST BEEN WAITING FOR THE RIGHT TIME. And that is in comparison to a long list of really dumb things Darrell Willis has said out at the site and since his interview out at the site.

      Reply
  217. Robert the Second says

    November 18, 2013 at 5:27 pm

    Good Holmesian logic WTKTT regarding the above.

    There’s a lot of Orwellian Doublespeak like that as well in the SAIR. They’re also hopeing that we’ll accept the Orwellian Doublethink that goes with it, and that’s the most dangerous part of it all.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 18, 2013 at 9:07 pm

      Did all you literary fans catch this ‘creative writing’ as well?…

      SAIR – Page 1
      “From 1604 until 1637, the Team cannot verify communications
      from the crew.”

      Doesn’t say they don’t HAVE them.
      Only says they can’t (supposedly) VERIFY them.

      Could this be some legal game as simple as actually
      HAVING full testimony from Brendan McDonough about
      everything he heard over the radio…

      …but since he was alone standing by the vehicles waiting for
      BR Supt to return when he heard the crucial parts… they can’t
      be ‘verified’… so they aren’t going to mention any of that.

      Would not surprise me in the least if that turns out to
      be the case here. They KNOW. They just don’t want to
      talk about it.

      Reply
  218. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 18, 2013 at 5:06 pm

    >> calvin wrote…
    >> WTKTT… After reviewing the video you brought to light last week I have
    >> observations. Around the one minute mark you can hear a helicopter briefly.

    You are absolutely right. It can be heard from +1:02 to +1:06.

    >> Is this 215KA or Ranger 58 I wonder?

    Perhaps… but here’s new information on that.

    It could very well have been just one of several NEWS helicopters that
    were in the air at that time. Based on your find ( the helicopter sound
    at +1:02 ) I have been scouring the online news aerial video footage on
    the off chance that someone captured this same moment recorded
    on the ground at the cafe’ from the air. No luck so far but I’m still
    looking through all the footage.

    I still have not positively identified the exact TIME for this latest video found.
    I have it down to within a 15 minute timeframe around the time of
    deployment… but needs to be nailed down even better.

    >> calvin also wrote…
    >> Also, I dont hear or see ASM2 or the VLAT.
    >> I believe this is clear evidence that when DIV A says that is where we
    >> want the retardant, it would have almost been impossible to see
    >> ANYTHING to the East. And remember the SAIR says ASM2 flew a
    >> West to East flight path OVER DIV A.

    The SAIR also says this in their Appendix A: Sequence of Events…

    “16:37 ( 4:37 PM ) ASM2 flies a drop path for a VLAT north of Yarnell
    west to east. DIVS A acknowledges the drop.”

    Notice that this says both ASM2 and the VLAT were NORTH of Yarnell.

    Marsh was way SOUTH of Yarnell at that point ( in the box canyon )
    so if the SAIR is to be believed Marsh could not possibly have thought
    this drop “to the NORTH of Yarnell” was to try and protect either
    THEM… OR the general Glen Isla area.

    It is also inaccurate for the SAIR to say that Marsh was ‘acknowledging
    the drop’ as if it had ALREADY happened. That isn’t even consistent with
    the same event being reported in the ‘Narrative’ section of the SAIR.

    If you then jump back to the Narrative… they seem to be talking about
    a completely different event but give it the same time of 16:37…

    SAIR says… ( on page 27 )…

    :: At 1637, ASM2 flies a drop path for a VLAT north of Yarnell west to east
    :: and apparently over DIVS A, turning northward to avoid high ground at
    :: the end of Yarnell.”

    This is SIMILAR to same event as described in sequence of events but
    now they just say ‘apparently’ over DIVS A… as if they just aren’t sure now.

    It has the same ‘NORTH of Yarnell west to east’ description so this ALSO
    means it is nowhere near Marsh… who was way SOUTH of Yarnell now.

    If the flights really were NORTH of Yarnell… it is not possible for them
    to even have ‘apparently’ flew OVER Marsh.

    The SAIR continues…

    :: DIVS A, seeing the flight,
    :: calls and calmly says, “[ASM2], Division Alpha, That’s exactly what
    :: we’re looking for. That’s where we want the retardant.”

    So Marsh has just now ‘seen’ the flight NORTH of Yarnell from all the
    way down SOUTH of Yarnell ( in the box canyon ) and he still felt
    the need to call in encouragement because that area way off to the NORTH
    was simply where he’d been playing DIVS A and calling other retardant
    drops all day?

    Is this what we are being asked to believe?

    If so… there is NO WAY Marsh could have ever thought those flights
    and retardant drops way off to the NORTH of Yarnell could have had
    anything to do with him or his men and where they were now way
    SOUTH of Yarnell and already in the box canyon.

    ** ALMOST no information?

    Also did anyone catch this in the SAIR… right up front… on Page 1…

    “There is a gap of over 30 minutes in the information available for the Granite
    Mountain IHC. From 1604 until 1637, the Team cannot verify communications
    from the crew, and we have almost no direct information for them.”

    ALMOST no direct information?
    What does THAT mean?

    Is there really a ‘gap of over 30 minutes in the information available’…
    and they have NO ‘direct information’… or not?

    The second sentence contradicts the first one and the claim being
    made which is now often repeated as the cause of the incident itself.

    So why would they say…
    “We have ALMOST no direct information”
    when they just got finished saying
    “We have NO direct information.”

    Very strange ( and very confusing ).

    Reply
  219. Robert the Second says

    November 18, 2013 at 11:31 am

    Gary Olson,

    You stated “I also believe that the City of Prescott and the Prescott Fire Department is responsible for the deaths of the Granite Mountain Hotshots because they failed to properly train the crew in the use of their fire shelters.”

    It appears to me that the GM HS obviously WERE “properly trained on the use of their fire shelters,” but not very well versed on the severe limitations of them regarding direct flame contact and extreme fire intensity. Those iisues are fairly well covered in the Fire Shelter training video/DVD, and they certainly were not well versed on following the ‘The Basic firefighting Rules.”

    But that is the responsibility of the Crew Superintendent and/or Assistant, don’t you think?

    Reply
    • Gary Olson says

      November 18, 2013 at 7:47 pm

      I disagree with you statement and stand by my statement, although I am going to have to do some research in order to respond properly. I will be back.

      Reply
      • Gary Olson says

        November 18, 2013 at 8:30 pm

        I’m sorry, I should have said I disagree with your statement;

        “It appears to me that the GM HS obviously WERE “properly trained on the use of their fire shelters,” but not very well versed on the severe limitations of them regarding direct flame contact and extreme fire intensity.”

        The short answer is, “Don’t you think being trained in the severe limitations of the fire shelters regarding direct flame contact and extreme fire intensity a very important part of being properly trained in the use of the fire shelters?”

        There is after all, always an alternative to deploying a fire shelter…run. Especially if deploying the fire shelter means certain death. And I think the circumstances under which the Granite Mountain Hotshots deployed their fire shelters was clearly not survivable, everyone has agreed with that premise, and I don’t think it was a close call.

        And I agree with your statement, “But that is the responsibility of the Crew Superintendent and/or Assistant, don’t you think?”

        Yes, it was the responsibility of the Crew Superintendent and/or the Assistant, but…I am including them in the statement, “I also believe that the City of Prescott and the Prescott Fire Department is responsible for the deaths of the Granite Mountain Hotshots because they failed to properly train the crew in the use of their fire shelters.”

        Although I also think Darrell Willis and his boss would have approved the training plans for the Granite Mountain Hotshots, don’t you?

        In addition, even after I reply, my answer is not going to be ready for prime time in the courtroom. I expect the attorneys for the plaintiffs to do that, but I am happy to help them and point them in the right direction.

        I for one, am very happy Grant McKee’s mother is suing and I hope the defendants do not settle, we have all been waiting for this lawsuit because as hard as we all work, we will never have the answers we are looking for without a hammer.

        In addition, I strongly disagree with former Chief Dan Fraijo’s statement that he doesn’t see this lawsuit going anywhere. I have had one impression every time I have heard that man speak regarding the deaths of the Granite Mountain Hotshots. Dan Fraijo is CLUELESS when it comes to wildland firefighting and he NEVER should have had wildland firefighters under his command. I am sure however, he was a very competent STRUCTURAL fireman, at least hope he was.

        Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 18, 2013 at 9:42 pm

      >> RTS wrote…
      >> But that (crew training) is the responsibility of the Crew
      >> Superintendent and/or Assistant, don’t you think?

      This question was not addressed to me but here’s my 2 cents.

      Yes. Of course… but the Granite Mountain Hotshots were
      not a private company. Darrell Willis is/was not a CEO.
      GMHS and Willis were/are ‘public servants’ on the taxpayer
      payroll just like all municipal firefighters.

      These men were simply EMPLOYED by the City of Prescott.

      It is not the job of any City Manager to go and personally make
      sure the fireman know how to use hoses, the police know how
      to safely operate their weapons, or that some wildland
      employees know how to use their shelters ( although he
      COULD, if he wanted, since they all actually WORK for him )…

      …but if deaths take place… and any of those things turn out
      to not be true… he ( and the City ) take the fall.

      This is a WORKPLACE accident.
      There are ‘Employers’ and there are ‘Employees’.
      The Employees are dead.
      Time to ask the Employers what was going on and
      whether there was any falsified paperwork.

      Employers are ultimately responsible for their Employees,
      whether its a private company or the money comes
      from taxpayers.

      Reply
  220. calvin says

    November 18, 2013 at 3:54 am

    Mr. Olson, I am with you. I believe Darrell Willis ordered these men to come down. I am not sure where they intended to be or what they were going to do once they got there. But my question is this. Do you think he gave them any type of assurances for moving that made them feel safe? It seems to me that Darrell Willis has told things that just are not true to try to distance himself from GM that day. So the big question is….. what title was assigned to Darrell Willis that day? SPGS1 or SPGS2?

    Reply
    • Gary Olson says

      November 18, 2013 at 10:54 am

      No, I don’t think he gave them any assurances. I think the fire spotted in front of the head and I think the crew was just blindsided by the speed in which the fire covered the ground between them. Once again, that does not excuse anything, it is just my attempt to explain the inexplicable.

      In addition, I think the theory that the crew believed the VLAT was going to save them is interesting, but I don’t believe that either. Based on everything I have heard about the crew, I do think they were that cohesive and they believed in the judgment of their supervisors, which of course makes this story even sadder, if that is possible.

      I want to state once again, that everything I have ever heard about the Eric Marsh and the Granite Mountain Hotshots is first rate. I believe they were a top notch crew, which once again makes this story even harder to understand and accept.

      And even though I have not been a wildland firefighter since 1988, I have always worked for a federal land management agency with wildland firefighting responsibilities and I was a Wildland Fire Investigator trained at the Federal Law Enforcement Training Center until I retired in 2006.

      In addition, I have always remained very interested in wildland firefighters, wildland firefighter safety and I have maintained close relationships with those still in it while following all of the major events and changes over the years. I have not been out of the business as Darrell Willis asserted.

      Reply
  221. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 17, 2013 at 11:19 pm

    **
    ** GRANITE MOUNTAIN HOTSHOTS WERE NOT
    ** BUSHWHACKING DURING THEIR CANYON WALK
    **

    I’ve been trying to capture a LOT of Google Map and Google Earth
    data from that entire area because the base NAVSAT images that
    Google uses have not updated since before the Yarnell fire… but they
    are going to at any moment.

    When that happens… there won’t be any GREEN left in most of
    the images and it will then be hard to tell what it all really looked
    like BEFORE the fire.

    As part of that… I have captured the most close-up images possible
    of the exact point of the deployment all the way back up to the spot
    where they dropped off that ridge road to enter the box canyon.

    I then also ran these close-ups through some photo-enhancement
    software to really magnify the detail… and I discovered something
    interesting.

    At NO time during their ‘walk’ down from the ridge road to the spot
    where they died would it have been necessary for them to do
    any ‘bushwhacking’… as a lot of articles have suggested.

    The point where they actually left the road to begin their descent
    is a known ‘wash’ and a ‘drainage’ area. It’s the primary ‘wash’
    for that box canyon and it leads from the spot where they left
    the road directly to the (final) deployment site.

    Yes… there is SOME manzanita around… and other scrub… and
    the path was certainly ‘rocky’… but it is essentially ‘clear’ and
    a single line of 20 men experienced in hiking should have had
    no trouble at all just ‘walking along’ that drainage wash down
    to the flat of the canyon.

    You can see this for yourself ( without the need for any photo
    enhancement software )… but I would be quick. The NAVSAT
    images are probably going to update to ‘black moonscape’ any day now.

    The exact coordinates for the deployment site have already been published…

    Latitude: 34.220392
    Longitude:-112.777690

    34.220392, -112.777690

    Just ‘cut and paste’ the line above with the comma separating the lat/long
    values into the search bar of Google Maps.

    The box canyon appears and the exact site of the deployment will appear
    marked with a GREEN ARROW by Google.

    Then just make sure you are in ‘Satellite’ view… then ZOOM DOWN to the
    maximum level.

    You are now looking at the exact little ‘clearing’ they chose for their
    deployment site and even the few small ‘trees’ that we now know they
    tried to clear in order to ‘improve’ that little clearing.

    Start moving WEST. Slowly.

    You will see how obvious that ‘drainage wash’ is and if you just follow it
    yourself you see that it ends up exactly where they left the ridge road
    and dropped into the box canyon in the first place.

    The actual PATH they took is actually about 5 separate small ‘clearings’
    which constitute the ‘drainage wash’ and that are tied together with SOME
    vegetation… but really not much at all.

    Men could just ‘walk’ that. No bushwhacking required.

    If you know how to use Google Earth then you can ‘walk this drainage
    wash’ yourself from almost man-height and it becomes even more
    obvious that it really wasn’t congested at all. It was a clear ( albeit
    rocky ) walk for them.

    They just walked from clearing to clearing on the way down…
    and then used the 5th clearing as the deployment site.

    So this discovery also adds a new dimension to the discussion
    regarding “Why didn’t they RUN?”

    Some have said it was because of how ‘tangled’ the manzanita
    was and how it would have been impossible to do any clear-field
    running to keep ahead of the fire.

    That’s horse manure.

    They had a ‘clear line’ to do ‘full reverse’ and just scramble
    back up that drainage wash exactly the way they came
    ( back through all 4 clearings they had just come through )
    at a speed that none of us could probably even imagine when
    you know that this is all about living or dying.

    If they had spent the 2+ minutes they used up preparing a deployment
    site ( that they should have KNOWN was never going to save them ) to
    just try and get back through those 4 ‘clearings’ as fast as possible…
    maybe a few of them might have lived.

    I wish to God they had tried.

    Reply
    • Joy A Collura says

      November 18, 2013 at 6:43 pm

      this whole long detail of that area- inaccurate. I have hiked for almost ten years. It was the most unusually dense mazed-like manzanita/scrub oak/cat claw/bear grass and bear wallowed bushes- the very saddle was rocky yet the manzanita intertwined so odd that you may have to back track to move forward. Absolutely incorrect detail of that area dissecting an online image when I have before and after photos of that area and anyone is free to look and examine it for yourself- FROM THE GROUND PHOTOS—the aerial and focusing is as deceptive as you stand in person and the Helms place looks so close from the mountain top- a lot of deception however it is 100% accurate that was in some areas bear wallowed and would need to be bushwhacked indeed and Tex Gilligan would agree wherever he is-

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 18, 2013 at 10:59 pm

        Again… thank you for ‘keeping us honest’ over here, Joy!
        I do not live in Arizona. I’m doing the best I can to make
        sense of all this from far, far away.

        Are your own before/after pictures online somewhere?

        Were they taken in the exact wash/draw where
        these men walked?

        The NAVSAT satellite images were also obviously taken
        in the winter… and I’ll bet that has a lot to do with them
        looking ‘clearer’ than things would be in June.

        Question: Would it still be FAIR to say ( if you look
        again at the satellite photos in full close-up ) that
        the ‘wash’ that they traversed is, in fact, made
        up of a series of ‘clearings’ that do, in fact, appear
        to have some dense boundaries between them…
        but that the area they walked was by no means as
        dense as if you had tried to walk down the middle
        of that canyon?

        Reply
        • Joy A Collura says

          November 20, 2013 at 4:35 pm

          WantsToKnowTheTruth on November 17, 2013 at 11:19 pm said:

          **
          ** GRANITE MOUNTAIN HOTSHOTS WERE NOT
          ** BUSHWHACKING DURING THEIR CANYON WALK
          **

          I’ve been trying to capture a LOT of Google Map and Google Earth
          data from that entire area because the base NAVSAT images that
          Google uses have not updated since before the Yarnell fire… but they
          are going to at any moment.

          When that happens… there won’t be any GREEN left in most of
          the images and it will then be hard to tell what it all really looked
          like BEFORE the fire.

          As part of that… I have captured the most close-up images possible
          of the exact point of the deployment all the way back up to the spot
          where they dropped off that ridge road to enter the box canyon.

          I then also ran these close-ups through some photo-enhancement
          software to really magnify the detail… and I discovered something
          interesting.

          At NO time during their ‘walk’ down from the ridge road to the spot
          where they died would it have been necessary for them to do
          any ‘bushwhacking’… as a lot of articles have suggested.

          The point where they actually left the road to begin their descent
          is a known ‘wash’ and a ‘drainage’ area. It’s the primary ‘wash’
          for that box canyon and it leads from the spot where they left
          the road directly to the (final) deployment site.

          Yes… there is SOME manzanita around… and other scrub… and
          the path was certainly ‘rocky’… but it is essentially ‘clear’ and
          a single line of 20 men experienced in hiking should have had
          no trouble at all just ‘walking along’ that drainage wash down
          to the flat of the canyon.

          You can see this for yourself ( without the need for any photo
          enhancement software )… but I would be quick. The NAVSAT
          images are probably going to update to ‘black moonscape’ any day now.

          The exact coordinates for the deployment site have already been published…

          Latitude: 34.220392
          Longitude:-112.777690

          34.220392, -112.777690

          Just ‘cut and paste’ the line above with the comma separating the lat/long
          values into the search bar of Google Maps.

          The box canyon appears and the exact site of the deployment will appear
          marked with a GREEN ARROW by Google.

          Then just make sure you are in ‘Satellite’ view… then ZOOM DOWN to the
          maximum level.

          You are now looking at the exact little ‘clearing’ they chose for their
          deployment site and even the few small ‘trees’ that we now know they
          tried to clear in order to ‘improve’ that little clearing.

          Start moving WEST. Slowly.

          You will see how obvious that ‘drainage wash’ is and if you just follow it
          yourself you see that it ends up exactly where they left the ridge road
          and dropped into the box canyon in the first place.

          The actual PATH they took is actually about 5 separate small ‘clearings’
          which constitute the ‘drainage wash’ and that are tied together with SOME
          vegetation… but really not much at all.

          Men could just ‘walk’ that. No bushwhacking required.

          If you know how to use Google Earth then you can ‘walk this drainage
          wash’ yourself from almost man-height and it becomes even more
          obvious that it really wasn’t congested at all. It was a clear ( albeit
          rocky ) walk for them.

          They just walked from clearing to clearing on the way down…
          and then used the 5th clearing as the deployment site.

          So this discovery also adds a new dimension to the discussion
          regarding “Why didn’t they RUN?”

          Some have said it was because of how ‘tangled’ the manzanita
          was and how it would have been impossible to do any clear-field
          running to keep ahead of the fire.

          That’s horse manure.

          They had a ‘clear line’ to do ‘full reverse’ and just scramble
          back up that drainage wash exactly the way they came
          ( back through all 4 clearings they had just come through )
          at a speed that none of us could probably even imagine when
          you know that this is all about living or dying.

          If they had spent the 2+ minutes they used up preparing a deployment
          site ( that they should have KNOWN was never going to save them ) to
          just try and get back through those 4 ‘clearings’ as fast as possible…
          maybe a few of them might have lived.

          I wish to God they had tried.

          Reply ↓

          Joy A Colluraon November 18, 2013 at 6:43 pm said:

          this whole long detail of that area- inaccurate. I have hiked for almost ten years. It was the most unusually dense mazed-like manzanita/scrub oak/cat claw/bear grass and bear wallowed bushes- the very saddle was rocky yet the manzanita intertwined so odd that you may have to back track to move forward. Absolutely incorrect detail of that area dissecting an online image when I have before and after photos of that area and anyone is free to look and examine it for yourself- FROM THE GROUND PHOTOS—the aerial and focusing is as deceptive as you stand in person and the Helms place looks so close from the mountain top- a lot of deception however it is 100% accurate that was in some areas bear wallowed and would need to be bushwhacked indeed and Tex Gilligan would agree wherever he is-

          Reply ↓

          WantsToKnowTheTruthon November 18, 2013 at 10:59 pm said:

          Again… thank you for ‘keeping us honest’ over here, Joy!
          I do not live in Arizona. I’m doing the best I can to make
          sense of all this from far, far away.

          Are your own before/after pictures online somewhere?

          Were they taken in the exact wash/draw where
          these men walked?

          SENDME YOUR EMAIL TO SEE PHOTOS FROM MY PRIVATE LINK. THE PHOTOS WERE TAKEN EXACTLY WHERE THEY PERISHED AND YOU CAN VIEW IT ON THERE OR PUBLICLY BY GOOGLING YARNELL HIKERS AND VIEW MORGAN LOEW’S VIDEO OF CBS NEWS

          Reply
    • Joy A Collura says

      November 18, 2013 at 6:46 pm

      also Tex Gilligan demonstrated how difficult it was to navigate the maze to investigators/reporters/authors/hiking enthusiasts/smokejumpers/firefighters in another that still exists like where they perished.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 18, 2013 at 10:53 pm

        Thank you Joy!… but I didn’t quite follow you there.
        By ‘another that still exists’… do you mean Tex found
        an non-burned area that was almost identical to the
        place where they died… slope included… and that’s
        where he was giving ‘demonstrations’?

        Are there any videos of those ‘demonstrations’ that
        are publicly available… or were these just for
        private entities?

        Reply
        • Joy A Collura says

          November 20, 2013 at 4:30 pm

          SEND ME YOUR EMAIL AND I WILL SEND YOU AN INVITE THAT ONLY PEOPLE ONMY EMAIL LIST CAN VIEW BUT IT WAS MY PAGE FOR MY HUSBAND AND PARENTS- PRIVATE LINK SO IT CANNOT BE SHARED PUBLICLY BUT YOU FEEL FREE TO VIEW IT AND DISSECT IT—IT HAS IT ALL FROM 6-30-13 TO ALL WE HIKED WITH—ALOT OF GOOD STUFF.

          Reply
  222. Gary Olson says

    November 17, 2013 at 10:17 pm

    And I started my career on the Prescott National Forest. I love Prescott. But…Darrell Willis, Eric Marsh and Jesse Steed really did imitate “Icarus” on the Yarnell Hill Fire.

    I now buy into John Dougherty’s statement that the Granite Mountain Hotshots were a blue print for disaster. I did not know that some federal hotshot crews refused to accept or respect the Granite Mountain Hotshots. There is now no doubt in my mind that that factor alone might explain why all of them did what they did.

    Hubris is the number one killer of Hotshots…but you can’t do the job without it.

    I am not saying I am was any better than Eric Marsh and Jesse Steed, in fact, there is evidence they were better crew boss’ than I was. I was always confident in one thing however, I was a Hotshot Crew Boss from the Mighty Coconino National Forest, and as such, I wasn’t afraid of making any decision that I thought was right for my crew. I was a Hotshot Crew Boss from the Coconino National Forest…end of story.

    Reply
  223. Gary Olson says

    November 17, 2013 at 9:48 pm

    I totally agree with what Mike said in his response to Calvin above. And as a clarification on my “theory”, I have never intended it excuse Eric Marsh for making the decision to take his crew down that chute.

    I have only offered this theory as a way of explaining the inexplicable, not excusing it. When it is all said and done, Eric Marsh and Jesse Steed were ultimately responsible for the safety of the Granite Mountain Hotshots.

    And yes, I believe the State of Arizona is responsible for letting the fire grow into the monster it did because of their cost saving approach to fighting fires, above all other priorities. BUT…the City of Prescott (which is my home town, I attended the Miller Valley Grade School and graduated from Yavapai College) and the Prescott Fire Department is 100% responsible for the deaths of the Granite Mountain Hotshots…period.

    Let me state once again for the record. I believe Darrell Willis ordered Eric Marsh to take his Granite Mountain Hotshots ASAP across country to the backside of Yarnell and Glen IIah to begin structure protection and to help with evacuations…period.

    I also believe that the City of Prescott and the Prescott Fire Department is responsible for the deaths of the Granite Mountain Hotshots because they failed to properly train the crew in the use of their fire shelters.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 17, 2013 at 10:28 pm

      See the latest video that was found ( up above ) of everyone
      just standing around in the cafe’ parking lot at ( or just shortly
      after ) the burnover moment.

      The all-white extended cab pickup with its flashers on sitting
      between the two driveway entrances to the cafe’ has been
      positively identified as the vehicle Willis was driving that
      day at that fire.

      So there he was… right on Hwy 89 and directly across from
      the Glen Isla subdivision where all the evacuations were
      still actively taking place.

      Granted… the moment captured in this video may have
      been a full 45 minutes after whatever ‘secret order’ may
      have gone out… and there is no proof Willis was there at
      that spot 45 minutes earlier… but I’ll bet he was. I will
      bet Willis was just part of the entire ‘pulling off the fire’ event
      circa 4:00 PM and just ended up there at the cafe’ circa
      4:10 or 4:15 like everyone else you see there.

      A few things to notice in this video, then…

      1) Yes… Hwy 89 is crowded… but at no time in the video
      is it ‘jammed up’ and at a complete standstill. The traffic
      remains moving pretty well at all times during the video.

      2) You can see some of the roads coming OUT of the
      Glen Isla area in the background with vehicles coming
      out ( and going in ) fairly freely… and nothing is ‘backed up’
      on those exit/venting roads out of Glen Isla, either.
      If anyone in that parking lot had WANTED to get to the
      west end of Glen Isla to help with anything… the video
      seems to prove they would have had no problem
      at all doing that.

      3) There are at least 2 or 3 dozen firefighters just standing
      in that lot with plenty of vehicles… equipment… water trucks
      and other structure protection vehicles… and NO ONE in
      that parking lot ( not even Darrell Willis himself who seems
      to be just sitting in his truck listening to his radio ) gives a
      crap whether people are dying just across the street and
      a few blocks a way in Glen Isla… or not.

      You can see the fire glow in the west right over the deployment
      site. It is no doubt also ‘eating’ the west end of Glen Isla at
      that very moment the video was taken.

      No one cares.

      If 19 guys who may have just died moments before this
      video was shot could have seen this video themselves…
      they would have realized that the people and the water
      trucks and the firefighters who could have REALLY
      done something about Glen Isla… if anything DID need
      to be done… were all just standing around doing nothing
      at all… right around the same time they died.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 18, 2013 at 2:23 am

        Followup to last post regarding Willis’ location…

        The same all-white extended pickup that has
        been identified as his in the recent video can
        ALSO now be positively seen in the ‘Tom Story’
        photograph of all the vehicles pulling out of the
        Shrine area and assembling at the Hwy 89
        staging area. Time on that photo is somewhere
        right between 4:05 and 4:10 PM.

        Look dead-center in the Tom Story photo.

        See the firefighter who is standing directly behind what
        looks like a structure protection vehicle with brownish
        looking cargo in the bed? Now look directly over the
        cab of that structure protection vehicle. You will
        see an all-white extended cab pickup oriented
        north/south on the edge of the parking lot out
        by Highway 89.

        That’s it. That’s the same all-white extended cab
        pickup that is going to be parked the same way,
        by the edge of Hwy 89, down at the Ranch House
        Restaurant in just a few moments.

        What happened here in the Tom Story photo is that
        ALL of the vehicles you see in his photo are about to
        immediately head south on Highway 89 down to the
        Ranch House Restaurant ( the cafe’ ) just east of the
        Glen Isla subdivision.

        Travel time between this staging area up by where
        the Shrine road meets Highway 89 down to the
        cafe’ is no more than 4 minutes, even if you
        aren’t in a hurry.

        So that puts Willis’ at the cafe’ ( witnessing the Glen
        Isla evacuations with his own eyes ) at no later
        than 4:15 PM.

        4:15 PM is pretty much the exact moment that the
        GM Hotshots out west were already ‘on the move’
        and about to make the fateful decision to drop
        down into that box canyon.

        The SAIR actually puts a time of 4:20 PM on that
        moment but other evidence shows it may have
        happened 3-5 minutes before that.

        Reply
  224. Robert the Second says

    November 17, 2013 at 9:18 pm

    Mike,

    Thanks for the heads up on the AZ Repulsive article. It sounds like what the BR HS Supt described. Yes, it makes most of us really mad, and yet very sad for those that died.

    Reply
    • mike says

      November 17, 2013 at 9:31 pm

      Of course this begs the question. When Chief Willis did his little press thing on 7/24 at the deployment site, he was asked about why they came off the ridge. The situation with the evacuations had to be known within the fire community. It would have been the easiest thing in the world to say that was where they might have been going, would have made them look like heroes. Instead he muttered something about point protection and going to a safety zone – and he seem flustered by the question. WHY was that his response???

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 18, 2013 at 2:02 am

        If the most recent video uncovered really does show
        Chief Willis’ vehicle parked there on the median at
        the cafe’… and him simply sitting in it… then he was
        watching the ‘evacuation’ situation in the Glen Isla
        area at ( or shortly after ) the burnover time with
        his own eyes… and even he wasn’t’ making any moves
        himself to do any ‘point protection’ for anyone.

        And he was still ‘structure protection coordinator’
        on that fire at that very moment.

        As far as him also saying ( that same day ) that he
        believed they were ‘going to protect that ranch’ ( and
        he points to the Boulder Springs Ranch in the video )
        that is pure mendacity on his part. He knew perfectly
        well that ranch was the ‘bomb proof safety zone’ that
        had been identified that morning… and that it needed
        no protecting whatsoever.

        Also… everyone keeps talking about them trying to
        reach ‘the ranch’ so they could save lives. Reaching
        the ranch was just part of the journey they had to
        make if that’s really what they had in mind. The
        Boulder Springs Ranch is ‘out from town’ and not
        even really near the western edge of Glen Isla for
        men who are on foot. They would have STILL had
        to walk about half-again the distance they had
        already walked from the high ridge road to the ranch
        to even make it to the very westernmost houses of
        the Glen Isla district… which are the ones that
        actually evacuated FIRST.

        Even if they had been in ‘double/triple’ time coming
        through that canyon… it’s debatable whether they
        would have reached the ranch at all or, even if they
        did, would barely have had time to deploy on the
        grounds of the ranch the moment they got there.

        We could still be reading about bodies being
        removed from just by the ranch instead of off
        in the canyon. So as for making it the ‘other
        half-mile+’ into Glen Isla itself?… even after they had
        made it to the ranch?… not a chance that day.

        The full distance of the trip from the spot where
        the MacKenzie video captures them ‘discussing
        their options’ ( at 4:02 PM ) to the actual westernmost
        houses of Glen Isla was simply too far, even at
        4:02, for any intelligent person watching that fire
        to even consider trying… unless you took off
        RUNNING… and stayed ‘on the double’ the entire
        way… and there is no evidence they were doing
        anything but just sauntering along like they had
        all the time in the world and no real intentions of
        doing anything but just getting down from that
        ridge before dark.

        Reply
  225. Robert the Second says

    November 17, 2013 at 7:39 pm

    Mike,

    I think the heroes of the day were the BR HS and Supt. and all the other fireline supervisors and ff’s that were following ‘The Rules’ of wildland firefighting on June 30th. They were able to ‘save’ a lot of citizens and even other ff’s, and they did it all without being burned over, without deploing shelters, and without dying. As the BR Supt. said, the GM HS had it a lot safer than they did in Yarnell and the Shrine areas. BR HS had active fire on several fronts and numerous active, intense spotfires, structures burning, citizens, and everything else that goes with threatened structures. They were awash in Watch Out Situations there!

    And “to go help people in trouble” in another Division and leave perfectly good black under severe fire behavior conditions was foolhardy. They were all assigned to DIV A and without out some kind of direction or order, they should have stayed put no matter what was going on down there.

    “They were not just caught by an ill turn of the wind” because this was clearly and accurately predicted long before it arrived. Fire Order 3. And they ran right down into all of it it besides from their perfectly good SZ. It didn’t come to them, they ran right into it. Check out the South Canyon Fire in 1994. And all this “knowing it would be dangerous.” They were experienced, trained, firefighters, and they knew better, they should have known the consequences of their actions based on what they were seeing all day. Bad decsions with prior good outcomes.

    Reply
    • mike says

      November 17, 2013 at 9:13 pm

      RTS: My last post was not to defend their actions, just review their thought process. Yes, it was foolhardy. I believe you can both be that and heroic, unfortunately, you do not tend to live very long. But I hate debating about that anyways.

      LONG article tonight in the Republic about what an absolute mess the evacuations were in Yarnell. Guess where the problem was the worst – that is right, Glen Ilah. Describes people running for their lives (some over 80) with nothing but the clothes they had on. Firefighters going door to door and not reaching everyone. 2 days after the fire, they still thought there might be dead people in Glen Ilah. I have not read it all by far, was quite a few pages.

      So, foolhardy as it was, is there really any doubt where Granite Mountain was headed? It makes me sad and pissed all at the same time.

      Reply
  226. calvin says

    November 17, 2013 at 7:08 pm

    WTKTT…. Do you think the YCSO would try to retrieve all the cell phones from the crew carriers after the 19 deaths were confirmed? I wonder if there was any collection of information/evidence from the crew carriers?

    ASM2 had been over the fire since 1447. My understanding is that there were two pilots in ASM. It would seem that they had overflown GM and DIVA repeatedly during the final two hours of life for the GM IHC. Had they not
    seen them?
    Bellmont is an unincorporated community in Coconino county. I am betting the Mark Sachara you identified is the same one Mcdonough identified in his very telling interview and accompanying article

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 17, 2013 at 10:00 pm

      >> calvin wrote…
      >> WTKTT…. Do you think the YCSO would try to retrieve
      >> all the cell phones from the crew carriers after the 19
      >> deaths were confirmed?

      Honestly? No… not unless the crime scene ( Ooops… sorry,
      I meant the ‘incident scene’ ) had any evidence of ‘foul play’.

      >> I wonder if there was any collection of information/evidence
      >> from the crew carriers?

      There is nothing listed about that in the YCSO Police Investigation
      document covering the period June 30 – July 12… but that really
      was just one detective’s ‘my involvement’ style internal report
      to management. He mentions a lot of things that WERE
      entered into evidence and gives the corresponding YCSO
      evidence item numbers…

      …but that ‘summary report’ is in no way, shape, or form
      any kind of official list of ALL items that may or may not
      have been entered into evidence. That would be a completely
      separate document associated with the case number and
      I don’t think we have seen that yet.

      Case in point: The MacKenzie Canon Powershot camera.

      We still don’t know whether this crucial device was actually
      examined by the YCSO police investigators or not… or
      ever entered into evidence. It would appear that it was NOT
      since Mike MacKenzie ( Christopher’s father ) was quoted
      as saying “I was puzzled why I would be getting Mike’s
      camera back when they were keeping his phone.”

      We also still don’t know who this mysterious person from
      the medical examiner’s office was who was said to be
      the one that actually GAVE Mr. MacKenzie his son’s
      camera back… and only then did Mike’s stepdaughter
      discover that it had photos ( and videos ) on it.

      SIDENOTE: I have pretty much confirmed now that the
      MacKenzie VIDEO was, in fact, shot with the Canon
      Powershot and could NOT have come from MacKenzie’s
      iPhone. The actual lens focal length and the quality of
      the video itself makes it almost IMPOSSIBLE for that video
      to have been shot with an iPhone. It appears that the video
      WAS recorded on the same Canon Powershot ( G7? G9? )
      that Christopher used to shoot the still photos at the same
      time from the same location.

      So that means that the actual RAW video ( unedited ) was
      probably still on it when Mike MacKenzie first got it… and
      when his stepdaughter first took a look at the memory card…

      …and is probably STILL on it ( The original raw video files ).

      I digress.. sorry…

      Back to the GM vehicles…

      It is a FACT, though, that the GM vehicles could not be
      MOVED away from the cafe’ until the YCSO police
      investigators gave the OK for that. I believe that took a
      few days and the moment they were driven away from
      the cafe’ is also photo-documented by Michelle Lee.

      So maybe YCSO went through those vehicles while
      they were ‘impounded’ ( so to speak ). Maybe not.

      >> calvin also wrote…
      >> ASM2 had been over the fire since 1447. My understanding
      >> is that there were two pilots in ASM. It would seem that they
      >> had overflown GM and DIVA repeatedly during the final
      >> two hours of life for the GM IHC. Had they not seen them?

      They would have been pretty hard to miss… with bright yellow
      uniforms against a ‘black’ background. Also… ASM2 was
      flying pretty low on all his ‘line up’ runs so yea… I would
      think they MUST have seen the GM crew from time to
      time on their flyovers and turn-arounds.

      Matter of fact… that’s an excellent addition to the story
      of ASM2 being the one to call for the ‘timeout’ and to ask
      OPS1 if maybe he should go verify their location.

      Maybe ASM2 was actually USED to seeing their bright yellow
      uniforms against the black-backdrop as he flew around
      that day… and then suddenly… on another turn-around or
      something… he noticed that they were NOT THERE
      ANYMORE!

      Maybe that’s when he remembered hearing Marsh say
      “We are moving to our escape route and on to our
      safety zone”… and when he suddenly didn’t see them
      ‘in the black’ anymore like they had been on previous
      flyovers… he got a little suspicious and that’s when
      the called OPS1 and suggested the ‘timeout’.

      I still wish to God OPS1 hadn’t just ‘blown him off’ at
      that moment… or that ASM2 would have explained his
      concerns a little more adamantly. I think that was the
      moment that was missed to save those men’s lives.

      >> calvin also wrote…
      >> Bellmont is an unincorporated community in Coconino
      >> county. I am betting the Mark Sachara you identified is
      >> the same one Mcdonough identified in his very telling
      >> interview and accompanying article.

      Very probably. The ‘Ponderosa Fire District’ is officially part
      of the ‘Coconino County’ website… and ‘Mark Sachara’
      is also listed there as the ‘Fire Chief of the Ponderosa
      Fire District”. I just can find anything that lists him the
      exact way McDonough descibed him which is…
      “captain from the Coconino National Forest”.

      NOTE: The Blue Ridge Hotshots are ALSO sometimes
      referred to as being connected with the ‘Coconino National
      Forest’ and a firefighter on this very message thread
      ( up above ) referred to them exactly this way…

      “USFS Blue Ridge Hotshots from the Coconino National Forest”

      So is it possible that the person McDonough was referring
      to is simply the BR Captain that day and that was just
      another way to refer to him? Dunno.

      Still looking into this.

      ** POSITIVE ID ON DARRELL WILLIS VEHICLE IN VIDEO

      I have been working to identify previously unidentified
      vehicles in that last video I found and I have one done.

      That is definitely Darrell Willis’ all-white truck that is parked
      between the two cafe’ driveway entrances and has its
      flashers on.

      Here is how I verified that…

      Darell Willis has been personally named in the first legal claim
      filed on the Yarnell incident.

      An address is published in the first claim filed 11/15/13
      associated with Willis….

      Darrell Willis Wildlands Division Chief
      Granite Mountain IHS Crew
      1700 Iron Springs Road, Prescott, Arizona 86305

      This is NOT his home address. It is simply the street address
      of the Prescott Fire Station… but that turned out to be
      all I needed to ID his vehicle.

      If you simply drop this address line into the search bar
      of Google maps…

      1700 Iron Springs Road, Prescott, Arizona 86305

      …you are now looking at the Prescott Fire Station
      on a nice, bright sunny day.

      You will see a number of ‘all-white’ vehicles parked outside
      the station in the rear parking lot.

      Position your Google Maps ‘Street View’ to look right down the
      station driveway on the north side, then zoom in on the all-white
      extended cab pickup sitting in the rear of the lot between the
      dumpster and the other black pickup with the over-size tires.

      This all-white extended-cab pickup is an EXACT match for
      the all-white extended-cab pickup seen in the video… right
      down to the wheel fender cowlings and the actual tire rims.

      In the video… the flashers are running but if you look at the
      tailgate of the vehicle in front you can also clearly see that the
      headlights are ON and shining onto that tailgate of the vehicle
      in front of it. This most probably means the engine is running
      and whoever is sitting in THIS vehicle is also using their
      high-amp on-board radio and the engine is running so as not
      to run down the battery.

      In the VERY first part of the video… the driver’s side door
      of this all-white pickup is open and if you squint… I think
      you can see someone’s legs sticking out of the car like
      they are sitting sideways in the driver’s seat with their feet
      on the ground outside of the pickup.

      I would guess that is Willis… just listening to the radio.

      The actual LICENSE PLATE number of this all-white extended
      cab pickup truck in the video with its flashers on is…

      ATE4515

      NOTE: It is POSSIBLE that the ‘4’ is simply some kind of small
      Arizona logo which would make the actual plate number
      just “ATE 515”.

      Reply
  227. Robert the Second says

    November 17, 2013 at 6:47 pm

    Calvin,

    A clarification point if I may from your prior comment. I said “all FATALITY investigations are cover-ups and whitewashes” with fatality being the operative word. There are scores of other non-fatality invrestigations and they’re fairly on point. Check them out.

    Reply
  228. calvin says

    November 17, 2013 at 6:46 pm

    After a lot of hours of devoted to your profession I do believe in your rules. I believe they will not fail you all (WFF) if obeyed. I do believe based on comments that they are not always followed. I am happy that there are crews who are tee total ers, or in other words you do not bend , you do not break the rules. However when the rules are broken, mistakes need to be identified. Mistakes have to be identified, both the apparent ones and the underlying ones. Again, I mean all of my comments to further this conversation and mean no disrespect.

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 17, 2013 at 8:08 pm

      What you said was right on and there was no disrespect. You have to realize there are over 100 hot shot crews nation wide We have had 3 hot shot crews with fatalities since 1966. That’s not bad when you consider the number of fires they have been on in that time. The real problem is all 3 were from fires that ran up hill and were in canyon shuts. You would think they would all learn
      # 11. Unburned fuel between you and the fire.
      #9. Building fire line down hill with fire below you. (Same as walking)
      # 17. Terrain and fuels make escape to safety zones difficult.
      Those were very apparent before you even look at the others and the 10 standard orders. Now you can start clicking off the others Your in no mans land with the other 10 situations GM Paid no attention to one is bad enough 13 is just crazy and add at least 5 standard orders. WHY WOULD YOU EVER TAKE THE ROUT THEY TOOK? It leaves me cold inside and sick. There just has to be a reason for this, than they just decided to leave there SZ.

      Reply
  229. mike says

    November 17, 2013 at 6:37 pm

    Calvin: I did not mean you thought that Marsh was an idiot. I was replying to your post about them coming off the ridge, and I was emphasizing that Marsh knew there was risk. Sorry.

    WTKTT: What Marsh did was not really earth-shattering. Structural FFs put their lives at risk to save lives – see 9/11. I know they are different entities, but the ethics are the same. Mr. Dudley of the SAIT this weekend said, in so many words, that if you have a good enough reason you can violate the rules. What is a better reason than saving someone’s life?

    I do not think that Marsh did this on a “whim”. A request did not come through OPS1, but I still strongly believe there was a request for all the reasons I have stated before. The evacuations were a problem. A back channel request does bring Mr. Olson’s theory into the picture. Besides, the way things are now, we are to believe that Eric Marsh did this for no reason at all – what could be more stupid than that. At least with this scenario, you can see how it could have happened. Somehow Marsh had to find out there was a problem.

    One final point: The hotshot who said they could not be heroes if they messed up. They messed up. And I still think they are heroes, every last one of them. If the scenario approximates reality, they were not just caught by an ill turn of the wind. They made a conscious decision to go help people in trouble, knowing it would be dangerous.

    Reply
  230. Robert the Second says

    November 17, 2013 at 6:10 pm

    You’re right, I said that. We know that very well and yet we still use them for training purposes. And when we do use them, we are able to ‘fill in the blanks’ so to speak based on what we know from people that were there, or from experience, or what more than likely happened, or should have happened, or what should have been done based on ‘The Rules.’ It’s very easy to conclude where and how and when they messed up by referring back to the basic firefighting rules. Fair enough?

    Reply
  231. calvin says

    November 17, 2013 at 5:59 pm

    RTS…per your words..ALL fatality fire Investigation Reports all the way back to the 1939 Mann Gulch Fire have been cover-ups and whitewashes as far as I’m concerned.

    Reply
  232. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 17, 2013 at 5:57 pm

    >> calvin wrote…
    >> WTKTT… After reviewing the video you brought to light last week
    >> I have observations. Around the one minute mark you can hear a
    >> helicopter briefly.

    You are absolutely right. It can be heard from +1:02 to +1:06.

    >> Is this 215KA or Ranger 58, I wonder?

    Perfectly possible.

    >> Also, I dont hear or see ASM2 or the VLAT.
    >> Have you found a time for that video?

    Not yet. I have assembled over 18 still photos of that HUGE
    cloud as it developed over the deployment area… all taken
    from other known locations with known timestamps… and
    I’m comparing everything to what’s visible in the video to
    try and timestamp this video. Unless AZCENTRAL can
    just tell us exactly when this video was taken… I don’t know
    how else to put an EXACT timestamp on it.

    >> I believe this is clear evidence that when Div A says that is where
    >> we want the retardant, it would have almost been impossible to
    >> see ANYTHING to the East. And remember the SAIR says ASM2 flew
    >> a West to East flight path OVER DIV A. Just wondering if that sounds
    >> reasonable to you.

    You bet. Even if this picture was 10 or 20 minutes after the burnover I
    think it’s obvious from looking at that cloud that there is no way in
    hell any aircraft could have been anywhere near that area unless
    they, themselves, were on their own little suicide mission.

    Can you also hear the WIND in that video?

    I’m surprised we can even hear the helicopter at +1:02.
    He must have been struggling to just stay airborne.

    >> I am with you the SAIR does not appear to be true and a lot of our
    >> observations are dependent on the accuracy of the SAIR. I don’t
    >> know how they got it so wrong!

    You don’t get good answers unless you know how to ask good questions.
    REAL investigators would have ‘asked all the good/right questions’ ( and asked
    the right people as well ).

    >> I am not saying the retardant drop would have saved them or that they
    >> should have been counting on it to save them. But I have to believe
    >> that not only were they counting on a lookout, they were also counting
    >> on 11,743g of fire retardant.

    I am still with you on this, calvin.

    It is perfectly possible that in those frantic last moments… Marsh
    really did BELIEVE that ASM2 knew where they were and that
    the VLAT was inbound. He may have been frantically yelling at
    those poor, terrified kids… “Don’t RUN!… there’s a VLAT INBOUND!”.

    >> Another far reach coming….. Could they have been sitting on the
    >> ridge until the VLAT got over the fire, and once they actually
    >> SAW IT, they felt more safe and began the descent waiting on
    >> the load that had been “promised.”

    Yep.. that’s a ‘far reach’… but it’s creative.
    Personally… I really, really doubt it.

    I still firmly believe Marsh’s “…that’s where we want retardant”
    transmission was him still just walking casually along at the
    BACK of the single-file group now down in the canyon, looking
    up at the sky, seeing an ASM2 lineup flight overhead, playing
    DIVS A, and totally clueless what was about to happen to him
    just 2 minutes later.

    >> I have brought the retardant issue up before with the collective
    >> response being something like ” they would have never have been
    >> counting on a airplane/retardant to protect them. Well all reasonability
    >> has been thrown out the window at this point.
    >> I believe the load of retardant was the only reason 0 crew members ran.

    See above. I can still accept the fact that, in his panic, Marsh might
    have deluded himself into thinking that was true and he was yelling
    at those kids “Don’t RUN!”.

    >> The fact that not all guys deployed shows that they knew the fire
    >> shelter was not going to prevent their deaths.
    >> They stayed there hoping/ believing the VLAT was circling around
    >> to drop on them.

    There hasn’t been enough discussion about the actual physical
    evidence found at the scene and what it is telling us. More needs
    to be done there and more ‘conclusions’ reached.

    >> Another huge problem I see with the YCSO report is that only 6 of 19 cell
    >> phones were recovered. This is total shit.

    Dont’ forget… Brendan McDonough has told the story over an over now
    that he was sitting in the GM Crew Carrier ( at the cafe’ ) after the actual
    death confirmations came over the radio… and then he heard LOTS
    of ‘cell phones’ ringing in the van.

    We don’t have a full accounting of how many cell phones were
    ACTUALLY onboard that group that day… either with them in
    the field of left in the Crew Carrier for Brendan to hear later.

    I am ready to believe that the 6 that were found were the only
    six that travelled up to the ridge that day.

    I still want to see the SIX DATA DUMPS.
    1 we know of already… the YCSO Cellibrite dump of MacKenzie’s phone
    The other 5 went to ACTIC for motherboard data extraction and the
    results are sitting over at the YCOS police station.

    That might be more than enough to answer a LOT of questions.

    >> They expect us to believe Marsh or Steed neither had a phone that day?

    The YCSO police report still had 2 phones that ( As of July 12, anyway )
    had not been associated with particular firefighters.

    I’d like to know if those final ‘associations’ were ever made… and I am
    with you… it’s not believable to me that BOTH Marsh and Steed would
    NOT have had their own cell/smartphones that day… and WITH THEM.

    >> Well I guess if we can believe stories like “the wind shifted,”
    >> “it was gods plan” and BS like the SAIR, then we just might
    >> believe anything.
    >> Nothing to see here, move along.

    Oh… I think there is a LOT to see here…
    and I have no intentions of ‘moving along’.

    Reply
  233. Robert the Second says

    November 17, 2013 at 5:39 pm

    WTKTT,

    It’s NOT the system that’s broke, it works fine, it’s when fireline supervisors and firefighters don’t follow ‘The Rules’ that things go haywire and thye get hurt or killed. Just go the the Wildland Fire Lessons Learned site and their Incident Reviews section and you’ll find scores of ff’s that thought they could fight fire without them. Lots of ‘bad decisions with good outcomes’ there.

    Off on a tangent here but somewhat related, the reason we have so many fires nowadays is because we don’t have enough fires, natural and prescribed. The fuel loadings are horrendous, forest disease and insects are a sign of poor forest health, people who live in the wildlands aren’t Firewise and so our Govt. has decided that we should even Socialize protecting structures, which puts ff’s at more risk. Kind of a vicious cycle, ey. We need to manage the fires that we have and do tons of prescribed burning to fix things, otherwise the cycle keeps going. Everytime they put out a small lightning fire it compounds the problem and makes it worse.

    The system is fine, it does not need replacing. Tweeking a bit maybe, but that’s with everything. Fireline supervisors and ff’s just need to FOLLOW THE BASIC FF RULES! It’s really simple. Find me a report that shows where anyone deployed a fire shelter, was burned over, burned to death because they followed all the rules, or whatever.

    Reply
  234. calvin says

    November 17, 2013 at 5:24 pm

    RTS, Enough said

    Reply
  235. Robert the Second says

    November 17, 2013 at 5:04 pm

    I guess I’m implying that’s all I’ll say about the Shrine debacle, so you’ll jet have to read between the lines and use inductive logic to come up with some ideas. Suffice it to say that there were many Engines and structure/wildland firefigters and engines there that were clueless as to ‘The Rules’ and what to expect, what do do, or what to be aware of.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 17, 2013 at 5:14 pm

      If the picture we are getting of what REALLY ‘goes on at a
      typical wildland fire’ is actually accurate…

      …I’m starting to think the whole multi-million dollar operation
      needs to be SHUT DOWN until someone can prove it
      isn’t all just one big cluster-f**k and/or just one big money grab.

      …or at least shut it down and do a total reval/reorg before
      more innocent kids die.

      Reply
  236. calvin says

    November 17, 2013 at 4:52 pm

    Mike… In case there is any confusion, I did not say Marsh was an idiot, and I wouldn’t call anyone an idiot without firsthand knowledge of a particular situation.
    RTS…. I am not sure what you are implying, but I would love to hear from anyone that knows what actually happened that day. Maybe when the truth does come out I would like to have a chat with a lot of the people who aren’t buying this BS story

    Reply
    • Joy A Collura says

      November 17, 2013 at 5:54 pm

      Amen.

      Reply
  237. Robert the Second says

    November 17, 2013 at 4:17 pm

    A mountain bike accident

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 17, 2013 at 4:51 pm

      OK thanks didn’t see that.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 17, 2013 at 5:08 pm

        Bob… see above… there may ALSO have been an
        actual ‘mountain bike’ accident somewhere in the same
        timeframe… but it looks like Marsh got bumped down
        to light duty ( and had to give up GMHS job for a while )
        because he refused to sign a crucial ‘certification’
        document… and while he was ‘bumped down’ they
        ( Darrell Willis and City of Prescott ) just got Jesse
        Steed to sign it instead.

        Reply
  238. Bob Powers says

    November 17, 2013 at 4:12 pm

    New topic–does any one know what marsh was on administrative leave for? That was noted about him not being with the crew for over a month. Was it personal or job related?

    Reply
    • mike says

      November 17, 2013 at 4:22 pm

      I thought he had a mountain biking injury.

      Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 17, 2013 at 5:00 pm

      Are you referring to the time THIS YEAR when Marsh had
      to ‘step down’ from ‘supervisor’ because he refused to falsify
      paperwork, then they let Jesse Steed ‘falsify’ a document to
      keep IHC 1 certification status… and only after this went
      down… they ( City of Prescott ) let Eric come back and
      run the crew again?

      John Dougherty himself ( our patient host on this very forum )
      has detailed this incident already in his article entitled…

      Yarnell Hill Fire: The Granite Mountain Hotshots Never
      Should’ve Been Dispatched, Mounting Evidence Shows

      From that article…

      Granite Mountain superintendent Marsh knew his crew didn’t
      meet minimum standards for (Type 1 IHC) Hotshots, and he
      expressed frustration to his superior, Wildland Division chief
      Darrell Willis, in his last annual employment review,
      dated May 5.

      Although the certification checklist was REQUIRED to be
      signed by the crew’s superintendent, Marsh did NOT sign
      the document.

      City personnel files show that Marsh was (then) reassigned
      to light duty in mid-April for six to eight weeks and was not
      attached to the Granite Mountain Hotshots when the
      certification was signed.

      During his absence, Granite Mountain captain Jesse Steed
      became acting superintendent. Steed signed the certification
      checklist on April 23 and passed it up to his superiors.

      Willis and Fraijo signed the certification checklist the same day.

      Willis declined in an e-mail to answer questions concerning the
      certification checklist, and Fraijo did not respond to a request
      for comment. Neither did Prescott City Attorney Jon Paladini.

      Such an apparent misrepresentation on the certification checklist
      would be a breach of ethics, according to the Standards for
      Interagency Hotshot Crew Operations manual.

      ** NOTE: It should be noted that the original article contained
      ** a correction about Yarnell being Eric Marsh’s ‘first fire’
      ** following the described incident. The correction states…

      “The story incorrectly stated that the Yarnell Hill fire was
      Granite Mountain superintendent Eric Marsh’s first fire since
      being placed on light duty on April 18. Records released by
      Prescott Fire Department on Sept. 3 show that Marsh worked
      with the crew on the Doce Fire from June 18-25 and the West
      Spruce Fire on June 28 and the Mt. Josh Fire on June 29.”

      Reply
  239. Robert the Second says

    November 17, 2013 at 3:56 pm

    You’re spot on here Mike. I agree totally.

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 17, 2013 at 4:08 pm

      Agree as well

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 17, 2013 at 4:42 pm

        See above. If that’s all there was to it… then God help
        the City of Prescott. They will be turning all the lights
        off sometime in 2014 and putting the city up for sale.

        Reply
  240. mike says

    November 17, 2013 at 3:53 pm

    Calvin: Eric Marsh was not an idiot. He knew taking his crew that route was dangerous. Only one reason makes sense. He was not taking the crew of his “kids” down to save a house or somebody’s pets. He was doing what structural firefighters will do – he was risking a life to save a life. Anything else is simply nuts. Now whether because he was ordered/requested, came up with it on his own or had a heavenly vision I do not know for sure. And he should not have done it – it was foolhardy. But he decided to do it.

    I do not think OPS1 knew. Marsh did not tell him because he would have been told do not pass GO and do not collect $200. Also not telling him protected him from any responsibility if he agreed to let him do it.

    Remember, Gary Olson has a theory – I’ve always choked on believing that. But could someone have served as a conduit for a request to Marsh? In the end finding this out only serves to uncover someone’s dishonesty. Marsh was responsible for his crew’s lives and had a DUTY to say “NO!!”.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 17, 2013 at 4:34 pm

      mike… you may very well be right on all points but the scenario
      you are describing here is absolutely astounding. You are saying
      that a man who is employed by the City of Prescott led 18 other
      men to their deaths just based on a ‘whim’ ( and some
      over-developed hero complex ) that he knew was
      so risky that he purposely decided NOT to inform his superiors
      of his decision just in case they might not let him do it.

      If this turns out to be the case… the City of Prescott will
      be for sale by the end of 2014. They don’t have the money
      in the ENTIRE city budget to cover the 18 ‘wrongful death’
      payouts that will be awarded when the dust clears.

      At this point… I will bet even officials back in Prescott are
      PRAYING that someone else up the ladder was involved
      here ( and not just Darrell Willis, either )… so that at least
      the State of Arizona can help with the payments.

      If this was all on Marsh… then the restitution/damages
      are now all on Prescott.

      Anybody want to buy a city in Arizona… cheap?

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 17, 2013 at 4:38 pm

        I’m sorry… typo above. I said ‘is’ instead of ‘was’.

        Meant to say…

        You are saying that a man who WAS employed by the
        City of Prescott led 18 other men to their deaths
        just based on a ‘whim’ ( and some over-developed
        hero complex ) that he knew was so risky that he
        purposely decided NOT to inform his superior
        of his decision just in case they might not let him do it.

        Reply
  241. Robert the Second says

    November 17, 2013 at 1:46 pm

    Calvin,

    “So GM burned their ATV/UTV in the last year or so? Is this common? Does it speak of excessive risk taking?” Don’t know. It was not following Fire Order 3, Base all actions on current and expected fire behavior.” They placed/left it somehwere they expected it to be safe, like their crew carriers on this fire. It’s not commion but it does happen. Usually it’s from hot embers landing on it, unless you’re an idiot and park it right next to unburned fuels.

    “Please tell me who else BR saved that day.” Referring to what’s happening in the Shrine area, the SAIR says “some of the firefighters do not share their (BR HS) sens of urgency, so BR Supt and BR Captain drive back to hurry them, urging them out of the Shrine area. … the smoke column above brings darkness, … Embers fall and ignite numeroius spot fires which quickly burn together. By 1630, the fire is bearing down on them. ” This is TOTALLY ignoring Fire Order 3, and many, many of the Watch Outs. This is cutting it WAT TOO CLOSE here. It was NOT BR Supt responsibility to oversee these resources. It wa seach of their bosses/ responsibilities. He was performing as a Task Force Leader that day although not officallly. It’s a Hot Shot thing. Suffice it to say, it SHOULD HAVE BEEN glaringly obvious to everyone that the north winds were well established and the column stood up, then leaned farther and farther over Yarnell, and pushing the fire down into Yarnell intensely. To not see this and it’s potential was a major blunder. Some of it from lack of experience in that fuel type and such. Watch Out number 4 for sure, Unfamiliar with local factiors influencing weather and fire behavior.

    “OPS1 screwed up terribly, there is no doubt. ASM2 asked for a timeout, OPS1 said NO. They are in a good place and its GRANITE MOUNTAIN (comment attributed to OPS1 in SAIR.) WTF does this mean? I think it means, DONT ask me, I am not responsible for them.” OPS1 is not directly responsible for them where they are and what they’re doing, they are responsible for their own actions. OPS1 is indirectly responsible for them in the overall big picture, but he’s in charge of ALL the operations on the entire fire. he must trust his people to do their respective jobs safely and all.

    “We have heard Eric Marsh identify himself as Granite Mountain on the Youtube video by Globe handcrew. Is their an explanation for this?” A slip maybe, stress, don’t know. I don’t think it has anything to do with an alleged ambiguity regarding his DIVS A duties.

    I hope this halp somewhat. Someday you’ll just have to have a chat with the BR Crew about all this.

    Reply
  242. Robert the Second says

    November 17, 2013 at 1:10 pm

    NV – we study climbing and mountaineering accidents in detail as they have trigger points and such in a very risky environment, in many ways similar to wildland firefighting. One of my favorite books is ‘Into Thin Air’ where several climbing groups vying for the same turf and the same SINGLE ROUTE had established trigger points, safety policies, and protocols and yet all throughout the day/night as they as cended, they ignored them and just kept going. Bad descisons with good outcomes. I’m sure that wasn’t the first time they had done this and gotten away with it. And what happened? Many climbers died in a series of separate incidents. All for the sake of “getting to the top” and because climbers had paid exhorbitant prices to be there if I recal correctly. The other thing that’sinteresting about those accidents is they all get killed descending, not going up. It’s like they just let their guards down in the descents.

    Reply
    • Robert the Second says

      November 17, 2013 at 2:26 pm

      Correction here – meant “as they DESCENDED, they ignored them…”

      Reply
  243. Robert the Second says

    November 17, 2013 at 12:56 pm

    Calvin,

    Standing in Marsh’s or Steed’s shoes, there is NOTHING that would have convinced me to take my Crew or resources as a DIVS down into the bowl through the unburned at that time of day with that kind of fire behavior, NOTHING! If they were going to do any of that, they should have done it hours sooner when there was higher humidity, less wind, less fire behavior, but NOT when they did.

    Let’s use the analogy of crossing the street ofr all you non-wildland fire folks out there. Are you going to try and cross the street in the morning or early in the day with little traffc and say 10-20 cars every few minutes ? Or are you going to try and cross the street later in the day when there are easily 5-10 times the cars compared to the morning? It should be obvious.

    I am not convinced he (DIVS A) was given an ‘order’ to leave his SZ. Remember the radio transmission from OPS1 about 1550, according to the SAIR, he is told by Marsh that he “working his way off the top.” So, he’s already on the move and ? GMHS as well?. And OPS1 does not question this at the time and tells him to “HUNKER AND BE SAFE.” There is no question in my mind that OPS1 knows they are/were safe in their SZ and there’s no mention of DIVS A being directed to leave their SZ or the good black. If there had been some direction or orders from OPS1, the OPS1 should have said something like, “are you still okay with what we discussed earlier?” or “are you going to make it off the top in time?” or whatever. OPS1 is pretty clueless as to what’s going on with those guys.And besides, it is NOT the OPS1’s responsibility to directly supervise that resource. It is Marsh’s and Steed’s responsibilites.

    Marsh, making a major tactical move considering the fire behavior and all, owed it to OPS1 to call him and tell him they were moving, he didn’t. I think he was being disengenuous. Remember, OPS1 told Marsh to HUNKER AND BE SAFE according to the SAIR. That does not indicate to me there was an order to leave their SZ and go wherever they were supposed to go.

    Reply
  244. calvin says

    November 17, 2013 at 12:45 pm

    WTKTT… After reviewing the video you brought to light last week I have observations. Around the one minute mark you can hear a helicopter briefly. Is this 215KA or Ranger 58 I wonder. Also, I dont hear or see ASM2 or the VLAT. Have you found a time for that video? I believe this is clear evidence that when Div A says that is where we want the retardant, it would have almost been impossible to see ANYTHING to the East. And remember the SAIR says ASM2 flew a West to East flight path OVER DIV A. Just wondering if that sounds reasonable to you. I am with you the SAIR does not appear to be true and a lot of our observations are dependent on the accuracy of the SAIR. I don’t know how they got it so wrong! I am not saying the retardant drop would have saved them or that they should have been counting on it to save them. But I have to believe that not only were they counting on a lookout, they were also counting on 11,743g of fire retardant. Another far reach coming….. Could they have been sitting on the ridge until the VLAT got over the fire, and once they actually SAW IT, they felt more safe and began the descent waiting on the load that had been “promised.” I have brought the retardant issue up before with the collective response being something like ” they would have never have been counting on a airplane/retardant to protect them. Well all reasonability has been thrown out the window at this point.
    I believe the load of retardant was the only reason 0 crew members ran. The fact that not all guys deployed shows that they knew the fire shelter was not going to prevent their deaths. They stayed there hoping/ believing the VLAT was circling around to drop on them.
    Another huge problem I see with the YCSO report is that only 6 of 19 cell phones were recovered. This is total shit. They expect us to believe Marsh or Steed neither had a phone that day? Well I guess if we can believe stories like “the wind shifted,” “it was gods plan” and BS like the SAIR, then we just might believe anything. Nothing to see here, move along.

    Reply
  245. calvin says

    November 17, 2013 at 12:10 pm

    I have a question for all current and former hotshots? I want you to pretend you are in Marsh or Steeds shoes and standing on the ridge above Yarnell seeing what we have saw on available pictures, videos. What if anything could make you violate all the rules and take a shortcut through the box canyon that they took? What, if any assurances could make you feel “safe” making this move ?
    Is there anyone you would have ever trusted enough to take the apparent risk GM took?

    “Papa” Marsh started Granite Mountain Hotshots, it was 90% of who he was. As much as it was his identity; I will never believe he followed the order without some kind of assurance in place. I don’t believe he would have entrusted just anyone with his and his “kids” safety. I believe we all know who he trusted the most on this fateful day

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 17, 2013 at 12:36 pm

      First I would have never ever taken a crew into brush fuel downhill with an active fire any where in the vicinity with the current and predicted weather. No and I was trained on 2 hot shot crews who’s Superintendents refused a Davison Boss that asked El Cariso Hot shots to build the line down hill into a chimney and so the story of the Loop Fire. I would never have followed any one even as a crewman into unburned fuel with a fire between me and safety. You might have planed another rout but it was still a big risk and not worth it, stay in the black and let the fire run.

      Reply
  246. calvin says

    November 17, 2013 at 11:49 am

    WTTKT, Can we return to the issue of Mark Sachara? I assume you came to this person by reading the Mcdonough interview in The Prescott Daily Courier August 7 edition. It reads: Brendan was assigned to be the lookout for that Sunday afternoon. Eric and Jesse pointed out a good spot for his initial lookout position. They also were talking with the Blue Ridge Hotshots superintendent and captain from the Coconino National Forest about the fire activity.

    So we have a picture of what appears to be Sachara’s truck and a statement about Sachara’s presence on the fire June 30. However he does nor appear on the roster for June 30 but he does appear the very next day in the role that is in question(DIV Z) July1. The SAIR only talks about Div Z ( Rance Marquez) and SPGS1 (Darrell Willis?) being on Sesame Street (except for BR and hand crews) that day. I think this is crucial .
    Mike, I agree that if we knew who was responsible for Glen Isla, Or Yarnell we may find the source of the order to reposition for whatever reason. I also agree that this order (while against all the rules) was issued with the best intentions (God help Us all if not) and basically just didn’t work out. It would probably be a career ending admission, but how else could anyone sleep at night? And to call it Gods Plan is downright heresy!!
    SPGS1 is undoubtedly on Sesame Street that morning. Page 17 SAIR says SPGS1 and GM IHC drive through Yarnell. We know GM had its own vehicles. Did SPGS1 drive or ride with them? SPGS1 reminds DIVA of Bomb Proof safety zone and then isn’t mentioned again until BR shows up on Sesame. Another thing I find interesting is that Div A and GM meet at Marsh truck and then he hikes alone and encounters Tex and Joy approximately (45 minutes?) before GM crew. Why were they so far behind if they left at the same time? Could they have been helping SPGS1 do something and then playing catch up? Was the bulldozer already there for BR staff to start dozing? Did Sachara drive up to pick up SPGS1? There is a Collura picture that shows the dozer, GM Supt truck, and two other vehicles on Sesame Street that morning. Wondering if WTTKT knows who those automobiles might belong to?

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 17, 2013 at 1:04 pm

      >> calvin wrote…
      >> WTTKT, Can we return to the issue of Mark Sachara?
      >> I assume you came to this person by reading the
      >> Mcdonough interview in The Prescott Daily Courier
      >> August 7 edition.

      Actually, no. I hadn’t really even seen that before I arrived
      at my own conclusion in another way. I simply found the
      official IAP ( Incident Action Plan ) that was written up
      at 9:00 PM on June 30 ( 4 hours after the burnover )
      and it had ‘DIVS Z’ named as ‘Mark Sachara’… so I
      was running with the assumption that ‘DIVS Z’ would
      not have ‘changed’ in the course of just 4 hours and
      that Sachara must have been DIVS Z for June 30.

      It was then that I just tried to match pictures of Sachara’s
      command vehicle with the vehicle in the Joy Collura
      and Michelle Lee photos… and it looked like a 95
      percent match to me.

      >> calvin also wrote…
      >> It reads: Brendan was assigned to be the lookout for
      >> that Sunday afternoon. Eric and Jesse pointed out a
      >> good spot for his initial lookout position. They also were
      >> talking with the Blue Ridge Hotshots superintendent and
      >> captain from the Coconino National Forest about the
      >> fire activity.

      I cannot verify that Mark Sachara is this ‘captain from the
      Coconino National Forest’ being referred to there. I also
      can’t verify that it is Rance Marquez, either.

      Sachara is definitely the Chief of the Ponderosa (Bellemont)
      Fire Department… and Marquez just appears to be a
      ‘fuels specialist’ for the Arizona Bureau of Land Management
      ( and not this Coconino National Forest captain guy, either ).
      I can’t find out much about this mysterious ‘Marquez’ guy
      at all, really…. much less an independent photo of his vehicle.

      >> calvin also wrote…
      >> So we have a picture of what appears to be Sachara’s
      >> truck and a statement about Sachara’s presence on
      >> the fire June 30.

      Not exactly. I would still put money on that being Sachara’s
      vehicle in both the Collura and the Lee photo(s) from that
      day… but I still have no idea who this ‘Coconino National
      Forest captain’ fellow might be.

      I wish I did. Maybe this ‘Coconino’ fella’s vehicle is even
      MORE of a match for the one in the Collura/Lee photos
      than Sachara’s seems to be.

      >> However he (Sachara) does not appear on the roster for
      >> June 30 but he does appear the very next day in the role
      >> that is in question (DIV Z) July1.

      Absolutely correct.

      Keep in mind, however, that the IAP for July 1 was written
      up at 9:00 PM on June 30. That’s only 4 hours after the
      burnover event. That would mean that if DIVS Z changed
      from June 30 to July 1… the decision to do that was
      made sometime within just a 4 hour period after learning
      of the deaths of the 19 GM Hotshots. Curious timing there.

      >> calvin also wrote…
      >> The SAIR only talks about Div Z ( Rance Marquez) and
      >> SPGS1 (Darrell Willis?) being on Sesame Street
      >> (except for BR and hand crews) that day. I think this
      >> is crucial .

      Sachara might not have been out there.
      That might NOT be his vehicle in the Collura photos.
      Marquez’s vehicle might be a better match for the
      Collura photos but I can’t verify what he was driving
      that day or what it looked like.

      Don’t forget… as well… that one of the Joy Collura photos
      shows BOTH of the Blue Ridge Hotshot Crew Carriers
      all the way out there at the end of the Sesame Trail at
      some point in the day. The SAIR says nothing about
      this either.

      The ONLY explanation I can come up with for BOTH
      of those BR Carriers ( the ENTIRE BR crew ) being
      anywhere out that way that day was some brief mention
      that someone from the BR crew had volunteered to be
      some kind of ‘heavy equipment’ manager that day
      ( A Dozer guy ) and Joy Collura happened to capture
      the BR Carriers out there just ‘dropping this guy off’
      before they headed over the Shrine area for their
      real assignment that day.

      >> calvin also wrote…
      >> SPGS1 reminds DIVA of Bomb Proof safety zone

      All it says there is that SPGS1 just ‘pointed south’ at the
      ranch at that point. Whoopee crap. That does NOT
      constitute an ‘LCES’ briefing or plan and does NOT
      tell anyone how to get there from up on the ridge
      and stay alive while doing it.

      I have dropped down using Google Earth at the location
      where this (supposed) ‘pointed south to the ranch’ moment
      took place and from what I can tell… you would BARELY
      have been able to even see it from where they were, if at all.

      They might not have even had a visual at all from
      that point and the ‘pointing to the ranch’ moment
      ( a critical thing, as we learn later ) was really just
      sort of a “Well… it’s sort of way the hell over there”
      kind of gesture in the southerly direction at that point,
      with not even a good visual to back it up.

      >> calvin also wrote…
      >> There is a Collura picture that shows the dozer,
      >> GM Supt truck, and two other vehicles on Sesame Street
      >> that morning. Wondering if WTTKT knows who those
      >> automobiles might belong to?

      Not quite certain which one you are referring to.
      There are TWO Collura photos that have the ‘dozer’ in them.

      The first one ( ID number 984728479 ) only has three vehicles
      and they are ( I believe ) from left to right…

      – The dozer.
      – A Red/white Ford F-150 (DIV Z?) with a firefighter in a
      yellow shirt out of the vehicle and standing in front of it.
      – One of The Blue Ridge Hotshots Superintendent trucks.
      ( All BR vehicles are the same aquamarine color ).

      The other photo ( ID number 984728485 ) actually has
      FIVE vehicles in it ( and not just four as you describe ).

      My best guess on those FIVE vehicles would be
      ( From left to right in the photo )…

      – Same red/white F-150 as other photo(s).
      DIV Z? Sachara? Marquez? Still to be determined.
      – White-cab utility truck with what looks like water
      tanks in the bed. Structure protection vehicle?
      – The dozer again
      – Another white utility truck with ‘equipment’ showing
      in the bed. This COULD be the GM Supervisor truck.
      – Barely visible ( just to the right of that and hiding
      just over that big rock and under that small tree )
      is a long-style all-white pickup truck with enclosed
      bed that I believe matches descriptions of
      Chief Darrell Willis’ vehicle.

      There is also another Collura photo ( ID number 984728480 )
      that simply shows just ONE of the Blure Ridge Crew Carriers moving along way out there at the end of Sesame Street.
      It is in the center of the photo and obviously on the move
      because you can see the dust trail kicked up behind it as
      it is moving. Again… I believe the presence of any BR
      Crew Carriers out that far on Sesame represents the
      moment when they may have been dropping off the
      guy in their crew who had volunteered to be some
      kind of ‘heavy equipment’ manager that day and they
      were just bringing him out there to where the DOZER was.

      Reply
    • Joy A Collura says

      November 17, 2013 at 6:07 pm

      he hikes alone and encounters Tex and Joy approximately (45 minutes?) before GM crew. Why were they so far behind if they left at the same time?
      To add to this—not only did the GMHS look like tiny ants hiking in from the mountain top and was so far behind Eric but let me share this man we saw that day for the first time—he was like watching a deer at full pace or a rabbit being chased—he was conditioned and he was not spent and to see such a man that could run around in the pace he did—it tired us to watch— also I hope one day the sole survivor can answer one question that if he left his men from the truck area- did he go the wash way or did he take the same old grader way because my very first view of him he was angled coming out of the wash area so I can only at this point calculate he scoped the area and I saw him coming out from it or he came up that way- the short cut in a sense—from the vehicles. That would of gave him more time ahead as well so it is a question investigators should ask the sole survivor and if he does not remember than do not answer it—we are wanting only accuracy—I DO remember that angle he was positioned and so I know it could only mean 2 things; he went up the wash like we did or he scoped the area and we saw him at that angle coming out of the wash-

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 18, 2013 at 12:09 am

        Joy… thank you for participating in the discussion here.
        Your comments/thoughts are most welcome.

        Important question for you…

        At any time during any of your encounters with
        Eric Marsh that day… did you ever get the impression
        that he KNEW the high ridge road that headed south
        would eventually take him right to a point near the
        Boulder Springs Ranch?

        Did ‘the ranch’ ever come up at all?

        Reply
        • Joy A Collura says

          November 18, 2013 at 7:00 pm

          At any time during any of your encounters with
          Eric Marsh that day… did you ever get the impression
          that he KNEW the high ridge road that headed south
          would eventually take him right to a point near the
          Boulder Springs Ranch?NO. HE ASKED US THE BEST WAY TO THE FIRE AND HE SEEM TO NOT KNOW THE AREA TOO WELL. HOWEVER THERE WERE PLENTY OF AERIAL SURVEILLANCE THAT WOULD HAVE INFORMED ERIC MARSH OF THE TERRAIN AND WHERE THE HELMS PLACE WAS-

          Did ‘the ranch’ ever come up at all?
          NO.

          Reply
  247. mike says

    November 17, 2013 at 11:30 am

    In the Republic/USA Today article about the McKee lawsuit, Mr. Dudley from the SAIT says basically people cannot always be expected to follow the rules in a dynamic situation like the Yarnell fire. Accepting that the rules should always be followed, is it not true that they are most needed when everything is going haywire? It is at those times you need the guidance of the rules to prevent you from going off the rails, when your decisions may be influenced by being under pressure. Basically he is saying the rules cannot be expected to apply when everything is going nuts. Maybe the lesson of what happened is that violating the rules is most dangerous when the crap has hit the fan (and yes, violating the rules is always dangerous).

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 17, 2013 at 12:39 pm

      Absolutely well said.

      Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 17, 2013 at 1:20 pm

      Totally agree… such as following the rule that when a fire is
      suddenly blowing up like an atom bomb… you better not
      run on any assumptions about your resources in the field
      and you should take a ‘timeout’ and VERIFY where everyone is.

      ASM2 saw it blowing up from the air. He KNEW he had heard
      that ‘GM was on the move… away from the black’. He had
      the good sense to call for a ‘timeout’ and offered to go and
      VERIFY their location before the smoke would be too thick
      to do that.

      OPS1 blew him off.

      He basically said “Nah… we ain’t got time for that. Last I
      heard they were safe somewhere so don’t waste your
      time or mine doing any searches.”… even though just
      about everyone ELSE on that radio network ( except
      OPS1 ) had already heard Marsh announcing that
      they were ‘on the move… away from the black’.

      Big mistake. 19 good men died because OPS1 didn’t let
      ASM2 do what he was trained to do… at a time when
      he knew it was necessary… and at the time he offered
      to go and do it.

      Reply
  248. NV says

    November 17, 2013 at 9:18 am

    @RTS regarding “bad decisions with good outcomes” that get repeated until a bad outcome, excellent question. Sometimes people are simply unlucky and make what really is only one bad decision and pay dearly, but often that’s not the case. When you see the pattern of being a crew out of Prescott, that Marsh himself felt he was having to fudge a bit in terms of standards, right there you have question marks. When you have a decision that then screams bad decision on the facts, you have to look at whether there was a pattern in the past of similar decisions.

    In climbing and mountaineering, it’s not uncommon to see someone with a “bold” attitude go years with no consequences, only to then have a major accident. Regarding GM, patterns of past bushwhacking, past decisions to move in ways that violate a large number of the 10 and 18, and any past pattern of being ordered into nontraditional (for WFF) types of structure protection given fire behavior, should among other things be looked at. None of that should be viewed as a negative on GM. It simply means that if some of those things are present, they are things that tend not to end well, and represent training and practices issues.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 17, 2013 at 1:33 pm

      You can also rest assured that ‘if some of those things are
      present’ ( Evidence of past risk-taking, bold behavior, etc. )
      and any ONE of the potential 19 ‘wrongful deaths’ suits
      ever goes to trial…

      …all that is gonna come out.

      Any good attorney who is arguing for wrongful death, or
      negligent/reckless behavior, is going to discover the
      real pattern of behavior on the part of the people now
      responsible for his client’s death… and present that
      to the court.

      Reply
  249. calvin says

    November 17, 2013 at 9:01 am

    RTS…So GM burned their ATV/UTV in the last year or so? Is this common? Does it speak of excessive risk taking? Why wasn’t it replaced? Was it because they were being punished or PFD couldn’t afford another one? It seems like you have a lot of relevant information. Please tell me who else BR saved that day from your previous post saying “more than you know.” I am afraid it has something to do SPGS1 who has been on the fire since 1130 or 1140 the night before. I hope this person didn’t fall asleep when they were suppose to be on lookout duty. I know this statement is far reaching so if it is untrue just say so.
    OPS1 screwed up terribly, there is no doubt. ASM2 asked for a timeout, OPS1 said NO. They are in a good place and its GRANITE MOUNTAIN (comment attributed to OPS1 in SAIR.) WTF does this mean? I think it means, DONT ask me, I am not responsible for them. I am also not convinced Eric Marsh left the 0700 briefing as DIV A. You said…. These men were professionals and clearly understood that distinction, which included their distinct responsibilities and duties, their radio call signs, and the like. They were following their respective roles. And let there be no confusion here on the supposed radio transmission confusion. When “someone” answered the radio as GMHS, it was Steed and likewise with DIV. A. We have heard Eric Marsh identify himself as Granite Mountain on the Youtube video by Globe handcrew. Is their an explanation for this? I respect your opinions and really appreciate your insight to these matters.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 17, 2013 at 11:49 am

      >> calvin wrote…
      >> let there be no confusion here on the supposed radio
      >> transmission confusion. When “someone” answered the
      >> radio as GMHS, it was Steed and likewise with DIV. A.

      No question. From what I now understand of this
      more-than-quasi military culture… if anyone ever jumped
      on the horn and did NOT ‘clearly identify transmission
      source’ someone else would jump all over them about it.
      You just can’t have people chiming in on busy radio
      channels with “Hey… WAAAZ UP!”

      >> calvin also wrote…
      >> We have heard Eric Marsh identify himself as Granite
      >> Mountain on the Youtube video by Globe handcrew. Is
      >> their an explanation for this?

      Well, perhaps… but I wouldn’t call it a ‘good one’.

      It might come down to the fact that this appears to be
      the FIRST time Eric Marsh was ever ‘DIVS A’ on a fire.

      I have searched and searched all the public documents I
      can and I can find no evidence that Marsh was EVER
      given that assignment ever before. Type 1 and Type 2
      incidents are pretty good about publishing their ‘rosters’
      and I can see GM on other fires… but cannot find one
      other reference anywhere going back many fire seasons
      for Marsh acting as ‘DIV’ on any of these documented fires.

      So maybe he just hadn’t gotten the ‘hang’ of it yet, when
      that late morning video was shot by the Globe Crew and
      caught him trying to talk to OPS ( Mr. Todd Abel )
      and not identifying himself ‘properly’.

      Maybe it just hadn’t ‘sunk in’ to him that he was ‘DIVS A’
      until he actually got all the way up on the ridge and had
      to start scouting for retardant drops and whatnot.

      Maybe we simply don’t have a capture of another radio
      transmission from early in the day where someone had
      to REMIND Eric to please start properly identifying himself
      as ‘DIVS A’ instead of just ‘Granite Mountain’ ( as he says
      on the radio in the video ).

      Either way… I think once Eric was up on the ridge and
      scouting around as DIVS A he certainly ‘got the hang of it’
      and it was ingrained by the afternoon… and certainly
      on into the time of deployment.

      I think we CAN say for absolute certain WHO was sending
      the first MAYDAY calls later in the day. It was Steed,
      not Marsh. The first time Marsh jumped in on that situation
      is clearly heard and he clearly came on the radio as
      ‘DIVS A’ at that moment. ( If the SAIR can be trusted ).

      So I still don’t understand why the SAIR was seemingly
      ‘afraid’ to identify the callers/speakers in their description
      of those final moments. It was ULTRA important… and they
      acted liked the ‘couldn’t be sure who was talking’. They even
      (supposedly) have the ACTUAL radio captures from
      those moments and (supposedly) ‘couldn’t be sure’.

      The more I have tried to objectively examine the SAIR
      report and compare it with other known public accounts
      and evidence… my trust level in the entire SAIR has
      been steadily dropping to near ZERO.

      Example: With regards to ‘was Marsh actually given
      DIVS A status at the 7:00 AM briefing’ ( according to
      the SAIR )… I can’t even really verify THAT. Brendan
      McDonough has described Marsh coming out of that
      meeting to reporter Kyle Dickman… and Brendan makes
      no mention of them learning about Marsh’s reassignment
      at that time. Brendan says that all Marsh said when he
      came out of that meeting was ‘Gaggle up, boys… and
      be sure and take plenty of water’. If Marsh had just
      been ‘promoted’ and that was the moment Steed was
      informed that he was now GMHS for the day… then you
      would think Brendan would have mentioned that and
      that it would be Steed giving the ‘Gaggle up, boys’
      command at that point. Very confusing.

      There is also the testimony of hikers Tex Gilligan and
      Joy Collura… who have said in 2 different public
      interviews that they first met Eric Marsh up on that
      ridge at EXACTLY 8:08 AM… and he was tying purple
      ribbons on bushes as he ascended the ridge and had
      obviously already been doing that for quite some time
      before they met him. There is even photographic
      evidence of this ( Joy Collura photos which probably
      have JPEG EXIF timestamp information to verify against,
      if necessary ).

      That makes it IMPOSSIBLE for Marsh to have been
      even BEEN in any kind of 7:00 AM briefing miles east at
      the Yarnell Fire Station… which is what the SAIR is claiming.

      I am actually beginning to wonder if this infamous 7:00 AM
      briefing being reported by the SAIR ever even took place.

      Joy Collura hikes with scientific instruments.

      When she swears they ( she and Tex ) met Eric Marsh
      way up that ridge that morning at exactly 8:08 AM… I believe her.

      That creates a huge ‘mystery’ about what the SAIR is
      claiming happened that morning. It leaves NO TIME
      for all the things they say happened circa 7:00 AM
      to 8:00 AM to have actually happened.

      Reply
      • Joy A Collura says

        November 17, 2013 at 6:37 pm

        WantsToKnowTheTruthon November 17, 2013 at 11:49 am said:
        There is also the testimony of hikers Tex Gilligan and
        Joy Collura… who have said in 2 different public
        interviews that they first met Eric Marsh up on that
        ridge at EXACTLY 8:08 AM…(MY MOTHER WAS ON THE PHONE WITH ME THAT MORNING AND SHE IS FORWARDING HER PHONE RECORDS TO COMPLIMENT MY INTERVIEWS YET IT WAS 8:07AM WHEN WE SAW HIM AND SOON SPOKE TO HIM FOR THE 1ST TIME. and he was tying purple(CORRECTION ON YOUR PART HERE- IT WAS PINK RIBBONS AND THIS WEEK WE FOUND A ROLL OF PINK RIBBON BURNT UP ON OUR HIKE—THE ONLY TIME I EVER MENTIONED PURPLE RIBBONS IS I TIED SOME MYSELF WHERE WE PASSED ERIC AND THE GMHS AS WELL AS THE FIRE EDGE WHERE THE 4 TINY BUSHES WERE ON FIRE AS WELL AS THE BLACK AREA ON 6-30-13 AND THE HELISPOT AREA WHERE WE FOUND THE BLADDER BAG)
        ribbons on bushes as he ascended the ridge and had
        obviously already been doing that for quite some time
        before they met him.YES HE DID There is even photographic
        evidence of this ( Joy Collura photos which probably
        have JPEG EXIF timestamp information to verify against,
        if necessary ). GOOD LUCK DISSECTING THAT- WE HAVE TAKEN A PHOTO OF MY CELL PHONE THAN UPLOADING TO SEE TIME DIFFERENCE BUT YOU CANNOT USE THE PHOTOS FOR TIMESTAMPING FOR THAT CAMERA HAS TAKEN A 15FT FALL DOWN A MINESHAFT BEFORE BUT I DO KNOW BECAUSE OF THE PHONE RECORDS OF MY MOM ON SOME AREAS WE WERE AT- I OWN A TOSS AWAY TRACFONE SO I DO NOT HAVE PHONE RECORDS BUT SHE DOES)

        That makes it IMPOSSIBLE for Marsh to have been
        even BEEN in any kind of 7:00 AM briefing miles east at
        the Yarnell Fire Station… which is what the SAIR is claiming.( I BEG TO DIFFER. IF HE DROVE IN AND YOU HAD TO SEE HOW WE SAW HIM- THE PACE HE HAD WAS UNLIKE ANYTHING WE HAVE SEEN—HE WAS CONDITIONED YET I WOULD LIKE TO KNOW IF BRENDAN WOULD SHARE IF HE REMEMBERS IF ERIC TOOK THE OLD GRADER ROAD OR THE SHORT CUT WASH WE DID—BUT I DO THINK HE COULD OF WENT TO A BRIEFING IF IT WAS BRIEF AND HEADED OUT TO GLEN ILAH FROM YARNELL FIRE STATION BUT IF IT WAS AT MODEL CREEK THAN NOPE HE COULD NOT HAVE MADE IT TIME WISE.)
        Joy Collura hikes with scientific instruments.(INDEED. I USED MY KESTREL, MY KODAK EASYSHARE BROKEN CAMERA, MY TEMP. INSTRUMENT, MY WRIST GARMIN FORETREX 401 GPS receiver, electronic compass and barometric altimeter—I HAVE HEALTH CONCERNS AND MY HUSBAND ALLOWED ME TO TAKE THE HIKING ADVENTURE IN THE FASHION I HAVE AND HE CAN TRACK MY ROUTE AS I GO ONLINE AND HE KNOWS THE WEATHER I AM IN—THE GAME TRAIL CAMERAS WE HAVE FROM SPYPOINT ARE W-2/W-3 THAT HAS A BLACK BOX SO MY HUSBAND ALWAYS HAS PHOTOS OF MY HIKING/SLEEPING SPOTS IN A MILE RADIUS AND IF ANYONE STOLE MY SECURED CAMERAS-HE IS ONE OF THE FOLKS WHO CAN GET ACCESS TO THE BLACKBOX- I AM TRULY THE AVID HIKER TO THAT AREA-YES I CARRY THAT KIND OF STUFF SO MY HUSBAND FEELS A SENSE OF PEACE AS I AM WITH AN OL’ MINER/LOGGER/COWBOY COLLEGE EDUCATED FELLA.)
        When she swears they ( she and Tex ) met Eric Marsh
        way up that ridge that morning at exactly 8:08 AM… I believe her.( I NEVER “SWEAR” BUT I AM CONFIDENT FOR THE FACT I WAS ON THE PHONE WITH MY NERVOUS MOTHER AS I WAS UP THERE TO NOT ONLY ASSESS THE FIRE EDGE BUT OFFICIALS ACCOUNT FOR THE ASSESSOR KIND OF FOLKS BUT EVERYONE FAILS TO REMEMBER THIS AREA- IN THE SUMMER THERE ARE PEOPLE THAT USUALLY SPEND MOST OF THE YEAR IN THE STANTON AREA PROSPECTING THAT WERE IN THAT AREA CAMPED UP IN THE COOLER CLIMATE AND ITS THOSE PEOPLE WE SAVED ALONG WITH A SENIOR WOMAN WITH HER 7 DOGS, 2 CATS AND BIRDS SO TO MAKE A CORRECTION—I DO NOT HAVE TO SWEAR AND I MADE A VOW THAT I WILL STATE “I DO NOT KNOW” IF I DO NOT KNOW BUT I WILL SHARE THAT DAY AS IT UNFOLDED IN ITS PUREST FORM SO THAT THE PEOPLE WHO INVESTIGATE IT CAN PROPERLY ASSESS IT OR EDUCATE US LIKE WE SAW MINOR CUTTINGS WITH OSHA BUT THIS WEEK WE LEARNED THERE WAS MUCH CUTTINGS AND WORK DONE BY THE GMHS SO WE CORRECT OURSELVES PUBLICLY YET WE DID SEE THEM AT STANDBY MUCH OF THE TIME WE SAW THEM YET WE NEVER SAW THEM FOR THEIR BRIEFING OR SOON AFTER)

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 18, 2013 at 1:27 am

          Joy… thank you SO MUCH for this kind of detail!
          Let me also apologize very quickly here for using
          the word ‘swear’ with regards to comments you
          have made elsewhere. I most CERTAINLY did
          not mean to imply you are someone who
          ‘swears’. I only meant it in the sense that you
          are obviously someone who tries to tell the
          truth… and that you say what you mean and
          mean what you say to the best of your ability.

          Thank you also for keeping us ‘honest’ here
          when we try to guess about these times and
          the actual distances involved. I have never
          been to that area. Sometimes I am just
          ‘guessing’ when I try to figure out if there
          was time for certain things to happen or not.

          We are taking a ‘no detail is too small’ approach
          here to trying to figure out what happened that
          day… but sometimes the details are hard to find.

          About your camera… exactly what model
          of the ‘Kodak Easyshare’ line is it? Some
          Kodak Easyshares actually have GPS
          ( Global Positioning System ) capability
          and can put latitude/longitude information
          right into the pictures as they are taken.
          That information can be extracted any
          time later. Does your Kodak Easyshare
          have that capability?

          Reply
          • Joy A Collura says

            November 18, 2013 at 7:08 pm

            and that you say what you mean and
            mean what you say to the best of your ability.THAT IS 100%—I DO SAY WHAT I MEAN—EXACTLY.Does your Kodak Easyshare
            have that capability? I AM LUCKY TO EVEN GET IT TURNED ON ANYMORE AFTER IT’S 15 FT MINESHAFT MISHAP—Z990 EASYSHARE MAX 12MEGAPIXELS 30X IS WIDE ANGLE FULL HD. I AM NOT A PHOTOGRAPHER AND THE REST YOU CAN FIGURE OUT BUT THAT IS THE CAMERA I HAVE-

            Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 19, 2013 at 12:12 am

            Thanks, Joy! Unfortunately, the Kodak
            Z990 Easyshare is not one of those
            cameras that has GPS and can add
            latitude/longitude information to the
            photos it takes… but it DOES definitely
            support the JPEG EXIF v2.21 standard.

            That means every time you take a picture
            there is LOTS of what they call
            ‘metadata’ being added to the actual
            pictures themselves. It’s a long story
            but one of those things is definitely
            a timestamp for each and every picture.

            I understand that the camera might be
            slightly damaged but I can also assure
            you that if it is still taking pictures at
            all then that EXIF metadata is still being
            added to every picture it takes.

            I just went to your ZAZZLE site and
            used the ‘Zombie’ keyword and found
            the pictures you posted there from
            your July 14 hike. I used an online
            EXIF extractor to see if those photos
            still retained any metadata but
            the photos available on the ZAZZLE
            site are not the originals. They have
            added ‘watermarks’ to the photos
            there and I can see from the EXIF
            data that they used the standard
            Intel(R) IPP JPEG encoder to do that,
            but that also means the original
            EXIF data is not in that copy of the photo.

            Usually the EXIF data is only available
            in the actual original images, or a clean
            copy of them somewhere.

            By the way… your close-up photo there of
            the ‘old grader’ spot following the fire is
            fascinating. It shows clearly that if Bredan
            McDonough had, in fact, had to depoy
            his own fire shelter in that location that
            day that he most probably would have
            survived. Your photo shows that there
            is actually still some ‘green’ unburned
            vegetation on the south side of the
            clearing around the grader itself.

            If you don’t mind… I am going to repost
            this farther below so that the firefighters
            who are on this forum don’t miss this
            message. That photo of yours is
            something they might want to see and
            discuss.

            Reply
  250. calvin says

    November 17, 2013 at 8:55 am

    I have a request. It is very confusing to try to find the latest posts as they appear as replies to earlier posts and I am afraid of missing crucial comments. So…. Could everyone NOT reply under a certain comment and instead identify who there comment is directed towards? I am just trying to help myself and others keep abreast of all comments. Everyone in this discussion has been awesome as far as being respectful. We all have our own motivations for this search and hope to find the truth sooner than later. Thanks. You do not need to reply to this, I will continue to scan and rescan al comments

    Reply
  251. Robert the Second says

    November 16, 2013 at 9:44 pm

    I have studied logic somewhat but not as much as you my friend. I think we are beyond deductive logic at this point. We’re into the inductive mode since the SAIT produced a worthless document. All we have to go on deductively are ‘The Rules’ (LCES, 10 and 18, Downhill Checklist, etc.) That’s how it’s done and how it’s supposed to be done. They didn’t do that. They even ignored ALL the Common Denominators of Fatality Fires. Look those up.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 16, 2013 at 9:58 pm

      All of that is going to be covered in the upcoming (first of 19?)
      ‘wrongful death’ suit(s).

      That is all pure ‘safe workplace environment’ stuff and
      is ALSO ( hopefully ) going to have been fully investigated
      by AOSHA. If they also say “No one did anything wrong
      on this workday in this workplace environment”… I will
      be pretty shocked.

      Even if no other evidences surfaces… there is already enough
      to prove that everything you speak of was ‘out the window’
      at the point when 17 men were led to their deaths by the
      2 that were obliged to obey. The court(s) will then deliver
      their decision(s).

      I am still more interested in what’s sitting safely over at
      the YCSO police station.

      Reply
    • mike says

      November 16, 2013 at 10:03 pm

      I understand about the importance of the “rules”. But tell me exactly how inviolate they are. If civilian lives are in imminent danger, can you violate the rules? The captains that took their men into the buildings in 9/11 certainly put lives of their crews at risk, but nobody said they messed up. Is that not the one thing that will make firefighters do that which they ordinarily would not – other people’s lives?

      I have stated multiple times on this thread that Eric Marsh was responsible for his crew and their deaths were his responsibility. But if we want to learn lessons, maybe trying to understand what made him mess up is more useful than just saying he messed up. Otherwise people might use the same thought process again in the future that he did.

      If this all originated with Eric Marsh, tell me what you think he was doing by leaving the black. And not something that is just possible, but that you actually believe.

      Finally, are you suggesting that overhead can give orders and then just pretend they never occurred? It really does not matter what stupid orders they give, we just put them out on the next fire?

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 16, 2013 at 10:25 pm

        >> mike asked…
        >> If this all originated with Eric Marsh, tell me what you
        >> think he was doing by leaving the black. And not
        .>> something that is just possible, but that you
        >> actually believe.

        I’m not 100 percent sure this question was directed
        at ME ( since not for one second am I ready to say
        I believe ‘all of this originated with Eric Marsh )… but
        just in case you were directing that question to me
        I can provide MY answer.

        What do I think ( at this point an without any more
        evidence ) Eric Marsh was doing by leaving the black?

        Answer: Keeping his job.

        That is BOTH ‘something that is possible’ and
        ‘something I believe’.

        You can construe anything you want into that such
        as him thinking any of the following…

        “If I don’t obey this order… I might lose my job.”
        OR
        “If I don’t get these men off this ridge before dark
        because I parked the vehicles in the wrong
        damn place today… I might lose my job”
        OR
        “If we just sit here and do nothing… I might lose my job”
        OR
        WHATEVER

        ..but I ‘believe’ the ‘common denominator’ in whatever
        he might have been thinking would be the final
        part any of those sentences… “…I might lose my job.”

        I believe this man loved his job ( maybe too much ).

        It was everything to him.

        I believe he was one of those fellows whose behavior
        and decision making process is constantly related
        to him asking himself if his actions, at any time, may
        or may not ’cause him to lose his job’.

        >> Finally, are you suggesting that overhead
        >> can give orders and then just pretend they
        >> never occurred?

        Yes.

        From what I understand of this culture… it goes
        on all the time. Why would June 30 be any different?

        >> It really does not matter what stupid orders they give,
        >> we just put them out on the next fire?

        Again.. not sure if this was directed to me but I
        certainly hope that doesn’t happen.

        I think I have said before up above that if THIS incident
        isn’t the perfect opportunity to examine how this
        entire more-than-quasi military culture actually
        operates… then I don’t know how many guys would
        need to be buried to make that happen.

        Reply
        • mike says

          November 16, 2013 at 10:36 pm

          Actually there were directed to RTS. I thought I was replying to a post of his, but your post got in between. Sorry for the confusion.

          Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 16, 2013 at 11:07 pm

            Apologies, then. I was confused… but
            I didn’t mind answering, anyway. The
            SAIR has done nothing but ask the entire
            world to ‘try and figure out what Marsh was
            thinking’ and they did… in fact… throw him
            under the bus even if they said that wasn’t
            what the report was about.

            I am still not ready to throw anyone under
            the bus. I think there is more evidence
            that exists that hasn’t been seen yet.

            Reply
        • Robert the Second says

          November 16, 2013 at 10:57 pm

          Keeping his job should have been the least of his concerns. Keeping his men alive should have been paramount. Leaving a perfectly good SZ when they chose to didn’t fit that category in my book.

          Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 16, 2013 at 11:12 pm

            Doesn’t fit mine, either… but the SAIR is asking me (and all of us) to figure out how a guy could be BOTH ‘concerned about nothing but the safety of his men’ AND make the greatest blunder in the history of wildland firefighting… both at the same time. It’s a conunmdrum. It deserves a better answer than the SAIR has provided.

            Reply
        • Robert the Second says

          November 17, 2013 at 12:01 am

          You don’t need more rules, you just need to follow the ones we already have. Paraphrasing OSHA from most of the past fatality willdand fires investigation reports.

          Reply
          • Bob Powers says

            November 17, 2013 at 8:39 am

            Absolutely when your supervisors fail you and they have been trained to follow the rules and have years of fire behavior training and experience. There are to many fire fighters in statements in this discussion who have said they cant always adhere to the 10 and 18 and there in lies the problem.

            Reply
      • Robert the Second says

        November 16, 2013 at 10:55 pm

        We always put our lives at risk on the firelines, and the WUI is very risky. Our job is ‘inherently dangerous’ according to the courts. Structure ff is COMPLETELY different, different training, sturdier more heat resistent PPE, SCBA, and they seem to want have the desire or whatever it is to ‘risk/give their lives to save others.’ At least that’s what we read in the media. Wildland ff’s don’t do that, the ones I know that trained me and those I supervised and trained didn’t and don’t do that. And I;m not willing to take any unnessary risks to ‘save a structure’ that is not Firewised or mitigated by the owner. Period. I don’t think it’s a good comparison, 911 ff’s and Yarnell Hill Fire ff’s.

        Bad supervisors? They can’t just pretend they never occured, actions have consequences. We just watch out for them as well – Watch Out #19, Death From Above. And deal withthem accordingly by Fightinhg Fire by the Rules – always.

        Have you ever thought this may have been just another ‘bad decision with a good outcome that worked many times before, but did not this time? How many times did they get away with this before?

        Reply
        • mike says

          November 16, 2013 at 11:20 pm

          I appreciate your honesty. Your answer as I understand it is you would not violate the rules to possibly save a life. I actually think that is a defensible position, but I suspect there is not unanimity among wildland FFs on that.

          As to your last statement, that is a very legitimate question. I have thought about it. I do not know the answer. However if Eric Marsh had a history of unsafe practices, I suspect some of that would have started to surface. Not in the immediate aftermath (don’t speak ill of the dead), but after a few months. People have been all over him about this incident, but not heard anything about other close calls. Maybe that sort of thing is under the radar, but not in the press.

          Reply
          • Robert the Second says

            November 16, 2013 at 11:53 pm

            I don’t think we are ‘speaking ill of the dead” but attempting to critically and logically analyze why all this happened. We are speaking about their ACTIONS and INNACTIONS. The same thing occured after the South Canyon Fire in CO in 1995 where 14? died, many from the same HS Crew. FF’s did not want to second guess them “bcuz these guys were our friends.” We proceded to criticallly analyze what they had done, and there were ‘Lessons Learned’ from that in spite of it being a huge cover-up like all fatal wildland fires. So. then., what Lessons Learned? After South Canyon, there has been at least Cramer, 30.Mile, and others. ALL of them bcuz they didn’t follow ‘The Rules’ of basic firefighting. As Gordon Graham often says, “We haven;t figured out any new ways to kill people.” BTW very similar to the Yarnell Hill Fire. Several of this men were my friends and co-workers on fires, and I trained several of them, and so did ff’s I taught. They knew better.

            You guys are pretty adament and focused on this!

            Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 16, 2013 at 11:22 pm

          >> RTS wrote…
          >> Have you ever thought this may have been
          >> just another ‘bad decision with a good outcome
          >> that worked many times before, but did not
          >> this time?

          Yes.

          From what I have read about the history of
          this outfit… and all the information that has
          already appeared publicly ( but is getting lost
          in the noise ) about them ‘fudging’ people’s
          seasonal/part-time work status and training
          requirements just to hang on to that precious
          ‘Type 1 IHC’ rating…

          …I DO wonder how big that chip was on
          Willis’ and Marsh’s shoulder… and what chances
          these guys had been ‘getting away with’ just
          to ‘prove something’ to ??? Someone ???

          >> How many times did they get away with
          >> this before?

          There are people still alive who know.
          Let’s talk to them.

          Reply
      • J. Stout says

        November 16, 2013 at 11:31 pm

        Mike, your first paragraph here helps me to realize, once and for all, why structural firefighting and wildland firefighting do not mix.

        There is absolutely no doubt in my mind at this point that there should never, ever be a hotshot crew on a municipal fire department again.

        You sound like a good man, Mike. I wish you the best in your search for the truth. As I do all the other very fine people who have been contributing to this discussion.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 17, 2013 at 1:11 am

          >> Mr Stout wrote…
          >> There is absolutely no doubt in my mind at this
          >> point that there should never, ever be a hotshot
          >> crew on a municipal fire department again.

          Well, regardless of all the arguments about
          whether a municipal fire department with
          constant budget limitations/problems is really
          even able to pull that off, or not…

          …when all the ‘wrongful death’ lawsuits are
          over here the rule of thumb will probably simply
          be ‘no municipality should run a Type 1
          Hotshot crew because they simply can’t
          afford the liability’.

          The first ‘wrongful death’ claim that has been filed
          is (for the next 60 days, anyway) a sum-certain
          claim. That means for 60 days… they can just
          pay the fixed sum of $12 million to ‘make it go
          away’… or then it goes to court ( and ALL the
          evidence from that day finally comes out ) and
          the damages awarded could be astronomically
          higher than that.

          If they just pay the $12 million to ‘make this one’
          go away’… then here come the other 18
          sum-certain claims right away… probably for
          the same amount(s), if not more.

          It they fight it… $12 million probably won’t even
          pay the lawyers fees.

          The entire estimated financial resources
          available to the city of Prescott, Arizona
          for the year 2014 is $230,161,910.

          19 ‘wrongful death’ sum-certain claims settled
          out of court at $12 million each is $228,000,000.

          That will leave them only $2 million to run
          the entire city.

          The State of Arizona can probably take a
          $228 million hit… but that will most certainly
          wipe out the entire municipality of Prescott,
          Arizona, as fast as you can say “there used
          to be a Type 1 Hotshot crew hosted solely by a
          municipal fire department… but that didn’t
          work out too good.”

          Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 17, 2013 at 1:33 am

          PS: Speaking of ‘budget problems’ at the Prescott
          Fire Department… I wish they would pay someone
          a couple of bucks to take the 5 minutes it would
          take to update their frickin’ website.

          They still have a dead man listed there as
          an active employee and they don’t even
          have the courtesy to have his job title
          spelled right.

          As of 1 minute ago… the ‘WildLand Division’
          page at the Prescott Fire Department site
          still says this…

          Prescott Fire Department
          Wildland Division

          Wildland Division proactively works to
          prevent wildland fires by educating the public
          on the real threat of wildfire, reducing the threat
          of wildfire to the community, and assisting
          homeowners in the creation of defensible
          space on their property.

          Darrell Willis – Wildland Division Chief
          Todd Rhines – Fuels Management Supervisor
          Ted Ralston – Wildland Code Enforcement Officer
          Eric Marsh – Granite Mountain Superintendant

          Reply
          • J. Stout says

            November 17, 2013 at 8:46 am

            That the fiscal burden (affording the liability) could prove to be too great was something which crossed my mind back when I first heard the talk of rebuilding the GM crew. But since that time I’d not seen anything addressing it. The facts and figures provided here do paint a real clear portrait of the fiscal reality. Am glad to now have a greater understanding about this.

            Just for the record, I am also grateful to everyone here for the greater understanding as to just how much structural FF and wildland FF are two very separate high-wire acts. And how attempting to make the switch from one to another in an emergency situation is, at the very least, profoundly perilous. Marsh and Steed tried to do that. And the results were disastrous. The painful consequences of it are going to be felt by so many for a long, long time. I read somewhere that Tex Gilligan said they still weep each time they take people on the hike. I can imagine.

            Reply
          • Joy A Collura says

            November 17, 2013 at 10:13 am

            REPLY TO- J. Stouton November 17, 2013 at 8:46 am said: Tex (Sonny) Harold Eldon Gilligan is a fine genuine man and he has his darker spots since this day 6-30-13 becoming more frequent—the depth of his tears is oh so much—I have a lot of compassion and empathy but even that is not enough at times. The loss of these 19 men spoke to us two loud and clear and we will share our day in hopes it helps prevent any future tragedies. We have been hiking pals for over two years. We carried much heart in knowing each other yet we have such a strong layer of humor as we tell folks we are the old married couple; he is old and I am married. Looking back we really were much like an old married couple with our differences in life yet I do believe those differences was a healing tool for us both. Last night was our end of being hiking pals and this week’s hike was too heavy on him- too many in a week. He dropped me off in Congress and he headed to Nevada he stated. I just hope he remembers Herb and Gail in his journey. I for some reason trust this is just a pause because I want to grab my eberlestock backpack and go solo and pioneer Arizona as he wants to be in Nevada for he is not drawn to here any longer. He felt he gave enough testimonies and hikes to help this 6-30-13 get a proper assessment. Even I cannot reach him as I too am going out to do my own thing and I will only be reachable by email at times or a call when I can- We both need this time away from the world. It seem others like “NBO” stated I needed serious help when I explained why I was assisting the investigators and people looking for facts—that statement hit me and I thought here I have helped directly and freely almost 500 to that community and than I have helped the investigation to so many and I have to take time out for me and what better time than during the Holiday Season-
            Happy Holidays to all and Happy Trails—I understand the word happy carries nothing when this is your first Holiday without your loved one and I know it never gets easier but all we can do is gather up sources, documents, testimonies from this point on and maybe this will never happen again to another firefighter—look at all the previous fires over time that were covered up—the time is NOW to end that cycle…let your voices be heard.

            Reply
  252. Robert the Second says

    November 16, 2013 at 5:59 pm

    WTKTT – I am just not convinced that they were ‘ordered’ or ‘directed’ to go down to the structures below, whether it was Yarnell, The Shrine, or Glen Ilah. It makes absolutely no sense to me. I know you all keep saying that, but where are you getting that from? What is your basis for asserting that? There are no radio transmissions unless they were editted into cover-up-land. If it was a cell phone call, only those involved would know what was said. There were a lot of cell phone conversations that day bcuz the radios were pretty jammed up like they always are in thos situations. I know that neither of the OPS would have directed them anywhere but to a safe location and I say that because they’re pretty savvy wildland firemen. Based on the statements and radio transmission records I’ve read, it was a complete surprise to them. As far as they knew, and BRHS Supt. too, they were in a good SZ, ‘one the ridge, in the black, in good black.’

    Fire Order number 3 states: “Base all actions on current and expected behavior of the fire.” It makes no sense for one of those OPS to give such an order. And the GMHS certainly weren’t following that Fire Order. I still think Marsh was referring to the increased fire behavior below in the MacKenzie video and the ‘comfort level’ he was referring to was their convoluted, unsafe plan to head down to The Ranch’ for whatever reason they had decided on.

    And nobody said no? Why are we doing this? Why are we leaving good black with all this fire activity going on? Why aren’t we leaving a lookout? Why are we travelling in the green, in the unburned? There was some Groupthink at work there.

    Reply
    • mike says

      November 16, 2013 at 6:50 pm

      This is where I think the issue of evacuations is crucial No one in fire command would have asked Eric Marsh to make that trip to protect a couple of houses. That is absurd. But the fire blew up quickly and the pace of evacuations was slow. There were a lot of elderly people in there. I think someone in fire command was scared someone was going to get trapped and die, and that their tail would get blistered for it happening. I think they panicked and asked or ordered Marsh to help. Now you could argue that Marsh came up with the same thought process on his own, but how does he know the evacuations are a problem?

      Whoever was in charge of evacuations in Glen Ilah I think was likely the source of an order/request to Marsh – I do not know who that would have been. But remember, just like Eric Marsh, they had a “good” reason for doing it, it just went horribly wrong. The problem was that if it happened, they were not honest about it.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 16, 2013 at 8:30 pm

        I agree mike. It had to be about something more than
        protecting a pile of lumber and drywall and shingles all
        neatly arranged together into ‘a house’ ( and easily
        replaced with X number of trips to Home Depot ).

        It had to be a (perceived) ‘matter of life or death’
        ( which it sadly became but in the absolute wrong way ).

        Could the YCSO ( Sheriff’s Office ) actually be part
        of the picture here? Were they REPORTING anyone
        ‘trapped’ or ‘unable to get out of their houses’ in the
        Glen Isla area at that time… and THEY asked
        (someone?) in the fire command if they could help?

        Could that be the ‘comfort level’ conversation up
        on that ridge? Marsh/Steed had just been TOLD there
        might be people trapped ‘over there’ and in danger
        of dying and Marsh was asking Steed “What do YOU
        think?… Can we DO this?”.

        However… if that IS the case… then why the secrecy?

        Tragic as this incident is… if that really IS what is behind
        it all you would have thought that would be out by now.

        I would think… if that explanation was actually put
        forward… these men would have been buried at
        even a higher HERO status than what was
        already honored.

        But there is certainly NOTHING in the SAIR about
        this even being a remote possibility.

        Of course… the fact that things had gotten to that
        point was already an embarrassment for these
        employees of the State of Arizona… so maybe
        they were just afraid to admit that the request
        even went out to these men.

        I think we WILL find out what this was all about.

        Reply
        • Robert the Second says

          November 16, 2013 at 9:03 pm

          Mike and WTKTT,

          You’d be surprised the requests that are made by incompetent, inexperienced, and out-of-their-element overhead on fires, but I really don’t think that was the case here. Law Enforcement – in this case, YCSO, is the only resource allowed to order evacutations. There may have been other LEO’s from neighboring towns or agencies, as there usually are by then. Most likely they would accomplish this with the IMT Liaison Officer.

          It sounds like some or most of the incompetence and/or indecision (a faulty management style or stress) rested in the DIVS Y/Z and/or the Structure Group Supervisor(s) in the various subdivisons. In the wildland fire world, it’s not a crime or against the rules or whatever to make a stupid, unsafe, ot whatever request or give an order to do any one of those. That’s why we have the Turn-Down protocol and properly refuse the risk based on ‘The Rules.’ The responsibility lies with the firefighter and/or fireline supervisor to say NO with an option! It’s that simple. That’s how it’s supposed to work. You cannot blame the one giving the order. Remember, they say there’s no cure for stupid.Once you ‘accept the risk’ – a legal phrase, then the ball is in your court.

          As a Hot Shot said about this fire, “it’s hard to make heroes out of those that messed up.”

          Flat out, these guys messed up.

          Reply
          • Robert the Second says

            November 16, 2013 at 9:20 pm

            Before you jump on me about my comments above, I should add there there were probably also other overhead responsible for the resources and the decison making, e.g. Single Resource Bosses (Crew, Engine), Strike Team Leaders, Task Force Leaders, and the like. Each supervisor is responsible for his people and equipment.Chain of command and span of control..

            Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 16, 2013 at 10:52 pm

            RTS… first of all.. I am not here to ‘jump on anybody’ about anything. Your comments here are most appreciated and you are giving quite the insight into this entire ‘culture’ and how it may have contributed to the cause of this horrible accident.

            I don’t think it is any cause for debate that this entire fire was mis-handled from day one. See the title of this actual ‘article’ we are actually ‘commenting’ on and the proof Mr. Dougherty has already provided that this thing went sideways at least 24 hours before the men who were to die even showed up on the scene on their day off.

            As for June 30 itself… it’s starting to sound like they should have made the hiker Tex Gilligan ICS that day. He knew what was going to happen later that afternoon by as early as 1:00 PM… and he wasn’t even getting any dynamic NWS weather reports.

            Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 16, 2013 at 9:18 pm

      >> RTS said…
      >> WTKTT – I am just not convinced that they were ‘ordered’ or
      >> ‘directed’ to go down to the structures below, whether it was
      >> Yarnell, The Shrine, or Glen Ilah. It makes absolutely no
      >> sense to me.

      The fact that 19 men who are supposed to be fire experts
      broke every rule they were ever taught and walked into
      a box canyon and headlong into a wall of flames is what
      makes NO SENSE at all..

      NONE of this makes any sense… and 60+ investigators
      haven’t left us with any explanations. Thanks for nothing.

      >> I know you all keep saying that, but where are you getting
      >> that from? What is your basis for asserting that?

      The process of deduction.

      For me… it is ( at this moment ) just as equally unbelievable
      that someone in the command structure would be stupid
      enough to even give an ‘order’ like that… as it is that Eric Marsh
      and/or Jesse James Steed could have been that stupid all
      on their own…

      …but this is not a matter of ‘belief’.

      It happened. So pick one.

      Either they WERE ‘influenced’ or ‘ordered’ to do this…
      or they really WERE ‘that stupid’ all on their own.

      To me… this is still all about ‘following the evidence’.

      The SAIR has left us with nothing to do but
      practice Holmesian deduction.

      Everyone knows the Sir Arthur Conan Doyle ( Sherlock
      Holmes ) quote of “When you have eliminated the impossible,
      whatever remains, however improbable, must be the truth”.

      …but there is another ‘Holmesian deduction’ quote that might
      be even more applicable in this case…

      “From a drop of water, a logician could infer the possibility
      of an Atlantic or a Niagara without having seen or heard of
      one or the other”.

      Do you follow me? The SAIR has forced us to look at a
      ‘drop of water’ ( 19 dead men ) and ‘infer’.

      So we are ‘inferring’. We are doing the best we can to prove
      whether things ‘we may have not seen’… exist… or not.

      Exhaust the evidence. That’s all you can do ( and what is
      being done here and other places ).

      >> RTS also wrote…
      >> I know that neither of the OPS would have directed
      >> them anywhere but to a safe location and I say that
      >> because they’re pretty savvy wildland firemen.
      >> Based on the statements and radio transmission records
      >> I’ve read, it was a complete surprise to them. As far as
      >> they knew, and BRHS Supt. too, they were in a good
      >> SZ, ‘on the ridge, in the black, in good black.’

      Well.. ‘based on the statement and radio transmissions
      I’ve read” ( and I’m assuming we’re talking about just
      the public stuff and not other ‘people you know’ statements )…

      …I have reached a different conclusion.

      As far as I can tell… at the time when it was most critical to
      KNOW whether GM had ‘left the black’… OPS1 was about
      the only one on that radio network who did NOT know it…
      and because of his ignorance a perfect opportunity to VERIFY
      where they were was missed when a concerned man
      ( ASM2 ) who DID hear they were ‘on the move’ already
      had called for a ‘timeout’ and offered to ‘go check on them’.

      OPS1 blew him off… and it was based on ignorance.

      I don’t know if the guy (OPS1) had ‘risen to his level of
      incompetence’ that day… or he just couldn’t handle
      the job… but he really screwed up. Good men died.

      This was all just casually mentioned in the SAIR.

      No one did anything wrong.
      These aren’t the droids you’re looking for.
      Move along.

      >> RTS also said…
      >> Why are we leaving good black with all this fire activity
      >> going on? Why aren’t we leaving a lookout? Why are
      >> we traveling in the green, in the unburned?
      >> There was some Groupthink at work there.

      Perhaps the exact same questions that Christopher
      MacKenzie had in his mind when he pushed down
      on that shutter button of his and DECIDED to record
      the audio of that (entire?) radio conversation.

      He ( Christopher ) could have felt it all going sideways
      at that point and THAT is why he felt the need to
      capture the moment ( with audio ).

      Is there still someone PREVENTING us from hearing all
      of Christopher’s attempt to leave a record of things going
      into ‘crazy’ land?

      We don’t know… yet. Stay tuned.

      Reply
    • J. Stout says

      November 16, 2013 at 10:18 pm

      RtS, I am just not convinced either. The brevity and limitations of the MacKenzie video make it impossible for me to arrive at any sound conclusions concerning it. It is fertile ground for conjecture, but that is not what I am interested in. I also realize that there are several people who seem to think they know what’s in Eric Marsh’s voice on that video — but I am not one of them.

      (Come to think of it, I’d be interested in hearing about what kind of prior experience some individuals may possibly have in listening to fire traffic where Mr. Marsh’s voice happened to be one the regulars conducting fire business and thus allowing for at least some kind of insight as to his demeanor in these instances).

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 16, 2013 at 10:39 pm

        >> The brevity and limitations of the MacKenzie video
        >> make it impossible for me to arrive at any sound
        >> conclusions concerning it.

        Exactamundo.

        The only 2 questions that remain there are…

        1) Does that represent ‘mission accomplished’ on the
        part of people (attorneys?) who know they have to
        release SOME part of something that is known to
        exist… but how much to make sure no one can
        ever be sure about anything?

        OR

        2) Is there more video/audio.

        Reply
  253. Bob Powers says

    November 16, 2013 at 1:54 pm

    Check the bottom of this page for the “notice of claim filed”

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 17, 2013 at 12:29 am

      It’s a sum-certain claim with a time limit of 60 days. Even if they are going to just pay the $12 million and ‘make it go away’… they will most probably let almost all of the 60 days go by.

      Reply
  254. Bob Powers says

    November 16, 2013 at 9:52 am

    I guess I am going to be a little proud here. Running was not an option. The crew stayed together as they had been trained too, they tried to build a safe area to deploy. They did what they were trained and asked to do. The area of deployment was to small and the heat to high to survive. Had the heat been less they might have survived. I am proud they all stayed together as a unit. I believe the outcome would have been the same had the broke and ran, that’s been proven over and over. Your chances of out running a fire up hill are less than surviving a deployment. They did what they were trained to do. They were left with the last option because they put them selves there. I was young and for many years I thought my dad was in prime health why didn’t he out run that fire down hill to the road and safety. After becoming a fire fighter I knew why. Brush fires in canyons create their own energy, gases and heat to an explosive level with winds and a uphill or down hill run. Its like turning the gas on in your Bar-b-q and throwing a match in. That’s what happens in box canyons and natural chimneys. That’s why we have been taught a million times to never go down hill in to them with an active fire below you.

    Reply
  255. Robert the Second says

    November 16, 2013 at 12:30 am

    They were in their perfectly good SZ all day, they easily could have and should have stayed put. They would have been just fine. And they could have walked out the mid-slope ridge jeep road all the way to above The Ranch, and with a few alternative options. They could have bailed off the ridge down toward the road to Congress in much lighter fuels, firing it off for a SZ if need be. They could have even fired off above the road and stepped into the black.

    Once they stepped OFF the raod and descended into the deadly bowl, it was too late, they were committed. It was too steep, too far, too thick to go back in time to their perfectly good SZ where they had been most of the day.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 16, 2013 at 9:32 am

      Roger that. Totally agree. I believe one of your options is exactly
      what the non-professional-firefighters Tex Gilligan and Joy Collura
      realized was the only ‘safe’ thing to do… and that was 2 hours
      before they even left their ‘safe spot’. Tex and Joy continued
      south on that high ridge road and suffered the bit of a climb
      to the hilltop going south… but then they bailed off that high
      ridge road south to the congress side and circled around back
      to some road that’s there and ended up all the way back on
      Highway 89… not too far from the Ranch House Restaurant
      ( which is where all the GM vehicles were, anyway ). It was
      a no-brainer.

      Question for you…

      You have seen the MacKenzie photos, right? Before they
      even decided to leave where they had been all day ( and
      perfectly safe )… they could see that the back of the fire
      was now the head fire and just rushing south. They saw
      it overtake the retardant line and then march straight
      at the Sesame trail they walked in on. Steed even says
      in the video “Yea… it’s almost reached that trail we
      walked in on”.

      So… why didn’t they realize that all they had to do was
      WAIT for, perhaps 30 minutes, and the road they
      walked in on would then be completely ‘in the black’
      and they could have just walked back down to that
      old grader spot and called for a dust-off?

      I mean… you would know… how ‘hot’ is a black right
      after a fire like that moves through?

      How long would they simply have had to WAIT before
      that entire area below them would have been ‘totally black’
      and perfectly safe to traverse since the fire had already
      blown through and fried everything (as the photos of
      the deployment site show)

      Both that middle bowl and the entrapment bowl got
      ‘moonscaped’.

      How long would they have had to wait before they could
      have simply just walked out of there safely and still
      be with us today…

      …and wouldn’t they have KNOWN that was ‘another option’?

      Reply
      • mike says

        November 16, 2013 at 10:18 am

        They COULD NOT wait, they were needed in Yarnell NOW. That is the point.

        Three days ago, I thought there was an order, but honestly, it almost seemed too pat an explanation. Today I am completely convinced there was. They are discussing it in the MacKenzie video and they are not comfortable. I do not know why Christopher MacKenzie chose that moment to shoot a video, but God bless him!

        I wonder if Ms. McKee’s lawyer thinks there was an order?

        Reply
        • Bob Powers says

          November 16, 2013 at 1:39 pm

          Now the question is did he send it to someone with a note (Ms. McKee) or a family member. Will this be the smoking gun that shows up in a civil trial? I wonder? It is feasible a full tape that no one messed with. the who and the why a lot to hope for but you never know.

          Reply
          • Bob Powers says

            November 16, 2013 at 2:29 pm

            Mr. Willis is named long with violating the 10 standard orders. The info is also on wildlandfire today

            Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 16, 2013 at 4:04 pm

          >> mike said…
          >> They COULD NOT wait, they were needed
          >> in Yarnell NOW. That is the point.

          Exactly. That’s sort of what was ‘behind’ my asking
          the question. If their is acknowledgement among
          professionals that of the most OBVIOUS choices
          was to just sit right where they were… wait about
          30 minutes until everything is front of them was
          moonscaped ( see deployment site photos )…
          and then just walk down the same little trail
          that was right in front of them back down to
          the old-grader… on down Sesame trail… and
          right back to town before dark…

          …then the ONLY reason any other alternative
          would have been considered is that someone
          thought it was risking them all losing their
          lives to try and save one or two houses with
          just hand tools and no water.

          It’s just crazy to think they wouldn’t have just
          WAITED… and THEN walked that moonscape
          out of there quite alive.

          Someone said… “Not only is TODAY Easter…
          we need those Easter Eggs picked up off
          the ground RIGHT NOW. Move out.”

          >> mike also wrote…
          >> I do not know why Christopher MacKenzie
          >> chose that moment to shoot a video,
          >> but God bless him!

          I think I do ( and I think you do too, if you just
          stop and think about it. )

          Christopher had just shot still pictures of the
          amazing scene they were witnessing off
          in the distance. He already had his ‘pics’
          for friends and family.

          He hadn’t felt the need to shoot any other
          videos all day ( that we know of ).

          Why choose THAT moment, then?

          Simple… only video has AUDIO… and some
          weird shit was going down over the radio
          and between Marsh and Steed.

          I believe he actually DECIDED to record the
          audio on that because it was ‘out of the
          ordinary’ and ‘weird’ and I think Christopher
          was smart enough to know that this might
          need to be recorded in case the whole
          weirdness being discussed ended up
          going sideways ( which it did ).

          I don’t think he had any thoughts of losing
          his life. I just think he knew he was hearing
          some VERY weird plan being hatched and
          thought to himself “I better record this radio
          conversation because it could hit the fan
          later over this.”

          The YCSO police station has a copy of that
          original data dump from Christopher’s device
          with no EDITS on the material.

          Would not surprise me if the attorneys for the
          ‘wrongful death’ suit just filed subpoena it
          as evidence. Actually I HOPE they do… and
          then I hope the case is NOT ‘settled out of
          court’ so we can learn what only a few people
          know right now.

          Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 16, 2013 at 5:06 pm

          >> I wonder if Ms. McKee’s lawyer thinks there
          >> was an order?

          It is impossible to look at all the evidence that
          is ALREADY ( publicly ) available with regards
          to this incident and not come to the conclusion
          that it ( an ‘order from a superior’ ) would certainly
          explain what happened that afternoon… so any
          good lawyer is going to be ‘officially’ exploring that
          and going after the evidence that might prove it.

          That being said, however… I believe any
          ‘wrongful death’ suit filed in relation to this
          incident has every chance of succeeding
          even WITHOUT proof that Eric’s and Jesse’s
          direct orders to their men that afternoon were
          simply ‘coming from the higher ups’.

          There is total ‘negligence’ all OVER the place
          here… and the liability spreads far and wide…
          even if no more ‘detail’ or ‘proof’ ever comes
          to light.

          I hope it does. I hope the attorneys have the
          smarts to subpoena everything that is sitting
          over at the YCSO police station ( before any
          of it mysteriously gets ‘lost’ ).

          I hope we find out what REALLY happened.

          Reply
          • Joy A Collura says

            November 17, 2013 at 10:38 am

            “mysteriously lost”—like Joy’s sd card and other items out of Oak Park motel #15 during that evacuation period—with a few stating they know where it is—there is a solid $5,000 reward for the return of Joy and Tex’s things which one item strongly is needed as evidence to show over 1,000 photos taken that day of the fire and contains crucial information. Was it looted like others in town or when Sonny told officials in the shelter- did it “mysteriously” get lost…

            Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 18, 2013 at 12:20 am

            Joy… thank you for your comment(s).
            Your opinions are most welcome here.

            2 questions for you regarding the
            ‘missing’ SD card…

            1) When you and Tex got back to town
            and found the evacuations already in
            progress… did you tell ANYONE that
            you had seen the Granite Mountain
            fellas up on the ridge that day? A
            Police officer? A fireman? Anyone?

            2) If you don’t mind me asking… what
            ELSE was actually taken other than
            the SD card?

            Reply
          • Joy A Collura says

            November 18, 2013 at 7:27 pm

            2 questions for you regarding the
            ‘missing’ SD card…

            1) When you and Tex got back to town
            and found the evacuations already in
            progress… WHEN WE ARRIVED DELBERT TOLD US THERE WAS AN EVACUATION BUT WE SHOWERED WENT TO THE YARNELL DINER- ATE AND SPOKE TO PENNY THAN HEADED BACK AND SONNY LAID DOWN AS JOY BEGAN TO UPLOAD HER PHOTOS TO HER HIKING PAGE -ZAZZLE- AND SHE HAD A LAPTOP HOLDER AND A SD CARD UPLOADING AND THE OTHER SD CARD LEFT OF THE THE LAPTOP HOLDER AND THE NEW MANAGER DENISE KNOCKED AND TOLD US WE HAD ONE HOUR. I WENT TO THE BATHROOM WITH JUST MY LAPTOP WHEN MARY YOUNG WITH PANICKED VOICE TOLD US TO LEAVE IMMEDIATELY WITHOUT OUR STUFF- I TOLD HER DENISE SAID ONE HOUR AND SHE SCREAMED GET OUT NOW!!!!!!!!!!!!! AS SHE WATCHED US GET OOT. WE HAD THE INTENTIONS TO STAY BEHIND AND SO WE WERE GOING TO KILL SOME TIME AND HEAD TO PENNY’S. WHEN WE GOT TO HER HOME WHICH HER HOME HAD SPECTACULAR MOUNTAIN VIEW OF THE GATES OF THE HELL—YARNELL FIRE—SENIOR LADY PENNY WAS HYSTERICAL AS TO HOW SHE WOULD GET HER SEVEN DOGS, 2 CATS AND BIRDS DOWN TO CONGRESS—HER SON WAS NOT BEING ALLOWED UP AND SO AT THAT POINT WE FIGURED IT WAS THE RIGHT THING TO DO AND SO WE NEVER GOT TO RETURN TO GET OUR STUFF BECAUSE WE HELPED PENNY BUT OUR CABIN #15 WAS LOOTED- WHEN WE WERE AT THE DINER AFTER 5PM FINALLY A CALL WAS MADE BECAUSE I TOLD THEM ABOUT DELBERT
            S EVACUATION NOTICE AND THEY STATED THERE WAS A 4HR ONE—VERY MIXED MESSAGES ON THE TOPIC OF EVACUATION NOTICE AND WHO WAS TOLD WHAT OR NOT—did you tell ANYONE that
            you had seen the Granite Mountain
            fellas up on the ridge that day? WE HAD NO CLUE UNTIL WE WERE IN THE SHELTER WHEN REPORTER/JOURNALIST JOANNA DODDER WAS REVIEWING MY PHOTOS AND SHE SAID DO YOU REALIZE WHO YOU TOOK PHOTOS OF—-THE GRANITE MOUNTAIN HOTSHOTS—THE MEN THAT DIED. I HAVE KEPT MY PHOTOS FOR MY PARENTS AND MY HUSBAND AND TEX (SONNY) SAID I NEED TO SHARE THEM TO THE INVESTIGATION AND PEOPLE INTERESTED IN THE FIRE ESPECIALLY HE SAID SINCE HE LOST HIS OWN SON IT WILL BE IMPORTANT FOR THE FAMILIES AND FRIENDS OF THESE MEN THEY LOST TO THE FIRE—HE SAID EVERY PIECE OF EVIDENCE THEY WOULD WANT TO HAVE—SO THAT IS HOW MY PHOTOS BEGAN TO BE SHARED—
            Police officer? A fireman? Anyone? YES. SONNY TOLD A FEW IN THE SHELTER AND YES SOME WERE OFFICIAL FOLKS SO IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE PHOTOS WERE NOT LOOTED BUT CONFISCATED ILLEGALLY.

            2) If you don’t mind me asking… what
            ELSE was actually taken other than
            the SD card?
            HIKING GEAR…KESTREL…COWBOY BOOTS (WHICH DEPUTY LEVIN DID CALL ABOUT BOOTS BUT NOT OURS) AND ORGANIC FOOD AND A COFFEE CUP.

            Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 18, 2013 at 11:23 pm

            Wow. THANK YOU, Joy!
            Yes… I have read the stories and seen
            the video of how you did not realize who
            those men were until later. It must have
            been a terrible shock. Still is, probably.
            It is strange where fate puts us sometimes.

            Thank you, also, for the detailed version of
            your own experience getting out of Yarnell
            that afternoon. Very scary situation and
            I am glad you are still here to tell us your
            stories.

            I don’t know if it will ever be proved
            whether your items were ‘mysteriously
            confiscate’ or just truly stolen… but
            it still seems odd that someone would
            take that list of items you just provided
            and then also take an SD card.

            Something just doesn’t quite seem
            right there. I hope we learn more about
            that someday.

            Reply
      • Bob Powers says

        November 16, 2013 at 10:57 am

        They Knew– they chose not to do that. If they had done any planning at all they could have used several large rock areas as safety zones by hopping from one to another as they went down the ridge to the ranch. The bottom line is they could have waited out the blowup and then gone down thru the black The could have walked down the 2 track in roughly an hour or so with some smoke. They were told to move pure and simple and they did it with out a plan because they could not say hell NO.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 16, 2013 at 4:12 pm

          See above ( my response to mike ).
          RTS ( and you ) have now reflected
          the same ‘professional’ opinion that I think has
          been laying on the coffee table all along and that
          was sort of the point of me asking the question
          above.

          Anyone would have seen that option.

          Just wait 30 minutes for the moonscape,
          walk back to town before dark, and go home.

          Any other scenario or choice made simply
          indicates PRESSURE and/or DIRECT ORDERS.

          Do this NOW.
          Don’t wait. Not one minute.
          Move out.

          Reply
      • Robert the Second says

        November 16, 2013 at 11:22 am

        WTKTT – The choice to wait it out as it passed by below them and then descend into ‘the black’ would have been an excellent choice and could have been done hastily and yet safely. Since it was brush, it would have cooled off fairly quickly. We do that all the time; that’s what your supposed to do – it’s called LCES. Then they could have walked ‘the black’ all the way to Yarnell, even though they could have (and should have) done that from the ridgetop.

        The fire behavior you see in the McKemzie video was in the process of intensely channelling up through the basin below them as the result of the forecasted outflow winds, then wrapped around the knob between them and The Ranch with the wind shift due to alignment with the bowl, and then it turned and funneled straightup into the bowl and up the slope through the saddle above The Ranch. Pretty basic fire behavior that they teach you your first season.

        A 15-30 minute wait is my guess after sittng there most of the day and watching the fire progression below them according to the SAIT. Yes, they should have known that was ‘another option’ if they had done their due diligence and scouted out the terrain and followed ‘The Basics’ (Fire Orders, Watch Outs, LCES). They didn’t have the benefit of a labor saving ATV or UTV like BRHS because they had burned theirs up on a fire in the last year or so.

        A point to be made here about The Ranch is that it definitely was ‘bomb proof’ as a SZ, however, one would’ve had to be either in one of the structures or in a fire shelter to avoid being killed by the tremendously hot gases that preceded the fire front. Another important point to be made is that you NEVER waste time building a SZ by hand – you use dozers, drip torches, or fusees to build them. You don’t have enough time, manpower, or room to place all the slash you generate.

        Good black is always the best.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 16, 2013 at 4:42 pm

          >> RTS said.
          >> Then they could have walked ‘the black’
          >> all the way to Yarnell, even though they
          >> could have (and should have) done that
          >> from the ridgetop.

          Exactly… and if you stop and think about it…
          They had ALREADY seen the fire burn
          through the retardant line. Steed is captured
          on video ( at 4:02 PM ) saying “Yea… and it’s
          almost made its way to the two-track road
          we walked in on.”

          So there was their new ‘LCES’ plan revision
          right in front of their faces ( and captured
          for US to see as well in photos and videos ).

          Even if there was a cell-phone delivered
          order circa 4:00 PM to ‘Move out NOW!’…
          the SAFE way BACK was still right there in
          the photos.

          They could’ve simply just walked NORTH in the
          same safe-black they had been walking all
          day until it met up with the NEW black
          being created by the new head fire they could
          already see happening down there in the
          middle bowl… and then ‘walk that new black’
          back east behind the new head fire and
          easily end up in the St. Joseph Shrine area
          ( not totally black at 4:00 but certainly would
          have been by the time they got there ).

          So that means there was something about
          it being ‘Easter’ that had a specific location
          component as well. It wasn’t JUST ‘Easter’…
          it was ‘Easter in Glen Isla’.

          They word ‘ordered’ to a ‘specific place’ and
          that, itself, narrowed their options down to
          just the one that was gonna cause them to die.

          So has anyone asked the question… Who would
          have cared so much about Glen Isla (specifically)
          at that moment? Chief Willis? ‘DIVS Z’ (Rance Marquez)? Someone else we don’t know about
          at this time?

          It all gets pretty specific when you start to look
          at ALL the reasonable, obvious options that
          were ‘rejected’ ( Like just walking moonscape
          a little later, etc. ).

          Some ULTRA-HIGH URGENCY component
          was inserted into this situation… by SOMEONE.

          >> RTS also said…
          >> A point to be made here about The Ranch is
          >> that it definitely was ‘bomb proof’ as a SZ,
          >> however, one would’ve had to be either in
          >> one of the structures or in a fire shelter to
          >> avoid being killed by the tremendously hot
          >> gases that preceded the fire front.

          Again… spot on.
          Even if they had ‘double/triple timed’ it on the
          entire march away from the 4:02 video spot
          and on towards that ranch… little has been
          said about the fact that they probably would
          have barely made it and would have had
          to DEPLOY immediately upon arriving.
          I believe it’s been reported that while the
          ranch DID survive… a lot of the SIDING
          on the structures was, in fact, MELTED.

          >> Good black is always the best.

          They already had it…

          …so bring on the ‘wrongful death’ suits and
          let’s find out what REALLY happened.

          Reply
        • calvin says

          November 17, 2013 at 8:49 am

          RTS…So GM burned their ATV/UTV in the last year or so? Is this common? Does it speak of excessive risk taking? Why wasn’t it replaced? Was it because they were being punished or PFD couldn’t afford another one? It seems like you have a lot of relevant information. Please tell me who else BR saved that day from your previous post saying “more than you know.” I am afraid it has something to do SPGS1 who has been on the fire since 1130 or 1140 the night before. I hope this person didn’t fall asleep when they were suppose to be on lookout duty. I know this statement is far reaching so if it is untrue just say so.
          OPS1 screwed up terribly, there is no doubt. ASM2 asked for a timeout, OPS1 said NO. They are in a good place and its GRANITE MOUNTAIN (comment attributed to OPS1 in SAIR.) WTF does this mean? I think it means, DONT ask me, I am not responsible for them. I am also not convinced Eric Marsh left the 0700 briefing as DIV A. You said…. These men were professionals and clearly understood that distinction, which included their distinct responsibilities and duties, their radio call signs, and the like. They were following their respective roles. And let there be no confusion here on the supposed radio transmission confusion. When “someone” answered the radio as GMHS, it was Steed and likewise with DIV. A. We have heard Eric Marsh identify himself as Granite Mountain on the Youtube video by Globe handcrew. Is their an explanation for this? I respect your opinions and really appreciate your insight to these matters.

          Reply
      • Joy A Collura says

        November 17, 2013 at 11:22 am

        REPLY TO THIS STATEMENT MADE PUBLIC IS NOT ACCURATE—CORRECTING FOR YOU SINCE I HIKED ITridge road south to the congress side and circled around back
        to some roadIT WAS CONGRESS SIDE YET AS THE EXIT PART WAS NEARING GORDON ACRI’S AREA THAN STATE LAND PARCEL 800-20-049e/BASHAW/FRASIER/NUHARTLLC/STREET FRONT WHERE WE PARKED UNDER THE TREE THAT IS ONLY A DEAD ONE NOW IN FRONT OF MCNARY’S PLACE ON FOOTHILL THAN WE DROVE OUT TO HIGHWAY 89 BACK TO OAK PARK CABIN #15 AS THAT WAS OUR HIKING HEADQUARTERS IN THE MONTH OF JUNE 2013. HOPE THAT HELPS—WE BEGAN THAT MORNING BY WHERE WE PARKED ON FOOTHILL—UP THE BASE PAST MCNARYS, HEADING TO STATE LAD NEAR THE HELMS RANCH—HUGGED THE BOULDERS DOWN TO THE VERY COORDINATES THEY PERSIHED IS WHERE TEX AND JOY DISAGREED BECAUSE TEX NEW TO THAT TERRAIN AS OF JUNE 8 2013 AND JOY KNEW THE MAZE-LIKE TERRAIN IT IS SINCE SHE HAS HIKED IT FOR ALMOST 10 YEARS SHE DID NOT WANT TO GO UP THE STEEP SADDLE THE 19 MEN CAME DOWN AND AS SHE REFUSED SHE HEADED TOWARD STATE LAND BOULDER BASE HUGGING IT TO THE OTHER SIDE WHICH IS MAUGHAN RANCH AGRICULTURAL LAND NEARING THE WASH THAT LEADS TO THE JEEP TRAIL ROAD UP THE MOUNTAIN WHERE WE MET/TALKED WITH ALL OF THEM AT SOME POINT DURING THAT MORNING…THE CREW CAME UP THE OLD GRADER ROAD BUT UNTIL I CAN PROVE IT I WILL NOT STATE PUBLICLY WHERE I SAW MARSH BUT I KNOW WHERE I FIRST SAW HIM THAT IS FOR SURE BUT HE WAS AWAY FROM THE CREW THAT DAY THROUGHOUT THE DAY- that’s there and ended up all the way back on
        Highway 89… not too far from the Ranch House Restaurant

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 18, 2013 at 12:31 am

          Joy… thank you VERY much for taking the time
          to comment here. If I have said ANYTHING on
          this particular comment thread that is not
          totally accurate… PLEASE feel free to correct it
          at any time. We are ‘trying to get it right’ here,
          but we are not professional journalists and
          sometimes we are going to mis-quote someone
          slightly or mis-remember something we
          read somewhere.

          Thank you for that detailed description of your
          ACTUAL movements that day. That really
          helps!

          Reply
  256. Robert the Second says

    November 15, 2013 at 11:31 pm

    Good stuff there on the video find. Have you tried matching this up to Matt Oss’ time lapse video from Congress?

    For the Matt Oss time lapse video, from the viewer’s perspective, the GMHS are sitting just over the ridge in their perfectly good SZ looking down into where the McKenzie video clip showed the fire progressing earlier that day. At 10 seconds you see the flames coming into view over the ridgetop and again at 14 seconds. Their SZ is just below that at 14 seconds, off the ridge, in good black. All the intense smoke column off to the right is ‘the deadly bowl’ burning out with the GMHS in it.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 15, 2013 at 11:40 pm

      I am going to try to nail down the EXACT time that video was
      taken… unless someone from Arizona Central just says
      what it is. There are actually PLENTY of time-stamped
      photos ( and videos… like the time lapse ) of that amazing
      ‘smoke cloud’ from all different angles and distances that
      can probably be used to easily nail down the exact time of
      that video.

      That being said… I still maintain that even if Marsh/Steed/Crew
      had even KNOWN they could just ‘walk around’ up on that
      ridge road and stay on the ‘high ground’ with ‘eyes on the
      fire’ all the way to the ranch… and they had chosen to
      go that way… this thing was a BEAST.

      I’m also certain that even if they had stayed on what
      appeared to be the ‘safe’ high ridge road… they would
      have still had to probably ‘drop packs and haul ass’
      south over that ridge towards Congress in order to
      stay alive that afternoon.

      But at least they could have seen it coming… and
      stood a fighting chance.

      Oh… how I wish they were all sitting around drinking beer
      and talking about how they had to ‘drop packs and run’
      that afternoon and no one picked up their tired asses
      over on Hwy 89 for hours. That would be great.

      Reply
  257. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 15, 2013 at 10:17 pm

    **
    ** VIDEO SHOWING THE YARNELL BURNOVER EVENT
    ** FROM THE RANCH HOUSE RESTAURANT, JUNE 30, 2013

    I have found a VIDEO that apparently was shot either moments after
    ( or even, perhaps, DURING ) the burnover event in Yarnell on June 30, 2013.

    This VIDEO was actually shot right there at the Ranch House Restaurant
    ( the cafe’ ) on Highway 89 and shows more detail about who was in the
    parking lot at that moment… and doing what… than anything else I have
    seen so far.

    It also appears to show ( without much doubt ) Brendan McDonough sitting
    in the Granite Mountain Supervisor truck at the cafe’… using the radio.

    I found this video ‘misfiled’ in the (public) video archive section of the
    ‘Arizona Central’ online news site.

    By ‘misfiled’ I mean it was dumped into a category with other miscellaneous
    ‘Evacuations from Yarnell’ video clips and the significance of what it is
    actually showing seems to have been overlooked.

    I believe this is simply ‘raw footage’ being stored in their archive ( and it was
    never shown ‘on air’ anywhere or featured in a finished article ) because it
    was never edited to remove the moments when the camera is dropping to
    film the ground or swinging wildly around for other shots.

    Another reason I think this simply remained ‘raw footage’ is because of the
    high winds heard throughout the recording… making it almost impossible
    to hear what was being said even in the foreground during the interview
    contained in the video.

    The wind was REALLY blowing hard at the time this video was shot there
    at the cafe’.

    I am going to post the exact URL for this VIDEO but that might hold this
    posting up for moderation. If it remains in moderation for too long I will
    re-post with another way to view the video without the URL.

    Before I post the URL, however… there is a WARNING to read…

    The actual ‘Arizona Central’ video archive page that will attempt to show
    this video is MESSED UP… and unless you read the instructions below
    in the ‘HOW TO SEE IT’ section you probably won’t be able to watch the video.

    This is probably why few people have ever really seen this video much,
    if at all. There is a ‘trick’ you have to do in order to see it… or the embedded
    Adobe Flash video player goes brain-dead and automatically tries to show
    some OTHER video.

    Here is the exact URL… but please read the ‘HOW TO SEE IT’ section
    directly below before you click this link…

    http://www.azcentral.com/video/2518910632001

    The title at the top of the video player should say…

    “Yarnell man discusses losing his home”
    “Evacuees gather as the Yarnell Fire continues to burn”

    The subtitle that should appear at the bottom of the clip as you
    mouse over it will say…

    “Yarnell man discusses losing his home.”

    The primary focus of the video clip is a live interview with Yarnell resident
    Russ Reason. He has just evacuated from his home for 28 years in
    Yarnell and was stopped for an interview right there on Highway 89
    and directly in front of the cafe’.

    ** HOW TO SEE IT

    The ONLY way I am able to actually view the video consistently ( using
    Firefox ) is to do the following…

    When the page first loads… a large light-blue box will appear in the left-hand
    side of the page. This is where the Adobe Flash video player is going to install
    itself and play the video… but that won’t happen right away.

    There will be a pause where there is only the large light blue box showing.

    When all the Javascript has loaded and the Adobe Player fires up…
    a big WHITE box will suddenly appear in the center of the light-blue
    background area.

    It is at THIS MOMENT that you must left-click ONCE on the WHITE box that
    has appeared… or the Javascript goes brain dead and will load some other
    video than the one that it is supposed to load.

    You will know if you have succeeded if, just shortly after you click in that
    WHITE box… the video player fires up and you immediately see the north
    end of the Ranch House Restaurant filled with the Granite Mountain Vehicles
    and the Blue Ridge Hotshot’s Crew Carriers and lots of BR Hotshots
    standing in the parking lot.

    If you don’t see that… then you must have missed clicking on the WHITE
    box when it appeared and the site has gone on and loaded some
    OTHER video. Try again.

    ** CHRONOLOGY FOR THIS VIDEO

    The video is only 1 minute and 49 seconds… but it shows a LOT
    during that short time.

    The following is the ‘chronology’ of what happens when in this video…

    +0:00
    When the video starts… you immediately see the north end of the Ranch
    House Restaurant ( the cafe’ ) parking lot filled with Blue Ridge Hotshots
    and fire fighting vehicles. The camera is on the west side of Highway 89 at
    this point and filming back east towards the cafe’ parking lot.

    From left to right… you will see the following vehicles.

    An unidentified red firetruck with a white cab top.
    An unidentified small red pickup truck in front of that red firetruck with its
    lights on and the engine still running.
    Next ( to the rear ) is the Granite Mountain Crew Carrier number 7A.

    Next is the Granite Mountain Supervisor Truck.
    Its lights are on, the engine is running, and someone is sitting in
    the driver’s seat. This is most assuredly Brendan McDonough.

    NOTE: It is most likely that the reason the lights are on and the engine is
    running is because he (McDonough) is actively using the high-amp radio
    that is onboard the vehicle and it is standard procedure when doing that to
    keep the engine running so you don’t run the battery down.

    Next ( to the rear ) is Granite Mountain Crew Carrier number 7B.
    Directly in front of that is the first of two Blue Ridge Hotshots Crew Carriers.
    Next is what appears to be one of two BRH supervisor pickup-style trucks.
    Next is a group of BR Hotshots all standing close together.
    Next is the other small BRH pickup truck.
    Next is the other BRH Crew Carrier.
    Other various firefighting vehicles are parked behind the BR trucks and a
    firefighter is standing on the top of one of them in the background.

    The camera then pans to the right slightly and another vehicle comes into
    view parked right on the east end of the lot on the grass between the two
    driveways for the parking lot.

    It is an all-white extended cab pickup truck with an enclosed bed with its
    emergency flashers running. ( Chief Willis’ truck? ).

    The camera then pans away from the parking lot and down to the ground
    as the interviewer gets interested in one of the evacuees who is stuck in traffic
    there in front of the cafe’. You will see him/her filming their feet as they
    position themselves for an interview with this person ( Mr. Russ Reason
    of Yarnell ).

    NOTE: This is one of the reasons I believe this is simply raw footage and
    was never ‘edited’ to go on the air or be used in a real article. The parts
    where the camera goes to the ground have not been edited out yet.

    +0:23:
    Interviewer: Are you evacuating?
    Mr. Reason: Yes.

    +0:27
    The camera operator has now walked fully to the other (east) side of
    Highway 89 to the north side of the north driveway entrance to the cafe’
    and is starting to turn the camera around ( to face west ) and film Mr. Reason,
    who is now standing on the east shoulder of Highway 89.

    As the camera turns… there is a full wide-shot of the cafe’ parking lot looking
    from north to south… all the way back towards the cafe’ itself… and you can
    then see that is filled with even more firefighters and vehicles beyond what
    was shown in the beginning.

    The camera actually ‘lingers’ on this full view of the cafe’ parking lot and all
    of the firefighters standing there.

    +0:32
    The camera rotates fully to the west now towards Mr. Reason… and you
    can immediately see a TREMENDOUS smoke cloud towering into the sky
    just west of the cafe’… towards the Glen Illah area which is due west of
    the cafe’ location.

    The interviewer continues with Mr. Reason…

    Interviewer: Did you know if it’s on fire?
    Mr. Reason: I’m sure of it.
    Interviewer: Tell me what you… whadda you think?
    Mr. Reason: I think… God help us. I’ve lost my home.
    Interviewer: I’m… I’m so sorry.
    Mr Reason: (sadly) Yea.
    Interviewer: How long did you live there?
    Mr. Reason: 28 years… and it’s paid for.
    Interviewer: Whadda you gonna do?

    +0:59
    Lime green Ambulance-style emergency vehicle goes by behind Mr. Reason
    headed north on Highway 89 or, perhaps, just headed into the cafe’ lot.

    +0:61
    Mr. Reason: Right now I’m goin’ to Congress… and then I have a friend…
    Robert Burke in Prescott who has a mobile home park and told me
    I could come up there and stay there… so…
    Interviewer: Did you see the fire come up to it? You haven’t seen it?
    Mr. Reason: Oh yeah.
    Interviewer: You saw the fire at your house?
    Mr. Reason: Well… yea. Yea… I was tryin’ to get back down in there to
    get another pickup out and then just abandoned it.
    Interviewer: Because the fire was on your house?
    Mr. Reason: Yes.
    Interviewer: So what did you see… on your house?
    Mr. Reason: I saw the fire… gulp… leaping at it… right now, and it’s
    gonna go. No way of savin’ it.
    Interviewer: I’m sorry. So sorry. Can I get… Can I get your name, please?
    Mr Reason: Russ Reason.
    Interviewer: How do you spell your last name?
    Mr. Reason: R-e-a-s-o-n.

    +1:37
    Suddenly… an ‘edit’ DOES appear in this otherwise raw footage and there is
    a quick FADE away from Mr. Reason and now the camera is focused
    squarely back to the east and looking directly at the BR Hotshots in the
    parking lot again.

    The camera has moved a few steps closer to them, almost to the back of the
    all-white command truck parked on the east side of the cafe’ parking lot with
    its emergency flashers running.

    There are now 3 BR Hotshots standing in the foreground, talking and looking
    pretty concerned about something.

    The one in the center ( with the cap ) appears to be BR Supt ( Brian Frisby ).

    ALL of the other firefighters in the background are now ALL staring up at the
    western sky like they are seeing something they have never seen before.

    +1:41
    The camera pans just slightly left and for just a moment we see only the
    door of the Granite Mountain Supervisor truck ( now open ) in the left side
    of the frame. A BR Hotshot is walking AWAY from that open door of the GM
    Supervisor truck, as if he was just there speaking to whoever was inside and
    that’s why the door is now open.

    NOTE: The fact that the door was fully closed just seconds earlier in this
    video and is now seen OPEN means someone (has to be McDonough) is,
    in fact, sitting inside when the video begins and most probably using the
    radio… since the lights are on and the engine is running. Anyone using the
    on-board radio while sitting in the truck would do that so the high-amp
    radio doesn’t drain the battery.

    He ( the BR Hotshot who was just talking to the driver ) walks away from
    the open door of the Granite Mountain Supervisor truck and back towards
    the BR Hotshots gathered in the background.

    One of the other BR Hotshots in the background group takes a few steps
    out to meet him coming back with a sort of ‘Is there any news?’ look to
    the first man. They appear to exchange just a few words and then that
    second BR Hotshot puts his hands in his pockets, lowers his head and
    takes a few steps south while just staring at the ground.

    I believe this one moment alone captured in this video is enough to assume
    that everyone there in that parking lot is aware there has just been a
    ‘deployment’… but there has been no other news yet and McDonough is
    simply sitting in the GM Supervisor truck trying to raise the crew on the
    radio and is keeping the others advised.

    This actually could be mere moments after the ‘We are deploying shelters’
    message was sent by Marsh and the burnover has either just happened
    or could even be happening at this very moment.

    In the last few seconds of the video… the camera pans right and we see an
    even better view of the all-white pickup with its flashers on… and 2 more
    white/red pickups parked directly in front of it… one aligned north/south
    and the other aligned east/west.

    We can then also see even more fire vehicles parked on the other (south)
    side of the cafe’.

    +1:49
    VIDEO ENDS

    ** THE FIRE GLOW TO THE WEST

    Starting at +0:38, you can see a bright orange glow in the distance over
    Mr. Reason’s left shoulder.

    This glow in the distance continues to grow in brightness and intensity
    as he is being interviewed.

    From +1:01 to +1:33 the glow seems to ‘flash’ even brighter still and is
    now lighting up the entire bottom of the enormous smoke cloud overhead.

    For the duration of the interview with Mr. Reason the camera is facing
    west towards this ‘glow’ in the distance.

    The camera operator is actually standing on the east shoulder of Highway 89
    just at the north end of the north driveway entrance to the cafe’ and
    exactly at this geolocation…

    Latitude: 34.213489
    Longitude: -112.755440

    34.213489, -112.755440

    The exact coordinates for the deployment site have already been published…

    Latitude: 34.220392
    Longitude:-112.777690

    34.220392, -112.777690

    If you mark those two points on a map ( from the point where the camera is
    filming to the exact distant point of the deployment site ) then the ‘line of sight’
    out to the deployment site is exactly correct for where that ‘glow’ is showing
    throughout the video.

    The ‘line of sight’ actually passes directly over the Boulder Springs Ranch
    and on out to the deployment site.

    So ( and it pains me to say this ) I’m afraid that ‘intense glow in the distance’
    in the video is, in fact, directly over the known deployment site.

    I am working on identifying the other (unidentified) vehicles in the cafe’
    parking lot in this video… but that will be another post.

    More later…

    Reply
  258. Robert the Second says

    November 15, 2013 at 8:07 pm

    One thing no one has discussed yet and it is certainly worthy of it, is the insidious concept of ‘Groupthink.’ Groupthink holds that due to several factors and/or symptoms, people are afraid to disagree or dissent with everyone else or the boss when a decision is being made or has been made. In other words, they all want to ‘preserve group harmony.’ Research has shown that Groupthink is especially prolific amongst tight, cohesive groups like the military or wildland fire crews.

    The original idea is from research by Irving Janis titiled ‘The Victims of Groupthink’ in 1972. He further researched and applied it to the 1986 Challenger space shuttle disaster.

    If you research many of the statements, personal evaluations, and the like made by the PFD firefighters and bosses, you should find this in many of their statements.

    I cannot believe that out of those 18 men, nobody said anything about leaving their perfectly good SZ at that time of day, posting no lookout and travelling into the unburned blindly, travelling through the unburned at that time of day, and OMG – travelling downslope into an unburned bowl that time of day. It’s counter to everything we train on and garner from ‘lessons learned’ case studies.

    Groupthink kinda makes sense to me at this point.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 15, 2013 at 9:26 pm

      …or that none of them RAN.
      ( especially the younger, stronger ones ).

      It really was their only chance that day.

      Thinking tin-foil was going to withstand a blowtorch was just
      a total lack of understanding of the capabilities of your
      own equipment.

      They spent (more than?) two minutes trying to prepare
      a lay-down site that was NEVER going to save them.

      Those (more than?) two minutes could have made all
      the difference in the world.

      How fast can an amazingly fit and healthy man run in
      2+ minutes when it’s a matter of ‘live more’ or ‘die now’?

      Has anyone in the wildland business ever done a TEST?

      There is also documented proof on some mountain climbing
      sites that you can actually ASCEND a steep incline
      MUCH FASTER than you can DESCEND.

      When you are ASCENDING… you can actually use your
      hands in front of you to help scramble uphill faster.
      It’s been proven.

      If even just ONE ( out of 19 ) had made it out… we wouldn’t
      be here now trying to figure out how the hell they got into
      that situation in the first place… and WHY.

      We would already know.

      Reply
  259. Robert the Second says

    November 15, 2013 at 4:46 pm

    Bob – yes, some Crews use the earpieces while on their ATV’s but it’s usually the regular riders, like the Crew overhead. So, it’s unlikely that Brendan had an earpiece. Not saying he didn’t, just that it’s unlikely.

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 15, 2013 at 6:41 pm

      Thanks Robert I thought so. But that still leaves us with the question WHY. Violate every thing you learned and trained others in and walk off that mountain into an unburned brush field with a fire in blowup conditions. Had he had no outside influence he would have never left the black. We are stuck with someone who interjected them self’s into the mix. We keep coming back to that conclusion. So how do we get to the who and who can help us do that???

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 15, 2013 at 7:36 pm

        >> Mr. Powers wrote…
        >> So how do we get to the who and who
        >> can help us do that???

        1) The original (unedited) MacKenzie video with audio.
        2) The ACTIC data dumps from the other 5 smartphones.
        3) Cell phone records.
        4) Brendan McDonough

        Not necessarily in that order… but any one would
        probably do the trick.

        Reply
  260. J. Stout says

    November 15, 2013 at 4:23 pm

    Am seeing that the first Notice of Claim has been filed.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 15, 2013 at 11:31 pm

      I hope everyone knows that, in Arizona, tampering with
      evidence in either a civil or a criminal proceeding is a felony…

      http://law.onecle.com/arizona/criminal-code/13-2809.html

      Reply
  261. Bob Powers says

    November 15, 2013 at 2:30 pm

    Let me skip back a min. I think that GM had 3 vehicles the supt. truck and 2 crew carriers who ever drove the carriers would need to be licensed so I am assuming that Brendan drove the supt. truck. the crew trucks were driven by BR licensed drivers. Just simplifying the number of vehicle’s. Plus a vehicle and driver from BR to take them to the vehicle’s. May not be important but thought I’d throw it in.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 15, 2013 at 7:49 pm

      Yes. There were ONLY 3 GM vehicles there that day.

      The GM Supervisor truck with the brake lights Eric Marsh
      had custom-made in the shape of the GM Hotshots logo,
      and 2 GM Crew Carriers ( ID numbers 7A and 7B ).

      There is no doubt that Brendan drove the Superintendent
      truck himself away from Sesame Street, over to the Shrine
      area, out to the staging area on Highway 89, and then south
      on 89 to the Ranch House Restaurant just east of Glen Ilah
      on Hwy 89. That means he was doing nothing but sitting in
      or driving that vehicle for the entire critical time period starting
      at 4:00 PM all the way through the burnover at 4:47 or 4:49.

      We also know now that even if someone suggests that
      BR Supt took Brendan’s portable radio away from him
      after he dropped him off at the GM vehicles… Brendan
      still had full radio capability with the units in the vehicles
      so he could be ( and most probably WAS ) fully ‘tuned in’
      the whole time he was waiting there (alone) for the BR
      crew to return and help him.

      I am about to post a VIDEO I just found that proves Brendan
      was driving that GM Supervisor vehicle during this time
      frame and it actually SHOWS him on the radio in the
      parking lot of the Ranch House Restaurant.

      >> Mr. Powers wrote…
      >> May not be important but thought I’d throw it in.

      NO detail is ‘too small’ until this complete story is told.

      Reply
  262. NV says

    November 15, 2013 at 10:16 am

    In terms of mainstream media, they can be both very busy and a little lazy. So, anyone with hard facts that are publishable should certainly be proactive in approaching people who they view as the better mainstream reporters, though I think they would owe it to Dougherty to run it by him first given all the work he’s done on this. The implications if it could be shown that GM did receive an order to move down would be a big story, that msm should be interested in.

    Reply
    • mike says

      November 15, 2013 at 10:47 am

      Someday John Dougherty is going to write an article headlined “The Granite Mountain Hotshots were ordered….”.

      Reply
  263. Robert the Second says

    November 15, 2013 at 8:59 am

    WTKTT – Okay, I will concede your point about Brendan LISTENING to the radio, but I don’t think he was paying very close attention. When I briefly talked with Brendan one day, I told him that he is the only one that really knew what was going on that day among the GMHS based on Crew Net conversations. I’m just going by what one of the investigators told me when I brought it up.

    Calvin – usually the IMT will keep the same overheard in place for consistency and such but not always. Let’s just say that it does occur sometimes as it did on this fire.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 15, 2013 at 9:08 am

      >> RTS wrote…
      >> When I briefly talked with Brendan one day, I told him
      >> that he is the only one that really knew what was going
      >> on that day among the GMHS based on Crew Net
      >> conversations.

      AND??…….

      He said…. WHAT??

      PS: This is actually something YOU had to tell HIM?
      Is he actually borderline ADD or not-quite-in-touch-with
      reality, or something?

      Reply
      • Robert the Second says

        November 15, 2013 at 9:15 am

        It was very brief, only a few minutes. He didn’t commit to anything, so he really didn’t say anything that assured me that he know what was discussed.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 15, 2013 at 10:54 am

          …but it also sounds like he purposely
          decided to miss an opportunity to
          simply say (in response to your
          statement)…

          “Nah… that isn’t true.”

          Reply
          • Bob Powers says

            November 15, 2013 at 12:09 pm

            Question can we tie down when the conversation about being comfortable with that and where Brendan was. Was he on the 4 wheeler at that time or was he moving trucks?

            Could there have been a statement that the talk was not to go any further than those in the conversation and Brendan is sticking with that, for whatever reason? Or did he really not hear that conversation. One other question I don’t know is do the crews have ear peace’s to hear their radios like the police have? ( a small cord with a ear plug) Robert can you answer that?

            The only time he would not have heard the conversations would have been when he was on the 4 wheeler.

            Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 15, 2013 at 12:36 pm

            See one of my previous posts above which attempted to nail this down. It all comes down to how long it took BRHS to get back to the shrine area, tell 3 guys to UTV back to help Brendan… and then actually get back there to him. I was optimistically calling that ‘the crucial seven minutes’. If the 4:02 PM time on the MacKenzie video is correct… then Brendan was by himself just waiting for the BR guys to return with absolutely nothing else to do but hear all of these critical conversations.

            Reply
          • J. Stout says

            November 15, 2013 at 1:03 pm

            Does anyone really think that the attorney for the City of Prescott was not among one of the first persons to get an opportunity to talk with Mr. McDonough? Need I say more?

            Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 15, 2013 at 1:33 pm

            …and in the same vein… isn’t it perfectly possible that PFD checked with city attorneys before releasing the MacKenzie video to the Courier… and that’s where the (obvious) EDITS came from?

            Reply
  264. calvin says

    November 15, 2013 at 4:25 am

    I find it interesting that Marquez was division z 6/30 and changed to another division the next day. Is this common? Wouldn’t you want the same person in the same place the next day since they would be familiar with that area?

    Lets not forget SPGS1 was on Sesame Street that day. He rode in with GM that morning and BR was told to go there and tie in with SPGS1 upon arrival that day. SPGS1 also ordered the dozer operator.

    Reply
  265. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 14, 2013 at 10:45 pm

    ** Geolocation of Ashcraft photo taken at 2:19 PM, June 30, 2013

    This is the Ashcraft photo that was the last one sent to his wife that
    day ( circa 2:19 PM ) that was also accompanied by text messages.

    According to the AP press..
    “On the day Ashcraft and 18 other Hotshots died in the Yarnell Hill Fire, he
    reportedly had a text message conversation with his wife. Among the
    “I Love You’s” and “I Miss You’s” that Juliann Ashcraft exchanged with
    her husband, he also texted her the photograph”.

    It’s the one with the burned out tree on the right hand side and three GM
    firefighters (other than Ashcraft) watching the fire in the distance
    at 2:19 PM, June 30, 2013.

    It (apparently) first appeared in public as a photo posted to the Facebook
    page of the Prescott Granite Mountain Hotshots on Juy 2, 2013.

    I believe it was CBS5 of Prescott that first ran the photo and the story
    (including statements from Ashcraft’s wife) in the mainstream media…

    PRESCOTT, AZ (CBS5)
    Yarnell Fire: Hotshot texts final photo to wife
    Posted: Jul 02, 2013 2:13 PM CDT
    “It was out of the ordinary because he (Ashcroft) said, ‘This is getting
    wild,’ and ‘Peeple’s Valley and Yarnell are looking to burn,”’ Juliann
    Ashcraft told CBS News. “That is not common language. Because usually
    he gets the thrill (fighting) the fire, from being there and helping. And this
    was a different scenario.”

    ** WHERE IT WAS TAKEN

    I think I have the spot where this photo was taken down to maybe 20 feet
    or so… and that would be exactly here…

    Latitude: 34.228508
    Longitude: -112.788295

    34.228508, -112.788295

    Again… just paste the line above into the Google Maps or Google Earth
    search bar, hit return, and the location comes up with a GREEN ARROW
    pointing right to it.

    It’s ‘close’ to the location of the other MacKenzie photos and video shot later
    in the day… ( if you call a few hundred feet or so ‘close’ )… but it is a bit
    northeast of there and much farther ‘down the slope’ in that general area
    than any of the (later) MacKenzie photos/video.

    It is also VERY CLOSE to what the SAIR is calling the ‘lunch’ spot… but a
    little farther down the slope than that.

    The most obvious feature of the Ashcraft 2:19 PM photo is, of course, that
    burned tree that takes up the foreground-right half of the photo.

    This was no ‘bush’ or ‘cactus plant’.
    It was a pretty healthy and tall-ish tree before it burned.

    There aren’t many trees like that right within the general area where they were
    working… but there IS a small stand of pretty healthy ( non-bush ) trees right
    at this lat/long location.

    SIDENOTE: They were working, at this time, right there where the original fire
    started on Friday ( or perhaps even Thursday as some residents of the
    area are still claiming ) and perhaps we are actually looking at the remains
    of the very tree that was initially struck by lightning and started the entire fire
    in the first place. It’s possible, I suppose. There weren’t many tall-ish trees
    right around that spot… but this is one of them ( now burned ).

    The ‘boulders’ that the firefighters in the left of the Ashcroft photo are sitting
    on are also in the correct orientation to this little stand of (healthy/non-bush)
    trees. I think I even see the exact boulder the firefighter third from the left is
    sitting on as he watches the fire. It’s an odd-shaped boulder. It looks a lot like
    a huge over-stuffed pillow and I think I see it there the correct few feet
    northeast of the coordinates given above.

    The most important thing.. however… is not what that burned tree SHOWS…
    but what it is HIDING.

    In the Ashcraft photo… that burned tree is actually totally masking the
    ‘old grader’ location in the distance, AND all of the winding ‘Sesame Street’
    trail that leads up to the old grader spot from the east.

    If you look VERY closely at the bottom part of the burned tree ( right where
    the trunk ‘bends’ and that other thick branch meets the main trunk ) you can
    just barely make out a small ‘tan’ spot on the left (in the distance) and then
    another ‘tan’ spot (again… off in the distance) that looks more like a ‘line’
    sticking out directly across from and emerging from the right side of the
    tree trunk.

    Those are ground features in the distance at the ‘old grader’ location that
    would normally be perfectly visible if the tree wasn’t there… and you would
    also be able to see the Sesame trail winding away into the distance
    in-between those two ‘tan’ spots.

    So that is a pretty good indication of the exact ‘orientation’ of this location
    and that someone would have had to have been standing in a pretty specific
    spot to create this exact ‘blocking’ of the known (ground) features in the
    distance. ( The ‘old grader’ spot and Sesame trail ).

    These coordinates also satisfy that requirement.

    The other thing that would make me think ‘this is the spot’ is the fact that in the
    Ashcraft photo, on the left side, there is a small ‘punch-out’ in the general
    ground slope which is obscuring the view of the very western-most part of
    the retardant line in the distance. It’s hard to see but if you look right over the
    helmet of the second firefighter from the left ( the one with the yellow handled
    ax or implement sticking out of his pack ) you can see what I mean. That
    little ‘punch-out’ in the ridge is slightly blocking their lower view in the distance.

    Well… According to Google Earth at man-height level… these coordinates
    produce that same ‘punch-out’ effect when looking the same way as they were.

    So that’s pretty it.

    I’m going to call these coordinates ‘accurate to within 20 feet’ of where
    that 2:19 Ashcraft photo was taken.

    BTW: That little ‘knoll’ rising up from the valley floor in the distance… in the
    center of the photo… is/was Brendan McDonough’s lookout location about
    120 yards north of the old grader spot ( which is being obscured by the
    dead tree ). You can see it about one-half inch to the right of the black helmet
    of the firefighter who is furthest down the slope sitting on that rock.
    McDonough was right there at this time… when this photo was taken. He had
    been right there since 12:39 PM, when BR Supt dropped him off at the old
    grader location and he (McDonough) hiked up onto that knoll.

    PS: I suppose this one could be verified EXACTLY, ( even if we never get to
    find any actual JPEG EXIF geolocation data in the photograph itself ) because
    of the TREE. I will bet it is still there… just as depicted in the photo… unless
    someone has already gone up there and taken it as a souvenir, or something.
    Wouldn’t surprise me. This is a historic event and (unfortunately) people
    will be people.

    More later…

    Reply
    • calvin says

      November 15, 2013 at 3:57 am

      Once again, THANK YOU. The next picture (chronologically) after this Ashcraft photo appears to be Mackenzie #83 and 84, In the Ashcraft photo the column of smoke has shifted and now seems to be moving to the south. The Mackenzie photos show (I believe) an increase in smoke and continues to be moving to the south. The Ashcraft photo shows smoke backing into the “middle bowl” through a gap that runs between the Weaver mountains and the east to west ridge running parallel to the retardant line (unnamed as far as I can tell). It appears to me this is how the fire made its way into the valley. I think the Ashcraft photo shows a windshift has occurred as early as 1419. 15 minutes after the weather update that predicted the 180 degree shift.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 15, 2013 at 11:27 am

        By the time this Ashcraft photo was taken the non-professional-firefighters Gilligan and Collura were well on their way out of there after ALREADY realizing what was GOING to happen. Gilligan was so sure of it he had to almost physically restrain Collura from taking the same ‘shortcut’ through the same canyon to the same ranch. He told her… “If we go that way… we die.”

        That was TWO HOURS before 19 (supposed) professional fire experts would have to make the same decision at the same spot.

        Reply
  266. Robert the Second says

    November 14, 2013 at 7:58 pm

    It’s fire retardent, so it slows the fire, and does not put it out. Retardent without firefighters ‘working it’ and backing it up is pretty worthless, even if it was dropped that morning, based on the hot and dry temperatures and windy that day. It would not have penetrated very much through the thick oak brush and chainsaw lines would have to be cut exposing the ground to build fireline with handtools. This was old, decadent oak brush with very deep leaf litter underneath the brush canopy. The fire could, would, and did, smoulder in there all day long until the tempeartures came up, the humidity dropped, some sunlight on it, and a liile wind, and there it goes. Pretty basic stuff. It’s the same fuel basically that the initial (or extended attack Inmate Crew let escape across the f***ing road midslope road. Give me a break! And they had tons of retardent on that too.

    And as far as the fire behavior goes, nothing out of the orinary here for me. It’s becoming more common for sure, just more frequent. But this was clearly predictable.

    The radio silence thing could be for several reasons, such as discrete Crew Net, cell phones, and the like. I thought Brendan also would have been privy to all the converations about leaving their perfectly fine SZ, but one of the investigators said he may have been distracted when moving vehicles, and that they actually got more information from the BR Supt. Coaching him? Maybe so. Remember what I said about ‘establishing a conclusion first, then finding the facts to fit that conclusion.’ Nothing new there either. Remember after all, there were ‘no violations of policy or protocol.’

    As far as following orders – wildland firefighting is a quasi-miliatary endeavotr where you have a chain of command and you follow orders unless they are 1) unsafe, 2) illegal, 3) immoral, or 4) unethical. Based on ‘The Rules” you say no with an option, like we’ll do it tomorrow morning when its higher humidity. You take the chance of getting demobed but so what. Any good Crew Boss or Supt. has been sent home from fires where he refused an assignment.

    Regarding the alleged ‘turf battle’ you all are talking about,pretty common really. It was a dynamic fire growing in size and complexity, maps are rare for the first shift or two, and overhead (DIVS and their Resources) are always discussing those boundary and responsibility issues.

    Definitely check out the Stephen Pyne article suggested by BP. It’s a good one.
    “When all is said and done, the bottom line—-The Supt. Decided to leave a safe area and go into no mans land-a place that training has told them a million times not to go. The one decision doomed the crew. No amount of finger pointed at others can ever erase that fact. No matter what mistakes others made the final safety call lies with the Supt. And crew.”

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 14, 2013 at 9:27 pm

      Thank you for your clarity Robert (HOT SHOTS FOREVER)

      Reply
      • Robert the Second says

        November 14, 2013 at 9:50 pm

        Yes, and thanks for the kind words. ‘Back in the day’ at least in the Southwest, everyone had to be a Hot Shot for 2-3 years to ‘get the basics’ and then would go on to other firefighting entities. Not so anymore what with all the PC feculence and all. The ‘hostile work environment’ is the fireline.

        Pyne’s article was good, but fairly cryptic which seems to be his style these days.

        Reply
        • Bob Powers says

          November 15, 2013 at 9:09 am

          If we are ever to move this past our discussions we need the main stream media to put out more articles to question what really happened and force more information to come forward. We should always remember the pin is mightier than the sword. The truth will come.

          Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 14, 2013 at 11:38 pm

      >> RTS wrote…
      >> I thought Brendan also would have been privy to all
      >> the converations about leaving their perfectly fine SZ,
      >> but one of the investigators said he may have been
      >> distracted when moving vehicles.

      You have been in these situations.

      When it is now your JOB to be ‘moving vehicles’…
      do you turn your radio OFF? I don’t think so.

      It would actually make more sense to suggest that Brendan
      was doing anything OTHER than ‘moving vehicles’ to
      explain why he wouldn’t have heard all the radio conversation
      around that time.

      I mean… are we supposed to believe he was humping
      the GM Supervisor Truck away from Sesame Street trail
      and over to the Shrine… and then immediately OUT to
      the staging area on Highway 89 ( The Tom Story
      photo shows that ) and then, moments later, south
      on 89 to the Ranch House Restaurant ( The Michelle
      Lee photos show that )…

      …and the whole time he’s doing this driving and he’s
      separated from his crew and has no idea what he’s
      supposed to do now… he just popped in the heavy-metal
      CDs and wasn’t listening to the radio?

      I really, really doubt it.

      He was doing nothing BUT driving the GM supervisor truck
      for that critical 20-30 minute time period. There were
      no real ‘distractions’.

      He had a known good crew radio with him with no
      TONE GUARD problems.

      He needed instructions (at any moment) about what the
      heck he was supposed to do with all these vehicles now
      that he was the ONLY one who was going to be able
      to marry them back up with his own crew.

      He was listening to the radio ( the WHOLE time ).

      Reply
      • Bob Powers says

        November 15, 2013 at 9:03 am

        So you are aware. All the vehicles that Brendan was in charge off had radios with the same Freq. as his portable radio. So he could select the inter crew Freq. and stay in touch with the crew in some cases it might have been better reception.

        For those of you who were never Hot Shots let me help you a little. While GM made some critical errors and died because of them they were still our brothers all 19 and Brendan. What we say is to find out what happened and not to destroy their memory they were good hot shots on a lot of fires they made bad discussions and died on this one we now need the straight up facts so it dose not happen again. And their memory will be a training lesson for all. That is the real reason we are in this conversation. The investigation team did not give us the closure.

        Reply
        • mike says

          November 15, 2013 at 11:02 am

          I am certain no Hotshot superintendent ever wants to fail their men. Eric Marsh died knowing he did. There was nothing in this world he would rather have done less. But out there is someone getting a pass on this they do not deserve. I do not believe it will be that way all that much longer.

          As bad as I feel about this from a distance, I can only imagine the pain of family, friends and fellow Hotshots. I am so sorry. I know you want the truth more than I.

          Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 15, 2013 at 1:19 pm

          As I have already stated up above… when all you have left is people tossing around stupid slogans like “hindsight is 20/20″… then for God’s sake… at least make sure the vision factor IS, in fact, 20/20… and not the legal blindness level being offered by the SAIR.

          Reply
  267. Bob Powers says

    November 14, 2013 at 6:53 pm

    New article out by Stephen Pyne
    http://www.psmag.com/environment/refusal-mourn-death-fire-crew-yarnell-69717/

    A interesting article by a fireman….

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 14, 2013 at 11:13 pm

      I would have never thought, in my life, I would witness someone
      fit the names ‘Howard Hughes’, ‘Joan Didion’ and ‘Jay Gatsby’
      all into the same exact sentence…

      …but then again…

      I would have never thought, in my life, I would hear about 19
      men who are supposed to be fire experts walking down
      into a fuel-filled box canyon and straight into an oncoming
      wall of flames, either…

      …so I guess this whole thing remains in the “Unbelievable”
      category.

      SIDENOTE: To compare, even for one second, Eric Marsh
      to Captain Ahab in ‘Moby Dick’ is the craziest leap I have
      ever heard. I believe the reality of what happened that
      day ( when we finally learn it ) will prove that Eric Marsh
      was no such Ahab and chasing no whales.

      I still can’t understand why anyone who listens to his voice
      in the MacKenzie video can’t hear his still real and ongoing
      concern for the safety of his men… and his reluctance to
      get involved with something that ( someone? ) just
      asked/told him to do.

      I still hear this in Marsh’s voice when talking to Mr.
      Jesse James Steed ( GMHS that day ) on the radio…

      “I don’t want to do this either, Jesse. That’s why I was
      asking what YOUR comfort level is.”

      It only remains to find out what THIS means…
      and where the THIS they were now discussing came from.

      Reply
      • mike says

        November 15, 2013 at 6:11 am

        I made a comment yesterday (on my work computer and in moderation as a result) about how Eric Marsh is going to be the most psychoanalyzed wildland firefighter in history. We have already seen a good bit of that on this thread, this Pyne character (and I know he is a firefighter) takes this to a whole new level. With the “young, male and Anglo” comment I suppose we are supposed to believe he is a sexist and a racist as well. Forgetting that at least 2 women have apparently been Granite Mountain hotshots.

        I agree that, in the final analysis, Eric Marsh was responsible for the safety of his crew. He did something he was trained not to do, not because he was crazy or reckless or unconcerned about his men. He did so because he was put under terrible pressure to do so. There is a lesson there. He made a mistake, but from everything I have seen written and said about him by those who know him, he was a good man.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 15, 2013 at 8:49 am

          He (Eric) made a mistake?

          Have you forgotten?

          His employers that day ( The State of Arizona
          and the Prescott Fire Department ) have spoken…

          NO ONE made ANY mistakes. Period.

          In the end ( when we learn more ), yes, his
          refusal to pull this ‘Section 14’ ( or whatever it
          is that official ‘I refuse an order on X grounds’
          crap is that seems to be part of this
          more-than-quasi-military culture ) may turn
          out to be part of what killed him AND the other
          18 men his employers were paying him to be
          responsible for that day…

          …but mistakes can be ( and are VERY often )
          fully shared by others.

          If someone ( ANYONE ) was stupid enough to
          ‘put him under terrible pressure’ or in any kind
          of position to even MAKE that mistake… that
          needs to be KNOWN…

          …and here’s to hoping that AOSHA sees the
          same direct correlation between ‘workplace safety’
          ( or lack thereof ) and knowing EVERYTHING
          that transpired that day.

          There are a lot of widows and fatherless children
          ( and future grandchildren ) who would like to
          know the full breadth of ‘mistake making’
          here, as well.

          Reply
  268. mike says

    November 14, 2013 at 3:21 pm

    Eric Marsh should have said “No!”. Because he did not, he got to burn to death, knowing that 18 of his “kids” did also. But it is time for this canard of “we can’t imagine what he was thinking” to end. Marsh was given 2 bad choices and chose the wrong one. Someone laid that choice on him. That someone should be held to account as well. Either in this world or the next.

    Reply
  269. Bob Powers says

    November 14, 2013 at 1:19 pm

    A quick note on fire retardant. I thought the fire retardant line was laid the day before? Fire retardant once dried has no real effect on a fire without hand line or cat line back up. It normally works better on the fire itself to slow it down in order to build line. The heaver the fuel the less the effect. I speak from training as I was also once an air attack boss.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 14, 2013 at 1:40 pm

      The line of fire retardant that is shown being ‘hopped’ in the
      distance by the ( now reveresed ) fire in the MacKenzie photos
      and video was mostly laid down THAT morning/afternoon.

      There are other photos taken by MacKenzie from up on the
      ridge showing the actual ‘drops’ earlier THAT day along
      that line which was running parallel to the Sesame street
      trail that they walked in on.

      So it was fresh stuff… laid as well as it could be… and that
      fire just laughed at it and blew right over it.

      That is the ‘dramatic’ scene being viewed by the men in
      those MacKenzie photos and video… and what probably
      prompted all the photos and video from that boulder pile.

      It’s not something you see every day ( or EVER before? )
      and especially not from such a fantastic (safe) vantage
      point. That’s what I think, anyway.

      The whole point here is that… dry/ineffective retardant
      line or not… what those men saw ( and, thanks to
      Christopher MacKenzie and others who died that day )
      is the same thing that WE can now see.

      It was AWESOME. It was FRIGHTENING watching it
      just blow through $50,000 to $100,000 dollars worth
      of retardant like it wasn’t even there.

      It wasn’t just some normal work-day moment of…
      “Oh well… the wind changed and it’s running. No
      big deal. Happens all the time. Let’s just walk
      to the ranch and get some cokes.”

      It was BIGGER than that… SCARIER than that… and
      that sets the ‘context’ for the decision making process
      for what has turned out to be the greatest blunder in
      the history of wildland firefighting.

      Reply
      • Bob Powers says

        November 14, 2013 at 1:58 pm

        Thank you I had not seen those. And I agree seeing what they saw should have made them very leery of traversing a unburned fuel area. Chemise is a very highly flammable and extremely hot burning fuel it has a lot of naturel oil in it. Add wind and uphill burning conditions and it will run like a freight train. It will burn the light fuel, medium and heavy in three runs to nothing left above ground level to 4 inch stabs. As with every thing else they did not consider the fuels they were in.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 14, 2013 at 2:08 pm

          Tex Gilligan ( the civilian hiker ), who has never
          sat through hours of wildland firefighting classes,
          said the same thing.

          He had the good sense to see what was happening
          as early as 1:00 PM… and is quoted as saying…

          “This stuff burns like OIL. That’s the most
          dangerous thing. The winds can change
          like THAT ( snaps his fingers in the video
          interview ) around here and turn a place
          like this into a chimney.”

          The level of DANGER that was evident ( and
          that even non-professionals could see ) and
          the no-sense-whatsoever of the decision that
          was made points more and more to those
          poor men having been told “Today is Easter”.

          Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 14, 2013 at 2:37 pm

        >> Mr. Powers said…
        >> As with every thing else they did not consider
        >> the fuels they were in.

        Situational awareness.
        LCES
        10/18

        Oh… I’m sorry… I forgot.

        The Arizona State Forstry commission’s investigation
        has already decided no one did ANYTHING wrong
        that day.

        There’s nothing to see here…
        These aren’t the droids you’re looking for.
        Move along… move along.

        Reply
  270. Rocksteady says

    November 14, 2013 at 9:27 am

    Just throwing this one out there…..

    Brandon is definitely traumatized by the loss of his co-workers (who would not be).

    I wonder if anyone has ever thought of attempting to hypnotize him to recall the event in clear detail??

    Not saying it would work, it always does on TV 🙂

    If it did work, we would get a real good detailed account of everything that occurred that day…

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 14, 2013 at 12:23 pm

      Well… first of all… it’s ‘Brendan’ and not ‘Brandon’… and as far
      as any hypnotism goes… I think that’s a non-starter. I would
      settle for just a little more clarification on what Brendan has
      ALREADY said he ‘recalls’ and has been telling slightly
      different stories on in various interviews.

      Example: He apparently supplied FAR more detail about
      radio conversations and ‘what he was thinking/doing’
      to Mr. Kyle Dickman in the interview he gave with him
      about 2 weeks before the SAIR came out… than he
      (apparently) supplied either the SAIR Team or the
      Daily Courier in his video interview AFTER the SAIR
      came out. Mr. Dickman was a former Hotshot and
      obviously won Brendan’s confidence for that ‘background
      interview’ for the article… but it then almost appears
      as if Brendan had been ‘coached’ after that time to
      simply not discuss the CONTENT of any ‘radio traffic’
      and just describe his involvement in the most
      general terms.

      I am not accusing him of anything. I am just saying that
      his own public interface has been a little dodgy.

      I feel for him. I really do… but he’s an adult and he needs
      to come to terms with the fact that he is the only surviving
      member of the ONLY ‘entire crew’ ( save one ) to ever
      be lost all at once in a wildland firefighter.

      It’s historic… and the initial investigation was a joke.

      There are going to be more people who want to know
      more about what happened that day… and anything
      he knows is important.

      Reply
      • Bob Powers says

        November 14, 2013 at 12:54 pm

        We could consider that he blocked a lot of that day out and need to just sit and talk it out. And things will start to line up. This happens a lot in traumatic investigations. Sometimes hypnosis can help. OR he was told not to revile intercrew radio talk to secure his job remember he is one of the seasoniels on the crew.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 14, 2013 at 1:13 pm

          I think I would be ‘blocking’ some things too. It was
          a bad day… but the critical conversation(s) we
          still need more about are…

          1) Did Brendan overhear ANY of this ‘discussing
          their options’ conversation that is simply
          mentioned in the SAIR ( with NOT DETAIL
          whatsoever provided )… and if he did… WHAT
          was being SAID?

          2) Brendan has, apparently, NOT blocked out
          the fact that when he got the GM vehicles
          all the way over to the cafe’ ( or the staging
          area just at the end of Shrine road as shown
          in the Tom Story photo )… he definitely recalls
          ‘calling my sup and my capt to tell them the
          vehicles were in a safe location.’
          We know now that if that really is true… then
          THAT ‘conversation’ he had with Steed/Marsh
          must have happened at either the moment
          they were about to make the decision to
          drop down into the canyon… or even just
          shortly before they all actually DIED.

          Was that conversation just as terse as it
          could possibly be and only go something
          like this…

          Brendan: “Hey CAP… this is Brendan…
          all the vehicles are safe here back in Yarnell.”

          Steed: “Copy that.”

          OR… did it actually go something like this…

          Brendan: “Hey CAP… this is Brendan…
          all the vehicles are safe here back in Yarnell.
          Please advise. Where are you guys? How
          are you getting down from there? What do
          I need to do now and do I need to get
          somewhere to pick you guys up?. Come
          back, over.”

          Steed: “Roger that, Brendan. We are walking
          south on the ridge road and we are going
          to cut over to the Boulder Springs Ranch
          just west of Glen Illah. We’ll be coming
          in from the west across a flat because we
          have no idea how else to get there. If
          you can get over to that ranch safely
          with the vehicles that would be great.”

          OR… perhaps… even MORE detail in
          that conversation… like WHY they were
          headed to the ranch?

          If Brendan heard ANYTHING like this… I think
          he needs to say so.

          Reply
          • Bob Powers says

            November 14, 2013 at 1:30 pm

            I have never seen a crew and I’ve been on 3 and worked with several others that weren’t on their inter crew freq. talking while moving fount to back they had at least 4 radios with the crew and possibly more. They would have said something about dropping off the ridge into the canyon or which way to go etc. to say they were not on the radio for 30 min. is bullshit. Brendan heard more than he has said publicly.

            Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 14, 2013 at 1:57 pm

            Brendan has also not ‘blocked out’ the fact
            that, when He and the BR crew finally
            did get all the vehicles out to the staging
            area at the end of Shrine road ( the Tom
            Story photographs ) and then immediately
            down to the cafe’ ( the Michelle Lee
            photos )… that all he was doing then
            was ‘listening to the radio’.

            We know now that that timeframe was
            the most critical one. ( Covers the
            entire move out of the black, down
            into the canyon, and burnover ).

            Brendan was driving the GM supervisor
            truck and two BR crew guys were driving
            the GM Crew Carriers.

            It’s inconceivable to me ( and yes, I know
            what that words means… for all you
            Princess Bride fans ) that when you
            are just driving along… that you would
            NOT be also listening to your own
            crew’s radio traffic.

            So even if Brendan was ‘moving’ around
            in that timeframe… he MUST have been
            hearing ALL the radio traffic for what has
            turned out to be the most critical 30
            minutes in the history of wildland firefighting.

            If it does turn out there was ‘radio silence’
            being observed for those 30 minutes and
            these guys were in ‘stealth mode’ like
            some NSA Black Ops team skulking
            through back-country… that is even more
            astounding than to think that a man
            who has been separated from his crew
            wouldn’t still be listening for instructions
            from them since he now had ALL the
            damn vehicles.

            Reply
  271. Robert the Second says

    November 14, 2013 at 7:31 am

    WTKTT – as far as the BR Supt. “motoring all the way up to the ridge for that meeting with Marsh at that same time… he may have never been
    able to get back to his men. … The very trail he motored up on may have been
    overtaken by the fire while he was up there talking to Marsh. … He may have ended up walking to his death.”

    Sorry, but not buying into this one at all. The BR Supt. was totally tuned in to the situational awareness that was needed that afternoon. That’s why he was rousting firefighters and public out and hustling them along. He had many lookouts keeping eyes out for him, whereas GMHS had none once Brendan left his L/O post.

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 14, 2013 at 10:12 am

      We should all pay close attention to Robert he has some info we may not be privy to. I don’ think anything earth shattering. but some info from people on the Fire. Also the BR Supt. was getting McDonough and priority moving the GM vehicles. GM was safe on their own in the black. Because he put the lookout where he was he felt responsible to retrieve him and did. I have no doubt had BR been with GM in the black they would have set out the fire there no matter what GM did. But they were not there.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 14, 2013 at 12:14 pm

        RTS… Roger that on BR Supt knowing ‘how to be safe’
        all day. That scenario was obviously pure conjecture
        on my part… but according to McDonough in the
        Kyle Dickman article… unless BR Supt had arrived
        when he did that trail and the old grader location was
        in imminent danger of burnover… so unless someone
        is totally exaggerating… BR Supt would have had
        to abandon his trek up the hill to even complete that
        meeting with Marsh. It was too late for that.

        Everything was going sideways at that point. ( 4:00 PM ).

        Reply
        • Bob Powers says

          November 14, 2013 at 12:41 pm

          At 4:00 Pm the crew leaders had 1 of 2 senarios play out. 1. Someone ordered them to move that was highly influential or.
          2. Marsh and Sneed decided to move for some reason. They were not in an unsafe location. They could see the eradic fire behavior, they could see the fuel below them and had a good idea of the fire weather. They were already hunkered down and just watching the fire for quite some time I think. There was no fuel break between them and the fire (it was burning what it wanted and where it wanted. I would state all well trained and qualified Fire Fighters would have stayed where they were which brings us back to choise #1 They were ordered to move by someone Marsh and Sneed could not refuse. At this point in the investigation the team investigating this incident lost their way and lost our trust. No mistakes were made every body did their job. Every body went home including the 19 in body bags. Not a happy ending in my book.

          Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 14, 2013 at 12:57 pm

            I think calvin had a good point earlier about
            those (at least) 14 minutes that we now know
            are fully photo-documented of them just
            ‘quitting for the day’ and ‘settling in’ on
            that boulder pile to just watch the fire run.

            calvin pointed out that what was fascinating
            about all those photos ( and the video )
            in the distance is the fact that they were
            all watching the fire totally run across
            a very well-laid swath of retardant that
            the air folks had been building up ALL
            DAY. That’s unusual… and ( I believe )
            isn’t something you see every day in
            the wildland fire business. So that is
            probably why they were ALL shooting
            photos and such. What the fire was
            doing at that moment was AWESOME,
            and they were trying to capture it
            in photos/videos.

            So… as AWESOME as it was… their
            experience as firefighters MUST have
            also been raising the hair on the backs
            of their necks and making them realize
            how DANGEROUS it also was. It had
            just hopped an amazing line of retardant,
            and there was nothing stopping it.
            That’s when the ‘This thing is running for
            Yarnell!’ ( With exclamation point ) text
            message was sent from that location.

            Couple all that with what I still think is
            the OBVIOUS ‘concern for himself and
            his men’ that you can hear in Marsh’s
            voice in the MacKenzie video… and it
            really is looking more and more like
            the ‘move to the ranch’ HAD to be a
            reaction to SOMEONE declaring
            “Today is Easter, boys!”

            I swear I can hear ( in Eric’s voice when
            he was talking to Steed on the radio )…

            “Geezus… I REALLY don’t want to take
            this chance that it seems we have to
            now… what do you think? What’s your
            ‘comfort level’?”

            Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 14, 2013 at 12:42 pm

        Mr. Powers… you are right to remind us that BR Supt
        had ALREADY ‘promised to come get him (Brendan)’
        if he needed to when he drove him down off the
        ridge in the first place ( following his first face-to-face
        with Marsh up on the ridge ) and dropped Brendan
        off at the old grader location.

        During that first face-to-face with Marsh earlier in
        the day… they BOTH ( Marsh and BR Supt ) decided
        a lookout was needed and Marsh chose Brendan
        because he had been sick for two priors to this
        and it was probably obvious from the morning
        work that Brendan wasn’t fully ‘up to speed’.

        SIDENOTE: It’s really curious that Brendan was
        there at all that day since he had missed the
        previous two days because he was ill. Could it
        be that because you can’t fulfill a contract unless
        you have a full contigent of 20 men on an IHC…
        Brendan was included just so they could take
        the contract… even though they knew he
        was still recovering from his illness? Just a thought.

        I still think, however, that according to what Brendan
        said in the Kyle Dickman interview… if BR Supt had
        not ACCIDENTALLY been where he was, when he
        was… then there might not have actually been
        TIME for Brendan to call for the ‘dust off’ or time
        for BR Supt to then drop what he was doing back
        at the Shrine and (only then) take off to pick him up.

        Brendan MIGHT have had to deploy before BR Supt
        got there… unless BR Supt had already been almost
        there in the first place.

        Reply
        • Bob Powers says

          November 14, 2013 at 1:07 pm

          BR Supt. was monitoring the fire and knew when to go get Brendan. You do not leave the entire safety of your crew in the hands of a sick person or a 2 year crewperson. That was a poor choice for a poor reason. It takes several years to learn fire behavior, weather, fuels and safety.

          Reply
        • calvin says

          November 15, 2013 at 4:15 am

          Two thoughts. Why would Marsh ask for a face to face meeting BR supt when he was not under Marsh’s control that day? You can use the Mackenzie photo that appears in the SAIR to determine what BR supt and Mcdonough were seeing at the exact moment Mcdonough was picked up. I agree BR supt saved Mcdonoughs life. Now my question is WHY would Marsh (order?) BR supt to come up in front of this raging fire?

          Next I want to discuss Mcdonoughs actions June 29. According to Outside magazine, Mcdonough had called in sick the two days prior to June 30.Sure, everybody gets sick. But , why would you be out at a bar on the same day you called in sick knowing the next day you were going to be working in 100 plus degree temps? Obviously he wasn’t “better” and was given a light assignment June 30.

          Reply
  272. Robert the Second says

    November 14, 2013 at 7:12 am

    According to those on the fire on June 30th, Rance Marquez was DIVS Z.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 14, 2013 at 12:10 pm

      Thanks, RTS!

      Good to know. I still think Mr. Sachara was there that
      day (June 30) in some capacity and I still think we are
      looking at the same red/white F-150 that (apparently)
      belongs to him in the Collura/Lee photos… but so goes
      this kind of research. Sometimes it zigs when it should
      zag but hopefully better information follows!

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 14, 2013 at 12:29 pm

        RTS… a quick followup…

        Does this ‘According to those on the fire’ source you
        are quoting know anything about what that big
        argument with Marsh regarding division control
        was REALLY about?… or more detail on what
        the SAIR footnote (6) means when it simply
        says “Marsh and OPS1 resolved it”.

        Do they know exactly WHAT area of the fire ‘DIVS Z’
        actually ended up running on June 30?

        If it was basically the structure protection aspect
        of the operation that day… and included the Glen
        IIlah District where Marsh and his men were
        (apparently) trying to ‘sneak into the back way’…

        …I think that’s important to know.

        Marsh had ALREADY argued with this ‘DIVS Z’ guy
        once that day… and maybe he just didn’t want
        to do it again.

        Reply
  273. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 14, 2013 at 2:34 am

    >> calvin wrote…
    >> Could you get the coordinates for the Ashcraft picture taken at 2:17pm?

    Still working on it. This one is tricky.

    >> Also Could you look at pictures #5 and 11 from Daily Courier article
    >> about Collura speaking with and photographing GM that day.
    >> The red and white fire truck that is in both pictures needs
    >> to find an owner. Just wondering if you could read the
    >> lettering on the side. I have found another picture (only 1) that
    >> shows that truck at the Ranch House later that day.

    ** THE SHORT STORY

    I am about 95 percent certain that this red/white Ford-F150 style
    pickup belongs to Mark Sachara, the Chief of the Pondersa Fire
    District ( Bellemont, Arizona ).

    I am also 95 percent certain Mark Sachara is the mysterious ‘DIV Z’.

    I am also 95 percent certain that Joy Collura photos 5 and 11 have
    captured the moment when ‘DIVS Z’ ( Mark Sachara ) was having
    that ‘argument’ with Eric Marsh about divisional control of the fire.

    ** THE LONG STORY

    I ran Collura photos 5 and 11 through some photo enhancing software
    and while I can’t make out any logos on that red/white truck… it’s definitely
    a Ford F-150 style truck with a stump-chucker grill added to the front.

    It also has a ‘break’ in the white stripe that runs at about the gunwale
    level on the side in the middle of the driver and passenger side doors.

    Look at the first ‘Michelle Lee’ photo which she tweeted at exactly
    4:49 PM from the parking lot of the Ranch House Restaurant.
    This is the one where firefighters are all standing around watching the
    fire come straight into Yarnell.

    I will bet good money that the white/red pickup in the very front right of
    this photo ( with the door open ) is the same vehicle captured in
    Collura photos 5 and 11.

    The profile matches perfectly ( white extended Ford F-150 style pickup
    with red sides and gunwales with a long white stripe, stump-chucker
    grill on the front, etc. )

    In the Michelle Lee photo… you can clearly see this same ‘break in the
    white stripe’ on the driver side door ( partially swung open in the photo )
    that appears on the vehicle in the Collura photo(s).

    Some kind of small LOGO is actually in that ‘break’ in the white stripe but
    I can’t make out what it says even with enhancing.

    NOTE: This is the same Michelle Lee photo 1 that shows the BR Crew
    Vehicles parked neatly directly north of this white/red pickup and ( as is
    shown in the other Michelle Lee photo 2 ) the Granite Mountain Carriers
    are, at the same moment, neatly parked directly behind the BR Carriers.

    So I believe we are looking at the same vehicle in all 3 photos
    ( Joy Collura 5 and 11 and Michelle Lee 1 taken at 4:49 at cafe’ ).

    So how do we get to Mark Sachara being the owner ( and DIVS Z )?

    Stick with me…

    One of the problems with June 30 ( and the reason people may have
    died ) is that the incident was being (hurriedly) ‘transitioned’ to a higher level
    that day but no one had taken the time to create the proper paperwork,
    including the usual IAP ( Incident Action Plan ).

    So we don’t have a (public) IAP document showing us exactly who all
    the players were working for the State of Arizona that day… like
    exactly who ‘DIVS Z’ was.

    However… at 9:00 PM that night… someone finally DID sit down and
    create a proper Incident Action Plan and that is a public document.

    So here is the Incident Action Plan for the NEXT DAY ( July 1 )
    and it DOES list a name for the person hired to be ‘DIVS Z’…

    START OF YARNELL FIRE IAP FOR JULY 1, 2013
    ******************************************************************************
    Yarnell Hill Fire
    Incident Action Plan
    Operational Period
    Monday, July 1, 2013
    0600 to 2000

    5. GENERAL CONTROL OBJECTIVES FOR
    THE INCIDENT (INCLUDE ALTERNATIVES)

    1. Provide for the safety of firefighters utilizing appropriate Risk
    Management process.
    2. Keep Fire South of Weaver Peak; North and West of Hiway 89; and
    East of the Railroad.
    3. Protect and minimize loss/damage to structures in Yarnell, Peoples
    Valley, and surrounding communities.
    4. Assist with the investigation of the Granite Incident.
    5. Keep the public, stakeholders and the media informed of incident status.

    9. PREPARED BY (PLANNING SECTION CHIEF)
    Brian Lauber ( Signed )

    10. APPROVED BY (INCIDENT COMMANDER)
    Roy Hall ( Signed )

    ORGANIZATION ASSIGNMENT LIST

    1. Incident: Yarnell Hill Fire
    2. Date Prepared: 06/30/2013
    3. Time Prepared: 2100 ( 9:00 PM )
    4. Operation Period: 07/01/2013 Monday Day-Shift 0600-2000

    Incident Commander and Staff

    Position Name
    Incident Commander Roy Hall
    Deputy Glenn Joki
    Safety Officer Marty Cole
    Information Officer Mike Reichling
    Liason Officer Dana Schmidt
    AZ State Forestry Kevin Boness
    Yavapai OEM Denny Foulk
    Yavapi Cnty Sheriff Scott Mascher
    Prescott NF Jeff Andrews

    Operations Section
    Section Chief 1 Paul Musser
    Section Chief 2 Unstaffed

    Branch 1 – Division/Groups
    Granite Incident Todd Abel
    Division A/C Unstaffed
    Division F Rob Beary
    Division ? Rance Marquez
    Division Z Mark Sachara

    ******************************************************************************
    START OF YARNELL FIRE IAP FOR JULY 1, 2013

    There is ‘DIVS Z’ at the bottom of the IAP for July 1.

    So I just did a Google search for this ‘Mark Sachara’ fellow in Arizona
    and discovered he is the Chief of the Ponderosa Fire District in
    Bellemont, Arizona.

    A quick lookup for the Ponderosa Fire District (PFD) website shows
    that he is the only full-time career person there.
    Here is his BIO from the PFD website…

    Chief Mark Sachara
    35 years in fire service
    30 Years with Flagstaff Fire
    Forestry Degree from NAU
    Seasoned Wildland Firefighter
    Army Ranger for 3+ years
    Served 12 years as a volunteer firefighter
    Reserve Deputy Sheriff for 6 years
    Ponderosa Fire Chief since January 2010

    If you then click on the menus and drill down to the ‘Stations’
    section of the PFD website you get this information…

    Stations – Station 82, Bellemont
    ( You will see a list of the vehicles that are assigned to this PFD station. )
    ( On that list is a description of the vehicle that Chief Sachara drives )…
    Vehicle ID: C-81
    C-81 is a 2004 Ford F-150 command vehicle, used by Chief.Sachara.

    NOTE: There is no actual picture of the vehicle on this particular page.

    Aha!

    So Ponderosa Fire District Chief Mark Sachara does, in fact drive a Ford F-150.

    Now to find a picture of it.
    That turned out to be easy.

    I just typed the address of the PFD Bellemont fire station
    into Google Maps on the off chance that this C-81 Ford F-150
    might be sitting in the station or in the parking lot when the
    location is viewed with Google ‘Street View’.

    Sure enough… it was.

    Just use this address in Google Maps…

    Ponderosa Fire District
    Station 82 – Bellemont, Arizona
    11951 W. Shadow Mountain Dr Bellemont, AZ, 86015 United States

    The just go down to ‘Street View’… walk by the fire station and you will
    see that the middle bay door of the fire station is UP. Zoom right into
    that open bay and look to the left. You will see the same red/white
    Ford F-150 pickup with the same red/white colors and stripe as
    the Collura/Lee photos. The door is even opened just the way it is in
    the Michelle Lee photo and you can clearly see the same white stripe
    down the side… with the same break in it on the driver door and the same
    logo showing in the break.

    Going back to the PFD website… it also now appears that the LOGO
    used by the Ponderosa Fire District appearing in the break in the
    white stripes COULD be the same one in the Collura/Lee photos.

    So I am going to call that a ‘match’ for now.

    It means that Mark Sachara, the chief of the Ponderosa Fire District
    in Bellemont, Arizona, is the owner of the same red/white Ford F-150
    seen in the Collura/Lee photos taken on June 30 in Yarnell… and that
    since Mark Sachara was (still) the designated ‘DIVS Z’ for the Yarnell
    fire on July 1… I am going to assume this same Mark Sachara was
    ALSO ‘DIVS Z’ the day before… on June 30… and is the one who
    had the big argument with Eric Marsh ( captured in the Collura photos ).

    More later…

    Reply
  274. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 14, 2013 at 2:18 am

    >> calvin wrote…
    >> Could you get the coordinates for the Ashcraft picture taken at 2:17pm?

    Still working on it. This one is tricky.

    >> Also Could you look at pictures #5 and 11 from Daily Courier article
    >> about Collura speaking with and photographing GM that day.
    >> The red and white fire truck that is in both pictures needs
    >> to find an owner. Just wondering if you could read the
    >> lettering on the side. I have found another picture (only 1) that
    >> shows that truck at the Ranch House later that day.

    ** THE SHORT STORY

    I am about 95 percent certain that this red/white Ford-F150 style
    pickup belongs to Mark Sachara, the Chief of the Pondersa Fire
    District ( Bellemont, Arizona ).

    I am also 95 percent certain Mark Sachara is the mysterious ‘DIV Z’.

    I am also 95 percent certain that Joy Collura photos 5 and 11 have
    captured the moment when ‘DIVS Z’ ( Mark Sachara ) was having
    that ‘argument’ with Eric Marsh about divisional control of the fire.

    ** THE LONG STORY

    I ran Collura photos 5 and 11 through some photo enhancing software
    and while I can’t make out any logos on that red/white truck… it’s definitely
    a Ford F-150 style truck with a stump-chucker grill added to the front.

    It also has a ‘break’ in the white stripe that runs at about the gunwale
    level on the side in the middle of the driver and passenger side doors.

    Look at the first ‘Michelle Lee’ photo which she tweeted at exactly
    4:49 PM from the parking lot of the Ranch House Restaurant.
    This is the one where firefighters are all standing around watching the
    fire come straight into Yarnell.

    I will bet good money that the white/red pickup in the very front right of
    this photo ( with the door open ) is the same vehicle captured in
    Collura photos 5 and 11.

    The profile matches perfectly ( white extended Ford F-150 style pickup
    with red sides and gunwales with a long white stripe, stump-chucker
    grill on the front, etc. )

    In the Michelle Lee photo… you can clearly see this same ‘break in the
    white stripe’ on the driver side door ( partially swung open in the photo )
    that appears on the vehicle in the Collura photo(s).

    Some kind of small LOGO is actually in that ‘break’ in the white stripe but
    I can’t make out what it says even with enhancing.

    NOTE: This is the same Michelle Lee photo 1 that shows the BR Crew
    Vehicles parked neatly directly north of this white/red pickup and ( as is
    shown in the other Michelle Lee photo 2 ) the Granite Mountain Carriers
    are, at the same moment, neatly parked directly behind the BR Carriers.

    So I believe we are looking at the same vehicle in all 3 photos
    ( Joy Collura 5 and 11 and Michelle Lee 1 taken at 4:49 at cafe’ ).

    So how do we get to Mark Sachara being the owner ( and DIVS Z )?

    Stick with me…

    One of the problems with June 30 ( and the reason people may have
    died ) is that the incident was being (hurriedly) ‘transitioned’ to a higher level
    that day but no one had taken the time to create the proper paperwork,
    including the usual IAP ( Incident Action Plan ).

    So we don’t have a (public) IAP document showing us exactly who all
    the players were working for the State of Arizona that day… like
    exactly who ‘DIVS Z’ was.

    However… at 9:00 PM that night… someone finally DID sit down and
    create a proper Incident Action Plan and that is a public document.

    So here is the Incident Action Plan for the NEXT DAY ( July 1 )
    and it DOES list a name for the person hired to be ‘DIVS Z’…

    [snip]

    Yarnell Hill Fire
    Incident Action Plan
    Operational Period
    Monday, July 1, 2013
    0600 to 2000

    5. GENERAL CONTROL OBJECTIVES FOR
    THE INCIDENT (INCLUDE ALTERNATIVES)

    1. Provide for the safety of firefighters utilizing appropriate Risk
    Management process.
    2. Keep Fire South of Weaver Peak; North and West of Hiway 89; and
    East of the Railroad.
    3. Protect and minimize loss/damage to structures in Yarnell, Peoples
    Valley, and surrounding communities.
    4. Assist with the investigation of the Granite Incident.
    5. Keep the public, stakeholders and the media informed of incident status.

    9. PREPARED BY (PLANNING SECTION CHIEF)
    Brian Lauber ( Signed )

    10. APPROVED BY (INCIDENT COMMANDER)
    Roy Hall ( Signed )

    ORGANIZATION ASSIGNMENT LIST

    1. Incident: Yarnell Hill Fire
    2. Date Prepared: 06/30/2013
    3. Time Prepared: 2100 ( 9:00 PM )
    4. Operation Period: 07/01/2013 Monday Day-Shift 0600-2000

    Incident Commander and Staff

    Position Name
    Incident Commander Roy Hall
    Deputy Glenn Joki
    Safety Officer Marty Cole
    Information Officer Mike Reichling
    Liason Officer Dana Schmidt
    AZ State Forestry Kevin Boness
    Yavapai OEM Denny Foulk
    Yavapi Cnty Sheriff Scott Mascher
    Prescott NF Jeff Andrews

    Operations Section
    Section Chief 1 Paul Musser
    Seciton Chief 2 N/A

    Branch 1 – Division/Groups
    Granite Incident Todd Abel
    Division A/C Unstaffed
    Division F Rob Beary
    Division ? Rance Marquez
    Division Z Mark Sachara <<<< Career >
    Chief Mark Sachara [ PHOTO ]
    35 years in fire service
    30 Years with Flagstaff Fire
    Forestry Degree from NAU
    Seasoned Wildland Firefighter
    Army Ranger for 3+ years
    Served 12 years as a volunteer firefighter
    Reserve Deputy Sheriff for 6 years
    Ponderosa Fire Chief since January 2010

    Stations > Station 82, Bellemont
    ( You will see a list of the vehicles that are assigned to this PFD station. )
    ( On that list is a description of the vehicle that Chief Sachara drives )…
    Vehicle ID: C-81
    C-81 is a 2004 Ford F-150 command vehicle, used by Chief.Sachara.

    NOTE: There is no actual picture of the vehicle on this particular page.

    Aha!

    So Ponderosa Fire District Chief Mark Sachara does, in fact drive a Ford F-150.

    Now to find a picture of it.
    That turned out to be easy.

    I just typed the address of the PFD Bellemont fire station
    into Google Maps on the off chance that this C-81 Ford F-150
    might be sitting in the station or in the parking lot when the
    location is viewed with Google ‘Street View’.

    Sure enough… it was.

    Just use this address in Google Maps…

    Ponderosa Fire District
    Station 82 – Bellemont, Arizona
    11951 W. Shadow Mountain Dr Bellemont, AZ, 86015 United States

    The just go down to ‘Street View’… walk by the fire station and you will
    see that the middle bay door of the fire station is UP. Zoom right into
    that open bay and look to the left. You will see the same red/white
    Ford F-150 pickup with the same red/white colors and stripe as
    the Collura/Lee photos. The door is even opened just the way it is in
    the Michelle Lee photo and you can clearly see the same white stripe
    down the side… with the same break in it on the driver door and the same
    logo showing in the break.

    Going back to the PFD website… it also now appears that the LOGO
    used by the Ponderosa Fire District appearing in the break in the
    white stripes COULD be the same one in the Collura/Lee photos.

    So I am going to call that a ‘match’ for now.

    It means that Mark Sachara, the chief of the Ponderosa Fire District
    in Bellemont, Arizona, is the owner of the same red/white Ford F-150
    seen in the Collura/Lee photos taken on June 30 in Yarnell… and that
    since Mark Sachara was (still) the designated ‘DIVS Z’ for the Yarnell
    fire on July 1… I am going to assume this same Mark Sachara was
    ALSO ‘DIVS Z’ the day before… on June 30… and is the one who
    had the big argument with Eric Marsh ( captured in the Collura photos ).

    More later…

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 14, 2013 at 2:24 am

      calvin… that last post got really messed up by this forum
      software because it had ‘escape’ characters in it. I am
      going to post the same exact thing again below without
      the escape characters so just ignore the one above.

      Reply
    • calvin says

      November 14, 2013 at 4:10 am

      WOW, great work! BUT, did you see the new post on Investigative media titled Arizona Forestry Division Type 2 Short team roster at the Yarnell Hill Fire. The only two division supervisors on this roster are MARSH and RANCE MARQUEZ. BUT, according to Brendan Mcdonough, his lookout position that day was pointed out by Marsh, Steed and “They also were talking with the Blue Ridge Hotshots superintendent and captain from the Coconino National Forest about the fire activity.”
      We know BR supt was at the location (Because Mcdonough rides to old grader with him) but unsure where Capt. Sachara is during this discussion. It is unclear if Sachara was on the radio or in person from Mcdonoughs account.
      I wonder why this guys name was not on the roster? Just another typo I guess.
      This roster also identifies three SPGS’s. The SAIR only identifies 2. I find it very disturbing that Roy Hall was IC (again) the very next day. Remember him describing June 30 as his only sleepless night in his life. How could he be an effective Commander the day after the greatest loss of life on a Wildfire in 80 years (that he was in command of) and no sleep all night ( the first time in his life.) This story gets more twisted at every turn and the investigators didn’t do a very good job of covering the asses it (seemingly) was trying to protect.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 14, 2013 at 12:08 pm

        calvin… see below… ‘Robert the Second’ is now also
        confirming ( and referencing people he seems to know
        who were there June 30 ) that RANCE MARQUEZ
        was, indeed, ‘DIVS Z’ on June 30. He moved to another
        DIV the next day and Mark Sachara took over the job
        of ‘DIVS Z’ on July 1.

        Good to know. I still think Mr. Sachara was there that
        day and I still think we are looking at the same
        red/white F-150 that (apparently) belongs to him in
        the Collura/Lee photos… but so goes this kind of
        research. Sometimes it zigs when it should zag
        but hopefully better information follows.

        Reply
  275. Robert the Second says

    November 13, 2013 at 5:47 pm

    I took some more time to review the McKenzie video based on several of your comments.

    As far as the “red bearded firefighter stowing his gloves,” I think he’s merely attaching them to a carabiner like all of us do so you’ll know exactly where they are when you want them. And if they were ‘on the move’ to go somewhere then more of them would have been getting their gear ready to go and hustling about. I’m not seeing that.

    And once again to the guy spitting the tobacco ‘in disgust,’ I’m going to have to take issue with that again and say it’s mere coincidence. If it was ‘in disgust’ I think he would have glared a little bit or something, he’s just spitting.

    I think Marsh was being disingenuous regarding his and the GMHS intentions when they left their perfectly adequate SZ. He was a DIVS, responsible for his piece of ground and his resources, even though it was only GMHS. What he was planning and what he did was a very major tactical decision and move considering the fire weather and fire behvior at the time. He definitely should have informed both OPS about that. Fire Order 7. As far as the OPS were concerned, he/they were ‘in the black’ and not a concern.

    Regarding the BRHS Supt. taking a lot of responsibilty and doing all he did that day in ‘The Shrine’ area and Yarnell, it was a typical day on a very active fire with structures threatened, doing what any good, competent HS Supt. would do. He was basically acting as a Task Force Leader even though he wasn’t assigned as one. I’m not taking anything away from what the guy did, it’s just that Hot Shots are really good at making failed systems work.

    Reply
    • mike says

      November 13, 2013 at 6:42 pm

      Maybe the lesson here is we all see what we want to see. But to say this all originated in the head of Eric Marsh just does not make sense. He is about to leave the black and hike through terrain he knows is very difficult. Maybe he does not appreciate the level of risk, but he is going to keep it secret, because he knows it is risky enough that, if what he is doing is known, that he will be stopped. All of this with a crew that he views as his own kids. And for what purpose – to save a couple of houses – maybe but unlikely? For that, this man with a reputation for safety, is going to play Russian roulette with the lives of his kids. That is what we are being asked to believe. I don’t.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 13, 2013 at 10:42 pm

        I don’t have any audio samples to compare it with… but all
        I hear in Marsh’s voice in the MacKenzie video is concern
        for his men… and some kind of ‘dread’ regarding
        something that is about to happen… and a reluctance
        to even be involved with it.

        That all spells being told “Today is Easter”, as they
        say in the wildland firefighting circles.

        Someone just told him ( and the IHC crew under
        his command ) to go look for Easter Eggs… and
        Hotshots follow orders. Period.

        If you don’t… you go home ( and probably never
        come back ).

        All that remains is… who had the authority to
        say today is Easter on that fire… at that time.

        Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 13, 2013 at 8:25 pm

      >> RTS wrote…
      >> As far as the “red bearded firefighter stowing his gloves,”
      >> I think he’s merely attaching them to a carabiner like all
      >> of us do so you’ll know exactly where they are when you
      >> want them.

      Thank you. It’s hard to tell what he’s doing there… but he
      was very busy doing it across multiple photographs taken
      at different times.

      >> And if they were ‘on the move’ to go somewhere then
      >> more of them would have been getting their gear ready
      >> to go and hustling about. I’m not seeing that.

      Exactly. I think that just supports a point I was trying to
      make. This doesn’t look a “take five”. It looks like “we just
      got pulled off the fire… smoke ’em if ya got ’em”. Everyone
      ‘settles in’ and whips out the electronic devices and this
      is even when some of them thought they had time to send
      text messages, upload pictures to the web… and whatnot.

      It looks like they simply had no idea ‘what’s next’ at that point.

      Management screwed up and parked the carriers in
      the wrong place so let THEM figure out how we get
      down from here… sorta thing.

      Something changed during that partially captured
      radio conversation between Marsh and Steed.
      The mood went from “just watch the fire out there”
      to “gaggle up, boys!”.

      >> RTS also wrote…
      >> And once again to the guy spitting the tobacco ‘in disgust,’
      >> I’m going to have to take issue with that again and say it’s
      >> mere coincidence. If it was ‘in disgust’ I think he would
      >> have glared a little bit or something, he’s just spitting.

      Fair enough. I accept that. I really should have just used
      the phrase ‘with emphasis’ rather than ‘with disgust’
      because I do think it was an ‘intentional spit’, in any case.
      He doesn’t look mad or anything… just DOG TIRED
      and frustrated because he now knows all his hard
      work all day was for NOTHING.

      I am really much more interested to know if that really
      is firefighter Misner or not. I don’t know these men well
      enough to positively ID him but somebody does.

      Also totally much more interested in what he really said there
      and interested to hear any other opinions.

      My narrowed-down considered options were…

      Marsh said: “…I could just feel it, ya know”.

      Misner(?): We’ve been feelin’ it all day.
      Misner(?): Where’ve YOU been all day.
      Misner(?): Where ya been all day.

      Ashcroft: Chuckles and bobs head in agreement.

      >> I think Marsh was being disingenuous regarding his
      >> and the GMHS intentions when they left their
      >> perfectly adequate SZ.

      If there really was that text message from GM crewmember
      to his mother referenced by some guy at some memorial
      service that said “We are going down to protect a ranch”…
      then either this kid totally misunderstood the assignment
      or someone flat out LIED to him.

      That ranch was ‘bomb-proof’. Marsh knew that.
      It didn’t need protection in any way, shape or form.

      This all speaks to what ‘the plan’ was… where it
      came from… and whether Marsh/Steed were TOLD to
      hide the real reason for the move from OPS1,
      OPS2 ( and DIVS Z who Marsh already argued with earlier? )
      and from the men themselves.

      I mean… let’s say for a moment that the move had
      actually been successful and none of us would be
      hear discussing why 19 men are dead and 60+ investigators
      couldn’t seem to figure out why.

      Let’s say they made it to the ranch and then discovered it
      was still OK to hump the last half-mile from the ranch
      gate to the west end of Glen Ilah.

      What then?

      Were they just planning on magically ‘re-appearing’
      like the cavalry appearing on the rear of the enemy,
      to everyone’s great SURPRISE!… and then having
      themselves a good 4-beer laugh when OPS1
      said “How the f**k did you guys get THERE???”.

      If you weren’t planning on making it a SURPRISE
      just for ‘laughs’… then what other possible reason
      could there be for not informing people ( and being
      sure you get ‘Copy that’ or ‘Roger that’ back from them )
      unless someone told you NOT to make it clear where
      you where or where you were going.

      >> What he (Marsh) was planning and what he did
      >> was a very major tactical decision and move
      >> considering the fire weather and fire behavior
      >> at the time.

      No question. Other Hotshots have called it ‘radical’
      and even ‘unheard of’.

      >> He definitely should have informed both OPS about that.

      Absolutely no question. This is one of those things called
      the ‘rule of opposites’ in investigative circles. When it is
      so obvious that any normal person SHOULD have done
      a particular thing… but did NOT… that, itself, is cause
      for suspicion.

      Also see above… for Marsh to not have made SURE he
      got a ‘Copy that’ or ‘Roger that’ back from the people who
      he knew NEEDED to know what he was doing… ( OPS )
      then there’s really only 2 reasons for that….

      1) You didn’t CARE if they knew.
      2) You didn’t WANT them to know.

      >> Regarding the BRHS Supt. taking a lot of responsibility
      >> and doing all he did that day in ‘The Shrine’ area and
      >> Yarnell, it was a typical day on a very active fire with
      >> structures threatened, doing what any good,
      >> competent HS Supt. would do.

      I’m not a Hotshot. I’m not a firefighter.
      All I know is the guy probably saved lives that day.

      If he hadn’t happened along and found McDonough when
      he did… Brendan would probably have had to deploy.
      ( Brendan himself says that is exactly what he was
      planning the moment before his rescue in the
      Kyle Dickman article in Outdoor magazine. )

      If he hadn’t gone BACK to the Shrine area ( when it was
      already dangerous to do so ) to make SURE everyone who
      didn’t take the evac orders seriously was getting out of
      there NOW… we might be talking about some dead
      Type 2 crew guys, too.

      Are you saying THAT kind of thing goes on all the time?

      Lookouts coming close to being fried unless someone
      accidentally motors them out and Type 2 guys not taking
      evac orders seriously?

      I certainly hope not. If that kind of stuff is ‘normal’ then it’s
      a wonder we aren’t hearing about dead wildland guys
      every weekend during fire season.

      Reply
      • Robert the Second says

        November 13, 2013 at 9:23 pm

        Yes, that kind of thing goes on a lot. Like I said, Hot Shots are really good at making failed systems work; they instinctively ‘pick up the pieces,’ the duties others fail or neglect doing. And yes, he AND his Foreman AND Crew saved a lot of lives that day (more than you know), including some Engine guys at The Shrine that weren’t paying attention like they should have been and lots of ‘dragging their asses’ citizens in Yarnell.

        As far as Brendan the Lookout ‘being fried’ – he cut his trigger point a little too close for me, and the BR Supt. knew he was there all day. That was his plan all day to just scoop him when the inevitable fire behavior occurred based on the predicted outflow winds. The fire tells you what it’s going to do everytime, you just have to pay attention. Unbelievably, the kid wanted to hike up and tie in with his Crew, and the BR Supt. sternly and quickly told him to get in the Ranger.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 13, 2013 at 10:08 pm

          In McDonough’s interview for the Kyle Dickman
          article… he tells Kyle that he ‘considered’ trying
          to hike up there to where the rest of GM was, but
          didn’t think he could make the climb before the
          fire got him. He was both scouting for a place
          to deploy AND reaching for his radio to call
          BR Supt when BR Supt suddenly appeared
          on the UTV (Ranger). BR Supt was NOT,
          specifically there to ‘pick up’ Brendan. He
          was on his way out for his second face-to-face
          with Marsh ( which had been requested by
          Marsh some minutes earlier ) when he
          stumbled upon Brendan evacuating his position.

          BR Supt abandoned the ‘face-to-face’ with
          Marsh at that point and just humped Brendan
          back to where the GM vehicles were parked
          so they could begin to move them out of there.

          If BR Supt had NOT already been on his way
          out to the top of the ridge to meet with Marsh,
          there MAY have been time for McDonough to
          call him for a dust-off… and time for that to
          happen… but from what I am reading the
          fact that this meet-up was ‘accidental’ and
          happened when it did made all the diiference
          in whether Brendan would have had to
          deploy there by the old grader… or not.

          Makes one think, though.

          Let’s say that there had been no Brendan
          McDonough on lookout.

          If poor BR Supt had motored all the way up
          to the ridge for that meeting with Marsh at
          that same time… he may have never been
          able to get back to his men.

          The very trail he motored up on may have been
          overtaken by the fire while he was up there
          talking to Marsh.

          He may have ended up walking to his death
          right along with GM… OR… maybe his added
          input up there that day might have saved their
          lives. He would have had the Ranger up there
          with him and he could have easily ‘scouted
          ahead’ going south and discovered that the
          high ridge road really did curl all the way
          around to the Boulder Springs Ranch…

          …and no one would have died at all.

          Reply
          • Bob Powers says

            November 14, 2013 at 10:33 am

            Another major problem was the lookout in my day when we posted a lookout it was the asst. or a foreman not a crew man some one who new what to say and when to move to know fire behavior and when they and the crew were in trouble early enough to make a difference. A lookout that was a supervisor on the crew would have tried to locate to a safe position to monitor the fire and keep the crew informed of any changes. That’s what I would have done. It is your crew you are there lookout you are not going to leave them hanging. Another training opportunity. Who should be assigned as a lookout experience is very important.

            Reply
        • calvin says

          November 15, 2013 at 4:17 am

          RTS…. could you explain “more than you know?” I am listening to everything you say.

          Reply
      • Gary Olson says

        November 14, 2013 at 5:20 am

        I have been thinking for some time (back to the original Dougherty article, when Rod Wrench said,

        “Rod Wrench on August 24, 2013 at 10:27 am said: “There appears to be some confusion as to the what a Division Supervisor can and can not do. A Division Supervisor is just that, in charge of a division, not the entire fire. He works for the Operations Chief or the Incident Commander, if an Operations Chief is not assigned, these two positions have all the suppression responsibility for the fire. For Marsh to make such a radical change in the assignment of any crew on his division he must discuss and receive permission from the Operations Chief or IC. Marsh had no authority to abandon the crews line assignment and decide to try and protect a structure 1/2 mile away.”) that Eric Marsh employed the age old adage
        “Never ask the question you don’t want to know the answer to!”)

        And now the conversation has caught up with people who are interested in trying to figure out what happened, so now my comment will not be out of context with the conversation, and in fact, I think it explains a great deal.

        So…to me, the only other question is why would Eric Marsh feel comfortable doing such a thing? Well, I think the answer is that since he was doing what his supervisor (Darrell Willis) told him to do, he did not need to worry what Div Z thought about his actions.

        In addition, if his maneuver would have worked, absolutely nobody would have cared what the Chief of the Ponderosa Fire Department thought about anything because the Granite Mountain Hotshots would have been in position to augment engine crews, help with structure protection and evacuations from the backside of Glen IIah and Yarnell when other emergency personnel could not get into those areas because the roads were blocked by fleeing residents, in short, the Granite Mountain Hotshots would have been in position to be the “Hero’s” of the day and in wildland firefighting like almost everywhere else, nobody argues with success.

        This also goes back to Darrell Willis repeatedly saying that Eric Marsh’s decision to abandoned his Division and take the crew that was assigned to it with him was no problem because he was a Division Supervisor and could make that level of decision. Which of course is not true.

        Which brings in another old adage, “It is easier to ask for forgiveness than get permission!”

        Reply
        • Gary Olson says

          November 14, 2013 at 5:44 am

          plus, if the argument that between the 2 Division Supervisors had been bad enough, maybe Marsh saw a chance to make his boss happy AND stick it to Div Z and show him that it was Marsh’s back yard not Div Z’s house, it could have been a twofer.

          Reply
    • calvin says

      November 14, 2013 at 4:28 am

      RTS…. The word I come up with when I think of Marsh’s statements regarding their move, is COY. I have probably never used this word in a sentence (in my life) until now. The Merriam-Webster dictionary defines coy as: having a shy or sweetly innocent quality that is often intended to be attractive or to GET ATTENTION. I believe Marsh was wanting someone to question him on his statements without being overt. I believe he wanted SOMEONE, ANYONE to stop what was happening. WTKTT has described Marsh (from what he has read) as very dedicated (almost to the point of obsessed) with his job. I do believe this. Even Marsh’s wife described him as 90% Granite Mountain Hotshot and the other 10% was for everybody else. I do not see this as a bad quality ( more people need to give their all to their jobs.) But I think it helps describe why he chose to follow the order that was presumably given. The order had to be followed or else.

      Reply
      • Gary Olson says

        November 14, 2013 at 5:24 am

        Right on, I agree with everything you just said, in addition, please see my comment above.

        Reply
        • Gary Olson says

          November 14, 2013 at 6:40 am

          I guess what I’m saying that excessive pride, ego and confidence bordering on hubris is a common characteristic of hotshots and the longer you do it and the higher you go, the more pride and confidence you feel.

          And from what I have heard here about Eric Marsh, he had a lot to be proud of. Look at me, I’m still rolling in it after 30 years. The wildland firefighting community as a whole, has always puts hotshot crews on pedestals (rightfully so).

          Although up until now if you told John Q. Public you were an elite wildland firefighter, they would have said, “Oh, you must be a smokejumper.”

          Reply
          • mike says

            November 14, 2013 at 7:17 am

            Even the term “hotshot” creates the sense of ego and bravado.

            Has there ever been a wildland firefighter whose psychology is going to be more debated than Eric Marsh’s?

            Reply
      • J. Stout says

        November 14, 2013 at 10:36 am

        “The order had to be followed or else.” That is chilling.

        Reply
        • mike says

          November 14, 2013 at 10:54 am

          I think there was concern about getting people out of Yarnell – Robert refers to “ass-draggers”. Did it even have to be an order? Maybe that is why it went over the cell phones – very hard to put a REQUEST on the radio, as there is an implied admission that you are asking something not quite by the rules. Now if Marsh is requested to take his crew down there to help people evacuate, you probably have to have a darn good reason to refuse and risk a death in town. There would be enormous pressure to agree to the request, no matter how many bad feelings you have inside. Is such a thing possible?

          Reply
          • J. Stout says

            November 14, 2013 at 12:18 pm

            Mike, with all due respect, there wasn’t just “a darn good reason.” There was a plethora of them . . . all having to do with the safety & welfare & lives of 19 people entrusted to a crew superintendent.

            And, yes, it is positively chilling to see it here, in writing, on the part of more than one person, that a superintendent would likely “not” bring up the issues of safety when approached with either a request or order that is of the nature of the one being speculated about here.

            Reply
          • Robert the Second says

            November 15, 2013 at 9:06 am

            Based on the 10 and 18 and LCES and increasing fire behavior below with obviously deteriorating fire weather, Marsh and/or Steed could have and should have refused the assignment and given an option IF he/they were ordered to leave their perfectly good SZ and go down into Yarnell. I am still not convinced on this point. I am leaning toward this being a unilateral decision by Marsh. Unless it was all done by cell phone and/or edited out by the SAIT, there is really no documented conversations about this, right?

            Reply
        • Bob Powers says

          November 14, 2013 at 12:15 pm

          But I can tell you many a HS Supt. have told Div. boss and Sec. Boss etc. We ant doing that. We’ll do it another way. One example is the Loop fire 2 hot shot crews refused to do what El Cariso did. And watched what they predicted happen. A lot of Hot Shot Supt. can be very Hard headed when it comes to safety. To bad GM didn’t take that rout.

          Reply
  276. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 12, 2013 at 11:45 pm

    CONTINUING UPDATE ON EXACT GEO-COORDINATES
    FOR SOME OF THE PUBLICLY RELEASED PHOTOS

    This update contains what I believe to be the exact geolocation
    coordinates ( latitude/longitude ) of ALL of the following publicly
    released photos/video(s)…

    * Christopher MacKenzie’s IMG_0889 and IMG_0890
    * Christopher MacKenzie’s VIDEO
    * Christopher MacKenzie photo – page 23 of SAIR
    * Wade Parker photo – page 24 of SAIR

    NOTE: The MacKenzie photo used in the SAIR is almost assuredly
    the missing IMG_0888 image that was left out of the public release
    set. See below.

    THIS is the exact location for everything listed above.

    It is a small group of boulders just east of the trail up near the anchor point.

    NOTE: It is NOT what the SAIR chose to call the ‘lunch spot’.

    The view(s) in the distance match perfectly. There is also a small cactus bush
    which appears in various places in all of these photographs but it is definitely
    the same bush in all of them. There is also a thin lay-down of retardant in the
    lower right of all of these items that matches in all of them.

    Latitude: 34.227816
    Longitude: -112.790623

    34.227816, -112.790623

    Again… just cut-and-paste the single line above with the comma between the
    lat/long numbers into the search bar of Google maps and this pile of boulders
    will appear right away. It will have a GREEN ARROW pointing to the middle
    of the boulder pile.

    If you use Google Earth and zoom down to the man-height level at this exact
    location, and ‘sit yourself down on the boulders’ and start ‘looking around’…
    everything you see matches ALL of the photos and the VIDEO.

    You can even pan left and right in Google Earth just as MacKenzie did when
    he was shooting the original video and everything is a perfect match…
    including the boulders, the cactus plant, the alignment of the old grader spot
    in the distance, the alignment/perspective on the Sesame street trail in
    the distance… etc.

    * IMG_0889 and IMG_0990

    Both of these images were taken with MacKenzie standing in the same
    exact spot in the midst of this boulder pile.

    MacKenzie shot IMG_0889 in ‘Landscape’ ( Horizontal ) mode and
    IMG_0990 in ‘Portrait’ ( Vertical ) mode.

    The time between IMG_0889 and IMG_0990 is no more than 10-15 seconds,
    based on the changes ( hardly any ) in the smoke clouds.

    The interval is obviously only about as long as it takes someone to turn their
    smartphone from horizontal to vertical and take another picture from the
    exact same spot.

    * The MacKenzie VIDEO

    The MacKenzie VIDEO was shot at this same exact location… but a few
    minutes AFTER the still photos. The fire and smoke have advanced slightly
    as to where it was moments ago when the still photos were taken… but
    not by much.

    My guess would be that about 20 seconds after MacKenzie shot IMG_0889
    and IMG_0890 he started recording video while standing in the same spot.

    So now the big (ongoing) question(s) concerning the MacKenzie photos/video…

    How much of the VIDEO we have been allowed to see in public is still
    MISSING… and who EDITED that publicly released clip and put the
    FADE in-between the two segments? The device itself didn’t do that.

    Were there actually TWO separate MacKenzie videos shot at that location,
    or just the one which is now missing either the middle part, something at the
    start or end… or all three of these things?

    Where is the original data dump from the device that this video came from?

    This video was obviously a capture of the infamous ‘discussing their
    options’ conversation between Marsh and Steed ( and the still mysterious
    third voice on the radio who says ‘You bet’. )

    Anything at all that might still be able to be recovered from the original video
    might represent the moment when we learn WHY these men were about to
    walk away from safety to their deaths. Even if it’s just the 10 or 20 seconds
    that might be missing from the middle where that manual fade was
    obviously inserted… the audio part might hold the answer(s).

    Did these publicly released photos and video actually come from some
    mysterious ‘Canon Sureshot’ digital camea ( with video capability? ),
    as the daily Courier has reported?…

    …OR did these images come from MacKenzie’s smartphone… the only
    MacKenzie device being listed as entered into evidence in the YCSO
    investigator’s report and the only MacKenzie device that the YCSO police
    investigators say was still fully functional after the burnover… and that
    they were able to scrape with the Cellibrite software?

    Is there something completely bogus about the story told by the Courier of
    someone from the medical examiner’s office ( and not YCSO or state
    investigators ) coming up to Mike MacKenzie ( Christopher’s father ) and
    handing him a ‘Canon Sureshot’ digital camera in a cloth bag that wasn’t
    even burned’ ( as reported by the Courier )?

    Was Mike’s step-daughter really the first one to find these images ( and the
    video? )… or are we seeing things that were extracted from MacKenzie’s
    smartphone by the YCSO investigators with their Cellibrite software?

    Are these the same images that were handed on a CD by Mike to
    Chief Willis… who then supposedly passed them on to the SAIR?

    We can already read in the YCSO police report that they did, in fact, make
    a copy of what was scraped from the MacKenzie smartphone and that copy
    was passed directly on to the SAIR investigators without the need for any
    involvement on either Mike MacKenzie’s or Chief Willis’ part… so what is
    the real scoop on that part of the story as told by the Courier?

    * The Wade Parker photo – page 24 of SAIR

    The photo that GM firefighter Wade Parker texted that day and which
    appears in the actual SAIR document on page 24 was also definitely taken
    at this same location but perhaps 20 or so feet farther west (backwards) on
    the boulder pile.

    The same exact small cactus bush that is seen in the MacKenzie photos
    and video is still right there in the left hand portion of Wade Parker’s photo.

    Parker’s photo was also taken at around the same time as the MacKenzie
    photos and the video but just a minute or two afterwards. In the Wade
    Parker photo… all the firefighters ( except one ) already appear to have
    (suddenly?) been ordered to ‘move out’ from that location where they
    had ‘settled’ in just 12 minutes ago… and Wade is taking ‘just one last
    picture’ from that location before moving out himself.

    The SAIR puts the time on this Wade Parker photo as 16:04 ( 4:04 PM )
    which is then just 60 seconds before the SAIR said the men were on the
    ridge road… heading south towards the box canyon ( at 4:05 PM ).

    * Christopher MacKenzie photo – page 23 of SAIR

    The photo attributed to Christopher MacKenzie on page 23 of the SAIR was
    also taken at this same exact location, but was taken as they were
    ENTERING the boulder patch and before they chose where to sit down
    and ‘settle in’ for what looks like a while ( or so they thought? ).

    The same small cactus bush ( and the same thin line of retardant seen in the
    lower right of the photo ) is there but the photo shows the men simply
    ‘descending’ down the boulder pile to ‘settle in’ at a spot farther below where
    there will be more rocks to sit on and ends up being the exact location
    for all the other photos and the video.

    The SAIR puts a timestamp on this MacKenzie photo of 15:50 ( 3:50 ).

    That means ( together with the other MacKenzie photos and video and
    the Wade Parker photo, all taken at this same location ) they only spent
    exactly 14 minutes at this location and the ‘discussing their options’
    radio conversation with Marsh captured in the MacKenzie video took place
    in the latter half of those 14 minutes.

    The MacKenzie photo on page 23 of the SAIR with an attributed time
    of 3:50 PM shows them ENTERING this boulder pile location.

    The Wade Parker photo on page 24 of the SAIR with an attributed time
    of 4:04 PM shows them LEAVING this same boulder pile location.

    Again… that’s a (documented) time period of 14 minutes at this location.

    The SAIR then says they were ‘headed south’ at 4:05 PM after leaving
    this location and that might be one of the few things in this critical
    timeline that the SAIR actually gets right.

    I am also absolutely sure now that the MacKenzie 15:50 photo on page 23 of
    the SAIR is, in fact, the mysteriously missing IMG_0888 that did NOT show
    up with the other sequentially-numbered still images published by the Courier.

    Somehow… this IMG_0888 ended up in the SAIR investigators’ hands and
    on the hard drive of the person composing that SAIR report… but it was
    then missing from the set of 14 other publicly released photos.

    Was it also missing from the device before it was (supposedly) handed
    to Mike MacKenzie by someone (who?) from the medical examiner’s office
    and before his step-daughter looked at what was on it… as reported by
    the Courier? We still don’t know.

    If IMG_0888 is still sitting on that computer that was used to compose
    the PDF file which became the SAIR report… I will bet someone could
    still just extract the JPEG EXIF data and verify the latitude and longitude
    for ALL of these photos. It depends how it might have been copied
    off the original device and onto the hard drive.

    ** A DRAMATIC MOMENT

    The reason I believe there were so many pictures ( and video ) being
    taken at that moment at this SAME location versus any other time of day
    is evident in the background of all these photos and the video itself.

    The fire was exhibiting VERY DRAMATIC behavior and everyone felt the
    need to record what they could see happening. ( As in… really cool photos
    to show your friends and family, good story to tell later, etc. ).

    How they could not have correlated the dramatic fire behavior they were seeing
    ( and felt the need to photo-document because it was so dramatic ) with the
    extreme danger of the move they were also going to undertake in just a
    few minutes is simply beyond me.

    It seems to be the equivalent of watching a bunch of men see a dramatic
    and dangerous tornado in the distance and feeling the need to take lots
    of pictures and videos… and then deciding to head right for a spot that
    will (obviously) soon be directly in its path.

    Doesn’t make a whole lot of sense.

    It is also readily apparent, I think, that the critical decision to even leave that
    area WAS made during this 14 minute period sitting on those rocks ( As in…
    during the radio conversation partially captured in the MacKenzie video ).

    If you look at all these photographs together at the same time on your
    desktop a startling ‘total picture’ emerges.

    What you really see is a bunch of tired men who had just come to realize
    that all the work they had been doing all day was for nothing… and they
    were now just ‘settling in’ to a safe spot from which to observe a fire that
    is now beyond their control.

    They all look like they were doing the kind of ‘settling in’ that you do when
    you know your work day is over and you will be somewhere for quite
    a while… and not just 14 minutes.

    Example: Pay close attention to the firefighter with the red hair and beard
    who is present in all of these photos AND in the video. It appears that
    the sequential photos and the video itself have captured him
    ‘stowing his gloves’ in a way that indicates he thinks he won’t be
    needing them for a while… if even again that day. Could this be one
    of the firefighters that was found without his gloves on at the
    burnover site? I’m not a firefighter. I don’t really know what he is
    doing there with the gloves but it certainly looks like some kind
    of ‘put them away for the day’ operation.

    Suddenly… after the video and before the Wade Parker photo…
    there was change.

    Everyone is suddenly ‘packing up and heading out’ again… much sooner
    than (it appears) they thought they would when ‘settling in’ to that location.

    So that whole ‘settling in’ event seemingly captured by all these photos and
    the video seems to have come to an ‘abrupt end’ just following the
    video ( and the captured conversation between Steed and Marsh who is
    still off scouting somewhere north of this location ).

    This is what I am seeing, anyway… and I think others can/should too when
    you simply look at the totality of these photos and the video and that 14
    minute time period that is being clearly documented.

    More later…

    Reply
    • calvin says

      November 13, 2013 at 4:11 am

      Could you get the coordinates for the Ashcraft picture taken at 217pm? Also Could you look at pictures #5 and 11 from Daily Courier article about Collura speaking with and photographing GM that day. The red and white fire truck that is in both pictures needs to find an owner. Just wondering if you could read the lettering on the side. I have found another picture (only 1) that shows that truck at the Ranch House later that day. I think this could be Darrell Willis’s truck?
      I am not convinced the times from the camera and maybe even the phone are accurate. Remember the Daily Courier posted those pictures ONE HOUR before SAIR released. Tex Gilligan has said (comment in Wildfire Today) they are trying to use Colluras pictures to prove the time is off on the camera. Mr Olson was spot on when he called all the leads “rabbit trails”

      Wade Parker can be seen in first video taking the picture that shows up in SAIR.

      I want to go back to 216 picture by Ashcraft and the accompanying text… “I am going to be down there for a while on this one”

      Reply
      • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

        November 13, 2013 at 9:07 am

        Darrell Willis’ truck is all white. Picture #25 from that same Collura series in the Courier is very telling. It looks down from the top of the west side of the bowl. Entering the picture on the lower left side, you can see the drainage they followed as they decended down into the bowl (as also noted in the SAIR photo on page 32). Notice in picture #25, how close that drainage runs against the rocky face of the north side of the bowl. This provides sufficient evidence as to HOW MUCH their vision was obstructed to the north and east, UNTIL they popped out of the drainage and rounded the bend at the bottom, turning toward the ranch. The deployment site is approximately at that bare spot that sits just west of the end of the dozer line. Look at how little ground there is to cover between ’rounding the corner’ and the actual deployment site.

        They walked a very short distance down there until they ‘saw it’. If Eric Marsh was indeed trying to catch up with them here, Steed might might have been making his first distress call as Marsh rounded the bend coming out of the drainage, which would explain why Marsh couldn’t ‘see it’ before this point as well, and begin making distress calls himself.

        Reply
        • calvin says

          November 13, 2013 at 10:42 am

          It seems like a good time to try to identify some of the key players. So if OPS1 is Todd Able, Paul Musser is OPS2. That leaves SPGS1 and SPGS2. Also the mysterious DIV Z. I have been rereading the SAIR after it seems like I do not agree with most of what you are saying. I am not saying you are wrong, but I am going to retrace my steps to see if I end up at the same “rabbit trails” as before.
          The first 13 pages of the SAIR contain a lot of questionable information. EXAMPLE… P4 SAIR” The team found no indication of negligence, reckless actions, or violations of policy or protocol” REALLY! P5 SAIR( the VERY next page)… This report does not identify causes in the traditional sense of pointing out errors, mistakes, and violations but approaches the accident from the perspective that risk is inherent in firefighting.
          WTFH??? ( yes, I screamed this)
          P6 “Team members shared portions of the narrative with key interviewees to correct and clarify important details.”
          P11 Team members also shared portions of the narrative with key interviewees to correct and clarify important details.. This is not a typo. This sentence is actually repeated.
          ALSO P6.. ” the team held two sessions with Subject Matter Experts to review the draft investigative report.” That is right 2! Seems thorough enough?
          P12 Just before 11 o clock (6/29) a BLM helicopter transports seven firefighters to within 1/4 mile of the ridge. I take issue with this. WTKTT brought the video to light where GM (ERIC MARSH) was calling to get choppered in that fateful day. Instead he received SILENCE! Then you have Blue Ridge showing up late and cruising up the hill on their RANGER!
          P12 At 1442 ICT4 advises Dispatch he is releasing air attack, 1540 ICT4 releases BLM brush engine and local Peeples Valley fire engine, Then he releases BOTH SEAT’s( no time acknowledged for this move.) 1610 requests air attack and both SEAT’s to return to the Yarnell Hill fire. So within one and a half hours all aircraft and some engines were released and ordered back. WOW
          P13 1730 ICT4 requests an ICT3 and a State of Arizona IMT.
          P13 (time unknown) orders type 1 heavy helitanker and LAT that are declined by 1742.
          P13 a few minutes later ICT4 declines VLAT.
          This sequence of events detail a series of bad decisions all happening within a couple of hours that undoubtedly could have changed the course of events.
          P13 again and I will stop. ICT4 changes his request from a Type3 to a Type 2 IMT. ICT 4 requests three IHC’s (time unknown.) Now the sequence of events on p62 says at 1821 ICT4 places order for 2 Type 1 IHC to be in Yarnell at 0600. And then at 2105 SWCC advises ADC to assign GMIHC internally and to retrieve their order from SWCC. This is very confusing. Why did the Sequence of events lead us to believe only 2 IHC’s were ordered when they state on P13 three IHC’s were ordered including Arroyo Grande IHC. A footnote on P13 says Arroyo Grande had mechanical problems and missed the assignment.

          Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 13, 2013 at 11:09 am

            calvin… I am all over your photo location
            requests. Will get back ASAP.

            Re: DIVS Z – Yes. What in the heck is that
            all about and who the heck was that? SAIR
            makes quick mention of the ‘argument’
            that Marsh had with him but no details.
            Argument about WHAT?

            Re: GM being ‘choppered in’
            You misunderstood me before. The
            comment about ‘we were waiting to see
            if we were going to be choppered out
            to the ridge’ is one of the original
            comments added by YouTube user
            4490red ( Anthony with Globe Fire Dept. )
            when HE originally posted that video.
            What I believe 4490red meant there was
            that the guys actually sitting in the trucks
            in the video itself ( The Globe Type 2
            structure team ) were going to be
            choppered in. My big question there is…
            Why in the heck would a team contracted
            as a Type 2 structure protection unit even
            think they were going to be ‘choppered
            out to the ridge’ as if they were a Hotshot
            crew? Does that happen a lot? Does
            that EVER happen?

            Re: The mysterious unidentified truck
            in the Collura photos… I am way ahead
            of you. I want to know who that was too.

            Also… regarding the Collura photos.
            I am all over them.

            Have you seen the one where the actual
            Blue Ridge Hotshots Crew Carriers are
            in the picture all the way out at the end
            of Sesame street where the GM
            carriers were? WTF is that all about?
            What TIME was THAT?
            As far as the SAIR goes and any other
            information I can find… the BR team
            just ended up staging at the Yarnell
            Fier Station and then they went directly
            to the St. Joseph Shrine area to prepare
            a dozer line for a potential burnout.
            I’ll have to check Google maps again
            but there is no mention anywhere of
            why/when that ENTIRE BR crew ( and
            the Crew Carriers themselves ) should
            have been all the way out there where
            Collura could have photographed them.

            Have to run… more later…

            Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 13, 2013 at 12:22 pm

            More about DIVS Z.

            The only real mention of this mysterious
            ‘DIVS Z’ in the SAIR is on page 21…

            >> Division Supervisor Zulu (DIVS Z),
            >> a single resource ordered for the
            >> Type 3 team, arrives at the Blue
            >> Ridge crew carriers around 1210
            >> and calls DIVS A to discuss a
            >> division break and resource
            >> assignments. DIVS Z is having
            >> radio problems, so he uses a
            >> Blue Ridge crew radio to talk
            >> with DIVS A over the Blue Ridge
            >> intra-crew frequency. DIVS A and
            >> DIVS Z cannot agree on the break
            >> location or associated supervisory
            >> responsibilities, resulting in uncertainty
            >> among some personnel about the
            >> physical break between Divisions
            >> Alpha and Zulu.

            While giving the appearance of containing
            a lot of detail… that really says nothing at all.

            Okay… I;m no firefighter… but that sounds
            like a pretty damn SERIOUS disagreement
            on a fire that has already been botched so
            far, is getting away from then, and is about
            to run out of control and threaten a lot of
            lives and property.

            Also… notice WHERE this supposed
            disagreement took place. The mysterious
            DIVS Z drove out to Blue Ridge Crew
            Carriers ( SAIR doesn’t say where ).

            Joy Collura has already photographed
            the Blue Ridge Crew Carriers way
            out there at the end of Sesame where
            the GM Carriers also were… and that
            is also where she photographed this
            other ‘mystery truck’.

            So… is it possible that Joy Collura
            captured this moment being described
            in the SAIR… and that ‘mystery truck’
            actually belongs to ‘DIVS Z’ and this
            is when he was having the argument
            with Marsh over the radio?

            If we knew exactly who DIVS Z was it
            would be pretty easy to verify that
            that is, in fact, his truck in the Collura
            photograph.

            Also… Division maps of the fire on the
            day FOLLOWING the incident show
            a specific assignment for ‘DIVS Z’
            to the southeast end of the fire and
            what looks like pure structure protection
            responsibilities in the south Yarnell
            and Glen IIlah areas.

            Is it possible that, the day before, the
            argument with Marsh was concerning
            those SAME areas ( Glen Illah and
            south Yarnell )?

            Is it possible that on June 30, Marsh
            had ALREADY had an argument with
            this guy and when they knew they
            were going to ‘leave the black’ and try
            to slip into the ranch / Glen Ilah area
            ( the area under DIVS Z control? ) then
            THAT is why they decided not to either
            ask permission or make it clear they
            were moving to that part of the incident?

            Marsh had already argued with this guy
            once that day and didn’t want to do it
            again… so perhaps that’s why Marsh
            didn’t really WANT to make it clear where
            they were headed or this DIVS Z guy
            was gonna get on the horn and tell
            them to stay where they were and
            not come near Glen Illah?

            Was it a ‘turf war’ going on that afternoon?

            Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 13, 2013 at 12:26 pm

            BTW… that paragraph I quoted above from
            page 21 of the SAIR is the ONLY time this
            mysterious ‘DIV Z’ is ever mentioned in
            the entire report.

            This mysterious character in this drama
            never appears again. Ever.

            Notice… also… that nowhere in the SAIR
            is the usual map that shows the division
            responsibility sectors that you would
            expect to see. The very next day… they
            started showing on published maps
            which ‘DIV’ was responsible for which
            part of the fire… but no such similar
            division responsibility map for June 30
            was ever printed in the SAIR.

            Very strange.

            Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 13, 2013 at 12:32 pm

            Whoops… I missed a ‘footnote’ in the SAIR
            on page 21. It’s footnote (6) and was
            referenced in the only paragraph in the
            SAIR that mentions this mysterious ‘DIVS Z’.

            Footnote (6) on page 21 just says…

            (6) DIVS A and OPS1 communicate
            later about the division break being at
            the grader.

            So does that mean Eric Marsh and
            Todd Able decided that DIVS Z would
            be in charge of Blue Ridge IHC from
            that moment on?

            What moment? SAIR just says ‘later’
            and ( as usual ) gives no time.

            Was that a north/south division break
            or an east/west break? SAIR doesn’t say?

            After that ‘division break’ was agreed
            upon… does that still mean that DIVS Z
            was responsible for the Glen Ilah area
            and that Marsh was SUPPOSED to
            check with him if there were any plans
            to ‘slip in the back way’ for structure
            protection or evacuation help?

            The SAIR says the division break was
            resolved… but they still neglected ( or
            refused ) to show these division breaks
            on any fire perimeter map included in
            the SAIR report.

            Reply
          • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

            November 13, 2013 at 1:11 pm

            Regarding P12, 6/29 BLM helicopter, I’m fairly certain one of the original crews got choppered-in, and I think it was a state (perhaps DOC) crew. They arrived in Yarnell that AM. The hotshot crews didn’t arrive until 6/30.

            Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 13, 2013 at 12:53 pm

        >> TTWARE said…
        >>
        >> Picture #25 from that same Collura series in the
        >> Courier is very telling.

        It certainly is… and all your observations
        are spot-on, I think.

        It was Tex Gilligan himself who, when describing the
        descent into the canyon, said pretty much the same
        thing… that the route you describe would have been
        the ONLY logical way to descend into that mess, even
        if you didn’t have any pack on.

        Your summation of what that probably did to their
        visiblity in those critical moments is also spot on.

        Speaking of ‘spotting’… I still think the fire actually
        ‘spotted ahead’ at that critical time and that is
        what actually started the fire line that killed them.

        The ’ember cloud’ had risen to over 30,000 feet
        during that time they were descending down
        into the canyon. That’s a monster. An ember could
        have easily landed just east of where they were
        headed and ignited that whole area as they walked
        right towards it ( but were unable to see what
        was happening ).

        They were all walking single file. I don’t think there
        is ANY doubt in anyone’s mind about that… so if
        Marsh was ‘last man’ and taking up the rear… it
        would be like a bunch of men walking in New York
        and trying to turn a corner.

        Only the lead men could see what was ‘around
        the corner’ as they came to it.

        Everyone behind them would still be clueless as
        to what was ‘right around the corner’.

        SIDENOTE: Since they were, most probably,
        ‘hugging the north side of the canyon’ close
        to those rocks and following the drainage…
        I don’t understand why scrambling up onto
        the rocks to deploy wasn’t discussed more
        as a possible option. Firefighters have been
        known to survive burnonvers by finding piles
        of rocks and deploying there. It’s in the training.

        Tex Gilligan went out there as soon as he could
        when the area cooled down and he has been
        quoted as saying he say “I saw adult deer in and
        around that same area that were burned and spotted…
        but they survived. They climbed the rocks and lived.
        The young deer all died because they probably
        couldn’t climb as well as the adult deer.”

        The deer didn’t even have fire shelters.

        How else could they have possibly survived out
        there that day unless they climbed onto the rocks,
        as Tex Gilligan says?

        Reply
    • calvin says

      November 13, 2013 at 10:57 am

      I think they are all taking pictures of the fire obliterating the retardant line. It appears GM did not move very much from the time of 1402 weather report until after pictures showing this obliteration. All available pictures happened in this time frame starting with Ashcraft at 216. I think the Ashcraft picture is the only one with a true time stamp. I find it very interesting that there is very little information available in the SAIR after the 1402 weather announcement until the 330 to 350 timeframe. The fire advanced tremendously in this time and is basically not discussed in the report.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 13, 2013 at 11:22 am

        Tex Gilligan ( the hiker ) says that every time they saw
        GM that day… they weren’t really doing anything. This
        caused Tex to say to Joy Collura that the whole plan
        must just be a ‘controlled burn’ ( let it run ).

        You are right. There is a big gap in the SAIR between
        the morning and the afternoon. It covers the time
        when Tex and Joy both saw enough erratic fire
        bahavior ( 12:30 PM to 1:00 PM ) to already know
        the needed to get the heck out of there. It was all
        going sideways LONG before the 3:30 to 4:30 PM
        timeframe documented in the SAIR.

        Re: Timestamps on photos. Yes… you are right again.
        There is still a lot being ‘assumed’ here with little
        way to verify. Example: Yes… I am ASSUMING that
        the timestamps for the MacKenzie photos that
        were originally published in the Daily Courier are
        accurate… because they used the original IMG_XXXX
        filenames and I’m assuming that means they had
        access to at least second-generation originals.
        They still might have had the actual file system
        time/date stamps on the them… OR… the Daily
        Courier might have pulled the times from the
        actual JPEG EXIF metadata. Bottom line, though,
        is that we still don’t know who helped the Daily
        Courier put timestamps on those published
        photos OR who helped them identify the
        firefighters in the pictures.

        Reply
  277. mike says

    November 12, 2013 at 8:52 pm

    I have watched the MacKenzie video over and over. My hearing is not the best, and there are words I cannot make out. But the video confirms my belief that Mr. Olson is right. Marsh says he knew it was coming, he could sense it. I don’t think he was talking about the fire. I think he has been requested to move back to Yarnell, and he is calling Steed about this. And he asks Steed what his comfort level is (with that). I do not think the move back to Yarnell was Granite Mountain’s idea, and I think the overhead was seriously conflicted. I do not think the request would have been made just to protect a couple of houses. If that was all it was, I do not think they would have agreed either. I think someone was concerned that Yarnell was not going to be evacuated in time, and they wanted Granite Mountain’s help. Yes they should have refused, but, really, could they have done so in those circumstances? Maybe it will never be proven, but after reading about this for nearly 4 months, I really think this is what happened.

    I did not read the entire (lengthy) thread above, and if this has already been discussed, I apologize. I did not see a discussion on exactly what Steed and Marsh were talking about.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 13, 2013 at 12:20 am

      If you listen carefully… what Marsh actually says at the
      ( supposed ) start of that publicly released ( and edited )
      video is exactly the following…

      Start of video clip 1…

      Marsh ( to Steed, over radio ): “Ah… I jus… I was just
      sayin’ I knew this was comin’ when I called ya and
      asked how… what your comfort level was. I could just
      feel it… ya know.”

      Marsh says ‘when I called ya’… as in…
      ‘when I called ya BEFORE’.

      So what we are hearing is a ‘follow-up’ conversation
      to when Marsh actually called Steed a few moments
      BEFORE to (initially) ‘ask him what his comfort level was’.

      It was THAT (previous) conversation when Marsh felt the
      need to first ask Steed what his comfort level was for
      whatever the heck they are still talking about.

      And YES… one can easily imagine that these men have
      only recently realized all the work they had been doing
      all day was for nothing… and they thought they were
      settling into that SAFE location for (perhaps) the rest
      of the day ( or even overnight )… only to learn during
      THIS radio conversation that they had received
      ‘another assignment’ for which Marsh needed to get
      a ‘comfort level’ confirmation on from Steed.

      It’s perfectly possible we are actually hearing Marsh still
      expressing his known ( and ongoing ) concern for his men…
      but that someone had just asked him to do something that
      now required a ‘comfort level’ confirmation on the part
      of the Hotshot crew that was being requested to
      actually perform that ‘mission’.

      If we can discover WHO edited that publicly released
      video and put that manual FADE in there between the
      two clips ( and WHY they did that )… then maybe the
      middle part can be recovered.

      If only 10 or 15 more seconds of audio can be recovered
      from where that FADE was covering an obvious EDIT…

      …then maybe everything will be a LOT clearer.

      If this video actually came from MacKenzie’s smartphone…
      then it is documented that the YCSO police investigators
      made a duplicate copy of the data dump and they are
      keeping it for themselves as ‘evidence’. They only gave
      a COPY of that data to the SAIR investigators.

      The original is still over at the YCSO police station.

      Reply
    • Gary Olson says

      November 13, 2013 at 12:31 am

      RIGHT ON! That is exactly what I have been thinking, the conversation between Marsh and Steed was all about the order to move to town and their comfort level regarding carrying out that order.

      I also think that is why the hotshot spit in disgust (yes, I agree he spit in DISGUST) and I agree that why Ashcraft laughs, which I think is a sarcastic laugh in response to the sarcastic comment. None of these guys wanted to hike across that valley to beat that fire to town. AND Marsh and Steed where discussing their comfort level with doing that and they all saw that order coming all day and were afraid of it.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 13, 2013 at 2:42 am

        See my other ( long-ass ) post below about the exact
        geo-location for a whole pile of the publicly released
        photos and documents… including two that the SAIR
        actually used themselves.

        They ALL were taken at the same ‘crucial’ location
        and if you actually display them all at once, from
        left to right, on your screen at the same time…

        …a distinct ‘picture’ emerges.

        These were tired, worn-out men all ‘settling in’
        to an absolute SAFE location… thinking they
        were ‘done for the day’ and all that ass-busting
        all day ( with Marsh never anywhere near them
        all day ) was now all for nothing.

        You can see the red-bearded firefighter ‘stowing his
        gloves’ as if he was ‘done for the day’.

        These guys had no idea how they were going to
        get ‘back to town’ at that moment but that wasn’t
        in their job description. That was up to their
        GMHS and his up-level DIVS A. ( Steed/Marsh ).

        Nor did they care ( you can see it on their faces ).
        They were WORN OUT. Let management figure
        out the evac for parking the vans in the wrong
        damn place in the first place.

        They only got to ‘settle in’ at that SAFE spot for
        14 minutes….

        …then someone said ‘gaggle up’ and suddenly they
        had ANOTHER assignment.

        Easter eggs?

        I have now listened to that video over and over and
        I think what I hear in Eric Marsh’s voice is this…

        “I don’t want to do this either… but I thought I better
        check with YOU ( Steed ) about YOUR comfort
        level because YOU are GMHS today and this is
        your decision too.”

        So what is the ‘THIS’ being referred to?

        The missing ( edited out ) portion of Christopher’s
        video might explain that.

        I actually don’t believe he shot two different video
        clips… as the publicly release (edited) version
        would have us believe.

        I shoot video on my Android all the time.

        Nobody shoots 9 second video clips.

        The minute you feel the need to shoot a video,
        you hold your finger down on that shutter
        button and you don’t let go until you think you
        have ‘captured’ everything you wanted to
        in one contiguous video.

        Christopher hadn’t shot any other videos all
        day long. Why at that moment?

        I am beginning to think that even Christopher
        was smart enough to know that something
        weird was going down and he actually CHOSE
        that moment to ‘capture it on video’ in case
        it all went sideways.

        So WHO edited out that portion of the video that
        might reveal the truth?

        I think that’s pretty easy to determine at this point.

        Reply
        • J. Stout says

          November 13, 2013 at 3:01 pm

          Have previously read where shortly before 4 p.m. a commander warns the crew superintendent to “hunker and be safe.” Am somewhat perplexed as to why this radio transmission seems to have so little significance in the on-going discussions concerning the events during this time period.

          Reply
          • mike says

            November 13, 2013 at 5:43 pm

            I don’t have a ready explanation for this. In situations such as this, not all the facts or supposed facts are going to fit neatly together. But look at the MacKenzie video. You just KNOW the decision to leave the black is being made in front of your eyes, the time of the video makes that a virtual certainty. Does it sound like it is something they want to do, or something that originated elsewhere? I vote for the latter. I fear these men were put in an impossible situation. Someone dies in Yarnell and the GMHS refused to help…. The least we can do is be honest about it, we owe it to these men. I would have hoped that if, in fact, an order was given, someone would have owned up to it. But in this day and age, that may be asking too much.

            Reply
  278. Robert the Second says

    November 12, 2013 at 7:11 pm

    I understand your frustration but the bottom line is that all this was their fault, nobody elses. It wasn’t becaue of money or the “multi-million dollar wildland [firefighting] cartel,” the firefighting culture, or anything else. In spite of all this feculence, it is up to the firefighter on-the-ground to make the right decisions based on their training and experience and lessons learned.

    These guys should have known better. This was basically their own backyard! It was within days of the June 26, 1990 Dude Fire anniversary – there were fire weather and fire behavior alerts, the weather was set up very similar to the Dude Fire – high nighttime temperatures, low relative humidities, winds, and more.

    Fire Order number 2 – Know what your fire is doing at all times [observe personally, use scouts]. Fire Order number 3 – Base all actions on current and expected behavior of the fire. Fire Order number 5. Post lookouts when there is possible danger. To name just a frew. And that’s not even counting the many Watch Outs unheeded or unmitigated.

    I really don’t know what else to say.

    Reply
    • J. Stout says

      November 13, 2013 at 11:17 am

      RtS, it would appear you have described the bottom line quite well . . . it seems to resonate in a manner very similar to Rod Wrench’s post back on October 21st (about the person “charged with the safety & welfare of that crew” having the final say).

      Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 13, 2013 at 1:26 pm

      >> Robert the second wrote…
      >>
      >> I really don’t know what else to say.

      What would be your opinion of the possible scenario that,
      given everything you describe above… the ONLY thing
      that could have caused these ‘top notch’, intelligent and
      carefully trained men to make such a colossal blunder…

      …is that they were following orders?

      A lot of experienced hotshots are coming to the same
      conclusion… that this might have been a “Today is Easter”
      command level scenario.

      Do you see any possibility that the “wanted to know what
      your comfort level is” question from Marsh to Steed in
      the video actually meant…

      “I don’t want to do this thing we’ve just been told to do,
      either… so I want to know what YOUR comfort level is.”

      Reply
  279. Robert the Second says

    November 12, 2013 at 3:50 pm

    I agree but it’s not going to be anything “official” unless the AZ State OSHA report concludes differently, which I hope they do. I’m sure you know this, but whenever “they” have “Talking Points” they are hiding something.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 12, 2013 at 4:58 pm

      Yep. Know that. You are talking to someone that has been
      walking around on this particular planet for some 40+ years
      so it’s pretty much a given I know that it’s (usually) all about
      money and people protecting their own situations.

      In this case… I don’t care who stands to lose their job.

      19 good and decent men are dead.

      I don’t care if this historic screw-up causes the entire
      multi-million dollar wildland fighting cartel and all the
      cush jobs embeded within it to go straight into the toilet.

      From soup to nuts… this whole culture needs a go-over,
      and this incident can/should be the catalyst for that.

      I am sensing a distinct attitude of defeatism on the part of
      anyone who’s been in contact with this culture for more
      than just a while so something tells me it’s PAST time the
      whole thing had a good go-over.

      Something about this whole culture is/has been beating
      you guys down, it seems… and it’s time to find out why.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 12, 2013 at 5:10 pm

        First thing to look at would be money.
        There is a LOT of it flying around… and people still die.
        Hotshot crews are charged out at $800 per hour.
        Is that per-man?
        The night before they died… 2 GM Hotshots, along
        with Brendan McDonough… sat in a bar in Prescott
        and were thrilled they had work for their day off
        because that meant they would make $20 per hour.
        What’s the NORMAL rate.. per man?

        Reply
        • Bob Powers says

          November 12, 2013 at 6:31 pm

          your using a fire cost per hour which is used to finalize a total fire cost est.. it includes periderm, hazard pay, and overtime for a 12 hour shift. these are costs for different units for calculating total fire costs per day. Comes from a government cost analyses work sheet. Clear as mud right.

          Reply
      • Bob Powers says

        November 12, 2013 at 6:41 pm

        Don’t know where that came from but you lost me there. Cartels and Cush jobs?????

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 13, 2013 at 12:48 am

          I am sorry, Mr. powers. That pretty much amounted
          to a rant which is something I try to avoid.

          Please understand something… I have now done
          over 3 dozen ‘fly-overs’ and ‘fly-throughs’ using
          3-dimensional Google Earth of the exact path
          these men walked to their death… AND along
          the OTHER path they could have easily taken
          if they had simply known about it.

          I don’t know if you have any idea what I am
          talking about… but if you did… you would
          know what that means.

          It means I have been THERE. I have walked
          the same ridge road… walked down the
          same drainage to the same spot and have
          seen the same things they did in the last
          moments of their lives.

          I have also just ‘pulled back on a mouse’ and
          then gone ‘the other way’… and seen from
          man-height how easily these boys could
          have lived.

          Forget about the ‘work briefing’ from the morning
          where someone with local knowledge of the
          terrain/area should have been REQUIRED to
          be there to make SURE these men knew what
          the ‘safe’ routes were in the entire area…

          …there were also ( we now know ) SIX damn
          smartphones present in that group of men.

          I just did a timed search on my own Android
          smartphone. It took me exactly 40 seconds
          to call up Google Maps, zoom in on that
          same workspot… and see CLEARLY that
          the ridge road makes it all the way to that
          ranch without having to drop into that
          canyon… and would NOT add any appreciable
          amount of time.

          It is a TRAGEDY to even think that even when
          the higher-ups all screw-up and don’t provide
          you with the situational awareness you are
          going to need to say alive and just say…
          “That’s your job. Take care of yourselves, what
          do you want from us?”…

          …that these men (apparently) didn’t even use
          the technology they had right there with them
          all day to obtain the knowledge that would have
          saved their lives.

          It tends to make one VERY angry… and I guess
          that spilled over into a comment here.

          Again… I apologize for the ‘rant’.

          Reply
          • Bob Powers says

            November 13, 2013 at 6:58 am

            You have done a great job of research when you get in to deep we all need to step back and take a deep breath and move on. keep up the research.

            Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 13, 2013 at 1:42 pm

            >> Mr. Powers wrote…
            >>
            >> keep up the research.

            You can count on it.
            I want more answers.

            Reply
  280. Robert the Second says

    November 12, 2013 at 1:17 pm

    I guess I will concede to your points WantsToKnowTheTruth on statements made in response to Marsh’s ‘comfort level’ comments since you obviously have done a lot of detailed research there. Except for the spitting in disgust maybe. Many of those guys chewed tobacco and you’re often spitting, so that may have merely been coincidence.

    ALL fatality fire Investigation Reports all the way back to the 1939 Mann Gulch Fire have been cover-ups and whitewashes as far as I’m concerned. This one is no different. The other thing I have found is that these are not “Factual Reports” as they claim to be. Counter to classic investigative protocol, they often initially ‘establish a conclusion,” then find, build, etc. the quote-unquote-facts to fit that ‘conclusion.’

    In addition, this one seems to have an influence of the Facilitated Learning Analysis (FLA), whereby it’s nobody’s fault. The FLA promotes that it’s nobody’s fault and it is to be blamed on the organization, the cutlure, whatever, but never anyone in particular. When bad things happen – as in this case – it’s usually because people did or didn’t make good decisions and the outcome was bad. Bad outcomes are the result of bad decisions.

    In spite of the ‘Factual Report’ there were clearly Human Factors here that resulted in human errors and fatalities. It’s that simple.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 12, 2013 at 1:54 pm

      All true words… but my perspective is that if hindsight
      is going to be 20/20… then let’s at least get the point
      where don’t still have crippling astigmatism.

      If you simply read the SAIR report… the vision factor
      is almost to the point of legal blindness or perhaps
      even valid for a permit for a seeing-eye dog.

      This is a historic event.

      History is going to make sure the hindsight gets out of
      the ‘legally blind’ state and more towards 20/20 vision.

      Whatever the final outcomes/conclusions… I am
      ready to accept them.

      But for now… let’s take the coke-bottle-lens bifocals off that
      this stupid SAIR is asking us to wear and at least get to the
      point where we can claim good hindsight numbers.

      As near as 20/20 as possible. That’s all I ask.

      There are a lot of fatherless children and future
      grandchildren who are depending on us ( ALL
      of us ) to tell them what happened that day.

      Reply
  281. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 12, 2013 at 1:14 pm

    I’ve been determining the EXACT location of all of the
    publicly released Christopher MacKenzie photos right
    down the exact rocks people were standing on or near.

    I can guarantee the coordinates down to around 20 feet
    or so and I thought it was important to do this now since
    Google hasn’t updated its NAVSAT imagery for the
    Yarnell area yet… but they probably will at any moment.

    Once they do… the Google Earth images won’t match
    the details and perspectives in the photographs that
    is easily done now. The landscape will be burned
    and only the rocks will remain.

    So that’s why I am identifying exactly which ROCKS
    are in these photographs… and exactly where they
    are standing/sitting.

    When the NAVSAT images update soon… that will
    be all that’s left to further ID the locations of these
    photographs.

    * IMG_0883 and IMG_0884

    These are the MacKenzie photographs that show two GM firefighters
    standing on a rock near the anchor point and watching retardant drop
    in the distance. The rock they are standing on is covered with retardant
    because it is right there near the original June 30 AM ‘anchor point’ as
    pinpointed in the SAIR.

    The rock they are standing on is exactly here…

    Latitude: 34.226611
    Longitude: -112.789110

    34.226611, -112.789110

    As usual… if you simply ‘cut-and-paste’ the line above directly
    into the Google Maps or Google Earth search bar and hit return…

    …the exact location will appear. A GREEN ARROW will
    appear on the map pointing to the exact boulder these
    two men were standing on in both of these MacKenzie photos.

    This is also the photo that shows the firefighter on the
    right also using his smartphone. That firefighter has yet to
    be identified and we don’t know what the YCSO police
    evidence number is that matches that smartphone yet,
    or if ACTIC ( Arizona Counter Terrorism Information Center )
    was able to retrieve data from it…

    …but if photos and/or videos with audio ever surface from
    that smartphone then there should be a picture on it
    that matches these exact latitude/longitude coordinates.

    This would all be a lot easier if anyone had bothered to
    simply check the MacKenzie photographs for JPEG EXIF
    metadata. There is probably exact lat/long data embedded
    in the that metadata. Digital cameras have been doing this
    for over a decade now.

    The YCSO says in their investigation report that they
    made a copy of what the Cellibrite software ‘scraped’
    from MacKenzie’s smartphone ( and camera? ) and
    that copy is independent of another copy they gave
    to the SAIR investigators.

    Cellibrite would have preserved all the EXIF metatdata
    that should be embedded in these photographs.

    More coming…

    Reply
  282. Robert the Second says

    November 12, 2013 at 11:43 am

    After a brief respite, I am coming back into the discussion here. There is some great analysis and discussion going on here so please keep it up. Keep digging for ‘the truth’ because the SAIR certainly didn’t do it. To make the ridiculous conclusion that there were “no violations of policy or protocol” is pure feculence! So, let me see if I have this right – they did everything right, yet 19 firefighters died? That’s not possible. There were major violations of the Firefighting Rules that resulted in their deaths. Things didn’t ‘just happen” as some have said.

    I worked for Bob Powers on the Oak Grove Hot Shots and with Gary Olsen on numerous fires. These men are ‘old school’ firemen, and I am glad to see you all taking that into consideration.

    I think that there are some points of clarification to be made here, and they are not in any particular order. First off, LCES was stressed at the 0700 briefing as it should have been and as it is at every briefing as ‘leader’s intent.’ This is also stressed at every Crew briefing and/or Divison breakout. None of those components would have or should have been established at that meeting based on a Google Earth map viewing. I never did that and never would do that. Those are established once one gets on site, and on the fireline. Moreover, these components are continually changing and must be re-evaluated as one moves throughout the shift, especially Escape Routes (ER) and Safety Zones (SZ).

    Once again, it is the responsibility of the firefighter first, then the fireline supervisor to determine LCES out on the fireline. Steed should have personally, or with scouts, known the various ER’s at his disposal out on the fireline. Marsh should have as well but would have understood that Steed would/should take care of that for the GMHS. In fact, the 2-track ridge road does lead to ‘The Ranch’ and would have been a viable alternative ER. In addition, it’s been suggested that a Safety Officer on site may have helped and made a difference. Probably so, but once again, it is the responsibility of the firefighter and fireline supervisor for their own and/or Crew safety. One should not ‘be safe’ because a Safety Officer is present, but because it’s the right thing to do.

    Next, Marsh was delegated as the Division Supervisor (DIVS) for the day. That is very common in Type 3 incidents which this was at the time. By extension, Jesse Steed became the Acting Superintendent of the Granite Mountain Hot Shots (GMHS). These men were professionals and clearly understood that distinction, which included their distinct responsibilities and duties, their radio call signs,and the like. They were performing their respective roles. And let there be no confusion here on the supposed radio transmission confusion. When “someone” answered the radio as GMHS, it was Steed and likewise with someone called for or responded DIV. A, it was Marsh.

    The attempt to contact OPS1 by radio and failure to do so was not really a big deal, and actually fairly common, especially in the chaos that was ensuing at the time. The OPS1 was not out on the fireline with the GMHS, so it was not his responsibility to be their problem solver. It was the GMHS responsibility to solve their own problems and issues.

    As far as Marsh ‘playing’ DIV A, it is clear to me that he was adequately performing the task. Remember, he was not ‘playing’ DIVS, he was delegated into that role as was Steed by policy and protocol. Therefore, he is NOT supposed to be with the GMHS or supervising them or anything of the sort. Both Marsh and Steed stepped into separate and distinct roles, and each one responsible for accomplishing different tasks. They each inderstood that. When I was in those same situations as a DIVS, I left the supervison of my Crew to my Foreman or assisitant. That’s just the way it’s done.

    Clearly, GMHS was in a perfectly good SZ for most of the day. There was no good reason to leave, especially at the time they did. They were in ‘good black’ and this was understood by the OPS Chiefs and Blue Ridge Hot Shots (BRHS). It made NO sense for them to leave with the intensity of the fire behavior at the time and what was expected based on the weather forecasts. Fire Order No. 3 – “Base all actions on the current and expected behavior of the fire.” Obviously, they didn’t do that. The only thing that kind of makes sense to me is that they were going to ‘reengage.’ And this is only because I somewhat understand the Structure/Wildland attitude. But I’m not a Structure/Wildland fireman, and I don’t think that way, especially when landowners don’t do anything to mitigate and/or ‘Firewise’ their property. And especially under those current and expected fire behavior conditions.

    In a media conference at the fatality site, Wildland Chief Willis stated something to the effect that, ‘no wildland firefifighter is satisfied sitting in the black doing nothing while the fire progresses below them.’ Really? This wildland firefighter is perfectly content doing that. Evidently, it made sense to them possibly based on Willis’ same comments to them at an earlier time. I’m not convinced that Marsh was directed to do go down there though. I know you’ve thought about this – these men had direct access to all the social medias, were probably scanning all the channels, felt they were wasting time doing nothing in their perfectly good SZ, and the like – so they opted to go down there to ‘do something’ to help.

    Spend some time reviewing the short GMHS video clip from their SZ of the active fire down below. This is clearly Marsh and Steed talking to eachother, so Marsh is away from the Crew. After Marsh makes the statement about his ‘comfort level’ you will hear one of the GMHS say something to the effect of ‘I/we haven’t felt comfortsable all day …’ Really? You’re in a perfectly good SZ – the black – and you’re not comfortable?

    Fire shelters? If you have deployed your fire shelter, someone has messed up. It’s that simple. And as far as tracking devices and all this techno-talk goes, radios (and now cell phones) are sufficient to comply with Fire order number 7. It’s how one choses to utilize these devices and apply that Fire Order that makes the difference. If you get direction or make plans on a cell phone, only the two involved in the conversation know the plan, unless you then share it over the radio and with briefings.

    Hopefully, I have added value to the thread here.

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 12, 2013 at 12:39 pm

      Know you have been busy glad to have you back. Hopefully you can add a little more light to the information as we move along,

      Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 12, 2013 at 12:39 pm

      >> Robert the Second wrote…
      >> Hopefully, I have added value to the thread here.

      Most certainly. Thank you. Please continue to to
      ‘keep us honest’ here because I think we all
      want the same thing. More clarity. More truth.

      >> Robert the Second wrote…
      >> These men were professionals and clearly understood
      >> that distinction, which included their distinct responsibilities
      >> and duties, their radio call signs,and the like. They
      >> were performing their respective roles. And let there be
      >> no confusion here on the supposed radio transmission
      >> confusion. When “someone” answered the radio as
      >> GMHS, it was Steed and likewise with someone called
      >> for or responded DIV. A, it was Marsh.

      Thank you specifically for this. I am not a firefighter. I
      have never been in the military… but I have been
      sure since the first reading of the SAIR then when
      these men get on the radio… they say who they are
      and they mean what they say. How else could it work?

      So that is absolute verification that the first set of
      MAYDAY calls came from Steed… NOT Marsh… and
      that Marsh only ‘took over’ the frantic conversation
      some ( still undetermined ) minutes after Steed
      tried to ‘break in on Arizona 16’ ( but was actually
      transmitting on channel 10 ).

      That MEANS something crucial about that last moments.

      It tells us WHO saw the danger first… WHO reacted to
      it first… and that, in turn, gives evidence of the exact
      situation at that moment.

      Steed was at the ‘front of the line’.

      Marsh was probably ‘in the rear’ either because he caught
      up with them before the descent or was only actually
      catching up with the ‘line of men’ at almost the exact
      moment Steed suddenly saw the FLAMES coming out
      of the smoke right in front of him.

      So why did the SAIR absolutely REFUSE to identify who
      the caller was in those initial transmissions ( for which they
      also refuse to quote the source )?

      When a caller says “This is Granite Mountain”… he means it.
      When a caller says “This is DIVS A”… he means it.

      Why would the SAIR Team have been so afraid to say
      who a caller was?

      Because it didn’t support their pre-determined narrative?

      Why even create the appearance that they were doing a
      poor job of figuring out what happened when they
      didn’t have to?

      >> Robert the Second also wrote…
      >> Spend some time reviewing the short GMHS video clip
      >> from their SZ ( Safety Zone ) of the active fire down below.
      >> This is clearly Marsh and Steed talking to each other, so
      >> Marsh is away from the Crew.

      No question…. but how far? We don’t know… but even
      the SAIR says the crew ‘moved out from that location’
      just 120 to 180 seconds later ( at 4:05 PM according to SAIR ).
      Marsh could NOT have caught up with them in that short
      amount of time… so depending on when he did… I think
      it’s a given he just took his place at the back of the line.

      If Marsh did NOT ‘catch them’ before the infamous decision
      to drop down into the canyon… then the ‘situational awareness’
      of having the alternate (safe) route on the trail was all on
      Steed… not Marsh. The SAIR says Steed had that as one
      of his options. I believe that is horse manure. Steed had
      NO IDEA where that trail went… leaving only ONE option.

      >> After Marsh makes the statement about his ‘comfort level’
      >> you will hear one of the GMHS say something to the effect
      >> of ‘I/we haven’t felt comfortable all day …’
      >> Really? You’re in a perfectly good SZ – the black –
      >> and you’re not comfortable?

      I don’t believe that’s a good characterization of what
      actually happened there. The firefighter in the right of
      the frame ( Misner? I still can’t get anyonen to confirm
      that ) is NOT responding to Marsh saying ‘comfort level’.
      He is making a SARCASTIC remark in response to
      Marsh saying “…I could just fee it, ya know”.

      I have gotten with an audio analyst myself and we still
      can’t figure out the first few words of his sarcastic
      remark but there is NO DOUBT it ends with “….all day”
      and then he ( Misner? ) spits on the ground in disgust
      and Ashcroft ( right next to him ) laughs out loud in
      response to the sarcasm.

      My best guess at what he says there is still…

      Marsh: “…I could just feel it, ya know”
      GM crewmember: “We’ve been feelin’ it all day” ( Then spits ).
      Ashcroft: Laughs out loud and bobs his head in agreement.

      Marsh hadn’t been with them ALL DAY.
      Hikers Tex Gilligan and Joy Collura saw Marsh three times
      that day and each time he was nowhere even near where
      the crew was working. He was ‘scouting around’ up on
      that ridge all day doing what… I don’t know… just talking
      to people on the radio? Calling lines for retardant drops?
      Who knows. Tex and Joy have released at least 3 or
      4 pictures they took of Marsh that day and he is always
      nowhere near anyone and way off in the distance standing
      on the tops of ridges.

      I think the hard-working crew were just being sarcastic
      later when Marsh started talking about how he could
      “…just feel it, ya know”…. when he hadn’t even been
      near them all day… and STILL wasn’t anywhere
      near them when that video was shot.

      None of this reveals a reason why men died… but
      it does establish some parameters that explain
      other things such as why, not too many minutes
      later, Steed was the one who ended up making the
      deicsion to drop off that road ( because he didn’t
      have any other choice ) and then practically walking
      into flames coming right out of the smoke in front
      of him… and not Marsh…

      …and it speaks to the veracity ( or lack thereof ) of
      the SAIR investigation.

      Reply
    • J. Stout says

      November 12, 2013 at 12:41 pm

      Am one who is very glad to see your comments. Until now the discussion about the possibility that the crew was ordered to move does not have a reader like me entirely convinced, as I am having difficulty ruling out that there could have been a call made “to” someone at the Prescott FD in search of a green light to make the decision to head to the ranch. While I have very little outside of an enduring disdain for most everything said by Chief Willis, am not willing at this point to conclude that he or someone else may have issued an order when it’s also possible that what occurred was a nod of approval to a proposed plan.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 12, 2013 at 2:07 pm

        Yes. Still unexplored territory. It could have simply been
        Eric Marsh floating around with his radio all day and
        still not all that tired who decided they weren’t going
        to ‘sit this one out and miss all the action’… and
        the safety of the 19 men under his command took
        a backseat to the ‘guts and glory of it all’.

        Anyone who has custom brake lights made for his
        Hotshot Supervisor truck in the shape of his
        outfit’s logo is obviously a little obsessed with his job.

        Perhaps too much.

        Perhaps that ‘obsession’ with ‘having to prove
        something’ had a lot to do with this.

        Perhaps one of the official ‘recommendations’ for
        the wildland firefighting community that SHOULD
        come out of this is to be wary of elevating someone
        with that kind of obsession with the job to an
        actual supervisory capacity. Bad things could happen.

        The cell phone records can still tell the truth
        here about who may have called who, when.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 12, 2013 at 4:24 pm

          By the way… I’m not making the ‘brake lights’
          thing up. That comes direct from Kyle Dickman’s
          article and his exclusive interview with
          McDonough where Brendan himself supplies
          much more detail about the radio conversations
          he had that day circa 3:50 PM than he
          apparently even supplied the SAIR Team.

          Outside Magazine
          Tuesday, September 17, 2013
          19: The True Story of the Yarnell Fire
          By: Kyle Dickman

          >> Regarding Eric Marsh…
          >>
          >> Station 7, where the crew moved in 2011, was
          >> a point of pride for Eric. He and the wildland
          >> division of the fire department ( eg: Willis )
          >> had spent the previous six years trying to
          >> convince the city council that it would be
          >> safer for Prescott to host hotshots rather
          >> than just a fuels crew. The station was proof
          >> of the department’s victory. Its new
          >> headquarters had a workshop, a gym, and
          >> a stocked gear cache with a sign on the wall
          >> that reads TOTAL COST FOR A
          >> WELL-EQUIPPED HOTSHOT: $4000.
          >> Granite Mountain’s two $150,000 buggies,
          >> burly 12-person crew hauls kitted out
          >> with cubbies for medical equipment and
          >> tools, were parked in the garage.
          >>
          >> ** Eric’s superintendent truck, a Ford F-550
          >> ** he’d customized with a welded-steel rack
          >> ** and brake lights in the shape of
          >> ** Granite Mountain’s logo, was in front.
          >>
          >> ABOUT THE TIME Eric was scouting the
          >> fire, Marty Cole got the call to head to
          >> Yarnell to act as a safety officer.
          >> Marty was the superintendent of Granite
          >> Mountain from 2004 to 2005, when Eric
          >> Marsh first joined and they were trying to
          >> become a hotshot crew.
          >> It was a humbling process. At the time,
          >> every one of the roughly 100 hotshot crews
          >> in the nation was funded by states or
          >> the feds—the Forest Service, the Bureau
          >> of Land Management, the Bureau of
          >> Indian Affairs—and many of them had
          >> decades of tradition. Granite Mountain,
          >> a startup outfit hosted by a small town
          >> in Arizona that most other hotshots had
          >> never heard of, wasn’t exactly well received.
          >>
          >> ** “When I left, Eric had something to prove,”
          >> ** says Marty. “He was going to make that
          >> ** crew better than any other out there.”

          Regarding McDonough and his extra detail
          in his recollections of radio traffic that day…

          Better to read the article but suffice to say that
          Brendan’s detailed descriptions of the radio
          traffic circa 3:50-4:00 PM are much different
          ( and more detailed ) than anything in the SAIR
          or any of his public video recollections of
          those moments.

          According to this article… and Brendan’s own
          recollections… if BR Supt had not accidentally
          come across Brendan evacuating his position
          while he was on his way out for a face-to-face
          with Marsh…

          …then we might all still be here talking about
          the ‘Granite Mountain’ incident but the
          numbers would be different. It would be
          all about the one who died and the 19
          who lived. We might be trying to figure out
          how a lookout could have been lost to
          a fire while his own crew could still see him.

          I still think BR Supt deserves a medal for his
          actions all day that day.

          BTW: This article is one of the only places
          where BR Supt has already been publicly
          identified. His name is Brian Frisby.

          That would be the name that goes on the medal.

          Reply
    • calvin says

      November 12, 2013 at 2:35 pm

      Thanks for adding your thoughts and I have a couple of questions. Is it SOP to have a map of the area you are fighting a fire? Is it acceptable to have an electronic map, Ipod , phone or etc? As you noted above, Radio communication is precise when identifying yourself. There has been brief discussion about Globe hand crew video that has audio of Marsh calling… Operations Able, and identifies himself as Granite Mountain. Was this a mistake or could Marsh have been assigned DIV A later. Just trying to look under every rock. Also, is it common for DIV supervisor to scout for IHC. See previous comment about Marsh marking trail. Thanks

      Reply
      • Bob Powers says

        November 12, 2013 at 4:31 pm

        Yes usually you get a map of the fire with Div. The radio transmission could have been a mistake not sure. Yes Division Boss and Strike team leaders scout the line in their assigned areas. Marsh had only one crew on his Division so he was hands on with it which is not always normal, and at times caused some confusion as we have been discussing.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 13, 2013 at 3:46 am

          Usually get a map?
          So… did Marsh or Steed have one… or NOT?
          Mr. Able should be ‘able’ ( excuse the pun )
          to answer that . He ran the ‘work briefing’
          for these men who were about to put their
          lives on the line for the State of Arizona.

          Reply
  283. Gary Olson says

    November 12, 2013 at 7:03 am

    Yes…I believe Darrell Willis ordered Eric Marsh to take his Granite Mountain Hotshots to the backside of Yarnell ASAP to engage in structure protection either by cell phone or on an unused tactical frequency shortly after the evacuation order was issued for Yarnell and shortly before they left the black to hike down into the box canyon through that death chute.

    If the USFS Fire Management Officer (FMO) who made me a hotshot crew boss would have told me it was Easter, I would have immediately started looking for Easter Eggs, regardless of what the actual date was. That was how much I respected and trusted that man. He was a father figure to me. I believe Eric Marsh and Darrel Willis has a similar relationship.

    That is how the wildland firefighting culture works, it always has, and it always will. That is how ordinary people do extraordinary work. That is why “the whole of a wildland firefighting crew (not just hotshot crews) is greater than the sum of its parts”, to paraphrase an old saying. If a hotshot crew boss tells his or her (San Juan Hotshots) crew that its Easter…well, you know the rest.

    The FMO who made me a hotshot crew boss was the only person however, who had my unwavering loyalty and confidence. EVERYONE else was subject to a withering stare and a **** Off, if it endangered my crew (who called me Dad or Pappy, even though many of them were as much as 10 years older than I was in my early years as crew boss) or was not even in their best interests.

    That is what all of my mentors and the USFS expected from me; that is what I was paid for. That is how MY crew boss’ carried out their duties and responsibilities; that is how I was raised to act from a young FNG (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FNG_syndrome, “The term is still used today in law enforcement, the United States Navy, Marines, Air Force, Coast Guard, Wildland Firefighters (esp. Hotshots) and the Canadian Military”) on the Happy Jack Hotshots. I believe Willis was the ONLY person who could have ordered Eric Marsh to undertake such a reckless (in hindsight) maneuver with his crew on June 30, 2013, period.

    Just ask the Fire Boss and the Line Boss (I still think in LFO, not ICS, it’s my age) from the Scott Fire, Coronado National Forest, 1983, after I refused their direct orders. The Santa Fe Hotshots were sent home on a specially chartered airplane in the middle of the fire.

    Obviously my career survived this incident after the investigation concluded they were in fact *** holes and I was within my rights and responsibilities as a crew boss to refuse their direct orders and the crew threw empty soda cans, spit cups and other objects at them after I was relieved of my duties as crew boss IN FRONT OF THE CREW and they gave the same orders directly to the crew itself, payback is a *****, *** holes.

    The hotshot crew culture is difficult to understand unless you have worked on one. I don’t know what nickname the Granite Mountain Hotshots had for Eric Marsh, but I do know that he loved them like they were his family, and I know the Granite Mountain Hotshots loved Eric Marsh.

    Alarm bells went off in my head just as soon as Willis said, “The voice of what actually happened, we’ll never know,” Willis says. “We’re not going to have that information from [the dead men].” WHAT!!!

    http://www.investigativemedia.com/yarnell-hill-fire-the-granite-mountain-hotshots-never-shouldve-been-deployed-mounting-evidence-shows-2/

    Willis continues, “It was just one of those things that happened. You can call it an accident. I just say that God had a different plan for that crew at this time.”

    “My thought on it was they were in a safe location,” Willis said during the deployment-site press briefing. “They were not satisfied, and no wildland firefighter is satisfied sitting there and watching the fire progress without doing, taking some action.”

    “I believe [crew members] felt they weren’t doing good where they were at,” Willis said. “They had to abandon their tactic of trying to anchor and flank the fire and go into what we call point protection, and that’s to move fire around the houses and to protect structures. I believe that was what their intent was.”

    “You know, it’s all speculation at this point in time,” Willis said. “But in my heart, I would know they are not protecting themselves … They are going to protect that ranch.”

    “I have thought about that a lot,” he said. “It is ingrained in firefighters’ minds. Why do firefighters run into burning buildings when it’s just property?”

    These statements were made BEFORE any investigation had even began and on the contrary, there is plenty of indication, although there is nothing conclusive YET (that we know about anyway), that indicates what the crew was thinking. The statement that I point to the most is one that was recited at the Granite Mountain Hotshot Memorial Service.

    “Just before the final hike in to start battling the fire, one of the firefighters was texting his mother,” Bates said. “The mother was concerned over the long month the men had spent fighting fire [in other places] and the 100-plus-degree temperature in Yarnell. She wanted them to rest. The son replied, “‘Mom, the fire is getting big. There’s a ranch down there. We need to go protect it. We will rest later.’”

    This text was apparently and conveniently overlooked by the investigative team and not even mentioned in the SAIR. Who knows what other text messages or other transmissions were ignored by the investigation team and left out of that fairy tale of a SAIR.

    I warned the investigative team in earlier comments I made to an earlier story John Dougherty wrote, that this one was not going to be as easy to cover up as all of the other ones because of the explosion of social media. Apparently they didn’t listen to me or care what I had to say.

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 12, 2013 at 10:38 am

      OK now we need to light a fire under some body to go and prove it. It may still be the courts, thru lawsuits I believe the answers will come. I know from my contacts that there is a lot of behind the scenes things happening. The south west IHC’s have already met at the fire and did a walk thru to put a training plan together. We should here about that in a couple of months or sooner. I would like to sit at a table with the investigative team and tell them they failed all of those that died to create the safety rules, their families and all fire fighters that will still fight wild land fires. Now my personal feelings Yes I’m mad dam mad all wild land firefighters need to stand up and be herd. Change this craziness before it takes more lives.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 12, 2013 at 11:20 am

        AOSHA ( Arizona Occupational and Safety Hazard
        Administration ) isn’t going to be able to bring any
        charges against anyone, or ( I believe ) actually
        publish the FULL details of their investigation…

        …but I certainly hope to God they do a good enough
        job to realize that these men most probably did
        NOT have the ‘situational awareness’ they were
        going to need to stay alive that day when they
        left their official ‘work briefing’ in the morning.

        That is totally… completely JOB related… and SHOULD
        be an important finding of the AOSHA report.

        People in an Arizona State-sponsored work
        environment who are responsible for other
        people’s lives didn’t do their JOBS that day.

        That is AOSHA’s direct area of responsibility.

        Even if it turns out that someone ordered these
        poor men to be taking such a gigantic ( and
        pointless ) risk…

        I believe it was the ‘workplace failures’ that
        contributed to the final disastrous outcome.

        Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 12, 2013 at 11:05 am

      Thank you, Mr. Olson.

      The evidence is certainly accumulating that normally
      intelligent, careful men could not possibly have made
      this colossal blunder unless they were ‘Looking for
      Easter Eggs’.

      As to what the GM crew called Eric?

      Hang on to your hat…

      From Mr. Kyle Dickman’s published article…

      Outside Magazine
      Tuesday, September 17, 2013
      19: The True Story of the Yarnell Fire
      By: Kyle Dickman

      >> The crew called Eric “Papa,” and at home, with
      >> Amanda, he referred to the 19 young men as his kids.

      Reply
      • Gary Olson says

        November 12, 2013 at 11:56 pm

        wow, well…that is certainly consistent with what I know of the hotshot culture, thanks for the confirmation.

        Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 12, 2013 at 11:31 am

      Firefighter Bates would NOT have been the one
      who made the decision to ‘go protect anything’.

      If he was texting that to his mother… it was because
      someone had already TOLD him that’s what they
      were going to be doing.

      Forget the fact that this means no one told those
      men that the ‘ranch’ was ‘bomb-proof’ ( only heard
      during the morning briefing and only Marsh was
      in that meeting ) and did NOT ‘need protecting’
      ( which means someone was even lying to HIM )…

      …the TIME of that text is now crucially important.

      Whatever the timestamp is on that text… it means
      that ( possibly ) the orders had arrived… the decision
      was made… and it had already been passed on
      to the troops.

      Matching a cell-phone call to that time should be
      something my grandmother could do.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 12, 2013 at 11:38 am

        Excuse me. Sorry. The firefighter was not ‘Bates’.
        My comment still stands.
        Whoever that was… someone was LYING to him.

        Reply
      • Gary Olson says

        November 12, 2013 at 11:54 pm

        Slight correction, Bates is the name of the structural firefighter who quoted the text at the memorial service. I think he was a union rep.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 13, 2013 at 12:57 am

          So… was he completely full of crap and just
          ‘making that all up’… or does this text containing
          a crucial piece of evidence actually exist?

          If the former… what kind of ***hole would just
          make something like that up at such a time?

          It the latter… then where are the two phones
          that sent/received the text. They should BOTH
          have YCSO police investigator evicence numbers
          at this point since they would BOTH contain
          actual copies of the same text message….
          including time/date stamp.

          Reply
    • Rocksteady says

      November 12, 2013 at 2:27 pm

      AGREE with your very first paragraph…

      Keep digging…

      Reply
  284. Bob Powers says

    November 11, 2013 at 8:20 am

    Another Quick statement
    2 min. from request for drop to deployment. they were gone within 30 sec. after deployment there was no time to set up and drop even if they knew where they were. plus the wind, smoke, heat would have made the drop very questionable in pinpoint accuracy. This is a hurtful statement but the heat seared their lungs and they died before the fire burned them. 2000 degree heat is not survivable.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 11, 2013 at 8:54 am

      I still absolutely believe that Marsh’s transmission of…
      “That’s where we want the retardant”
      had nothing to do with Granite Mountain or their
      impending situation. The first MAYDAY ( from Steed,
      not Marsh ) was still 2 minutes away.

      I still believe, at that moment, that Marsh was just walking
      along, either already at the BACK of the GM crew line or
      still just trying to catch up with Steed/Crew, and when
      Marsh saw ASM2 flying a line that looked good for some
      protection for Glen IIlah ( in the distance )… Marsh was
      still just playing ‘DIVS A’ and trying to help out with
      the general fire situation.

      Whether he had already caught up to Steed/Crew or not…
      I believe he had to have been at the ‘back of the line’
      and so Steed ( at the front ) was going to be the first
      one to encounter the advancing fire and the one to
      make that first MAYDAY call on channel 10 ( air-to-ground ).

      I still believe that at the moment Marsh casually said
      “That’s where we want the retardant”… Marsh still
      had NO IDEA that 2 minutes later he, himself, would
      be staring the fire in the face.

      Reply
      • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

        November 11, 2013 at 9:31 am

        WTKTT, to add to your last sentence just above, …………..”Marsh had NO IDEA that 2 minutes later, he, himself, would be staring the fire in the face.” (or else he would have jumped-in AT THAT MOMENT, when he still had plenty of time to call for help, AND advise of their actual location. When actually SEEING the fire, he would have had no hesitation, just as Steed didn’t hesitate when he actually saw what was coming).

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 11, 2013 at 3:30 pm

          Agree. If Marsh had known there was ANY
          impending trouble at all… he would have been
          in MAYDAY mode on his “that’s where we
          want retardant” transmission instead of
          ( as the SAIR itself reports ) just “calmly
          advising ASM2”.

          Something I think we all need to remember when
          trying to visualize those last moments, right
          before they knew they were in deep trouble.

          1) They were walking in single file, as they usually do.

          NOTE: I, personally, believe that Steed was up
          front just as he should have been since HE was
          GM Supt that day ( ALL day )… and that Marsh
          was taking up the rear since he most certainly
          wasn’t with them during the time of the
          MacKenzie video ( 4:02 PM ) and probably still
          not with them when they ‘moved out’ from there
          a few minutes later ( 4:05 PM, according to SAIR )
          and started heading south on the ridge road
          with the assumption Marsh would ‘catch up’.

          Whenever he (Marsh) did finally catch up with
          them, I believe he just took his place at the back
          of the ‘line’ and then still continued playing
          DIVS A and doing DIVS A stuff like (calmly)
          calling out encouragement to ASM2 for
          potential retardant drops in the distance…
          totally unaware of anything that Steed might
          have been seeing some distance ahead up
          at the front of the line.

          2) There was a LOT of SMOKE.

          NOTE: Something that hasn’t been really
          discussed but I am almost certain that
          as they reached ‘the flat’ down in that
          box canyon a LOT of SMOKE started
          to drift in (fast) since the fire had already
          begun to swing into the ‘entrapment bowl’
          and the SAIR’s own windspeed chart shows
          that the smoke ( a LOT of it ) would have
          been blowing almost horizontally right at
          them at that point. The high winds on the
          canyon floor were even clearly heard in the
          microphones during the upcoming MAYDAY
          calls from Steed.

          I believe that means that Steed ( at the front
          of the advancing line of men ) didn’t even
          SEE the actual FLAMES until they had
          almost walked right into them.

          Since Marsh was still at the BACK of the
          line… I believe it took more than just a few
          moments for Marsh to realize what was
          happening with Steed some dozens
          of yards ahead… and he got up there to
          be with him as fast as he could. That’s
          why the first set of MAYDAY transmissions
          were from Steed, not Marsh, and when
          Marsh finally got up there to the front of
          the line he got on the same channel and
          took over the conversation… specifically
          identifying himself with… “This is DIVS A
          here with Granite Mountain”.

          They may not have even been able to see
          each OTHER while they were trying to prepare
          the deployment site… because of all the SMOKE
          that must have been preceding that flame front,
          and prevented them from even seeing the actual
          FLAMES as they walked right towards them.

          Reply
      • calvin says

        November 12, 2013 at 4:18 am

        I disagree 100%, Respectfully. You describe how bad the smoke must have been but then theorize Marsh was able to see Glen Isla in the distance. ASM was reported to be flying West to East and apparently OVER DIV A, turning Northward .At no time in this flight path do they fly over Glen Isla and the drop is made on Yarnell, Glen Isla burned. Mr. Marsh has been described as a very calm man and I have personally observed this trait in him ( at a very tense time) . He was calm when he thought he was getting the drop, but after the retardant wasn’t delivered, he was aware of their fate. The radio transmissions from Marsh made concerning their movement were not specific and vague as he knew they were violating policy. My theory as to why they believed they were safe is only one or two options. Option A: They believed they had a lookout. I am not convinced they thought the lookout was Mcdonough at this time. Option B: They were counting on A Very Large drop of fire retardant to give them an extra few minutes to get to safety. Neither of these options justify the move they made but it is the only way I can rationalize the move that was made. The comments I have made come from hours of review except for the ones that are strictly emotional

        Reply
        • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

          November 12, 2013 at 6:46 am

          Calvin, I respectfilly disagree with your options A & B as to why they might have thought they were safe.

          Regarding option A, there was no one left in the field west of Yarnell that could have been a lookout. BR and GM lookout had bailed, and they had to assume based on conditions that everyone in the Shrine area had left as well, leaving the only people left fighting the fire on the south side, down low in Glen Illah and Yarnell doing structure protection. Not anyone with good eyes for them. That leaves Air Attack or ASM2, and we know that wasn’t happening.

          Regarding option B, I think that most people realize that that plane-load that they think is coming for them, can at any second be diverted to a higher priority use, so they must have a solid Plan B for if and when that happens. If one is going to hang their hat on THAT plane-load, they’d better have had lot’s of communication’s leading up to it, to be assured it will be there on time.

          I still believe, as I noted in comment posted far above, that they thought they were safe because at the time they stepped off of the road; (1) they thought the final weather event had occured; (2) the fire was heading parallel to them, several miles away and somewhat in front of their forward progress, and; (3) they had heard an update shortly before from air attack stating the fire was one or two hours from hitting Yarnell. They looked at the ranch, and the conditions, and thought, we’ve got plenty of time, let’s get going.

          Reply
          • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

            November 12, 2013 at 6:52 am

            In addition to my previous comment just above, regarding GM’s possible considerations at the point they stepped-off of the road, at this time I also am putting a considerable amount of stock in WTKTT’s theory that they DIDN’T know where the road went as it continued south of them.

            Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 12, 2013 at 10:37 am

            I have now done at least 3 dozen ‘flyovers’
            and ‘flythroughs’ using Google Earth of
            the exact path that Marsh/Steed/Crew took
            when they left the spot of the MacKenzie
            video on their death march.

            It is an ABSOLUTE FACT that, the moment
            you come around that high peak just
            south of the ‘lunch spot’ and the Boulder
            Springs Ranch comes into view for
            the first time… you would have absolutely
            NO IDEA where that trail went unless
            someone had either fully explained it
            to you… or you took the time to closely
            examine Google maps of the area before
            you went up there.

            The hikers ( Joy Collura and Tex Gilligan )
            have now sworn in two separate public
            interviews that they first met Eric Marsh
            that day at EXACTLY 8:08 AM up on
            that ridge when he was tying pink ribbons
            on bushes to mark the way up there
            for the crew… and that when they met…
            Eric Marsh asked THEM… “How do I
            get to the top of this ridge?”

            That is even more proof-positive that
            NO ONE at that official incident briefing
            at the start of the work day took any
            time at all to make sure Marsh had
            the correct ‘situational awareness’
            he needed that day.

            And that’s just Marsh.

            I think it has already been proven that
            even what little Marsh knew about
            any of those roads up there was
            EVER passed on to the man who would
            actually be directly responsible for
            Granite Mountain that day ( Steed ).

            And the official conclusion of the
            ‘Special Accident Investigation Report’
            is that everyone did everything exactly
            right that day?

            Give me a big… loooong…. break.

            Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 12, 2013 at 10:24 am

          calvin… I am (obviously) theorizing, as I believe
          we are all still doing at this point. In light of the
          fact that the SAIR has holes you can fly VLAT
          air-tankers through ( and do loops while you are
          at it )… that’s pretty much all we can do until
          more evidence is uncovered ( MacKenzine
          device, ACTIC, more detailed testimony,
          more radio logs, etc. ).

          When I theorize about Marsh’s ( mysterious )
          “That’s where we want retardant message”,
          I was assuming that he had seen Glen IIlah
          in the distance when he was fully up on
          the ridge and he knew exactly where it
          was in the distance even when dropping
          down into the ( smoky? ) canyon.

          That’s just my guess. I’m trying a explain a
          radio transmission that, based on the scant
          information in the SAIR… is completely
          mystifying.

          Let’s get back to that transmission and the
          only thing the SAIR really says about it…

          Page 27 of the SAIR…

          :: At approximately 1600, ASM2 overhears
          :: a comment on the radio referencing a crew
          :: and a safety zone. ASM2 calls OPS1 and
          :: clarifies, “I heard a crew in a safety zone,
          :: do we need to call a time out?” OPS1
          :: replies, “No, they’re in a good place.
          :: They’re safe and it’s Granite Mountain.”
          :: They talk about flying over to check on
          :: the crew, but for now, they think the crew
          :: is safe in the black.
          :: Following this conversation…

          NOTE: The SAIR gives NO indication what
          this means. No time interval, no quoting
          of a source. Zero. Zip. Nada. Is this ‘moments
          later’ based on captured/recorded radio?
          Witness testimony? Who knows. ( They do ).

          :: ASM2 hears DIVS A announce on the
          :: radio, “We’re going down our escape route
          :: to our safety zone.” ASM2 asks, “Is everything
          :: okay?” to which DIVS A replies, “Yes, we’re
          :: just moving.”

          According to the SAIR now, at this point…
          THIRTY SEVEN MINUTES go by without
          ANYONE communicating with Mar/Steed or crew,
          and this is the KEY to their explanation of
          deaths of 19 men… and what has caused the
          media to write this incident off as simply
          ‘radio/communication problems’.

          We all know now that if McDonough is telling
          the truth about “contacting my sup and capt
          to let them know the vehicles were all safe
          ( at the cafe’ )”… then that blackout time
          is horse manure…

          But I digress…

          According to SAIR… only 37 minutes later
          do we SUDDENLY hear a mysterious (calm)
          report from Marsh…

          :: At 1637, ASM2 flies a drop path for a VLAT
          :: north of Yarnell west to east and apparently
          :: over DIVS A, turning northward to avoid
          :: high ground at the end of Yarnell.
          :: DIVS A, seeing the flight, calls and calmly
          :: says, “[ASM2], Division Alpha, That’s exactly
          :: what we’re looking for. That’s where we want
          :: the retardant.”

          WTF?

          The SAIR creates a TOTAL MYSTERY here.
          As I have tried to explain in a previous post…
          it all comes down to what WE means.

          WE… as in ‘Me and the other incident commanders’
          or
          WE… as in ‘Me and Granite Mountain’.

          I believe it is the former.
          I believe Marsh was still playing ‘DIVS A’ at
          that point and calmly doing what he had been
          doing the entire day… floating around with
          his radio and guiding retardant drops on the ridge.

          YOUR summation is actually just as valid as
          mine at this point… based on the total lack
          of evidence here and the now VERY questionable
          veracity of this entire SAIR report.

          For now… I am going to stick with my belief that
          Marsh was clueless about the trouble they
          were going to be in just 2 minutes later… and
          that he was still just playing DIVS A at this
          moment. I remain open to all other possibilities,
          however, if more evidence emerges.

          The more I examine this SAIR report the more
          worried I get about it’s veracity. Timelines,
          made-up narratives, mis-quotes, unnamed
          sources… it really is a mess.

          I am almost to the point where I am going to
          say this SAIR report is like the Apollo 13
          moment when someone had to say…

          “What do we have left on the spacecraft
          that is actually GOOD?”

          Example: There is evidence in two separate
          public articles that BOTH Tex Gilligan and
          Joy Collura SWEAR they first met Marsh
          at EXACTLY 8:08 AM that day up on the ridge.
          That’s when they both first spoke to him.

          The three of them had a pleasant conversation.

          Marsh also asked them if they had any idea
          what the best way to get to the very top of
          the ridge was… which casts more doubt that
          ANYONE at that GM incident briefing showed
          Marsh ANYTHING about the trails up there.

          He was climbing the ridge and tying pink
          tape onto bushes to mark the way for GM
          crew… who they also swear did not appear
          on the trails until MORE than a full HOUR
          later… at 9:18 AM.

          According to the SAIR… that’s impossible.

          Joy Collura is a very efficient, organized person
          who hikes with scientific instruments and
          multiple cameras and telephoto lenses and
          day logs and what have you. I have no reason
          to doubt her times.

          The SAIR says Marsh was in the Yarnell Fire
          Station being breifed at exactly 7:00 AM. The
          meeting lasted 20-30 minutes. There was then
          a lengthy process of getting the GM crew all
          the way out to the end of the Shrine road, then
          out on Sesame, then some sort of ‘briefing’
          outside the vehicles… then they started the
          long hike up the ridge. None of that matches
          the actual times being reported by Gilligan
          and Collura… who also have photographic
          evidence of the 8:08 AM appearance of
          Marsh on the ridge and the 9:18 ascent
          of the rest of the crew.

          On top of all that… McDonough has said in
          two separate interviews that the ‘briefing’
          didn’t happen until 8:00 AM.

          So WTF?

          Who are we supposed to believe here?

          I want to believe SOMEONE… but until I can…
          I am doing the best I can to look at all of
          this and make the best visualization/analysis
          of the events that transpired that day that I can.

          More later…

          Reply
          • Bob Powers says

            November 12, 2013 at 10:54 am

            The problem with a drop to slow the fire from advancing towards you would have been low priority. With the town at stake and giving people time to evacuate. When the crew needed the drop on their location it was to late even if they knew where they were. Smoke and location would have made the drop hazardous the window just was not big enough to set the drop up and make it work.

            Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 12, 2013 at 11:56 am

            I’m certainly no expert in these matters but
            it would seem that even if ASM2 ( or
            anyone ) knew EXACTLY where they
            were ( and someone SHOULD have )…
            the chances of a retardant drop on
            that location saving their lives was about
            as likely as if they had chosen to
            ‘drop packs and haul ass’.

            Maybe either of those things would have
            saved them. Maybe not.

            All we know is that the choice they DID
            make didn’t have a chance in hell of
            saving them… and if these guys were
            supposed to be fire experts… they
            should have known that.

            Tin-foil doesn’t withstand a blowtorch.
            Even I know that.

            Reply
  285. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 11, 2013 at 12:48 am

    UPDATE ON VIDEO 3 ( as referenced in postings above ).

    This the VLAT drop with white Globe Type II
    ‘Crew Trucks’ in the foreground and the ‘Ranger 58’
    radio traffic heard right after the drop.

    The video was shot in the parking lot of a ‘U-Store-It’
    establishment in Yarnell, just off Highway 89.

    The location is not actually ‘just east of Glen Ilah’ as the
    YouTube video comments indicate. It was actually shot
    pretty well northeast of Yarnell itself on the western side
    of that smaller community just outside of Yarnell as you
    travel north on Hwy 89.

    There is a fuzzy white sign in the lower left of the video
    that I couldn’t quite make out so I captured that corner
    of the video as a photograph and ran it through some
    photo enhancement software.

    The sign says ‘U-Store-It’… and looking up that name on
    Google produced the exact location in Yarnell, AZ,
    complete with address… and a Google maps lookup
    with Street View confirms that is the exact location
    where this video was shot.

    That fuzzy white sign in the bottom left of the video that
    says ‘U-Store-It’ is actually a NEW sign in the video
    that doesn’t match the one that will show in the older
    Google Maps Street View of this location but it’s
    definitely exactly where the video was shot.

    Just drop this address into the Google Maps search bar
    and the red marker will be right on the exact location…

    21972 Arizona 89, Yarnell, AZ

    The cameraman was standing in the dirt parking lot of
    the U-Store-It facility and was facing directly
    SOUTHEAST as the video begins.

    The exact Latitude/Longitude point of where the
    cameraman was actually standing ( within a few
    yards of accuracy ) would be…

    Latitude: 34.231000
    Longitude: -112.739872

    If you just put a comma between the two
    lat/long values like this…

    34.231000, -112.739872

    …and then just cut-and-paste that line into the Google
    Maps search bar the location will come right up and
    a GREEN ARROW will be pointing exactly where
    the cameraman was standing.

    When the video starts, the DC10 VLAT is coming in
    from the EAST but then banks more in a
    NORTHWEST direction for the drop.
    It continues to bank slightly as it lines up the drop and
    by the time he actually does the drop ( just north of
    that white fence around the U-Store-It parking lot ) he
    is pretty much dropping on a due NORTH/SOUTH line.

    Still no verification on the exact TIME for this video…
    but it was definitely late afternoon and the video
    comments still say it was near the time of
    the entrapment.

    Reply
    • calvin says

      November 11, 2013 at 4:23 am

      WTKTT… These guys spent many days in country/terrain they were not familiar with. I would be surprised if they didn’t have google maps on their smartphones. Two escape routes were identified. Into the black or back to the carriers. At the GM/ DIV A briefing Boulder Springs was not identified as a safety zone. That is a big red flag to me.

      WTKTT… I really appreciate your efforts here, you have provided some extremely valuable information. Also thanks for returning to the video #3. I will have to disagree with your comment on the flight path. The VLAT is coming from the west and turns to the north before reaching Hwy 89.This drop saved the town of Yarnell. You can clearly see the slurry line by typing in yarnell hill fire. It is the third google image. It is posted in International Business Times. Now to the discussion toward the end of the video. Someone is looking for OPS1? I think it is ASM2. The voice says they are at the heel with Ranger 58 and you can probably reach the them on this frequency but you need to “GO BACK.” Too late!!! The retardant drop has been made. I am convinced this drop was made before ASM attempts to locate GM. Here is why. Firefighters in the video are at ease. There is no helicopter in the sky. The radio traffic does not seem emergent. I know this theory does not fit the SAIR, but at this point the SAIR only seems to have been created to support the storyline. NO ONE DID ANYTHING WRONG

      Reply
      • calvin says

        November 11, 2013 at 5:38 am

        The SAIR did a HUGE disservice to everyone involved on the fire that day. Including Granite Mountain. The retardant line I referred to in the last post is Described by an eyewitness (Tom Story) in a comment on Wildfire Today. He describes a South to North drop around 1700. The VLAT drops occurred at 1237,1410,1512,1542,1651, and 1734. So that narrows it (VLAT drop in video #3) down to 1542 or 1651. Well at 1542 Mcdonough was still lookout, Right? So I believe it HAS TO BE the crucial drop!!!!

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 11, 2013 at 8:14 am

          calvin… I’m working an angle that might absolutely
          nail down the atomic time for this video. If you
          watch the video closely… as the VLAT is about
          to drop you see the fire actually cresting a ridge
          in the background. Now that we know exactly
          WHERE this video was shot that ridge is easy
          to see/identify on Google Maps and/or Google
          Earth.

          I believe I have found ANOTHER video that was
          shot that shows this same exact ‘ridge cresting’
          moment from another location… and THAT
          video has a known time/date stamp.

          Stay tuned.

          I’m also about finished verifying the exact
          location of ALL the other videos as well
          ( with lat/long ) so I’ll post that info as well.

          Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 11, 2013 at 8:38 am

          calvin… forgot to mention…

          According to various sources ( SAIR included )…

          YES… McDonough was still active GM lookout
          at 15:42 ( 3:42 PM ).

          He started ‘spinning his weather’ circa 15:50
          ( 3:50 PM ) and that’s when Steed called him
          and said he just then got the 15:26 ( 3:26 PM )
          weather update that FBAN (Fire Behavior Officer)
          had received from NWS-Flagstaff ( National
          Weather Service in Flagstaff ) and had been
          passed on to both OPS1 and OPS2 for
          general broadcast out to fire resource teams.

          Steed relayed that weather update to McDonough
          which included… “180 degree wind shift with
          gusts coming straight out of the north/northeast
          up to 40-50 mph.”

          Moments later is when McDonough realized
          the fire had ALREADY reversed and was
          heading back towards him… and he dropped
          back down to the old grader location right away
          where he was picked up by BR Supt.

          A very critical 52 minute clock started at
          that moment with a lot of things happening
          at the same time.

          15:50 ( 3:50 PM ) to 16:42 ( 4:42 PM ) which
          is the time of the last known transmission
          from Marsh and then the burnover took place.

          It’s important that this 52 minute period be
          absolutely, totally documented… as clearly
          as possible.

          Reply
          • calvin says

            November 12, 2013 at 3:39 am

            I do not like to be argumentative but please hear this. There was no 180 degree wind shift forecast at 326. The 180 degree wind shift forecast came at 1402. This is a fact! I am not sure why Mcdonough misquoted this time. Mcdonough posted on Facebook July 1 and asked friends and family to not talk to the media about him. Do you think he was coached to do this?
            Also according to Mcdonough interview Steed said the weather was “going to be talked about” Steed was GOING to listen while Mcdonough continued to spin weather. When he calls Mcdonough, he does not have the weather update.
            Page 27 of SAIR says at approximately 1600 ASM2 overhears a comment on the radio referencing a crew and a safety zone. ASM2 calls OPS1 and asks “do we need to call a timeout.” At this moment the tragedy could have been reversed. The response from OPS1 is “NO, they’re in a good place. They’re safe and its Granite Mountain.
            This comment deserves a second and third look. What does “and its Granite Mountain” mean?

            Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 13, 2013 at 1:20 am

            calvin… thank you. Astute observations,
            as always from you.

            In McDonough’s (lengthy) interview with
            Kyle Dickman of ‘Outside’ magazine he
            provides even MUCH more detail about
            these conversations he had with Steed
            about the ‘weather update’… but a lot
            of that testimony doesn’t match what
            he then says later in his video interview
            with the Courier OR what is said about
            these conversations in the SAIR…

            …so I don’t know WHAT to believe here.

            Did they all know what was about to
            happen with the fire… or didn’t they?

            It’s hard to tell… especially if you just
            read the SAIR which was supposed
            to make all this clear.

            >> calvin wrote…
            >> Page 27 of SAIR says at approximately
            >> 1600 ASM2 overhears a comment on
            >> the radio referencing a crew and a
            >> safety zone. ASM2 calls OPS1 and
            >> asks “do we need to call a timeout.”
            >> At this moment the tragedy could
            >> have been reversed. The response
            >> from OPS1 is “NO, they’re in a
            >> good place. They’re safe and its
            >> Granite Mountain.
            >> This comment deserves a second
            >> and third look.

            …and a fourth and a fifth and a sixth.

            Not enough has been said about this
            moment. You can take all other theories
            about why these men died that day and
            if you just focus on this one event you
            realized that could have made all the
            difference in whether there would be
            widows and fatherless children at the
            end of that day.

            As far as I can tell… at that moment when
            ASM2 was concerned enough to call
            for that ‘timeout’ to check on GM’s
            ACTUAL location…

            …OPS1 was the only one on that damn
            radio network who did NOT know that
            GM was ‘on the move’ and had ‘left
            the black for the ranch’.

            McDonough knew it…. and he had a
            working radio with him with no
            TONE GUARD problems… why didn’t
            he chime in and correct OPS1?

            Ranger 58 knew it. They remembered what
            that had heard when they were airborne
            and looking for the bodies. Why didn’t
            they chime in and correct OPS1?

            ASM2 was pretty sure of what he heard.
            Why didn’t HE try to correct OPS1 and
            say “With all due respect… sir… I think
            we need to verify their exact location.”

            If anyone had bothered to try and correct
            OPS1 at that moment… those men would
            be alive today and we wouldn’t be typing
            on these keyboards.

            I don’t know if the guy simply wasn’t up
            to the job that day… or what… but OPS1
            figures prominently in this disaster.

            Reply
  286. calvin says

    November 10, 2013 at 7:38 pm

    According to the YCSO report, the ONLY people at the deployment site at 0530 upon his arrival was Prescott Fire Department. However it is noted three times that YCSO was left overseeing the site after J McDormett left the site the first time.
    P8″ I contacted Lt. Boelts
    and requested that YCSO guard the entrance to the incident location until all
    items are removed from the scene. I was advised that this was going to be the
    case.” This was the third reference to guarding the site. This did not happen. The PRESCOTT FIRE DEPARTMENT found a cell phone on a final comb through. It was the transferred through the PFD before being picked up at PFD on 7/10. If YCSO was there, why did it go to PFD? Why was PFD doing a final comb through over a week later?

    We know Ashcraft, Mackenzie, Parker, Caldwell, and Whitted had phones that day. 5 out of 19? Seems a little low. It doesn’t seem to be “against policy” to have a cellphone as there are at least two in the Video with Steed sitting in close proximity to Mackenzie and Parker. So why would such a small percentage of the guys be carrying theirs?

    But back to the main issue. There is no, NADA, not one, mention of a camera in this report

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 10, 2013 at 8:39 pm

      Exactly. What about MacKenzie’s CAMERA?

      The YCSO report goes to great lengths documenting the
      collection of evidence here… yet there is NOTHING to
      match what was detailed in the Daily Courier story
      about this ‘Canon Sureshot’ that (supposedly) survived
      the burnover with even its cloth cover intact.

      The Daily Courier story says that “according to
      Mike MacKenzie, someone from the medical examiner’s
      office brought him the CAMERA… and Mike MacKenzie
      goes on to wonder why they would give him the camera
      when they were already holding on to Chris’s phone.”

      That does NOT match the ‘chain of possession’ for the
      evidence that the YCSO was taking great pains to
      document. At no time does the YCSO report say that
      ANYONE from the medical examiner’s office was allowed
      to be giving anyone anything that was recovered from
      the scene.

      I don’t know what’s more disturbing ( or confusing ) here…

      That the medical examiner’s office might have been just
      taking things from the shelter bags and body bags and
      then just ‘giving them’ to family members… without them
      going through the YCSO police investigators…

      …or that the YCSO investigators would not have been
      aware that this was happening.

      If the former is true… then what else was just given to
      a family member by someone from the medical examiner’s
      office without YCSO being aware of it?

      If the latter is true… then what else do the YCSO detectives
      NOT know about what either PFD, State Investigators, or
      the medical examiners were doing?

      The MacKenzie devices ( both phone AND a camera? )
      are crucial because we KNOW MacKenzie was capturing
      that ‘discussing their options’ conversation that is now
      so critical to this investigation.

      If even 10 or 15 more seconds of that video can be
      found to have been ‘edited out’ of the middle by someone…
      or there is ANY more footage that has been ‘cut out’ at
      either the beginning or the end…

      …those few seconds could capture the moment when
      we will discover WHY they were deciding to leave that
      safe spot and walk to their deaths.

      Another interesting thing to take from the YCSO investigation
      report is the circumstances surrounding WHERE these
      cellphones were found.

      Some of them were found just lying on the ground right
      near shelters.

      Has anyone realized what that means?

      It means they were probably being USED right up
      until the last moment.

      One was found ‘melted to the side of a pack’.
      I think you can eliminate that one from being actively
      used in those last moments.

      The others?… not so much.

      The one that was ‘missed’ ( YCSO evidence item 320 now )
      and was only found later inside one of the shelters that
      didn’t have body in it… was found ‘loose’ inside the shelter.

      It wasn’t inside a firefighter’s pocket.
      It wasn’t in a pack.

      It was just ‘loose’ inside a shelter that ultimately
      didn’t even have a firefighter in it.

      What else can that mean but whoever the firefighter
      was inside that shelter had it in his HAND right up
      until the last minute… and was possibly trying
      to make a call.

      Cell phone records. Where are they?

      Time of burnover is known to within a minute or two.
      Should be VERY easy to match calls at that time
      with the recovered phones.

      Did any of the calls make it to completion… and was
      anything said on those calls that would shed more
      light on this incident?

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 10, 2013 at 9:06 pm

        It’s also astounding to me to read the detail in that
        YCSO police investigation report and see the obvious
        care they knew needed to be taken with the phones…
        and the great lengths they needed to automatically
        take to see if data could be recovered… and how
        ( in their own words ) “important that data might be
        to the investigation”…

        …but nowhere in the same detailed report is there
        any mention of ANY attempt to initiate a request
        for call records for those phones. The phone
        numbers in question could have easily been obtained
        from family members even if the phones themselves
        were damaged.

        The YCSO police investigation report is documenting
        a period of time in the official police investigation
        process from Sunday night, June 30, through
        July 12. That’s 12 days and some change.

        Apparently… at NO TIME during those 12 days did it
        occur to these investigators to initiate a request for
        any cell phone records even though their concerted
        efforts to see what was ON those phones ( and how
        important the results might be ) is well documented.

        If they didn’t initiate a request for call records… why
        the hell not? You have a crime scene with 6 recovered
        cell phones and direct physical evidence that some of
        them might have been in use right up until the time
        of death.

        If they did… why isn’t that documented in the
        (public) police report?

        Reply
        • Bob Powers says

          November 11, 2013 at 8:06 am

          2 Quick comments
          First this is no a crime scene it is an industrial accident scene. Sheriff’s take pictures draw maps of injured or deceased body location’s identify individuals and there personnel belongings. Determine what caused death and bring in cornier to prepare for transport. They turn over the report to any investigating body that proceeds with the investigation like OSHA or the State investigators. Had this been a crime scene then they would have continued the investigation. Hope that makes it clear.

          Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 11, 2013 at 3:59 pm

            The moment I hit ‘return’ on the comments
            above I realized that someone was going
            to take issue with me referring to it as
            a ‘crime scene’. I should have simply
            said ‘incident scene’ or ‘accident scene’.
            I was simply typing fast at that point
            and it slipped out. If I could have edited
            the comment I would have.

            If any evidence of criminal intent had been
            found at ( or behind ) the scenes that
            day… I am sure we would have all
            heard about it by now.

            That being said… let’s remember that
            there ARE, in fact, two different definitions
            of the word ‘crime’ in the King’s English…

            : crime
            : 1) an illegal act for which someone can
            : be punished by the government
            : 2) an act that is foolish, wrong, causes
            : harm to others because of intentional
            : malice or a lack of good judgement.

            Given that… I would still have to say…

            “What happened to those men is a crime.”

            Reply
  287. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 10, 2013 at 5:48 pm

    >> Bob Powers wrote… ( in response to Gary Olson up above )…
    >>
    >> Gary… point well stated.
    >> They were moving to Yarnell.
    >> The ranch was a point where they could hike out from or possibly meet
    >> transport to Yarnell. That was their main objective… not moving to a
    >> safety zone… which seems to have been the fixation to begin with.
    >> They were already safe so they moved for another reason.

    The WHEN is almost as important as the WHY here.

    Circa 15:50 ( 3:50 PM )… they were still perfectly safe where they were.

    The fire behavior was changing radically at that moment, reversing
    direction, and they could totally SEE that from where they were.

    They had complete sight of what the SAIR is calling that ‘middle bowl’
    ( see page 77 of the SAIR and their photo/map ) at that moment in time.

    Look at the photo on page 23 of the SAIR itself taken at 15:50 ( 3:50 PM )
    which is attributed to MacKenzie ( and could be the mysterious IMG_0888
    that ended up missing from the publicy released MacKenzie photos ).

    The tail side of the fire has now become the HEAD fire… and it is
    charging south/southeast into that ‘middle bowl’, overtaking the very
    road they had walked in on that morning… and obviously had no
    intentions of stopping there as it swept south into that ‘middle bowl’.

    They could OBVIOUSLY see all of this at that moment.

    Same with the ‘Wade Parker’ photo on page 24 of the SAIR taken
    ten minutes later at 16:04 ( 4:04 PM ).

    The two photos themselves prove they had sat there ‘in the black’
    just watching the ‘middle bowl’ for at least 10 minutes at that
    crucially important time in the fire’s (radically) changing behavior.

    That’s also when the ‘This thing is running for Yarnell!’ text
    message was sent from their location… so there is even more
    proof-positive they could see everything that was happening
    at that moment.

    So… given all of that… WHY would they have decided to make
    the risky move ( for whatever reason ) at THAT moment in time?

    Wouldn’t common sense have told them to at least OBSERVE
    this radical change in fire behavior for another 10 or 15 minutes before
    making any critical decisions about heading anywhere near it?

    If they had stayed right where they were… doing exactly what they
    have been photographed doing ( just observing the radically
    changing fire behavior ) for another 15 minutes…

    They would have watched everything pick up speed as the
    thunderstorm outflow boundaries hit the area and they would
    have watched it RACING across that middle bowl like nothing
    they had probably ever seen before.

    In another 15 minutes ( from their excellent vantage point circa 4:00 PM )
    it would have become obvious they were exactly where they were
    going to need to stay for another 30-60 minutes while this historic
    fire erupted down in that middle bowl and overtook the very place
    they had been told was a ‘bomb-proof safety zone’.

    So WHY did they decide to leave this vantage point at that moment?

    This is the ongoing question, of course.

    Mr. Olson ( and many others ) are convinced someone gave
    them an ORDER to leave that vantage point at that moment
    when they were obviously not ‘moving out yet’ circa 4:00 PM.

    It’s possible. It would explain a lot…. but that also should nail
    down the focus of the cell phone investigations to a pretty
    narrow timeframe… since we DO know when they were
    still ‘resting’ and then when they were suddenly ‘on the move’.

    If there was no ‘order to move’… then one of the only other
    plausible explanations is that they ( Marsh only? Steed/Marsh? )
    made the decision they COULD reach the ranch ( despite the
    radical behavior they were already observing ) and be some
    kind of heroes or something ( even though their own comrades
    back in Yarnell were doing no such thing and were just doing what
    THEY should have done at that time and that is… just ‘be safe’ for now
    while this thing blows up. )

    I’m not providing any new information or any answers here,
    of course… but I am trying to establish that all the common
    sense in the world would have said to just wait another 10 or 15
    minutes and do exactly what they were doing… observe a
    radically changing ( and dangerous ) situation.

    If they had done that… they would have seen the ‘middle bowl’
    filling with fire and known that it was time to just stay put
    and worry about extraction after this bomb was done going off.

    Something important took place that would remove all that
    common sense from the situation.

    A phone call? A radio transmission?

    >> Bob Powers also wrote…
    >>
    >> That’s where we are stuck until new evidence is uncovered.

    We know for sure now that there were SIX smartphones recovered
    from this incident. 2 of them are iPhones that remained fully functional
    after the burnover and authorities just simply couldn’t get around
    the password protection. 1 of them was not only fully functional
    after the burnover ( MacKenzie’s ) they have already used
    Cellibrite software on it and that means they have EVERYTHING
    that was on it… including deleted items and call logs. The other
    3 were known to have been sent to ACTIC and a technician there
    was going to try the motherboard data extraction technique.

    That was back in July.

    The ACTIC data extraction attempts and the 2 iPhone password
    issues should have been long resolved by now… and certainly
    long before the SAIR report was released.

    Where are the full reports about how that all turned out?

    Nowhere in the SAIR.

    If the results of the ACTIC investigations were that ‘no data
    could be extracted from those phones’… then why isn’t
    THAT even mentioned in the SAIR?

    >> Bob Powers also wrote…
    >>
    >> Either way they did not do a evaluation of that move or a
    >> safe way to accomplish it.

    They certainly didn’t. That couldn’t be more obvious… yet the SAIR
    says ‘No one made any mistakes’.

    Reply
  288. Bob Powers says

    November 10, 2013 at 12:50 pm

    My biggest problem is not saying enough. We first are assuming they are moving to the ranch. Once there they could evaluate the fire, set out the blowup, if it moved to them, or have two choices one to ask for transport or hike out the road to Yarnell. If the fire laid down and did not threaten them or the fire burned past them Then they could still move down the road to Yarnell. I am not going to speculate who or what made them move to the ranch only that it was their first goal. At that point they had several choices, they had reached a safe area accessible by road, and the road lead to Yarnell. They did not make a safe decision or base it on simple fire behavior expectations. After I retired from the FS I became a Deputy Sheriff for 16 years and I learned, use only the facts and never assume any thing, work through the information and then investigate the questions. I can’t but someone needs to spend some serious time with Mr. Willis and Mr. McDonough. Has any body seen a statement from or talked to the BR Super. ?

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 10, 2013 at 1:59 pm

      BR Supt was probably interviewed extensively. Again… because
      of the initial report’s reluctance to quote their sources and back
      up their ‘conclusions’… we are left with nothing but mysteries.

      I actually feel a lot of sympathy (and admiration) for BR Supt.

      He has ended up just a crucial player in a drama he neither
      expected nor wanted… and his own ACTUAL professional
      behavior that day is getting drowned out in the noise.

      I mean… stop and think about just BR Supt for a moment.

      This poor guy arrives at 8:00 AM, misses the first briefing,
      has to go back up to the middle school, is only then told
      to go back to the Yarnell Fire Station and ‘stage there’,
      then gets a tough assignment in the Shrine area on
      the east side of the fire, then has to spend his time
      schlepping all the way out to the ridge on his UTV just
      to meet with Marsh on his UTV eating dust the whole
      way, then acts as a taxi service and brings McDonough
      back with him, drops him off at the old grader location,
      eats dust all the way back to his own crew again,
      then busts his rump clearing a dozer line for a burnout
      that is never going to happen anyway, then gets called
      by Marsh for ANOTHER face-to-face all the way out
      on the darn ridge again, then discovers McDonough
      abaondoning his lookout spot and has to save him
      from death by getting him the heck out of there ASAP,
      then drops him at the GM vehicles, then east more
      UTV dust getting back to his own work area (again)
      just to get men of his own to go back and help
      McDonough… while at the same time discovering
      the same conditions change that caused McDonough
      to retreat now threatens his own crew, then he has
      to abandon all his own hard work, organize a quick
      retreat from the Shrine area…

      …and then we learn that even after all that… BR Supt
      learns that some of the other firefighters back in the
      Shrine area didn’t take the EVAC orders seriously
      enough… so this amazing guy goes BACK to the
      ( now dangerous ) Shrine area just to make SURE
      that everyone is getting out of there NOW…

      …then he ends up back at the cafe’ tired, hot, frustrated,
      only to learn shortly later that the very crew he was
      trying to help all day long has been wiped out… and he
      is now just a player in the drama of the most historic
      loss of life to date in wildland firefighting history.

      Is there any kind of official ‘achievement’ medal or
      equivalent honor in the wildland firefighting arena?

      If there is… then I think even amidst all the noise and
      the pain of this incident with discovering how perhaps
      a lot of people were NOT doing what they should have
      been doing that day OR following established rules,
      regulations and procedures…

      BR Supt certainly was… above and beyond the call of duty.

      He probably saved McDonough’s life.
      He probably saved the lives of any number of other
      firefighters back in the Shrine area.

      I think he deserves a medal.

      Reply
      • Bob Powers says

        November 10, 2013 at 5:24 pm

        I totally agree with you The BR Super. When he said your in the black right? Believed that was the place to be and GM should not be moving into the unburned and coming off the mountain for any reason. Without trying to tell Marsh and his crew what they should do and cause any discord. That is what he expected they would do and was blown away when he found out what they had done. If he had been in their boots he would have been in the black and waited out the fire……

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 10, 2013 at 5:56 pm

          As for BR Supt… I am seeing a fellow who
          basically spent almost ALL his time that day
          literally “pulling other people’s cookies out of
          the fire” and saving OTHER people’s lives…
          including the attempt you just quoted.

          He may have botched that specific conversation
          with Marsh but remember… Blue Ridge was
          ‘late’ that morning and they were NOT there
          for the same 7:00 AM incident briefing ( or lack
          thereof ) that was delivered to Marsh ( but not
          Steed ).

          BR Supt had NO IDEA someone had just pointed
          to some Google Map on an iPhone at 7:00 AM
          and told Marsh some ‘ranch’ to the south was
          ‘bomb proof’. He had no idea what Marsh was
          referring to… and Marsh wasn’t being
          clear in the first place.

          BR Supt was simply trying to make the best
          sense out of Marsh’s terse statement that
          he could… but you can still hear him doing what
          he ended up doing all day…

          …trying to make sure people were safe.

          If there isn’t a ‘medal of honor’ for wildland
          firefighters I think it should be specifically
          initiated now… and awarded to BR Supt
          for his actions ‘above and beyond the call
          of duty’ that day.

          Reply
      • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

        November 10, 2013 at 8:17 pm

        I agree, I also think he deserves a medal, but sadly enough, he, along with many others, are going to be tomented about that day for the rest of their lives, wondering what else they could have done.

        Reply
    • Gary Olson says

      November 11, 2013 at 11:40 pm

      Bob…I believe you are 100 per cent correct with your comments regarding how wrong it is to “assume” things. I will also be the first one to admit that a lot of my comments, starting with the first ones I made to John Dougherty, were driven by emotion and gut feelings…not facts.

      I am to emotionally connected to this event even though I did not personally know any of the GMHS, to be completely objective and professional. I’m very grateful there are others who are involved in this effort who are.

      Reply
      • Bob Powers says

        November 12, 2013 at 8:47 am

        Gary first thank you for all your comments. It is at times hard for me to not get emotionally involved an I have tried hard not to. The memorial for Granit Mountain HS July 9th was the date of the Rattle Snake fire fatalities in1953 which took my father and helped create the 10 and 13. That has made me feel very connected to this fire. I am hoping in the end there will be a renewed training in the 10 and 18. Also answers we can live with and move on.

        Reply
        • Gary Olson says

          November 13, 2013 at 12:59 am

          I am sorry for the loss of your father. And I can certainly understand why it is so hard for you not to get emotionally involved in this incident.

          Reply
  289. RJ says

    November 10, 2013 at 12:08 pm

    I agree with Gary Olsen; the crew was ordered to move.

    In the August 21 article, John Dougherty states that Willis says he had no contact with the GM crew Here’s the quote.

    Willis, Marsh’s direct supervisor, states in an e-mail that he had no contact with Marsh or Granite Mountain captain Jesse Steed on June 30. Willis states he was overseeing structural protection in Peeples Valley.

    In the accident report Willis page 24 is seen directing the action of the Blue Mountain crew and the dozer on the South side of fire in the vicinity of Sesame Road and the Shrine Road.

    Am I wrong , or did Chief Willis misstate his actions ?

    Reply
    • Rod Wrench says

      November 17, 2013 at 11:27 am

      Okay guys, if the crew was ordered to move, why did Marsh tag along? He was the Division Supervisor & Steed was the acting crew superintendent. Division Supervisors do not or are not to leave their division until officially relieved. Was Division A officially abandoned by the IC? Was the Boulder Springs Ranch in Div A or in the Structural Division? Was Marsh officially relieved to rejoin the crew? What other resources were under Marsh on Division A? Did Marsh abandon his Division to go out with the crew? Where & when did Marsh rejoin the crew? Did Marsh or Steed make the fatal decision to go into the green, regardless if they were ordered off the line or not? I believe more then the 10 & 18 rules were broken here by the crews overhead, the command structure was compromised.

      Reply
  290. Anonymous says

    November 9, 2013 at 9:40 pm

    I have been following this blog for a while and have found it quite interesting. It is good that there are people who care enough to evaluate the ‘officially released information but will also strive to retrieve the additional ‘puzzle pieces and attempt to put this tragic puzzle all together. The members of Granite Mountain 19 would thank you for your genuine and sincere efforts to solve this tragedy if they were here.
    I have been a wildland firefighter my whole life and have 34 years in this profession. I am currently a division supe. on a type 2 IMT Team. Regarding the question of cell phones on wildfire incidents I can assure you that cell phones are constantly used on wildfire by overhead fire management and fire resources. This form of communication is actually preferred by fire overhead as it provides a sense of privacy to the conversation. Usually, all resources reporting to a fire incident are requested to provide their contact cell numbers. With fire management, we have our personal cell phones and also our IMT Team government provided cell phones. Both of these cell numbers are shared among team members. Also some IMT Teams use unassigned ‘squirrel radio channels particularly if cell signals are weak. Some IMT Teams (usually Type 1’s) will also have a portable mini cell phone booster tower erected at ICP. I believe the opportunity to look at the cell phone records of fire management and Granite Mountain on this fire would probably answer a lot of currently unanswered questions. The fact that the SAIT team did not discuss that in their SAIR is disturbing. Type 1 ‘shot crews are well known for following agency safety procedural on fires. They generally have better physical conditioning and superior knowledge of fire behavior then the standard type 2 fire crews. Granite Mountain has a history of excelling as a Type 1 crew. One thing that all fire resources are taught repeatedly in training every year is to follow the directions of superiors. In July I initially thought Granite Mountain was not aware of the current fire behavior. As it turns out, they did know of the high to extreme fire behavior that was beginning to occur PRIOR to their entrapment. That is the trigger point when Type 1 crews adamantly follow their training, UNLESS they were ordered to follow directives from their superiors. If Granite Mountain had a history of being out of shape, undisciplined, and inexperienced (and they do not!) this discussion about Granite Mountain making a poor decision might be a posibility. I will say that some (not all) fire management teams do not consistently follow LCES and the 10/ 18 fire orders. I believe they find these policies sometimes cumbersome and get in the way of fighting fire. This mind set can sometimes be involved while making strategic decisions while on a fire. The result is our fire resources that are assigned to our fire overhead teams can ‘reap the unfortunate consequences. Unfortunately, most public agencies have adopted a ‘risk and liability adverse mindset and are not often willing to be held accountable. We recently had a faller on a fire that was struck and killed by a falling tree that that had been previously cut on by another USFS crew. The SAIT Team did not bother to disclose this specific information in the official SAIR. Instead the finding was “the faller was in the wrong place at the wrong time, it was not avoidable”.
    Until we begin to hold decision makers (including fire overhead teams) personally and publicly accountable, for their decisions that do not follow agency policy or common logic we will continue to have a senseless loss of life. There is no house and no forest that is worth giving a life for, these values have been burning long before we were born and will continue to burn long after we are all gone. To maintain accountability for these decision makers I believe it is important to have blogs such as this one and to communicate with the media and local representatives including congressmen. I have to remain anonymous as I am currently suspended from my position for speaking out about the lack of safety on some fire IMT Teams.
    I have forwarded a link of this blog to the Arizona OSHA investigation team as you ‘guys have really done yours (and a lot of other people’s) homework.

    Reply
  291. The Truth May Always Remain Elusive says

    November 9, 2013 at 8:42 pm

    Please indulge me a bit here, but I have changed my handle to “The Truth May Always Remain Elusive”.

    When I first showed-up here, I was looking for a place to get a couple of things off my chest, and perhaps pickup a few tid-bits of fresh info as well. Most of the places out in web-land were pussy-footing around the real issues and didn’t want to allow serious discussion. My intent was to get in, read a bit, post , and then, probably just move-on. But I found something significant happening here, and needed to stick around a bit and perhaps learn something.

    I grabbed a handle out of thin air, truly believing that with all the stone-walling that had gone on, both, with the report, and with all of the interviews, that the truth will always be elusive, so I used that handle.

    Please consider it a compliment to everyone’s research and commentary that I don’t believe that anymore, and it’s EXTREMELY hard for me to have that old handle at the top of every post when I don’t believe it. So I’m hoping none of you take issue with my slightly altered handle and newfound hope that the truth will prevail!

    Reply
  292. Robert the Second says

    November 9, 2013 at 8:00 pm

    After a brief respite, I am coming back into the discussion here. There is some great analysis and discussion going on here so please keep it up. Keep digging for ‘the truth’ because the SAIR certainly didn’t do it. To make the ridiculous conclusion that there were “no violations of policy or protocol” is pure feculence! So, let me see if I have this right – they did everything right, yet 19 firefighters died? That’s not possible. There were major violations of the Firefighting Rules that resulted in their deaths. Things didn’t ‘just happen” as some have said.

    I worked for Bob Powers on the Oak Grove Hot Shots and with Gary Olsen on numerous fires. These men are ‘old school’ firemen, and I am glad to see you all taking that into consideration.

    I think that there are some points of clarification to be made here, and they are not in any particular order. First off, LCES was stressed at the 0700 briefing as it should have been and as it is at every briefing as ‘leader’s intent.’ This is also stress at every Crew briefing and/or Divison breakout. None of those components would have or should have been established at that meeting based on a Google Earth map viewing. I never did that and never would do that. Those are established once one gets on site, and on the fireline. Moreover, these components are continually changing and must be re-evaluated as one moves throughout the shift, especially Escape Routes (ER) and Safety Zones (SZ).

    Once again, it is the responsibility of the firefighter first, then the fireline supervisor to determine LCES out on the fireline. Steed should have personally, or with scouts, known the various ER’s at his disposal out on the fireline. Marsh should have as well but would have ubderstood that Steed would/should take care of that. In fact, the 2-track ridge road does lead to ‘The Ranch’ and would have been a viable alternative ER. In addition, it’s been suggested that a Safety Officer on site may have helped and made a difference. Maybe so, but once again, it is the responsibility of the firefighter and fireline supervisor for their own and/or Crew safety. One should not ‘be safe’ because a Safety Officer is present, but because it’s the right thing to do.

    Next, Marsh was delegated as the Division Supervisor (DIVS) for the day. That is very common in Type 3 incidents which this was at the time. By extension, Jesse Steed became the Acting Superintendent of the Granite Mountain Hot Shots (GMHS). These men were professionals and clearly understood that distinction, which included their distinct responsibilities and duties, their radio call signs,and the like. They were following their respective roles. And let there be no confusion here on the supposed radio transmission confusion. When “someone” answered the radio as GMHS, it was Steed and likewise with DIV. A.

    The attempt to contact OPS1 by radio and failure to do so was not a big deal, and actually fairly common, especially in the chaos that was ensuing at the time. The OPS1 was not out on the fireline with the GMHS, so it was not his responsibility to be their problem solver. It was the GMHS responsibility to solve their own problems and issues.

    As far as Marsh ‘playing’ DIV A, it is clear to me that he was adequately performing the task. Remember, he was not ‘playing’ DIVS, he was delegated into that role as was Steed by policy and protocol. Therefore, he is NOT supposed to be with the GMHS or supervising them or anything of the sort. Both Marsh and Steed stepped into separate and distinct roles, with separate and distinct roles with each accomplishing different tasks. They each inderstood that. When I was in those same situations as a DIVS, I left the supervison of my Crew to my Foreman or assisitant. That’s just the way it’s done.

    Clearly, GMHS was in a perfectly good SZ for most of the day. There was no good reason to leave, especially at the time they did. They were in ‘good black’ and this was understood by the OPS Chiefs and Blue Ridge Hot Shots (BRHS). It made NO sense for them to leave with the intensity of the fire behavior at the time and what was expected based on the weather forecasts. The only thing that kind of makes sense to me is that they were going to ‘reengage.’ And this is only because I somewhat understand the Structure/Wildland attitude. But I’m not a Structure/Wildland fireman, and I don’t think that way, especially when landowners don’t do anything to mitigate and Firewise their property. And especially under those current and expected fire behavior conditions.

    In a media conference at the fatality site, Wildland Chief Willis stated something to the effect that, ‘no wildland firefifighter is satisfied sitting in the black doing nothing while the fire progresses below them.’ Really? This wildland firefighter is perfectly content doing that. Evidently, it made sense to them possibly based on Willis’ same comments to them at an earlier time. I’m not convinced that Marsh was directed to do go down there though. I know you’ve thought about this – these men had direct access to all the social medias, were probably scanning all the channels, felt they were wasting time doing nothing in their perfectly good SZ, and the like – so they opted to go down there to ‘do something’ to help.

    Spend some time reviewing the short GMHS video clip from their SZ of the active fire down below. This is clearly Marsh and Steed talking to eachother, so Marsh is away from the Crew. After Marsh makes the statement about his ‘comfort level’ you will hear one of the GMHS say something to the effect of ‘I/we haven’t been comfortsable all day …’ Really? You’re in a perfectly good SZ – the black – and you’re not comfortable?

    Fire shelters? If you have deployed your fire shelter, someone has messed up. It’s that simple. And as far as tracking devices and all this techno-talk goes, radios (and now cell phones) are sufficient to comply with Fire order number 7. It’s how one choses to utilize these devices and apply that Fire Order that makes the difference.

    Hopefully, I have added value to your thread here.

    Reply
  293. Gary Olson says

    November 9, 2013 at 6:45 pm

    Hi Dylan, please let me try this again. I am sorry for your loss and the loss of everyone who loved the Granite Mountain Hotshots. That being said, something went horribly wrong, 19 men are dead, an entire hotshot crew, something that has never happened in the history of wildland firefighting. You have to go back to the Idaho Fires of 1910 to find something comparable in terms of lives lost, and those men weren’t from an elite hotshot crew.
    The fire did exactly what it was predicted to do, exactly when it was predicted to do it. And for the sake of argument, let’s leave the possibility that God had a different plan for these 19 men out of it and assume God’s plan was really for all of the Granite Mountain Hotshots to live happy and full lives with those who loved them.
    That pretty much leaves something went horribly wrong with the Granite Mountain Hotshots collectively, specifically Eric Marsh and Jesse Steed, or something went horribly wrong with “them.” In this case the them is the State of Arizona, State Forestry Division and the City of Prescott, Prescott Fire Department. I choose them.
    I don’t even blame the State Forestry Division and how they managed and ramped up the fire. I blame the Arizona State Legislature for how they have historically funded the State Forestry Division. In addition, I will also say that from my experience, all states have similar restrictions and budgetary constraints.
    I guess that easy for me to say, I spent all of my time ramping up federal fires from a management perspective. Not wasting money on unnecessary expenditures was always a priority, but it was never the first priority. Other things like fire fighter safety, efficiency and meeting management objectives (sometimes that meant let the fire burn) came before saving money. I do not want anything I have said to be a direct criticism of the on-the-ground State Forestry Division management or fire fighters either, they are just trying to do the best job they can and play the hand the Arizona State Legislature deals them.
    That finally brings me to the City of Prescott and the Prescott Fire Department. I didn’t start out blaming them in the beginning. I learned to do that after listening to all of the comments that have been made since June 30, 2013, and everything that has been revealed since that time regarding how the crew was funded and managed by the City of Prescott.
    I know the Granite Mountain Hotshots were a top notch crew and you have every right to be proud to have worked on that crew. I paid for my son to attend the Arizona Wildfire Academy to get his wildland firefighting training. I wanted my son to be on the Granite Mountain Hotshots last year. I wanted him to be on the Granite Mountain Hotshots this year. I am am deeply sorry for your loss.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 10, 2013 at 3:23 am

      >> Mr. Olson wrote…
      >> The fire did exactly what it was predicted to do,
      >> exactly when it was predicted to do it.

      It most certainly did.

      Even Tex Gilligan ( the civilian hiker ) who was right up there
      on the same exact ridge where GM was working that day
      took one look at the wind changing and the fire starting to
      ‘run’ as early as 2:00 PM and he knew it was ALREADY
      time to ( in his own words ) “get the hell out of there”.

      Tex had no radio… no cell phone… no ongoing National
      Weather Service weather updates… no air support…
      no lookouts… no years of training at fire schools…
      no morning incident briefing(s)… no SPGS1… no OPS1…
      no DIVS Z… no BR Supt… no 20th crew member in a safe
      location on the other side of the fire to stay in constant
      contact with… no FBAN fire behavior analysis officers…
      no multi-million dollar support network to rely on…

      …and he knew when it was time to just ‘be safe’ and
      get the heck out of there…

      …and he made it out of that 106 degree killing zone alive.

      I only wish to God he had accidentally mentioned to Marsh
      and/or Steed ( on one of the three occasions he saw them )…

      “Hey… you know that this ridge road heads south and
      curls all the way around on the high ground to that
      ranch… RIGHT?”

      Reply
  294. calvin says

    November 9, 2013 at 1:08 pm

    Has any one here seen Investigative Maedia article November 7?? Yavapai County Sheriff’s Office report describes Granite Mountain deployment site. If so I would love to hear your thoughts?? Is this newly released (I think) or has it been available? WTKTT… it is hard to keep up with you, I appreciate all the time you and effort you are providing. Mr. Olson, it has a hold on me also.
    Mr. Powers, I think we are going to learn why almost all the rules were broken

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 10, 2013 at 2:42 am

      >> calvin wrote…
      >> WTKTT… it is hard to keep up with you

      My apologies. I have been told by more than one person
      that I’m the kind of fella who, if you ask me what time
      it is… I will tell you how to build a watch.

      I’ll try to keep the watch-building to a minimum.

      >> calvin also wrote…
      >> Has any one here seen Investigative Media article
      >> November 7??

      You damn betcha.

      I’ll probably be referring to it a lot in the next few days
      but my initial impressions/comments are…

      * The YCSO is and has been totally professional
      here and doing their job. We are finally seeing some
      proof of the kind of professional ( and crucial ) ‘chain of
      evidence’ and ‘chain of possession’ documentation that
      one would expect to find in an incident like this.

      * The police report answers some pretty crucial questions
      but ( like everything else with this incident? ) it raises
      even more questions. Example: There is absolutely
      NO MENTION of any ‘Canon Sureshot’ camera that
      belonged to MacKenzie… but they DID get data off
      his ‘Smartphone’. WTF?

      * At least SIX cellphone/smartphones were recovered.

      The list is below.

      The 3 digit number on the left is the YCSO ‘evidence number’
      they assigned to the device. If the police had associated a
      device with an owner by the date of this report ( July 17 )
      then it was listed… otherwise owner is a ? question mark.

      Cellebrite is the standard software used by a lot of
      law enforcement agencies to ‘scrape’ smartphones
      and pull all the data off… but in order to use that
      software the phone has to still ‘turn on’. More about
      that below.

      401 Owner unknown as of 07/19/13
      ( Unable to Cellebrite due to condition – won’t turn on )

      405 Owner unknown as of 07/19/13
      ( Unable to Cellebrite due to condition – won’t turn on )

      326 Christopher MacKenzie
      ( Operational on first examination and fully scraped
      with Cellebrite software on first attempt. YCSO made
      a copy of contents and delivered original scrape to SAIR
      investigation team )

      327 Robert Caldwell – Apple iPhone
      ( Operational but Password protected. Apple contacted. )

      324 Clayton Whitted – Apple iPhone ( Melted to a backpack )
      ( Operational but Password protected. Apple contacted. )
      Found in final comb-thru on-site. Picked up by police investigator
      from someone at the Prescott Fire Department on 07/10/13.

      320 Eric Marsh? Smartphone?
      Removed prematurely from shelter bag 305 at
      the Medical Examiner’s (ME’s) office by someone
      from the Prescott Fire Department on 07/10/13
      and never submitted to police for examination.
      Whereabouts still unknown at this time.

      NOTE: BOTH of the iPhones recovered appear to
      still turn on and work fine… they just can’t use
      the Cellibrite software on them because they are password
      protected. Report says they have put in the standard
      Apple password-break requests using the IME
      mobile device number(s)… but that could be a
      worm hole. There are THOUSANDS of requests like this
      being submitted to Apple EVERY DAY from law enforcement
      agencies all over the country. Take a number. Get in line.

      * They DID treat the ‘cellphone/smartphones’ with all
      the correct investigative importance that they SHOULD
      be given in case like this… but there’s also proof positive
      now that they have let this crucial sector of the evidence
      sort of ‘get away from them’. They don’t even know where
      the missing smartphone that someone from the Prescott
      Fire Department walked away with is at this time… and
      they never got a chance to try and ‘scrape’ it.

      * I want to know WHO walked off with what appears
      to be Eric Marsh’s cell phone WITHOUT letting the
      YCSO police investigator even have a chance to
      look at it. The report says it was ‘someone from
      the Prescott Fire Department’. Was that Chief Willis?
      If it wasn’t Willis… who else could it have been?
      It was taken right out of one of the ‘shelter bags’
      in the ME’s office.

      * Glad to hear that YCSO had the ‘Cellebrite’ Mobile
      device data extraction software available to them.
      It’s good stuff. Cellebrite is a known (good) product that a
      lot of law enforcement agencies use for ‘scraping’ a
      cellphone or smartphone. If they use the basic UME version
      of the software it would have missed items that were still
      present on the device but deleted by the user.
      It they used the more advanced UFED version… then they
      got everything and would also be able to decrypt most
      encrypted data found on the device.
      MacKenzie’s smartphone appears to be the only one
      ( of SIX smartphones recovered ) that was still able
      to ‘turn on’ so they were able to extract MacKenzie’s
      data right at YCSO without having to send it to ACTIC
      for motherboard extraction techniques ).
      They ( Cellebrite company ) has a Wikipedia page
      which tells you a lot about this company and their products.
      A quote from Cellebrite’s own Wikipedia page…
      “While there are several different products that can acquire data
      from cell phones, Cellebrite UFED units are often preferred by
      law enforcement agencies, as the units are self-contained and
      fairly simple to operate.”
      I hope YCSO had this UFED version. That means they got
      EVERYTHING off MacKenzie’s smartphone… deleted images
      and/or videos and/or voicemails/emails… EVERYTHING.

      * I want to know what has happened to the smartphones
      that simply wouldn’t still ‘turn on’ and so were given to ACTIC.
      ( Arizona Arizona Counter Terrorism Information Center )
      ACTIC is under the direct oversight of AZDOSH
      ( Arizona Department of Homeland Security )
      I can assure you… these fellas have the same stuff
      the NSA has. I can also assure you… these other phones
      could be nothing but melted piles of plastic and they will
      still be able to get data off them. That’s why they make
      the BIG bucks ( Your tax dollars at work ).

      * There is NO MENTION of a ‘Canon Sureshot’ camera
      belonging to Christopher MacKenzie. The ‘Daily Courier’
      says that’s where the published photos and videos came
      from… but this police report says it was MacKenzie’s
      Smartphone that was ‘recovered’ and ‘scraped’ and
      the contents given to SAIR team. Was there really
      a Canon Sureshot ( the one that was handed to
      Mike MacKenzie? ) and the police report is now
      referring to ADDITIONAL MacKenzie data that was
      ALSO found and given to the SAIR?
      Mike MacKenzie has been quoted as saying…
      “I was surprised to get my son’s camera back since
      they are still holding onto his phone.”
      So is this proof that there is even MORE data ( and
      more videos with sound? ) available from MacKenzie’s
      smartphone in addition to the publicly released stuff
      that (supposedly) from his camera? I hope so.

      * Just today… on this thread… the ‘chain of possession’
      on the radios recovered from the site became important.
      Nice to see that is documented in this police investigator’s
      report. The only disappointing part is that, like some of
      this other evidence, it was released to the Arizona State
      Forestry Commission and the SAIR team before being
      fully examined. Not to worry, I guess… just one public
      service company passing off to another and all of this
      should still be traceable and discoverable with FOIA requests.
      I still want to know what TRANSMIT channels each one
      was set to when they were found on the site.

      * Interesting to learn that FARO was used to photo-document
      the deployment site and the body positions both BEFORE
      and AFTER the tarps that were placed on the bodies by
      people from the Prescott Fire Department ( Willis again? )
      were removed. FARO is an amazing 3D photography tool
      that produces digital images on disks.

      * Also interesting to learn the GPS system the investigators
      used has an accuracy of feet and not just yards like
      vanilla commercial GPS. That means the YCSO has
      a pretty good budget backing them up and they like
      to do things RIGHT.

      * Last but not least regarding this police report ( for now,
      anyway ) there is official confirmation that the state-run
      Arizona OSHA ( AOSHA ) has only assigned two investigators
      to this incident and their names are…

      Bruce Hanna and Brett Steurer.

      Here is the exact point in the YCSO police report where
      they are named…

      >> On Tuesday, July 16, 2013…
      >> YCSO Detective J McDormett wrote…
      >>
      >> On 07/10/13 Bruce Hanna and Brett Steurer of
      >> OSHA came to the office and asked for me.
      >> They had been given my contact information.
      >> They said they were conducting their own separate
      >> investigation into the incident. They asked to eventually
      >> go to the scene once they had an “expert” in place.
      >> They asked to view the shelters, photos and reports.
      >> I contacted Lt. Boelts who said it would be OK to give
      >> them (what we have) providing they provide us with the
      >> request on a letterhead. I had them direct the letter to
      >> Lt. Boelts as I would be away for a couple weeks.
      >> I gave them Lt. Boelts contact information. I gave them
      >> my card. They gave me their cards and a pamphlet
      >> showing the laws that gave them the authorization to
      >> ask for these things. I gave copies of these items
      >> to Lt. Boelts. We are awaiting the letter before taking
      >> any further action.

      Actually… the two AOSHA investigators surfaced publicly
      about two months ago over on a Wildfire Today forum.

      AOSHA had gotten with the civilian hikers Tex Gilligan
      and Joy Collura who were the last ones to see the
      GM crew alive and went up into the Weaver mountains
      with them to ‘time’ some things. Tex posted about
      this and publicly named the two AOSHA investigators…

      >> Tex Gilligan ( on September 29, 2013 at 6:52 pm ) said…
      >> By the way, OSHA actually timed the walk
      >> in the black with us from the saddle where
      >> they dropped down to the spot of demise.
      >> It took a Marathon Runner Brett Steuter 22
      >> minutes just to get to the spot they perished.
      >> That was with no manzanita to fight. Joy took
      >> 33 minutes, and I was just ahead of Brett by
      >> a couple minutes. Joy was with Bruce Hanna
      >> the other OSHA official. Bruce fell and that was
      >> easy to do since that grade was above 60%.

      I would say that this indicates that AOSHA is at least
      TRYING to do a good job with their investigation… but
      in all honesty… my hopes are not high. If you go over
      to the AOSHA site and look up Mr. Hanna and Mr. Steurer
      I wouldn’t exactly call them the ‘A’ team over that at AOSHA.

      Example: Mr. Hanna’s area of expertise is, apparently,
      ‘industrial hygienics’.

      Willing to give AOSHA the benefit of the doubt, however,
      and remain optimistic about the job they will do here.

      Reply
      • calvin says

        November 10, 2013 at 6:10 am

        The very first paragraph of the Narrative in the YCSO report is very telling. Det. J. McDormett states he was asked to be in Yarnell at 0700. Then he was contacted at 0410 and asked to get there ASAP. I think we all know why this occurred, and it is not because daylight came earlier on July 1. A good friend of mine that is ex Military Police stated that he was guarding a military plane crash and everyone guarding the crash took home a piece of “memorabilia.” We are all human and our actions are very predictable.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 10, 2013 at 3:42 pm

          That was the first thing that jumped out at me
          as well. As you continue to read the report you
          discover that when he got there… he was already
          under a lot of pressure to ‘do whatever it is you
          have to do’ because everyone was all about
          ‘removing the bodies’ and all the plans were
          already in place for this ‘respectful’ removal
          process with flags on body bags and honor
          guards and escorts and everything else.

          I do NOT, however, get any impression that
          all of that had any real influence on these
          YCSO professionals doing their job.

          It sounds from the report like it ( site inspection
          and evidence retrieval ) was done with
          complete professionalism.

          They missed a few things. That’s obvious
          ( like the cell phone that was melted to the
          underside of one of the loose packs )…

          …but all in all… I think all the crucial evidence
          made it into police hands and didn’t just
          ‘walk away’ from that site.

          Reply
      • The Truth May Always Remain Elusive says

        November 10, 2013 at 10:03 am

        I’m certainly missing something here. I’ve read the Nov 7 IM posting of the YCSO report 3 times and I can’t find ANY reference to the removal of Eric Marsh’s cell phone from the ME’s office.

        Also, with the question mark listed after his name, was this finally confirmed to actually be his phone?

        Reply
      • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

        November 10, 2013 at 10:34 am

        Oops. I tried to change one of the words in my handle (TTWARE), and now my comment about that, and another comment are hung up in moderation. So I’ll go back to the old one and see if it still works.

        My comment regarding the WTKTT’s post above was; I’m obviously missing something here. I have read the Nov 7th IM posting of the YCSO report 3 times, and I still can’t find any reference to someone taking Eric Marsh’s phone
        from the ME’s office.

        Also, because there is a question mark after his name, was this subsequently possitively id’d as belonging to him?

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 10, 2013 at 3:27 pm

          I went back and examined the police report
          carefully and it looks like the phone that
          was left behind at the ME’s office DID,
          in fact, eventually make it all the way
          ‘into evidence’ after all.

          ** THE SHORT STORY

          The detectives did, in fact, miss one of the
          phones that was hiding in a shelter bag not
          associated with a firefighter… and it remained
          behind at the medical examiner’s office…
          only to be discovered later by ( and enter the
          possession of ) the state investigators…
          with them being responsible for distributing
          ‘personal effects’.

          However… that ‘lost phone’ DID, in fact,
          eventually end up with the ones that were
          submitted by the detectives to ACTIC
          ( Arizona Counter Terrorism Information Center )
          for data retrieval.

          ** THE LONG STORY

          When they were first ‘on scene’ at the incident,
          and found that some of the firefighters were
          in their shelters but some were not, they
          decided to leave the ones that were in shelters
          in their shelters for transport to the medical
          examiner’s office… including any personal
          effects that might be ‘attached to the man
          or in the shelter’.

          >> From the YCSO police investigator’s report…
          >>
          >> It was decided that any shelters in which
          >> a firefighter was obviously in would be
          >> sent to the medical examiner’s office along
          >> with the body. In these cases the bodies
          >> were not separated from the shelter.
          >> Any personal belongings or other items
          >> attached to the man or the shelter were
          >> also sent to the ME. This was done to
          >> keep personal belongings, to as great a
          >> degree as possible, with the individual for
          >> identification and for eventual release of
          >> personal property to family.
          >> Shelters (that did not contain a firefighter),
          >> radios, firefighting equipment, and any items
          >> that could not be readily associated with
          >> any particular decedent were left at the scene
          >> at this point. One of the reasons behind this
          >> was that the state investigative team
          >> wanted those items left behind so they could
          >> conduct their investigation at a later time.

          So… if a cellphone/smartphone belonged to a
          man that was already inside a shelter… then
          it stayed with the body for transport to the
          ME’s office. If a cellphone/smartphone was
          outside a shelter or lying on the ground… it
          was left there exactly where it was at the site
          for the state investigators to find.

          They also ‘numbered’ the bodies on-site which
          would eventually be matched up with another
          official number assigned by the medical
          examiner’s office as they arrived there…

          >> YCSO report…
          >> What follows is an accounting of the
          >> numbers assigned to the decedents
          >> while on the hill, the Maricopa Medical
          >> Examiner number, and the name of the
          >> firefighter associated with each:
          >>
          >> #1/13-04442/ Wade Parker
          >> #2/13-04425/ Sean Misner
          >> #3/13-04443/ Travis Turbyfill
          >> #4/13-04428/ Kevin Justin Woyjeck
          >> #5/13-04427/Clayton Whitted
          >> #6/13-04426/ Christopher MacKenzie
          >> #7/13-04431/ Dustin DeFord
          >> #8/13-04430/ William Warneke
          >> #9/13-04435/ Eric Marsh
          >> #10/13-04429/ John Percin Jr
          >> #11/13-04434/ Andrew Ashcraft
          >> #12/13-04433/ Travis Carter
          >> #13/13-04438/ Anthony Rose
          >> #14/13-04432/ Joe Thurston
          >> #15/13-04436/ Jesse Steed
          >> #16/13-04437/ Grant McKee
          >> #17/13-04441/ Scott Norris
          >> #18/13-04440/ Garret Zuppiger
          >> #19/13-04439/ Robert Caldwell

          After the autopsies were performed, the
          personal effects of the men who had been
          fully inside their shelters were put into
          separate ‘body bags’ apart from
          the original one used to transport the body,
          and those bags were THEN taken to the
          YCSO evidence unit…

          >> YCSO report… ( July 2, 2013 )…
          >> Personal property and shelters were
          >> separated (from the bodies) into a
          >> corresponding body bag and were
          >> transported to the YCSO evidence unit.

          However… they missed a few things at
          this time… and those things were NOT
          ‘transported to the YCSO evidence unit.

          They missed any ‘personal effects’ that
          might have been hidden inside a loose
          shelter that was NOT associated with
          any particular firefighter. Those items
          remained there at the ME’s office.

          I’ll get back to that in a minute.

          The detective(s) didn’t get around to opening
          these other ‘body bags’ with the personal
          effects in them until 2 days later on
          July 4 ( Independence day, 2013 )…

          >> YCSO report…
          >> On 07/04/13 Lt. Boelts, ET John File, and
          >> I went through the body bags that were
          >> used by the medical examiner’s office to
          >> place the items collected from the decedents.
          >> Please note that these body bags were not
          >> the body bags that the remains had been
          >> transported in. Inside each body bag was
          >> a separate plastic bag (or bags) that contained
          >> the personal property of the fire fighter.
          >> These items were photographed and
          >> repackaged for presentation to the fire
          >> department. The fire department would
          >> eventually be giving these items to the
          >> families.
          >>
          >> The only items that were separated from
          >> the personal belongings were cell phones.
          >> Data down loads will be attempted for the
          >> state investigators and the phones will
          >> then be returned to the fire department and
          >> eventually the families.
          >>
          >> Note that Lt. Boelts created a spreadsheet
          >> articulating what personal property was
          >> located in each bag with corresponding
          >> name, YCSO number (1-19) and medical
          >> examiner case number.

          So at this point… other than the one additional
          cellphone that would turn up back at the site
          on a final cleanup pass in a day or two and
          wasn’t initially discovered because it had
          melted to the underside of a backpack…

          The detectives thought they had ALL the
          cellphones/smartphones from either the
          ones found on the ground at the site, outside
          of shelters, or the ones that had traveled
          with a sheltered body to the ME’s office.

          At this point… they still haven’t realized that
          one of the phones that traveled with one of
          the bodies from the site was NOT removed
          from the ME’s office and remained back there.

          What they FORGOT to do back at the ME’s
          office was check the shelters that had been
          transported there ( that did NOT have a body
          in them ) for ‘personal effects’. One of those
          had a phone in it… and they missed it.

          It wasn’t until 6 days later, on July 10, that they
          learned about this phone that had been left
          behind at the ME’s office…

          >> YCSO report…
          >> On 07/10/13 I went to evidence and I was
          >> told that the state investigators had
          >> removed some personal items from the
          >> shelters while they were inspecting them.
          >> The items were taken from the shelters that
          >> were collected at the scene on 7/3 and have
          >> not been associated with any fire fighter at
          >> this point. I assigned numbers to each item
          >> and photographed each item. I gave Lt. Boelts
          >> copies of the photos for possible identification
          >> purposes.
          >> A watch from shelter #304 was assigned #321.
          >> A knife from shelter 306 was assigned #323.
          >> From shelter #305 a cell phone (320)
          >> and a knife (322) were removed.
          >> It should be noted that we did not previously
          >> attempt to remove any items attached to
          >> the shelters as we left those items in place
          >> for the state investigators.

          So one of the personal items they ‘missed’
          was a phone that had been in a shelter that
          was not associated with a firefighter.

          It came from the (empty) shelter bag that had
          been assigned an evidence item number #305,
          and that newly discovered phone was then,
          in turn, given an evidence item number of 320.

          So what happened to that phone, then?

          They didn’t say at the point in the report
          and the assumption was that these just
          became part of the personal effects
          collected by state investigators ( since
          they are the ones who found them ) and
          they left the ME’s office at that point,
          without being subject to any other examination.

          But, as it turns out, that wasn’t the case with
          the PHONE that was found there.

          Here is the line that I MISSED in the report
          which comes a few paragraphs later…

          >> YCSO report…
          >> On 07/11/13 I dropped off phones
          >> #320, 324, 327, 401, and 405 to ACTIC.
          >> Analyst Roger Hoover took the items.
          >> Roger called me back later and said he
          >> could not bypass the password on 327.
          >> He was going to contact Apple. He asked
          >> if he could pry open the burnt phones to
          >> get to the motherboard of the phones as
          >> he may able to retrieve data in that manner.
          >> I told him data retrieval was important and
          >> to do what was necessary but while doing
          >> so I asked him to preserve the integrity
          >> of the phones as much as possible as these
          >> may be going back to the families. An ACTIC
          >> Examination Request Form was filled out
          >> and that form articulates what I asked ACTIC
          >> to do with the phones. A chain of custody
          >> form was also filled out.

          So here is the subtle point that I MISSED…

          >> On 07/11/13 I dropped off phones
          >> #320, 324, 327, 401, and 405 to ACTIC.

          Phone 320 is, in fact, on his list. I missed that.
          This means that even if the other items that
          were ‘missed’ in the shelter bags and left
          behind at the ME’s office were left in the hands
          of the state investigators who found them…

          …the detectives DID, in fact, take that missed
          phone ( evidence #320 ) away with them and
          include it with the ones being sent to ACTIC
          for data retrieval.

          So there were SIX phones recovered in the end
          and they ALL, apparently, entered the
          possession of the POLICE investigators and
          not just the State Investigators.

          Reply
  295. mike says

    November 9, 2013 at 8:56 am

    Hard as it is to follow at times, I have read this thread with great interest. The truth behind the actions Granite Mountain took may well lie in this discussion. One thing I have to ask. Much has been made of a possible commitment to structure protection. But then Mr. Olsen indicates they were requested/ordered to Yarnell possibly for that purpose AND to assist with evacuations. To me, those are 2 very different things. The second could mean assisting with saving lives. If that is what Granite Mountain thought they were doing (true or not), does that not make their decisions much more understandable? Would not many other firefighters in their shoes done the same thing? The willingness to accept risk does increase when lives are involved.

    If that is what occurred, then it should be known. The firefighters have been hung out to dry here. No the report did not directly blame them. But by saying we don’t understand their actions, but we don’t know what they were thinking so we can’t condemn, they really are condemning them. The only way Granite Mountain could have thought that lives might be at risk is if they were told that. And acknowledging that would mean identifying whoever told them. Is that why the report did not go down this route?

    Reply
    • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

      November 9, 2013 at 10:32 am

      With the current lack of information to support it, at this time I’m not ready to buy into the theory that they were ‘ordered’ to move to Yarnell. It seems to me based on the radio transcripts, that the decision came at a time when their lookout was being rescued and their buggies were in peril. That seems to me to provide more than enough motivation to get moving.

      Even if they were requested to come into town, when noting this forums significant discussions of their travel route, there was generally a safe way to get there, continuing down the two-track. That request by itself, would not necessarily have been improper, but COVERING IT UP would have been!

      It all boils down to why they stepped off the road, requested or not.

      Reply
      • Gary Olson says

        November 9, 2013 at 11:25 am

        OK, I broke another vow.

        I think they stepped off the road because they were ordered to get to the backside of town to help with structure protection and evacuations ASAP.

        I don’t think they left the black and a safe area to simply move to another safe area (the ranch) which is why I think they were heading to the backside of Yarnell and Glen llah and the ranch was just on the way.

        I agree they may not have known the road curled around, (especially Steed), but even if they did, highly motivated hotshots who are in top physical condition may very well view the drainage a short cut (since time was of the essence) even if did know they road went there or not even though bushwhacking could actually make the trip take more time than going the long away around on the road.

        I would like to know if it was possible to know from the ground before the burn off of the brush that the road curled around to the ranch.

        I also agree it is very significant that Marsh went in as GMHS crew boss and came out as DIV A, which goes to my earlier rant with John Dougherty that this situation was brought on by “going cheap” on the fire by the state which put fire fighters at risk.

        I also agree that there is nothing wrong with ordering the GMHS to town, unless you committed early on in statements that you did not communicate with them, in which case it’s not the act, it is covering it up. Regardless, I’m not suggesting it would be criminal, just problematic from a public relations, reputation, etc. point of view.

        I also agree that being told to go help with evacuations in addition to structure protection would have greatly increased the stress and sense of urgency on their part to hurry and get to the backside of Yarnell. This would be consistent with everything I have ever heard about the Granite Mountain Hotshots, that were in fact a top notch hotshot crew. Which is just one more reason why this horrific tragedy is so hard to understand and accept.

        I also agree that Marsh would not have taken Steed’s radio, he would have used his own radio but just taken over the conversation.

        I also agree with Mike that there is implied condemnation of the fire fighters, even though it is not specifically stated.

        Once again, there has been some impressive analysis by others in these comments.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 9, 2013 at 1:17 pm

          >> Gary Olson
          >> I would like to know if it was possible to
          >> know from the ground before the burn off
          >> of the brush that the road curled around
          >> to the ranch.

          Absolutely.

          The Google maps of Yarnell still haven’t
          been updated with new images even as
          of this moment… 5 months later.

          You can still see exactly what they SHOULD
          have seen during that 7:00 AM briefing back on
          June 30.

          I just timed myself. Only took 13 seconds.

          Just go to Google Maps
          Enter Yarnell, AZ
          Click Satellite mode
          Zoom down ONE TIME
          Whamo. There it is. Clear as day.
          Zoom down again just one more time
          and there is NO QUESTION that
          is how you get to the Boulder Springs Ranch
          from anywhere up on that western ridge.

          I still want to know if ANYONE bothered to
          take the same 13 seconds to save 19 lives
          during that 7:00 AM briefing.

          That’s less than 1 second per life.
          I think that would have been time well spent.

          I am ready to see/hear proof that it DID
          happen… and that those men left that
          meeting with FULL ‘LCES’ and not just ‘LCS’…

          …but so far I’m not seeing it.

          I think only the people who were actually in
          that room at 7:00 AM can shed more light on this.

          Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 9, 2013 at 1:21 pm

            Followup to last post…

            Mr. Olson… sorry if I misunderstood you.
            If what you meant was “Could they SEE
            from ground level where they were that
            the road curled around to the ranch…”

            The answer to that one is NO.

            It’s a little more complicated… but if
            you install the Google Earth plugins
            and do the same ‘Yarnell, AZ’ lookup
            on Google maps and then switch
            to 3D mode… you don’t even have
            to get to man-height level in 3D mode
            to see that at the point where they
            dropped off the road… you are BLIND
            as to where the rest of the road goes.

            At the point where they dropped off the
            road into the box canyon… it simply looks
            like that road heads due south from that
            point on and never heads east at all.

            The entire ‘curl around’ is hidden from
            view at that point because of the next
            ridge directly to the southeast.

            Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 9, 2013 at 5:16 pm

          Mr. Olson… in addition to my comments above
          about how it was NOT possible to see where
          that ridge road went from simply standing at
          the spot where Steed/Crew or Marsh/Steed/Crew
          decided to descend into the box canyon…

          I just noticed that the SAIR itself has accidentally
          included photographic PROOF of this.

          No need to go off and use ‘Google Earth’ yourself
          to prove it… the SAIR team has already done
          this for you ( accidentally ) and they even used
          ‘Google Earth’ themselves to do it.

          Look on page 79 of the (published) SAIR.

          They have included a 3D ‘Google Earth’ image
          of the box canyon and they are just using it
          to try and show ‘wind estimates’ in the canyon
          at the time of the burnover.

          Look at the top of the ‘Google Earth’ photo
          on that page (79).

          You can clearly see the ridge road they were
          on and the spot where GM decided to leave
          the road and slip down that drainage area
          into the canyon (top right in photo).

          You can also clearly see in this 3D photo
          that it would have been impossible to
          visually SEE from that ‘drop down’ point
          where that road really was going and that it
          actually headed due east to the ranch if you
          simply stayed on it for a few more minutes.

          There is a ‘high ridge’ directly ahead on the
          road as you move due south ( blocking the
          view in the distance ) and if you look on the
          left side of the map you will see those
          southeast ridges totally obscuring the eastward
          leg of the road that leads directly to the
          Boulder Springs Ranch.

          That’s a little harder to see since that’s where
          the SAIR folks chose to overlay their windspeed
          legend… but if you squint… you CAN see the
          eastward leg of that road hidden behind the
          ridge(s).

          Bottom line: It was NOT possible to ‘see’ or
          ‘know’ that the ridge road curled around those
          ridges and ended up at the Boulder Springs
          Ranch from simply standing at the spot
          where GM decided to drop into the canyon.

          You would had to have KNOWN that’s where
          it went ( situational awareness ) and/or someone
          would have had to have SHOWN that to you
          during your incident briefing and the setting
          of your LCES parameters that day.

          Neither of those things happened.

          Marsh and Steed left their work briefing
          that morning with just LCS and no ‘E’.

          This is my belief, anyway.
          I am now seeking further proof.

          Reply
          • Gary Olson says

            November 9, 2013 at 10:09 pm

            Yes, I meant the latter, could the crew “see” it from the ground. Thanks for figuring that out.

            Reply
          • calvin says

            November 10, 2013 at 5:40 am

            P31 SAIR , They note Boulder Springs as an excellent safety zone using google maps on an iPad. I think your observation that Steed was not in the 0700 briefing is very probable and should be an assumed fact.. Therefore, we know if he wasn’t in there he didn’t see it, then. It is possible that they reviewed it later on an I phone or other device if WIFI available or possibly downloaded before leaving town. I think it is important to note that p17 SAIR states that escape routes will be into the black or back to the carriers. This occurs after a second reference to Boulder Springs as a “bomb proof” safety zone by SPGS1 (WILLIS?). The escape routes are identified during briefing between DIVA and Granite Mountain after GM had parked their buggies and hiked to DIV A truck.
            I think Boulder Springs Ranch was described accurately as a safe zone but there was NO safe way to get there (escape route). The photos/video by Matt Oss appear to show the fire coming over the ridge where the road being discussed was (I believe.) I think this is why Marsh and Steed did not identify it during their briefing. I cannot decide if Marsh was with GM when they dropped off the road into the unburned canyon. I certainly believe he was behind them as they started to move. I have bushwhacked through thick brush going up hill and downhill. It is definitely easier to navigate going downhill but It would be difficult to locate another person in that kind of thick brush with minimal visibility once you are in it. Which makes me question if they would leave the road and descend without DIV A. The path they chose was not an escape route, it was not their escape route. They changed plans at some point that day, WHY? I wonder what time they started dropping retardant on the south side of Weaver Mountains? I am talking about the line visible in Ashcraft, and Mackenzie photos. If the weather forecast did not predict the change in wind direction until 1402, why would you waste all the retardant on the wrong side of the mountain? There is photographic evidence that they witnessed the fire obliterating that slurry line and heading, without obstruction, to the south . At that point they were in a race against mother nature. I cannot understand why all 19 men laid down together and didn’t try to escape. Is there a precedent for this? These men were some of the fittest, most conditioned men on this planet. What could have influenced them that they were more likely to live by staying together and not choosing to run like hell! I think they were waiting for the 11,743 gallons of retardant. I have wrestled with the photo of the deployment site for a while and unable to understand how the fire entered from the southwest. The latest video footage show numerous fire whirls/ fire tornadoes. That seems to be an explanation but only my opinion.
            There has been a lot of conversation over the last week or so concerning the Yarnell hill fire. I believe the person or persons who have some of the information we all want to see and hear are monitoring this forum.. Please, come forward now! Every day has got to be hard for you and the truth cannot be kept a secret.

            Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 10, 2013 at 6:38 pm

            If any information that Steed SHOULD
            have received following that briefing
            was ever imparted to him by Marsh
            then probably only McDonough can
            answer that.

            Even if he didn’t know what they
            were doing in a huddle or something…
            if any ‘briefing from the newly
            appointed DIVS A to the newly
            appointed GM Supt had taken
            place… McDonough would have seen it.

            I don’t think GM had anything but
            smartphones with them. It would
            be interesting to finally see data
            dumps from the phones and determine
            if they even had Google maps
            installed… and if the application
            had ever been called up that day
            ( This is possible to do, by the way ).

            I just don’t think any of that happened.

            I think Marsh came out of that meeting,
            said “Gaggle up, boys!” ( that’s an exact
            quote from McDonough ), and off they went.

            Only later in the day would this complete
            lack of information exchange come
            into play.

            Maybe they stopped for a moment when
            the parked the trucks and maybe Marsh
            pointed south towards the ranch and said
            ‘that’s a bomb-proof place over there’…
            but I don’t think they spent anything but
            a few cursory seconds on that.

            McDonough would know. He has ( as far
            as I know ) not said ANYTHING about that
            particular moment at all.

            So off they went on the hike up to the ridge…
            with only LCS and no real ‘E’.

            When Steed’s complete ignorance of
            where their safety zone really was and
            BOTH Marsh and Steed’s complete
            ignorance that the ridge road would
            take them directly to it finally came into
            play… good men died.

            You are right to point out that the video from
            the Conress side shows the fire actually
            cresting over that entire bowl that afternoon…
            INCLUDING the route that would have been
            covered even if they were on the ‘ridge road’…

            …but at least they would have had the proper
            ‘eyes on the fire’ to even have the chance to
            save themselves that day.

            Even if they had taken the SAFE route to
            the ranch on that high road… the timing
            was such that they may have ended up
            with another life-or-death decision
            around 4:40 PM… and may have still
            ended up having to ‘drop packs and
            run’ south and up over the ridge and
            haul ass down on the Congress side…

            …but I wish they had had that option.

            They would probably still have had a
            harrowing ‘drop packs and run’ story
            to tell… but at least they would still
            be here to tell it.

            Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 9, 2013 at 5:29 pm

          Not trying to be verbose here… but I thought
          it important to point out that there is even
          ANOTHER photograph in the SAIR itself
          that proves they couldn’t have ‘seen’ where
          that ridge road actually went.

          It’s on page 77 of the SAIR.

          It’s also an actual ‘Google Earth’ 3D image.

          It also clearly shows the ‘high ridge’ that
          would have been just due south just ahead
          of their vantage point at the drop-down
          point ( obscuring where the road actually went ).

          This particular SAIR 3D photo even actually
          shows the Boulder Springs Ranch itself
          in the bottom left of the photo.

          Reply
      • Bob Powers says

        November 9, 2013 at 11:38 am

        Lets back up a minute. Marsh was with crew when he said to BR that they were moving thru the black. They would mean the crew. Forget the safety zone for a minute and consider the closest point they could go to be picked up by the crew carriers. The ranch looked close with road access. The highway was further away. Were they going to a safety zone or a pickup point. Would that explain why they did not double time it down the two track road to the ranch. I said awhile back that I thought they went down the canyon thinking it was a faster rout to the ranch. At this point that would have been a plausible consideration. If they truly were moving to reengage that would make sense. They did not plan on the fire doing what it did at the time they decided to move to the ranch. If they felt a threat they were at a safe area. The moved where they could be picked up not to a safety zone. Basic fire behavior beat them because they did not consider it as a factor. that’s my opinion based on the information.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 9, 2013 at 1:35 pm

          Mr. Powers… I’m not trying to be argumentative
          in any way… but I don’t think it’s an absolute
          given that we KNOW Marsh was ‘physically’
          with Steed/Crew when he told BR Supt “We
          are moving through the black”.

          There was a BIG ‘black’ up there… and Marsh
          is known from other evidence to have been
          playing ‘DIVS A’ and ‘scouting around’ almost
          the entire day.

          I have said in a previous post that I believe it’s
          perfectly possible that what Marsh meant
          is that BOTH he AND Steed/crew were now
          ‘picking their way through black’ but that
          does NOT mean they were actually physically
          TOGETHER while they were doing that.

          It’s possible.

          When the firefighter in the MacKenzie video
          makes his sarcastic remark following Marsh’s
          transmission of “…I could just feel it, ya know”
          and then spits on the ground in disgust… I
          take that to mean that he was expressing
          disdain for Marsh not having been physically
          with them pretty much ALL DAY… and still
          not even at that moment ( 4:02 PM ) when
          they were about to head south for the ranch.

          Marsh was NOT with them at 4:02. That’s
          a fact. He was on the radio with Steed.
          How far away was he, really, at that moment?
          We don’t know. Maybe McDonough does if
          he was closely monitoring the GM ‘private’
          channel back there at the cafe’.

          They ( Steed/crew ) stood up from that location
          in the MacKenzie video and started heading
          south on that ridge road WITHOUT waiting
          for Marsh. Even the timing published in
          the SAIR proves that.

          So how long did it take Marsh to ‘catch up’?
          Did he catch up BEFORE Steed/crew decided
          to drop into the killing zone?
          Did he catch up WHILE they were descending?
          or did he not even catch up to them until
          Steed was staring the fire in the face and
          calling a MAYDAY on the air-to-ground channel?

          Still to be determined.

          Reply
          • Bob Powers says

            November 9, 2013 at 2:01 pm

            First I would be surprised if the crew moved without him. They could have they could have been talking with in eye site of each other. We use to do that on our inter crew radios from the front to the back of the crew. So we did not have to yell. Remember this is all assumption by both of us with no way to really know. The back fire they lit would have been behind them and up hill which means Marsh was with them or they would have been burning towards him.
            I don’t take offence to your questions we are all searching. We know Marsh was there at deployment. I still believe based on my years as a Fire fighter that they were moving to a pickup area and not a safety zone, although they could have used it as such that was not there primary goal. And it is still another guess with out current proof.

            Reply
          • calvin says

            November 9, 2013 at 3:28 pm

            The times that are stated in the SAIR and in the Brendan Mcdonough interview are not correct and I believe there is strong evidence to support this claim. The SAIR does not provide the Weather forecast that was requested at 0939 by Arizona State Forestry and completed at 0945. Page 63 of SAIR notes that it was received and relayed during the 0930 briefing. The weather forecast calls for east winds around 5mph… becoming SOUTHWEST with gusts up to 20mph in the afternoon.

            The next weather update, according to SAIR occurred at 1402. Please follow me here as this is very important. NWS reports thunderstorms east of the fire that may produce wind gusts of 35- 45 mph out of the NORTHEAST.

            The 1402 weather update expects a 180 degree wind shift. This is the weather update that Mcdonough is talking about in the only interview given that states an approximate time he receives weather update and is forced to leave post soon after. However; Mcdonough states that at 2:45 or 2:50 he is beginning to spin weather and Steed is going to listen for upcoming weather update. Well, there was no weather update at 2:45 or 2:50.

            The next weather update was at 1526(3:26.) This update is about expected thunderstorm outflow winds from the NORTH-NORTHEAST with speeds between 40-50mph. This update is basically the same as far as wind direction and speed. This is further evidence that this is NOT the weather update Mcdonough is referring to. There is not a 180 degree wind shift in this update. Mcdonough also says Steed was “going to listen” to weather, well, IF this is the update, it would have been 25 minutes after weather update was given to OPS1.

            I also want to point out that at 1402 (2:02) a TYPE1 IMT was requested. This team is for the most complex fires. It should also be noted that the only two DC10’s in the country were on this fire. As noted in SAIR, this only occurs 1/3 of time one DC10 is requested.
            The picture from Andrew Ashcraft texted at 2:17pm shows smoke creeping (backing?) in to the Valley toward Mcdonough from the left of picture. You can also see the column of smoke is shifting and not moving away from them anymore.
            I think the you tube videos that WTKTT unearthed may have some very valuable information. I want to know what time the VLAT makes the two drops? This would seem to be the time the fire was changing direction. It seems that this would be the last VLAT drop on the NORTHEAST after the 180 degree wind shift forecasted at 1402.

            Mr. Dougherty, thank you for this open forum for me to express my humble opinion.

            Reply
          • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

            November 9, 2013 at 3:35 pm

            There is not a reply button below Mr. Powers comment below, so I am going to tuck this just above it, where there is one, and hopefully, it won’t get lost.

            If as you theorize, the crew was moving to be picked-up, then McDonough MUST have known about it because they would have made all of those arrangements ahead of time. If that were the case, why didn’t GM have BR bump the vehicles to the ranch instead of the restaurant? It woudln’t have taken much additional time, and apparently, BR was just going to be cooling their heels at the restaurant for a time, anyway. If things became unsafe during the transport process, and they had to alter plans and stage at the restaurant, McDonough would have relayed that to the crew, and I’m sure there would have been a discussion of fire behavior and location accompanying that discussion. That never happened.

            Also, if McDonough thought the crew was on the move and potentially not either, in the black or on a solid escape route, when the fire blew into Yarnell, I’m sure he would have been all over the radio, updating them with condition reports from his perspective. Like any good firefighter, especially if separtated from his crew, he would still be wanting to help them out as much as he could. All that has been ‘published’ that he heard and we have been told, is that they were “picking their way through the black to their escape route”. If that is all he REALLY knew, then perhaps he thought they were in good shape. If, however, he knew more than that and he thought they might be in ANY danger, there were PLENTLY of overhead types there at the cafe with him, plus the BR Supt, he could ask for help or advice.

            There just doesn’t seem to be anything at this time, that indicates that a pick-up was planned, or aborted.

            As always in this discussion, I continue to be open to all theories and ideas.

            Reply
          • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

            November 9, 2013 at 3:37 pm

            My previous comment turned-up below Mr. Powers after-all, so please disregard the “tucked-in above” part mentioned there.

            Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 9, 2013 at 5:23 pm

            Yea… don’t let the position of those ‘Reply’
            buttons confuse you. When it gets 3 or
            4 levels deep then it will only appear
            at the TOP of the ‘column’ you want
            to post a ‘Reply’ to. The actual post
            will still show up at the bottom of
            the desired column.

            Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 9, 2013 at 6:13 pm

            >> calvin wrote…
            >> The times that are stated in the
            >> SAIR and in the Brendan Mcdonough
            >> interview are not correct and I
            >> believe there is strong evidence to
            >> support this claim.

            No doubt. Some of the critical event
            times are still totally wonky here and
            need a lot more vetting/verification.

            On page 61 of the SAIR they start their
            ‘Appendix A: Sequence of Events’ chart.

            A LOT of the times posted in this ‘event
            table’ don’t even match some things
            they say in their own ‘narrative’… much
            less independent verification from
            photos, tweets and other evidence.

            This ‘Sequence of Events’ table in the
            SAIR seems to be some mysterious
            mish-mash of entries from the actual
            Yarnell Incident logs, possible witness
            statements, and/or other unnamed
            sources.

            When they are quoting the actual Incident
            logs… sometimes they use what is written
            there verbatim… but most times the SAIR
            team chose to ‘edit’ those log entries and
            just try to say the same thing with a bunch
            of different words.

            I don’t understand why the SAIR team
            felt the need to do such ‘heavy editing’
            and ‘rewriting’.

            With regards to Brendan McDonough
            and his ‘timeframes’ from public
            interviews it almost seems like Brendan
            was an ‘hour off’ for most of the day.

            The SAIR ‘Table of Events’ says that
            the GM briefing took place at 7:00 AM
            but in his public interview Brendan said
            that it happened at 8:00 AM.

            They (SAIR team ) also (curiously) leave
            out some pretty important things in
            their ‘table of events’ considering
            this was an investigation into what
            happened to a specific group… the
            GM Hotshots.

            Example: They totally omit the Incident
            Log entry which shows the moment
            someone in the command structure
            with the initials CH emailed Eric Marsh
            directly requesting GM to be there the
            next day… even though it was supposed
            to be their day off.

            According to the official Incident Logs…

            At 21:01 ( 9:09 PM )…

            06/29/2013 21:01:14
            From: CH
            To: LOG
            EMAILED RESOURCE ORDER TO ERIC MARSH FOR GRANITE MOUNTAIN
            CREW 0-5.

            That (important) event is totally omitted
            from the SAIR’s own ‘Table of Events’.

            Yet… in one of Brendan McDonough’s
            public interviews he describes showing
            up at a bar to have some drinks with
            some other GM firefighters BEFORE
            that time and they somehow already
            knew they had ‘work the next day’ and
            they were celebrating because that
            would be ‘overtime’ on what was
            supposed to have been their day off
            and they’d be making 20+ dollars
            an hour.

            Also… any number of entries in the SAIR
            table that do obviously match in the
            Incident logs have different TIMES on
            them. Sometimes the SAIR table is
            only off by a few minutes from the
            actual Incident log entries…but that’s
            not really the point.

            That ANY of the times would be ‘off’
            makes one wonder whether the
            Incident logs could be WRONG and
            the SAIR is trying to correct mistakes…
            or the SAIR is trying to change the
            timestamps for other reasons.

            So yea… beware the times in the SAIR.
            I think a lot of them simply haven’t
            been fully vetted or verified.

            Reply
          • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

            November 9, 2013 at 8:04 pm

            Regarding some of the time issues brought up, sometimes the same terminology is used for different things.

            Some examples are…..

            (1) Regarding the morning briefing, the full (IC) briefing may occur at 7am, during which the crew readies for assignment, while the actual CREW briefing may occur at 8am. BOTH could be called the ‘morning briefing’, but are two completely different things happening at different times. Either one of those could be refered to later as the ‘morning briefing’.

            (2) Hourly weather updates. Crews will have someone (usually the lookout) ‘slinging’ the weather on the hour so they recieve regular updates on conditions. The feds also have fire weather forecasts which are broadcast twice a day. In additon, the National Weather Service may issue special updates in regards to severe weather. Any of all of these things could be refered too in present, or past tense as ‘weather updates’.

            (3) In regards to resource orders, generally the requesting entity will contact and verify a resource is available and can respond, and then the resource order will be put together and follow sometime after. Therefore, Marsh and all of the crew could have known they were requested and going, without the actual ‘resource order’ having been issue yet.

            Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 9, 2013 at 8:58 pm

            Thank you, TTWARE.
            That’s all terrific ‘contextual’ information
            that all needs to be kept in mind.

            I wasn’t suggesting for one second that
            anything ‘below the boards’ was going
            on with the initial notifications of the
            GM crew. I still don’t think they even
            needed to be there that day since it
            was their deserved day off ( which is
            why dispatch originally said they only
            had 1 IHC crew available… not 2…
            and things got a little mysterious there )…

            …but you are right… I don’t think there’s
            anything untoward in making a phone call
            before you send an OFFICIAL emails
            with resource requests in them. That’s
            actually probably SOP.

            What I am still looking closely at here,
            however, is the VERACITY factor in
            this SAIR report.

            When some things are conspicuously
            missing from a ‘timeline’ that is supposed
            to be providing the ‘official’ timeline in
            an accident investigation… you have to
            wonder what the reasoning might be.

            I could see SAIR not mentioning who
            might have called Marsh to see if GM
            could accept an official resource order…
            but why leave out the official resource
            order itself in your official timeline when
            it’s clearly documented in the actual
            Incident logs?

            It’s one of the ‘double eyes’ as
            they call it. Meaning…

            Either it was incompetence
            or it was intentional.

            It’s just curious… that’s all… as are a
            number of other things in this SAIR
            ‘official timeline’ that I am documenting
            here but not quite ready to post yet.

            Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 9, 2013 at 9:44 pm

            TTWARE… another followup on your
            point (1) above about multiple incident
            briefings and them (possibly) following
            each other in sequential time.

            Just wanted to acknowledge that perfectly
            reasonable scenario but I still don’t think
            that is what happened this particular
            morning.

            To back up what I was saying I need to
            quote the actual ‘public interview’ from
            McDonough that I was referring to.

            By ‘public interview’… I meant the interview
            Brendan gave to Kyle Dickman for the
            article Kyle was writing for Outside
            Magazine… which ended up being
            published on Tuesday, Sep 17, 2013.

            19: The True Story of the Yarnell Fire

            Kyle wrote this article in ‘narrative’ style
            but it’s obvious that his detailed information
            about GM that morning was coming from
            the only source he quoted that would
            know those details… Brendan himself.

            So here is EXACTLY what was published
            in that article about when the (only) GM
            briefing took place…

            >> The GM crew reached the incident
            >> commander’s makeshift base at
            >> Yarnell’s volunteer fire station by
            >> 8 A.M. The volunteers’ red trucks
            >> were in the engine bay, and a handful
            >> of 4×4 pickups from nearby state
            >> forests and local fire districts were
            >> backed into parking spaces. It was
            >> still quiet. Eric went inside for a
            >> 20-minute briefing from the fire’s
            >> operations supervisor Todd Abel, a
            >> Prescott-area firefighter with 18 years
            >> of experience. The blaze had been
            >> divided into eastern and western
            >> divisions, and Eric was placed in
            >> charge of the west, where Granite
            >> Mountain was assigned to work.
            >> With Eric overseeing the division,
            >> which would require him to move
            >> freely around his section of the fire,
            >> command of the hotshots fell to
            >> 36-year-old captain Jesse Steed.
            >> “Men, gaggle up!” Eric called when
            >> he returned. “It’s a long hike in, so
            >> bring plenty of water.” Then, as he
            >> always did before leading the crew
            >> into a remote fire, he told his men
            >> to call their families.

            There was only the one ( 20 minute )
            briefing… and Brendan told Kyle it
            happened at 8:00 AM… an hour later
            than the SAIR is reporting.

            Could this explain the confusion calvin
            was talking about with the time on the
            weather reports? Was Brendan somehow
            an hour behind on his times that day
            and simply mis-remembers the weather
            updates by the same 1 hour?

            Dunno. It’s possible, I guess.

            SIDENOTE: The same article describes
            the interior of the ready-room for GM
            in Prescott and reports there is a huge
            poster on the wall which says…

            HOW IS YOUR SITUATIONAL
            AWARENESS TODAY?

            I wish there had been the same poster
            in that briefing room in Yarnell that
            morning. Maybe Eric would have left
            that briefing with full LCES instead
            of just LCS.

            Reply
        • Gary Olson says

          November 9, 2013 at 10:27 pm

          At the risk of sounding obsessed regarding this point, I still don’t believe they were moving to a different safe zone or to a point to be picked up.

          I think they were moving based on orders to the backside of Yarnell to engage in structure protection and possibly to help with evacuations.

          They were already in a safe area before they left the black, there was no need to needlessly expend energy to simply move to another one.

          And I don’t think they were moving to a pick up point (the ranch) because that would have required significant coordination with someone to pick them up and lots of other people would know that was happening, plus, my source tell me all of the roads were blocked going into Yarnell and Glen llah, so crew carriers could not have gotten into that area to pick them up and everyone who could was evacuating the ranch, Glen llah and Yarnell heading out to the main highway.

          So…I think they were moving to the backside of Yarnell to work ASAP per their orders from a higher authority they could not say “no” to.

          And even though I said earlier that ordering them to town would not have been wrong, I should have specified that that would depend on what they were ordered to town to do.

          I have always maintained my strong belief that hand crews carrying hand tools should never engage in structure protection or even helping with evacuations while on foot when a wildfire is advancing on the area.

          Now of course that could be different IF you are splitting the crew into small modules to augment engine crews who doe have transportation to get the hell out of the area when the fire blows up IF they can take the hand crew with them or if crew members are sent for example, with deputies to check on disabled, elderly or anyone who needs help getting out.

          But all of those are special circumstances and in general I think it is prudent just to say hand crews should not be engaged in structure protection when a fire is threatening the area. Period.

          Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 10, 2013 at 1:05 am

            Mr. Olson… again… thank you for your
            continued participation in this discussion.
            Your last posting to Dylan was one of
            the most moving things I’ve ever read
            and your vast experience in these matters
            is both humbling and appreciated.

            There is no ‘obsession’ going on here.
            We are ALL looking for the same thing.
            More clarity. More answers.

            While I am not totally ready to buy into
            the theory of ‘surreptitious order to
            get back to town ASAP’… I am damn
            sure willing to explore it with anyone.

            The PROOF might be there.
            Please take a moment to read the
            InestigativeMedia posting on Nov 7
            of the recently obtained YCSO
            police investigator’s report already
            mentioned on this thread.

            We are finally beginning to see the
            ‘chain of evidence’ emerge.

            There were at least SIX smartphones
            recovered from the bodies. Any ONE
            of them might contain the proof of
            GM being ‘ordered to town’.

            ONE of those cell phones never made
            it into the police investigator’s hands.
            Someone from the Prescott Fire
            Department showed up at the medical
            examiners office and took it away before
            the police could submit it to their own
            examination process. Looks like that
            one phone belonged to ( drum roll,
            please )… Eric Marsh.

            I will post more about this later because
            I am still reading that YCSO investigator’s
            report myself… but as with everything
            else so far with this investigation… it
            answers SOME questions… but raises
            even more.

            Back to your theory of GM definitely
            being ‘ordered back to town’.

            >> Mr. Olson wrote…
            >> So…I think they were moving to the
            >> backside of Yarnell to work ASAP per
            >> their orders from a higher authority
            >> they could not say “no” to.

            I hear ya.

            It sure would explain a LOT, wouldn’t it?

            Let’s take the gloves off here and get
            down to brass tacks.

            True investigative approach…
            Motive… Opportunity… Means.

            WHO would have had the authority?
            WHO would have had the motivation?
            WHO would have had Marsh’s phone num?

            We are obviously talking about Chief Willis.

            Willis was even the designated structure
            protection coordinator on the fire that
            afternoon and that gave him even more
            reason to ‘order his boys to move’.

            Everyone knows that Marsh was DIVS A
            that afternoon and that a Division Supervisor
            does NOT officially ‘answer’ to a structure
            protection coordinator… but you can
            forget all that in this case.

            What was Eric Marsh going to say if
            Willis called him on his phone and
            gave him an ORDER that day?

            Would Marsh say… “I don’t take orders
            from you”. I really doubt it. Marsh liked
            his job.

            So this comes down to cell phone records
            and more testimony from anyone who
            knows or might have overheard something.

            See above about the now known ‘missing’
            cell phone that was removed from the
            medical examiners office by ‘someone
            from the Prescott Fire Department’.

            Was that Willis? That can be determined
            pretty easily, I think, on evidence already
            in the public domain.

            If it can be proven that Willis never gave
            any such ‘get back to town’ order…
            then that leaves a very simple question…

            WHO ELSE working that incident that
            day could/would have possibly been
            able to pull off a ‘secret order’ like that
            on that particular afternoon?
            How would they have gotten Marsh’s
            private cell phone number.

            FROM Willis?

            This is going to come down to a LIMITED
            set of ‘suspects’… and I think all efforts
            should be made to confirm/deny your
            suspicions.

            Someone of your stature does not arrive
            at these kind of evaluations of a situation
            lightly. I am ready to believe you. Let’s
            look for the PROOF.

            Reply
          • Bob Powers says

            November 10, 2013 at 8:52 am

            Gary point well stated they were moving to Yarnell the ranch was a point where they could hike out from or possibly meet transport to Yarnell. That was their main objective not moving to a safety zone Which seems to have been the fixation to begin with. They were already safe so they moved for another reason. That’s where we are stuck until new evidence is uncovered. Either way they did not do a evaluation of that move or a safe way to accomplish it.

            Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 10, 2013 at 4:16 pm

            RETRACTION: In my comment above I
            said that one of the GM cell phones
            appeared to have been removed from
            the medical examiner’s office WITHOUT
            being entered into ‘evidence’.

            See my long post farther below about that.
            Turns out… that is NOT the case.

            One of the firefighter phones WAS ‘left
            behind’ at the ME’s office when the
            detectives neglected to check the
            loose fire shelters ( that were transported
            without a body in them ) for personal
            effects… and the ‘missing’ cell phone
            was only later discovered by PFD and
            state investigators only…

            …but that phone DID make it back to
            the YCSO detectives and was entered
            into evidence as item #302… and it
            WAS submitted along with all the other
            phones to ACTIC ( Arizona Counter
            Terrorism Information Center ) for
            data retrieval.

            It appears that PFD ( Prescott Fire
            Department ) and state investigators
            MAY have been able to leave the ME’s
            office with some other ‘missed’ items
            from the same loose shelter bags such
            as pocket knives and such…

            …but the PHONE that was discovered
            did make it into the ‘chain of evidence’
            and the possesion of the police.

            Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 10, 2013 at 4:23 pm

            dang… correction to correction.

            Just trying to be exact here. The ‘missing’
            cell phone that DID eventually end up
            entered into evidence with the police
            was given an evidence number of 320
            and not 302 as I said just above.

            I wish we could either self-delete
            or self-edit these posts.

            Reply
  296. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 9, 2013 at 2:18 am

    This post revisits the crucial question of whether Marsh and/or Steed actually
    had ANY idea what their ‘escape route’ was supposed to be that day…
    BEFORE they headed up onto that ridge.

    In other words… did they start their work day with full LCES?…
    or with only LCS… and NO actual pre-planned escape route?.

    I believe the answer is the latter.

    There still do not appear to be any actual ‘minutes’ or ‘transcripts’ from
    the 7:00 AM briefing that GM received at the Yarnell Fire Station when
    it arrived on scene that morning… but as it turns out… page 15 of
    the SAIR does mention WHO attended that 7:00 AM briefing.

    The SAIR says ( on page 15 )…

    “At the 0700 briefing on June 30, ICT4 and others from the previous shift
    meet at the Yarnell Fire Station with incoming personnel including ICT2,
    two Operations Section Chiefs (OPS1 and OPS2), SPGS1, a fire
    behavior analyst (FBAN), YCSO deputies, and the Granite Mountain
    IHC Superintendent (Eric Marsh).”

    Steed was NOT actually ‘in the room’. Only Marsh.

    This also matches information from Brendan McDonough in one
    of his public interviews.

    Marsh went into the room as GM sup… but came out as DIVS A… but
    at no time did Marsh go out and pull Steed into the meeting even once
    Marsh knew he had a different set of responsibilities for the day other
    than just supervising a Hotshot crew. Marsh knew he would be mostly
    ‘scouting around’ now and would no longer be physically with the crew
    for most ( if not all ) of the day, and it was Steed who really ALSO needed
    the information being imparted during that briefing… but neither Marsh
    ( nor anyone else present at the briefing ) ever bothered to bring Steed
    into the room.

    The SAIR narrative then also (briefly) mentions that the Boulder Springs
    Ranch was simply ‘pointed out’ ( supposedly on Google Maps running
    on an iPad ) as a ‘bomb proof’ safety zone ( but only to Marsh since
    Steed still wasn’t in the room ).

    The SAIR then simply says the meeting moved on to command
    channel setup and the communications plan for the incident,
    yada, yada, yada.

    There is absolutely NO mention in the SAIR of ANYONE pointing out
    an actual ‘Escape Route’ to that Ranch that someone just pointed
    to on an iPad running some Google Map. Not even to Marsh.

    No ‘zoom down/around’ to examine the ‘safety zone’ or the actual terrain,
    or demonstrate clearly that the high ridge road was the ‘safe’ way
    to reach that ‘safety zone’ from up on that ridge where GM would
    be working all day. No imparting of terrain knowledge that the
    sections between the ridge road and the ranch where all
    manzanita and tough country… not even any evidence anyone
    was in that room who really knew the local terrain.

    Zero. Zip. Nada.

    So it looks like both Marsh and Steed left that meeting with the ‘E’
    completely missing from their own LCES plan for that day.

    As it turned out… this was a fatal mistake… on EVERYONE’S part.

    The SAIR goes to great lengths in its ‘narrative’ of the day’s events
    to mention the option of taking that two-track ridge road all the
    way to the Boulder Springs Ranch as one of the ‘options’ that
    either Steed or Marsh ( or both ) would eventually ‘dismiss’…

    …but the SAIR offers no evidence whatsoever that Marsh and/or
    Steed had the faintest idea that was even a possible option… or
    that they had been duly provided with that information ( as they
    should have been ).

    When either Steed/Crew alone or Marsh/Steed/Crew reached that
    ‘point of decision’ when moving south on the ridge road about how
    to do the last leg of the escape to the ranch… the ridge road they
    were on was headed due south at that point and (apparently)
    AWAY from the ranch which was now visible to the east.

    They had NO IDEA that if they stayed on the (safe) ridge road that
    it just curled around the next ridge and turned due east towards
    their very destination… and would have afforded them the
    critical ‘eyes on they fire’ they so desperately needed that
    afternoon since they were already missing the entire
    ‘L’ from their LCES plan.

    Actually… they were now missing both the ‘L’ and the ‘E’.
    They were down to just ‘C’ ( they had radios ) and ‘S’ ( they could
    actually SEE the ranch ).

    As far as they were concerned… once the ‘ranch’ came into sight
    in the distance… they only had ONE option.

    Drop off that ridge road and head straight for it on a visual, no
    matter how much slugging through crap it was going to take.

    If ANYONE had taken the time that morning to make sure Marsh saw
    that the road off the ridge easily curled around directly to the ‘bomb proof
    safety zone’… I think they would all be alive today to tell us why they even
    decided to come down from where they were (and already safe) in
    the first place.

    I myself, have postulated a theory that Marsh was actually physically
    separated from Steed and the GM crew when the decision was made
    to ‘leave the black’ and head south towards the ‘safety zone’… and that
    there is a chance that Marsh didn’t even catch up with Steed/Crew
    until AFTER Steed alone caught sight of the ranch and ( since he
    never saw any Google map at all that day ) thought there was only
    ONE way to go… directly towards it.

    I still believe that theory… since it explains other things such as
    why the still-unidentified-by-SAIR GM crewmember who came out
    of nowhere with the MAYDAY announced himself as simply
    ‘Granite Mountain’ and not ‘DIVS A here with Granite Mountain’
    as Marsh had been doing all day long.

    …but even though I maintain that as a distinct possibility.. I don’t believe
    the scenario where Marsh might have known all about the ridge road
    leading safely to the ranch and Steed did not is part of the puzzle
    anymore. I don’t think EITHER of them knew it.

    Regardless of whether they had never been shown their proper
    ‘escape route’ or given the ‘situational awareness’ they needed
    to stay alive that day… here is more proof that Marsh still wasn’t
    even with Steed and the crew until those final moments.

    Notice in all the ‘reported’ radio conversations that follow… the SAIR
    only says things like ‘Granite Mountain called’ or ‘Granite Mountain says’,
    as if the entire crew was calling. The SAIR makes NO ATTEMPT to
    identify the actual caller during these critical conversations… unless
    they can’t deny it because the caller was definitely identifying himself.

    I find it hard to believe the SAIR team could be presuming to present
    such an ‘accurate’ transcription of these final transmissions without
    also having made every attempt to identify WHO was making them.

    I believe they DID identify the source of each of the transmissions
    prior to publishing the SAIR report… but have still chosen not to identify
    the exact caller ( Steed versus Marsh ) in the SAIR unless the caller
    was identifying himself… which Marsh eventually does as the
    conversations continued.

    From page 27 of the SAIR ( with annotations )…

    :: At 16:39 ( 4:39 PM ) an overmodulated and static-filled transmission
    :: comes over the air-to-ground frequency ( channel 10 )…
    ::
    :: “Breaking in on Arizona 16, Granite Mountain Hotshots, we are in front
    :: of the flaming front.”

    This is the very first transmission that indicates GM was in real trouble…
    and notice how the caller identifies himself.

    He only says “Granite Mountain Hotshots”.

    This had to have been Steed… by himself with the crew… encountering
    the oncoming flaming front as it emerged in front of him.

    The caller did not say “DIVS A” or even “DIVS A with Granite Mountain”,
    which is how Marsh had been prefixing HIS radio calls all day long,
    and would do so again in just a few minutes.

    It was simply “Granite Mountain Hotshots”. It was Steed.issuing
    this initial MAYDAY call over the ( as he thought but was mistaken )
    ‘Air Guard’ channel ( Channel 16 )… just as he was trained to do.

    The SAIR continues…

    :: Following this (exact time interval not reported by SAIR ) there is a
    :: very broken, with wind in the microphone, transmission…
    ::
    :: “Air-to-ground 16, Granite Mountain, Air Attack, how do you read?”

    Again… this is Steed, not Marsh.
    There is no ‘DIVS A’ or ‘DIVS A with Granite Mountain’ intro on the call.
    Only (and simply) ‘Granite Mountain’.

    The SAIR continues…

    :: OPS1 tries to reach Granite Mountain…
    :: ( NOTE: This was more pure irritation on OPS1’s part than any
    :: attempt to find out WHY Granite Mountain might have been
    :: breaking in on the air-to-ground frequency. )
    ::
    :: “Granite Mountain, Operations on air-to-ground.”
    ::
    :: Seconds later ( the SAIR does not say how MANY seconds ),
    :: Granite Mountain calls…
    ::
    :: “Air Attack, Granite Mountain 7, how do you copy me?”

    And again… still just Steed calling since there is no ‘DIVS A’
    identification in the prefix. This time Steed adds the ‘7’ to his
    simple ‘Granite Mountain’ ID which the SAIR report has explained
    as a reference to the original group designation for GM before
    it became a full-fledged IHC Hotshot crew. Totally understandable
    given the building stress at this moment on Steed’s part.

    The SAIR reports no response to this ‘how do you copy me?’ plea,
    but instead just describes how this is when others listening
    to the conversation ( it doesn’t say who ) heard ‘chainsaws in
    the background and the increasing urgency of the caller’.
    The SAIR also refuses to say at this point if any of those other
    mysterious ‘listeners’ who are so sure they heard chainsaws
    ALSO identified the caller as either Marsh or Steed.

    The SAIR simply says ( in the vaugest of terms )…

    :: Some of the firefighters near the highway ( McDonough? Blue Ridge?
    :: the SAIR refuses to say ) overhear this radio traffic.
    :: Hearing chainsaws in the background and the Granite Mountain
    :: crewmember’s ( the SAIR refuses to say if these same firefighters
    :: could identify the caller or not ) increasing urgency, they are confused.
    :: the last they had heard, Granite Mountain was in the black.

    If the SAIR is referring to McDonough and/or the Blue Ridge Hotshots
    who are, at this very moment, sitting safely in the cafe’ parking lot and
    listening to their radios… this is a totally false statement.

    I think it can be proven that both McDonough AND BR Supt ( and a LOT
    of other people with radios that day ) were most definitely aware that
    GM decided to ‘leave the black’ and had begun ‘making their way to
    their escape route’ more than a half-hour earlier.

    Even ASM2 heard both of these things earlier on.

    This almost comes across as some meager attempt to only support
    what OPS1 was saying he did or didn’t know at that moment when,
    the more you examine the evidence… it appears that OPS1 was
    the ONLY ONE who didn’t know that Granite Mountain went on
    the move more than a half-hour ago.

    Regardless… the SAIR continues…

    :: Less than a minute later ( the SAIR doesn’t say how many seconds ),
    :: they ( who are THEY? Is the SAIR still referring to the unidentified
    :: firefighters it mentioned in the last SAIR paragraph? ) hear:
    ::
    :: “Air Attack, Granite Mountain 7!”

    Steed again. If he was the one who reverted to referring to
    the crew as ‘Granite Mountain 7’ a few moments ago then
    this is still the same person on the radio.

    The SAIR continues with a short description of the confusion
    ASM2 ( Air Attack ) was experiencing at this point since they
    aren’t used to these kinds of calls coming in on the
    air-to-ground channel (10).

    OPS1 finally shows up with something other than just disdain
    for whoever is (apparently) transmitting where they shouldn’t be.

    OPS1 tells ASM2 there MIGHT be something to this after all.

    OPS1 seems to only now be realizing he might be the only
    one on the incident who didn’t hear that GM had ‘left the black’
    over a half-hour ago.

    The SAIR continues…

    :: OPS1 believes the unit may be in trouble, so he tells ASM2:
    ::
    :: “Okay, Granite Mountain 7 sounds like they got some trouble,
    :: uh, go ahead and get that, he’s trying to get you on the radio,
    :: let’s go ahead and see what we’ve got going on.”
    ::
    :: ASM2: “Okay copy that, uh, I’ll get with Granite Mountain 7 then.”

    The next moment is crucial.

    Only NOW does Eric Marsh finally appear on the radio
    and he does, in fact, identify himself FIRST as ‘DIVS A’
    ( still his primary job that day ) and only then adds information
    that he is (finally) WITH ‘Granite Mountain’.

    The exact SAIR transcript that comes next is this…

    :: Just seconds (SAIR doesn’t say how many seconds ) later,
    :: a call from DIVS A (sounding calm)…
    ::
    :: “[ASM2], Division Alpha with Granite Mountain.”

    Is this the moment that the ‘all-day-long-free-floating’ DIVS A
    Eric Marsh actually DID catch up with Granite Mountain… and he has
    now taken the radio away from Steed ( since we can only
    assume these communications are coming over the
    same ‘wrong’ air-to-ground channel 10 instead of AirGuard 16 )?

    The SAIR continues…

    :: ASM2: “Okay uh Division Alpha, [ASM2].”

    ASM2 sounds very confused now. Since the first MAYDAY
    came in a few moments ago from someone identifying
    themselves as simply ‘Granite Mountain’… and up until now…
    ASM2 thought he was simply talking directly to the Granite Mountain
    Supervisor. Now someone is (suddenly) on the radio identifying
    themselves as ‘Division Alpha’ and that he is just WITH ‘Granite Mountain’.

    I would be confused, too.

    The SAIR continues…

    :: DIVS A (now more urgent): “Yeah, I’m here with Granite Mountain Hotshots,
    :: our escape route has been cut off. We are preparing a deployment site
    :: and we are burning out around ourselves in the brush and I’ll give you
    :: a call when we are under the sh— the shelters.”

    Classic Marsh, from what I understand…. but the important thing to
    note here ( that the SAIR does not ) is that this ( and only the previous
    transmit ) are the first moments where we actually KNOW Marsh
    is speaking now… and NOT Steed.

    Does that mean even the SAIR thinks all the transmissions prior to
    these two were Steed… but they were/are still refusing to identify Steed
    in the SAIR as the source for any of them?…

    …even though they now have a definite voice-print from the same
    (noisy) location that is definitely Marsh and it can be PROVEN the
    original MAYDAY and everything up until this moment was truly
    Steed… and NOT Marsh?

    I don’t think there’s any question here… no matter how the SAIR
    tries to obfuscate these moments.

    Steed initiated the original MAYDAY call… on the ‘wrong’ channel
    that would normally be used for that ( Air Guard / Airzona 16 ).

    When Eric Marsh finally took the radio from Steed ( since it was still
    transmitting on the ‘wrong channel’ when he finally chimed in ) and
    started identifying himself… that could be because he really, truly
    did just ‘catch up’ with them from behind and was now ‘taking over’
    the situation as ( in his own words ) “DIVS A… but I am now (finally)
    here WITH Granite Mountain”.

    The SAIR continues… but there isn’t much left now.

    Notice… however… for the first time in this entire exchange that
    the SAIR is attempting to ‘officially document’… the SAIR is identifying
    the caller without the caller identifying himself.

    For some reason… SAIR is now sure whose voice it is on the
    radio when… for the whole rest of these transmissions…
    they were unable to ‘identify’ the caller. Why is that?

    :: ASM2: “Okay copy that. So you’re on the south side of the fire then?”
    ::
    :: At about 1642, DIVS A yells: “Affirm!”

    I suppose I ‘rest my case’.

    I believe this is all more proof-positive that Marsh was lagging
    behind Steed and the GM crew all the way from the moments
    captured in the MacKenzie video ( at 4:02 PM ), through the move
    south on the ridge road and the decision to drop down into
    the canyon… and even until the final moments in the killing zone
    when he finally caught up with Steed while he was in the middle
    of initiating the MAYDAY calls… and then he grabbed the radio
    ( still set on the wrong channel ) AWAY from Steed and ‘took over’.

    Going back to the start of this (long) post… however…

    I also now believe that it doesn’t matter that Marsh probably wasn’t
    even physically with Steed and the crew when the decision was
    made to head ‘straight for the ranch’ since Steed was TOTALLY
    unaware of any other way to get there.

    Based on the evidence from the early morning briefing that
    no one even bothered to point out the ‘safe’ escape route
    even to Marsh… it’s a moot point now.

    Even if Marsh WAS physically with all of them as they decided to
    drop down into that canyon to die… I now believe that even HE
    wasn’t aware of any other way to get to that ranch, either, and
    would have agreed with Steed that it was their ONLY option.

    Their fate ( and the fate of the 17 men they were responsible for )
    was sealed when Marsh AND Steed left that 7:00 AM briefing with
    only LCS… and no (safe) ‘E’ at all.

    Reply
    • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

      November 9, 2013 at 9:50 am

      A couple of points of possible clarification to your thoughts posted above:

      (1) Regarding “the people by the highway overhearing the radio traffic”, it is my experience that the majority of the people on a fire monitor the Air to Ground if their work environment at that time doesn’t provide conditions that prevent it. Listening to Air Attack tends to provide the most up to date and real-time description of fire conditions and behavior. If he is not the one intially reporting significant changes, he will still generally be asked to “go take a look” to provide an un-obstructed aerial report of the newly reported conditions.

      With that being said, as GM was broadcasting from down in the bowl, it is unlikely anyone other than those due east of them, either at the ranch, or in Yarnell, heard their Air to Ground transmissions, HOWEVER, there were likely a significant number of people, either at the ranch or in town, that DID hear those final calls, and not just BR or the lookout.

      (2) It is unlikely that Marsh “took the radio away from Steed”, because when Marsh would have heard the GM traffic saying they were on “16” all he had to do was look at his radio screen during those broadcasts and see channel 10 as the actual transmit frequency. Knowing that, when he arrived, he probably just told Steed he was taking over, and continued broadcasting on his own radio on the channel he knew they had been using (Air to Ground).

      Reply
      • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

        November 9, 2013 at 10:00 am

        As an add-in to the reasons for monitoring Air to Ground that I noted above, most generally, anything in the nature of an emergency that occurs, at some point, ends up on Air to Ground, as well.

        Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 9, 2013 at 2:24 pm

        Good points all. I totally agree that anyone with a radio
        would probably have been listening to the air-to-ground
        frequency… given a choice. Lots of good information
        being broadcast there and pretty much constant updates
        on what is happening. Even the AZ DPS officers and
        sherrif’s deputies were probably ‘tuned’ in to channel 10
        that day.

        My point was that the SAIR refuses to identify WHO
        these ‘people back in Yarnell’ were when, at the same
        time in the SAIR, they are basing some pretty critical
        analysis on the testimony of ‘these people’.

        Who the heck are they talking about here?

        McDonough?

        The Blue Ridge fellas who were, at that moment,
        known to be just standing around back in the cafe’
        parking lot ( and, I might add, NOT making
        any attempt to do any structure protection even for
        houses directly across the street from them… which
        is something that keeps leaping into the motivational
        analysis for GM itself at this point. If any Hotshots
        were needed at or around that time for structure
        protection… there was an entire crew already
        available standing in the cafe’ parking lot doing
        nothing. Yes… the roads were congested… but
        if these guys were REALLY needed for that kind
        of work at that moment they would have found
        a way to get them out there. )

        If ‘these people’ who (apparently) heard these
        radio conversations so clearly that the SAIR is
        basing their ‘chainsaws in the background’ quote
        on their testimony… then was there not one
        of ‘these people’ who might have been able
        to clearly identify whether they were hearing
        Marsh or Steed?

        Do they actually have radio captures for this
        moment… or is this entire section of the SAIR
        narrative and the reconstruction of the last
        moments of 19 brave lives all based on
        what some unidentified people listening to
        radios think they heard?

        If they have radio captures… then did Willis
        or McDonough ( or anyone who knew these
        men well ) participate in even TRYING to
        identify who was actually broadcasting?

        It would help to know. The story still needs
        to be fully told.

        With regards to your (2)… I believe the proof
        is perfectly available. The radios survived the
        burnout. When the DPS medic was approaching
        the deployment site on foot… he thought he
        heard voices. He himself says in public interviews
        that he started ‘calling ahead’ towards where
        he was hearing the voices but no one was
        answering him.

        When he arrived upon the scene… he realized
        what he had been hearing. The radios were
        still on and working… and he had simply been
        hearing channel traffic on them as he approached
        the deployment site from the east on foot.

        It is also documented in other public interviews
        that when people from the command center
        got around to visiting the scene a few hours
        later… they were disturbed by the fact that
        the radios were STILL on and blaring away
        amidst the now roped-off carnage. One of
        them tried to turn one of the radios off but
        a police officer stopped him and said…
        “We can’t… we have to leave everything just
        as it is until the investigators have a chance
        to see it all just the way it is.”

        Soooo…

        What channels were they are all set to the
        moment the investigators arrived on scene?

        Were they ALL set to channel 10 in those
        final moments… or just one? ( Steed’s? ).

        That has to be documented ( photographed? )
        somewhere.

        Where are those radios now?

        Where is the ‘chain of possession’ and
        ‘chain of evidence’ documentation for them?

        Those should be public documents.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 10, 2013 at 7:03 pm

          Following up my own post here about ‘what
          happened to the radios?’.

          The YCSO police report tells us.

          Here they are at the deployment site…

          >> We ( YCSO detectives ) were waiting for
          >> the state investigative team to give us the
          >> OK to collect any remaining personal items
          >> when Brad Mayhew ( the lead investigator
          >> for the Arizona State Forestry
          >> Commission ) asked me if we could collect
          >> the remaining shelters and radios so they
          >> could inspect these items in a controlled
          >> environment. I agreed as they did not have
          >> packaging materials, a feasible way
          >> to transport or store the items, or a means
          >> to properly inventory the items.
          >> Dep. Brian Kite, Waldock, and I collected
          >> the remaining shelters and portable radios
          >> that we located at the scene. These items
          >> ( were entered into evidence and ) are
          >> numbered (YCSO evidence item
          >> numbers ) #301-#319.

          The radios were collected as ‘evidence’ by
          the police and assigned evidence item numbers.

          There is no mention of anyone examining them,
          or what the results were, or where they are
          now… 4 months later.

          I would still like to know what the TRANSMIT
          channels were set to for all of them when
          they were recovered.

          Reply
  297. Bob Powers says

    November 8, 2013 at 2:31 pm

    I wish I could walk away from this discussion but I can’t. so I will try to look at what we have as a training example. When someone decides they can do something safely on a wildland fire without using the 10 standard firefighting orders they put themselves and their crew or crews at risk. Pure and simple thats what happened here whether some one asked them to do it or they made the decision, they broke the rules of firefighting. The 18 situations that shout watch out are there as a reminder that you could die if you are in this situation. All fatality Fires before and after 1957 happened because firefighters did not follow these rules period. The other thing that needs to be addressed is the FIRE SHELTER. Its construction, use and durability. What can it withstand and what can you expect if you use it. More testing on higher BTU’s and Oxygen available at above 500,1000,1500,2000+ a box canyon with heavy fuel is not survivable. Hand crews are not structor firefighters without water. Land, structures and vehicles are not worth 1 life.
    If you take this away from this discussion then you have learned something about Wildland Fire Fighting.

    Reply
    • J. Stout says

      November 8, 2013 at 3:41 pm

      I am glad to see that you’ll be staying in this discussion, Mr. Powers.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 8, 2013 at 4:27 pm

        Thank you, Mr. Powers. Wise words all.

        It’s all about “Did anyone learn anything here?”

        Nothing is bringing those good men back, but let’s
        try to keep the other good men who are still here
        with us… still here with us.

        It was ABSURD for them to even waste one moment
        trying to prepare that ‘burn-out area… or for them to
        believe tin-foil was going to whthstand a blowtorch.
        Both of those ‘errors in judgment’ represent SOME
        kind of distinct ‘lack of training’ or, perhaps, some
        fundamental lack of understanding of the one thing
        you would have thought these fellas to be an
        expert at… fire behavior.

        People heard chain-saws running over the radio
        during Marsh’s frantic calls. Willis said in his official
        press conference at the site that they tried to
        ‘burn out around them’. The SAIR says “they probably
        had less than two minutes to prepare a deployment
        site”.

        If they had those two minutes back… and didn’t even
        spend ONE SECOND wasting time on an operation
        that was NOT going to save them…

        …then is that the 2 minutes that might have made
        all the difference in life or death?

        How fast/far can an amazingly healthy and fit man
        run… without any pack or gear? That’s what was
        lost in those 2 minutes and the ‘wasted time’.

        It should have taken only seconds for them to realize
        that ‘running’ was their only option. Full reverse. Get
        back up that ridge as fast as the fear of death will allow.

        That really was their only chance.

        The SAIR didn’t seem interested in even establishing
        that might be the lesson to have learned from this.

        No one did anything wrong.
        Nothing to learn.
        These aren’t the droids you are looking for.
        Move along… move along.

        I hope other ( knowledgable/realistic ) wildland
        firefighters who read that report can ‘read between
        the lines’ and see the real lessons here and take
        those lessons them with them onto the next fire.

        In the meantime… the discussion MUST continue.

        Better equipment… better training… a complete
        review of LCES and a renewed emphsais on how
        CRUCIAL every bit of it is…

        Not just ‘Move along… nothing to see here’.

        Reply
  298. The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

    November 8, 2013 at 9:00 am

    In response to my previous post, Wants To Know The Truth replied:

    “So what you are saying is
    that at ANY moment in time… a crew
    might have something important to
    relay to OPS1, or might be in deep
    trouble… and there is NEVER ( under
    current protocols ) any guarantee you
    will be able to raise this OPS1 guy
    when you might REALLY need him?”

    All crew, supervisor, command staff, and air attack radios are programmed with Air Guard channel (not air to ground) which is reserved for emergency traffic. Someone broadcasting on that channel would be heard by a considerable amount of people, including many people way up the food chain who could take immediate action.

    There has been speculation (I think I got it from the report) that when GM got into trouble, the broadcaster might have thought he was on Air Guard, when in fact he was on a very busy Air to Ground channel. I also believe (with nothing to back this up), that by the significant difference in the tone and calmness between the two transmissions, that the original (static filled) call was possibly made by Steed, and then final transmission was made by Marsh. If that’s the case, could this be time that Marsh actually caught up with the crew? Perhaps some of the people who heard this exchange could verify if it was possibly two different people talking.

    WTTKT also stated:

    “Are you saying there isn’t even a
    MAYDAY channel or call capability
    or a ‘cut in tone’ on these modern
    radios?”

    Please see my comment 2 paragraphs above.

    With all of the across the board advances in technology, is this the best way to do business on a wildfire? I agree, it is not. Was it common practice at the point in time of the incident? Yes.

    My comments in my previous post were not intended to give anyone a pass. I believe every stone needs to be looked under. I was simply trying to identify what I believe to be a common (albeit archaic) communications practice. These days, people may have begun to alter their communications practices with the extensive use of cell phones, but I can’t verify that.

    I believe that as a result of the Yarnell Incident, we are going to see some rapid changes regarding technology on wildfires. This, coming in an arena which has historically seen significant changes occuring slowly, over time.

    Certainly, an emergency tone in all the radios would be a start. GPS locators, if not with everyone, at least with supervisors, resource bosses, and vehicles. My son has a dog who is an escape artist. He bought a GPS tracker for her collar and he can always see where she is in real time, and it wasn’t that expensive.

    I appreciate all of the research and commentary everyone has done here. Please keep it up. Hopefully, there are other people digging hard behind the scenes as well, and the truth won’t have to remain so elusive, after all!

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 8, 2013 at 6:13 pm

      >> TTWARE said…
      >> There has been speculation (I think I got it from the report)
      >> that when GM got into trouble, the broadcaster might
      >> have thought he was on Air Guard, when in fact he was
      >> on a very busy Air to Ground channel.

      Not true ( according the SAIR, anyway ).

      The ‘broadcaster’ ( Marsh or Steed at that very moment?
      You are right, needs verification ) knew EXACTLY what
      channel he was ‘broadcasting’ on at that moment and
      even says so in his own transmission ( according to the
      SAIR, without quoting any sources, of course ) when
      he pressed the button and started talking.

      Page 27 of the SAIR…

      “Breaking in on Arizona 16, Granite Mountain Hotshots,
      we are in front of the flaming front.”

      The caller KNEW he had just ‘broken in’ on ‘Arizona 16’
      and said so. The fact that the caller identified himself
      as simply ‘Granite Mountain Hotshots’ means it most
      probably WAS Steed ( because Marsh might NOT have
      even caught up to all of them at that moment and Steed
      was alone with the crew when he/they first realized the
      danger they were now in ).

      The SAIR does NOT say who they think made
      this particular call ( or what source they are even
      using for the quotation ).

      I can only assume they MUST have tried to identify
      who it was… but failed? Hard to believe they could
      (apparently) get every word of that quotation right and
      still not be able to tell the difference between Marsh
      or Steed at the same time… based on the number
      of people that could have helped them do that… but
      they have refused to attribute this crucial ‘break in’ call
      ( the first indication there was any REAL trouble ) to
      either Steed or Marsh.

      My own theory ( again )?

      That HAD to be Steed. Marsh would have said ‘DIVS A’
      or ‘Able’ or ‘Alpha’ and the words ‘with Granite Mountain’
      like he had been doing all day.

      If it WAS just Steed… it’s because Marsh was still straggling
      behind everyone and just hadn’t quite caught up to them
      at that moment. He may have just been a few hundred
      feet away in the rear… and finally catching up… but it
      was Steed who first saw the wall of flame coming
      at them and Steed got right on the radio about it.

      Also… I think the fact that Steed purposely chose to
      break in on the Arizona 16 channel at that moment means
      that this was already desperation. Steed may have ALREADY
      tried to call OPS1… but as we know now may have been
      typical that day… OPS1 was not ‘immediately’ available.

      It was all hitting the fan over in Yarnell at that point. OPS1
      still thought GM was way over ‘in the black’ and the
      furthest thing from his mind. He was BUSY ( Too busy ).

      Steed may have waited only a few seconds to hear back
      from OPS1 and then realized he had to do a MAYDAY,
      somehow… someway… so SOMEONE… RIGHT NOW…
      and breaking in on Arizona 16 was his only option.

      ( See discussion above where it’s pretty much confirmed
      that breaking in on air frequencies is the only equivalent
      of an actual immediate MAYDAY call in the ‘C’ part of
      the current wildland LCES protocol environment… so
      that’s exactly what Steed was doing at that moment. )

      >> TTWARE also wrote…
      >> I also believe (with nothing to back this up), that by
      >> the significant difference in the tone and calmness
      >> between the two transmissions, that the original
      >> (static filled) call was possibly made by Steed, and
      >> then final transmission was made by Marsh.
      >> If that’s the case, could this be time that Marsh actually
      >> caught up with the crew?

      Yes. It most certainly could have been.

      Think about it… just TWO minutes before that… Marsh
      is ‘calm’ and still playing DIVS A and trying to ‘help with
      the general fire’ and help ASM2 line up a potential
      retardant drop for a general pass at the Glen IIlah
      area saying “That’s were we want retardant”.

      He may have been just SECONDS away from catching
      up to the rear of the GM crew out there in the Manzanita ,
      and it wasn’t until he DID… and went to the head of
      the line… that he confronted the same horror Steed
      ran into himself just seconds before that.

      His DIVS A hat came right off ( of course ) and now he
      is identifying himself as ‘Granite Mountain 7’… which wasn’t
      even right but in his now-panicked state was the best
      he could come up with.

      >> Perhaps some of the people who heard this
      >> exchange could verify if it was possibly two
      >> different people talking.

      See above. I cannot BELIEVE ( as important as this
      moment is ) that the SAIR team would not have lifted
      heaven and earth to already figure that out.

      Maybe they just weren’t good enough, or didn’t call in
      enough help or experts to aid in the identification.
      Maybe they just didn’t care since they already had
      the narrative made up and just decided to leave
      those transmissions ‘unattributed’ to support the narrative.

      >> I believe that as a result of the Yarnell Incident, we are
      >> going to see some rapid changes regarding technology
      >> on wildfires.

      Good Lord… I most certainly hope so.
      If this incident doesn’t prompt a move into the 21st
      century for this culture… then what will?

      >> TTWARE also said…
      >> My son has a dog who is an escape artist.
      >> He bought a GPS tracker for her collar and he
      >> can always see where she is in real time,
      >> and it wasn’t that expensive.

      Not even necessary ( though even that would work fine ).
      There were upwards of 5 Smartphones out there with that
      crew… and even software like ‘FriendFinder’ is totally free.

      If there really WAS a ‘SAFETY OFFICER’ on duty that
      afternoon as there SHOULD have been… ( that still hasn’t
      been investigated properly ) then HE could just be
      ‘watching them’ all the time. He would have seen them
      coming south on the ridge road… then (inexplicably) east
      toward the advancing fire… and HE could have ‘done HIS job’
      and gotten right on the horn and said “Granite Mountain…
      this is SAF1… what the hell are you doing out there?
      Where are you going? Go BACK!”.

      Customized hardware/software tied into existing wildland
      command software would be the BEST option… but nothing
      has to WAIT for that. Not one minute.

      >> TTWARE also said…
      >> Hopefully, there are other people digging hard behind
      >> the scenes as well, and the truth won’t have to remain
      >> so elusive, after all!

      I share that hope.

      I don’t think the ‘truth’ is actually all that ‘elusive’ here.

      It’s just complicated, that’s all.

      I think the pieces of the puzzle are really all just lying
      right there on the table…

      and in the original (unedited) copies of MacKenzie’s
      video(s) and photo(s)…
      and in the captured radio transmissions,
      and in the logs…
      and in the minutes of exactly who was at the briefings…
      and exactly what information was imparted there…
      and in the cell phone records…
      and (most importantly) in the memories of a lot
      of people who are still very much alive.

      Reply
      • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

        November 8, 2013 at 8:39 pm

        I’ve been out of the bushes for a while now, but if my memory serves me (and quite often it doesn’t these days), it seems like channel 16 was normally used (reserved?) for the Air Guard frequency.

        If that was the case, that would explain how the speculation arose as to GM THINKING they were on Air Guard by stating “breaking-in on 16”, when they were actually broadcasting over Air to Ground, which was on a different freq.

        Anyone reading, please correct me if my memory on channel 16 being used for Air Guard is incorrect. Thanks.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 8, 2013 at 11:08 pm

          You may have been out of the bushes for
          a while but today seems to be the day I
          keep tripping over them.

          YOU are RIGHT about these references
          to something called ‘Air Guard’ and to
          the ‘Arizona 16’ references in the SAIR.
          They really need to be read as ‘one and
          the same’.

          On page 27 of the SAIR there is a footnote
          reference ( 9 ) which then has this small
          notation at the bottom of the page…

          “(9) Arizona 16 is the Airguard frequency,
          an emergency frequency that all aircraft
          have programmed into their radios and monitor.
          It appears the Granite Mountain crewmember
          thinks he is breaking in on Arizona 16 but he is
          on the air-to-ground frequency.”

          ( Notice that even the footnote refuses to identify
          who this GM ‘crewmember’ really is that is
          sending this first MAYDAY indication that they
          are in REAL trouble ).

          Bottom line on this: The ‘unidentified GM
          crewmember’ was sending the first MAYDAY
          in (apparently) the only way the wildland fire
          radio protocol allows… but simply made a
          mistake about what the output channel on
          his radio was actually set to… and it went
          out on the air-to-ground channel instead.

          Page 16 of the SAIR lists the actual frequencies
          in use that day ( including Air Guard / Arizona 16 )
          and according to that chart… instead of channel
          16… the ‘unidentified GM crewmember’
          sent that first MAYDAY out on channel
          10 ( Air-To-Ground ).

          I still think this first MAYDAY ( “We are in front
          of the flaming front!” ) was from Steed…
          NOT Marsh.

          I think Marsh only ‘caught up’ to them at either
          exactly that moment or just a few seconds
          after this first MAYDAY.

          Steed got busy directing the crew to prepare
          the deployment site ( now that Marsh had
          finally caught up to them ) and it was then
          Marsh who sent the final “We are deploying”
          and (when asked by ASM2 if they were on
          the south side of the fire ) the final “Affirm!”
          transmission. They still thought they were on
          ‘Arizona 16’ at that point, and not channel 10.

          Reply
  299. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 7, 2013 at 8:19 pm

    Mr. Olson… below is a copy of a message I tried to post
    a day or so ago in response to your analysis.

    Somehow… it seems to be stuck in ‘waiting for moderation’ land
    on this forum and I think it’s because I had some
    clickable URLs ( Hyperlinks ) in it.

    The following is a full re-posting of the original message WITHOUT
    any clickable URLs in it to see if that ‘makes it through’.

    The 3 PHOTOGRAPHS I am referring to below are the
    same ones that are already listed ( with clickable links )
    on this message thread up above under the message entitled…

    INDEPENDENT PHOTOGRAPHIC EVIDENCE OF BRENDAN
    MCDONOUGH AND THE GRANITE MOUNTAIN VEHICLES
    AT THE YARNELL CAFE’… LATE AFTERNOON, JUNE 30, 2013.

    That would be…

    Photo 1 – Tom Story’s photo 1 in the previous message
    Photo 2 – Michelle Lee’s photo 1 in the previous message
    Photo 3 – Michelle Lee’s photo 2 in the previous message

    **********************************************************
    ** Start of original message posted a day or so ago…
    **********************************************************

    Mr. Olson… first and foremost… thank you for your
    distinguished service.

    Thank you as well for your perspective/thoughts.

    With regards to the ‘Blue Ridge Hotshots’ and ‘why
    didn’t they try to reach Yarnell ( to do structure
    protection ) that afternoon’?…

    The Blue Ridge Hotshots DID reach Yarnell that
    afternoon ahead of the advancing fire… with
    plenty of time to participate in structure protection…
    but they did no such thing.

    No one asked them to… and it wasn’t their job.
    Period. End of story.

    There is actual photographic evidence of this.
    See below.

    After Blue Ridge evacuated the St. Joseph Shrine
    area where they HAD been doing what they were
    trained to do… they simply parked at the Ranch
    House Restaurant ( the cafe’ ) and watched the fire
    march into Yarnell… along with a lot of other firefighters
    who had evacuated to that (safe) position.

    Two of the Blue Ridge Hotshots also drove the (empty)
    Granite Mountain Crew Carriers over to that location
    with Brendan McDonongh, who was most probably
    driving the GM Supervisor truck.

    Even if the GM crew had been able to scoot down off
    that ridge and get back to their carriers BEFORE the
    fire overtook that road they walked in on that morning…
    and the GM carriers were actually full of GM crew as
    they left the Shrine area ( instead of empty )… they
    would have ended up just ‘standing around’ in the
    cafe’ parking lot along with the Blue Ridge Hotshots
    circa 4:30 PM and also NOT doing structure protection.

    So all of this talk about them (perhaps) hurrying to
    their deaths just to try and protect a house or two
    is mystifying to me. I don’t think that was actually a
    factor AT ALL in what happened to them that fateful day.

    They ( Granite Mountain ) could have also gone
    ‘on the double/triple’ on their escape and somehow
    magically appeared coming in to Yarnell like the
    cavalry on a charge… and they would have
    simply found all the other Hotshots and other
    professional firefighters already just standing around
    in the cafe’ parking lot, doing nothing.

    It was already too late for any of that. It was already
    “let it do what it’s going to do and just be safe” time.

    See the following 3 pictures that clearly show the
    Blue Ridge Hotshots arriving in Yarnell ( along with
    the empty GM crew carriers ) and then just ‘standing
    around’ not even making any attempt to save houses
    that are even just directly across the street from them…

    Photo 1 – Blue Ridge Hotshots safe in Yarnell with
    the fire now coming into Yarnell. The BR crew is in
    the foreground just resting and drinking from
    water bottles…

    ( Photo credit: Tom Story / Arizona Republic )
    ( See clickable link up above in previous posting )

    Photo 2 – 4:49 PM June 30, 2013.
    Blue Ridge Hotshots and other firefighters safe at
    the cafe’ and just watching the fire come into town
    and burn houses directly across the street from them.
    This is probably the exact moment of the burnover
    out in the box canyon.

    ( Photo credit: Michelle Lee / Arizona Republic )
    ( See clickable link up above in previous posting )

    Photo 3 – 50 minutes later. BR crew is in a huddle
    apparently discussing some kind of news about the
    GM crew. Fire is even farther into town at this point…

    ( Photo credit: Michelle Lee / Arizona Republic )
    ( See clickable link up above in previous posting )

    Don’t get me wrong. I am not suggesting for one
    moment that they SHOULD have been running around
    in that chaos trying to do anything. The situation was
    simply out of control at that point and you see them
    in the photos doing the ONLY thing they should have
    been doing and that is ‘being safe’.

    I am also not suggesting for one moment that if
    anyone DID tell Granite Mountain to “get back to
    town ASAP… we need you” that that should not
    be fully investigated and discovered. It certainly
    should… regardless if they would have ended up
    just ‘standing around’ in the same parking lot as
    the Blue Ridge crew. It’s still an important thing
    to know about the decision making process on
    that day that 19 men died together.

    I guess I am just saying that if/when the real truth
    comes out… and it turns out they might actually
    have been ‘rushing to their deaths’ for something
    as banal as saving houses when there were plenty
    of their comrades already there… and not doing
    anything of the sort… that is going to make this
    tragedy even more painful than it already is.

    Reply
    • Gary Olson says

      November 7, 2013 at 11:36 pm

      Well…as it has been pointed out many times, information is sketchy and confusing regarding this incident. But, it is my understanding from talking to a source who I believe pertaining to this particular point, here is the distinction between what Blue Ridge did and what I believe Granite Mountain was ordered to do.

      During the time in question, all of the roads going into Yarnell, not the highways, the residential roads leading into the neighborhoods themselves were all blocked with residents fleeing OUT, all of the lanes. Therefore no emergency vehicles could get into the neighborhoods to help with the evacuation and start engaging in structure protection.

      So it’s not a question of whether Granite Mountain was trying to get back to the main staging areas where lots of people were standing around like the Blue Ridge Hotshots being safe while the blow up occurred, I believe the Granite Mountain Hotshots (after being told to) were trying to reach the back side of the neighborhoods to engage in structure protection and possibly help with evacuations such as checking houses for residents or etc.

      Had they been interested in simply returning to the main business part of town on the highway, they could have simply walked south to the highway which is a relatively short distance while calling to be picked up on the highway in their crew carriers or Blue Ridges. BUT…that would have just put them standing around the parking lot like everyone else, so I don’t think that is what they were trying to accomplish or had been ordered to do.

      What I was referring to…is why didn’t the Blue Ridge Hotshots see the need to try and reach the neighborhoods by going cross (they were in the same geographic area) country to reach the western end of Yarnell and especially Glen llah.

      I did not intend my latest post to go down this rabbit trail of speculation in any case. I was just reacting to Dylan Howard’s post attacking John Dougherty’s article which stated in part, “The amount of ignorance shown in this article is overwhelming; it is not only poorly researched but extremely destructive. To even suggest that two philosophies on fire fighting (wildland and structural) were blended is misinformed” which is posted here http://blogs.phoenixnewtimes.com/valleyfever/2013/08/the_granite_mountain_hotshots.php?page=2

      I had already told John Dougherty I was checking out of this discussion because “they” hold all of the cards and they have already written the narrative their way…period. After I posted my original comment on the New Times, John asked me to repost it here, which I gladly did, but now I am back spinning my wheels again going nowhere fast…so I am taking another vow to bow out of this discussion, but I will continue to follow it with interest until everyone else gets as disgusted as I am with how ****** up the powers that be are.

      In the end however, they were not as bad as they have been in the past (this is not my first rodeo), and they did not absolve the managers and the agencies of any wrong doing and hang it all around the necks of the dead firefighters, which is what they have always done in the past. This time…they absolved everyone of any wrong doing or mistakes and they are going with the well…I guess **** just happens, nothing more we can do or say, Oh Well.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 8, 2013 at 11:21 am

        Well… where I come from we have a saying…

        Even when **** just happens..
        It leaves an awful smell…
        …and it’s time to open all the windows.

        Reply
  300. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 7, 2013 at 12:21 pm

    I don’t think the ‘fire chief’ mentioned above could have been Willis.
    Willis was assigned to coordinate structure protection that day
    ( June 30, 2013 ) and not ‘air operations’.

    Regardless… I think it’s becoming clear now that even though
    Willis had a job that day… he WAS closely monitoring GM
    that day ( he certainly knew the intra-crew frequency number )
    and he probably knows more than he has said so far.

    With regards to THIS important item…

    >> “(The operations chief) advised me that he was on a
    >> separate channel and did not hear the traffic,”
    >> according to the report

    …there is OTHER evidence that OPS1 simply wasn’t
    even hearing people that day due to either incompetence
    or by choice.

    Stick with me for a second… this gets a little complicated…

    Just about a month ago ( On October 6 and 9 ),
    someone with a YouTube account handle of
    4490red posted FOUR videos taken in Yarnell
    on the morning and the afternoon of June 30, 2013.

    This ‘4490red’ person is a firefighter and was the
    crew boss of a Type 2 unit attached to the
    Globe, Arizona Fire Department. His first name
    is Anthony.

    I could post direct links to the video but I have
    discovered that the moment you put any links
    in any comments sent to this forum the post
    has to be moderated before it appears… so
    I’m just going to tell you how to (simply)
    find these videos on YouTube using their
    own search bar.

    All FOUR of the videos posted by that crew captain
    of the Globe Fire Department Type II crew ( Anthony )
    have the same title…

    Yarnell Hill Fire 6/30/2013 Globe Type II Crew

    … but TWO of them have a PERIOD after the
    6/30/2013 date and the other two do not.

    If you simply search YouTube for…

    Globe Type II Crew

    …then all four of them should appear immediately
    at the top of the search results.

    Here are the videos that you will see appearing
    at the top of the search results…

    ** VIDEO 1
    Yarnell Hill Fire 6/30/2013 Globe Type II Crew
    by 4490red
    4 weeks ago
    16 views
    Published on Oct 9, 2013
    Yarnell Hill Fire 6/30/2013. North East structure protection
    group. Prepping houses as the fire burned towards us.

    ** VIDEO 2
    Yarnell Hill Fire. 6/30/2013 Globe Type II Crew
    by 4490red
    4 weeks ago
    13 views
    Published on Oct 9, 2013
    Yarnell Hill Fire. 6/30/2013. Globe Type II Crew. DC-10
    Tanker drop on Northeast flank. Late afternoon 6/30/2013.
    Helped prevent spread to the Northeast before the wind shift.

    ** VIDEO 3
    Yarnell Hill Fire 6/30/2013. Globe Type II Crew.
    by 4490red
    1 month ago
    33 views
    Published on Oct 6, 2013
    Yarnell Hill Fire. 6/30/2013. DC-10 Tanker drop just
    east of Glen Ilah. After the wind shift. Right around
    the time of the entrapment.

    ** VIDEO 4
    Yarnell Hill Fire 6/30/2013. Globe Type II Crew.
    by 4490red
    4 weeks ago
    17 views
    Published on Oct 9, 2013
    Staged at Yarnell Fire Dept. morning of 6/30/2013.
    4th crew on scene. Granite Mountain can be heard
    on the radio calling Operations on Tac 1. Waiting to
    see if we were going to be choppered up on the
    mountain. Everyone was in good spirits that morning.

    The two most interesting one are VIDEO 4 and VIDEO 3,
    and here are my own comments about them…

    ** Comments on VIDEO 4

    This is the video that accidentally captures a
    radio transmission from Eric Marsh and a frustrating
    attempt to contact OPS1 ( even early in the day )…

    This is actually the first one 4490red (Anthony) shot
    that day and it shows them all sitting in their truck
    that morning right after they arrived in Yarnell in the
    dirt parking lot directly behind the Yarnell Fire
    Station ( the same Fire Station where that now
    infamous 7:00 AM briefing took place with
    Granite Mountain… and only Marsh attended it
    while Steed stayed outside with the GM crew ).

    They are sitting in their vehicles just waiting for
    an assignment… but are shooting video due
    west showing what the fire looked like late
    morning. The ridge in the distance is exactly where
    Granite Mountain was already headed to work.

    You can be absolutely certain this is that Type 2
    crew from the Globe Fire Department because
    as the video pans around to the back seat… the
    firefighter behind the driver shoots him a bird…
    but at that moment you can clearly see his CAP
    and the logo(s) on it.

    There’s also an identical Globe Fire Department
    Type 2 crew CAP sitting on the dashboard right in
    front of the guy shooting the video.

    I checked Google Maps and they are most definitely
    sitting in their vehicle parked on the vacant lot just west of
    the Yarnell Fire Station. You can see a yellow helicopter
    sitting just in front of them which is sitting on the small
    Yarnell Fire Station Helipad and the white windsock flying
    from the north roof point of the Yarnell Fire Station building.

    As you can see from the windsock itself… the wind is strong and it
    is definitely blowing straight from the southwest where they are
    at that moment in time ( on the morning of June 30, 2013 ).

    Background radio traffic heard before GM is heard on the radio…

    +07: Yea… Moser… ??? red.
    +15: Okay… I’ll, ah… be down there shortly
    +18: I’m gonna turn around here and head down that way.

    Background conversation heard before GM heard on radio…

    +21: “Wanna shoot some video, boy?”
    +24: “Yes”.
    +33: (Sound of a text message arriving in the truck cab where
    they are sitting and shooting the video(s) ).
    +34: “Stuuupid”
    +36: “I will break your camera”

    6 seconds later at +42 seconds…

    Radio traffic from Granite Mountain that was captured…

    This is most probably Eric Marsh ( exact atomic clock time uknown )…

    +42: Operations… Able… Granite Mountain on TAC 1.

    Background conversation after that…

    +01:39: “How ya doin’ there, Hanson!”
    +01:41: “Oh my Lord… How ya doin!”
    +01:44: Video ENDS

    There was no response to Marsh’s attempt to call Operations
    on TAC 1 for over 1 minute and 62 seconds… and then the
    video ends. Uncertain if anyone ever answered Marsh but
    I think it’s relevant that Marsh never tired to call back, either.

    Could this be just a snippet of proof of the general lack
    of communciation that day with OPS1?

    Is this just another instance where OPS1 simply wasn’t
    paying attention that day… or was constantly switching
    to other frequencies and MISSING things?

    Maybe… but it would match your post above which
    describes OPS1 habit that day of missing radio
    conversations

    ** Comments on VIDEO 3

    This video was shot right around the time of the entrapment.

    The Globe crew had their radios up full blast and
    were monitoring the air-to-ground frequency at this moment.

    The video shows the Globe Fire Department vehicles
    in the foreground and a VLAT tanker drop coming
    overhead… just east of the Glen IIlah sub-division
    ( which is where the Boulder Springs Ranch is ).

    There is background radio traffic at this time
    but I don’t actually hear anything directly
    related to the entrapment or anythiing mentioned
    in the SAIR… except maybe for the beginnings
    of those ‘garbled transmissions’ mentioned
    in the SAIR. Maybe someone else could hear
    more in the background.

    Here is my best guess at what is actually
    understandable on the background radio traffic…

    START OF VIDEO 3

    three four one six point one nine
    by one one two… four four point one four.

    (Two?) Copy that.

    No worries ( man ).

    ( VLAT flyover and drop takes place just beyond parking lot )

    Copy, ah… they want the ?? at (major?) five eight
    and you can probably raise them on this frequency
    but… ah… you need to go back.

    (major?) five eight

    END OF VIDEO 3

    Reply
    • calvin says

      November 7, 2013 at 12:54 pm

      AWESOME! I haven’t seen these videos. Thanks so much. I will comment a little later. Video #3 you think possibly major? I think that was Ranger 58

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 7, 2013 at 2:19 pm

        You are absolutely right.
        That is most probably ‘Ranger 58’
        instead of ‘major 58’.
        Is Ranger 58 that small yellow
        chopper seen on the helipad
        in VIDEO 4? Can anyone verify that?

        Reply
        • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

          November 7, 2013 at 2:57 pm

          I can speak from a bit of experience that when someone doesn’t respond to radio traffic on a wildfire, it doesn’t necessarily mean they’re being neglectful. They can only talk to one person at a time (whether radio or phone). Operations is one of those positions that everyone seems to want to talk to at the same time, much more so when everything’s going to shit. Also, it’s his job to monitor and communicate on several radio channels, so he could be doing his job communicating on air to ground, command, or other DIV channels and you won’t get through. My point is, though I think all these queries on here are great, I think that alluding to the fact the Ops wasn’t properly responsive on the radio is a non-issue based on what I have seen over the years.

          I can’t verify that that is Ranger 58 is in the video, but they WERE working at the fire for a long time, so I agree that the reference in the audio is ‘Ranger’ 58.

          The vehicles noted in the foreground (Vid3) appear to be State of AZ vehicles, of the type usually used by Type II DOC crews. If they’re a state crew, then they’re not with the Globe Fire Department. I haven’t heard of the Globe FD having a Type II crew, but maybe they do.

          Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 7, 2013 at 9:56 pm

            I’m going to respond to the three topics
            in your last post in reverse order, if
            that’s okay…

            >> TTWARE said…
            >> The vehicles noted in the foreground
            >> (Vid3) appear to be State of AZ
            >> vehicles, of the type usually used
            >> by Type II DOC crews. If they’re a
            >> state crew, then they’re not with the
            >> Globe Fire Department. I haven’t
            >> heard of the Globe FD having a
            >> Type II crew, but maybe they do.

            Ah… okay… that would explain why, when
            the camera pans around in VIDEO 4 and
            you see the firefighter sitting behind the
            driver of that Crew Cab shooting a bird
            at the camera… the guy’s CAP clearly
            says STATE FIRE above the logo.

            There is no doubt, however, that the
            title of the four videos posted by
            YouTube user 4490red all have a
            titles that say…

            Yarnell Hill Fire 6/30/2013
            Globe Type II Crew

            There is also no doubt that YouTube
            user 4490red is also a member of
            a BMW club in Arizona where he goes
            by the handle ‘red99’. One of the other
            videos on 4490red’s page is a BMW rally
            that he was on as a member of that club,
            and he clearly says his ‘handle’ over at
            that club is ‘red99’ in his own public
            titles at the end of the video.

            If you jump over to the BMW club that
            4490red belongs to ( AZBMW ) and
            search for ‘red99’s public forum
            messages there… you discover that
            ‘red99’ is, in fact, a firefighter with the
            Globe, Arizona, fire department and
            he says he ‘runs a wildland firefighting
            crew’ and he has posted his first
            name (publicy) as being ‘Anthony’.

            Doesn’t take a genius to pop over to the
            Globe, Arizona ( Tri-City ) Fire
            Department site and discover exactly
            what Anthony’s last name is ( he is
            certainly listed there )… but I’m not going
            to publish that here at this time.

            So all I can assume is that the Globe
            (Tri-City) Fire Department has some kind
            of sub-contracting arrangement with
            the AZ State Forestry Service to fire
            up ( excuse the pun ) a Type 2 crew
            if/when needed.

            There is also this entry in the actual
            Yarnell Fire Incident logs from
            Saturday night with regards to ‘hiring’
            a (Type 2) crew from Globe, Arizona…

            Entry Date/Time: 06/29/2013 18:44:34
            From: CH
            To: 1-5
            Event: EMAILED RESOURCE ORDER
            FOR GLOBE CREW.

            So I think that really is a Globe, AZ
            firefighting crew working in these videos
            and then posting them to YouTube
            on October 6 and 9, 2013.

            IMPORTANT SIDE NOTE…

            It’s perfectly obvious in ALL of the videos
            that ALL of these guys were listening
            hard to their radios all day and
            they actually did capture Eric Marsh
            talking to OPS1 in VIDEO 4 early in the
            day… ( so why not later in the day as
            well? )… and they were also obviously
            monitoring air-to-ground most ( or even
            ALL ) of the day ( with separate radios
            tuned to different frequencies? )…

            …so did anyone from SAIR ask ANY of
            THESE guys what THEY might have heard
            that day?

            Could any of THESE guys ‘fill in some
            of the obvious gaps’ in the SAIR?

            What else did THEY hear that day that
            might be relevant to the investigation?

            As I’ve said before… proper investigative
            technique says you don’t get good
            answers unless you know how to ask
            good questions ( AND know how to talk
            to the right people ).

            >> I can’t verify that that is Ranger 58
            >> is in the video, but they WERE
            >> working at the fire for a long time,
            >> so I agree that the reference in the
            >> audio is ‘Ranger’ 58.

            I went off and answered my own question
            on this one. That little yellow chopper
            seen in VIDEO 4 sitting on the Yarnell
            Fire Station helipad that morning is
            NOT ‘Ranger 58’.

            Turns out… Arizona DPS is quite fond
            of Ranger 58 and they think it is quite
            photogenic… and there are TONS of
            pictures of it sitting out there.

            All I did was Google the following
            exact phrase ( including putting
            “Ranger 58” in quotes so Google
            uses that as an ‘exact phrase’ )
            and there she was… plain as can be…

            Arizona “Ranger 58”

            Again… I am hesitant to put any clickable
            links in these posts because this forum
            software will automatically send those
            posts off into ‘waiting for moderation’
            land… so if you want to see Ranger 58
            yourself just enter that exact phrase
            shown above into the Google search bar.

            FYI: Ranger 58 is a beauty. She’s a
            Bell 497 with FAA registration N58AZ
            and the words ‘AIR RESCUE’ on the
            side in white letters on a blue background.

            >> TTWARE also said…
            >> I can speak from a bit of experience
            >> that when someone doesn’t respond
            >> to radio traffic on a wildfire, it doesn’t
            >> necessarily mean they’re being
            >> neglectful.

            Of course not… and I guess I didn’t mean
            to suggest that… but please read on.
            There ARE times ( like THIS time? ) when
            too much of it is (definitely) a BAD thing.

            >> They can only talk to one person at
            >> a time (whether radio or phone).

            So… they might be better off using
            a Yahoo CHAT screen? At least then
            they could see who was TRYING to
            get in touch with them. I am not totally
            joking here.

            SIDE NOTE: At least on a phone you
            can see what calls you missed. I guess
            radios still can’t do that? ( Forgive me…
            I am not a radio person. )

            >> Operations is one of those positions
            >> that everyone seems to want to talk
            >> to at the same time, much more so
            >> when everything’s going to shit.

            I get it… but not to the point of sympathy.

            It’s part of the JOB… and they BETTER
            be able to handle it… or don’t put yourself
            in that position. Lives might be at stake.

            >> Also, it’s his job to monitor and
            >> communicate on several radio
            >> channels, so he could be doing his
            >> job communicating on air to ground,
            >> command, or other DIV channels
            >> and you won’t get through.

            Ah… okay. So what you are saying is
            that at ANY moment in time… a crew
            might have something important to
            relay to OPS1, or might be in deep
            trouble… and there is NEVER ( under
            current protocols ) any guarantee you
            will be able to raise this OPS1 guy
            when you might REALLY need him?

            That sounds like a CONSTANT ‘recipe
            for disaster’ to me. I am surprised we
            aren’t hearing about wildland firefighters
            being killed by the dozens EVERY year.

            Are you saying there isn’t even a
            MAYDAY channel or call capability
            or a ‘cut in tone’ on these modern
            radios?

            All you can do when you can’t get
            OPS1 is to try to frantically switch to
            some other frequency and see if
            ANYONE will respond?

            Is that what actually happened that
            afternoon when Marsh had to cut in
            on the air frequency? This OPS1 guy
            was just overwhelmed and Marsh needed
            to MAYDAY someone… ANYONE?

            If that turns out to be true I think the whole
            ‘C’ part of LCES needs to be TOTALLY
            re-evaluated… or more people are
            going to die.

            It’s the year 2013. There are solutions.

            >> My point is, though I think all these
            >> queries on here are great, I think
            >> that alluding to the fact the Ops
            >> wasn’t properly responsive on the
            >> radio is a non-issue based on what
            >> I have seen over the years.

            19 good men are dead.

            If it turns out that OPS1 was just ‘too busy’
            that day, or not even really up to the job,
            and he was off on some other channel
            when Marsh said they were ‘taking the
            escape route to the ranch’, which
            apparently any NUMBER of people
            heard clearly ( except OPS1? )…
            and there was no SAFETY officer on
            duty to catch this major-important
            broadcast, either…

            …and THAT is the reason OPS1 was
            ‘confused’ and ended up ‘blowing off’
            ASM2 when he wanted to go verify
            where Granite Mountain was…

            …I think that rises far above the category
            of ‘non-issue’. It rises to the ‘causality’
            level in the investigation of the deaths
            of 19 men.

            17 of those men depended totally on
            the 2 directly supervising them… but
            those 2 men, themselves, were totally
            dependent on the competency of
            their ‘higher ups’ and the ability to
            communicate effectively that day.

            This all needs a CLOSER LOOK.

            Reply
    • calvin says

      November 8, 2013 at 4:04 am

      Video #1. I am not sure of the location this was taken from but it seems that it could have been in close to the time of entrapment, deployment. The fire is definitely moving to the south at this point. This is evidence of a fire whirl. The SAIR made a brief mention of spot fires but not at time of deployment. The picture of deployment site on p88 of sair shows the fire entering the site from the SOUTH SOUTHWEST.

      Video #2: This video shows that the wind has shifted and is now coming from the North or Northeast. In the first thirty seconds someone is talking about a half tank. Fuel level?? I initially thought it was VLAT T911 making the call. Upon further listening I don’t think it was T911 being said and I do not think they would be transmitting during the drop but I cant confirm that. However it is important to know which Vlat drop this is because it shows the wind has already shifted.I If, the VLAT is talking about their fuel situation, it could be the 1237 or 1512 drop as those two flight times were the longest. The other VLAT drops occurred at 1410 and 1542. At 1:50 of video SPGS1 calls Moser (Corey?) and asks “have you checked those ugh.. The Ranch. Structure 2 as he says sounds like Willis to me? Moser (Corey) replies they are almost finished and gonna go check ranch next.

      Reply
    • calvin says

      November 8, 2013 at 4:34 am

      Video #3. Could the numbers recital at first of video be coordinates for VLAT drop? The other voice says no worries man. Also the firefighters standing around do not seem to know of the situation unfolding. So there is no radio traffic concerning deployment, no one on the ground seems concerned, tense, attentive as they are aware of deployment yet the VLAT makes the drop. I am not sure if this is the entire load but it seems to me that Div A has not announced deployment intentions at this time. Now to the conversation about Ranger 58. I think someone says. They were on the heel at Ranger 58 and you can probably reach them on their (?) frequency but you need to go back. The VLAT does not appear to me to be flying a straight South to North path, but seems to be coming from the West and turning North before dropping. I also do not see or hear ASM plane in the Video.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 11, 2013 at 12:46 am

        VIDEO 3 ( as referenced in previous posting ).

        This the VLAT drop with white Globe Type II
        ‘Crew Trucks’ in the foreground and the ‘Ranger 58’
        radio traffic heard right after the drop.

        The video was shot in the parking lot of a ‘U-Store-It’
        establishment in Yarnell, just off Highway 89.

        The location is not actually ‘just east of Glen Ilah’ as the
        YouTube video comments indicate. It was actually shot
        pretty well northeast of Yarnell itself on the western side
        of that smaller community just outside of Yarnell as you
        travel north on Hwy 89.

        There is a fuzzy white sign in the lower left of the video
        that I couldn’t quite make out so I captured that corner
        of the video as a photograph and ran it through some
        photo enhancement software.

        The sign says ‘U-Store-It’… and looking up that name on
        Google produced the exact location in Yarnell, AZ,
        complete with address… and a Google maps lookup
        with Street View confirms that is the exact location
        where this video was shot.

        That fuzzy white sign in the bottom left of the video that
        says ‘U-Store-It’ is actually a NEW sign in the video
        that doesn’t match the one that will show in the older
        Google Maps Street View of this location but it’s
        definitely exactly where the video was shot.

        Just drop this address into the Google Maps search bar
        and the red marker will be right on the exact location…

        21972 Arizona 89, Yarnell, AZ

        The cameraman was standing in the dirt parking lot of
        the U-Store-It facility and was facing directly
        SOUTHEAST as the video begins.

        The exact Latitude/Longitude point of where the
        cameraman was actually standing ( within a few
        yards of accuracy ) would be…

        Latitude: 34.231000
        Longitude: -112.739872

        If you just put a comma between the two
        lat/long values like this…

        34.231000, -112.739872

        …and then just cut-and-paste that line into the Google
        Maps search bar the location will come right up and
        a GREEN ARROW will be pointing exactly where
        the cameraman was standing.

        When the video starts, the DC10 VLAT is coming in
        from the EAST but then banks more in a
        NORTHWEST direction for the drop.
        It continues to bank slightly as it lines up the drop and
        by the time he actually does the drop ( just north of
        that white fence around the U-Store-It parking lot ) he
        is pretty much dropping on a due NORTH/SOUTH line.

        Still no verification on the exact TIME for this video…
        but it was definitely late afternoon and the video
        comments still say it was near the time of
        the entrapment.

        Reply
    • calvin says

      November 8, 2013 at 4:56 am

      Video #4. The conversation at the first of the video includes Moser. The other person talking with Moser (Corey?) is turning around to come and meet them. Could this be SPGS1 talking with the Blue Ridge Hotshots as they were arriving at fire? Who is Corey? WTKTT… why do you say they were waiting to see if they will be choppered up on the mountain? Eric Marsh does not identify himself as DIV A in this exchange.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 8, 2013 at 8:25 am

        >> calvin wrote…
        >> Video #4. The conversation at the first of
        >> the video includes Moser. The other person
        >> talking with Moser (Corey?) is turning around
        >> to come and meet them. Could this be SPGS1
        >> talking with the Blue Ridge Hotshots as they
        >> were arriving at fire?

        Very likely. The first incident briefing that morning
        ( 7:00 AM, according to SAIR but 8:00 AM according
        to Brendan McDononogh’s public interview(s) ) took
        place right there at the Yarnell Fire Station. The
        ‘command post’ moved shortly after that up to
        Peeples Valley. Blue Ridge appears to have been
        ‘late’ that morning… and they missed the same
        briefing that was given to Granite Mountain.
        Maybe they were just pulling into town, expecting to
        go to the Yarnell Station for briefing as they may
        have been told the night before… but only upon
        arriving found out they needed to ‘turn around’
        and go back up to the school in Peeples Valley.

        I don’t know what time they were SUPPOSED to
        be there but it just seems to me that if GM was
        there at 7:00 for the first briefing… then wouldn’t
        that have been when BR was supposed to be
        there, too? So for the purposes of discussion
        ( and until I find out otherwise ) I am going to
        assume BR was ‘late’ that morning.

        The (fact?) that BR was LATE that morning came
        into play later and caused one of the critical confusion
        points that is now documented in the SAIR. I am
        talking about that moment when BR Supt dropped
        McDonough off at the GM vehicles, proceeded on
        his UTV over to the Shrine area to get a few of his
        boys to come back and help Brendan move the
        vehicles, and ( as the SAIR details ) had that
        ‘conversation’ ( on the open command channel? )
        with Marsh.

        That was when Marsh said they were ‘making their
        way to their escape route’ and BR Supt wanted
        clarification on what that meant. That’s when we
        hear the “…you mean that road I saw you on?”
        conversation. Right here is where a big lack of
        clarity entered the picture. BR Supt had NO IDEA
        what Marsh meant… and was ‘assuming’ GM’s
        escape route was ‘in the black… to some ranch
        to the NORTH’.

        That is all because BR wasn’t at the same early
        morning briefing as GM. If BR Supt had been in
        the same meeting with Marsh… he would have
        automatically known what Marsh meant later
        int the day and hence… no CONFUSION at
        that moment.

        Maybe a new rule should be made here.

        ALL Hotshot crews in the field MUST be required
        to at least know the ‘ES’ part of the LCES plan
        for EVERY OTHER Hotshot crew working the
        fire… before they ever set foot ‘in the field’.
        As we are seeing with this incident… that might
        actually prevent a critical moment of confusion
        from radio traffic and SAVE LIVES in the future.

        NOTE: I think Marsh was also at fault at that moment
        for not making it CLEAR ( to someone who was
        obviously SEEKING clarity ) what his real plans were.
        “Yea…that road you saw me on” is not exactly an
        ‘information filled’ response. Marsh SHOULD have
        known that BR Supt did NOT know what GM’s
        ‘ES’ factor was in GM’s LCES plan at that moment
        since BR was not at the same briefing… and Marsh
        should have been VERY clear at that point with
        something like…

        “Sorry, BR Supt… I forgot you weren’t at the same
        briefing this morning. Let me make myself clear.
        We are moving off the ridge down to that two track
        road you saw me on and then we will be heading
        south on that road to the Boulder Springs Ranch…
        which is GM’s designated safety zone.
        Do you COPY THAT?”

        BR Supt. “Roger that. Thanks for being clear.”

        >> calving also wrote…
        >>
        >> Who is Corey?

        Don’t know yet. Stay tuned.

        >> calvin also wrote…
        >> WTKTT… why do you say they were waiting
        >> to see if they will be choppered up on the
        >> mountain?

        I didn’t. Those are the actual comments from YouTube
        posted by 4490red… who I am assuming is the same
        guy who shot the videos.

        >> calvin also wrote…
        >> Eric Marsh does not identify himself
        >> as DIV A in this exchange.

        I believe he does. He says…

        +42: Operations… Able… Granite Mountain on TAC 1.

        I think ‘Able’ was meant to ID him as ‘DIVS A’.

        I am assuming these guys use that kind of
        verbal radio shorthand a lot on fires… or maybe it
        was because this was one of the first times
        in his life ( if not the VERY first time? ) that
        Marsh was playing ‘DIVS A’ on a fire… and
        he wasn’t quite sure yet HOW to identify himself.

        Anyway… my assumption is that ‘Alpha’
        was verbal shorthand for ‘DIVS A’ just like
        ‘Baker’ would be verbal shorthand for ‘DIVS B’
        or ‘Zulu’ would be verbal shorthand for ‘DIVS Z’,
        etc… yada… yada. Someone else with actual
        wildland firefighting experience can probably
        either confirm this assumption or shoot holes in it.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 8, 2013 at 11:11 am

          Typo in last comment above.
          Marsh said ‘Able’ instead of ‘Alpha’
          but I think you get the gist of
          what I was trying to say. Maybe
          ‘wildland’ folks are more likely
          to use ‘Able’ than the more common
          military ‘Alpha’ word.

          Reply
          • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

            November 8, 2013 at 12:49 pm

            It is quite probable that “Able” mentioned in the conversation is actually Todd Able, who was one of the Operations Section Chiefs on the fire. He is the one that gave the morning briefing to DIV A per reporting in the Outside Magazine article.

            It is not unusual for someone’s last name to be used in radio traffic on a fire, especially in this case, where I read that there was 2 Operation Section Chiefs in working in different areas.

            Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 8, 2013 at 7:53 pm

            >> TTWARE said…
            >> It is quite probable that “Able”
            >> mentioned in the conversation is
            >> actually Todd Able, who was one
            >> of the Operations Section Chiefs
            >> on the fire.

            Bingo. Thanks TTWARE.
            Forget everything I said.
            That has to be what the ‘Able’ refers to.

            Makes sense… if there were multiple
            ‘Operations’ officers at that moment
            then caller SHOULD say which one
            he is really meaning to talk to.

            Also means that calvin must be
            right as well. For some reason… Marsh
            is not yet identifying himself as ‘DIVS A’
            at that point in the morning.

            Mr. Able also became VERY important
            ( and busy? ) that morning at around
            9:03, according to the following log entry
            in the official Yarnell Incident log. That’s
            when the ‘Incident Commander’ shift
            started and Mr. Able became the
            temporary ‘Contact point’.

            From the Yarnell Incident Log(s)…

            06/30/2013 09:03:10 WW
            LOG YARNELL IC IN TRANSITION BRIEF CONTACT OPERATIONS-TODD ABLE

            They didn’t finish the official IC transition
            ( from Russ Shumate over to Roy Hall )
            until almost an hour and a half later.
            ( 10:21 AM ).

            >> TTWARE also wrote…
            >> He (Todd Able) is the one that
            >> gave the morning briefing to DIV A
            >> per reporting in the Outside
            >> Magazine article.

            Then boy… is he someone I would
            like to talk to. If there are no ‘minutes’
            from that meeting then only the people
            who were actually THERE can say for
            sure whether Marsh really was FULLY
            aware that ridge road curled around to
            the Boulder Springs Ranch when he
            left that briefing.

            If he did NOT… then the fuse for disaster
            was actually fully lit when he walked
            out the door of the Yarnell Fire Station
            that morning.

            Reply
  301. calvin says

    November 7, 2013 at 4:44 am

    Below is an excerpt about OPS1 activity at deployment time:
    Wildfire Today, July 26 More Details on the Last Minutes of Granite Mountain 19
    “(A crew member) advised their escape route had been cut off and they were deploying their shelters,” the report states. “I heard numerous attempts by Air Attack trying to contact (the crew member) after this with no response.”
    Moments later, a fire chief who was coordinating air operations drove up to the DPS helicopter where medics and crew members were waiting. They informed the operations chief what had just taken place.
    “(The operations chief) advised me that he was on a separate channel and did not hear the traffic,” according to the report

    So it appears after the discussion between 4 and 415 (depends on which page of SAIR you look at) including ASM2 and OPS1 which brought GM safety into question, OPS1 changes radio frequency and is not monitoring GM but Chief Willis is. I would like to hear comments about these observations, and then I will take it a step further

    Reply
  302. calvin says

    November 7, 2013 at 4:09 am

    I am glad to see Mr. Olson back in the comment forum. You express many good points. Below are two articles that describe Chief Willis actions June 30 around deployment time.
    The following information was found at Military.com July 24 by Cpl. Chelsea Anderson, Marine Veterans among 19 firefighters killed.
    Six hours later though, and the fire behavior was beyond extreme. At this point, Prescott Fire Department Division Chief Darrell Willis, who was with a crew at a different spot on the fire, tuned in to the Granite Mountain radio frequency to check on them.
    With the blaze growing, he listened to the Hotshots play-by-play crackle through the radio speakers
    He learned they were moving out of their location and into a safe zone, also known as, “The Black.” Shortly afterward, he learned they were being out-flanked by the roaring flames and it was coming back on their position in the black. Their plan was to cut a safety zone, burn out around themselves and deploy their shelters.
    With the Hotshots safety uncertain, Willis’ crew met its own challenges — a significant advancement of the fire at their location made him shift his focus to his own crew. While dealing with his own oncoming blaze, Willis received a phone call alerting his attention back to the Granite Mountain crew. Willis’ crew was in a tight spot, but he knew the Granite Mountain Hotshots were up against even more. He handed over command of his division to his subordinate and moved around to the other side of the fire where the operations chief for the Granite Mountain crew was located.
    Once there, Willis made multiple unsuccessful calls to the Hotshots. His thoughts began to run wild. He had full confidence in the leadership of crew captain Jesse Steed and the rest of the 20-man team, but his calls remained unanswered.

    Another account of Chief Willis actions July 30:
    Portland Press Herald, July 7, Allen Breed, How firefighting turned tragic for 19 Hotshots
    At 4:47 p.m., Eric Marsh did radio to fire commanders, and his message was utterly terrifying.
    The 19 remaining Hotshots were deploying their emergency fire shelters — lightweight cocoons made of reflective material intended as a firefighter’s last resort.
    Willis, the Prescott wildland fire chief, was in his pickup outside Yarnell, listening to the Hotshots’ tactical frequency, when he heard a garbled message from Marsh that he couldn’t quite make out.
    Then his cellphone rang.
    “Did you hear that?” a supervisor asked him. All Willis could think was, “Not those guys.” His guys.
    Then he began to pray.
    Over and over again, the radio crackled with a constant, heartbreaking summons:
    “Are you there Granite Mountain? Are you there Granite Mountain?”
    Maybe, thought Willis, they’re just out of radio contact. Maybe, he hoped, his friends would walk out of that smoke at any minute.

    Hmmmmmm!

    Reply
    • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

      November 7, 2013 at 8:09 am

      Something about the military.com narrative doesn’t ring true to me. There is nothing attributing to ANY sources, Willis or otherwise. It seems like information that was cobbled together to create a “factual” narrative, which may, or may not be factual.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 7, 2013 at 11:03 am

        Interesting stuff… but the free mix of fact and dramatic
        license makes me wonder how much of each is
        being used. I’d like to see the exact transcripts of
        interviews that those articles are based on.

        Same with the SAIR. They really blew it with that
        ‘narrative’ approach, but then failing to include actual
        transcripts, logs, etc. so other people could make up
        their minds about the ‘narrative’ itself. That’s what is
        normally done with any ‘accident’ report that tries
        to have a ‘narrative’ section. It is USUALLY still
        backed up with ‘just the facts’ and defined ‘sources’.

        Willis did, in fact, have a JOB that day.

        The actual resource logs show that he was assigned
        to ‘coordinate structure protection’ so it makes perfect
        sense that he might have been out with one of the
        Type 2 crews that afternoon ( Like the guys from
        Globe Fire Department who have posted their
        own videos to YouTube from that day ).

        I think I would also trust the second article when
        it talks about what Willis was doing… and that
        it comes from Willis himself.

        I mean… you don’t go public describing someone’s
        behavior with stuff like “He was in his pickup truck
        outside Yarnell” and “then he started to pray” unless
        you have heard that sort of stuff direct from the person
        you are writing about and you have their permission
        to print it.

        I think the most fascinating thing here is this…

        >> Willis, the Prescott wildland fire chief, was
        >> in his pickup outside Yarnell, listening to the
        >> Hotshots’ tactical frequency, when he heard
        >> a garbled message from Marsh that he couldn’t
        >> quite make out.
        >> Then his cellphone rang.
        >> “Did you hear that?” a supervisor asked him.
        >> All Willis could think was, “Not those guys.”

        Is this proof positive that it’s SOP on a fire these days
        that everyone is using BOTH radios and CELLPHONES
        all day long to communicate? Maybe Mr. Powers or
        someone else who works Type 1 or Type 2 incidents
        these days could confirm that. I think that IS what
        happens these days… but this is almost the first
        confirmation I’ve seen that it was also definitely
        happening on THAT fateful day.

        All the cell phone records for that day are evidence,
        in my opinion, and they should already be captured
        somewhere. It would be absurd to think that they
        have NOT already obtained those records.

        Also… WHO is the Supervisor that called Marsh?
        I would have liked a NAME.
        Maybe even Willis didn’t give that information to
        the reporter… but he should have.

        BOTTOM LINE: Willis knows far more about what
        happened that day ( and about the investigation
        process that followed ) than he has revealed.

        I still want to know the story with the DVD he
        was handed by Mike MacKenzie that
        (supposedly) had the published video on it
        and that (supposedly) passed on to investigators.

        Was the video ALREADY edited when he first saw it?
        Was HE ( Willis ) the one who EDITED that video?
        If not… does he know who did?

        Reply
        • Bob Powers says

          November 7, 2013 at 12:48 pm

          I wish I could enlighten you on cell phone use on fires but I’ve been away to long to know any thing for sure. I would emadgen internal agency people had there phones programed with supervisors and employees phone numbers for quick reference.

          Reply
    • Gary Olson says

      November 7, 2013 at 4:23 pm

      I believed I had already said enough and I told myself to stay out of it…but they just kept pissing me off…more and more.

      Reply
  303. Gary Olson says

    November 6, 2013 at 4:46 pm

    Hi Dylan. My name is Gary Olson. I worked on 2 USFS hotshot crews for 10 years. My first year (1975), I was the second to the last shovel on the Happy Jack Hotshots, Coconino National Forest, which is arguably the least important job on a hotshot crew. I became the Superintendent 3 years later after successfully doing every job in between.

    I was the Happy Jack Hotshot Superintendent until 1980 when the crews slot was moved to Santa Fe New Mexico. The Santa Fe National Forest offered me the job of founding the Santa Fe Hotshots, which I gladly accepted because my alternative was to remain on the Mighty Coke and operate an engine (no offense). I was the Santa Fe Hotshot Superintendent until 1984 when permanent smoke inhalation damage to my lungs and larynx forced me into another job, that of Forest Dispatcher and Coordinator of an Interagency Fire Operations Center. I still wheeze everywhere I go and sound like the Godfather talking on a good day.

    I believe I am the source of the theory that the primary casual factor in the absolutely horrific deaths of the Granite Mountain Hotshots was their cross cultural training and value system that blended structural fire fighting with wildland firefighting. I did not make this up out of thin air. I arrived at this conclusion after countless hours of trying to explain the inexplicable and…carefully listening to and studying all of Darrell Willis’ comments at the site itself and at the memorial service. I suggest you do the same.

    Why do you think the Granite Mountain Hotshots left a safe area and chose to hike down a death chute choked with brush over their heads in clear violation of almost every fire fighting rule that has ever been developed over the decades (about 100 years) by studying the deaths of every wildland firefighters by all of the experts?

    So…with all due respect to your experience with the crew and first hand knowledge of both Eric Marsh and Darrell Willis. There are only two choices when it comes to explaining the inexplicable and the primary casual factor in the deaths of these wildland firefighters that is completely unprecedented in the history of hotshot crews…ever. Never…has an entire crew been killed…ever. The only comparisons are;

    1. The Loop Fire of 1966…12 El Cariso Hotshots burned alive because they were building hand line in a death chute ABOVE the fire. This tragedy occurred in the Dark Ages of wildland firefighting before fire behavior had been studied as a science.

    2. The Battlement Creek Fire of 1976 (which I was on with the Happy Jack Hotshots) when 3 Mormon Lake Hotshots were burned alive because they were burning out their recently constructed hand line ABOVE the fire. They watched the fire burn towards them for about 4 hours, until it finally trapped and overran them.

    3. The South Canyon Fire of 1994 when 9 Prineville Hotshots (an entire squad) were burned alive because they were building hand line ABOVE the fire. It is well documented that there was a break down in the command structure on this fire and neither the Superintendent or the Foreman (Assistant Superintendent) of the crew was with the squad who died.

    That’s it…in history.

    So…how do YOU explain the inexplicable? John McCain blamed the monster fire…all wildfires are monsters. Jerry Payne blamed Eric Marsh, that’s to easy. Darrell Willis blamed God. God wasn’t on that fire. So who do you blame? Or do you agree with the official report that nobody did anything wrong? That everyone acted in accordance with all of the rules and sound wildland firefighting principles and tactics? So…I guess… **** just happens and nothing could have been done to prevent this ABSOLUTE HORRIFIC TRAGEDY and therefore absolutely nothing can be done to prevent it from happening again?

    There are only two choices here my young friend…either Eric Marsh and Jesse Steed broke almost all of the rules of wildland firefighting at one time and screwed up beyond anyone’s comprehension…even that of countless people who have never even seen a wildfire much less fought one.

    Or…it’s like I said…Eric Marsh was just doing what he was trained to do, risk everything to try and get the Granite Mountain Hotshots to town ASAP to help evacuate the good citizens of Yarnell and Glen Ilah and try to save their structures (after someone ordered them to do so) …even though most of these good citizens had done nothing themselves to create a defensible space around their own miserable properties. Which one do you pick? Choose.

    On a side note…I don’t believe in coincidences…do you? Do you think it’s a coincidence that the only hotshot crew to ever be sponsored by a city fire department in the history of wildland firefighting is now the only crew that has been killed in it’s entirety, with a exception of a lone lookout who was not with crew at the time.

    Why didn’t the USFS Blue Ridge Hotshots from the Coconino National Forest see the need to try and reach Yarnell like the Granite Mountain Hotshots did? I think it’s because the Blue Ridge Hotshots viewed the structures in Yarnell and Glen Ilah just as I would have…and all hotshots should.

    Those structures were just fuel in the path of that damn wildfire and were nothing but a potential source of BTU’s just waiting to have their stored energy released with unstoppable fury by the Yarnell Hill Fire. And now…chances are very good all of the Blue Ridge Hotshots will all grow old just like me…history proves almost all ex-hotshots do…and I hope you do as well. I broke plenty of the rules during my time, but I was always aware of the potential consequences when I did. Please stay safe and try to follow most of the rules…most of the time.

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 6, 2013 at 6:52 pm

      Could not have said it better Gary Thanks. I hope some day the investigation team will just state the facts. I talked with my local Hot Shot Supt. (Sawtooth) and he was reading the report and still trying to make sense out of it for training. I told him just stick with the basics and forget the report.

      Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 6, 2013 at 8:39 pm

      Mr. Olson… first and foremost… thank you for your
      distinguished service.

      Thank you as well for your perspective/thoughts.

      With regards to the ‘Blue Ridge Hotshots’ and ‘why
      didn’t they try to reach Yarnell ( to do structure
      protection ) that afternoon’?…

      The Blue Ridge Hotshots DID reach Yarnell that
      afternoon ahead of the advancing fire… with
      plenty of time to participate in structure protection…
      but they did no such thing.

      No one asked them to… and it wasn’t their job.
      Period. End of story.

      There is actual photographic evidence of this.
      See the 3 photographs below.

      After Blue Ridge evacuated the St. Joseph Shrine
      area where they HAD been doing what they were
      trained to do… they simply parked at the Ranch
      House Restaurant ( the cafe’ ) and watched the fire
      march into Yarnell… along with a lot of other firefighters
      who had evacuated to that (safe) position.

      Two of the Blue Ridge Hotshots also drove the (empty)
      Granite Mountain Crew Carriers over to that location
      with Brendan McDonongh, who was most probably
      driving the GM Supervisor truck.

      Even if the GM crew had been able to scoot down off
      that ridge and get back to their carriers BEFORE the
      fire overtook that road they walked in on that morning…
      and the GM carriers were actually full of GM crew as
      they left the Shrine area ( instead of empty )… they
      would have ended up just ‘standing around’ in the
      cafe’ parking lot along with the Blue Ridge Hotshots
      circa 4:30 PM and also NOT doing structure protection.

      So all of this talk about them (perhaps) hurrying to
      their deaths just to try and protect a house or two
      is mystifying to me. I don’t think that was actually a
      factor AT ALL in what happened to them that fateful day.

      They ( Granite Mountain ) could have also gone
      ‘on the double/triple’ on their escape and somehow
      magically appeared coming in to Yarnell like the
      cavalry on a charge… and they would have
      simply found all the other Hotshots and other
      professional firefighters already just standing around
      in the cafe’ parking lot, doing nothing.

      It was already too late for any of that. It was already
      “let it do what it’s going to do and just be safe” time.

      See the following 3 pictures that clearly show the
      Blue Ridge Hotshots arriving in Yarnell ( along with
      the empty GM crew carriers ) and then just ‘standing
      around’ not even making any attempt to save houses
      that are even just directly across the street from them…

      Photo 1 – Blue Ridge Hotshots safe in Yarnell with
      the fire now coming into Yarnell. The BR crew is in
      the foreground just resting and drinking from
      water bottles…

      ( Photo credit: Tom Story / Arizona Republic )

      http://media.outsideonline.com/images/yarnell-arizona-wildfire-deaths_fe.jpg

      Photo 2 – 4:49 PM June 30, 2013.
      Blue Ridge Hotshots and other firefighters safe at
      the cafe’ and just watching the fire come into town
      and burn houses directly across the street from them.
      This is probably the exact moment of the burnover
      out in the box canyon.

      ( Photo credit: Michelle Lee / Arizona Republic )

      https://pbs.twimg.com/media/BOC8L85CQAELq68.jpg

      Photo 3 – 50 minutes later. BR crew is in a huddle
      apparently discussing some kind of news about the
      GM crew. Fire is even farther into town at this point…

      ( Photo credit: Michelle Lee / Arizona Republic )

      https://pbs.twimg.com/media/BODJvfSCAAIfeWM.jpg

      Don’t get me wrong. I am not suggesting for one
      moment that they SHOULD have been running around
      in that chaos trying to do anything. The situation was
      simply out of control at that point and you see them
      in the photos doing the ONLY thing they should have
      been doing and that is ‘being safe’.

      I am also not suggesting for one moment that if
      anyone DID tell Granite Mountain to “get back to
      town ASAP… we need you” that that should not
      be fully investigated and discovered. It certainly
      should… regardless if they would have ended up
      just ‘standing around’ in the same parking lot as
      the Blue Ridge crew. It’s still an important thing
      to know about the decision making process on
      that day that 19 men died together.

      I guess I am just saying that if/when the real truth
      comes out… and it turns out they might actually
      have been ‘rushing to their deaths’ for something
      as banal as saving houses when there were plenty
      of their comrades already there… and not doing
      anything of the sort… that is going to make this
      tragedy even more painful than it already is.

      Reply
  304. NV says

    November 6, 2013 at 7:52 am

    @ Oliver and anyone else who has what they believe is evidence the pictures and video in question were tampered with, please find a way to forward this info to OSHA among others. One hopes OSHA is following this site, particularly since the coverage here has been so much better than the official whitewash of the SAIR, but one never knows.

    As far as the idea that the box canyon was confused as being part of an escape route, that to me would implicate more serious situational awareness issues than simply knowing where a safety zone is and specifically how it can be reached. Trying to travel through a sustained section of that kind of dense, highly flammable brush as part of an escape route just does not compute. I find it very unlikely that this crew did not know that bushwhacking through that chaparral would be extremely difficult. That’s part of why I believe it’s so essential that OSHA go over everyone’s cell records extremely thoroughly at this point — I find it much more plausible that there was not a spontaneous, spur of the moment decision to drop down that way.

    Reply
    • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

      November 6, 2013 at 8:51 am

      My understanding is that the OSHA investigation is being done by State of Arizona OSHA and not the feds, so don’t get your hopes up too high that ANYTHING of substance will come from it. The “State”, after all, is holding all of the “investigation” cards already, and may not want to put any more on the table!

      Reply
  305. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 5, 2013 at 10:10 pm

    INDEPENDENT PHOTOGRAPHIC EVIDENCE OF BRENDAN
    MCDONOUGH AND THE GRANITE MOUNTAIN VEHICLES
    AT THE YARNELL CAFE’… LATE AFTERNOON, JUNE 30, 2013.

    It’s never been fully established exactly how many Granite Mountain
    vehicles were involved that day… but according to the SAIR itself
    there were at least three. One pickup-truck style superintendent
    truck… and two large crew carrier vans.

    Page 24 of the SAIR says…

    :: BR Supt drops GM Lookout off at the
    :: Granite Mountain IHC Supt truck at about
    :: 1555 ( 3:55 PM ) and then heads around
    :: the corner to get some of his crew to help
    :: move the Granite Mountain crew carriers.

    ( It can be assumed, at this point, that McDonough )
    ( would be moving the GM superintendent truck )
    ( and two BR crewmembers would be moving )
    ( the GM crew carriers. McDonough does not )
    ( provide detail like this in his public interview )
    ( but this scenario would make the most sense. )

    The very next sentence in the SAIR implies that
    this next event mentioned happened immediately
    after the moment that BR Supt dropped McDonough
    off near the GM vehicles and it creates a very big mystery…

    :: On the Granite Mountain intra-crew frequency,
    :: GM Lookout hears DIVS A and GM Capt talking
    :: about their options, whether to stay in the black
    :: or to come up with a plan to move.

    McDonough himself makes no mention of this
    conversation in his public interview… and the SAIR
    mysteriously provides NO DETAIL ( from McDonough
    or any other source ) about the exact content of
    this critical conversation. All they do is establish
    that it happened… at around that time… without quoting
    any source.

    Did McDonough supply them with this kind of
    detail in his deposition… but is neglecting to mention
    it in his public interview(s)? Are they sure this
    conversation happened at that moment due to
    some other (unmentioned) source?

    Is this the conversation partially captured by the
    EDITED version of the ( 4:02 PM ) MacKenzie video
    that has been publicy released?

    Is this the conversation where Marsh is heard ( on the
    MacKenzie video ) saying “I knew this was coming…
    I could just feel it, ya know” and “wanted to know what
    your comfort level was”… and ( in video clip 2 ) Steed
    is heard saying “I copy… and it’s almost made it to
    that two-track road we walked in on.”

    Is this also the conversation where some mysterious
    third voice ( McDonough? ) is heard saying “You bet”
    over the radio and would have been a party to that
    entire conversation?

    It’s possible. The timing is close.

    The SAIR says it dropped McDonough off at the
    vehicles at 15:55 ( 3:55 PM ) and the time reported
    for the published MacKenzie video ( if it can be
    trusted ) is 16:02 ( 4:02 PM ).

    That’s just a seven minute gap and MIGHT match the
    report in the SAIR event. McDonough could not have
    driven the GM superintendent truck off until the other
    BR crewmembers had arrived to drive the 2 GM
    crew carriers… so it’s perfectly possible that
    McDonough was, in fact, just waiting there by the
    GM vehicles for those BR crewmembers to arrive
    for at least seven minutes and was, in fact, a part of
    the 4:02 PM ‘discussing their options’ conversation
    that was captured by the MacKenzie video.

    Again… neither the SAIR nor McDonough’s own public
    interview(s) either confirm or deny this. It’s conspicuously
    NOT mentioned or made clear.

    The SAIR simply moves on at this point with…

    :: As BR Supt is en route to pick up drivers to move the
    :: Granite Mountain crew carriers, SPGS1 contacts him to
    :: ask if they still have the option to burn out from the dozer
    :: line. BR Supt tells him no. DIVS A (Marsh), hearing the
    :: transmission, agrees and says he believes the fire is
    :: almost as far as the Granite Mountain vehicles.

    So BR Supt is still on his way to get at least 2 BR
    crewmembers to help move the GM crew carriers
    when this (documented) conversation takes place.

    That means there is NO DOUBT that McDonough ( who
    is now just waiting back at the GM vehicles ) must have
    heard these conversation(s).

    It’s also possible that Steed’s comment in the second
    clip of the MacKenzie video… “I copy… and it looks like
    it’s almost reached that two-track road we walked in on”
    has ALREADY happened and THAT is what prompts
    Marsh to say he “believes the fire is almost as far as
    the Granite Mountain vehicles”.

    The SAIR then mysteriously ‘jumps ahead’ and reports…

    :: A moment later, DIVS A says, “I want to pass on that
    :: we’re going to make our way to our escape route.”

    Pass on WHAT? The SAIR makes no mention of what
    Marsh is referring to here. Did someone just ask him
    ( BR Supt or BR Capt? OPS1? ) if he thought he could
    make it out and down on that two-track road back to the
    old grader location and that BR would arrange to come pick
    them all up… just like they did with Brendan McDonough a
    few moments earlier?

    Based on the timing here… there is one thing that can
    be certain. Whatever it was that was proposed to Marsh
    which prompted him to say “I want to pass on that”
    MUST have been heard by McDonough… who was
    still ( for sure and certain ) just standing next to the
    GM vehicles at that exact time and just waiting for BR
    Supt to return with some BR crew so they could move
    the GM vehicles.

    Again… there is no report in the SAIR about this and
    McDonough makes no mention of any of this in his
    public interview(s).

    The SAIR then just continues… but this would all
    still be conversation that was (supposedly) taking
    place WHILE BR Supt was in his UTV Ranger and still
    just on his way to get more BR crew to move the
    GM vehicles…

    :: BR Supt attempts to clarify, “You guys are in
    :: the black, correct?”
    :: DIVS A responds, “Yeah, we’re picking our
    :: way through the black.”
    :: DIVS A then mentions a road in the bottom
    :: and “going out toward the ranch.”
    :: BR Supt thinks DIVS A is talking about heading
    :: northeast, through the black, to one of the ranches
    :: in that direction.
    :: BR Supt says, “DIVS A, to confirm, you’re talking
    :: about the road you saw me on with the UTV earlier,
    :: in the bottom.”
    :: DIVS A replies, “Yes, the road I saw you on with
    :: the Ranger [the UTV].”

    So once again… this MUST have been conversation
    that was being overheard by McDonough since he was
    still just standing next to the GM vehicles waiting for
    BR Supt to return with some more crew.

    Was McDonough the source for this ‘summarized’
    conversation, then… or was it BR Supt deposition?

    The SAIR doesn’t say.

    The SAIR also pretty much just ‘gives up’ on detailing
    what happens with McDonough at this point.

    It doesn’t say when BR Supt actually returned with
    additional BR crew to help Brendan move the GM
    vehicles out of harms way… or exactly where they
    went at that point.

    For that… we have to rely on Brendan’s own public
    interview(s) that were only given AFTER the SAIR
    report was made public.

    In his public (video) interview with the Daily Courier,
    Brendan totally ‘summarizes’ the entire sections
    from the SAIR mentioned above with just one
    short sentence ( and no detail whatsoever )…

    :: We ( Brendan and BR Supt ) had arrived at the vehicles…
    :: and Blue Ridge hotshot crew…they helped us bump those
    :: vehicles around to a different side of the fire, in a safer area.

    The ‘safer area’ that Brendan is now referring to is the
    St. Joseph Shrine area where Blue Ridge had actually
    been working to prepare to burn out a dozer line before
    BR Supt set out in his UTV for a face-to-face meeting with
    Marsh, only to abandon that meeting when he came
    across McDonough abandoning his lookout position.

    McDonough was now ‘officially’ with the BR crew and
    then describes what happens next…

    :: our goal ( after moving the GM vehicles over to the
    :: Shrine area ) was to prep a dozer line which means to get
    :: ready to burn it… possibly.

    The SAIR says that BR Supt had already made the decision
    this was NOT going to happen before he ever even returned
    to McDonough with more BR crew to move the GM vehicles,
    and McDonough actually should have already heard that
    ‘no go’ decision on the radio before BR Supt even came back
    to him with crewmembers.

    McDonough’s public interview continues with…

    :: and within minutes of getting there ( the Shrine area )… uh…
    :: the fire activity was just picking up and keep picking up from
    :: when I had left… and… around that time… this had to been
    :: around 4… 4:15, 4:30 ish… I’m guessing… my times on that
    :: day are really hazy… um… we ended up going ( back to the cafe’ ).

    It’s documented elsewhere that the moment the GM vehicles
    got over to the Shrine area where Blue Ridge had been
    working… it was time to get the heck out of that area.

    So they did. This is true.

    The ACTUAL time on that depends on a few ‘guesses’,
    since the SAIR didn’t cover any of this activity.

    According to the SAIR… BR Supt dropped McDonough off
    at the original GM vehicle location at 15:55 ( 3:55 PM ) and
    then took off towards the Shrine area in his UTV Ranger to
    get more BR crew to come back and help Brendan move
    the GM vehicles.

    That probably took at least 10 minutes… so that puts
    the time at 16:05. Once the BR crew had returned… they
    now had to drive at least 3 GM vehicles over towards
    the shrine while some other BR crewmember drove
    the BR UTV Ranger back to the Shrine area.

    So add another 5 minutes for the GM vehicles to arrive
    over at the Shrine area. The time would now be 16:10 ( 4:10 PM ).

    As soon as the GM vehicles arrived at the Shrine area
    everyone was already leaving and heading back to
    the staging area at the Ranch House Restaurant ( the cafe’ )
    back in Yarnell. Driving time from the Shrine area back
    to the cafe’ appears to be at least another 5 minutes.

    So that would put the time when McDonough arrived at
    the cafe’ with the GM vehicles at around 16:15 ( 4:15 PM ).

    This matches EXACTLY one of Brendan’s ‘guestimates’
    in his own public interview.

    Brendan then says in his public interview…

    :: we pulled off ( the fire ), we parked at
    :: a cafe’ ( the Ranch House Restaurant ), and during the
    :: time, ya know, told my superintendent and captain that
    :: we had the vehicles in a safe area… and… once
    :: again… if they needed anything just give me a call and I’ll see
    :: ‘em soon… and that’s the last time that I talked to ‘em.

    So if he then “called my superintendent (Marsh) and
    captain (Steed)” to tell them the vehicles were “truly safe”
    as soon as he arrived at the cafe’… that means that
    conversation probably took place right around 16:15 ( 4:15 PM ).

    That is right around the exact moment the SAIR says the
    GM crew was making the fateful decision to drop down off
    the ridge into the box canyon.

    This would also mean there WAS ‘direct communication’
    with Marsh and Steed right around 4:15 PM… and so the
    ’30 minute blackout’ being sworn to in the SAIR would
    not be accurate.

    Brendan makes no mention of anything that Steed or Marsh
    might have told HIM during that communication. He doesn’t
    even say if there was any attempt to inform them how bad
    the fire had gotten there on the east side… or whether if Marsh
    and Steed thought it was perfectly safe to be walking to the
    Boulder Springs Ranch at that moment… why they didn’t
    just ask him ( McDonough ) to get over there with the Crew
    Carriers to pick them up as soon as they arrived.

    So is there any actual independent proof as to when
    the GM vehicles got over to the Ranch House Restaurant?

    As it turns out… there IS.

    All heck was breaking loose circa 4:00 PM over on the
    east end of the fire. Firefighters were all evacuating and
    reverse 911 had already gone into effect and civilian
    evacuations were already in progress.

    There were lots of people taking pictures at that time
    over in Yarnell including some professional journalists
    and photographers.

    * Tom Story ( The Arizona Republic / AP )

    Tom Story, a professional photographer, was there in
    Yarnell capturing the chaos circa 4:00 PM, June 30, 2013.

    He took this picture of what appears to be the exact moment
    the Blue Ridge and GM vehicles arrived back in Yarnell
    after retreating from the Shrine area…

    http://media.outsideonline.com/images/yarnell-arizona-wildfire-deaths_fe.jpg

    NOTE: The 2 Granite Mountain crew carriers use the identification
    tags of ‘7A’ and ‘7B’ in red letters on the top front and back of the
    cab compartment. The ‘7’ prefix is because of the crew’s original
    designation as ‘Granite Mountain 7’ before they became a
    true Type 1 IHC crew.

    You can clearly see GM Crew Carrier 7A in the center of the photo
    with the GM Superintendent truck next to it, to the right, and then
    the GM Crew Carrier 7B on the right side of the photograph.

    The GM logo is also clearly visible on the back door of Crew Carrier 7A.

    The Blue Ride Hotshot carriers have also clearly evacuated to
    this spot as well. They are the greenish/bluish crew carriers
    seen in the left side of the photograph.

    The firefighters in the foreground are most definitely Blue Ridge
    hotshots. I don’t see Brendan McDonough in the photograph
    but someone with sharper eyes might. Could be be the one
    with his back to the camera walking back towards the
    GM vehicles?

    If the timing described above is correct ( and Brendan is not
    identifiably standing outside any vehicle ) then it’s possible that
    at the very moment this photograph was taken… Brendan
    McDonough would have been sitting in the GM superintendent
    truck right there to the right of GM Crew Carrier 7A… talking with
    Marsh and Steed on the radio… telling them the vehicles were
    now ‘in a safe location’ ( at 4:15 PM ).

    Other things to note about this photograph…

    * Notice how close the fire is in the distance. This had to put
    the timeframe at about 4:10 or 4:15 PM, according to other
    evidence.

    * Also notice how haphazardly the vehicles have all pulled into
    the parking lot. They obviously had just all pulled off the fire and
    pulled into the lot as fast as they could and parked wherever
    they could.

    * In the two photographs coming up… you will see that following
    this haphazard parking… they all took the time to park the
    BR and the BM carriers more neatly at the back of the parking lot.

    * All of the Hotshots in the foreground are already relaxing
    and two of them are already drinking from water bottles… so
    this is not the EXACT moment they pulled in to the parking lot.
    It had to take at least 3-4 minutes for them to exit the vehicles
    and gather where they are now, relaxing and talking.

    Kyle Dickman, writing for ‘Outdoor Online’ magazine, wrote an
    article on the fire on July 2 which featured this photograph
    taken by Tom Story…

    That original article ( with Tom’s photo ) is here…

    Outside Online
    Tuesday, July 2, 2013
    Examining the Arizona Wildfire Deaths
    Why were 19 experienced firefighters killed when an Arizona
    blaze blew out of control? Equally important: Can we prevent
    such a disaster from ever happening again?
    By: Kyle Dickman

    http://www.outsideonline.com/outdoor-adventure/nature/The-Arizona-Wildfire-Deaths-An-Explainer.html

    Same Tom Story photograph was used in an article
    that ran in the Christian Science Monitor on July 1, 2013…
    Loss of Arizona firefighters must spur new thinking on wildfires

    http://www.csmonitor.com/Commentary/the-monitors-view/2013/0701/Loss-of-Arizona-firefighters-must-spur-new-thinking-on-wildfires

    * Michelle Lee ( Arizona Republic )

    Michelle Lee is a reporter for the Arizona Republic and she was right there
    in the cafe’ parking lot circa 4:00 PM on June 30, 2013.

    She was ‘tweeting’ photographs in real time that afternoon, and
    her Tweet timestamps can all be verified as accurate based
    on other tweets and other events throughout the day.

    She posted the following tweet at exactly 4:49 PM
    showing the status of the fire ( it’s coming into Yarnell
    at this point ) and the vehicles now neatly parked in the
    Ranch House Restaurant parking lot…

    https://twitter.com/myhlee/status/351487684440637442/photo/1

    Notice the Blue Ridge Crew Carriers now neatly
    parked in the first row of vehicles to the right
    in the photograph. As you will see in the next
    photo from Michelle Lee… the Granite Mountain
    vehicles have already been neatly parked directly
    behind them in the back row of vehicles.

    This was pretty much the exact moment of the burnonver event.

    The caption on this tweet is… “Even the firefighters are evacuating.”

    A directl link to the raw photograph, without the Twitter wrapping, is here…

    https://pbs.twimg.com/media/BOC8L85CQAELq68.jpg

    * Michelle Lee’s second cafe’ photo…

    About 50 minutes later… Michelle Lee posted another picture from
    the cafe’ parking lot in real time. This one shows all the Blue
    Ridge crew members in a ‘huddle’… and is surely the moment they
    were fearing the worst about the GM crew.

    It also CLEARLY shows the GM Crew Carrier ‘7A’ parked neatly in
    the cafe’ parking lot behind one of the Blue Ridge carriers. You can
    clearly read the ‘7A’ designation in red letters on the very edge of
    the photo near the top right.

    Firefighters huddling near #yarnellfire
    https://twitter.com/myhlee/status/351502588614672384/photo/1

    Again… a direct link to her photograph without the
    Twitter wrapping would be here…

    https://pbs.twimg.com/media/BODJvfSCAAIfeWM.jpg

    This may have actually been the moment when Ranger 58
    ( The Arizona DPS helicopter ) was announcing over the
    air-to-ground frequency that shelters had been spotted.

    It’s unknown what was being said ‘in the huddle’ but it was
    obviously important ( and being kept private ). One of the
    firefighters in the foreground even has his hand to his ear
    to make sure he can hear exactly what is being said.

    I don’t see Brendan McDonough in the huddle… but he
    must have been nearby because that’s obviously where
    the GM vehicles were now fully parked.

    There are other similar photographs from other sources…
    but I think these three alone establish without a doubt
    that McDonough did, in fact, arrive at the cafe’ right
    around 4:15 PM ( when he thought he did ) and that is
    the moment when he must have had the ‘radio conversation’
    with Marsh and Steed that he refers to in his public interview.

    Again… the actual contents of that radio conversation have
    not been fully reported to/by anyone… but if the timeframes
    are right then the insistence in the official SAIR that there
    was a ’30 minute blackout in communications’ with ‘no direct
    communications with Marsh and Steed’ is totally incorrect.

    McDonough himself (apparently) talked to them… just before
    ( or maybe even right at ) the moment they made the fateful
    decision to drop down off that ridge into the ‘killing zone’.

    This can now also ( obviously ) be verified without a doubt.
    There are a LOT of people in these pictures.
    Even if McDonough is ‘hazy on the times that day’… someone in
    these photographs would NOT be… and could verify the EXACT times.

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      November 6, 2013 at 4:27 pm

      There is no drought in my mind from experience with hot shot crews that McDonough was receiving and talking with the GM crew on their crew frequency which no on else was monitoring except maybe Yarnell personnel possibly Willis or others that had the crew freq.. The crews use this to communicate within there crew and would not be monitored by the fire. The Superintendent Would have been tied to the Fire Freq. and switching back and froth to the crew, the talk between Marsh and Steed was on the crew freq. I drought if they were silent on the radio for any length of time its just who heard them on what freq.. I think McDonough is a key player with more to say.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 6, 2013 at 5:57 pm

        Thank you, Mr. Powers. As a non-fireman that’s
        something I’ve been struggling with when trying
        to make sense out of this SAIR report.

        Nowhere does the SAIR even try to explain the
        real sources of the ‘narrative of events’ they
        are trying to present ( such as whether events
        quoted came from interviews and/or depositions,
        or from actual radio transmission captures and
        which frequencies these conversations were
        taking place on, etc. ).

        It makes it very confusing to read the SAIR
        without them also mentioning the frequency
        on which these snippets of conversation
        were actually ‘overheard’, and who else might
        have heard those transmissions.

        Example: Ranger 58 CLEARLY heard that GM was
        ‘headed to the ranch’ and, later on, was
        ‘in trouble’. The ‘in trouble’ part seems to have
        been on the air-to-ground frequency but what
        about them overhearing the ‘going to the ranch’
        part? Does that mean they heard THAT over
        the air-to-ground, as well ( not likely ), or does
        that mean Ranger 58 was monitoring ALL the
        frequencies in order to hear that ‘going to the ranch’,
        part and remember Marsh said that later on when they
        were airborne and looking for him and the GM crew?

        I gather from what you are saying that only a
        limited number of people would have been
        monitoring the ‘intra-crew’ frequency that
        Marsh and Steed and McDonough were
        talking on… but what about Blue Ridge?

        Would other Hotshot crews normally be
        listening to each other’s conversations… or not?

        The SAIR definitely reports BR Supt having lengthy
        conversations with Marsh… but never says on
        what frequency. BR Supt dropped McDonough off
        near the orignal GM vehicle location and then
        ( according to SAIR ) had that lengthy exchange
        with Marsh WHILE he was on his UTV and heading
        back to get more BR crew to help McDonough.

        Was that on the ‘open fire command’ channel, or
        was that over the BR or GM inter or intra crew
        frequency? The SAIR doesn’t say. Very confusing.

        >> Bob Powers said…
        >>
        >> There is no drought in my mind from experience
        >> with hot shot crews that McDonough was
        >> receiving and talking with the GM crew on
        >> their crew frequency

        No doubt in my mind, either… and for the whole
        time he still had the radio that afternoon all
        the way over to the cafe’, when he himself says
        he “told my sup and capt the vehicles were safe”,
        until possibly even just before the burnover.

        If he wasn’t talking… he was certainly listening.

        If you watch/read Mr. McDonough’s public interviews,
        there is no indication he is trying to hide anything
        but it definitely seems like he’s been ‘coached’
        ( by someone? ) to ‘not say anything about what
        you heard over the radio’.

        In other words… talk about what you know from
        that day in just ‘general terms’… but don’t go into
        ANY detail about ANY of the radio conversations
        you heard.

        >> which no on else was monitoring except
        >> maybe Yarnell personnel possibly Willis
        >> or others that had the crew freq.

        That’s a lot of ‘exceptions’ that we still
        don’t really know the full story on.

        WAS Willis ‘listening to everything’ that day?
        WAS OPS1 monitoring ALL frequencies that day?
        WAS ‘anyone else’ listening to Marsh and Steed that day?
        WAS Ranger 58 hearing EVERYTHING?

        Questions that all still need to be answered.

        Reply
        • Gary Olson says

          November 7, 2013 at 2:38 am

          I just want to say that you have done some impressive work here on this issue. You have obviously put more thought into trying to solve this riddle wrapped up in an enigma than the entire SAIR team, even if you are wrong, which I don’t think you are.

          I wish I could help you solve it. And I think I could, if I had police powers. I would squeeze those pimples until they burst.

          But…since I don’t and never will have, here is my unsolicited opinion of the SAIR. The SAIR is a fairy tale and a wonderful work of fiction that is loosely based on actual events that is meant for one purpose and one purpose only; to give a cover story and plausible deniability to the officials and the agencies who are responsible for this absolutely horrific and completely avoidable tragedy.

          Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 7, 2013 at 3:38 am

            On September 17, 2013 Kyle Dickman
            of ‘Outside’ magazine published an
            extraordinary article on the Yarnell
            incident. He had access to McDonough,
            family members, and people in the
            command structure that fateful day.

            Google this article title and you will
            see it right away ( sorry, but if I put an
            actual link in this comment the comment
            will be held up for moderation for a while ).

            19: The True Story of the Yarnell Fire
            By Kyle Dickman for Outside magazine
            Published September 17, 2013

            It’s obvious that McDonough ‘opened up’
            to him ( since he is a former Hotshot )
            and some things are revealed in that
            article that go far beyond any other
            ‘public’ interview that McDonough
            has given.

            I could go on about some of the
            discrepancies that are now surfacing
            in what the SAIR attributes to their
            interview(s) with McDonough and what
            he is now saying ( and has said ) in
            his public interviews… but for now there
            is one extraordinary thing McDonough
            has revealed in this article that could
            end up being the key to everything
            else that happened later in the day.

            In this article… McDonough himself
            confirms my own suspicions that
            it was ONLY Eric Marsh who went into
            that tiny office at the Yarnell Fire Station
            for the 7:00 AM morning briefing.

            Steed remained outside with the GM crew.

            Steed never saw the Google Maps of
            the safety zone or any of the roads
            that led to it.

            Marsh went into that briefing (alone) as
            the sup of GM. He came out as DIVS A,
            with a totally different set of responsibilities
            for the day… and a lot of other things
            already on his mind… and unless he
            remembered to tell Steed EVERYTHING
            that was presented to him in the briefing
            then Steed didn’t know it.

            That would support the theory that later
            in the day… Marsh told Steed to ‘head for
            the ranch and I’ll catch up with you guys’,
            but Marsh was LATE catching up to
            them and Steed did NOT know that
            the road they were on did, in fact, just
            curl around along that high (safe) ridge
            and end up at the Boulder Springs Ranch.

            Marsh was still playing DIVS A right up
            to the last minute… and was trying to
            call out things like ‘that’s where we want
            retardant’ to Air Attack even just 2 minutes
            before he said ‘We are in front of the
            flaming front!’

            If Marsh didn’t catch up with Steed and
            the crew before that ranch came into
            sight… and Steed had no idea where
            that road went.. then Steed would
            have assumed that cutting through
            that canyon was SUPPOSED to be
            the ‘way to go’ towards the safety zone.

            Unless you had seen that road close-up
            on a Google map… they were at the
            point where the road seems to
            continue due south ( AWAY from
            the ranch destination, not TOWARDS
            it ) and that would have been the
            ‘moment of decision’ where there
            seemed to be only ONE option…
            to drop down off that road in order to
            keep moving TOWARDS the ranch regardless of the ridiculous situation
            of having to slug your way cross-country
            to get there.

            Steed might have made that decision
            all on his own… thinking it was the
            right decision… because Marsh was
            still off playing DIVS A behind them
            and hadn’t caught up with them yet.

            When Marsh finally did catch up with
            them… they had already descended
            and for Marsh… it was now simply
            just a case of “there they go… and I
            must follow them… for I am their leader”.

            So the mistake(s) that were made at
            7:00 AM that morning by operations…
            by not making sure Steed came into
            the briefing and saw the same
            ‘Google maps’ that Marsh did during
            that briefing… may have turned out to
            be the mistake that killed all those men
            later in the day.

            I want someone to tell me I am wrong.

            I want someone to prove that BOTH
            Marsh and Steed knew that that ridge
            road curled all the way around to the
            safety zone and there was no need
            for anyone to do anything insane like
            try to slug through green manzanita
            as part of an ‘escape route’.

            I want someone to tell me that BOTH
            of those men had full ‘situational
            awareness’ according to both LCES
            and OSHA requirements BEFORE
            they left that Yarnell Fire Station
            that morning.

            Only people who were at that briefing
            and who are still alive can do that…
            or perhaps only McDonough can.

            This story has yet to be told fully…
            but I think it will be… soon.

            Reply
        • Gary Olson says

          November 7, 2013 at 3:33 am

          It makes my head hurt just trying to follow your work.

          Reply
        • Bob Powers says

          November 7, 2013 at 8:51 am

          The long conversation about the moving of the crew rigs—McDonough said (in his statement) the BR Supt. used his crew radio to talk with Marsh be for they left his spot and while he was loading his gear on the 4 wheeler. BR has there own crew Freq. So they were on the fire Freq. on other transmissions concerning the safety zone etc..

          Reply
  306. The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

    November 5, 2013 at 8:02 pm

    The two-track road utilized as an escape route, continues S/SE past the point that they actuallly dropped-down into the bowl, and goes far enough south that it has to hook almost due north, to get to the ranch. Had they stayed on this route, they probably would have survived, because they would have had down and out egress almost the whole way. Even if they had had gotten to the point where they were getting ready to head north, they would have been able to have seen the fire blowing across the ranch area, then turned around and headed down and out. It would seem that the decision to drop off of the escape route probably occured on-the-fly, at the point where they stepped off the road.

    It was probably, simply a bad call, made rather quickly while looking at the fire, watching the wind, and looking at the ranch, all at the same time.

    Escape routes are generally marked, prepped (if necessary), and tested by someone. In the case of a two-track, marking and prepping probably would not be necessary, but the route into the bowl was not an escape route by anyone’s definitition.

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      November 5, 2013 at 11:13 pm

      >> The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive wrote…
      >>
      >> Had they stayed on this route, they probably would
      >> have survived.

      I don’t think there’s any ‘probably’ about it.
      They would have had ‘eyes on the fire’ pretty
      much the whole way… and I think they would
      have ‘definitely’ survived.

      >> It was probably, simply a bad call, made rather
      >> quickly while looking at the fire, watching the wind,
      >> and looking at the ranch, all at the same time.

      There is no doubt now that it was a ‘bad call’.
      That’s fer sure and certain… but WHOSE ‘bad call’
      was it? That’s all we can try and determine now.

      I have a theory on that. Indulge me for a moment.

      The GM team arrived in Yarnell for their briefing at
      the Yarnell Fire Station at 7:00 AM. The command center
      was going to move soon… but this is where the first
      briefing for the day was held.

      I don’t know how many members of an IHC crew usually
      attend these meetings… but I think it’s possible that
      only Marsh went into the tiny room in the station and
      Steed was still outside with the crew preparing gear.

      Marsh did NOT know… when he walked into that room
      that morning…. that he was going to be asked to be
      ‘DIVS A’ that day… and that he would need to relegate
      direct command of the crew to Steed ( all day ).

      On the very first page of the SAIR it says this…

      :: Early on June 30, members of the Type 2 IMT began
      :: arriving. In a briefing at 0700, the incoming Granite
      :: Mountain IHC Superintendent accepted the role of
      :: Division Alpha Supervisor.

      So where is the documentation of EXACTLY who was
      in attendance at that meeting? Were BOTH Marsh and
      Steed in the room… or only Marsh?

      If Steed was NOT there ( in the room ) then he would
      NOT have seen the same ‘Google Maps’ and laptop
      presentation(s) that happened there showing Marsh
      where the ‘bomb proof’ safe zone really was… or any
      of the roads leading up to or around it.

      So now Marsh comes out of the meeting and has to
      ‘update’ Steed on what was said… and inform him that
      he will be taking direct command of the crew for the day
      while he ( Marsh ) floats around ‘scouting’ and playing
      DIVS A all day.

      How much of what Marsh heard/learned in that briefing
      did he actually pass on to Steed, at that point?

      Fast forward to 4:15 PM that afternoon… to right
      around the moment the fateful decision had to
      made about whether to ‘stay on the ridge road’
      or ‘drop down into the box canyon’.

      Marsh was NOT with Steed and the crew just 13
      minutes before that at 4:02 PM.

      He had to talk to Steed on the radio because he was
      still some distance away from all of them. The
      MacKenzie video proves that.

      So what if Steed’s instructions ( from Marsh ) at that
      point ( the 4:02 PM discussion ) were to “head south on
      the escape route to the that bomb-proof ranch and I will
      catch up with all of you as fast as I can.”

      Actually… I don’t think that’s ‘theory’ at all. I think it can
      pretty much be proven that’s what happened.

      Well… here comes my ‘theory’, then…

      What if Marsh was LATE?

      What if Marsh did NOT catch up with Steed by the
      moment the Boulder Springs Ranch came into
      view in the distance while walking that ridge road?

      Did Steed, himself, actually KNOW that the road they
      were currently on would, in fact, curl around that next
      ridge and wind up at the Boulder Springs Ranch?

      If Steed wasn’t in the room at the 7:00 AM briefing
      and/or did not see the ‘Google Maps’ that Marsh
      did… then the answer is NO… he would NOT have
      known that. If Marsh still hadn’t caught up with them
      by that ‘moment of decision’… then Steed might have
      thought that dropping down into the box canyon was
      actually part of the ‘planned’ escape route and that
      there wasn’t any other way to get there.

      By the time Marsh might have actually ‘caught up’ with
      them… it was too late. They were already descending
      and now all Marsh could do was a “there they go…
      and I must follow them… for I am their leader”.

      There was no examination of this possible scenario
      in the SAIR… and no investigation into whether anyone
      but Marsh actually knew that the ridge road escape
      route to the south actually takes you around on high
      ground all the way to the ‘bomb proof’ safe zone with
      no appreciable loss of time or any need for a ‘shortcut’.

      [ Actually… there is no real proof that Marsh ]
      [ himself ( or ANYONE on that crew ) was fully aware ]
      [ of that. How much attention had anyone ( Marsh ]
      [ included ) really paid to the ‘Google Maps’ during ]
      [ that bleary-eyed coffee-filled 7:00 AM briefing? ]

      At the point where they dropped off the ridge road…
      it would still be heading due south… and if you hadn’t
      TRULY studied a Google Map of that area you would have no
      idea that it actually DOES ‘curl around and back’ and
      lead straight to the Boulder Springs Ranch.

      So this is crucial part of the ‘situational awareness’ aspect
      of this entire incident, and wildland firefighting LCES
      principles in general.

      Maybe, once the real story is told, a recommendation that
      SHOULD come out of this is that every single member of
      any Hotshot crew MUST be fully aware of exactly where
      the ‘safety-zone’ is, and EXACTLY how it can be reached
      safely… before anyone sets foot in the field.

      Not just the ‘crew boss’ or any one person.
      ALL of them MUST have the same ‘situational awareness’.

      That’s a little too important to be left to just one guy walking
      into a briefing… who finds out he’s going to be DIVS A all
      day and ‘scouting around’ all day… and who forgets to make
      sure the one who will actually be running the crew knows
      EVERYTHING he heard/saw in the briefing… now that he
      knows he won’t even be with the crew most of the day.

      I still can’t believe that if Marsh really was paying attention
      at the morning briefing… and saw how easily that ridge road
      curled around to the ranch… and he was actually WITH
      Steed/crew when they had to make the ‘shortcut’ decision…
      that he would have allowed them to do it.

      I don’t care how much of a ‘hurry’ they thought they were in.

      Anyone who had fully understood that the road curled right
      around to the ranch would have know it was, in fact, the
      safest way to reach it and no short cut was worth saving
      the few extra minutes it would have added to the trip.

      One of the only (plausible) explanations for making that
      fateful (bad) decision is that whoever made it simply did
      not KNOW that there was any other way to reach
      that damn ranch.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 6, 2013 at 2:13 am

        I am going to correct MYSELF here with
        something I said in the previous response.

        >> WantsToKnowTheTruth said…
        >>
        >> There is no doubt now that it was a ‘bad call’.
        >> That’s fer sure and certain… but WHOSE ‘bad call’
        >> was it? That’s all we can try and determine now.

        That was a wrong thing to say on my part.

        I apologize.

        That is NOT ‘all we can try and determine now’.

        In the same spirit as the SAIR report tried to
        establish… I think the ‘WHOSE bad call was it?’
        aspect is NOT ‘the most important thing to determine’
        or to take away from this incident.

        Obviously there WAS a ‘bad call’.
        Obviously someone ( or more than one person )
        made that ‘bad call’…

        …but that is, in fact, hindsight speaking.

        No one WANTED to die that day… or make a decision
        that would cause anyone else to.

        Finding out WHOSE ‘bad call’ it might have been,
        and ( more importantly ) WHY what might have seemed
        like a logical, safe decision turned into a ‘bad call’ is
        simply ‘part of the larger picture’ which can/should
        lead to recommendations and changes that make
        sure no one is ever put in similar circumstances
        ever again.

        Everyone who died that day was a hero.

        Nothing can ever change that.

        Reply
      • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

        November 6, 2013 at 8:41 am

        A very interesting theory, and very plausible I might add.

        If they didn’t actually know where the road went, there would have been no decision made regarding WHICH way they wanted to proceed to the ranch, because at that point at the top of the bowl, they would have only been able to visualize and consider one route, BUSHWACKING.

        Again, your theory provides an answer the the question of why they would have chosen an absolutely horrible route over one that was 1000 times safer. The answer: they didn’t! They chose the only one they could visualize.

        Left with only that one option, their only considerations in completing their assigned travel would be, where’s the fire at, what’s it doing and what do we expect it to do, what’s the wind doing and what do we expect it to do, and do we have plenty of time to get through that vegetation to the ranch. When they stepped off the road, all those considerations seemed to be in their favor.

        Your theory makes the most sense to me of anything I’ve heard so far.

        The investigation file SHOULD all be public record because it was paid for with taxpayer dollars. The additional questions that have been raised need answers, much of which would come from information the State already has in it’s posession.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 6, 2013 at 3:27 pm

          On page 52 of the SAIR, in the
          “Part Two: Learning Discussion” section,
          there is another mention of the 7:00 AM
          initial briefing that morning at the Yarnell
          Fire Station.

          There is still no mention of exactly who
          was in the room. Both Marsh AND Steed?
          Marsh only?

          SAIR page 52 says…

          :: Regarding their intended destination,
          :: the 0700 briefing on June 30 included
          :: identification of the Boulder Springs Ranch
          :: as a safety zone. SPGS1 (who had just
          :: arrived the evening before) described it
          :: as “bomb proof,” a label indicating the
          :: Ranch was not only a safety zone, but
          :: that it seemed to be an especially good
          :: safety zone that could withstand extreme
          :: fire behavior.

          That’s all well and good… and I’m sure that
          happened during the briefing… but just pointing
          at something on a Google Map does NOT
          fulfill the standard LCES ( or even OSHA? )
          requirements.

          Did they ALSO take a good amount of time
          to ‘zoom in’ on that ridge road to the west,
          up where they were sending Marsh as
          DIVS A and GM under the command of Steed,
          and make SURE both Marsh AND Steed
          knew… for sure and certain… what their
          ‘safe’ ESCAPE ROUTE was to actually GET
          to that spot someone was pointing to on
          some Google map?

          Worse yet… did someone not even familiar
          with the area ( SAIR says SPGS1 only got there
          the night before… when it was dark ) just
          draw their finger over the map and actually
          SUGGEST or INDICATE that the ‘escape route
          to the ranch’ SHOULD be through the ‘box canyon’,
          and NOT staying on the ridge road that also led
          ( safely ) to the ranch?

          I have seen the same Google maps.
          I have even ‘zoomed down’ on that exact area.

          Unless I was actually FROM that area ( and
          SPGS1 was not ) it would not be clear to me
          that drawing my finger from the ridge road
          on a direct ‘shortcut’ over to the ranch site would
          mean I would be asking men to drop into a box
          canyon and bushwack through congested manzanita.

          No way ( not just from looking at a Google map )

          Situational awareness, folks.

          Was it TOTALLY MISSING in that briefing?

          Was the Yarnell Fire Chief ( or anyone else
          totally familiar with the local area ) even at that
          briefing who could have said “Whoa… you
          do NOT want to go that way!” when he saw
          someone else draw their finger over
          some Google map?

          Marsh walked into the briefing as GM Supervisor,
          the one who was ultimately responsible for the
          ALL of the LCES factors for his entire crew.

          DURING the meeting… he became ‘DIVS A’ and
          knew right then he would be ‘scouting around’
          all day like DIVS do… and would probably NOT
          even be with the crew most of the day.

          So Marsh then walked OUT of the briefing as
          ‘DIVS A’ and Steed was immediately in charge
          of the crew ( and would be all day ).

          At that moment… Steed also became the one
          directly responsible for full LCES knowledge
          with regards to (now) HIS crew all day.

          If Steed did NOT attend the actual briefing… did
          Marsh FULLY relay EVERYTHING he heard/saw
          in the briefing to Steed?

          He was ( I believe ) REQUIRED to do that by
          both Wildland LCES and OSHA standards since
          there was a ‘change in leadership’ at that moment.

          As they left the Yarnell Fire Station and headed
          out towards their assignment… was Steed himself
          fully aware that the ridge road was the SAFEST
          way to get ALL the way to the ‘bomb proof’ ranch?

          Or… perhaps even worse… did Marsh already tell
          Steed the way to get there was to “follow the road
          on the ridge south for a ways until you see the
          ranch in the distance and then just cut over to it.”,
          ( as Marsh himself may have been told in the
          briefing ) and never told Steed that the same
          ridge road ALSO leads ( safely ) to the same location… if Marsh himself even KNEW that as
          they left the parking lot?

          Marsh had just been promoted to ‘DIVS A’ ( for
          one of the first times in his life, I believe ) and
          he may have been both nervous and/or
          preoccupied at that point. It’s possible he just
          FORGOT to tell Steed about the “two-track
          road leading ALL the way to the Ranch on
          high ground”.

          The SAIR also says this on page 53 in
          the ‘Escape Routes’ section of their
          ‘Learning Discussion’…

          :: Wildland firefighters often discuss the need
          :: to have multiple safety zones; many firefighters
          :: also identify multiple escape routes to the
          :: same safety zone, if they exist, although this
          :: can require extensive scouting. In hindsight,
          :: we know that the Granite Mountain IHC might
          :: have arrived at the Boulder Springs Ranch if
          :: they had stayed on the two-track road, although
          :: it is unclear whether the crew knew that.

          Damn right it is ‘unclear whether the
          crew knew that’!

          So why, then ( in Part 1 of their document ),
          did they include that option ( staying on the
          ridge road all the way to the ranch ) as part
          of their “What the crew knew when and why
          they might have decided what they did”
          narrative?

          Page 37 of the SAIR says…

          :: COURSE OF ACTION TAKEN: A4
          ::
          :: The crew started traveling southeast to
          :: the Boulder Springs Ranch along the
          :: two-track road.
          :: It is not clear whether they planned to
          :: follow the two-track road all the way to
          :: the Ranch, or whether they were
          :: already planning to descend from the
          :: two-track road and take the more direct
          :: route through the box canyon.

          If they ( Marsh and/or Steed ) did not KNOW
          that the ‘two-track road’ would actually take
          them (safely) all the way to the ranch ( or if
          someone in the morning briefing had already
          drawn their finger on a Google map through that
          box canyon and said that was the way to
          get there )… then the SAIR is wrong to even
          include the option of ‘staying on that road’ in
          their projected thinking or decision making
          process.

          Here, the SAIR is ASSUMING they ( Marsh
          and/or Steed ) KNEW where the road went
          and it would have been included in their
          decision making process at that moment.

          In the other part of the SAIR… they say the
          opposite and admit ‘it is unclear if they knew that’.

          C’mon, people… at least get
          your OWN story straight.

          The SAIR continues a moment later
          ( still ASSUMING that Marsh and/or Steed
          knew where the two-track road actually went )
          and details what they ‘might have been thinking’
          with regards to staying up on that ridge road…

          :: Key Action B: The Granite Mountain IHC’s
          :: descent from the two-track road sometime
          :: around 1620.
          ::
          :: Course of Action B2:
          :: Continue along the two-track road
          ::
          :: The road would permit easier travel than
          :: hiking through the brush.
          :: Would keep them higher on the ridge and
          :: may provide better visibility of the fire and
          :: smoke column.
          :: Could keep open the option to move over
          :: the ridge, southwest toward Highway 89
          :: allowing for a secondary escape route.
          :: Not the most direct route of travel to the Ranch.
          :: A longer route with longer hiking time
          :: would increase the time before they
          :: could reengage on the fire, reunite with their
          :: other crewmember and vehicles, and resupply.

          All of those are ‘good guesses’… but ONLY if
          Steed and/or Marsh actually KNEW where
          that road went.

          SIDE NOTE: If, as the SAIR suggests, that
          ‘reengage the fire as quickly as possible’ was
          actually, in any way, on their minds at that point
          and that’s why they opted for a dangerous
          short-cut to the ranch… then why hadn’t they
          ALREADY contacted Brendan McDonough
          back at the cafe’ and asked him to meet them
          at the ranch to ( as the SAIR suggests )
          “reduce the time it would take to reengage on
          the fire, reunite with their other crewmember
          (Brendan) and vehicles, and resupply.”
          They didn’t do that… because that wasn’t
          really what they were thinking. They were
          probably NOT all that concerned with
          ‘reengaging’. They just wanted to get the heck
          off that ridge before dark… and ended up
          taking the only route they thought was
          available to them.

          You can clearly see where that road goes on a
          Google map. Anyone can. There were ‘Google maps’
          fired up during the morning briefing.

          Why didn’t the SAIR Team try to VERIFY what went
          on in that morning briefing and make SURE that
          Marsh/Steed knew that road would take them
          directly to the ranch?

          Once again.. the lack of SAFETY OFFICERS
          comes directly into play here. It would have been
          THEIR job ( once they knew a team was moving
          away from the black ) to make sure they knew
          EXACTLY where they were going and what
          ALL of their ‘escape route’ options were.

          I would like to see a full transcript and/or minutes
          of that 7:00 AM briefing that morning at the Yarnell
          Fire Station… including EXACTLY who was
          in attendance, EXACTLY what was discussed
          and/or shown to Marsh and Steed
          ( and by WHO), and EXACTLY what the
          full LCES ‘situation awareness’ was for that
          those men when the briefing ended.

          The day might have taken a turn for the worse
          right then and there ( at 7:00 AM ) without anyone
          actually realizing it (yet).

          If either Marsh or Steed left that Yarnell Fire
          Station parking lot that morning without FULL
          awareness that the western ridge road did,
          in fact, curl all the way around to their
          designated safety zone…

          …then the fuse for disaster was already lit.

          Reply
  307. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    November 1, 2013 at 7:48 am

    >> The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive (TTWARE) said ( up above )…
    >>
    >> I’m not saying that any of your theories are incorrect,
    >> but let me play devil’s advocate on a few things.

    Please do. Anytime. Absolutely no offense taken.
    That’s what an exchange/forum like this is FOR.
    Give/Take. Challenge/Response.
    Pretty much MOST of the time… that’s HOW the truth comes out.

    >> TTWARE also said…
    >>
    >> After re-watching the video a few times and studying the
    >> patterns of smoke in the column, it appears that some time
    >> has elasped between the end of the first and the beginning
    >> of the second portions of the video (and not just a few
    >> seconds, either)

    Totally agree. That’s part what I was trying to say.
    What ( and how much ) is MISSING there?
    Where are the ORIGINAL video files?
    Who EDITED what we are being ‘allowed to see/hear’?

    If anything in the MIDDLE was ‘chopped out’… then are there also
    parts that come at the beginning and/or the end that have been
    ‘chopped out’ as well?

    Does Mike MacKenzie know? Willis?

    We still don’t even know if the DVD that Mike MacKenzie handed
    to Willis is the same one that Willis ended up giving to the investigators,
    or if the medical examiner ever did the same thing Mike’s step-daughter
    did and stuck that memory card in a computer and made their own
    copy of the RAW files off the device… and then gave THAT to
    investigators before returning the device to Christopher’s father.

    If Willis made his OWN copy of the DVD that Mike MacKenzie gave
    him and then gave THAT copy to investigators… is it possible that Willis
    ( or someone he knew ) altered the files before passing them on?
    It’s not hard to do these days. Not rocket science. I’ve seen
    5 year olds use MS Movie Maker. Easy stuff.

    Willis probably knows. He’s still alive. Why doesn’t ( or didn’t ) someone
    ASK him about this crucial thing?

    Chain of evidence. Chain of possession. Basic stuff. Where is
    the documentation in this case and who knows the truth?

    I don’t expect that MacKenzie captured the ENTIRE conversation,
    but then again… maybe he did. At this point… even if only a small
    additional part of that conversation is present on the ORIGINAL
    device/memory-card… that might reveal a LOT.

    Back to your point about the ‘smoke change’…

    Some bona-fide card-carrying fire/meterological experts should be
    able to see the same thing and determine to an ultra-high degree
    of accuracy EXACTLY how much time is ‘missing’ there
    between those two short video clips. It would be an important
    thing to know at this point.

    So… let’s say there are 3-5 minutes ‘missing’ between those
    video clips. That means that radio conversation was still going
    on for that entire length of time.

    That’s a long conversation, in wildland firefighting (radio) terms,
    regardless of whether it’s on your own intra or inter agency
    frequency. ( Another fact that needs to be determined. What
    frequency are they actually talking on at that point and who
    else was monitoring it? )

    Does that mean… for sure and certain ( also accepting the
    timestamp of 4:02 PM ) that this IS, in fact, a glimpse of
    the ‘going over their options’ conversation that is already
    referred to in the SAIR?

    If that ‘conversation’ actually went on that long… and we know
    that there was at least one other person besides Marsh
    and Steed participating in that conversation ( The mysterious
    other radio-modulated voice that says “You bet!” in response
    to one of Marsh’s radio comments )… then why don’t we
    know more about the actual CONTENT of that conversation?

    How can the SAIR be so definite that this ‘discussing their options’
    conversation actually took place… but not supply any hint as to
    the content? How did the SAIR really establish that that
    conversation actually ook place? What was the evidence
    source for that statement in the report?

    I think they DO know a lot about what was said during that
    ‘discussing their options’ conversation. They just aren’t releasing
    that information (yet).

    I also still think McDonough must have heard pretty much every
    word of all of that sort of radio traffic. He either truly doesn’t
    remember any of it… or he is purposely choosing to not
    share everything he heard/knows.

    McDonough himself has said “When I heard over the radio that
    they had to deploy… I was crushed.”

    So McDonough WAS ‘monitoring the radio’. Which frequencies?
    ALL of them? If he heard the ‘Had to deploy’ traffic then why
    would he not have heard the traffic/conversation that the
    video is showing us took place at 4:02 PM?

    >> TTWARE also said…
    >> leading to the possiblity of two, distinctly separate recordings.

    Absolutely. MacKenzie probably DID make ‘two’ recordings… but
    he certainly didn’t put the FADE in-between them that we are
    seeing now… so what ( if anything ) has been EDITED OUT?

    >> TTWARE also said…
    >> Digital camera’s are notorius for having incorrect times on their clocks.

    That’s true. We are obviously trusting the times for these photos as
    reported by the Daily Courier. Where did THEY get these time
    estimates in the first place ( and who helped them identify some
    of the men in the photos? Mike? Willis? ).

    Did they actually get to see the original DVD and the files still had
    the system time/date stamps on the files?… or did the Courier
    actually find JPEG EXIF information in the original files and
    they used those time/date stamps?

    Regardless of the origin of the ‘estimated times’ published in
    the Courier… I think the times ARE accurate and here is why.

    Look a the 11:45 AM MacKenzie photo of the retardant drop.
    This matches EXACTLY the ‘retardant drop’ even that is documented
    in the SAIR as happening at EXACTLY 11:45 AM ( According to AIR logs? ).

    So that’s an EXACT MATCH between ‘Air logs’ that day and the timestamps
    being recorded by MacKenzie’s Canon Sureshot that day.

    If there needs to be more proof… someone could just check the air
    logs for that other retardant drop that was MacKenzie captured in
    the distance with TWO separate photos… and then compare the
    exact time of that drop with the time on MacKenzie’s original
    files on the memory card.

    Simple investigative stuff, really.

    >> TTWARE also said…
    >>
    >> Also, when using my Canon, I have been know to take the
    >> ocassional unintended picture of my feet, which I usually
    >> delete later.

    Haven’t we all.

    >> Could something like this, when deleted in the field,
    >> account for the “missing” photo?

    Of course it COULD… but I am going to disagree that this
    happened in this case for one very good reason…

    …I don’t think MacKenzie had the TIME to do that on this
    particular day. He was hot… he was tired… he was BUSY.

    Maybe if he took a ‘bad shot’ he would have deleted it
    later… but I really don’t think he had the time that day
    to be flipping through camera menus and deleting
    anything at all.

    >> One thing I learned from a recent murder trial, however, is
    >> that deleted photos usually still exist on the memory card.

    Of course they do. Doesn’t matter if the device is using a FAT
    or an HPFS file system… deleted material is still there until
    it is over-written. Your digital answering machine is the same.

    Not sure how old you are… but does the name ‘Oliver North’
    mean anything to you?

    Let’s say Christopher DID ‘delete a photo of his feet’ out there
    on that busy day. If I were a family member… and there was
    any chance of recovering that deleted photo… I will still want
    to do that. It’s important… given what we all know happened
    just a little while later.

    >> TTWARE also said…
    >>
    >> Having said all that, I still think all of our questions here
    >> deserve thorough answers,

    …and YOURS, as well.

    >> because the SAIR and the accompaning investigation team
    >> did not produce all the information they had in their posession,
    >> and they OBVIOUSLY did not dig deep enough in some areas.

    Digging deep at ALL would have been great.

    In some cases… they didn’t even get a shovel out.

    As important as this is… that’s ludicrous ( and negligent ).

    >> Sadly, all the information we would like to have made available
    >> to address our questions, probably won’t see the light of day
    >> without a subpoena.

    Well… with 19 potential cases of wrongful death hanging in
    the balance… and a municipality jerking around with widows
    and ( now fatherless ) children… those subpoenas (plural) could
    be right around the corner.

    I just hope whoever has the cell phones and the memory cards
    and the air logs and the radio traffic captures and the original
    depositions and transcripts and EVERYTHING ELSE associated
    with this investigation is making sure all of that is in a safe place.

    Tampering with evidence is actionable… even in a civil case.

    Actually.. ALL of this SHOULD be available with FOIA requests and
    not even require a subpoena.

    The Arizona State Forestry Commission is not a private company.

    Reply
    • Rocksteady says

      November 1, 2013 at 8:54 am

      To tag on and extend to your comments…

      When Marsh asked Steed what his comfort level was??/

      For what?? Staying in the black for the day? Anchoring from the black and retardant and working the edge of the fire from there?

      Or was it something more damning?? Can you guys make it to the buggies? Can you guys make it to the Ranch?

      I do not know, there are a tonne of possibilities..

      Also when the comment was made that “They knew it was coming…” was that meant that Marsh had discussed earlier they should not go up onto the ridge to the assigned spot to work, rather than doing structure protection near the ranch??

      Could be somethign like “Knew that was coming, we hiked all the way up here, now they want us back down there, where we started…”

      Just saying…

      Bob Powers… I have been busy, but will email you this afternoon…

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 1, 2013 at 3:05 pm

        >> Rocksteady wrote…
        >> When Marsh asked Steed what his comfort level was??/
        >> For what?? Staying in the black for the day?

        Personally ( and until more facts are sifted from the
        existing evidence ) I think you are right.

        I believe the snippet of conversation(s) captured in
        Christopher MacKenzie’s video is actually part of
        that ‘discussing their options’ event that is documented
        in the SAIR… but for which the SAIR has (mysteriously)
        provided no detail whatsoever…

        …but at this time I think I would make one minor
        adjustment to what the ‘comfort level’ conversation
        was about. Marsh had been running around scouting
        and playing ‘DIVS A’ most of the day and I believe it’s
        already been proven he was hardly ever with his own
        IHC crew for most of the day… except for the hike in
        that morning. The video proves that he wasn’t even
        with them as late as 4:02 PM since he still was too
        far away from the crew to talk in person and that’s
        why he’s on the radio with Steed even at that late
        hour/minute. I also believe the evidence is there that
        Marsh didn’t even catch up with them by 4:15 / 4:20
        when they ( Steed and the crew ) made the fateful
        decision to take the ‘shortcut’ through the box canyon.
        I believe it’s possible Marsh didn’t even catch up with
        them until they had already descended off the ridge
        and it was too late to stop them… so he just followed
        them in order to ‘catch up’.

        Steed had been running the crew all day… not Marsh.
        Marsh was still playing DIVS A and was giving Steed
        the benefit of the doubt as to what the ‘comfort level’
        was for GM IHC at that point in the day ( circa
        3:50 – 4:02 PM )

        I think what Marsh was asking Steed was his ‘comfort
        level’ of not simply staying up on that ridge ( in the black )
        for the rest of the DAY… but also for (possibly)
        OVERNIGHT. I think that’s when details like ‘low on
        water… no food’ came into the conversation.

        They both knew from what they could now see in the
        distance that all the work they had done all day was
        useless and there was no point in even continuing
        what their original assignment was.

        So now ( circa 3:50 to 4:02 PM ) the conversation was
        all simply about… “How do we get the heck out of here.”

        That’s why it’s still astounding to me that Brendan
        McDonough didn’t enter the picture here again and
        actively enter into these ‘discussions’. Brendan had
        the buggies. They were safe at the Yarnell cafe’ by
        this time. It’s absurd that they (apparently) didn’t raise
        him on the radio to see exactly where he was and
        what their options were.

        All Brendan had to do was tell them he could drive
        around on Highway 89 to the Congress side and
        ‘pick them all up’ and they could just easily have
        slipped down on the west side of the ridge ( the
        classic/standard ‘down and out’ escape route for
        that kind of terrain ) and they would have been fine.

        The SAIR goes to great lengths to ‘walk us thru’ what
        that crew’s possible options were ( what they knew and
        when and how it might have affected their decisions )
        but the SAIR never once even mentions the standard
        ‘down and out’ escape scenario that could have been
        achieved by simply getting their 20th man ( Brendan )
        on the radio that he obviously still had with him back
        at the Yarnell cafe’.

        >> Rocksteady also wrote…
        >> I do not know, there are a tonne of possibilities..

        Actually… not so much. Yes… there are a LOT of
        possibilities for what Marsh meant during that ‘what
        is your comfort level’ and ‘I knew this was coming’
        conversation… but I think it’s a finite list. In other
        words… I don’t think Marsh was asking Steed what
        his comfort level was about the Boston Red Sox
        winning the World Series. It had to be a finite set
        of options directly related to WORK and to the
        situation they found themselves in.

        I also believe a better examination of even the existing
        evidence could nail that down.

        There has to be someone still alive who overheard
        this ‘discussing their options’ conversation over the radio.
        McDonough? OPS1? ASM2? DIVS Z? BR Supt? BR Capt?

        Reply
        • Rocksteady says

          November 1, 2013 at 4:00 pm

          When I said s tonne, I was meaning many. Not the Red Sox, I am sure.

          Was it work the rest of the day on levels of food and water on hand? Fuel for the saws?

          Not sure

          Reply
        • calvin says

          November 1, 2013 at 4:43 pm

          Wants to now the truth. Here is a paragraph you posted of Mcdonough statements:
          So at that point I loaded my stuff up… and… as I’m loading my
          stuff up… I hand my radio to the… the sup off of the other hotshot
          crew and… he’s relaying information to my superintendent and
          captain about where our vehicles are parked, that they’re gonna
          move ‘em for us, that they have me with them… and it’s safer for
          me to go out with him, back to the vehicles, back to the main
          road in Yarnell than to try and meet up with them… and he relayed
          information on what the fire’s doing and kinda what their goal was..
          and… just giving them as much information as he could… on what
          was goin’ on… and… at that point.. um… I was already in the ATV
          and we’re on our way and I’m just… on the radio… I tell… uh… my
          superintendent and captain that if they need anything, give me a
          call, and that I’ll see ‘em soon.

          So according to his accounting BR capt was in radio contact with Steed and Marsh. The last sentence is Mcdonough telling Steed and Marsh that he’ll see them soon. Interesting! I wonder where he planned to see them?

          Now for the video. I believe Marsh and Steed are discussing an ominous event that has unfolded. Marsh says I knew this was coming I could just feel it you know. This statement comes across as heavy hearted, like a sense that something isn’t right. Steed is looking away from the fire toward the direction they will be moving toward. I believe they are discussing the order they received to come help in town, or more specifically the Glen Isla (not sure of spelling) subdivision. There, I said it!! Maybe the middle part of the video talks specifically about the order, or maybe some other assurances they were given to ensure their safety. I think they had a false sense of security. The actions they took broke a lot of rules yet there is no apparent signs of distress until the final moments. I also find it odd that no one tried to run. I don’t believe this was because of there training, or cohesiveness. I do think it is possibly because they had no chance to run, but I cant see someone not trying in the extreme chaos that they must have experienced. I think it is more probable that they were awaiting the vlat drop that is discussed in the SAIR. Marsh CALMLY tells ASM that is exactly where we want the retardant at 1637, two minutes before beginning to prepare for deployment.

          I have taken liberties and made assumptions that I cannot fully explain and do not have evidence to sustain. However it is my heartfelt opinion after countless hours of review.
          I would like to know what time SPGS1 ordered aircraft to drop at will. I also wonder if this was the reason the vlat didn’t drop on GM?

          Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            November 1, 2013 at 11:46 pm

            >> calvin wrote…
            >>
            >> So according to his (McDonough’s)
            >> accounting BR capt was in radio
            >> contact with Steed and Marsh.

            Correct… and BR capt was telling
            both of them exactly what was going
            on, and that they would be moving
            the GM vehicles to a ‘safe’ location
            right away. He also told them that
            Brendan was now ‘with them’ and that
            it was ‘not safe’ for Brendan to simply
            try and resume his lookout duties.
            That had to have told Marsh/Steed right
            away how bad things were down there
            near the old grader already… and
            getting worse by the moment.

            >> The last sentence is McDonough
            >> telling Steed and Marsh that he’ll
            >> see them soon. Interesting!
            >> I wonder where he planned to see
            >> them?

            Good point. That’s an odd thing for a
            designated IHC lookout to say to his
            crew a the moment he knows he won’t
            be resuming his lookout duties… and
            he is not being told what his own crew’s
            plans are. One would think the last part
            of that conversation SHOULD have been
            McDonough ASKING his sup and capt…
            “How are you getting down from there and
            where do I need to drive to and pick you
            guys up? The ranch? Highway 89 on the
            Congress side? What are your plans?
            Come back. Over.”

            >> calvin also wrote…
            >> I think they had a false sense of security.

            You probably just nailed the whole cause
            of this incident. They THOUGHT they had
            successfully communicated their intent to move to the safety zone pointed out to them at the morning briefing at the Yarnell Fire Station. They THOUGHT they had plenty of time to violate all their training and slug through Manzanita with no ‘eyes on the fire’. They THOUGHT Air Attack knew where
            they were and could drop on them ASAP if they needed it.

            NONE of that turned out to be true.

            For God’s sake… WHY?

            If the real answers are not found then this is VERY likely to happen again. More widows. More fatherless children.

            >> calvin also wrote…
            >> I also find it odd that no one
            >> tried to run.

            You and me both.

            ‘Drop packs and run’ IS, in fact, a valid
            option for any IHC crew at ANY time.
            From the stories I have read online…
            it actually happens all the time.

            The SAIR report says this about
            the (standard) option to
            ‘drop packs and run’ at 16:39 ( 4:39 PM )…

            :: COURSES OF ACTION AVAILABLE
            :: AT POINT C, AT 1639:
            :: Course of Action C1: Run away from
            :: this location, seek a safer location or
            :: move to another site to deploy fire
            :: shelters:
            :: – No obvious safe locations were visible.

            Horse manure. They had just descended
            from the ridge. They knew EXACTLY where
            a ‘safe location’ was and, without their
            packs or any gear… MIGHT have been
            able to just ‘full reverse’ and get back up
            onto that ridge the way they just came
            and just keep truckin’ all the way down
            the west side and on out to Highway 89.
            These were amazingly fit and healthy guys.
            Without packs or gear… they could have
            hauled ass like you wouldn’t believe.
            Even if ONE ( of 19 guys ) had been able
            to make it… we would not be having
            these ‘how the hell did this crew get into
            that situation?’ conversations.
            We would (already) KNOW the real
            reasons.

            >> calvin also wrote…
            >> I think it is more probable that they
            >> were awaiting the vlat drop that
            >> is discussed in the SAIR.

            I think that’s an incredibly astute observation.
            It’s possible that right up to the last moment,
            Marsh still believed EVERYONE knew
            exactly where they were and he was
            screaming at his men… “Don’t run!…
            there’s a VLAT drop inbound right away!”
            He was wrong, of course.

            >> Marsh CALMLY tells ASM that is
            >> exactly where we want the retardant
            >> at 1637, two minutes before beginning
            >> to prepare for deployment.

            This (documented) transmission is still
            totally confusing to me. You are right… that
            COULD have been Marsh spotting ASM2
            flying overhead and he COULD have
            thought they were lining up to drop on
            THEM… but had he actually even
            REQUESTED it yet? According to the
            SAIR… this transmission from Marsh
            about ‘that’s where we want retardant’
            came two minutes BEFORE Marsh
            suddenly reports ( at 16:39 ) “We are in
            front of the flaming front!” ( The very
            first indication that they knew they
            were actually in deep trouble ).

            Why would Marsh even think the ARM2
            flyover he saw and responded to was
            to help GM IHC in any way… when there
            is no evidence he’d even requested it
            or reported any trouble yet?

            My own theory on the 16:37 “That’s where
            we want retardant” transmission from
            Marsh is that he really didn’t have any idea
            how much trouble they were in yet… and
            he was still playing ‘DIVS A’ at that point
            and thought he was just helping out
            with the general incident.

            It all comes down to who Marsh meant
            with the word ‘we’ in that 16:37 transmission.

            If he still had no idea the trouble he and
            the crew were about to be in… then he
            still had his ‘DIVS A’ hat on and his
            ‘we’ meant the generic ‘we – incident commanders and division supervisors’.

            If he was already aware they were,
            themselves in deep stew, then his ‘we’
            in that transmission would have meant
            GM IHC… but there is no evidence of
            that… especially since he was ‘calm’
            at 16:37 and wasn’t obviously freaked out
            until 2 minutes later with the 16:39 “We
            are in front of the flaming front!”
            transmission.

            >> calvin also wrote…
            >> I have taken liberties and made
            >> assumptions that I cannot fully
            >> explain and do not have evidence
            >> to sustain.

            I think we have ALL been doing that
            on this particular comment thread.
            No apologies necessary.
            I think we all want the same thing.
            Less questions. Less theories.
            More answers. More truth.

            Mr. Dougherty has been very gracious
            ( and patient ) to let us air our thoughts
            here and I, for one, appreciate his
            indulgence. I think it’s a positive discussion.

            >> calvin also wrote…
            >> However it is my heartfelt opinion
            >> after countless hours of review.

            …and you have expressed good opinions.

            Hopefully they will be followed up
            with more answers in the days to come.

            >> calvin also wrote…
            >> I would like to know what time
            >> SPGS1 ordered aircraft to drop
            >> at will. I also wonder if this was
            >> the reason the vlat didn’t drop on GM?

            It might not be the reason the VLAT didn’t
            drop on GM ( The VLAT pilot had said he
            had ‘all eyes on ASM2 ready to drop’ the
            moment he had ‘eyes’ on GM IHC… but
            ASM2 could never raise Marsh again
            after his final ‘Affirm!’ message or locate
            them visually )…

            …but the ‘drop at will’ order from SPGS1
            may have been the reason for Marsh’s
            16:37 “That’s where we want retardant”
            transmission. Marsh may have heard
            SPGS1 basically give up the ghost and
            turn over all control to the aircraft… and
            Marsh just thought he was helping when
            he saw ASM2 flying a line that might
            have helped protect Glen Ilah in the
            distance ( still unaware he would stare
            the fire in the face himself 2 minutes later ).

            Reply
    • calvin says

      November 5, 2013 at 4:27 am

      Wants to know the truth,
      Please look at the picture on page 23 of SAIR, figure 8. This picture was taken by Mackenzie at 1550 and shows the same location as the pictures taken after 4 as well as the video. This picture does not exist in the photos released as final photos. It also does not fit in with the time of the missing photo in sequence. Mackenzie is also standing closer to Steed than in the other photos, video. Please note that the photos 0885 0886 and 0887 are time stamped at 1552 and CANNOT be possible based on the other pictures. Who knows which is correct??

      Wade Parker can be seen in the first video taking a picture or sending the text that has surfaced. I just saw this yesterday.

      Also, in pictures 0883 and 0884 by Mackenzie show the hotshot on the right in what appears to me as looking at his phone, sending text or something like that. Again this is just my thoughts.

      I was told yesterday by someone more tech savvy than myself that the video was edited on you tube video editor.

      Also, On page 100 of SAIR a conversation between DIV A, GMH, and operations about GM going down their escape route to a safety zone was heard by ASM2 at approximately 1615. Hmmm!
      This is a very interesting exchange as it is not found anywhere else in SAIR. It also changes the period of time of communications “blackout” to 22minutes. Thanks

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 5, 2013 at 4:35 pm

        >> calvin wrote…
        >> Please look at the picture on page 23
        >> of SAIR, figure 8. This picture was taken
        >> by Mackenzie at 1550 and shows the
        >> same location as the pictures taken
        >> after 4 as well as the video.
        >> This picture does not exist in the photos
        >> released as final photos.

        You are absolutely right. It does not.

        I ran a PDF metadata information extractor on the
        actual SAIR report to see if I could discover the
        original filename for that inserted photo… but that
        information doesn’t seem to be in the metadata
        onboard the PDF file that was made publicly available.

        I was hoping to prove that this image in the SAIR PDF
        had an original source filename of IMG_0888 ( the
        missing sequential filename from the 14 publicly
        released MacKenzie photos ) but was unable to
        prove that ( at this time ).

        >> It also does not fit in with the time of the
        >> missing photo in sequence.

        Actually… it MIGHT. The ‘missing’ photo from
        the publicly released MacKenzie set is between
        the time of the ‘Let’s move out’ moment captured
        with images IMG_0885, IMG_0886 and IMG_0887.
        The next image ( after the missing one ) is
        IMG_0889 ( taken at same location as the
        MacKenzie video ).

        So this MacKenzie-attributed image in the SAIR
        MIGHT be the one he took just before taking
        IMG_0889 and IMG_0890. The circumstances
        would fit.

        It looks to me from this MacKenzie image in
        the report that it was taken just as they were
        ARRIVING at the spot where Steed was
        going to have that video-captured conversation
        with Marsh.

        So here is a possible scenario…

        The medical examiner’s office discovered that
        the Canon Sureshot survived the burnover and
        they DID, in fact, hand the device over to
        the SAIR team at that point.

        The investigators themselves took a look
        at what was on it.

        The investigators only decided to use ONE
        of the still images from MacKenzie’s Canon.
        The image they choose ( IMG_0888 ? ) fit the
        narrative they were already coming up with…
        so they simply didn’t need any of the others.

        At that point… IMG_0888 was deleted
        from the original memory card… and the unit
        was handed back to the medical examiner.

        The medical examiner then passed the device
        on to Mike MacKenzie ( Christopher’s father ),
        but when Mike’s step-daughter first took a look
        at the memory card… IMG_0888 was already
        missing because that’s the one the investigators
        decided to use (and to keep) for themselves.

        Far fetched? I think not.

        Something happened to IMG_0888.
        Someone ‘deleted’ it, at some point.

        If that MacKenzie image in the SAIR is NOT
        the missing IMG_0888… then which one is it?…
        how did they get it?… and how many MORE images
        might actually be ‘unpublished’ at this point?

        Only the original work directory on the computer
        where the SAIR was actually being composed might
        have IMG_0888 (and others?) sitting on it ( complete
        with original filenames as copied from memory card )
        where it was then simply ‘inserted’ into the PDF file.

        I wonder where that original PDF work actually
        took place? Who was the actual AUTHOR of
        that document… and where is that computer now?

        >> calvin also wrote…
        >> Mackenzie is also standing closer to Steed than
        >> in the other photos, video.

        Which one is Steed?

        I am still not familiar enough with any of the men
        to identify them easily.

        >> Please note that the photos 0885 0886 and 0887
        >> are time stamped at 1552 and CANNOT be possible
        >> based on the other pictures.

        See my other comment above.

        I’m not sure that’s written in stone.

        It’s still plausible to me that the ‘Move out’ pictures
        were simply taken when they were at a higher
        elevation on the ridge and the first step they needed
        to take was to get DOWN to where the escape route
        trail was… before actually heading south on the trail.

        On page 24 of the SAIR… it says this…

        :: DIVS A (Marsh) says, “I want to pass on that
        :: we’re going to make our way to our escape route.”

        Think about that for a second.

        Marsh says they are beginning to make their way
        TO the escape route. He doesn’t say they are
        actually THERE yet… or ready to start heading
        south to the ranch. This would support the theory
        that they were higher up on the ridge when the actual
        decision to ‘Move out’ came and the first thing they
        needed to do was make their way DOWN TO the
        escape route trail before they could actually
        start heading south on it.

        Two sentences later in the SAIR… it says
        ( without quoting actual sources which is one
        of the most frustrating things in the SAIR )…

        :: DIVS A then mentions a road in the bottom
        :: and “going out toward the ranch”.

        This ‘narrative’ style they used is ridiculous. In
        the same sentence they are telling us something
        that Marsh said but they only use quote marks
        around the “going out toward the ranch” statement.
        What are we supposed to assume here when
        reading stuff like that? Is the part that is NOT in
        quotes just a GUESS at what Marsh said and
        the parts that ARE in quotes are attributable
        to some definite source like captured radio
        conversations?

        Regardless… Marsh’s use of the phrase
        “a road in the BOTTOM” needs to be thought
        about for a moment.

        Why would he use the word BOTTOM at that
        moment? I think this can only mean that at the
        moment he said that… they were still ABOVE
        where the actual escape route road was… and
        their first move would have to be getting DOWN
        to where that road was.

        This scenario would match the ‘Move out’ photos
        from MacKenzie and then ( about 10 minutes later )
        the photos taken at the place where the video
        was shot.

        They were now DOWN where the escape route
        road was and were ready to start heading south
        on it. ( but Marsh still wasn’t physically with
        them since we now hear him talking to Steed
        over the radio and not in person ).

        >> calvin also wrote…
        >> Wade Parker can be seen in the first video
        >> taking a picture or sending the text that has
        >> surfaced. I just saw this yesterday.

        Good eye. You are absolutely right.

        When that video first starts… you can clearly see
        the third firefighter from the left actively scrolling his
        thumb on the screen of what can only be an
        Android Smartphone. He is ‘scrolling down’ on
        something ( a list of his photos? ). He can be seen
        doing this for the entire first 5 seconds of the video
        until it pans right and he moves out of the frame.

        Where is that Smartphone now?
        Did it survive the burnover?

        If MacKenzie’s Canon Sureshot survived then there
        really is no reason to doubt that other electronic
        devices did, as well. Only full documentation from
        the medical examiner’s office will prove that… or
        if someone can produce the actual devices.

        Broken is also relative. A medical examiner or a
        Forestry Commission person might THINK a device
        is ‘broken’ just because it won’t turn on… but that
        doesn’t mean that everything on it can’t be recovered.

        The entire outside case of a Smartphone might look
        fire-damaged and it might not be turning on anymore…
        but the internal contents might still be easily recoverable.

        When do we get to learn what happened to all these
        Smartphones that were out on the ridge that day
        and what (might) still be on them, call history records
        included?

        >> calvin also wrote.
        >> Also, in pictures 0883 and 0884 by Mackenzie
        >> show the hotshot on the right in what appears to
        >> me as looking at his phone, sending text or
        >> something like that.

        Once again… “Good eye”… and I think you
        are absolutely right.

        He is doing the ‘LCD crouch’ that we are all
        familiar with when you are trying to monkey with
        the LCD screen of your Smartphone and you
        need to put more shade onto it so you can
        see the screen better. You just ‘lean down’
        and ‘hunch over it’ so it is shaded better.

        Where is THAT Smartphone now?
        What ELSE might be on it?

        >> calvin also wrote…
        >> I was told yesterday by someone more
        >> tech savvy than myself that the video
        >> was edited on you tube video editor.

        I have run the YouTube video through some
        metatdata analyzers myself and while I can
        absolutely confirm that there are ‘2 joined
        tracks’ in that video and there are still EDIT
        events documented in the metadata… I don’t
        see anything in the metadata that would confirm
        a specific YouTube video editor was used. I’d be
        curious to know what this other person is
        seeing in the metadata that thinks it’s a
        given it was a YouTube product that made
        the edits?

        >> calvin also wrote…
        >> Also, On page 100 of SAIR a conversation
        >> between DIV A, GMH, and operations about
        >> GM going down their escape route to a safety
        >> zone was heard by ASM2 at approximately
        >> 1615. Hmmm!

        See above. That same reference to ‘going down their
        escape route’ is on page 24… but that reference reports
        that Marsh said…

        :: DIVS A (Marsh) says, “I want to pass on that
        :: we’re going to make our way to our escape route.”

        Is this the same conversation being referred to
        on page 100, or not?

        Page 100 actually says…

        :: At approximately 1615, ASM2 heard radio traffic
        :: between Division Supervisor A (DIVS A, which
        :: included Granite Mountain Hotshots) and
        :: Operations about Granite Mountain going down
        :: their escape route to a safety zone. ASM2 asked
        :: Operations if they should check on the crew in the
        :: safety zone. After Operations stated that Granite
        :: Mountain was ”in a good place” and safe, ASM2
        :: continued retardant applications.

        This is the investigator’s (passive) description of
        the now infamous moment when the lives of the
        GM crew COULD have probably been saved…
        but OPS1 was clueless about even what other
        people say they CLEARLY heard moments earlier.

        ( See other comments below about Ranger 58. )
        ( They CLEARLY heard Marsh mention going )
        ( to the ranch BEFORE this ASM2 / OPS1 exchange ).

        ASM2 was concerned enough about what it
        had heard to bring it up over the radio… and was
        ready to drop what it was doing, make SURE where
        the GM crew was, and then act as their lookout
        and guide them to their safety zone ( or warn
        them to turn back, once they saw exactly where
        they were, since ASM2 had the ‘eyes on the
        fire’ they desperately needed at that moment )…

        …but OPS1 just blew him off… and 19 good men died.

        I think the 16:15 time being reported there is
        the moment when ASM2 brought up the situation
        with OPS1… but it is NOT meant to be the moment
        when ASM2 actually heard the actual ‘going down
        their escape route’ comment. ASM2 was simply
        referring to something that was over the radio some
        minutes BEFORE he cut in ( at 16:15 ) to ask OPS1
        if they should follow up on it.

        I think ALL of these ‘moments in time’ need a complete
        review and a ‘second pass’ to refine the timeline.

        The SAIR report has made such a mess of some of
        these things ( by not including exact sources of the
        information such as actual radio capture? logs?
        depositions? which? ) that it all needs another
        complete review.

        >> This is a very interesting exchange as it is
        >> not found anywhere else in SAIR. It also changes
        >> the period of time of communications “blackout” t
        >> to 22 minutes.

        Again… you are right… but ONLY if what page
        100 of the SAIR means is that ASM2 actually HEARD
        ( at that moment ) the transmission from Marsh
        about going down the escape route.

        If what the SAIR really meant is that 16:15
        is the moment ASM2 called OPS1… but ASM2
        was ‘referring’ to something they had heard a
        few minutes before that… then that would NOT
        mean some other communication was directly
        heard from Marsh at 16:15.

        Here’s another mystery regarding these statements
        from Marsh and exactly who heard them… and when.

        That would be the still not-fully-told story of Ranger 58.

        On page 30 the SAIR says this…

        :: The crew of Ranger 58, an Arizona Department
        :: of Public Safety (DPS) helicopter assigned to the
        :: fire, loads medical gear when they overhear the
        :: Granite Mountain IHC’s transmissions on the
        :: air-to-ground frequency.

        That establishes that Ranger 58 was ( and HAD
        been ) closely monitoring the radio at that moment
        and hearing everything being said.

        The SAIR goes on to say ( on the same page )…

        :: As the smoke clears, Ranger 58 sees the
        :: Boulder Springs Ranch and, recalling the Granite
        :: Mountain IHC’s earlier communication about
        :: heading toward a ranch, flies in that direction.

        Whoa! Full stop.

        So this is proof positive that even Ranger 58 clearly
        overheard Marsh saying they were ‘heading for
        the ranch’… and it was so clearly understood by
        Ranger 58 that he was able to recall that statement
        some time later when he is finally airborne and
        looking for them.

        Where are the actual depositions from the crew
        of Ranger 58?

        If they heard that transmission from Marsh so clearly
        that they would remember even the word ‘ranch’
        some time later once airborne… then what ELSE
        did they hear that is relevant to this investigation?

        If they heard Marsh talk about the ranch… does that
        mean he talked about it over the air-to-ground frequency
        and that’s the only reason Ranger 58 heard it… or does
        that mean Ranger 58 was not only closely listening
        to the air-to-ground frequency… but they were also
        listening to ALL frequencies that afternoon and
        hearing EVERYTHING being said by EVERYONE?

        They ( Ranger 58 ) obviously had/have good memories.

        Did they also overhear this entire ‘Marsh and Steed
        ( and the still-mysterious third person ) discussing their
        options’ conversation which the MacKenzie video seems
        to have captured but we still don’t know anything else
        about it?

        The SAIR team obviously deposed Ranger 58 or they
        wouldn’t have the ‘remembered something about
        a ranch’ statement in the SAIR narrative… but did they
        ask Ranger 58 about anything else they might
        have heard?

        Again… one of the rules of good investigative work
        come into play here.

        You don’t get good answers unless you know how
        to ask good questions.

        What else did they ask Ranger 58 about what they
        heard… and what did they say?

        ** PROOF OF GM VEHICLES AT CAFE

        This post is way too long… but I will follow it
        up shortly with another one that provides
        definite time-stamped/proven photographic
        evidence of exactly when the GM vehicles
        were at the Ranch House Restaurant
        ( the cafe’ ) which is the moment Brendan
        McDonough says he “…called my
        supervisor (Marsh) and captain (Steed)”
        and had a conversation with them.

        Turns out there were a lot of people taking
        pictures that afternoon over on the east end
        of the fire when it was all hitting the fan…
        and a few of them were right there at the
        cafe’ recording everything…

        Michelle Lee ( Arizona Republic )
        Tom Story ( Arizona Republic / ASSOCIATED PRESS)
        David Kadlubowski ( ASSOCIATED PRESS )
        Others.

        Also… it turns out there are a number of other
        VIDEOS from that day that are also publicly posted
        which have accidentally captured radio transmissions
        in the background… including ones from Marsh.

        I will post those links as well shortly.

        Reply
        • calvin says

          November 6, 2013 at 4:39 am

          Wants to know the truth said:
          So this MacKenzie-attributed image in the SAIR
          MIGHT be the one he took just before taking
          IMG_0889 and IMG_0890. The circumstances
          would fit.
          The time provided in the SAIR for the picture is 1550. So at 1550 they were in the same place as at 1602 pictures 89 and 90, and same as video. Pictures 85 86 and 87 are time stamped at 352. I don’t think they would leave after the picture at 1550 and then return to the same spot within ten minutes. In pictures 85 86 and 87 they are traveling SOUTH, away from the fire.
          BUT! The picture in the SAIR at 1550 shows the fire front much more advanced than in first part of video. The hotshot in the red hat is Steed. The hotshot to the far left is the same hotshot that is in Wade Parker picture, and sitting in the same spot. The other hotshot standing in front of Steed is sitting beside him in video and pictures 89 and 90. Also note that in first couple seconds of video the hotshot in middle of picture is attaching gloves to pack. Pictures 89 and 90 show gloves already attached. The hotshot standing to the far left, alone, also appears to be taking picture, texting? Wade Parker is seen with smartphone/ camera in first part of video. In second clip I would almost think he has phone up to his ear, this could be a stretch.
          I would really like to see the pictures taken at Ranch House as well as the time. I did find a comment on Wildfire Today from Tom Story with an account of the VLAT drop that occurred around the deployment time.

          I want to know the truth also. But at this point I am not sure many conclusions can be drawn from this set of pictures and video because they have been tampered with. The pictures do tell us that at least 4 different hotshots and possibly 5 had phones, cameras and were using them in the final couple hours of their lives.

          Reply
  308. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    October 31, 2013 at 8:36 pm

    Right back at ya, calvin… I agree 100% with YOU about the importance of those still photographs and the ‘part of the story’ they actually seem to be telling for
    anyone who is even still interested in the truth. Those photographs OBVIOUSLY show ‘positioning’ and ‘movement’ and ‘activity’ and ‘moments in time’ as they (directly) relate to the story on that fateful afternoon… but the SAIR team just (apparently) either didn’t have the skills or the inclination to do the kind of detailed analysis that some (trained) investigators are trained to do.
    There is a saying amongst true investigators that “you don’t get good
    answers unless you know how to ask good questions.” They were all
    very good at what they do ( firefighting ) but I think they all came up short
    on true investigative skills. Once it got really complicated I think they just
    basically punted their entire investigation into the “We really don’t know
    exactly where they were or what they were doing… and probably never
    will”category and called it a day. Maybe the time contstraints were too
    tight for their skillsets. Maybe they should have asked for more time
    ( or more professional investigative help ) in order to do a better job.

    Example: Did ANYONE actually check for any EXIF information
    embedded in these JPEGs? Who has the originals ( and not copies,
    which may have lost the original EXIF metadata during a copy )?
    Could they still be checked for JPEG EXIF metadata to learn even
    MORE about this incident? Exactly what model of ‘Canon Sureshot’
    was used? That would tell anyone a lot more about whether there
    SHOULD be EXIF metadata in these images… or not.

    I just wish the SAIR hadn’t raised more questions than it answers.
    It would have been better to take more time and do a COMPLETE job.

    See below for more of my own comments and observations on these
    photos and the ‘part of the story’ they seem to be telling.

    ** Some more comments on the MacKenzie video clip(s)…

    There’s something else no one seems to have noticed (yet) about
    the (edited) MacKenzie video clip(s), as released.

    At the end of the first clip… right around the +8 second mark… one
    of the GM firefighters ( Misner? ) makes an audible, sarcastic comment
    immediately following Eric Marsh’s radio transmission and then
    he spits on the ground. The GM firefighter standing right next
    to him ( Ashcroft? ) laughs out loud at what the first firefighter just said.

    The transcript of what actually happens there is as follows…

    Start of video clip 1…

    Marsh ( to Steed?, over radio ): “Ah… I jus… I was just sayin’ I knew this
    was comin’ when I called ya and asked how… what your comfort
    level was. I could just feel it… ya know.”

    The camera has now panned to the right and by the time Marsh finishes
    his statement with “…I could just feel it… ya know”, two more GM firefighters
    have come into view on the right side of the frame. ( Misner and Ashcroft ?? ).

    The moment Marsh’s radio transmission ends… firefighter 1 (Misner?)
    says something that is hard to hear ( and still open to interpretation except
    for the last two words “all day” ) but here is what I believe he says right
    after Marsh says “…I could just feel it, ya know”…

    “We’ve been feelin’ it all day”.

    Firefighter 2 (Ashcroft) immediately erupts with laughter ( He chuckles
    three times while bobbing his head in agreement ) while Firefighter 1
    (Misner?) then forcibly spits onto the ground, almost in disgust.

    Again… the first part of the sarcastic remark is very hard to hear
    but the last two words are clearly “…all day”. I’d love to hear what
    ANYONE else thinks that first firefighter actually said in response
    to Marsh’s radio transmission… and whether that really is Misner
    speaking and then spitting on the ground.

    ANOTHER ‘unsolved mystery’ about this first video clip is obviously Marsh’s
    own statement over the radio… and what, exactly he was referring to
    at that point.

    Marsh said ( to Steed? to someone else on the frequency? )

    “Ah… I jus… I was just sayin’ I knew this was comin’ when I called ya
    and asked how… what your comfort level was. I could just feel it… ya know.”

    This really deserves some analysis ( which was NOT in the SAIR ).
    Let’s really break it down here…

    Marsh: “I was just sayin’ I knew this was comin'”

    Knew WHAT was coming? The change in fire direction? The wind?…
    or are we hearing the very moments AFTER they realized their
    original work assignment for the day was now pointless.
    What does his word ‘this’ actually mean, in the context of this
    single radio transmission? Could this be just moments after
    he and Steed decided ( over the radio and not in person since
    Marsh obviously wasn’t even with them ) to call it quits where they
    were and try to head back to town… and that THIS is what Marsh
    ‘could feel comin’?

    Marsh: “…when I called ya and asked how… what your comfort level was.”

    Again… is he talking to directly to Steed here… or someone else
    on the frequency? ( See next paragraph about the mysterious
    THIRD voice heard responding “You bet”. It was NOT Steed ).
    When did he (Marsh) ‘call’ before… and why was he
    calling to ask about comfort level on that previous call?
    Was this the ‘discuss their options’ call that is referred to in the SAIR
    but we still have no real information about, or hint about actual
    content and/or ‘options discussed’? How much time had elapsed
    between the ‘when I called ya before’ moment and now this radio
    call on the video?

    Marsh: “I could just feel it… ya know.”

    Feel WHAT? Exactly WHAT is the real ‘context’ here and exactly
    what is Marsh referring to? Just the general turnaround of the fire
    situation… or something more specific like GM’s (Steed’s?) decision
    to evacuate?

    One more thing… who is the mysterious THIRD VOICE heard over
    the radio responding “You bet” to Marsh’s statement? It is NOT Steed’s
    voice at that point. Steed was right there where the video recorder
    was and you can clearly hear when he starts talking back to Marsh…
    but this was AFTER some mysterious THIRD voice said ( over
    the radio… with modulation ) “You bet” in response to Marsh’s statement.

    Was that McDonough’s voice saying “You bet” over the radio?

    Does the video capture the moment when McDonough says
    he reached the cafe’ in Yarnell and ‘called my captain and
    my sup to let them know the vehicles were totally safe’?
    The times would match ( 4:00 PM ish ).

    If that ‘third voice’ speaking over the radio wasn’t McDonough,
    then WHO WAS IT saying “You bet”?

    Only the real RAW VIDEO might shed more light on these
    obvious questions from the publicly released version(s).

    Someone… somewhere… has the un-edited version(s) of
    the video(s) recovered from Christopher MacKenzie’s device.

    Again… this all goes back to professional investigative training
    and skillsets and known ‘chain of evidence’ rules. When 19 people
    have died and you are supposed to figure out why… every single
    scrap of evidence is of the utmost importance… and the ‘chain of
    possession’ on that evidence is absolutely crucial. It must be both
    fully controlled… and fully DOCUMENTED.

    Who actually made the DVD that was (supposedly) handed to Willis
    who then (supposedly) brought this ‘new evidence’ to the attention
    of the investigators? Were they relying on a DVD made by Mike’s
    step-daughter at that point… or did they even bother to follow the
    ‘chain of possession’ and try to examine the actual ORIGINAL evidence?

    Mike MacKenzie actually said he was suprised to have ‘gotten the
    camera back when they were holding onto Christopher’s phone’.
    Does that mean the VIDEO was actually on the camera memory
    card… or did the VIDEO somehow get onto the DVD that was handed
    to Willis by Mike in some other way ( and after being edited )?

    ** Some more comments on the MacKenzie still photos…

    IMG_0876 thru IMG_0879
    All (supposedly) taken at 10:52 ( 10:52 AM ).
    They ALL show what GM was doing before lunch after having gotten up
    at the crack of dawn on what was supposed to be their day off, driven down
    from Prescott to Yarnell, and hiked a LOOONG way through rough country
    just to get to that workspot. You can almost feel both the heat of the day
    ( 104 to 106 degrees ) and the heat of the close backfire work.
    They already look hot, tired and depleted ( exactly the way the civilian
    hiker Tex Gilligan described them when he first saw them around 9:18
    AM before they even started their work. He said they already appeared
    “Totally spent… not people you want fighting a fire… they needed rest.” )
    The SAIR makes no significant mention of any of this…
    or how fatigue might have factored into the fateful decision making process
    later in the day… and the lessons that can/should be learned from that
    for the sake of safety on future wildland fire incidents.
    Sure they were tired. Sure they were hot and frustrated with all the
    other screw-ups that had been happening all day like frustrating
    retardant drops ( documented in the SAIR ) and their supervisor
    arguing with DIVS Z about divisional control ( also documented
    in the SAIR ). Sure they were frustrated that all that hard work they
    had done all day was really for nothing… and no one relished the
    idea of having to spend the night out on that ridge with little
    food or water… but none of that is a reason for anyone ( recently
    or anytime in similar circumstances ) to lose their life.

    IMG_0880 – 11:42 AM
    Shows with absolute certainty the ‘size of the black’ that was right there
    where they were working and an excellent ‘safe zone’ for what was to
    come a few hours later.

    IMG_0881 – 11:45 AM ( Three minutes later )
    Same as IMG_0880. An excellent ‘view of the black’ that would
    become important in few hours. It shows there really was no
    reason to leave that area if ‘safety’ was of any concern later on.

    IMG_0882 – 11:45 AM
    Shows an actual retardant drop almost right on top of their heads.
    The TIME matches EXACTLY the ‘retardant drop’ mentioned in
    the actual SAIR report which caused DIVS A (Marsh) to be ‘frustrated’
    and that it was ‘not what he wanted’… but the SAIR never says exactly
    WHY Marsh was ‘frustrated’ or what he really did want. Did this
    ‘frustration’ on Marsh’s part ( and his reported argument with DIVS Z
    about divisional responsibilities that day ) contribute to Marsh’s reluctance
    to communicate clearly and efficiently later on in the day, when it
    was so absolutely crucial for him to do so and lives would have been saved?
    Why wasn’t this photograph included in the SAIR report at that exact
    spot where this retardant drop incident is mentioned? It’s totally relevant.
    Here is the actual paragaph about this moment from the SAIR…
    “As the Granite Mountain IHC continues its burnout, DIVS A and Air
    Attack discuss options. Air Attack directs two SEAT drops at 1136 and 1145
    directly onto the burnout. DIVS A is frustrated. This is not what he wanted
    but he has Granite Mountain IHC shift tactics and go direct along the fire’s
    edge. During this same period, the short squad on the west side of the
    ridge ties into the cold black.”

    IMG_0883 and IMG_0884 – 14:50 ( 2:50 PM )
    Shows two GM firefighters watching a retardant drop way in the distance.
    That’s not what is important about this photo. Look at where they are
    standing. The photo shows them standing on TOP of a previous
    retardant drop right there where they had been working all day.
    So at 2:50 PM… right there where they were… they had ‘good black’,
    and rock outcrops with a full load of retardant sitting on them.
    How much frickin’ SAFER can a SAFE ZONE get… and why would
    you even think about leaving it when a fire has turned around on you
    because of high winds? Neither these photographs or the proof of
    the true ‘safeness’ of the ‘safe zone’ they were already in are included
    in the SAIR report for future firefighters to learn from.

    IMG_0885 – 15:52 ( 3:52 PM )
    Shows 2 GM firefighters observing the fire from the distance in what
    is obviously ‘more black’ with even ‘more retardant’ splashed on the
    rocks that are sitting in the foreground.
    What’s important ( and missed so far? ) about this photograph besides
    the TIME ( very close to when they would ‘move out’ and start heading south )
    is the fact that it captures the moment when another firefighter was taking
    yet another picture or possibly even another VIDEO.
    Look at the firefighter on the left (Ashcroft?). He is obviously using
    what appears to be an Android Smartphone to take either a still photo
    or, perhaps, a video ( with audio? ). He is not looking into a viewfinder
    like you would with a simple digital camera. He is obviously looking
    at an LCD screen like anyone would when taking pictures or video
    with a Smartphone. Who, exactly, is that using his device at that
    moment? Did that device survive the burnover? Who has it now?
    Does it contain more photos or even possible more VIDEO ( and audio )?
    I have checked. I don’t see any (publicly) released texts or photos or
    videos that would match this 3:52 PM timestamp… but there he is
    obviously recording the moment and ‘adding to the evidence’ of
    that fateful afternoon.

    IMG_0886 – 15:52 ( 3:52 PM )
    This one is critical for a number of reasons. It clearly shows the
    GM crew ‘standing up’ after sitting in ‘good black’, ‘moving out’ and
    leaving that ‘good black’ at 3:52 PM. It looks like just moments before
    this photo was taken someone (Steed?) yelled “Okay… let’s MOVE OUT!”.
    It also clearly shows the size and quality of the ‘good black’ they were
    leaving… the kind of ‘green’ they were now walking INTO… and the
    total wind shift in the distance with the back edge of the fire now
    becoming the head fire and the smoke blowing back in
    their direction ( looks more direct south to me than reported by SAIR ).
    Obviously a fateful decision has already been made at this point and
    they are all now just 45-50 minutes away from the moment of entrapment.

    IMG_0887 – Also at 15:52 ( 3:52 PM )
    Another critical photo showing the ‘Move out!” moment. Again, clearly
    shows the ‘good black’ they are leaving ( complete with orange retardant
    splashed on the rocks ) and the scraggly manzanita green fuel they were
    now walking off into. Further proof that this and the previous photo are
    a ‘Move out!’ moment is the fact that Ashcroft and the firefighter just
    beyond him in the photo have both ‘slung their saws’ so they aren’t
    just moving around in a rest area. They are LEAVING. No one
    ‘slings their saw’ unless they are actually ‘Moving out’ and going
    on the hike.

    IMG_0888 – ???
    As mentioned above… this sequential image from MacKenzie’s
    Canon Sureshot is MISSING. Why? Who has the original memory
    card at this point? ( chain of possession on evidence again ).
    Is IMG_0888 still on it… or was it already missing
    when the medical examiner originally gave the camera to Christopher’s
    father Mike… and then Mike’s stepdaughter first plugged the memory
    card into a computer and ‘found’ these photographs ( and the video? )?

    IMG_0889 and IMG_0890 – 16:02 ( 4:02 PM )
    Obviously 2 very important images taken just 10 minutes after the
    ‘Move out’ images above. These were obviously taken at the same
    spot Christopher was standing when he also shot the VIDEO.
    They have ‘paused’ here to communicate with Marsh over the
    radio… who is obviously still not even with them even AFTER
    the ‘Move out’ moment 10 minutes earlier. How far away was
    Marsh, really, that he would not have caught up with them by
    now and still need to use the radio to talk to Steed? They are
    now just 15-18 minutes away from the moment when the
    decision was made to take the ‘shortcut’ through the box canyon
    to the Boulder Springs Ranch. Did Marsh EVER actually catch
    up with them BEFORE that fateful decision was made… or did
    Marsh simply finally ‘catch them’ only AFTER the crew had seen
    the ranch in the distance and decided to drop off the ridge road
    into the box canyon? Is it possible that Steed ( or the crew itself )
    made the decision to leave the two-track all on their own ( since
    Marsh hadn’t caught up with them yet )… and then Marsh had
    to simply ‘follow them’ down into the box canyon because he
    was ‘late’ catching them. For Marsh… was it simply a decision
    akin to “There they go… and I must follow them… for I am their leader”?

    I still think the REAL story CAN be ‘pieced together’ from the
    evidence ( and witnesses ) that exist. Any NEW information
    ( or testimony ) would help… but if ALL the real evidence is
    fully examined… I think the FULL story can still (and SHOULD) be told.

    Reply
    • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

      October 31, 2013 at 10:04 pm

      I’m not saying that any of your theories are incorrect, but let me play devil’s advocate on a few things.

      – After re-watching the video a few times and studying the patterns of smoke in the column, it appears that some time has elasped between the end of the first and the beginning of the second portions of the video (and not just a few seconds, either), leading to the possiblity of two, distinctly separate recordings.

      – Digital camera’s are notorius for having incorrect times on their clocks. I know this because I have a Canon, and over time, the clock gets off the correct time more and more, and I don’t ever bother to reset it because I don’t time stamp my stuff. I suspect the majority of folks act the same as me regarding this. I only bring this up to relate that the actual ATOMIC time is probably different than what’s on the time stamp, so take it with a grain of salt, when using it as a measure for comparison.

      – Also, when using my Canon, I have been know to take the ocassional unintended picture of my feet, which I usually delete later. Could something like this, when deleted in the field, account for the “missing” photo? One thing I learned from a recent murder trial, however, is that deleted photos usually still exist on the memory card.

      Having said all that, I still think all of our questions here deserve thorough answers, because the SAIR and the accompaning investigation team did not produce all the information they had in their posession, and they OBVIOUSLY did not dig deep enough in some areas.

      Sadly, all the information we would like to have made available to address our questions, probably won’t see the light of day without a subpoena.

      Reply
    • calvin says

      November 1, 2013 at 1:38 pm

      I think the third voice that you are referring to is actually Marsh. I also think he says “too bad” instead of “you bet.” Just my thoughts.

      The images time stamped at 352pm appear to show the crew farther away from the fire than they are at 404 pictures and video by Mackenzie and also Wade Parkers picture texted at 404. The pictures at 352 also show the crew entering some green and 404 pictures show mostly black.

      A moment later, DIVS A says, “I want to pass on that we’re going to make our way to our escape route. Then “Yeah, we’re picking our way through the black.” P24 SAIR

      Per the SAIR, this occurs as BR supt is getting drivers to move GM buggies. I guess a little after 4? It seems that he was with them at that time.

      Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 3, 2013 at 1:56 am

        >> calvin wrote…
        >> I think the third voice that you are referring to is
        >> actually Marsh. I also think he says “too bad”
        >> instead of “you bet.” Just my thoughts.

        I went back and listed to the (published) video over
        and over, and I’m going to have to still disagree
        with you. This is the (public) copy I have been
        listening to…

        http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=omfw_Unt_VQ

        Please listen very carefully at the exact moment
        the manually inserted ‘fade’ happens.
        Here is exactly what I hear…

        At the EDIT point where the manual ‘fade’ has
        been ‘insterted’ ( by some still unknown person )
        we hear the very tail end of a sentence that Marsh
        is finishing which appears to be this…

        “…need, ya know”

        Then ( still on the radio with modulation ),
        SOMEONE ( Not Steed ) says “You bet”.

        Then we hear the transmission end with the distinct
        sound of radio modulation ‘cutting off’… and only
        THEN do we hear Steed say ( without any radio
        modulation because the video recorder was
        capturing his voice in real time close to the camera )…

        “I copy.. and it’s almost made it that two track
        road that we walked in on.”

        The key here is that moment when the radio modulation
        ceases. Whoever said “You bet” in response to Marsh’s
        “…need, ya know” was saying it OVER THE RADIO…
        and Steed only chimed in AFTER the modulation
        cut off.

        So whoever said “You bet” was the person Marsh
        was actually directing his “…need, ya know” statement
        to and whoever said “You bet” in response was
        ON THE RADIO AS WELL ( and it was NOT Steed ).

        That’s what I am hearing… and I have good hearing.

        I really want to know who that THIRD person was…
        because that means that person must have been
        a participant in that entire conversation over the
        radio between Marsh and Steed. I want to know
        what that person heard.

        A moment later, DIVS A says, “I want to pass on that we’re going to make our way to our escape route. Then “Yeah, we’re picking our way through the black.” P24 SAIR

        >> calvin also said…
        >> Per the SAIR, this occurs as BR supt is getting
        >> drivers to move GM buggies. I guess a little after
        >> 4? It seems that he (Marsh) was with them at that
        >> time.

        There is no doubt that Marsh said “we are picking our
        way through the black”… but I am going to have to
        respectfully disagree with you that this is any kind
        of definitive proof that Marsh was actually WITH the
        GM crew when he said that.

        It’s perfectly possible that what Marsh said was true,
        but it does NOT meant he was actually physically
        WITH Steed and the rest of the GM crew when he
        said it.

        It’s possible that both Marsh and Steed/crew were
        now ‘moving’ south and towards the escape route…
        and they were both ‘picking their way through black’…
        but that Marsh was still well north of the crew on
        his scouting excursions. The ‘black’ extended well
        up the ridge and it’s possible they were ALL still
        ‘in the black’ at that point… but still physically
        separated.

        Will we ever really know where Marsh really was
        that day at any moment… except for the moment
        he laid down to die with his crew?

        Probably not… since he was floating around alone
        most of the day and playing ‘DIVS A’ most of the
        day and letting Steed ‘run the crew’…

        …but I don’t think there is any doubt that he was
        NOT with them at 4:02 when the MacKenzie
        video was made. He was on the radio talking
        to Steed. He wasn’t there.

        Where was he at that moment ( 15 minutes before
        they decided to drop down into the kill zone with
        or without him )… and how long did it take for
        him to actually ‘catch up’ with them in order
        to die with them? I believe this can be ‘figured out’
        from the existing evidence… especially if we
        can discover how much of that ‘video’ has been
        ‘edited out’ and what else it might tell us.

        Reply
        • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

          November 3, 2013 at 2:12 am

          My apologies… but this is a standard
          ‘typo in the previous comment’ posting.

          The paragraph in my own comment above
          that was inserted just prior to the
          ‘>> calvin also said’ section was
          meant to be part of the arrowed section
          that immediately follows it… and was
          not part of my own response/comment.

          So it really should be read like this…

          >> calvin also said…
          >> A moment later, DIVS A says,
          >> “I want to pass on that we’re going to
          >> make our way to our escape route.
          >> Then “Yeah, we’re picking our way
          >> through the black.” P24 SAIR
          >> Per the SAIR, this occurs as BR supt is getting
          >> drivers to move GM buggies. I guess a little after
          >> 4? It seems that he (Marsh) was with them at that
          >> time.

          There is no doubt that Marsh said “we are picking our
          way through the black”… but I am going to have to
          respectfully disagree with you that this is any kind
          of definitive proof that Marsh was actually WITH the
          GM crew when he said that.

          etc…

          I am sorry if that makes this posting terribly
          confusing but it was a ‘bad typo’ and I wanted
          to try and correct it as much as this limited
          form of expression will let me.

          If I could have deleted/edited the original comment,
          I would have… but this particular installation of
          software doesn’t allow that option.

          Reply
    • Sonny says

      November 22, 2013 at 4:15 pm

      Yes, your comment of frustrations the hotshots had that day had to be very real. We actually thought it to be a prescribed burn when we saw them from our view at ease and the helicopter doing as it did- what we did not realize that because from our vantage point they were out of sight at times. They were working down the hill out of our view that day. So not only were they tired when we passed them, we know the extra work they did added to their condition. Its easy to see how mistakes can be made in that heat and under those conditions.

      Reply
  309. calvin says

    October 31, 2013 at 12:07 pm

    Thank you Wants to know THE truth! I agree 100% with you about the editing of the video. Look at the fire activity between the first and second video clip. Wade Parkers picture that is included in the SAIR appears to be taken at the same time as this video as well as img 0889 and img 0890. IMG 0885, 0886 and img 0887 show a different location and it shows the crew moving reportedly at 352pm and from my view leaving the black and entering an area that is unburned . So if they were leaving the black area at 352 WALKING why would they have returned to the black and resumed sitting?
    The article that was published when these photos were released state that Mike Mackenzie passed this information to Darrell Willis in the format of a dvd. I do not understand why you would alter any evidence before passing along that would be used in an investigation.

    Reply
  310. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    October 28, 2013 at 3:58 pm

    >> ‘The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive’ asked ( up above )…
    >>
    >> Did GM ever receive notification from anyone, by any means, that their
    >> buggies had ACTUALLY REACHED a safe location and were not in peril?

    Apparently YES… at least TWICE before Steed or Marsh would have
    made any decision to ‘leave the black’.

    Brendan McDonough himself gave an interview ( after the initial report
    was released to the public ) with the Daily Courier where he reports
    that his captain (Steed) and supervisor (Marsh) were informed at
    least TWICE that the GM vehicles were being moved and were ‘safe’.

    Once when he was picked up by Blue Ridge, and then again when he
    and the entire BR team pulled off the fire and arrived at the cafe’ in Yarnell.

    We still don’t have the actual transcripts of what Mr. McDonough
    ( or any of the Blue Ridge personnel ) actually reported to the
    initial investigators… but there is really no reason to believe that
    what Mr. McDonough has now said in this public interview isn’t the
    same thing he told investigators.

    I was not aware of this interview when I posted some of my own
    comments/questions (up above) on this thread ( and this public
    interview does, in fact, answer some of my own questions ) but
    I am still mystified about the communications ( or lack thereof )
    on that fateful afternoon.

    I have no doubt now that Mr. McDonough was actively updating
    both Marsh and Steed as to his whereabouts and activities
    once he left his lookout position… and that it was understood
    by all parties that he was now ‘with BR’, and safe, and that no
    one was expecting him to even try and resume his lookout
    duties that afternoon…

    …but I am still astonished at the one-sided nature of these
    communications being reported by Mr. McDonough.

    Mr. McDonough reports that a LOT of ‘information’ was being
    given TO both Steed and Marsh… but at no time (apparently)
    were they reporting back about what THEIR plans really were…
    or even if they did… Mr. McDonough makes no mention of that
    in this public interview. I find that an astonishing ‘lack of
    communication’ at such a critical, confusing time.

    TRANSCRIPT OF VIDEO INTERVIEW
    WITH GRANITE MOUNTAIN HOTSHOT
    BRENDAN MCDONOUGH

    From Daily Courier Article published August 7, 2013
    http://www.prescottaz.com/main.asp?SectionID=1&SubSectionID=1&ArticleID=122030

    Also on YouTube at this link…
    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RfpF9h4m2uc

    [ Granite Mountain Hotshot Brendan McDonough talks to ]
    [ The Daily Courier in this exclusive interview about what ]
    [ he was doing and how the afternoon of June 30 unfolded ]
    [ when 19 of his” brothers” died while fighting the Yarnell Hill Fire. ]

    Brendan McDonough said…

    So during that afternoon they dropped me off at my lookout position
    and, been spinning weather, watchin’ what the fire was doing, no
    major activity, ah… the fire was moving away from us. and…
    around… I think it was 2:50… 2:45… 2:50… um… there was over
    the radio announcement that there’s gonna be… the weather…
    was gonna be talked about… so we were gonna get information
    about what was goin’ on… and… I spin the weather on the hour
    so usually ten minutes before I start taking my weather for my
    observations my captain had let me know that he was going to
    listen to that so I could continue to spin my weather and we could
    compare what was going on.

    and… I was spinning my weather… and… my captain had reached
    me on the radio saying that we were gonna expect 180 degree
    wind shift and that we could expect gusts up to 50 to 60 miles
    per hour… and… once I heard that I knew the fire was gonna change
    rapidly and he understood that too… and at that point I was closer
    to the fire than the crew was… the actual active fire.

    At that point I continued to spin my weather… and…
    my captain was heads up for what was goin’ on… and could
    see what was goin’ on… and could see me… and… as I looked
    back to see how they’re doing I turned around and I could already
    see that the wind had shifted… and it had met my trigger point
    to re-evaluate where I was and I needed to find a different position.

    So I relayed to my captain and my sup that I needed to find a
    different position to be a lookout at… and they told me that
    they… they could see what was coming… they could see the
    fire’s edge and they were aware of what was happening with the
    fire and where I was at… and how close I was.

    So I started making my way back into this road that the other
    hotshot crew had dropped me off on… on an ATV… and… soon
    as I arrive at this road I turn around and I look back at the fire
    and I can just see a huge… just the smoke building… and it
    startin’ to gain a lot of potential to move towards us.

    I, ah, relayed this information back to my captain and he…
    he told me… “No… I can see what’s goin’ on Brendan…
    just… make sure you’re safe… make sure everything’s
    good for you.”… and… I’m startin’ to walk down this road
    and I’m switchin’ over my radio to call the other hotshot crew
    if I can get a ride and… as soon as I’m in the process of tryin’
    to talk to them they’re already right there around the corner
    ready to pick me up.

    So at that point I loaded my stuff up… and… as I’m loading my
    stuff up… I hand my radio to the… the sup off of the other hotshot
    crew and… he’s relaying information to my superintendent and
    captain about where our vehicles are parked, that they’re gonna
    move ’em for us, that they have me with them… and it’s safer for
    me to go out with him, back to the vehicles, back to the main
    road in Yarnell than to try and meet up with them… and he relayed
    information on what the fire’s doing and kinda what their goal was..
    and… just giving them as much information as he could… on what
    was goin’ on… and… at that point.. um… I was already in the ATV
    and we’re on our way and I’m just… on the radio… I tell… uh… my
    superintendent and captain that if they need anything, give me a
    call, and that I’ll see ’em soon.

    We had arrived at the vehicles… and Blue Ridge hotshot crew…
    they helped us bump those vehicles around to a different side of
    the fire, in a safer area… um… for them to be in… and at that
    point… I was pretty much with them… and… I mean… in this job
    you’re supposed to always remain flexible… and… uh… when I had
    left… my position was compromised… and my safety… and my
    crew understood… and they were comfortable with me leaving
    knowing that they could see the fire… and… um…

    I mean… as any… any crewmember they always wish they could
    be with their crew… those are the guys ya love and ya wanna work
    with… and… when I was with Blue Ridge I felt very comfortable,
    ya know. It was.. It was almost like being… ya know… with a…
    it was at home. Good feeling… um… but our goal was to prep a
    dozer line which means to get ready to burn it… possibly… so we
    were gonna clear out a lot of the fuels that’s on this line that a
    dozer has pushed… heavy equipment has pushed… and within
    minutes of getting there… uh… the fire activity was just picking up
    and keep picking up from when I had left… and… around that time…
    this had to been around 4… 4:15, 4:30 ish… I’m guessing…
    my times on that day are really hazy… um… we ended up going…
    they kinda pulled the resources off and the divisions and… jus cus
    of what was goin’ on and people on their own were doing it jus…
    wasn’t… uh… safe area… cus at that point when we had moved we
    were even closer to the fire… and… we pulled off, we parked at
    a cafe’, and during the time, ya know, told my superintendent and
    captain that we had the vehicles in a safe area… and… once
    again… if they needed anything just give me a call and I’ll see
    ’em soon… and that’s the last time that I talked to ’em.

    Um…

    I had heard my superintendent relay to the IC… about… um…
    them having to deploy and to set up… prepare a deployment site…
    and that was the last time that I heard my superintendent’s voice.

    …and what went through my mind… when I heard that they had
    to deploy… I was… I was crushed… mentally… um… and emotionally.
    I didn’t know what to do… ah… I wanted to do everything I could to
    help them, but… I mean everyone on that fire wanted to do everything
    they could… and they did.

    It was just a horrible… freak accident.

    I mean… you expect… you expect things to happen but you don’t
    expect to be put in these situations.

    You know that you can die on this job… but… you don’t want…
    it’s in the back of your head… cus if you always think about it…
    it’s… it’s gonna weigh you down.

    END OF AUGUST 7, 2013 PUBLIC INTERVIEW
    WITH BRENDAN MCDONOUGH

    Reply
    • calvin says

      October 28, 2013 at 5:32 pm

      2:50..2:45…2:50!!! The SAIR states there was weather updates at 2:02pm and at 3:26pm. Also note that GM captain was awaiting a weather report. So if there was NO weather update at 2:45 or 2:50 it would seem that Mcdonough was describing the 1402 (2:02pm) weather update. Remember GM captain gonna listen to update. Doesn’t seem that it could be the 1526 (3:26pm) weather update. These are the words of the only surviving member of the Granite Mountain Hotshots. I would like to hear other thoughts on this discrepancy.

      Mcdonough also describes working to clear a dozer line (closer to the fire than where he was before) after being picked up by Blue Ridge but the SAIR doesn’t mention this.

      Reply
      • Bob Powers says

        October 29, 2013 at 9:27 am

        The real key to the information–
        The Div. Boss and Capt. of GM knew the weather change and winds also they were looking right at the blowup. the 18 in your face–11,14,15,17. The 10– 3,4,7,&10. These are not to show blame but to Identify what they should have been thinking. Identify the quickest and safest escape route and safety zone. The black was first . Everyone else was getting the hell out of the way, protect you and your crew #10…….. You can find others as the process continues. The investigative team should have said so. They do a disservice to all of the fatality fires that created the 10 and18. Go back to basics people.

        Reply
        • calvin says

          October 31, 2013 at 3:08 am

          No argument can be made that multiple rules were NOT broken as noted above. Joy and Tex have asked several times if a large group would travel slower through dense manzanita than one person. One person responded that no one can probably answer this question first hand because it would be very unusual to do this! One thing that really sticks out to me is that Div A tells ASM that is where he wants the retardant at 1637 according to SAIR. There is no distress noted in this exchange. However 2 minutes later DIV A says they are preparing for deployment. I would like to know what exchange occurred between DIV A and ASM immediately prior to 1637. Was ASM aware DIV A was looking for retardant drop or was it just a coincidence that DIV A made this comment? Thanks for continuing this discussion.

          Reply
      • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

        November 2, 2013 at 4:19 pm

        >> calvin wrote…
        >> So if there was NO weather update at 2:45
        >> or 2:50 it would seem that Mcdonough was
        >> describing the 1402 (2:02pm) weather update.

        There is definitely something ‘wonky’ about the times
        McDonough is mentioning in his public (video)
        interview and the times for the same events being
        reported in the SAIR.

        From my reading… it simply seems that McDonough is
        ‘confused’ in his public interview and is a full HOUR
        early on times here versus when these
        things actually happened (according to the SAIR ).
        This all needs more attention and focus and
        needs to be reconciled.

        >> calvin also wrote…
        >> Mcdonough also describes working to clear
        >> a dozer line (closer to the fire than where he was
        >> before) after being picked up by Blue Ridge but
        >> the SAIR doesn’t mention this.

        McDonough is referring to what he understood the
        ‘goal’ of the BR team to be as he joined them and
        after they finished moving the vehicles. By the
        time they all got over to the ‘Shrine’ area… the
        fire was threatening that area as well so this
        ‘clear a dozer line’ work never really happened.
        It was too late to even try to do that.

        By the time BR got over to the Shrine area it
        was pretty much already time to get the hell
        out of there. So they did. They drove all the
        vehicles over to the cafe’ back in Yarnell.
        The SAIR then goes into some detail how the
        BR Supt and Capt had to go BACK to the Shrine
        area to make sure everyone was getting out
        because “some of the other firefighters” ( who
        were these other firefighters referred to in
        the SAIR? ) hadn’t taken the original order to
        evacuate the Shrine area seriously enough.

        What’s still unclear is if McDonough was part of
        that ‘returning to the Shrine area’… or whether
        he just stuck with the GM vehicles at the cafe’
        and that’s when he says he made the ‘second
        call’ to Marsh and Steed telling them that GM
        vehicles were now “totally safe at the cafe'”.

        The timeframes here are still wonky and need to
        be further defined/refined.

        McDonough makes no mention of what ( if anything )
        HE learned from Marsh and Steed on that second
        call about what THEIR plans were at that point.

        It’s still inconceivable to me that… on that second call…
        Marsh and Steed would not have updated Brendan
        on exactly where they were by then and what their
        plans were. If they knew they were headed to the
        Boulder Springs Ranch ( and thought it was perfectly
        safe to do that ) then why wouldn’t they have told
        Brendan this at that moment and simply asked him
        to drive the Van over to the Ranch so he could pick
        them up and they’d be mobile again right away?

        OR… why would Steed/Marsh not have asked Brendan
        to drive over to the Congress side of the escape
        route for the (safer) ‘down and out’ escape off the ridge?

        The actual time/content of the ‘second call’ McDonough
        says he made from the cafe’ still needs to be
        determined and investigated further. It came at a
        critical time and SHOULD contain a crucial
        exchange of information at that point.

        Reply
    • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

      October 29, 2013 at 9:40 am

      It would appear from the McDonough interview above, that GM was indeed informed subsequent to their buggies reaching safety, answering a question I posed in an earlier comment. But going back to some info from the SAIR report which I also noted in my comments;
      >”At 1550 hrs, AA tells DIVS A that the fire is running toward >Yarnell and may reach the town in 1-2 hours. Also, their crew >carriers might be in the path of the fire (vehicles in peril). >Sometime shortly after 1600, DIVS A tells BR Supt that the fire >is almost as far as the GM vehicles (vehicles in peril). A >MOMENT LATER, DIVS A says they are beginning to move to >their escape route.”
      it still appears based on the information provided, that “the decision” to move occured when GM thought that their vehicles were in peril.

      Reply
      • calvin says

        October 31, 2013 at 2:53 am

        “I think I will be down there for a while on this one,” 29-year-old Ashcraft told his wife via text. Portland Press Herald July 7

        So it seems Mr Ashcraft knew they were going “DOWN THERE” as early as 217pm.
        I understand what you are saying about the safety of the GM buggies but I think this comment is proof they were planning to descend from the top much earlier than what the report leads you to believe. Also can anyone tell me why they think the Ashcraft picture sent at 217 didn’t make it into the SAIR?

        Reply
        • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

          October 31, 2013 at 9:33 am

          The Ashcraft text accompanying the photo referencing being “down there” for a while, may have been simply a typo, with the actual intent possibly being “down here” (referencing Yarnell) for a while. Here’s why I think that.

          The Ashcraft and MacKenzie photos taken between 1400 and 1600 all appear to be looking toward the northeast/east, with the crew involved in little, to no, movement. The Ashcraft photo looking toward the NE, with a comment to go “down there”, would, if referencing the scene in the photo, seem to be refering to heading down to the NE and not to the SE, which is they way they ended up going.

          Due to the wind and fire behavior increasing in intensity and changing direction beween 1400 and 1600hrs, any plan formulated around 1400hrs when Mr. Ashcraft sent his text, certainly would have been re-formulated and re-hashed and possibly declared moot by 1600, when they actually began to move SE.

          At 1555, on the intra-crew frequency, GM Lookout hears Div A and GM Capt talking about their options, whether to stay in the black or come up with a plan to move (this would certainly indicate that “the decision” of what to do and where to go was formulated at that time). Shortly after 1600, DIVS A says they are beginning to move.

          If there has been any re-accounting of the conversation overheard by the lookout on the intra-crew frequency between DIVS A and GM Captain discussing their options, I must have missed it. It would seem that what was overheard would be some of the most important information of the investigation, but it wasn’t in the report, or any other source I’ve seen.

          Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            October 31, 2013 at 10:59 am

            Speaking of ‘some of the most important information of the investigation’… there are still a number of things ‘missing’ that ( via other published information ) would appear to exist or be known to investigators.

            Example 1: MacKenzie video was EDITED

            The Christopher MacKenzie video shot at 16:00 ( 04:00 PM ) that has been released to the public has been EDITED. I don’t know if they chopped the start or the end… but there is definitely a big chunk missing in the MIDDLE of that video. The publicly released clip is actually TWO short clips merged together. Whoever did the editing even choose to use a short ‘fade’ between the two clips. Just watch the video and you will see what I mean… ( The obvious edit/splice
            comes at +8.5 seconds )…
            http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=omfw_Unt_VQ
            The missing part of the video ( and most importantly… the audio part with Marsh talking to Steed over the radio from wherever the heck he really was at 4:00 PM ) COULD be the actual moment when the decision was made to ‘leave the black’… and MAY even contain the REASON why Marsh or Steed felt they needed to do this. It might even contain the proof that they (perhaps) purposely decided not to ‘ask permission’ to make this move because OPS1 ( Or even DIVS Z who Marsh argued with earlier in the day ) would tell them “No… don’t move. Stay there.”
            The Canon Sureshot that MacKenzie (supposedly) used to shoot the video would NOT have either ‘merged two clips into one’ or inserted any kind of ‘fade’ effect. This is all obvious evidence of ‘hand-editing’ by someone. Why was it edited? What is missing? Who has the original? What was the chain of possession on this critical piece of evidence into the deaths of 19 men? Was it really shot on MacKenzie’s Canon Sureshot… or did this actually come from his Smartphone? Where is MacKenzie’s Smartphone at this moment?

            Example 2: A MacKenzie photo is missing

            The Daily Courier published 14 photos from MacKenzie’s Canon Sureshot which survived the fire. They used the original Canon Sureshot sequence filenames for the 14 photos published on their website. ONE of the standard Canon sequence numbers is MISSING. There should be 15 photos… and the one that is missing would seem to coincide with ‘moment of decision’ to leave the black ( exactly the same time as the missing portion of the video clip ).
            Here are the actual filenames of the photos
            as published by the Daily Courier ( notice the one that is missing from the sequence… IMG_8088.JPG )…

            28,120 bytes IMG_0876.jpg
            18,249 bytes IMG_0877.jpg
            22,558 bytes IMG_0878.jpg
            20,081 bytes IMG_0879.jpg
            13,478 bytes IMG_0880.jpg
            26,418 bytes IMG_0881.jpg
            15,891 bytes IMG_0882.jpg
            18,743 bytes IMG_0883.jpg
            19,322 bytes IMG_0884.jpg
            27,529 bytes IMG_0885.jpg
            31,714 bytes IMG_0886.jpg
            40,987 bytes IMG_0887.jpg
            ** IMG_0888.JPG is MISSING!
            20,564 bytes IMG_0889.jpg
            29,651 bytes IMG_0890.jpg

            It is not possible for the Canon Sureshot to have ‘burped’ and ‘missed’ one of the automatic sequencing numbers when taking photos. Someone either deleted IMG_0888.jpg from the memory card before it was given to Mike MacKenzie ( Christopher’s father ) or it was never provided to the Daily Courier… or the Courier itself chose not to release it. Why? What does IMG_0888.jpg show that would cause anyone to try and keep it from being seen by the public?

            Example 3: No definite time for second
            update about vehicles from McDonough

            There is NO definite ‘time’ established for the (supposed) second radio transmission from McDonough to Marsh/Steed about the ‘vehicles being safe at the cafe’ in Yarnell’.
            The SAIR makes no mention of this radio communication and McDonough only says ( in his public interview ) “It was around 4:15 or 4:30”. Well… which is it? The reason this is critical is that if it was 4:15… then that would be almost the exact moment the GM crew was making their decision to drop down off the two-track road into the box canyon. If it was at 4:30… then this is just a few minutes before Marsh radioed Air Attack and said “We are in front of the flaming front!”. Either way… it’s inconceivable that if McDonough really did talk to Marsh/Steed from the cafe’ at either of those times ( 4:15 or 4:30 ) that Marsh/Steed would not have told Brendan exactly where they were and where they were headed. McDonough doesn’t mention anything about what THEY said when he performed this second update about “the vehicles are safe here at the cafe'”.

            There are many more examples of things that are ‘missing’ that still need to come to light… but that’s for another post.

            Reply
  311. The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

    October 26, 2013 at 2:15 pm

    The silence is deafening with it comes to the question of whether or not the investigation team asked all those they interviewed whether or not there was any cell phone contact with GM after 2PM. It seems incomprehensible that there was no further contact with BR or the lookout, after the intended vehicle extraction.

    The excuses for the team not to examine cell phone records seem rather lame, and come along with a seemingly absent or weak push to obtain same.

    The cell phone records may not contain any new information pertinent to finding out the truth, but if anyone is to ever examine them, I certainly hope that that attempt would come before the end of any required time for the phone companies to retain such info (in there is such a thing).

    Reply
    • The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

      October 26, 2013 at 3:18 pm

      And more thing while I’m on my Saturday soapbox. There’s an issue with the new, kinder, gentler, and generic investigations like we see with Yarnell Hill. This process was supposedly created to get more people to willingly open-up regarding the true facts of a situation, without the fear of a threat of civil or criminal consequences.

      Let’s say that something ‘potentially’ criminal comes-up during the “new & improved” investigation process. If the investigators bury it, or don’t put it in the report after finding it, are they themselves, then culpable for evidence tampering or non-reportng??

      While I don’t think this happened during this investigation, I am wondering how investigators utilizing this process would respond to this question.

      Reply
  312. Bob Powers says

    October 26, 2013 at 9:59 am

    Rocksteady if you know something you need to talk to authorities, your statement scared the hell out of me. If you realy have something talk to a lawyer.

    Reply
    • Rocksteady says

      October 28, 2013 at 8:39 am

      Lets put it this way Bob, I have my own theory from all of the stuff I read in the report, who the other players were (Besides GMHS), and possibly what led then to the path they took.

      I can’t fully explain my theory on this site, as I would get my butt sued for slander, if not more..

      If you can contact me by email, I am willing to disclose it…one on one…..

      Reply
      • Bob Powers says

        October 28, 2013 at 3:30 pm

        Rock steady check the Oak Grove Hot Shot blog you should be able to get my email there. If not look up my telephone number in Twin Falls Idaho Robert Powers

        Reply
        • Rocksteady says

          October 28, 2013 at 6:11 pm

          I can’t seem to find your email on tge blog Bob… Are you on wildlandfire..com? I am , same handle..

          Reply
          • Bob Powers says

            October 29, 2013 at 8:28 am

            My email is [email protected]
            Im not afread to put this out so any one wants to communicate go ahead I owe that to my service and my father

            Reply
          • Rocksteady says

            October 29, 2013 at 5:51 pm

            Tomorrow, I will compsoe my thoughtsto you bob…

            Reply
  313. The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive says

    October 23, 2013 at 3:57 pm

    Regarding “the decision”, with all of the information available, both, now and in the future, the final analysis may be that an educated guess is the best we can ever do. Each of us will have our own version, based partly on the educated guesses from others with experience in this line of work.

    There were some glaring omissions in the report, many already noted by others.
    Everyone, I’m certain, has a few more questions they’d like to ask ‘someone’ just to have a better ability to come up with their own educated guesses of the decision making processes that afternoon. I’ve got a couple right off the bat;

    (1) Exactly where (on a map or diagram) was the location that Blue Ridge (BR) thought Granite Mountain (GM) was heading when BR Supt says “DIVS A, to confirm, you’re talking about the road you saw me on earlier”? (parapharsed). Neither of the two trails I see on the map heading north seem to be viable routes.

    (2) Did GM ever receive notification from anyone, by any means, that their buggies had ACTUALLY REACHED a safe location and were not in peril? Could that have been a motivational factor to get moving?

    I have never been a hotshot, but I know that they take great pride in having sound decision-making practices, based on experience, education, and training, and they DON’T take excessive risks. Whatever contact I have had with GM over the years always lead me to believe that they fit the bill as well, with sound decision making, without being risk-takers.

    At 1550 hrs, AA tells DIVS A that the fire is running toward Yarnell and may reach the town in 1-2 hours. Also, their crew carriers might be in the path of the fire (vehicles in peril). Sometime shortly after 1600, DIVS A tells BR Supt that the fire is almost as far as the GM vehicles (vehicles in peril). A MOMENT LATER, DIVS A says they are beginning to move to their escape route.

    Let me throw this out there for the sake of discussion. Without BR Supt being in a location that allowed him to take immediate action, GM would have probably have lost their vehicles and equipment, probably somewhere to the tune of $100,000-$200,000. Not a good thing for a group that prides themselves with good decision-making skills. Knowing this, it must have rocked their world in a bad way. Did they ever even get confirmation that their vehicles had been saved by BR? The answer to that question is known by someone, but it’s not in the report. Could this by itself have been a major motivating factor in “the decision”?

    Was knowing that they’d already left their vehicles in a bad spot and being unable to rescue them themselves, and having their world rocked by that thought, and then facing the possiblity of sitting in the black, out of the fight most of the night while all the rest of the folks on the fire worked at saving Yarnell too much to stomach? Even if they already knew their vehicles had been rescued. sitting around the black stewing about that earlier decision probably wasn’t very appealing, at a time when the fire was going absolutely ape-shit.

    At the time they dropped-down into the bowl, the fire had been apparently moving parallel to them for a little while, several miles away and a bit ahead of them. Based on AA’s time 1-2 hour time prediction from approximately 30 minutes prior, and what they were seeing right before they dropped-down, I’m reasonably sure they thought they had plenty of time and were not in any danger.

    This commentary was not intended to accuse or defend anybody or any decision. Like everyone else, I ponder everyday, ‘what were they thinking and why did they decide to move’?

    Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      October 24, 2013 at 2:00 am

      Good questions, all. I’ve had a lot of ‘questions’ in this area too such as… What the heck happened with Brendan McDonough after he left his lookout position ( in the nick of time, I might add ) and was then ‘transported’ himself by Blue Ridge?

      I know he WAS the lookout for GM and he could no longer perform that function once his ‘trigger points’ were met and he evacuated… but did he simply disappear at that point? Didn’t HE have a functioning radio with direct communication to Marsh ( No TONE GUARD problems )? Couldn’t HE ( Brendan ) have made sure Marsh knew the ‘buggies’ were safe and had been moved? Did he even TRY to do that? Even if he didn’t do that… why didn’t McDonough at least try to remain in contact with Marsh and ‘update’ him about the fire from where HE was observing it… or at least try to find out exactly where his buddies really were and what their plans were? The official report makes no mention of any of this or about anything McDonough did or didn’t do AFTER he was picked up by Blue Ridge. Was his radio simply ‘out of range’ with GM at that point? I doubt it. It’s also known that McDonough was eventually in the GM van shortly after the burnover because he, himself, has said he ‘heard all the cell phones ringing in the van’.
      When, exactly, did he get ‘back in the van’ and even if his radio was ‘out of range’ why couldn’t he have used any of those cell phones to try and call any of the other GM guys ( known to have their cell phones with them ) to find out where they were or what their plans were or how he was supposed to rejoin them?

      I mean… what is the actual Wildland Fire Protocol for this sort of thing? IF you are a ‘lookout’ and your position is ‘compromised’… are you then just ‘out of the game’, or something? Are there any rules about how you are SUPPOSED to maintain contact and at least TRY to (continue to) perform some kind of ‘lookout’ or ‘safety officer’ duties with/for your own team… or at least be required to know EXACTLY where they are, what their plans are, and how you are supposed to rejoin them?

      Maybe NONE of that was McDonough’s official ‘job’ the moment he had to abandon his assignment that day… but in this particular case… if ANYONE had been able to make sure GM knew how bad things had gotten on the east end and that the wind was totally shifted… or exactly WHERE they were and WHY they felt the need to move… and warned them about that decision… the tragedy might not have happened. That makes it all the more important to know why the 20th man ( and the designated lookout ) on that team wasn’t doing that on that particular day.

      NONE OF THIS is covered in the report… and it is ALL relevant.

      Reply
      • Bob Powers says

        October 24, 2013 at 3:46 pm

        Brendan made statements and was fully interviewed how ever that paperwork was not released again the civil Lawyers will have to request. The investigative team only released the info they wanted to complete the story. Your questions are very valid, and should have been released in the report. Brendan was with the vehicles, where were they? Was he in communications with GM until they went silent? More questions than answers I am afraid.

        Reply
        • J. Stout says

          October 25, 2013 at 9:34 am

          Aren’t all the questions and issues raised about Brendan McDonough just as much a reflection upon his supervisor as they are upon him?

          Reply
          • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

            October 25, 2013 at 11:24 am

            Good point. I would say ‘yes’… because as we all know now… everything that happened that day was intimately connected and it was all leading up to something that should have never happened. Turning my prior comment around… is it NORMAL for either an IHC hotshot DIV SUP or the designated crew captain (Steed) to just say ‘see you later’ to the team’s designated lookout when his position is being compromised by fire threat… and then make no attempt at all to make SURE he has made it to safety, and that their transports are safe, and that he knows what the teams plans are and how he can either ‘pick them up’ in the buggies or get somewhere where he can resume his lookout duties? They ALL had working radios, I believe ( Marsh, Steed and McDonough – No TONE GUARD problems ). I also assume the crew had its own communication frequency that would not have been interfering with the command frequencies so there should have been no reluctance to ‘stay talking’. The video from 4:00 PM that has been released proves that. Marsh and Steed were ‘freely talking’ over their own frequency. Was McDonough able to hear that traffic… or even supposed to be monitoring it so he could make sure his supervisors knew the buggies were safe and they could take the ‘safe’ Congress route out of there ( like the hikers did earlier ) and he would come get them? Again… more questions… but something tells me there are more answers already known to investigators but not the general public (yet).

            Reply
      • Christina says

        October 30, 2013 at 3:19 pm

        Brendan made comments in interviews with the local newspaper and national television that he and Blue Ridge moved the GM vehicles and he was in contact with Steed/Marsh on this point. That shouldn’t have figured into their decisions to move later. They knew the vehicles were safe.

        Reply
    • calvin says

      October 24, 2013 at 3:32 am

      Question #1. My thought is what other road had BR been on that day. Had BR been on that side of the fire? If not why the confusion??
      Question #2. The Blue Ridge Hotshots backed off and parked along Highway 89 in Yarnell. On the radio, Brendan told Eric and Jesse their buggies were safe, “and once again if they need anything just give me a call and I’ll see them soon. This can be found at Wildfire Today under Brendan Mcdonough interview. You have to click on the Daily Courier to see more parts of interview.

      Please note Mcdonough states he was spinning weather at 245 or 250 when Steed came on the radio to tell him weather update coming. The SAIR states this event happened at 345 or 350. The only weather updates I can find occurred at 1402 and 1526. It seems to me the wind shift causing Mcdonough to abort occurred at 1402!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

      Reply
    • WantsToKnowTheTruth says

      October 27, 2013 at 10:41 pm

      >> ‘The Truth Will Always Remain Elusive’ asked ( up above )…
      >>
      >> Did they (GM) ever even get confirmation that their
      >> vehicles had been saved by BR?

      Apparently YES… at least TWICE before they would have ever
      made any decision to ‘move out of the black’.

      Brendan McDonough himself did a video interview with the
      Daily Courier on August 7, 2013 where he swears both his
      ‘captain’ and his ‘supervisor’ were directly informed that the
      vehicles had been moved and were ‘safe’… at least TWO
      times… and while we still do not have the transcripts of
      exactly what Mr. McDonough ( or any of the BR personnel ) reported to the initial investigating team… there’s also no
      real reason to doubt that what Mr. McDonough says in this
      video interview isn’t the same thing he told the investigators.

      I was also not aware of this interview when I posted some of
      my own comments/questions on this particular thread… and
      some of my own questions seem to be answered by the details
      in this interview… but I also still have some serious questions
      about the communications ( or lack thereof ) that day which
      now seem even MORE mystifying after hearing this video interview.

      I have no doubt now that Mr. McDonough was, in fact, keeping
      his captain (Steed) and supervisor (Marsh) informed about his
      activities and whereabouts following the abandonment of his
      lookout position… and that he was NOT under any orders to
      try and resume his lookout duties after he had been ‘picked up’
      by Blue Ridge and actually then (officially) became part of
      THEIR work crew… but I am still astonished at the one-way
      nature of these communications… and that Marsh and Steed
      were not also communicating ( in any way, shape or form )
      what THEIR plans really were… or if they did… why Mr.
      McDonough makes no mention of any of that in his interview(s).

      TRANSCRIPT OF VIDEO INTERVIEW
      WITH GRANITE MOUNTAIN HOTSHOT
      BRENDAN MCDONOUGH

      From Daily Courier Article published August 7, 2013
      http://www.prescottaz.com/main.asp?SectionID=1&SubSectionID=1&ArticleID=122030

      Also on YouTube at this link…
      http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RfpF9h4m2uc

      [ Granite Mountain Hotshot Brendan McDonough talks to ]
      [ The Daily Courier in this exclusive interview about what ]
      [ he was doing and how the afternoon of June 30 unfolded ]
      [ when 19 of his” brothers” died while fighting the Yarnell Hill Fire. ]

      Brendan McDonough said…

      So during that afternoon they dropped me off at my lookout position
      and, been spinning weather, watchin’ what the fire was doing, no
      major activity, ah… the fire was moving away from us. and…
      around… I think it was 2:50… 2:45… 2:50… um… there was over
      the radio announcement that there’s gonna be… the weather…
      was gonna be talked about… so we were gonna get information
      about what was goin’ on… and… I spin the weather on the hour
      so usually ten minutes before I start taking my weather for my
      observations my captain had let me know that he was going to
      listen to that so I could continue to spin my weather and we could
      compare what was going on.

      and… I was spinning my weather… and… my captain had reached
      me on the radio saying that we were gonna expect 180 degree
      wind shift and that we could expect gusts up to 50 to 60 miles
      per hour… and… once I heard that I knew the fire was gonna change rapidly and he understood that too… and at that point I
      was closer to the fire than the crew was… the actual active fire.

      At that point I continued to spin my weather… and…
      my captain was heads up for what was goin’ on… and could
      see what was goin’ on… and could see me… and… as I looked
      back to see how they’re doing I turned around and I could already
      see that the wind had shifted… and it had met my trigger point
      to re-evaluate where I was and I needed to find a different position.

      So I relayed to my captain and my sup that I needed to find a
      different position to be a lookout at… and they told me that
      they… they could see what was coming… they could see the
      fire’s edge and they were aware of what was happening with the
      fire and where I was at… and how close I was.

      So I started making my way back into this road that the other
      hotshot crew had dropped me off on… on an ATV… and… soon
      as I arrive at this road I turn around and I look back at the fire
      and I can just see a huge… just the smoke building… and it
      startin’ to gain a lot of potential to move towards us.

      I, ah, relayed this information back to my captain and he…
      he told me… “No… I can see what’s goin’ on Brendan…
      just… make sure you’re safe… make sure everything’s
      good for you.”… and… I’m startin’ to walk down this road
      and I’m switchin’ over my radio to call the other hotshot crew
      if I can get a ride and… as soon as I’m in the process of tryin’
      to talk to them they’re already right there around the corner
      ready to pick me up.

      So at that point I loaded my stuff up… and… as I’m loading my
      stuff up… I hand my radio to the… the sup off of the other hotshot
      crew and… he’s relaying information to my superintendent and
      captain about where our vehicles are parked, that they’re gonna
      move ’em for us, that they have me with them… and it’s safer for
      me to go out with him, back to the vehicles, back to the main
      road in Yarnell than to try and meet up with them… and he relayed
      information on what the fire’s doing and kinda what their goal was..
      and… just giving them as much information as he could… on what
      was goin’ on… and… at that point.. um… I was already in the ATV
      and we’re on our way and I’m just… on the radio… I tell… uh… my
      superintendent and captain that if they need anything, give me a
      call, and that I’ll see ’em soon.

      We had arrived at the vehicles… and Blue Ridge hotshot crew…
      they helped us bump those vehicles around to a different side of
      the fire, in a safer area… um… for them to be in… and at that
      point… I was pretty much with them… and… I mean… in this job
      you’re supposed to always remain flexible… and… uh… when I had
      left… my position was compromised… and my safety… and my
      crew understood… and they were comfortable with me leaving
      knowing that they could see the fire… and… um…

      I mean… as any… any crew member they always wish they could
      be with their crew… those are the guys ya love and ya wanna work
      with… and… when I was with Blue Ridge I felt very comfortable,
      ya know. It was.. It was almost like being… ya know… with a…
      it was at home. Good feeling… um… but our goal was to prep a
      dozer line which means to get ready to burn it… possibly… so we
      were gonna clear out a lot of the fuels that’s on this line that a
      dozer has pushed… heavy equipment has pushed… and within
      minutes of getting there… uh… the fire activity was just picking up
      and keep picking up from when I had left… and… around that time…
      this had to been around 4… 4:15, 4:30 ish… I’m guessing…
      my times on that day are really hazy… um… we ended up going…
      they kinda pulled the resources off and the divisions and… jus cus
      of what was goin’ on and people on their own were doing it jus…
      wasn’t… uh… safe area… cus at that point when we had moved we
      were even closer to the fire… and… we pulled off, we parked at
      a cafe’, and during the time, ya know, told my superintendent and
      captain that we had the vehicles in a safe area… and… once
      again… if they needed anything just give me a call and I’ll see
      ’em soon… and that’s the last time that I talked to ’em.

      Um…

      I had heard my superintendent relay to the IC… about… um…
      them having to deploy and to set up… prepare a deployment site…
      and that was the last time that I heard my superintendent’s voice.

      …and what went through my mind… when I heard that they had
      to deploy… I was… I was crushed… mentally… um… and emotionally.

      I didn’t know what to do… ah… I wanted to do everything I could to
      help them, but… I mean everyone on that fire wanted to do everything they could… and they did.

      It was just a horrible… freak accident.

      I mean… you expect… you expect things to happen but you don’t
      expect to be put in these situations.

      You know that you can die on this job… but… you don’t want…
      it’s in the back of your head… cus if you always think about it…
      it’s… it’s gonna weigh you down.

      END OF AUGUST 7, 2013 VIDEO INTERVIEW
      WITH BRENDAN MCDONOUGH

      Reply
  314. Gary Olson says

    October 23, 2013 at 2:38 pm

    Great article John! Your work may save wildland firefighter’s lives some day.

    Reply
  315. Rod Wrench says

    October 21, 2013 at 10:05 am

    Bob, that was my first thought, maybe & maybe not, but regardless Marsh and only Marsh as the Division Supervisor/Hot Shot Superintendent had the final say & made the final decision to move the crew from the black into the green. He was charged with the safety & welfare of that crew.

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      October 21, 2013 at 3:25 pm

      As we all have been responsable for the people under us. 33 years never lost a man to a fire accident or otherwise. We all went home to grow old.

      Reply
  316. WantsToKnowTheTruth says

    October 21, 2013 at 2:00 am

    Thank you, John. I am sure I speak for MANY others who still want to know the truth about what happened that day when I say that I commend your work and your professionalism and I hope you continue to lead the way to the truth about this incident. It has affected us all… and while nothing can bring those men back… the only thing that will make this tragedy mean anything is if the truth about what happened someday, somehow, prevents it from happening again.

    They can try to ‘whitewash’ the internal reports all they want. Like the Yarnell fire itself… this incident has ‘jumped the firebreak’ and is now historic. History has a funny way of making sure the truth comes out. I can only liken this (initial) report on the fire to the Warren Report. They just wanted to ‘get it over with’ and ‘move on’. Well… when you produce a report that raises more questions about a historic incident than it answers… you better prepare yourself for more investigative efforts, sometimes going on for years.

    There are going to be more reports. ( OSHA, etc. ).
    There are going to be books, possibly movies.
    There are going to be people seeking answers for years to come.

    Just the one fact alone that there were no ‘safety officers’ actively on duty at
    the time they were most needed ( and REQUIRED to be there given the official
    level designation of the incident at the time ) could be the subject of a book
    all by itself.

    Those safety officers were REQUIRED to be there to make sure that obviously tired, hot men don’t make any stupid decisions. The fact that they were not, and
    that the report makes no mention of this, is negligent at best, if not clearly actionable.

    It is hard to document ‘stupid’… but sometimes it is necessary.
    That’s what will save lives later.

    I don’t ever understand why everyone is so afraid to even use that word.
    It’s a real word… and sometimes it IS the reason some things happen.

    If everyone would just take a deep breath and remember what the
    real dictionary definition of ‘stupid’ is… then it wouldn’t have such
    negative connotations.

    stupid: not sensible or logical; showing poor judgement or lack
    of common sense; displaying a lack of ability to learn or understand things.

    Given that dictionary definition… there were most certainly a LOT of
    ‘stupid’ decisions made over that three day period and they need to
    be fully documented for posterity’s sake… and for the sake of those
    men who lost their lives.

    Please keep up the good work, John.
    The world is watching.

    Reply
  317. Rod Wrench says

    October 20, 2013 at 10:33 am

    WFF: don’t give me % of this and that! That’s a “feel good” cop out & excuse for a failure. The Yarnell Fire should of been suppressed & put OUT the first night period. If someone had twisted an ankle that night, big deal, we won’t be talking about 19 fatalities. Allowing a wildfire to burn after it’s ignition into another burning period is tactically wrong, especially in the fuels, topography, past & future weather conditions that existed. You cannot be passive, lackadaisical & unaware when it comes to wildfire suppression. During the early stages of a initial attack you have the offensive ability of suppression, once you fail or do nothing, as was done, you go directly on defense and the fire dictates everything. Also, you DO NOT leave the safety of a burned area and go into the unburn ahead of the fire for a half a mile or more to re-engage anything, that was a tactically fatal decision even after being told of the fires behavior & the predicted weather changes. Yes, John’s article is saying just that, the States failure to put the fire out the first night and the decision the GMHS overhead to go into the unburn and the failure of the investigative team to report the truth of this tragedy. When 19 fatalities occur, and it doesn’t matter where or when, someone needs to be held responsible, you don’t sweep it under the rug.

    Reply
    • Bob Powers says

      October 20, 2013 at 10:46 am

      Well said Rod also accidents don’t just happen there is a decision made that sets up the beginning of a catastrophe.

      Reply
    • Rocksteady says

      October 20, 2013 at 4:16 pm

      Definitely some rug sweeping occurring from the first “report” imho

      When the first recommendation from a fatal investigation is, the State of Arizona has to take fuels mamagement more seriously…. WTF? Sounds like a political blurb…

      Reply
      • Rod Wrench says

        October 20, 2013 at 7:22 pm

        Bob, you & I fought a lot of wildfire together on Hot Shot crews and IA’d more then I can count so to me this is a no brainier. No proper/aggressive IA to put it OUT at less then an acre for a few thousand bucks and a crew not observing the 10 FFO & the 18 situations to “re-engage” something they had no control over. By the way the highly touted investigative team failed to even mention the 10 & 18 in their report or criticize the IA. It was a touchy feely report not to “offend” anybody. The real truth will come out in a civil court.

        Reply
        • Bob Powers says

          October 21, 2013 at 9:11 am

          Rod I hate to speculate this but my one gut feeling from the report the statement that GM was moving to redeploy. With all the cell phones out there were they ordered over the phone to move the crew so they could help in Yarnell? I guess the civil will dive into all the phone calls to and from the crew. Thats the only reason I think the crew would have moved. I truly hope not god rest there souls.

          Reply
          • NV says

            October 22, 2013 at 10:27 am

            Hopefully OSHA dives into the cell records, too. Your gut is the same as many people’s. Cells get used all the time to among other things say things one doesn’t want to broadcast. Communication via cell would be a logical explanation for the radio silence. Otherwise I think one is left with a simple spontaneous decision to both stay off the radio and to move in a way that seems very illogical to keep silent about. They need to be looking at EVERYONE’S cell records, particularly during that critical period of radio silence.

            Reply
          • Rocksteady says

            October 24, 2013 at 8:31 am

            I suspect that too..

            I can’t fully disclose why they moved, based ont eh cell phone theory, or I could be sued for liabel….

            Reply
  318. fyrestorm says

    October 18, 2013 at 10:35 am

    All I can do is shake my head at the series of salacious tales, all reaching for someone to blame. Expecting/promoting some “conspiracy” “whitewashed” “snow job” from any government entity regardless of facts presented and available.
    Some (not all of your) retired professionals are noting more than armchair quarterbacks/firefighters, only looking to say anything to feed their own ego in an effort to feel relevant. Having worked with some of your experts mentioned/quoted through my career I can tell you that I personally give little credibility to anything they are assuming.

    Having intimate knowledge of the incident starting from the initial reports, there are some things I can agree on. More could have been done before [Saturday specifically]. On Friday night, the factors leading to the decision not to take direct action that night were prudent and justified. Saturday could have and should have been more aggressively approached (the opportunity existed and recommendations were made by multiple resource assisting) [which was very briefly mentioned in the report], especially since weather was in their favor for much of the early part of the day. Once the front on Saturday afternoon passed, the area was now competing for limited resources [aviation and crews] with a few other areas that picked up new starts and/or increased activity [Dean Peak]. By 1700ish on 6/29 both Yarnell and Dean Peak were off to the races. The rest is history and is consistent with what is in the report.

    Reply
  319. WFF says

    October 18, 2013 at 10:29 am

    For me John’s article is trying to tie together how the state engaged the fire and the decisions that the crew made. The state’s decisions weren’t out of the ordinary. They had a fire that wasn’t showing allot of potential at first. If they had put firefighters out there the first night and a firefighter got injured and the fire never did anything. People would be questioning why they sent people out in the dark for a fire that wasn’t doing anything. If the ICT4 had used the VLAT and the fire was resolved people would talking about the government wasting money, because that fire was just skunking around up there in boulder patch and there were SEATs available. We suppress 98% of fires in initial attack, only 2% escape to become extended attack fires. I don’t know what percentage of that 2% are fatality fires, but I know it’s not 2% and I would bet it is not a tenth of one percent. No one knows what fires in the 98% have potential because it didn’t happen. They got behind on a fire that evolved and fell into the 2%. What company or business wouldn’t accept a 98% success rate? Of course firefighters don’t accept it. It’s the 2% that cost us the most.
    None of that had a direct cause or effect on the decision that either Eric or Jesse made. More than likely both were together with the squad bosses when they decided what they were going to do. Hotshots make decisions that way when there is time, everyone is looking for the weakness in a plan. I honestly believe that they were moving to get into a position to be able to engage the fire and help after the fire passed through the structures. I think that they watched that fire pushing east and believed that they would be in no trouble moving to the ranch before that south flanking fire was ever close. They would have been watching the fire and conditions as they walked down the two track. They made a decision to drop off into that drainage, got behind the ridges where they couldn’t see, and the fire behavior and direction of spread change shortly after that. No one knew where they were and they didn’t think there was a problem with where they were going. There is a ridge to either side of that drainage if they had dropped down on either one they would not have lost site of the fire. But they didn’t.
    The mistakes are that they moved without communicating their intentions and getting confirmation and they dropped down into a drainage where they couldn’t see. None of that was influenced by the previous decisions about suppressing the fire, they were independent. The towns were threatened and the fire was running, but that didn’t require or force those decisions. I don’t think for a second that those decisions were made believing that there was any risk. They may have been made but not communicated so that they weren’t told “no”, but we don’t know that. Radio traffic was busy so we don’t know if they tried to communicate. They had been watching the fire, weather, and monitoring conditions all day, they had recieved the weather warnings, so I believe that they made a calulated decision based on their observations and the input of the crew overhead. I don’t believe that one person made that decision, they thought they were good. The decision to drop into the drainage was a bad decision that was only a deadly mistake because of the outcome and that was followed by a change that I don’t think they weren’t aware of. If they had stayed on the two track or one of the ridges they more than likely could have corrected, but not in the drainage where they couldn’t see. People make bad decisions all the time, but the majority aren’t coupled with a terrible change of events and we’re OK. I’m not saying that this is an excuse or acceptable, but it happened just like the space shuttle disasters or SEAL 6′s helicopter being shot down.

    Wildland firefighters don’t work in a static environment, everything isn’t black and white. The report isn’t well written, but finding blame won’t teach the lesson. firefighters died with in a accident of bad judgement.

    Reply
  320. J. Stout says

    October 17, 2013 at 10:03 pm

    Is there anyone who can answer this question for me: Back when the Prescott FD fuels crew (with Eric Marsh as foreman) first attained certification as a hotshot crew, how was Marsh able to automatically be appointed as a Hotshot Superintendent? In firefighting, don’t the positions of “Superintendent” of this particular type of crew have Minimum Qualifications which specify a certain amount, and a particular type, of previous experience on a hotshot crew (in order for a candidate to be eligible and qualified for one of those positions)? How does a person just sort of leap frog into something like that?

    Reply
  321. Elizabeth says

    October 17, 2013 at 6:15 pm

    Incredible, incredible reporting.
    54 “investigators” produce a 116 page report that gives no clarity, while one man – John – provides more clarity through the meager pages of his blog. Without a team of “investigators.” Using nothing but good old hard work. Keep going, John.

    Reply
  322. Rocksteady says

    October 17, 2013 at 5:42 pm

    Good on you for not believing the fairy tale they are trying to sell in the SAIT. At least one person is willing to keep pushing til they get an honest answer and some truths…

    Reply
  323. Nick Sundt says

    October 17, 2013 at 5:07 pm

    Fantastic job. This top notch investigative work in invaluable, particularly given the peculiarly inconclusive official report. You have succeeded where the official report failed.

    The greatest tribute to fallen firefighters is speaking the truth about the circumstances leading to their deaths — even if it suggests that they made errors under very trying conditions. That knowledge can be passed on to others who may someday need it to make better decisions — decisions that may save the lives other firefighters. We cannot let our love and admiration for the fallen young men compromise our obligation to the firefighters who carry on.

    As a former smokejumper, hotshot and helitack firefighter, I vividly recall training sessions where we learned of the circumstances leading to firefighter fatalities. From those reconstructed incidents, we drew important lessons. I made plenty of mistakes on the fire line, but firmly believe that those lessons reduced the odds that those mistakes would be fatal.

    Thank you for your investigative effort. It someday may save lives.

    Reply
  324. Robert (Bob) Powers says

    October 17, 2013 at 2:12 pm

    I take offence about your remark concerning Hot Shot Crews, as there are over 200 in the country your remark (rules don’t always stop Hot Shots) is wrong we would have many fatalities yearly if that were the case. Almost all hot shot crews follow the safety procedures and do not make fatal decisions they operate under the 10 and 18 as a religion when they don’t they end up like Granite Mountain. I fought fires on 3 Hot Shot Crew’s and knew many others that would not have ever put there crew’s in harms way for a house or a bunch of brush. Your scenario is not accurate. Take time and reevaluate your observations. Suppression tactics never includes bravery.

    Reply
    • NV says

      October 17, 2013 at 3:02 pm

      @Bob Powers, I think Campbell was trying to rationalize a decision by GM that, because it violated anywhere from 18 to 22 of the 10 and 18, is tough to understand, with the “braver”/ problem with hotshot culture comment. But, the fact that there are no mainstream voices saying that this kind of thing isn’t routine or just part of the job, makes it sound like maybe the decisions in question do happen all the time.

      Reply
      • Bob Powers says

        October 17, 2013 at 6:05 pm

        On several other articles there have been several statements by Hot Shots and ex-foreman about this not being the norm. Only 3 Hot Shot crews in the past 48 years have incurred Fatalities due to burn over’s. Thats a very small percentage compared to the number of fires and crews.

        Reply
        • NV says

          October 18, 2013 at 1:12 pm

          I quite likely could have missed it, but I haven’t seen those Hot Shots and ex-foremen being quoted in places like the NY Times. Mainstream media seems to have so far reported a politically correct narrative that these guys did everything right and this just happened. John Dougherty’s reporting and the http://www.wildfiretoday.com site have been the main places where I’ve seen the “this just happens” viewpoint differed with. Obviously, when mistakes don’t get discussed, and worse get made into a virtue, mistakes get repeated. Campbell can speak for himself in terms of what he intended, but it seems to me that many have been affected by a desire to normalize what were a very large number of bad decisions all at once. Even the bushwhacking — not all crews bushwhack through that distance of dense brush, it doesn’t just happen.

          Reply
          • Robert (Bob) Powers says

            October 19, 2013 at 7:56 am

            The articles I was referring to were from Wildfiretoday sorry I was not clear there.
            I agree with what you are saying. My experience and background of 33 years as a wildland firefighter says Hot Shot crews do not ignore rules when suppressing fires, they do not put bravery before safety. Those that do pay the price. As you said one mistake leads to several others, and they violated several of the 10 and 18 when they left the black. Decisions are made that are a cause and effect of accidents and fatalities outside factors add to the final outcome but are generally not the cause.

            Reply
  325. NV says

    October 17, 2013 at 9:41 am

    Thanks for your continued, conscientious effort to bring out the truth of what happened, particularly in light of the enormous pressure to not discuss this candidly. I am bothered that official records seem silent as to whether cell records were comprehensively examined for that day. Likewise, since newspaper reportshttp://www.dcourier.com/main.asp?SectionID=1&SubsectionID=1&ArticleID=124023 state the Yarnell chief had not simply a manslaughter conviction in the 70s, from actions of his as an adult who was already a firefighter, but a manslaughter conviction where he had panicked, buried a still breathing 3 year old girl in the desert, and initially attempted to present a cover-up story to authorities — well, a history of that type of cover-up does raise further issues as well. That the official report for the Yarnell fire made no mention of it suggests to me, by itself, that either they didn’t do a thorough investigation, despites the time involved, or that they did know and didn’t write a forthcoming report. That’s one fact of itself the public really needed to know about.

    Reply
    • WFF says

      October 18, 2013 at 10:37 am

      I didn’t need to know that. It bears no impact on what happened just gives people something else to talk about. This was a investigation of a fatality fire and that Chief wasn’t a decision maker in any case on this fire.

      Reply
      • Rocksteady says

        October 18, 2013 at 7:42 pm

        It does, however talk to the character of the individual….if he is willing to bury a still living 3 year old, then lie to save his hide, what is he capable of when 19 die on his watch….

        Reply
        • JTW says

          October 20, 2013 at 7:37 am

          He wasn’t a decision maker and it wasnt his watch. He didn’t contribute to the fatalities or more than likely any decisions. leading to the outcome. He obviously isn’t desirable as a public servant. There is the possibility though that he has repented for this, right? None the less this should have been a seperate article, it is just a rabit trail and destraction.

          Reply
        • NV says

          October 23, 2013 at 8:50 am

          Yes Rocksteady nails it. We are told the Yarnell chief wasn’t involved in any decisions — but how do we know? He may well not have been, but we do know he has a history of cover-up already. With that history, it’s necessary to look at everything that day differently and much more closely. Whether he repented for his past actions has no bearing on whether he’s already shown a willingness to cover-up, as an adult firefighter. Some rabbit trails lead to nowhere, and some do lead to rabbits.

          Reply
  326. Barbara Warren says

    October 17, 2013 at 9:35 am

    Phenomenal work, John. Who is that person in the picture with the caption under it that says “John Dougherty”?

    Reply

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Are you a human? *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed.

Flin Flon Flim Flam Press Kit

Click the button below for the digital press kit for the Canadian tour of Flin Flon Flim Flam. Press Kit

Yarnell Hill Fire Serious Accident Investigation Supporting Documentation

Click Here

Arizona Department of Occupation Safety & Health Yarnell Hill Investigation

Click Here

Join the Yarnell Hill Fire Discussion

Click Here

Archives

Copyright © 2025 InvestigativeMEDIA.com · Disclaimer · Log in